Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutB06-0196 Project Manual Volume 2 05/2006O x SUMMARY PERMIT SET May 1 2, 2006 PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS Volume 2 Divisions 15-16 FOUR SEASONS RESORT at VAIL Vail, Colorado HILL GLAZIER ARCHITECTS 925 ALMA STREET PALO ALTO CAUFORNIA 94301-2405 T: 650.617.0366 F: 650.617.0373 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 (Divisions 1-14) DIVISION 1 • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 05-12-06 HGA 01027 Unit Prices 04-07-06 HGA 01250 Contract Modification Procedures 04-07-06 HGA 01290 Payment Procedures 04-07-06 HGA 01310 Project Coordination 05-12-06 HGA 01312 Project Meetings 04-07-06 HGA 01330 Submittal Procedures 04-07-06 HGA 01450 Quality Control 04-07-06 HGA 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 04-07-06 HGA 01600 Product Requirements 04-07-06 HGA 01630 Product Substitution Procedures 04-07-06 HGA 01640 Owner-Furnished Equipment 04-07-06 HGA 01722 Field Engineering 04-07-06 HGA 01740 Cleaning 04-07-06 HGA 01780 Closeout Submittals 04-07-06 HGA 01788 Product Warranties and Bonds 04-07-06 HGA 01789 Form of Warranty 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 2 • SITE WORK 02210 02220 Fine Grading Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting (Landscape) 04-07-06 EDAW 04 0 02221 , Site Demolition (Civil) - 7-06 EDAW 04-07-06 AE 02230 02260 Site Clearing Excavation Support and Protection 05-12-06 AE 05-12-06 AE 02300 Earthwork 05-12-06 AE 02370 Erosion Sedimentation Control 05-12-06 AE 02480 Electric, Communication and Gas Systems 04-07-06 AE 02510 Water Distribution 05-12-06 AE 02526 Stone Paving 05-12-06 EDAW 02530 Sanitary Sewerage (Civil) 05-12-06 AE 02531 Unit Pavers (Landscape) 04-07-06 EDAW 02580 Electric, Communication and Gas System 05-12-06 AE 02620 Subdrainage Systems 05-12-06 HGA 02630 Storm Drainage 05-12-06 AE 02720 02740 Landscape Drainage Flexible Pavement 04-07-06 EDAW 02752 Decorative Concrete Paving 05-12-06 AE 02765 Pavement Marking 04-07-06 HGA 02810 Irrigation Systems 04-07-06 EDAW 02848 Parking Bumpers 04-07-06 HGA 02920 Soil Preparation 04-07-06 EDAW 02930 Lawns and Grasses 0407-06 EDAW 02950 Trees, Plants and Groundcover 04-07-06 EDAW 02970 Landscape Maintenance 04-07-06 EDAW DIVISION 3 • CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 040-70-6 NM 03150 Concrete Accessories 05-12-06 HGA 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 04-07-06 NM 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05-12-06 NM 03310 Site Concrete (Landscape) 05-12-06 EDAW 03311 03352 Site Concrete (Civil) Stained Concrete Finish 05-12-06 AE 04-07-06 HGA 03365 Concrete Post-Tensioning 05-12-06 NM 03480 Architectural Precast Concrete Specialties 04-07-06 HGA 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 05-12-06 NM 04410 Exterior Rough Stone Veneer 04-07-06 HGA 04415 Site Stone Walls 05-12-06 EDAW 04440 Stone Counter Tops 04-07-06 HGA 04580 Masonry Fireplaces 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05-12-06 NM 05300 Metal Decking 05-12-06 NM 05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 0407-06 HGA 05500 Metal Fabrications 04-07-06 NM 05510 Miscellaneous Metals 05-12-06 NM 05511 Prefabricated Steel Stair Systems 04-07-06 HGA 05515 Ladders 0407-06 HGA 05521 Prefinished Railings 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06070 Wood Treatment 0407-06 HGA 06101 Miscellaneous Carpentry 04-07-06 HGA 06200 Finish Carpentry 04-07-06 HGA 06401 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 0407-06 HGA 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 0407-06 HGA 06410 Custom Cabinetwork 04-07-06 HGA 06411 Decorative Hardware Selections 04-07-06 BHDS 06460 Wood Entrances and Storefronts 04-07-06 HGA 06608 Plastic Paneling (FRP) 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07112 Bituminous Dampproofing 04-07-06 HGA 07132 Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing 04-07-06 HGA 07136 Modified Bituminous Sheet Waterproofing 04-07-06 HGA 07139 Roofing Underlayment 04-07-06 HGA 07142 Elastomeric Liquid Waterproofing 0407-06 HGA 07144 Hot-Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 04-07-06 HGA 07170 Betonite Waterproofing 04-07-06 HGA 07180 Water Repellent Traffic Coating 04-07-06 HGA 07190 Water Repellent Coatings 0407-06 HGA 07195 Wall Membrane 04-07-06 HGA 07210 Building Insulation 04-07-06 HGA 07220 Roof Board Insulation 04-07-06 HGA 07262 Sheathing Paper 04-07-06 HGA 07264 Underslab Vapor Barrier 05-12-06 HGA 07311 Asphalt Shingles 04-07-06 HGA 07314 Copper Shingles 04-07-06 HGA 07326 Slate Shingles 04-07-06 HGA 07327 Simulated Slate Shingles 0407-06 HGA 07550 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 04-07-06 HGA 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 04-07-06 HGA 07656 Modified Bituminous Sheet Flashing 04-07-06 HGA 07657 Window and Door Flashing (Flexible Flashing) 04-07-06 HGA 07724 Roof Hatches 04-07-06 HGA 07728 Snow Guards(Snow Brackets) 04-07-06 HGA 07812 Cementitious Fireproofing 0407-06 HGA 07822 Fire Resistive Duct Wrap 04-07-06 HGA 07840 Firestopping 04-07-06 HGA 07920 Joint Sealants 0407-06 HGA 05-12.06 TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary Permit Set Page - 2 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08001 Door Schedule 04-07-06 HGA 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 04-07-06 HGA 08212 Flush Wood Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08216 Stile and Rail Wood Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08264 Wood Terrace Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08310 Access Doors and Frames 04-07-06 HGA 08312 Wood Sliding Glass Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08331 Coiling Counter Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08333 Overhead Coiling Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08358 Electric Sliding Doors 04-07-06 HGA 08550 Wood Windows 04-07-06 HGA 08710 Door Hardware 05-12-06 DHC 08735 Elevator Door Smoke Containment Seals (Smoke Control Curtains) 04-07-06 HGA 08800 Glazing 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09001 Interior Finish Selections 05-12-06 BHDS 09002 Architectural Finish Schedule 05-12-06 HGA 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing 04-07-06 HGA 09120 Ceiling Suspension 04-07-06 HGA 09130 Acoustical Suspension 04-07-06 HGA 09207 Metal Lath and Accessories 04-07-06 HGA 09220 Portland-Cement Plaster 04-07-06 HGA 09250 Gypsum Board 04-07-06 HGA 09252 Gypsum Sheathing 04-07-06 HGA 09264 Shaft Wall Assemblies 04-07-06 HGA 09300 09390 Tile Interior Tile Backer Board 04-07-06 HGA 0407-06 HGA 09511 Acoustical Ceiling Panels 04-07-06 HGA 09600 Stone Flooring 04-07-06 HGA 09611 Concrete Floor Sealer/ Liquid Hardener 04-07-06 HGA 09641 Cushioned Wood Flooring 04-07-06 HGA 09648 Wood Strip Flooring 0407-06 HGA 09652 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 0407-06 HGA 09656 Resilient Tile Flooring 04-07-06 HGA 09671 Elastomeric Liquid Flooring 04-07-06 HGA 09676 Epoxy Flooring 04-07-06 HGA 09699 Water Vapor Emission Control Systems 0407-06 HGA 09820 Acoustical Insulation and Sealants 04-07-06 HGA 09840 Acoustical Wall Panels 04-07-06 HGA 09890 Synthetic Plaster Finish Coat 04-07-06 HGA 09900 Painting 0407-06 HGA DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10100 Visual Display Boards 04-07-06 HGA 10160 Toilet Compartments 04-07-06 HGA 10210 Wall Louvers 04-07-06 HGA 10260 Wall and Corner Guards 05-12-06 HGA 10305 Manufactured Fireplaces 04-07-06 HGA 10350 Flagpoles 04-07-06 HGA 10430 Exterior Signage 0407-06 HGA 10440 Interior Signage (Back of House Areas) 04-07-06 HGA 10505 Metal Lockers 04-07-06 HGA 10510 Wood Lockers 04-07-06 HGA 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 04-07-06 HGA 10605 Wire Mesh Partitions 04-07-06 HGA 10652 Operable Panel Partitions 0407-06 HGA 10800 Toilet and Bath Accessories 04-07-06 HGA 10801 Accessory Selections 05-12-06 BHDS 10822 Shower Doors and Enclosures 04-07-06 HGA 05-12-06 TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary Permit Set Page - 3 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS 10990 Miscellaneous Specialties (includes roof snow melt system) 04-07-06 HGA DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT 11100 Laundry Equipment 05-12-06 RND 11132 Projection Screens 04-07-06 HGA 11150 Parking Control Equipment 04-07-06 HGA 11160 Loading Dock Equipment 04-07-06 HGA 11400 Foodservice Equipment 05-12-06 RND 11452 Residential Appliances 04-07-06 HGA 11453 Residential Appliance Selections 04-07-06 BHDS DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION.13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13052 Saunas 04-07-06 HGA 13054 Steam Rooms 04-07-06 HGA 13080 Sound Control Matting 04-07-06 HGA 13082 Acoustic Floor System 04-07-06 HGA 13156 Swimming Pool Spas and Fountains 04-07-06 EDAW 13650 Swimming Pool / Spa Equipment 05-12-06 WLS DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING DEVICES 14200 Elevators 05-12-06 HKA 14560 Linen Chutes 04-07-06 HGA VOLUME 2 (Divisions 15 -16) MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DESIGN BRIEF (Revision 1) DIVISION 15- MECHANICAL 15010 Mechanical Work General Instructions 04-07-06 RSG 15050 Basic Materials and Methods 04-07-06 RSG 15250 Insulation 04-07-06 RSG 15400 Plumbing Systems 04-07-06 RSG 15450 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 04-07-06 RSG 15451 Plumbing Fixture Selections 05-12-06 BHDS 15500 Fire Protection 04-07-06 RSG 15600 Power and Heat Generation 05-12-06 RSG 15650 Refrigeration Equipment 04-07-06 RSG 15700 Liquid Heat Transfer 05-12-06 RSG 15850 Air Handling 04-07-06 RSG 15880 Air Distribution 04-07-06 RSG 15890 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 04-07-06 RSG 15900 Automatic Controls and Instrumentation 0407-06 RSG 15995 Commissioning/Mechanical Systems 04-07-06 RSG DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical Work General Conditions 0407-06 RSG 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 05-12-06 RSG 16051 Electrical Identifications 04-07-06 RSG 16200 Power Generation 0407-06 RSG 16400 Electrical Service and Distribution 05-15-06 RSG 16401 Grounding 0407-06 RSG 16402 Communications Grounding 04-07-06 RSG 16500 Lighting-Back of House 04-07-06 RSG 16510 Lighting-Front of House 04-07-06 RSG 16511 Lighting Selections 05-12-06 BA 16512 Lighting Control Systems (Dimming Systems) 05-12-06 BA 16513 Remote Control Station Schedule 05-12-06 BA 05-12-06 TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary Permit Set Page - 4 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS 16700 Fire Alarm System 05-12-06 RSG 16710 Special Communication Systems 04-07-06 RSG 16750 Network Cabling System 04-07-06 RSG 16850 Electrical Heating 05-12-06 RSG 16995 Commissioning/Electrical Systems 04-07-06 RSG END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS • C 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set TABLE OF CONTENTS Page - 5 "SUMMARY PERMIT SET" MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO RS&G FILE NO.: 1805206-00 MAY 12, 2006 O ~p LICFy y B K o ~ a. w14~~yFO ci.r o 373g9 s RYBKA SMITH & GINSLER INC. / LTD. CONSUL T/NG ENGINEERS % 7380 Sand Lake Road. Suite 500 18 thamdain Botkvard OF ' • ` ~~C~ Wando, Rah. 32819 Ta a, Ontario MSH 2Z1 S10NA t; 407995.9535 V. 418,'39&8020 t 407-895-9534 f. 416,398.6361 t ~/I ,~/Ob DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS No. of Pages Date of Issue c 15010 Mechanical Work General Instructions 7 April 7, 2006 RSG 15050 Basic Materials and Methods 34 April 7, 2006 RSG 15250 Insulation 10 April 7, 2006 RSG 15400 Plumbing Systems 17 April 7, 2006 RSG 15450 Plumbing and Fixtures and Trim 4 April 7, 2006 RSG 15500 Fire Protection 8 April 7, 2006 RSG 15600 Power and Heat Generation 8 May 12, 2006 RSG 15650 Refrigeration Equipment 17 April 7, 2006 RSG 15700 Liquid Heat Transfer 30 May 12, 2006 RSG 15850 Air Handling 10 April 7, 2006 RSG 15880 Air Distribution 15 April 7, 2006 RSG 15890 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 5 April 7, 2006 RSG 15900 Automatic Controls and Instrumentation 42 April 7, 2006 RSG 15995 Commissioning/Mechanical Systems 6 April 7, 2006 RSG END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 05-12-06 Summary of Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ~PpO tlc U~'~~ W <<i ~O U.O :z :i- 37389 t/1DJ610 , TABLE OF CONTENTS "SUMMARY PERMIT SET" ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO RS&G FILE NO.: 1805206-00 MAY 1212006 4CRYBK RYBKA SMITH & GINSLER INC. / LTD. CONSUL rING ENGINEERS 7380 9wd Lake Road, Trite 503 18 Champlain Boulevard Ckiando, Refs, 32819 Tororu, Ottarb M3H 2Z1 t: 407.895.9535 t 41639&6020 E 407.895-9534 f; 416-39&6361 Pp0 LI vi~'~F~ o~:i~ ►•sF U:o aD 37389 u': :4 0 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL No. of Pages Date of Issue 16010 Electrical Work General Conditions 11 April 7, 2006 RSG 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 22 May 12, 2006 RSG 16051 Electrical Identifications 10 April 7, 2006 RSG 16200 Power Generation 15 April 7; 2006 RSG 16400 Electrical Service and Distribution 34 May 12, 2006 RSG Power Panel Schedules 132 May 12, 2006 RSG 16401 Grounding 5 April 7, 2006 RSG 16402 Communications Grounding 6 April 7, 2006 RSG 16500 Lighting-Back of House 10 April 7, 2006 RSG 16510 Lighting-Front of House 2 April 7, 2006 RSG 16700 Fire Alarm System 21 May 12, 2006 RSG 16710 Special Communication Systems 26 April 7, 2006 RSG 16750 Network Cabling System 13 April 7, 2006 RSG 16850 Electrical Heating 5 May 12, 2006 RSG 16995 Commissioning/Electrical Systems 5 April 7, 2006 RSG Q'p,Q~ ~1CF?r V p11 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS :P 37389 W: 11ha/bh C_~f~ 05-12-06 TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary of Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 APPLICATION 1.03 DEFINITIONS 1.04 EXAMINATION OF SITE 1.05 PLANNING AND COORDINATION 1.06 DOCUMENTS 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.08 WORK STANDARDS 1.09 PERMITS, ENDORSEMENTS, DOCUMENT STAMPS, CERTIFICATES AND FEES 1.10 CHANGES OR REVISIONS TO THE WORK 1.11 CLEANUP 1.12 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1.13 RECORD 'AS-BUILT' DRAWINGS 1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS 1.15 WARRANTY 1.16 EXTENDED WARRANTIES 1.17 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1.18 BREAKDOWN OF MECHANICAL WORK COST 1.19 ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF PRODUCTS PART 2-PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED 04.07-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set LOC 15010-1 RS&G FM No. 1805206-00 PROJECT 102028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15010 VAIL, COLORADO MECHANICAL WORK GENERA[ INSTRUCTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The 'General Conditions", the "Supplementary Conditions", and Sections of Division 1 apply to and are a part of this Section of the Specification. 1.2 APPLICATION A. This Section applies to and is an integral part of Sections of Division 15. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. The following are definitions of words found in Sections of Division 15 and on associated drawings: 1. 'Concealed' - means hidden from normal sight in furred spaces, shafts, ceiling spaces, walls and partitions. 2. "Exposed" - means work normally visible, including work in equipment rooms, tunnels, and similar spaces. 3. "Provide" (and tenses of "provide") - means supply and install complete. 4. "Install" (and tenses of "install") - means secure in position and connect complete. 5. "Supply" - means supply only. 1.4 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Carefully examine conditions at the site that will or may affect mechanical work, and become familiar with site conditions, the building construction, finishes, and work associated with mechanical work in order that your Bid Price includes for everything necessary for completion of the mechanical work. B. Ensure that materials and equipment are delivered to the site at the proper time and in assemblies and sizes so as to enter into the building and to be moved into spaces where they are to be located without difficulty. 1.5 PLANNING AND COORDINATION A. The exact locations and routing of mechanical and electrical services are to be properly planned, coordinated and established with affected trades prior to installation such that the services will clear each other as well as any obstructions. Generally, give the right of way to piping requiring uniform pitch and locate and arrange other services to suit. B. Prepare working detail drawings, supplementary to the contract drawings, when deemed necessary by the Project Manager or the Consultant, for areas where a multiplicity of services and/or equipment occur, or where the work due to architectural, structural and other considerations involves special study and treatment Submit working detail drawings and other submittals in shop drawing form for review before the affected work is installed. C. Prior to assembling or installing the work, submit in accordance with the requirements of the Article entitled "Shop Drawings" the following for review: 1. Catalogue information and factory assembly drawings providing a complete explanation and description of items of equipment. 2. Field installation drawings, as required to explain fully procedures involved in erecting, mounting and connecting items of equipment. 3. Scale drawings indicating insert and sleeve locations. 4. Scaled composite 'coordination' drawings, showing ductwork, piping, lighting fixtures, main conduit runs, and drainage piping above the hung ceilings and in the mechanical equipment rooms. The drawings will indicate pipe and duct sizes and their elevation above the floor. Provide layout of plumbing and fire protection work for inclusion on the composite drawing. 04-07-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15010 VAIL, COLORADO MECHANICAL WORK GENERALINSTRUCTIONS 5. The hydraulic calculations and pipe sizing for the sprinkler system are to be performed by a local consultant in the employ of the installing contractor. Incorporate the layout of the sprinkler piping into the composite drawings to be submitted. D. Cant' out alterations in the arrangement of work that has been installed without proper coordination, study, and review, even if in accordance with the contract documents, in order to conceal the work behind finishes, or to allow the installation of other work, without additional cost. In addition, make any alterations necessary in other work required by such alterations, without additional cost. E. Ensure that materials and equipment are delivered to the site at the proper time and in such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into the building and to be moved into spaces where they are to be located without difficulty. 1.6 DOCUMENTS A. In the case of discrepancies or conflicts between the drawings and specifications, the documents will govern in order specified in the "General Conditions however, when the scale and date of the drawings are the same, or when the discrepancy exists within the Specification, include the most costly arrangement. B. The Specification is arranged in accordance with the CSVCSC Division format. Sections of the Specification are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work and supply of materials to any specific trade, but rather to generally designate a basic unit of work, and the sections are to be read as a whole. C. The drawings are performance drawings, diagrammatic, and show approximate locations of equipment and materials. The drawings are intended to convey the Scope of Work and do not show architectural and structural details. The locations of materials and equipment shown may be altered, when reviewed by the Consultant, to meet requirements of the material and/or equipment, other equipment and systems being installed, and of the building. Provide fittings, offsets, transformations; and similar items required as a result of obstructions and other architectural or structural details but not shown on the drawings. D. The Specification does not generally indicate the specific number of items or mounts of material required. The Specification is intended to provide product data and installation requirements. It is necessary to refer to schedules, drawings (layouts, riser diagrams, schematics, details) and the Specification to identify correct quantities. Singular may be read as plural and vice-versa in the Specification. E. These design documents are prepared solely for the use by the party with whom the Consultant has entered into a contract and there are no representations of any kind made by the Consultant to any party with whom the Consultant has not entered into the Contract. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit for review, properly identified and dimensioned shop drawings showing in detail the design, construction and performance of equipment and materials as requested in Sections of the Specification. Include equipment dimension drawings, system block diagrams and wiring schematic drawings. The shop drawings must be submitted to the Consultant for review prior to delivery and installation of equipment B. Endorse each shop drawing copy "CERTIFIED TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS', include your company name, the submittal date, and sign each copy. Shop drawings that are received and are not endorsed, dated and signed will be returned for resubmittal. The number of copies of shop drawings will be as later directed. 0407-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-0D PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS C. The Consultant will review shop drawings and will indicate his review status by stamping shop drawing copies as follows: 1. "REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED AS NOTED" - If the Consultant's review of the shop drawing is final, the Consultant will stamp the shop drawing "REVIEWED' or "REVIEWED AS NOTED" (appropriately marked). 2. "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION" - If the Consultant's review of shop drawing is not final, the Consultant will stamp the shop drawing "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION% mark the submission with his comments, and return the submission. Revise the shop drawing in accordance with the Consultant's notations and resubmit. D. It is understood that the following is to be read in conjunction with the wording on the Consultant's shop drawing review stamp applied to each and every shop drawing submitted: 'THIS REVIEW BY THE CONSULTANT IS FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF ASCERTAINING CONFORMANCE WITH THE GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT. THIS REVIEW DOES NOT MEAN THAT THE CONSULTANT APPROVES THE DETAIL DESIGN INHERENT IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS, RESPONSIBILITY FOR WHICH REMAINS WITH THE CONTRACTOR, AND SUCH REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED AT THE JOB SITE, FOR INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION, AND FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK OF ALL SUBTRADES". Provide a separate shop drawing submission for each major component Shop drawings for devices of each system are to be submitted together, unless otherwise approved by the Consultant Shop drawings for submission are to be obtained from product manufacturers authorized representatives. 1.8 WORK STANDARDS A. Where the requirements of local Codes, Regulations, By-laws and/or Standards are at variance with the drawings and specifications, the more stringent requirement will apply. Where an applicable Code, Regulation, By-law and/or Standard is identified it means, unless otherwise specifically noted, the current edition including revisions or amendments at the time of the contract When: references are made to printed instructions, it means the current edition of such instructions. 1.9 PERMITS, ENDORSEMENTS, DOCUMENT STAMPS, CERTIFICATES AND FEES A. Obtain and pay for permits, endorsements, document stamps and certificates required to complete mechanical work. Include in each copy of operating and maintenance instruction manuals, copies of inspection certificates issued by regulatory authorities to certify that the completed work is in accordance with the regulations of the regulatory authorities. 1.10 CHANGES OR REVISIONS TO THE WORK A. Wherever the Consultant proposes in writing to make a change or revision to the design,' arrangement, quantity or type of any work from that called for on or in the contract documents, submit to the Consultant for approval, a detailed, itemized, estimate breakdown of the cost of equipment, materials and labour entering into each change or revision. B. Do not execute any changes or revisions until written authorization for such changes or revisions has been issued by the Consultant 04-07-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010 - 3 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK GENERALINSTRUCTIONS C. Whenever the Consultant proposes in writing to make a change or revision which includes the deletion of work as well as the addition of new work, the total cost of the deleted work must be subtracted from the cost of the additional work before adding percentages for overhead and profit 1.11 CLEAN UP During construction, keep the site dear of waste material, construction debris and trash resulting from mechanical work on a daily basis to the satisfaction of the Consultant Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, remove waste material, construction debris and trash from the site, and arrange for and pay for the repair of any damage caused as a result of mechanical work. 1.12 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Property protect mechanical equipment and materials on site from damage due to the elements, the mechanical work and the work of other trades, to the satisfaction of the Consultant. Equipment and materials are to be in new condition when the work is substantially performed. Wherever possible, coordinate equipment deliveries with manufacturers and/or suppliers so that equipment is delivered to the site when it is required, or so that it can be stored within the building and protected from the elements. 1.13 RECORD "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS A. Drawings have been prepared in AutoCAD Release 2000 software. For the purpose of producing record "as-built" drawings, copies of contract drawings are to be obtained from the Consultant. B. When work begins at the site, dearly and accurately mark on a bound set of white prints of the contract drawings, on a daily basis, changes and deviations from the routing of piping and ductwork and locations of equipment shown on the contract drawings. Changes and deviations include those made by addenda, change orders, and site instructions, and changes and deviations indicated on supplemental drawings issued with addenda, change orders, and site instructions. Maintain the "as-built" white prints at the site for periodic inspection by the Consultant throughout the duration of the work. C. Pay particular attention to accurately dimensioning the location of concealed services terminated for future extension, buried work and services and work concealed within the building in inaccessible locations. D. Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, update a clean copy of the Contrail Document drawing set in accordance with the marked-up set of "as-built" white prints that have been maintained on-site, including deviations from original Contract Document drawings so as to provide an "as-built" drawing set. Submit the clean "as-buitr site drawing prints, to the Consultant for review. Make revisions to "as-built" drawings as directed by the Consultant. E. Use the final Consultant reviewed "as-built" drawing set to produce AutoCAD Release 2000 format drawing files. Plot reproducible vellums and copy AutoCAD Release 2000 format drawing files onto compact discs. Provide two complete sets of "as-built drawings" on reproducible vellum and compact discs to Consultant F. Submitted drawings are to be of the same quality as the original contract drawings, and electronic drawing files submitted to be compatible with AuloCAD 2000 software. 04-07.06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010 - 4 4) RS&G File No. 1805206-DO PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS For each item of equipment for which a shop drawing is required (except for simple equipment), supply minimum three (3) specific, indexed copies of equipment manufacturer's operating and maintenance instruction data manuals. Note: The quantities of manuals to be as specified in Division 1. Consolidate each copy of the data in an identified hard cover 3-ring binder. Each binder to include: 1. a copy of each "reviewed" shop drawing; 2. complete explanation of operation principles and sequences; 3. complete part lists with numbers; 4. recommended maintenance practices and precautions; 5. copies of inspection certificates issued by Regulatory Authorities; 6. complete wiring and connection diagrams; 7. copies of panelboard directories; 8. specific items identified in specification section articles. B. Submit the operating and maintenance instruction manuals to the Consultant before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work C. When shop drawings are returned to the Contractor marked "REVIEWED AS NOTED" with revisions marked on the shop drawing copies, such shop drawings are to be revised by the equipment supplier to incorporate the comments marked on the "reviewed" shop drawings and a clean updated copy is to be included in the operating and maintenance manual. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Warrant the mechanical work to be in strict accordance with the contract documents and free from defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of issue of a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. B. Repair and/or replace any defects that appear in mechanical work within the warranty period, ordinary wear and tear and wilful damage by or carelessness of the Owner's staff or agents excepted, without additional expense to the Owner. Where such defects occur, be responsible for costs incurred in making the defective work good, including repair or replacement of building finishes, other materials, or damage to other equipment caused by such defects, or by subsequent replacement and repairs. C. Equipment warranties and extended warranties are to begin from the time of substantial performance. Provide "bridging" or additional extended warranty to cover the period not otherwise covered by the manufactures original warranty between the time that the material is purchased, delivered or installed until the time of substantial performance. 1.16 EXTENDED WARRANTIES A. Where equipment specified in Sections of Division of the Specification has an extended warranty perm, e.g., five (5) years, the first year of the warranty period will be governed by the terms and conditions of the warranty in the contract documents, and the remaining years of the warranty to be direct from the equipment manufacturer and/or supplier to the Owner. Submit signed and dated copies of extended warranties to the Consultant before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. 0407-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010-5 RS&G Fite No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15010 VAIL, COLORADO MECHANICAL WORK GENERALINSTRUCTIONS 1.17 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Provide North American manufactured products wherever possible and where required quality and performance is obtainable at competitive prices. Products to be supplied from manufacturers authorized representative, unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise specified, equipment and materials are to be new and to comply with applicable respective local governing standards and codes equal to or better than the standards stated in this specification. Equipment to meet or exceed ASHRAEAES 90.1 Standards. B. Equipment and materials scheduled and/or specified have been selected to establish a performance and quality standard, and, in some instances, a dimensional standard. In most uses, base specified manufacturers are stated for any equipment or material specified by manufacturer's name and model number. The Bid Price may be based on equipment and materials supplied by any of the manufacturers' base specified or named as acceptable for the particular equipment or material. If acceptable manufacturers are not stated for a piece of equipment or particular material, base the Bid Price on material supplied by the base specified manufacturer. C. Equipment or material supplied by a manufacturer named as acceptable may be used in lieu of the base specified manufacturer provided that 1. Equipment or material is equivalent in performance and operating characteristics Cmduding energy consumption if applicable) to the base specified materials or equipment, and; 2. Costs for changes that are made to associated and/or adjacent work (mechanical, electrical and/or general trades) resulting from provision of equipment or material supplied by a manufacturer other than the base specified manufacturer are included in the Bid Price, and; 3. In equipment spaces where dimensions of acceptable equipment differ from the base specified equipment, prepare and submit for review by the Consultant, dimensioned layouts of spaces affected. D. Submit as a supplemental bid form, a list of the manufacturers for equipment and material to be provided on the project and which were specified or scheduled with a manufacturer's name. Named manufacturers on the supplemental bid form are to be one of the names specified or named as acceptable for the particular product unless prior written permission has been given by the Consultant for use of products by other manufacturers. Submit list with Bid Documents as a supplemental bid form attached to the Bid Price form. If names are not submitted, or if name indicated is not listed in issued documents, or if more than one name is identified for a product it to be assumed and expected that the base specified products will be provided. The Bid Price is to not be based on substitute equipment or materials, nor based on the use of equipment or materials supplied by manufacturer(s) not named as acceptable in these specifications. Substitute equipment or material will be considered for use provided: 1. Proposed substitutions are indicated on supplementary bid form; 2. Shop drawing or submittal data is submitted for proposed substitute equipment or materials for review by the Consultant, listing in each case a corresponding credit for each substitution proposed, and including certification in writing that the proposed substitution meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of the base specified or acceptable material or equipment; 3. No increase in the Bid Price or Contract Price (for mechanical, electrical or general trades) is necessitated by or associated with the acceptance of substituted equipment or materials. 4. The Consultant has sole discretion in accepting proposed substitutions. Where products are fisted as 'or approved equar, certify in writing that the product to be used in lieu of base specified product, at least meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of the base specified product When requested by the Consultant, provide full design detail drawings and specifications of proposed products. Acceptance of these 'or approved equar products to be at the sole discretion of the Consultant There to be no increase in Contract Price due to Consultant's rejection of proposed equivalent product 04-07-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010-6 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1.18 BREAKDOWN OF MECHANICAL WORK COST A. Submit to the Consultant a breakdown of the mechanical work cost with a schedule of values of the various parts of the work, aggregating the total cost of the mechanical work in a structure and format acceptable to the Consultant. Submit the breakdown within ten (10) days of written notification of acceptance of bid and award of Contract. 1.19 ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF PRODUCTS A. Unless otherwise specified, material and equipment supplied to meet or exceed minimum efficiencies and/or minimum performances of ASHRAE Standard ASHRAEA ES-90.1-1999. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 15010 O 0407-06 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Progress CD Set 15010-7 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 APPLICATION 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.06 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE SLEEVES 2.02 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS 2.03 PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES 2.04 CAST IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS 2.05 COPPER PIPE FITTINGS AND JOINTS 2.06 BLACK STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS 2.07 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS 2.08 PIPING UNIONS 2.09 DIELECTRIC PIPE FITTINGS 2.10 PIPING DRAIN VALVES 2.11 PIPING AIR VENTS 2.12 GATE, GLOBE AND SWING TYPE CHECK VALVES 2.13 BALL VALVES 2.14 BUTTERFLY VALVES 2.15 WAFER TYPE CHECK VALVES 2.16 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES 2.17 VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAGS 2.18 PIPING STRAINERS 2.19 PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 2.20 ACCESS DOORS 2.21 PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS 2.22 EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS AND ACCESSORIES 2.23 ELECTRIC MOTORS 2.24 MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES 2.25 VIBRATION ISOLATION MATERIALS 2.26 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 2.27 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES 0407-06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS LOC 15050 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PIPING AND DUCTWORK INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 PIPE JOINT REQUIREMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES 3.04 DUCT, DAMPER AND SIMILAR MATERIAL OPENINGS 3.05 SLEEVE AND FORMED OPENING LOCATION DRAWINGS 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SHUT-OFF VALVES AND CHECK VALVES 3.10 VALVE TAGGING AND CHART 3.11 INSTALLATION OF PIPING STRAINERS 3.12 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 3.13 SUPPLY OF ACCESS DOORS 3.14 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS 3.15 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS AND ACCESSORIES 3.16 SUPPLY OF MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES 3.17 IDENTIFICATION PAINTING 3.18 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION MATERIALS 3.19 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTING 3.20 MECHANICAL PLANT PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS 3.21 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS 3.22 CONCRETE WORK FOR MECHANICAL SERVICES 3.23 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 3.24 FINISH PAINTING OF MECHANICAL WORK 3.25 PACKING AND SEALING CORE DRILLED PIPE OPENINGS 3.26 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES 3.27 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER 3.28 HIGH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 3.29 MOTOR STARTER SCHEDULES 04407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set LOC 15050 - 2 J RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is part of this Section of the Specification. 1.02 APPLICATION A. This Section specifies products, common criteria and characteristics, and methods and execution that are common to one (1) or more Sections of Division 15. It is intended as a supplement to succeeding Sections of Division 15 and to be read accordingly. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for products specified in Part 2. Shop drawings for fire stopping and smoke seal materials and assemblies to each show proposed materials, reinforcement, anchorage, fastening and method of installation, in accordance with actual installation conditions. 41 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a letter from the specialist firestopping and smoke seal contractor detailing their experience in this field complete with a list of at least five (5) projects of similar size and complexity, completed or presently working on within the past three (3) years. B. Submit the following to the Consultant for review: 1. a sample of each proposed type of access door, as well as a Sepia print of architectural reflected ceiling plan drawings showing proposed ceiling access door locations; 2. location drawings for sleeves and formed openings in poured concrete or precast concrete constriction; 3. samples of materials and any other items as specified in succeeding Sections of this Division of the Specification. C. Submit an affidavit stating that lead free solder was used for soldered joints in copper potable water, drainage and vent piping. 1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the work of Division 15 is specified in other Sections of other Divisions of the Specification: 1. installation of access doors in building finishes; 2. provision of large access doors and panels in building finishes; 3. installation of loose motor starters, unless otherwise noted; 4. power wiring connections to motor control centres; 5. provision of 115 volt control and interlock wiring, unless otherwise noted; 6. finish painting of exposed mechanical work; 7. flashing for mechanical work penetrating the roof; 0407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C Progress CD Set 15050-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 1.06 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS Codes and/or Standards published by various Societies and Associations listed below, may be referenced throughout this Section and other Sections of Division 15: 1. Uniform Building Code (UBC); 2. International Mechanical Code (IMC); 3. International Plumbing Code (IPC); 4. International Gas Code (IGC); 5. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC); 6. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA); 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI); 8. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI); 9. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE); 10. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME); 11. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM); 12. American Water Works Association (AWWA); 13. National Standards of Canada (CAN); 14. Canadian Gas Association (CGA); 15. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB); 16. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 17. Factory Mutual Systems (FM); 18. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE); 19. International Standards Organization (ISO); 20. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS); 21. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB); 22. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA); 23. Thermal Insulation Association (TIA); 24. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA); 25. Underwriters Laboratories (UL); 26. World Health Organization (WHO); 27. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE SLEEVES A. Minimum No. 24 USS gauge (0.635 mm thick) galvanized steel with an integral flange to secure the sleeve to formwork construction. B. Factory fabricated, flanged, high density polyethylene sleeves with reinforced nail bosses. C. Schedule 40 mild galvanized steel pipe. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15M-2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 2.02 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS A. Systems to consists of asbestos-free, both elastomeric materials and intumescent materials, tested, listed and labelled by UL 1479 and in compliance with NEC 300-21 for installation in UL designated firestopping and smoke seal systems to provide a positive fire, water and smoke seal and a fire resistance rating (flame, hose stream and temperature) not less than the fire rating for surrounding construction. The fire stopping and smoke seal material system must be specifically UL certified with designated reference number for its specific installation. Submit copy of UL certificate, drawings and number for each installation. B. Materials to be compatible with abutting dissimilar materials and finishes. Coordinate material requirements with trades supplying abutting areas of materials. C. Include costs for and arrange for manufacturers authorized representative to inspect and verify each installation and application. Submit test report signed and verified by Contractor and manufacturers representative. D. Pipe insulation forming part of a UL fire and smoke seal assembly is specified in Section 15250. E. Acceptable manufacturers are 3M, Specified Technologies Inc. and AID Fire Protection Systems and Hilti. 2.03 PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. One-piece chrome plated black steel or stainless steel plates, sized to cover pipe sleeves or wall or slab openings and to fit fightly around the pipe or pipe insulation. 2.04 CAST IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. Class 4000 cast iron pipe and fittings to ANSI 112.5.73 and ASTM A74-94. B. Centrifugally cast ductile iron to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51-91 complete with a cement mortar lining to ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4-90 and a protective coating of bituminous paint, standard cement lined cast iron mechanical joint fittings to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-1987 painted as for pipe, and rubber gasket joints to ANSI/AWWA C1111A21.11-90 with electric conductivity strips to bridge joints. 2.05 COPPER PIPE FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. DWV grade hard temper copper to ASTM B306-88 'Copper Drainage Water Tube (DWV)", with forged copper solder type drainage fittings and 95% tin/5% Antimony solder joints. B. Type "K" "L" and "M", hard drawn seamless copper certified to ASTM 888-88 "Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube", with forged copper solder We fittings to suit the pipe, and soldered joints, Englehard Corp. 'SILVABRITE 100' or equal 4% silver/96% tin for cold water pipe, 95% tin/5% Antimony or for other pipe. C. Type "L" soft copper certified to ASTM 888-88 "seamless copper water tube" and supplied in a continuous coil of proper length with no pints possible. Where joints are required, they to be compression type flared pint couplings to ANSI B16.26-88. 0407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.06 BLACK STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. Mild black carbon steel, Grade A, ASTM A-53, continuous weld fabricated for pipe with screwed joints, ASTM A53 electric resistance weld fabricated, mill or site bevelled for pipe with welded joints. B. Pipe for fire protection work to be mild black carbon steel, Grade A ASTM A-795, continuous weld fabricated for pipe with screwed joints, ASTM A-795 electric resistance weld fabricated, mill or site bevelled for pipe with welded joints. C. Threaded fittings to be Class 125 (standard) or Class 250 (extra heavy) cast iron threaded fittings to ANSI/ASME 816.4. D. Welding fittings to be factory made, seamless carbon steel, bevelled, butt welding fittings to ASTM A234, Grade WPB, with a wall thickness to match the pipe wall thickness. elbows to be long radius pattern except where space conditions do not permit 2.07 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. Schedule 40, mild steel, galvanized, ASTM A53, screwed, complete with galvanized standard weight cast iron screwed fittings and screwed joints. Where specified and/or required, joints and fittings to be screw-on galvanized cast iron companion flange joints. 2.08 PLASTIC PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. IPEX Inc., "Ring-Tite" DR35, or equal, rigid PVC sewer pipe with gasketted joints to ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679, and gasketted PVC fittings to ASTM F679. Joints shall withstand 50 psi (345 kPa) hydrostatic pressure. B. IPEX Inc., "System 15 DWV" or equal, for sanitary drainage piping use, rigid PVC pipe and fittings to ASTM D1784, manufactured in accordance with F1866 2.09 PIPING UNIONS A. Dart Union Co., or equal malleable iron, ground joint, brass to iron or bronze to bronze seat screwed unions and union elbows with a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi (1725 kPa) steam at 500 degrees F. (260 degrees C.). B. Malleable iron, ground joint, factory tested, "RAIL ROAD' type screwed unions and union elbows with a brass to iron seat with a minimum pressure rating of 600 psi (4140 kPa) WOG (non-shock). C. Forged carbon steel slip-on type raised face welding flange unions to ASTM All 05, 150 lb. (68 kg) Class or 300 lb. (136 kg) Class. 2.10 DIELECTRIC PIPE FITTINGS A. Victaulic Co., style 47 "Clearflow" dielectric pipe fittings to ASTM F-092-77, suitable for maximum temperatures of 225 degrees F. (107 degrees C.) and pressures of 300 psi (2070 kPa), and each complete with electro-zinc plated casing, NSF/FDA listed, chemically inert dielectric thermoplastic lining, ends to suit piping and overall fitting length matched to pipe size for maximum galvanic corrosion protection. 1. acceptable manufacturers are Victaulic Co. and Grinnell Corporation. B. Watts Regulator Co. Series 3000 dielectric pipe unions suitable for use with steam to 300 degrees F. (149 degrees C.) at 50 psi (345 kPa), to ANSI B16.39 and threaded to ANSI B2.1. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 2.11 PIPING DRAIN VALVES A. Minimum 300 psi (2070 kPa) water rated, 314" (19 mm) diameter straight pattern bronze globe valve or a bronze ball valve, each complete with a threaded outlet suitable for coupling connection of 314" (19 mm) diameter garden hose, and a cap and chain. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Jenkins Valves, Crane Co., Kitz Corp., FCX Newman Hattersley, Conbraco Industries (Apollo), Toyo Valve Co., and Nibco International. 2.12 PIPING AIR VENTS A. Flair Hydronics (Johnson Paterson), No. 16 or equal, 118" (3.2 mm) diameter manual valve with a wooden handle. 2.13 GATE, GLOBE AND SWING TYPE CHECK VALVES A. Valves scheduled hereinafter are Jenkins Valves. B. All valves to be, to the extent possible, the product of a single manufacturer and to have the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and size clearly marked on the body. C. Valves 2" (50 mm) and smaller to be constructed of bronze. Valves 2-1/2" (65 mm) and larger to have iron bodies and bronze mountings. D. The bronze in bodies and bonnets of bronze valves to conform to ASTM B-62 for valves rated up to 150 psi (1035 kPa) steam pressure, and ASTM B61 for valves rated at 200 psi (1380 kPa) and 300 psi (2070 kPa) steam pressure. E. Bodies and bonnets of iron body valves to conform to ASTM A-126, Class B. F. Generally, valves 3" (75 mm) and smaller to be complete with screwed ends, except for bronze valves installed in copper piping which to be complete with soldering ends. Generally, valves larger than 3" (75 mm) to be complete with flanged ends and proper flanged adapters to copper to be provided where flanged valves are installed in copper piping. 04-07-08 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALSAND METHODS G. Valves for installation in domestic water piping, chilled water, heating water piping and glycol solution piping with pressures less than 150 psi (1035 kPa), unless otherwise noted, to conform to the following schedule: VALVE TYPE RESSURE RATING ENDS JENKINS WOG. FIG. NO. BRONZE GATE 300 psi (2070 kPa) SOLDERING 813 BRONZE GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 810 BRONZE GLOBE 300 psi (2070 kPa) SCREWED 106-B BRONZE GLOBE 300 psi (2070 kPa) SOLDERING 106-BP BRONZE GLOBE 400 psi (2760 kPa) SCREWED 2050 BRONZE CHECK 250 psi (1725 kPa) SCREWED 4092 BRONZE CHECK 300 psi (2070 kPa) SOLDERING 4093 IRON GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 453 IRON GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) FLANGED 454 IRON GLOBE 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 142 IRON CHECK 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 588 IRON CHECK 200 psi (1380 kPa) FLANGED 587 H. Valves for installation in domestic water, chilled water, heating water and glycol solution piping systems with a working pressure greater than 150 psi (1035 kPa) to conform to the following schedule: VALVE TYPE PRESSURE RATING ENDS JENKINS WOG FIG. NO. BRONZE GLOBE 400 psi (2760 kPa) SCREWED 205W BRONZE GLOBE 300 psi (2070 kPa) SCREWED 106-BJ BRONZE GATE 600 psi (4140 kPa) SCREWED 2280-W IRON GLOBE 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 162J IRON GATE 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 204J BRONZE CHECK 600 psi (4140 kPa) SCREWED 4962J IRON CHECK 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 339-RJ Valves for installation in 100 psi (690 kPa) and greater high pressure steam and condensate piping to be complete with proper discs for high pressure steam service and to conform to the following schedule: VALVE TYPE PRESSURE RATING ENDS JENKINS BRONZE GLOBE 400 psi (2760 kPa) SCREWED 2050J IRON GLOBE 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 162J BRONZE GATE 600 psi (4140 kPa) SCREWED 2280-UJ IRON GATE 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 204J BRONZE CHECK 600 psi (4140 kPa) SCREWED 4962J IRON CHECK 500 psi (3450 kPa) FLANGED 339-RJ 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CO Set 15050 - 6 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS J. Valves for installation in low or medium pressure steam and condensate piping less than 100 psi (690 kPa) to be complete with proper discs for steam service and to conform to the following schedule: VALVE TYPE PRESSURE RATING WOG ENDS JENKINS FIG. NO. BRONZE GLOBE 300 psi (2070 kPa) SCREWED 2032J BRONZE GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 8101 BRONZE CHECK 250 psi (1725 kPa) SCREWED 4092J BRONZE GLOBE 400 psi (2760 kPa) SCREWED 2050J IRON GLOBE 200 psi (1380 kPa) FLANGED 2342J IRON GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 453J IRON GATE 200 psi (1380 kPa) FLANGED 454J IRON CHECK 200 psi (1380 kPa) SCREWED 5881 IRON CHECK 200 psi (1380 kPa) FLANGED 587J K. Wheels on bronze gate and globe valves, unless otherwise noted, to be non-heating malleable iron finished in baked enamel. Wheels on iron body valves to be cast iron wheels suitable for easy valve operation. L. Acceptable manufacturers are: Jenkins Valves, Milwaukee Valve Co., Crane Co., Kitz Corp., FCX Newman Hattersley, Conbraco Industries (RP+C), Toyo Valve Co., and Nibco International. 2.14 BALL VALVES A. Unless otherwise noted, full bore, solid ball, bronze ball valves as follows: 1. for copper water piping, Jenkins Valves Fig. No. 34J 600 psi (4140 kPa) W.O.G. with PTFE seats and soldering ends; 2. for steel heating water, low pressure steam and condensate piping, Jenkins Valves Fig. No. 33J, 600 psi (4140 kPa) rated with PTFE seats and seals, and screwed ends. B. For natural gas piping, with maximum 1/2 psig (3.45 kPag) pressure Neo Valves No. 460 UL approved, with PTFE seats and screwed ends. C. For propane gas piping, with maximum 125 psig (862 kPag) pressure, Neo Valves No. 525 UL approved, full bore with chrome plated body, PTFE seats, screwed ends and suitable for -40 to 150 degrees F. (40 to 65 degrees C.) Temperature range. D. Ball valves in insulated piping to be complete with extended handles to clear insulation. E. Acceptable manufacturers for valves used in services other than natural gas are Jenkins Valves, Milwaukee Valve Co., Crane Co., Kitz Corp., FCX Newman Hattersley, Conbraco Industries (Apollo), Toyo Valve Co., Nibco International, and Victaulic USA. F. Acceptable manufacturers of valves used in natural gas service are Neo Valve Co. and FCX Newman- Hattersley. 2.15 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Lug body type, 175 psi (1200 kPa) rated, resilient seated butterfly valves, each complete with a stainless steel shaft, corrosion resistant disc, a seat suitable in respects for the application, and a flange arrangement which maintains fight shut-off and the valve in position when one side of the connecting piping is removed. B. Butterfly valves up to and including 6' (150 mm) diameter to be equipped with 'ON/OFF" lever handles. Butterfly valves 8' (200 mm) and larger to be equipped with wheels and gear operators. 007-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 7 RS&G File No. 1605206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Acceptable manufacturers are Tyco Keystone Valves Co., Crane Valve Co. (Centerline, Flowseal), Conbraco Industries (Apollo), Victaulic Co., and Jenkins Valve Co. 2.16 WAFER TYPE CHECK VALVES A. Tyco Gulf Valve Co., "WAFER CHECK", threaded lug type, ANSI Series 150, 285 psi (1965 kPa) rated at 100 degrees F. (38 degrees C.), non-slam wafer check valves, each complete with a carbon steel body, stainless steel discs, a shaft, springs, disc stop and thrust bearings constructed of type 316 stainless steel, and seat materials to suit the application. The inside diameter of the valve must be equal the inside diameter of the connecting pipe. Acceptable manufacturers are Tyco (Gulf Valve Co.), Ritepro Corp. (Checkrite), Crane Co. and Mission Manufacturing Co. (Duo-Chek II). 2.17 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES A. Neo Valve Co., No. AR40034 screwed and or No. AR40114 flanged or equal UL approved, cast iron, 150 psi (1035 kPa) rated lubricated plug valves, each complete with a lubricant screw, a lubricant valve, lubricant receptacle, a loose operator, and a plug with lubricant grooves circling the passage in both the open and dosed position to ensure a positive seal. Acceptable manufacturers are Neo Valve Co. and FCX Newman Hattersley. 2.18 VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Embree Industries or W.H. Brady (Brady Identification Solutions) Co., non-ferrous metal valve tags with a stamped consecutive number filled in with black paint, and a heavy-gauge non-ferrous metal chain, ring, or 41 "S" hook for attaching the tag to a valve stem or handle. 2.19 PIPING STRAINERS A. Spirax Sarco Inc., cast iron wye shaped strainers, type IF-125 screwed and/or type AF-250 flanged, each suitable for working pressures to 130 psi (890 kPa), and complete with a removable type 304 stainless steel strainer screen with perforations sized to suit the application. B. Spirax Sarco Inc., Type IT, screwed and/or type AF-250 flanged cast iron strainers, generally as specified above but suitable for working pressures in excess of 130 psi (890 kPa). C. Strainers 2" (50 mm) diameter and larger to be complete with blowdown pipe connection tappings. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco Inc., Crane Co. and Armstrong International Inc. 2.20 PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. For horizontal piping above ground - adjustable wrought steel clevis hangers and/or adjustable malleable iron swivel ring hangers and/or steel offset pipe hooks and/or heavy steel pipe clips. For 2" (50 mm) diameter and larger horizontal piping above ground conveying a medium with an operating temperature 100 degrees F. (37.7 degrees C.) and greater - adjustable roller hangers. C. For vertical piping - wrought steel riser damps and/or heavy steel pipe clips and/or 117 (12 mm) thick welded black structural steel plate anchor assemblies. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND-METHODS D. Spring hangers for portions of piping connected to motorized and/or vibration isolated equipment - spring hangers as specified in this Section in the article entitled "VIBRATION ISOLATION MATERIALS`. E. For groups of pipe having the same slope - black structural steel angle wall brackets and/or black steel channels or angles of proper dimension supported by hanger rods, and/or Tyco Unistrut Corp. or approved equal support assemblies. F. Hanger rods to be black steel, round, threaded, to ASTM A36, sized to suit the loading but in any case minimum 3/8" (9.5 mm) diameter, complete with captive machine nuts with washers at hangers. G. Al hangers and rods must be provided with a coating suitable for a corrosive salt-water environment. H. Acceptable hanger and support manufacturers are Anvil, B-Line, Myatt, Hunt Manufacturing and Apex. 2.21 ACCESS DOORS A. Acudor Acorn Limited, steel flush 14 USS gauge (2.0 mm thick) access door with 16 USS gauge (1.6 mm) frame, baked on grey enamel finish, each complete with a heavy frame and anchor, heavy-duty rust-resistant concealed hinges, keyed cylinder locks and mounting and finishing features to suit the particular construction in which it is to be installed. B. Access door sizes to suit the concealed work for which they are supplied, and wherever possible they to be of a standard size for applications. C. Access doors in fire rated construction to be UL listed and labelled and of a rating to maintain the fire separation integrity. D. Where access doors are located in surfaces where special finishes are required, they to be of a recessed door type capable of accepting the finish in which they are to be installed so as to maintain the final building surface appearance throughout. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Acudor Acorn Co., The Williams Bros Corp. of America, and Senador International Corp. (MiFab Manufacturing Co.) 2.22 PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS A. H.O. Trerice Co., pressure gauges, thermometers and accessories as follows: 1. pressure gauges - No. 600 Series to ANSI Standard B40, Grade A, fully adjustable, 4-112' (115 mm) diameter, complete with a cast aluminum casing, dear glass window, white dual scale (psi and kPa) dial, red tipped black pointer, bronze bushed movement, pressure snubber, and T handle gauge cock; 2. thermometers - No. BX93403-1/2 fully adjustable angle, 9" (225 mm) white dual scale (degrees F. and degrees C.), complete with cast aluminum case, clear acrylic window lens, front red reading mercury tubing, separable brass socket, brass piping well, and extension necks where used in insulated pipe or equipment B. Pressure gauges in steam piping to be complete with coil siphons. C. Thermometers in duct work to be equipped with Trerice No. 065-0015 or equal mounting flanges. D. Pressure gauge and thermometer scale ranges to be such that the working temperature or pressure of the system for which the instrument is provided is at approximately the mid-point of the instrument scale. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-9 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALSAND-METHODS E. Pressure gauges in sprinkler fire protection piping to be Winters, Model Q1721 or equal UL listed pressure gauges. F. Acceptable manufacturers of pressure gauges (other than fire protection), thermometers and related accessories are H.O. Trerice Co., Winters Instruments, Hilton Engineering Corporation (Ashcroft Temperature and Pressure Instrumentation) and Weksler Glass Thermometer Co. 2.23 EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS AND ACCESSORIES A. Guards for V-belt drives to be removable four (4) sided, fully enclosed galvanized sheet steel guards to OSHA Standards, complete with 4-112" (112 mm) diameter tachometer openings covered with removable perforated galvanized plates at each shaft location. B. Guards for flexible couplings to be removable "U' shaped galvanized steel guards with a 0.0905' (2.3 mm) thick frame and expanded mesh face. C. Guards for exposed fan blades, unless otherwise noted, to be removable 314' (19 mm) galvanized steel wire mesh with galvanized steel frames. 2.24 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Motors to conform to NEMA Standard MG1, applicable IEEE Standards, and applicable UL Standards unless otherwise noted. B. All motors located outside the building, and inside the building in areas exposed to the weather or in sprinklered areas to be totally enclosed fan cooled type unless otherwise noted, each with a service factor of 1.15 at 104 degrees F. (40 degrees C.) ambient temperature for ratings. C. All other motors to be open drip-proof type unless otherwise noted. D. Vertically mounted and submersible motors to be purposely designed for mounting in this attitude. E. Unless otherwise noted, motors less than 112 HP (0.4 KW) size to be single phase, 127 volt, 60 cycle, A.C. condenser type. F. Unless otherwise noted, motors 112 HP (0.4 KW) size and larger to be 3 phase, 60 cycle, 1750 RPM, NEMA design "B" or "C" for normal or high starting torque. G. Motors i HP (.746 kW) and larger to be T-Frame, A.G., 3 phase heavy duty service and equal to or exceeding the Energy Policy Act of 1993 and Table 10.2 of ASHRAE 90.1-1999 as tested to IEEE 112B, and be approved under the National Electrical Code. H. Each motor to be suitable for direct coupling or Wbeft drive . The frame of each 3-phase motor t0 be constricted of corrosion-resistant cast iron with integrally cast feet except for smaller drip-proof motors which may have a rolled steel frame and welded feet. End brackets to also be constructed of cast iron with precision machined bearing fits. The stator core assembly of each motor to consist of stacked laminations of specially selected electrical grade steel. Insulation materials to be non-hygroscopic and meet or exceed Class "B' definition. Motor temperature ratings to not exceed Class 'B' temperature limits when the motor is operated at full load in a maximum ambient temperature of 104 degrees F. (40 degrees C.). J. Motors with pulse width modulating variable speed drives to be inverter duty motors with class 'Fr windings and class "F" insulation. 0¢07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-10 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 E PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND-METHODS K. Rotor windings to be die-cast aluminum, surface treated for minimum rotor losses. Each shaft to be dynamically balanced. L. Bearings, unless otherwise noted, to be grease lubricated with readily accessible plugs or fittings to allow "in-service' regressing. Bearings to be ball type, double shielded, single row width, made from vacuum degassed steel, except for large belted frames where roller bearings are required. M. The motor(s) for 2-speed fan(s) to be as above but 2-speed double winding motor(s). N. Motors 30 HP (22.4 kW) and larger to be complete with thermistors or approved equal manual reset resistor type sensing elements with positive temperature coefficients and tripping relays to disengage the motor starter when an abnormal temperature is sensed within the motor. Turn over the starter tripping relays to the electrical trade for integration into the respective motor starter. 0. Explosive proof motors to be flare proof type with an explosion proof box and in accordance with UL requirements and IEC-79 standard. P. Regardless of what is specified above, motor materials must be suitable for operation in a corrosive salt- water environment. Q. Refer to starter schedule drawing(s) for motor voltage and phase requirements. R. Acceptable manufacturers for motors 1 Hp. (0.75 kW) and larger are Emerson Electric (US Electrical Motors), TECO-Westinghouse Motor Co., WEG Electric Motors Corp., Lincoln Motors, and Toshiba L International Corp. S. Acceptable manufacturers for motors less than 1 Hp. (0.75 I(W) are General Electric Corp., Emerson Electric (US Electrical Motors), Baldor Electric Co., Leeson Electric Corp., and Reliance Electric Corp. 2.25 MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Allen-Bradley, NEMA type, motor starters in accordance with the following specification and the motor starter schedule(s), unless otherwise noted. B. Unless otherwise noted, starters for single phase motors to be Bulletin 600, 115 volt, thermal overload protected manual starting switches with a neon pilot fight, a surface or flush mounting NEMA enclosure to suit the application, and, where automatic operation is required, a separate "hand-off-automatid selector switch in an enclosure to match the starter enclosure. C. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3 phase motors to be combination quick-make" and "quick-break" fused disconnects and full voltage, non-reversing magnetic starters for across-the-line service. Full protection of each phase to be included in the starters by means of one (1) overload relay per phase per starter. Starters to be equipped with "hand-off-automatic" switches, plot lights, control transformers, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the starter schedule(s). D. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3 phase motors 50 Hp (37.3 kW) up to 150 Hp (112 kW), to be reduced voltage, non-reversing, auto-transformer type starters. Full protection of each phase to be included in the starters by means of one (1) overload relay per phase per starter. Starters to be equipped with 'hand-ofd automatic" switches, pilot lights, control transformers, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the starter schedule(s). E. Enclosures for starters located in sprinklered areas to be NEMA 2. other loose starter enclosures to be NEMA 1 unless otherwise noted. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 -11 RS&G File No.1W206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALSAND METHODS F. Motor control centres to be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 2100 "CENTRELINE", 7-1/7 (2.28 m) high, multiunit control centres, arranged as per the starter schedule. Each control centre to be an NEMA Class 1, type "B" factory assembled, dead front, floor mounted control centre with On plated copper bus and an NEMA type 1 or 2 enclosure as for loose starters specified above. Starters installed in control centres to be as specified above and complete with bad wiring and/or control wiring terminal boards. Motor control centres to be complete with required provisions for electric "line" and "load" side power connections. G. Disconnects for motor control centres to be heavy-duty, UL approved, front operated with a handle suitable for padlocking in the "OFF position and arranged so that the enclosure cover cannot be opened while the handle is in the "ON" position. Fusible units to be complete with fuse clips for HRC fuses, unless otherwise noted. Enclosures to be NEMA type 1 or 2 as specified for loose starters above. The ampere rating, number of poles, and fuse requirements to be as indicated on the starter schedule(s). H. Unless otherwise indicated, fuses to be Form I, Class "J", HRC fuses for constant running equipment and Form II, Class "C", HRC fuses for motorized equipment that cycles "ON" and "OFF". 1. The motor starter(s) for 2-speed fan(s) to be 2-speed type suitable for use with a two-speed double winding motor and complete with a forty-fire (45) second time delay to allow the fan to coast down to low speed before it is operated at low speed. J. Identification nameplates to be engraved black-white-black lamacoid, suitably sized, complete with bevelled edges and stainless steel securing screws. Engraving must be approved by the Consultant. K. Each starter you supply must be capable of starting the particular motor under the imposed load. L. Acceptable motor starter manufacturers are Allen Bradley, Siemens/Fumas Electric, Schnieder Electric (Square D), Moeller Electric Corp. USA (formerly Klockner-Moeller), and Eaton/Cutler-Hammer. M. Acceptable fuse manufacturers are Brush, Buss and Gould. 2.26 VIBRATION ISOLATION MATERIALS A. BVA Systems Ltd., vibration isolation materials as specified below. B. All springs to be stable, colour coded, selected to operate at no greater than 2/3 solid load, and with spring diameters in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to suit the static deflection and maximum equipment load. C. Spring mounts to be complete with levelling devices,/ /4" (6 mm) thick, ribbed neoprene sound pads and zinc plated hardware. D. Spring mounts for equipment located outside the building to be factory weather-proofed by means of two (2) coats of rust resisting paint, two (2) coats of neoprene and complete with neoprene pads in Neu of standard rubber pads. E. Type "SH" spring hangers to be complete with a painted steel housing, an acoustic washer or elastomeric element, a steel washer, retaining cups, and selected springs. hangers must be capable of tolerating a vertical misalignment of 15 degrees (from hangers axis) without loss of stability. F. Type "FS" free standing spring mounts with extra stable iso-stiff springs. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress GO Set 15050-12 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 CW FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS G. Type "CSR" free standing restrained mounts to be complete with heavy steel base frame, built-in limit stops and removable spacer plates. Iso-stiff springs to have a minimum horizontal to vertical stiffness ratio of 1.0. Bolt hole clearances to be a minimum of 112' (12 mm) allowing three (3) degrees of misalignment Alternatively, 118" (3 mm) thick, maximum 60 Durometer hardness rubber sleeves may be provided for lmtt stop bolts preventing isolation shorting. H. Type "N" waft pads to be 30 Durometer neoprene, 12,600 kPa tensile strength, minimum 12 mm thick and selected for 630 kPa operating bad. 1. Type 'NSN" neoprene-steel-neoprene pads to consist of two (2) layers of 112" (12 mm) thick type "N" waffle pads bonded to each side of a 1116" (1.6 mm) thick steel plate. holes to be sleeved and complete with isolation washers. J. Type "S" integral steel fan and motor support bases to be of welded construction, complete with adjustable IP-43 or IP-55 to suit indoor or outdoor application, motor slide rails and vertical section size to suit equipment's motor power output. K. Type "C" reinforced concrete inertia bases to be of welded steel construction, each complete with concrete reinforcing rods welded in place, a full depth perimeter steel channel frame, a sheet metal bottom, an adjustable IP-43 or IP-55 to suit indoor or outdoor application, motor slide rails and, where spring mounts are shown, scheduled or specified, gusseted brackets welded to the channel steel frame. L. Seismic restrain cables to consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide directional restraint. Cable end connections to be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable attachment. Satisfactory restraint end connections (beam clamps, deck attachment assembles, etc.) to be supplied by manufacturer. M. Seismic snubbers to be directional, consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent elastomeric materials. Snubbers to be manufactured with an air gap of 4 mm between hard and resilient materials. Capacity of snubber at 10 mm deflector to be equal to or greater than the load assigned to the mounting group controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable seismic force. N. Acceptable manufacturers are Vibro-Acoustics (BVA Systems), Acoustic Control Inc. (Vibron), J.P. Environmental Products Inc, and Kinetics Noise Control. 2.27 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES Asea Brown Boved, Model No. ACF 600 adjustable frequency drives, each approved and suitable for installation on the scheduled motors. Ensure that drives and motors are approved by respective manufacturers as compatible. Quality Assurance 1. The VFD manufacturing facility to be ISO 9001 certified and the UL, ETL and/or CSA listed. 2. Al printed circuited boards to be completely tested and burned-in before being assembled into the completed VFD. The VFD to then be subjected to a preliminary functional test, bum-in, and computerized final test The bum-in to be at 104F (40C), at full rated load, or cycled load. Drive input power to be continuously cycled for maximum stress and thermal variation. Conformal coating of boards to be available as a standard factory option. 3. The VFD to be designed to provide at least 250,000 hours mean time before failure (MTBF) when the specified preventative maintenance is performed. 4. The VFD manufacturer to have an analysis laboratory to evaluate the failure of any component The failure analysis lab to allow the manufacturer to perform complete electrical testing, x-ray components, and decap or delaminate components and analyze failures within the component. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-13 RS&G File No. 1805206-06 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Output Filter 1. Supply an output dv/dt filter (LRC filter) to protect motor insulation. Bypass: 1. Supply a fully operational horsepower rated manual By-Pass system for full speed operation without the VFD. Supply VFD and By-pass output contactors, mechanically and electrically interlocked to allow only one mode of operation at one time. Supply a service switch or contactor to isolate the VFD from the supply. Supply a door mounted VFD/OFFBY-PASS selector switch and VFD ON and BY-PASS ON indicator lights. Also supply a door mounted HAND/OFF/AUTO switch if the Hand operation is unavailable at the VFD keypad. Provide terminals for external customer safety interlocks. 2. Supply a main fused disconnect switch or contactor to supply power to the VFD and BY-PASS system, complete with door mounted handle, pad-lockable in the OFF position. Adjustable Frequency Drives 1. The adjustable frequency drive to be a pulse width modulated (PWM) AC to AC converter utilizing the latest isolated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) technology. 2. The VFD to employ a Direct Torque Control (DTC) inner loop torque regulation strategy that mathematically determines motor torque and flux every 25 microseconds (40 000 times per second). 3. The VFD to utilize fibre optics communication technology for high noise immunity rejection. 4. All VFDs regardless of HP rating are to be of the same VFD model. 1/0 and control circuit boards as well as keypads must be identical and interchangeable regardless of HP rating. VFD Ratings 1. The VFD to be rated to operate from 3 phase power at 600 volts +/-15% and 48 to 63 Hz. The VFD to be of a robust construction utilizing premium rated power devices and to operate continuously without failure when connected to a 3 phase supply fine between 510 vac to 690 vac. The VFD to employ a full wave rectifier to prevent input line notching and operate at a minimum fundamental input power factor of 0.97 at speeds and bads. The VFD efficiency to be 97% or better at fun speed and load. 2. An internally mounted 5% line reactor to be provided as a standard to reduce input current harmonic content and provide isolation from power line transients such as utility power factor correction capacitor switching transients and to reduce RFI emissions. 3. Output voltage and current ratings to match the adjustable frequency operating requirements of standard 3ph, 60Hz, NEMA design B inverter-duty motors. The overload current capacity for variable torque overload capacity to be 110% of rated current for 1 minute out of 10 minutes and 150% for 2 seconds out of 15 seconds with an instantaneous overcurrent trip at 350% or higher. Output frequency to be adjustable between 0 and 60 Hz. 4. The VFD to provide full torque at any frequency from 5 Hz to base speed. 5. The VFUs PWM switching pattern to be continually adjusted to provide optimum motor flux and avoid the high-pitched audible noise produced by motors energized by conventional PWM drives. VFDs that resort to higher switching frequencies to reduce motor noise to be sized to provide 100% motor output power at the highest available output switching frequency. 6. VFDs with switching frequencies that produce singing and whining motor noises are not acceptable. 7. The VFD to be furnished in a NEMA 12 dust free enclosure rated for operation at ambient temperatures between 0 and 40C at an altitude not exceeding 3300 feet, with relative humidity less than 95% and no condensation allowed. The VFD to be protected from atmospheric contamination by chemical gasses and solid particles per IEC 721-3-3, classes 3C2 and 352. The VFD to be protected from vibration per IEC 68-24 04.07.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-14 RSBG File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 8. The VFD to be designed with the following maximum harmonics distortion: a. maximum voltage - 5%; b. maximum amperage -10%. G. Control Functions and Adjustments 1. Start-up data entries to include motor nameplate power, speed, voltage, frequency and current. 2. A motor parameter ID function to automatically define the motor equivalent circuit used by the torque controller. The autotune procedure to be accomplished without turning the motor shaft. 3. Provide a PID speed loop regulator with an autotune function as well as manual adjustments. 4. Provide a selection of 2 preprogrammed application macro parameter sets, PFC and Hand/Auto, with preprogrammed parameters to minimize setup time during commissioning. Additionally two user macros to be available, User 1 and User 2, for saving custom application parameters. The Pump and Fan Control (PFC) macro, when selected, to control one pump or fan with the VFD and automatically turn on or off, as demanded by the process, one to three pumps or fans across the line. 5. Start/Stop control functions to include 2 or 3 wire start/stop, coast/ramp stop selections, flux braking and optional dynamic braking. An automatic reset function to execute up to 5 attempts to restart after individually selected overcurrent, overvoltage, undervoltage and signal loss fault conditions. The automatic reset trial and delay times to be individually adjustable. 6. Accel/Decel control functions to include 2 sets of ramp time adjustments with linear and 3 s-curve ramp selections. 7. Speed control functions to include: a. Adjustable min/max speed (frequency limits in scalar mode); b. Selection of up to Three preset speed settings or external speed control; C. Two sets of critical speed lockout adjustments; d. A built-in PID controller to control a process variable such as pressure, flow or fluid level; e. Two analog inputs to be programmable to form a reference by addition, subtraction, multiplication, minimum selection or maximum selection. H. Output control functions to include: 1. Flux optimization to limit the audible noise produced by the motor and maximize efficiency by providing the optimum magnetic flux for any given speed/torque operating point; 2. Current and torque limit adjustments to limit the maximum VFD output current and the maximum torque produced by the motor. These limits to govem the inner loop torque regulator to provide tight conformance with the limits with minimum overshoot; 3. A torque regulated operating mode with adjustable torque ramp up/down and speed limits. 1. Static and Dynamic Performance 1. Open loop static speed regulation to be 0.1% to 0.3% (10% of motor slip). Dynamic speed accuracy to be 49b-sec. or better open loop. 2. When a suitable motor is used, the drive to provide breakaway torque equal to 2000lo of rated motor torque. Torque response time to be 5 ms or less. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-15 RS&G File No. 180520&-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Operator Control Panel 1. Each VFD to be equipped with a front mounted plug-in operator control panel consisting of a 4 line by 20 character backlit alphanumeric display and a keypad with keys for Run/Stop, Local/Remote, Increase/Decrease, menu navigation and parameter select/save. parameter names, fault messages, warnings and other information to be displayed in complete words or standard abbreviations to allow the user to understand what is being displayed without the use of a manual or cross reference table. 2. In the " Local" mode control to be from the keypad; 3. In the 'Remote" mode speed and Run/Stop control to be from either of two remote locations( EXT1 /EXT2) as selected by the position of the external Hand/Auto switch or contact; 4. 'Hand' position (EXT1) to select speed reference from an external speed potentiometer, 5. `Auto" position (EXT2) to select speed reference from an external location. K. The control panel to include a feature for uploading parameter settings to control panel memory and downloading from the oontrol panel to the same VFD or to another VFD. L. During normal operation, one line of the control panel to display the speed reference, and run/stop forward/reverse and Iocalfremote status. The remaining three lines of the display to be programmable to display the values of any three operating parameters. At least 26 selections to be available including the following: 1. Speed in percent, or Hz; 2. Output frequency, voltage current and torque; 3. Input voltage, power and kilowatt hours; 4. Heatsink temperature and DC bus voltage; 5. Status of discrete inputs and outputs; 6. Values of analog input and output signals; 7. Values of PID controller reference, feedback and error signals. M. The control panel to be programmable in any one of five languages. The default setting to be English. N. Control interface inputs and outputs to include: 1. Three analog inputs, one 0 -10V and two 4 - 20mA, independently programmable with at least 10 input function selections. Analog input signal processing functions to include scaling adjustments, adjustable filtering and signal inversion. Upon loss of input signal, the drive to be programmable to stop and display a fault message, run at a preset speed and display a warning message or display a warning message and run according to the last reference received. 2. Six discrete inputs, independently programmable with at least 25 input function selections. Inputs to be designed for'dry contact` inputs used with either an internal or external 24 VDC source. 3. Two analog outputs providing 4 to -20mA signals. Outputs to be independently programmable to provide signals proportional to at least 12 output function selections including output speed, frequency, voltage, current and power. 4. Three form C relay contact outputs, independently programmable with at least 30 output function selections. Relay contads to be rated to switch 8A at 24 VDC or 250 VAC. Function selections to include indications that the drive is ready, running, reversed and at set speed. General, specific warning and fault indications to be available. Adjustable supervision limit indications to be available to indicate programmed values of operating speed, speed reference, current, torque and PID feedback. J 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-16 RS&G File No.1805206 00 J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 0. Serial Communications 1. A Panel Bus Connection to be available to control, supervise and program 1 to 31 drives from one control panel or PC and using Modbus protocol. 2. Fieldbus Adapter Interface Modules to be available for Modtws, Lon Works, Siemens FLN and Johnson Controls N2. Communication modules to be connected to the drive by fiber optic cables. Communication modules are to be 'multi-drop' capable for use with up to eight drives. 3. A fiber optic communication port to also be provided for personal computer interface. The Drive Ware family of PC Tools includes Microsoft Windows based software which to be available for drive setup, diagnostic analysis, monitoring and control. The software to provide real time graphical displays of drive performance. Graphical recorder sample rate is to be 5ms or greater. P. Protective Functions 1. For each programmed warning and fault protection function, the keypad to display a message in compete words or standard abbreviations. The 5 most recent fault messages and times to be stored in the drive's fault history. 2. The VFD to include metal oxide vadstors (MOV's) for phase to phase and phase to ground line voltage transient protection. 3. Output short circuit and ground fault protection rated for 65 000 amps to be provided per UL508C without relying on line fuses. Motor phase loss protection to be provided. 4. The VFD to provide electronic motor overload protection qualified per UL508C. 5. Protection to be provided for AC line or DC bus over voltage at 130% of max rated or under voltage at 65% of min rated and input phase loss. 6. A power loss ride though feature wilt allow the drive to remain fully operational after losing power as long as kinetic energy can be recovered from the rotating mass of the motor and load. 7. Stall protection to be programmable to provide a warning or stop the VFD after the motor has operated above a programmable torque level for a programmed time limit. 8. Under load protection to be programmable to provide a warning or stop the VFD after the motor has operated below a selected under load curve for a programmed time limit 9. Over temperature protection to provide a warning if the power module temperature is less than 5C below the over temperature trip level. 10. Input terminal to be provided for connecting a motor thermister (PTC type) to the drive's protective monitoring circuitry. An input to also be programmable to monitor an external relay or switch contact. Q. Site Services And Maintenance Manuals: 1. Provide on site commissioning (start-up) of the adjustable frequency drives by manufacturer's authorized technician. Allow a minimum of 1l2 day per system. Also include an allowance for a second visit to site of one (1) day duration to train operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of the drives. Provide verification reports and supply on computer diskette system programming parameters. 2. Upon completion of the installation, the supplier of the adjustable frequency drives to supply complete sets of service and maintenance manuals including wiring and connection diagrams. Warranties: 1. Drive Warranty: a. Drives to be warranted free from defective labour and materials for a period of thirty-six (36) months. 2. Motor Warranty: a. The adjustable frequency drive manufacturing to warrantee motors controlled by the drives for thirty-six (36) months against damage by drive operation. b. Warranty to commence upon award of substantial completion of project Acceptable manufacturers are Asea Brown Boveri (ABB), Danfoss-Graham, AC-Tech, Schneider Electric (Square D), Siemens Electric, and Toshiba. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-17 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.28 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES A. Laminated plastic (lamacoid) black-white-black with bevelled edges, stainless steel screws, and proper identification engraving. Each nameplate to be sized to suit the equipment for which it is provided, and the required wording. B. Minimum size is 1" high x 2" long. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PIPING AND DUCTWORK INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise noted, locate and arrange horizontal pipes and ducts above or at the ceiling on floors on which they are shown, arranged so that under consideration of other work in the area, the maximum ceiling height and/or usable space is maintained. B. Unless otherwise noted, install work concealed in finished spaces, and concealed to the degree possible in partially finished and unfinished spaces. Refer to and examine the Architectural drawings and room finish schedules to determine finished, partially finished, and unfinished areas. C. Install pipes and ducts parallel to building lines. D. Neatly group and arrange exposed work. E. Do not make pipe joints in wall or slabs. F. Locate valves, dampers and any other equipment which will or may need maintenance or repairs and which are installed in accessible construction so as to be easily accessible from access doors. Where valves, dampers and similar piping or ductwork accessories occur in vertical piping in shafts, pipe spaces or partitions, locate the accessories at the floor level. G. Make connections between pipes of different materials using proper approved adapters. Provide cast brass dielectric type adapters at connections between steel and copper pipe. H. Piping in bath and shower areas to be non-ferrous in accordance with the requirements specified in applicable Section of the Specification. 1. Compensate for pipe expansion by the use of swing joints or expansion loops unless otherwise noted. Generally, expansion facilities are indicated on the drawings but exact expansion compensation facilities to suit the piping as installed. Submit exact detail drawings of expansion compensation facilities in shop drawing form for review. J. Provide pipe guides for piping to prevent radial movement, and provide double guides at expansion compensators and/or bops. K. Provide anchors to secure pipe work to the structure where shown and/or specified. Anchors to be of a size and We to securely anchor the pipe at the point shown. Submit details of anchors in shop drawing form for review. L Provide a drain valve at the base of each piping riser conveying a liquid (except drainage piping), in drain connections to equipment, in low points of horizontal piping conveying a liquid (except drainage piping), and wherever else shown and/or specified. 41 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-18 RS&G Re No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS M. Unless otherwise specified, provide a manual air vent at high points of water piping systems, at equipment connections, and wherever else shown and/or specified. Equip manual air vents with an air chamber consisting of a minimum 6' (150 mm) long length of the same type pipe as the piping in which the air vent is required, and with a diameter one (1) pipe size smaller. N. Provide unions or flanges in piping at connections to valves, strainers and similar piping system components which may need maintenance or repair, at equipment connections, in long runs of piping at suitable regular intervals to permit removal of sections of piping, and wherever else indicated on the drawings. 0. Ensure that equipment and material manufacturers installation recommendations and instructions are followed unless otherwise noted herein or on the drawings, and unless such instructions and recommendations contradict governing codes and regulations. P. Carefully clean ducts, pipe and fittings prior to installation. Temporarily cap or plug ends of pipe, ducts and equipment which are open and exposed during construction. Q. Install piping and ductwork which is to be insulated allowing sufficient clearance to permit insulation to be applied continuously and unbroken around the pipe or duct except at fire barriers, in which case the insulation will be terminated at each side of the fire barrier. R. Inspect surfaces and structure prepared by other trades before performing your work. Verify that surfaces or the structure to receive your work have no defects or discrepancies which could result in poor application or cause talent defects in installation and workmanship. Report defects in writing to the Consultant Installation of your work will constitute acceptance of such surfaces as being satisfactory. S. Ensure that exposed ferrous metal products, except ductwork and piping, have at least one (1) factory prime coat of alkyd metal primer, or paint such ferrous metal products with one (1) prime coat of alkyd metal primer on the job. Clean and wire brush ferrous metal products prior to application of prime coat. T. For factory applied finishes, repaint or refinish surfaces damaged during shipment, erection or constriction work. Quality of repair to finish to be equal to finish provided by equipment manufacturer. 3.02 PIPE JOINT REQUIREMENTS A. Ream piping ends prior to making joints. B. Properly cut threads in screwed steel piping and coat male threads, unless otherwise noted, with red lead, Teflon tape or paste, or an equivalent thread lubricant After the pipe has been screwed into the fitting, valve, union, or piping accessory, not more than two (2) pipe threads to remain exposed. C. Site bevel steel pipe to be welded or supply mill bevelled pipe. Remove scale and oxide from the bevels and leave same smooth and dean. Ensure that personnel doing welding work are ASME certified welders and qualified for the particular pressure application worked on, and that tests required by governing authorities are carried out, including X-ray tests where required for certain applications. D. Use Bonney Forge or equal welding tees or welding outlet fittings for piping branches off mains, welded or socket type for pipes with welded fittings and threaded type for pipes with screwed fittings. E. Make flanged joints with `cranke" or equivalent gasket materials to suit the application, and suitable bolts and nuts. Bolts to not be longer than the length necessary to screw the nut up flush to the end of the bolt. F. Bolts used for flanged connections in piping with a working pressure of 100 psi (690 kPa) and greater to be ASTM A-193, Grade &7, with heavy hexagon nuts to ASTM A-194, CL-2H. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C Progress CD Set 15050-19 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS G. Provide suitable washers between each bolt head and the flange and between each nut and the flange. A random check of bolted flanged connections will be made by the Consultant to verify that flanged connections are properly mated with no shear force acting on bolts. Supply labour to disconnect and reconnect the selected flanged joints as directed by the Consultant. If improperly mated joints are found, remove and reinstall the affected piping at your expense so that the flanges mate properly. If improperly mated joints are found, additional joints will be checked, and you will be responsible for the repair of any other improper joints discovered. Unless otherwise specified, make soldered joints in copper piping using flux suitable for and compatible with the type of solder being used. Clean the outside of the pipe end and the inside of the fitting, valve, or similar accessory prior to soldering. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES A. Where pipes pass through concrete and/or masonry floors, walls, or roof, provide pipe sleeves. B. Pipe sleeves in poured concrete slabs, unless otherwise noted, to be minimum No. 24 USS gauge (0.635 mm thick) flanged galvanized steel or, where permitted by governing authorities, factory fabricated plastic sleeves. C. Sleeves in concrete or masonry walls to be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. D. Sleeves in waterproof slabs to be lengths of Schedule 40 mild galvanized steel pipe in accordance with the detail. Provide waterproof sleeves in the following locations: 1. in mechanical room floor slabs, except where on grade; 2. in slabs over mechanical, fan, electrical and telephone equipment rooms or closets; 3. in floors equipped with waterproof membranes; 4. in the roof. E. Size sleeves, unless otherwise noted, to leave 1/2" (12 mm) clearance around the pipes, or where pipe is insulated, a 1/2" (12 mm) clearance around the pipe insulation. F. Pack and seal the void between the pipe sleeves and the pipe or pipe insulation for the length of the sleeves as follows: 1. pack sleeves in fire rated construction as specified hereinafter in the Article entitled "INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS"; 2. pack sleeves in non-fire rated interior construction with mineral wool and seal both ends of the sleeves with non-hardening silicone base caulking compound; 3. in exterior sleeves with water-tight with "Link-Seal' mechanical seal assemblies installed between each sleeve and pipe; 4. pack sleeves in exterior walls with lead wool or oakum and seal both ends of the sleeves water-tight with approved non-hardening silicone base caulking compound. G. Where sleeves are required in masonry work, accurately locate and mark the sleeve position, and turn the sleeves over to the bade performing the masonry work for installation. H. Terminate sleeves for piping which will be exposed so that the sleeve is flush at both ends with the wall, partition or slab surface so that the sleeve may be completely covered by an escutcheon plate, except for sleeves in waterproof floors which are to extend 4" (100 mm) above the finished surface. 1. "Gang" type sleeves will be permitted only with the approval of the Consultant. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 20 J RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Where sleeves are provided for future piping, or where piping has been removed from existing sleeves, cap and seal both ends of the sleeved opening to the approval of the Consultant. 3.04 DUCT, DAMPER AND SIMILAR MATERIAL OPENINGS A. Duct openings, air inlet and outlet openings, fire damper and similar openings will be provided in poured concrete work, masonry, drywall and other building surfaces by the trade responsible for the particular construction in which the opening is required. Ensure that openings for fire dampers to 14' (350 mm) high are sized to suit the damper arrangement with the folding blade out of the air stream. 3.05 SLEEVE AND FORMED OPENING LOCATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit for review and forwarding to the concrete reinforcement detailer, drawings indicating required sleeves, recesses and formed openings in poured concrete work. Such drawings to be completely and accurately dimensioned and relate sleeve, recesses, and formed openings to suitable grid lines and elevation datum. B. Begin to prepare such drawings immediately upon notification of acceptance of tender and award of contract 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS A. Where mechanical work penetrates fire rated construction, provide UL listed and labelled firestopping and smoke seal material installed in accordance with UL certification and manufacturer's published instructions to provide a temperature and flame rated seal not less than the fire resistance of the surrounding wall or floor assembly. B. At fusible fink damper locations in ductwork penetrating fire rated construction, seal the perimeter of the angle iron framing on both sides of the wall or slab with UL listed and labelled sealant material to provide a positive smoke seal. C. Inspect surfaces to be fire-stopped and sealed prior to installing work. Report unsuitable or unsatisfactory conditions to Consultant in writing. Failure to report same to be deemed as acceptance of conditions and surfaces. D. Installation of work to be carried out by approved specialist firm, employing skilled tradesman experienced in application of firestopping and smoke seals. E. Note: The information for insulated piping penetrating fire-rated construction is specified in Section 15250 and is fire rated insulation with a vapour barrier jacket, UL listed and labelled as a firestop component for use with UL Firestop Systems. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. Provide escutcheon plates suitably secured over exposed piping passing through walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, furrings, and similar construction in finished areas. B. Install the plates so that they are tight against the building surface concerned, and ensure that the plates completely cover pipe sleeves and/or openings, except where waterproof sleeves extend above floors. 0407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 21 RS&G File No.1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE A. Provide fasteners, anchors, braces and supports required to maintain installations attached to the structure or to finished floors, walls and ceilings in a secure and rigid manner, capable of withstanding the dead loads, live bads, superimposed dead loads, and any vibration of the installed products. B. Use fasteners compatible with structural requirements, finishes and types of products to be connected. Do not use materials subject to electrolytic action or corrosion where conditions are liable to cause such action. C. Where hangers are suspended from concrete slabs, install inserts before concrete is placed using inserts designed for the specific purpose. D. Where built-in inserts are inaccessible due to subsequent installation of ducts, pipes or other installations, use anchors appropriate to the load requirements, including safety factor. E. Where fastener installations are suspect, conduct on-site tests of installed fasteners, employing an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Consultant, using property engineered and calibrated force measuring meters. F. Where the floor, wall or ceiling construction is not suitable to support the loads, provide additional framing or special fasteners to ensure proper securement to the structure that is to support the products. G. Provide reinforcing or connecting supports where required to distribute the loading to the structural components. H. Do not use wood plugs and hammer impact fasteners. Anchors in floor topping fills are not acceptable. Secure anchors in floors to the structure. 1. Where a performance requirement is specified, submit engineering calculations and written verification signed by a registered professional engineer that the installation has been inspected and is structurally sound and in accordance with design requirements. J. Fastenings which cause spatting or cracking of the structure or products to which anchorage is made are not acceptable. K. Obtain the Consultant's consent before using explosive actuation fastening devices. L Spaces anchors within limits of load bearing or shear capacity and ensure they provide positive permanent anchorage. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SHUT-OFF VALVES AND CHECK VALVES A. Provide shut-off valves in piping connections to equipment, to isolate piping risers and other sections of systems as shown, and wherever else indicated on the drawings. B. Provide check valves in the discharge piping of every pump, and in piping wherever else indicated on the drawings. C. Shut-off valves in piping where a balancing or throttling effect is required such as inlet piping to water coils to be globe type unless otherwise noted. other shut-off valves to be ball type to and including 2' (50 mm) diameter, butterfly type 2-117 (65 mm) diameter or larger, or, where required, gate type. D. Ball valves to not be installed in insulated piping conveying fluid below 60 degrees F. (15 degrees C.). 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050-22 RS&G File No. 18052D6-DO PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS E. Shut-off valves in propane gas piping to be lubricated plug type valves for piping larger than 2° (50 mm) and ball valves for piping 2" (50 mm) and smaller including branch piping connections to equipment. Valves for propane gas use shall be in accordance with NFPA 541ANSI 2223. F. Do not use ball or butterfly valves to replace globe valves. G. Check valves to be swing check type installed in horizontal piping, however, provide lug body type wafer check valves in vertical piping where space conditions do not permit the use of swing type check valves in horizontal piping. H. Discharge accessories provided with vertical in-line circulating pumps specified in Section 15700 are to be complete with integral check valves. 1. Valve stems in horizontal piping to be pitched upward. J. Locate shut-off valves in piping such that valve handles are positioned for easy operation. Wherever possible, install shut-off valves at uniform height. 3.10 VALVE TAGGING AND CHART A. Attach a numbered valve tag (with service identification) to each new valve, except valves immediately at the apparatus they control. Valve tag numbering must be approved by the Consultant. B. Prepare a typewritten valve tag chart or charts to list valve tag numbers, together with a brief description of the valve operation and the valve location. C. Frame and glaze one (1) copy of the chart or charts and affix same to a wall where later directed at the site. Prepare the valve chart or charts on Mylar and insert one (1) print in each copy of the Operating and Maintenance Manual. Chart(s) must be approved by the Consultant. D. Where valves occur above suspended ceilings, provide small red stick-on markers or pins on the ceiling support members or in ceiling tiles at valve locations. E. Turn the valve chart master(s) over to the Consultant F. All valve tags must be provided by the same manufacturer. G. All valve tags to be weatherproof and suitable for a corrosive salt-water environment 3.11 INSTALLATION OF PIPING STRAINERS A. Provide strainers in piping where shown on the drawings and wherever specified herein or on the drawings. B. Equip strainers ? (50 mm) diameter and larger with valved blowdown piping. Terminate blowdown piping over the nearest funnel and floor drain unless otherwise noted. C. Locate strainers so they are easily accessible for service. D. Note that strainers are integral with inlet suction piping accessories specified in Section 15700 with vertical in-line pumps. 0407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND NEMODS C Progress CD Set 15050 - 23 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 3.12 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND. METHODS A. Provide required pipe hangers and supports. B. For insulated pipe, size the hanger or support to suit the insulated pipe and install the hanger or support on the outside of the insulation. C. Support underground pipe, unless otherwise noted, on a well tamped bed of dry, natural, undisturbed earth free from rocks or protrusions of any kind. D. Support underground service piping penetrating building exterior walls or foundations in accordance with requirements of the detail. E. Ensure that bedding and supports for underground pipes are flat and true and that allowances are made for pipe hubs, couplings, or other protrusions so that no voids are left between the pipe and the bedding. F. Hang and/or support horizontal pipe above ground by means of hangers and/or supports specified in PART 2 of this Section, spaced in accordance with the following schedule: PIPE MATERIAL SIZE _ PIPE HANGER OR SUPPORT SPACING _ CAST IRON ALL i E AT EVERY JOINT - MAXIMUM 8'(2.4 m) INTERVALS STEEL T TO 3/4" 19 mm 6' 1.8 m INTERVALS 1" TO 6" (25 mm TO 1509T) 8' (2.4 m) INTERVALS 8'(200 mm & UP 10' 3 m INTERVALS COPPER TO 1' 25 mm 6' 1.8 m INTERVALS 1-112" 38 mm & UP 8' 2.4 m INTERVALS G. Unless otherwise specified support vertical pipes by means of supports specified in PART 2 of this Section at maximum 12 (3.6 m) intervals or at every floor, whichever is lesser. H. Support vertical cast iron hub and spigot pattern piping at the hubs by means of a clamp bolted around the pipe and anchored to the floor or wall. 1. Support vertical cast iron plain end pipe (mechanical joint type), as for hub and spigot pipe but secure the clamp around the pipe under a flange integral with the pipe for vertical support purposes, or provide a length of hub and spigot pipe to facilitate proper support. J. Provide roller hangers or supports for piping 2" (50 mm) diameter and larger and conveying a material 100 degrees F. (38 degrees C.) or greater where required to facilitate pipe movement due to expansion and contraction, and equip the piping with steel protection saddles at roger locations to protect the piping insulation. K Provide pipe covering shields, sized to suit insulated pipe, between insulated pipe and the pipe hanger or support for piping not supported by roller hangers and/or supports. L. Support bare copper tubing using specially made copper or plastic coated copper tubing hangers, or provide proper plastic inserts or tape to isolate ferrous hangers and supports from contact with the bare copper tubing. M. Support galvanized piping with galvanized hangers. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 24 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 I PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS N. Where pipes having the same slope are grouped and a common hanger or support is used, space the hanger or support to suit the spacing requirement of the smallest pipe in the group. 0. Where pipes change direction, either horizontally or vertically, provide a hanger or support on the horizontal pipe not more than 12" (300 mm) from the elbow. Where pipes drop from tee branches, support the tees in both directions not more than 2" (50 mm) on each side of the tee. P. Provide additional structural steel channels, angles and similar accessories required for support of pipes. Q. Do not use perforated band, wire, chain or solid ring hangers. R. Do not pierce ductwork with hanger rods, and do not support piping from ductwork or duct support hardware. 3.13 SUPPLY OF ACCESS DOORS A. Supply access doors to give access to valves, cleanouts, strainers, duct access doors, and other similar mechanical work which may need maintenance or repair but which is concealed in inaccessible construction, except as otherwise specified herein or on the drawings. B. Locate access doors in walls and partitions to the Consultants approval, and arrange mechanical work to suit. Arrange mechanical work in ceiling spaces to suit access door locations shown on the reviewed and approved Sepia prints of reflected ceiling plan drawing(s) submitted as per PART 1 of this Section. C. Group piping and ductwork to ensure the minimum number of access doors is required. Access doors will be installed by the trades responsible for the particular type of construction in which the doors are required. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS Provide pressure gauges with cocks in the following locations: 1. in valved tubing across the suction, suction strainer (d applicable), and discharge piping of each circulating pump; 2. in the inlet and discharge piping connections to steam pressure reducing valve(s); 3. in the supply and return piping connections to main coils; 4. in the supply and return piping connections t0 steam and water heat exchanger(s); 5. in closed expansion tank(s); 6. at the top most outlet in each standpipe fire protection riser, 7. wherever else shown and/or specified on the Drawings or in the Specification. B. Provide an angle type or straight type thermometer in the following locations: 1. in the supply and return piping connections to main coil(s); 2. in supply and return piping connections to steam and water heat exchanger(s); 3. in supply and return piping connections to domestic hot water storage heaters; 4. in supply, return and exhaust ductwork; 5. wherever else shown and/or specified herein or on the Drawings or in the Specification. C. Locate and mount instruments so they are easily readable. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 25 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.15 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT DRIVE GUARDS AND ACCESSORIES A. Protect exposed rotating parts such as belts drives, couplings, fly wheels, and fan wheels on mechanical equipment with a guard. B. Secure guards to the equipment or equipment base but do not bridge sound or vibration isolation. C. Where equipment oil level gauges, oil reservoirs, grease cups or grease gun fittings are integral with the equipment but are not easily accessible for service, extend to accessible locations. 3.16 SUPPLY OF MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Unless otherwise noted, supply a motor starter for each item of motorized equipment provided under this Division. B. Where three (3) phase starters are indicated and scheduled in motor control centre enclosures, supply the control centres complete with starters and bolt the assemblies to concrete housekeeping pads where shown. C. Where package type equipment with integral starters, or equipment with starters integral in loose control panels supplied with the equipment (either by Division 15 or as part of the work of other Divisions) is fed from a motor control centre, provide a disconnect switch in the motor control centre in lieu of a starter. Refer to the starter schedule(s) for requirements. D. "Line" side power wiring to motor control centres and "load" side power wiring from control centres to equipment will be done as part of the electrical work of Division 16. E. Unless otherwise noted or shown on the drawings, single phase starters will be mounted adjacent to the equipment they serve and connected complete as part of the electrical work of Division 16. Hand the starters to the electrical trade at the site at the proper time. F. Motor starter interlocking will be done as part of the mechanical work in accordance with requirements specified in this Division (15), as outlined on the starter schedule(s) and in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. Equip each starter to be interlocked with required contacts and control connection accessories. G. Provide an identification nameplate on each motor starter or disconnect located in a motor control centre or on a motor starter panel, on each Individually mounted starter supplied under this Division, and on each disconnect which is provided by Division 16 for motorized equipment which you supply. 3.17 IDENTIFICATION PAINTING A. Provide pipe, duct and equipment identification as specified below: 1. Identify exposed piping and ductwork in locations as follows: a. at every end of every piping or dud run; b. adjacent to each valve, strainer, damper and similar accessory; C. at each piece of connecting equipment; d. on both sides of every pipe and duct passing through a floor, wall or partition, unless otherwise noted; e. at 2V (6 m) intervals on pipe and dud runs exceeding 20'(6 m) in length; f. on each side of special valves, special fittings and branch connections; g. at least once in each room, and at least once on pipe and dud runs less than 2V (6 m) in length. J 04.07.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 26 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND-METHODS B. Identify concealed piping and ductwork in locations as follows: 1. at points where pipes or ducts enter and leave shafts, pipe chases, furred spaces, and similar areas; at maximum 20' (6 m) intervals on piping and ductwork above suspended accessible ceilings, and at least once in each room; at each access door location. C. Identification for piping to consist of minimum 8" (200 mm) long painted classification colour bands, painted stencilled identification wording to identify the pipe service, and painted stencilled directional arrows to indicate direction of flow. D. Painted stencilled letters to be 1' (25 mm) high on equipment and piping 2" (50 mm) diameter and larger, 112" (12 mm) high on piping smaller than 2" (50 mm) in diameter. The colour of paint for stencilled lettering to be white on dark colour coded bands, and black on light colour coded bands. Submit a typed list of proposed identification wording for review. E. Identification for ductwork to consist of neatly stencilled, painted 1" (25 mm) high lettering to indicate the system the duct is associated with and the duct service, i.e., "SYSTEM ACS-1-SUPPLY, and stencilled directional arrows to indicate air flow. On insulated ductwork with a paintable finish apply the identification directly to the duct insulation. On uninsulated ducts apply the lettering to a rectangular painted white background. Identification paint colour to be black. F. Equipment identification wording to be minimum 1" (25 mm) high stencilled lettering and to indicate the use of the particular pieces of equipment Abbreviations will not be permitted. Identification nameplates to be engraved black-white-black Lamacoid, suitably sized, complete with bevelled edges and stainless steel securing screws. Engraving must be approved by the Consultant. G. In addition to what is specified above, identification painting to comply with the local Code. H. Identify piping which is electrically traced with "ELECTRICALLY TRACED" stencilled lettering at standard identification locations. 1. Note that use of Brady Ltd. or equal plastic coated cloth material colour coded markers with lettering, arrows, and waterproof adhesive backing will be permitted in lieu of painting and stencilling if the surface the marker is to be applied to is dry and sealed with clear lacquer, and dear lacquer is applied over the marker after installation. J. At your option, identification for piping, may be SMS Ltd. 'Coil-Mark' subsurface printed plastic pipe markers with flow arrow and alternating wording. Markers to cDVetely wrap around piping and secure Ws self to piping 6" (150 mm), including insulation, and smaller by naturally coiling itself onto the piping. Stainless steel springs to be used to secure markers to piping of outside diameter (including insulation) 6" (150 mm) and larger. Obtain approval for identification wording prior to ordering. K Identification of equipment to be in English. L. Paint natural gas piping as per Code requirements. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C Progress CD Set 15050 - 27 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS ANID METHODS 3.18 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION MATERIALS A. Provide vibration isolation materials for mechanical work in accordance with the schedule, details, and requirements specified herein and/or on the drawings. B. Supply to the vibration isolation material manufacturer or supplier a 'reviewed" shop drawing copy for each piece of equipment to be isolated and dimensioned pipe layouts of associated piping to be isolated. Unless otherwise noted, vibration isolation materials to be the product of one (1) manufacturer. C. Vibration isolation material manufacturer to co-ordinate material selection with equipment provided throughout the duration of the project in order to ensure adherence to performance criteria. Allow for expansion and contraction when material is selected and installed. D. Unless otherwise indicated, install isolation materials for base mounted equipment on concrete housekeeping pad bases which extend at least over the full base and isolator area of the isolated equipment E. Block and shim bases level so that ductwork and piping connections can be made to a rigid system at the proper operating level, before isolator adjustment is made. Ensure that there is no physical contact between isolated equipment and the building structure. F. All type "S" and "SS" steel bases to clear the sub-base by 25 mm. G. All type "C' bases to clear the sub-base by 50 mm. H. Isolate piping larger than 1" (25 mm) diameter directly connected to motorized and/or isolated equipment with 1" (25 mm) static deflection spring hangers in accordance with the following schedule: PIPE DIAMETER SPRING HANGER OR MOUNT SPACING TO,V 100 mm FIRST 3 POINTS OF SUPPORT 5' 125 mm TO 8" 200 mm FIRST 4 POINTS OF SUPPORT 10" 250 mm & LARGER FIRST 6 POINTS OF SUPPORT 1. The fast point of support to have a static deflection of twice the deflection of the isolated equipment (but maximum 2" [50 mm]). J. Where it is impossible to use at least two (2) spring hangers, provide senior Flexonics ltd., style 102 (or 102- U) or approved equal, Twin Sphere, moulded rubber flexible connection assemblies, selected by the manufacturer as suitable in respects for intended application and complete with required nipples and connections to provide vibration isolation. K Isolate designated piping risers at floor support points. L Arrange and pay for the vibration isolation equipment manufacturer to visit the site to inspect installation of the vibration isolation equipment Make revisions to the work prompted by the manufacturers review. When the vibration isolation equipment manufacturer is satisfied with the installation, obtain a letter stating that they have inspected the installation and that the vibration isolation equipment is property installed. Forward a copy of the letter to the Consultant. 007-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 28 RS&G File No. 1805206-OD PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND-METHODS 3.19 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTING A. After new piping has been placed in position and branch piping installed, but before the piping has been insulated or concealed, and before equipment, factures and fittings have been connected, test piping in the presence of governing authorities, the Consultant or Consultants' authorized representative. B. Drainage & Vent Piping: 1. Securely close openings and pipe ends and fill piping with water up to the highest level, and ensure that the water stands at the same level for a minimum of two (2) hours. After the fixtures and fittings are set and the pipes connected to the building drain or drains, turn on water into pipes, fixtures, fittings and traps in order to detect any imperfect material or workmanship. Make a smoke test if required by the Municipality. C. Domestic Water Piping: 1. Test piping with cold water at a pressure of 1-1/2 times normal working pressure and maintain the pressure for a minimum of two (2) hours. D. Standpipe System Piping: 1. Test system piping with cold water in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 14, "Standpipe and Hose Systems", and in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. E. Sprinkler System Piping: 1. Test system piping with cold water in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems", and in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. Prior to the pressure test, flush the system piping to ensure that it is completely free of foreign matter. F. Chilled Water, Heating Water Piping and Glycol Solution Piping: 1. Test piping with cold water at a pressure of 150 psi (1035 kPa) for a minimum of two (2) hours. G. Natural Gas Piping: 1. Test piping (including vent piping) in accordance with the latest requirements of NFPA 54 / ANSI 2223 "National Fuel Gas Code'. After completion of the verification test at the point of entry of the gas main into the building, affix Test Certificate to the pipe in a secure manner. Check piping joints and connections for leaks with a water/soap solution while the piping is under pressure. H. Fuel Oil Piping: 1. Test piping (not tanks) with dry compressed air for a minimum period of two (2) hours at 150 psi (1035 kPa) prior to backfilling. Check piping joints and connections for leaks with a water/soap solution while the system is under pressure. 1. Refrigerant Piping: 1. Test refrigerant piping at twice maximum working pressure using a Halon leak detector. After satisfactory completion of the pressure test, connect the system to a suitable, portable high vacuum pump capable of reducing the absolute pressure within the piping system to a point where any moisture present will boil at a temperature appreciably below the room temperature. Evacuate the system to an absolute pressure of not more than 0.01 psi (0.67 kPa), corresponding to a temperature of 30 degrees F. (-1 degree C.) as read directly on a sealed wet bulb indicator. After this condition is attained, valve off both the vacuum pump and the wet bulb indicator from the system for a period of approximately twelve (12) hours. If, at the end of this period, the absolute pressure within the system is substantially the same, as evidenced by a sealed wet bulb reading within two (2) degrees of the reading at the time of vahring off the pump and indicator, without having again operated the vacuum pump, there is satisfactory assurance of the system being tight, dry and free of air. If not, continue the evacuation procedure until these conditions are met 0407-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C Progress CD Set 15050 - 29 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALSAND_METHODS General Piping Requirements: 1. Temporarily remove piping system specialties which may be damaged by test pressures, prior to pressure testing the systems. 2. When testing is carried out below the highest level of the particular system, increase the test pressure by the hydrostatic head 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 7 (600 mm) below the high point. 3. Include for temporary piping connections requked to property complete the tests. 4. When pressure testing any system, valve off any equipment which has a working pressure lower than the system test pressure. 5. Make fight leaks found during tests while the piping is under pressure, and if this is impossible, remove and refit the piping and reapply the test until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Where leaks occur in threaded joints in steel piping, no caulking of these joints will be allowed under any conditions. 7. Tests may be done in sections, as later approved. 8. Maintain written logs of tests performed and keep the logs available at the site for review upon request 9. In addition to the leakage tests specified above, demonstrate proper flow throughout the systems including mains, connections and equipment, as well as proper venting and drainage. Provide for system adjustment subsequent to system demonstration to achieve proper operating conditions. 3.20 MECHANICAL PLANT PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. After individual pieces of equipment have been tested and accepted, but prior to operating tests specified hereinafter, forward to the Consultant a letter stating that the mechanical plant is complete in respects, has been checked and tested, and is ready for start-up. When the letter has been received, the Consultant well visit the site for purpose of witnessing a performance and acceptance test of the entire plant Include for required labor for the performance test and any adjustments required due to the results of the test, and ensure that competent and qualified equipment manufacturers representatives are present during the test C. When the entire mechanical plant is ready for acceptance, but before being accepted, subject the entire plant to a continuous run for the length of time required for the purpose of demonstrating that apparatus, materials, and systems are in working order, that controls and operating services are properly adjusted, that units are heating and/or cooling properly, and that the systems provide uniform temperatures inside the building regardless of outside temperatures or conditions. Make the tests under the direction of the Consultant, and if the plant is not in proper operating condition, the Owner reserves the right, if defects are not property rectified, to employ other parties to make the necessary alterations and put the systems in proper working order, at the Contractor's expense. D. Note that the testing specified above is to be completed prior to issue of a Certificate of Substantial Performance. 3.21 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Unless otherwise noted, set floor mounted equipment on 4" (100 mm) high concrete housekeeping pads 4" (100 mm) wider and longer than the equipment base dimensions. B. Supply dimensioned drawings, equipment base templates and anchor bolts for proper setting and securing of equipment on pads, and be responsible for levelling, alignment, and grouting of the equipment C. Provide prime coat painted structural black steel angle or channel frames and brackets for surface wall mounted equipment not specifically designed for surface wall mounting, unless otherwise noted. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 " 30 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.22 CONCRETE WORK FOR MECHANICAL SERVICES A. Provide concrete work, including reinforcing and formwork, required for mechanical work. B. All concrete to be minimum 3,000 psi (20,700 kPa) ready-mix concrete provided in accordance with requirements of Division 3, unless otherwise noted. Submit to the Consultant for review, dimensioned shop drawings of structurally designed concrete pads or bases for support of large, heavy equipment such as air handling units. Indicate on the shop drawings the total weight of the pad or base, reinforcement, and the equipment it is provided for. 3.23 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Do all excavation, backfill and related work required for your work. Perform such work in accordance with requirements of Division 2, except as modified by this Article. Examine the soil test report during the Tender period. B. Grade the bottom of trench excavations as required. C. In firm, undisturbed soil, lay pipes directly on the soil. D. In rock and shale, excavate to 6" (150 mm) below and a minimum of 8" (200 mm) to either side of the pipe, and bac kfill to the required invert with granular "A" material compacted to minimum 950/6 Standard Proctor Density. E. Prepare new bedding under pipe in unstable soil, in fill, and in all cases where pipe bedding has been removed in earlier excavation, particularly near perimeter walls and at manholes and catch basins. Compact to maximum possible density and support the pipe by 8" (200 mm) thick reinforced concrete cradles spanning full length between firm supports. Install reinforcing steel in the cradles or construct piers every 7.87' (2.4 m) or closer, down to solid load bearing strata. Provide a minimum of one (1) pier per length of pipe. Use the same method where pipes cross. F. Where excavation is necessary in proximity to and below the level of any footing, backfill with 2,000 psi (13,800 kPa) concrete to the level of the highest adjacent footing. Proximity is determined by the angle of repose as established by the Consultant G. Provide support over at least the bottom one-third (1/3) segment of the pipe in all bedding methods. Shape the excavation to fit pipe hubs, couplings and similar items and ensure even bearing along the barrels. H. Keep walls of trenches straight to at least 18" (450 mm) within the pipe design limits. Have excavations inspected at least once a week by authorities. Break-up rocks and boulders and remove these by drilling and wedging. Do rat use blasting unless specifically approved by the Consultant 1. Before backflling, test work for leakage and arrange for the work to be inspected by the Consultant Remove all shoring during backfilling. J. Backfill trenches within the building with dean sharp sand in individual layers of maximum 6" (150 mm) thickness compacted to a density of 100% Standard Proctor. Hand compact the first layers up to a compacted level of minimum 12" (300 mm) above the top of the pipe. Hand or machine compact the balance up to grade. 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 31 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 ODS FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 1 ODS VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND-METHODS K. Backfill trenches outside the building (not under roads, parking lots or traffic areas), up to a compacted level of 18" (450 mm) thick above the pipe with granular "A' material hand compacted to a density of 95% Standard Proctor. Backfill the balance in 6" (150 mm) layers with approved excavated material, compacted to 95% Standard Proctor density. L. Backfifi trenches outside the building under roads, parking lots or traffic areas with 1/4" (7 mm) crushed stone or granular "A* gravel in layers not exceeding 6' (150 mm) thickness, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor density up to grade level M. Do not use water for consolidation or during compaction of backfill. N. Fill all depressions to correct grade level with appropriate material, after an adequate period has passed to reveal any settlement. Use maximum possble compaction. Pay all costs required to make good all damage caused by settlement. 0. Dispose of surplus excavated materials as specified in Division 2. P. Do pumping as required to keep excavations free of water. 0. The inverts and locations of existing site services shown on the drawings are approximate and it is your responsibility to confirm and satisfy yourself that the inverts and locations as shown are correct, prior to commencing work. Where discrepancies are found, immediately inform the Consultant and await a direction. R. Note: You will be held responsible for any damage done to existing underground services caused by neglect to determine and mark out the location of such services prior to excavation work commencing. S. Ensure that all underground water and drainage piping outside the building has a minimum of 4'-6' (1.37 m) of cover. T. Ensure that all underground water and drainage piping inside the building in unheated areas has a minimum of 18" (450 mm) of cover. U. Engage the services of an independent Soils Testing Agency to test the final backfill compaction density of each backfilled location. Ensure backfill is compacted to the satisfaction of the Testing Agency and in accordance with the Specification. Prior to applying for a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work, submit copy of Testing Agency's report to the Consultant for review. Include a copy of the report in each operating and maintenance instruction manual. 3.24 FINISH PAINTING OF MECHANICAL WORK A. Unless otherwise noted, finish painting of exposed mechanical work wM be done as part of the work of Division 9. Touch-up paint pre-finished equipment and provide identification painting of conduit, dud and equipment to the Consultant's approval. Confirm colour requkements prior to ordering. 04-07-08 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 32 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS-AND METHODS 3.25 PACKING AND SEALING CORE DRILLED PIPE OPENINGS Pack and seal the void between the pipe opening and the pipe or pipe insulation for the length of the opening as follows: 1. pack openings in non-fire rated interior construction with mineral wool and seal both ends of the opening with non-hardening silicone base caulking compound to produce a water-tight seal; 2. pack and seal openings in fine rated walls and slabs as specified in this Section under the Article entitled 'INSTALLATION OF FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS'; 3. pack openings in exterior walls with lead wool or oakum and seal both ends of the opening water-tight with approved non-hardening silicone base caulking compound. 3.26 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES A. For each piece of mechanical equipment, provide nameplates. Where nameplate cannot be satisfactorily attached with adhesive, provide a nylon be to attach the nameplate. 3.27 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER A. Instruct the Owner's designated representatives in aspects of the operation and maintenance of systems and equipment specified in succeeding Sections of this Division of the Specification. Obtain in writing from the Consultant a list of the Owners representatives to receive instructions. B. Arrange and pay for the services at the site of qualified technicians and other manufacturers representatives to instruct on specialized portions of the installation. C. Submit to the Consultant prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance, a complete fist of systems for which instructions were given, stating for each system: 1. date instructions were given to the Owners staff; 2. duration of instructions; 3. names of persons instructed; 4. other parties present (manufacturers representatives, etc.). D. Obtain the signatures of the Owners staff to verify they properly understood the system installation, operation and maintenance requirements and have received operating and maintenance manuals and record drawings. 3.28 HIGH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. The following systems are designated as high pressure: 1. high pressure steam systems; 2. high pressure condensate return systems; 3. any other system in which system pressure at any point may exceed 125 psg (860 kPag). The following requirements apply to the above noted high pressure piping, regardless of what may be specified to the contrary in this Section or in other Sections to which this Section applies screwed fittings for steel pipe shall be Class 250 (extra heavy); 1. solder for joints shall be 95% tin - 5% antimony; 2. companion flange unions shall be 300 lb. Class; 3. bolts and nuts for flanged joints shalt be ASTM A-193, Grade B7 (bolts), and ASTM A-194, CL-2H (nuts); 4. all other piping systems accessories must be suitable in all respects for the system operating pressure. 0407-06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 33 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL COLORADO SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS-AND. METHODS 3.29 MOTOR STARTER SCHEDULES A. Motor Starter Schedules are included on the drawings and form an integral part of this Section. END OF SECTION 15050 • 04-07-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Progress CD Set 15050 - 34 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT # 02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO - - INSULATION UST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 SAMPLES 1.05 VAPOUR BARRIER JACKET PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE HAZARD RATINGS 2.02 THERMAL PERFORMANCE 2.03 PIPE INSULATION MATERIALS 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION MATERIALS 2.05 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION MATERIALS 2.06 INSULATION FINISH MATERIALS 2.07 LAGGING ADHESIVE 2.08 INSULATION CEMENTS 2.09 INSULATION ADHESIVES 2.10 INSULATION ACCESSORIES 2.11 ACCEPTABLE INSULATION MANUFACTURERS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSULATION APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIBREGLASS 3.03 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC 3.04 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIRE RATED INSULATION 3.05 EQUIPMENT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS 3.06 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIBREGLASS 3.07 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC 3.08 INSULATION FINISH REQUIREMENTS 04.07-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set LOC 15250 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO - -INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the insulation work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. plumbing and drainage piping and equipment; 2, refrigeration system piping and/or equipment; 3. liquid heat transfer system piping and/or equipment; 4. supply of insulation accessories for circuit balancing valves; 5. air handling equipment and accessories; 6. ductwork, casings, plenums and similar sheet metal work; 7, emergency power engine-generator set exhaust piping; 8. electric heating cable for pipe and/or equipment tracing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Consultant for approval, a sample of each type of insulation, in applied form. Mount the samples on a rigid plywood board. Identify each sample with the manufacturer's name and insulation type, and the proposed use of the insulation. 1.04 SAMPLES Submit to the Consultant for approval, a sample of each type of insulation, in applied form. Mount the samples on a rigid plywood board. Identify each sample with the manufacturer's name and insulation type, and the proposed use of the insulation. The sample board shall be provided in shop drawing form. Accompanying the sample board shall be complete, up to date literature from the manufacturer for each product. It shall be understood that any and all insulation supplied and/or installed on the project shall be in accordance with the reviewed sample board. 1.05 VAPOUR BARRIER JACKET A. Insulation specified with a vapour jacket, shall be supplied with the vapour barrier jacket factory installed. Installation of a vapour barrier jacket outside of the insulation manufacturer's factory is not acceptable and will be considered deficient work. Contractor and manufacturer shall certify in writing that vapour barrier jacketed insulation supplied and installed on the work is in accordance with this stipulation. 04-07-06 INSULATION C Progress CD Set 15250-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO - - INSULATION PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE HAZARD RATINGS A. Unless otherwise noted, all insulation system materials must meet requirements of NFPA 90A, and must have a fire hazard rating of not more than 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. 2.02 THERMAL PERFORMANCE A. Unless otherwise noted, thermal performance (i.e. conductivity) of insulation shall meet or exceed the values given in Table 6.2.42A, 6.2.4.2.B and 6.2.4.5 of the ASHRAVIES Standard 90.1-1999. 2.03 PIPE INSULATION MATERIALS A. Johns Manville, "Micro-Lok", rigid, moulded, sectional glass fibre pipe insulation with a factory applied "AP-T Plus" vapour barrier jacket with pressure sensitive lap longitudinal lap sealing system. B. Johns Manville, "Microlite" flexible blanket type glass fibre insulation. C. Owens Coming, No. MP-105, factory formed glass fibre insulation for pipe fittings, valves, and similar items. D. Pittsburg Coming Corporation, "FOAMGLAS" rigid, moulded, sectional, binder less, cellular glass pipe insulation. E. Roxul, "Roxul 1200", rigid moulded sectional, rodcwool fibre insulation. F. Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd., "AP Armaflex" flexible, elastomedc, 25/50 rated dosed-cell fire retardant pipe insulation. G. Instant Firestop Inc., "PI" or equal, non-combustible, fire-rated, sectional longitudinally split pipe insulation with a reinforced vapor barrier jacket, UL listed and labeled as a component in a fmrestop system assembly. 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Johns Manville, "Pipe and Tank', flexible, fibreglass blanket, insulation bonded to a non-woven fibreglass mat backing. B. Johns-Manville, 'Pipe and Tank - AP', flexible, fiberglass blanket type insulation bonded to a type "AP" vapor barrier backing. C. Roxul Inc. "RW80" flewble, rodwmd fibre insulation. D. Armstrong Work! Industries Canada Ltd., 'AP Armaflex' flexible, elastomeric, 25/50 rated closed-cell fire- retardant sheet insulation. 0407.06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 2 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO INSULATION 2.05 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION MATERIALS A. Johns Manville, "800 Series Spin Glas - FSK", rigid fibreglass insulation with a factory applied, glass fibre reinforced, foil and flame retardant kraft paper (IN vapour barrier facing. B. Johns Manville, 'Microlite - FSK' fle)ible, blanket type fibreglass insulation with a factory applied, glass fibre reinforced, foil and flame retardant kraft paper (FSK) vapour barrier facing. C. Armstrong World Industries, 'AP ARMAFLEX' flexible, elastomeric, 25/50 rated, dosed cell, fire retardant sheet insulation. 2.06 INSULATION FINISH MATERIALS A. S. Fattal Canvas Inc., "Thermocanvas", with an ASTM flame spread rating of less than 25 and a smoke developed rating of less than 50. B. BAKOR No. 120-03, or equal, weatherproof, washable, acrylic emulsion, decorative finish factory coloured to Consultant's colour scheme. C. Childers Products Company, 'Rolled Jacketing' embossed or smooth, .016" (0.40 mm) thick, aluminum insulation jacket selected internal vapour barrier to suit application and matching prefabricated fitting covers. D. Armstrong World Industries,'WB ARMAFLEX" finish, weatherproof type for exterior applications. E. CCX Fabric "Glass-Fab', 20-10 weave fibreglass mesh. F. The Sure-Fit System "SMOKE-LESS 25150" 15 MIL thick, gloss white PVC pipe insulation jacket and fitting covers with manufacturer supplied adhesive and PVC tape. 2.07 LAGGING ADHESIVE A. BAKOR No. 120-09, or equal, fire resistive resin emulsion, heavy duty lagging coating rated 25/50 per ASTM E84, suitable for indoor and outdoor use. 2.08 INSULATION CEMENTS A. Asbestos free, hydraulic setting insulating and finishing cement. 2.09 INSULATION ADHESIVES A. Fibrous insulation - BAKOR No. 200-37, rubberized emulsion based, waterproof adhesive, fire resistive when dry, non-flammable when wet and 0/0 rated per ASTM E84. B. Flexible elastomeric insulation - Armstrong World Industries, No. 520 synthetic based adhesive, 5/15 rated per ASTM E84. 2.10 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Insulation protection shields - Grinnell Corporation Fig. No. 167, or equal, galvanized carbon steel insulation protection shield to MSS SP-69 and designed for a maximum of 4 psi (27.6. kPa) compressive stress based on a 19 (3.0 m) span between supports or hangers. B. Wire - No. 15 gauge (1.8 mm diameter) galvanized annealed wire. 04-07-06 INSULATION C Progress CD Set 15250 - 3 RS&G Fie No. 18052" PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15250 - - INSULATION C. Twine - Jute or fibrous glass twine. D. Mesh - 1" (25 mm) hexagonal mesh constructed of No. 15 gauge (1.8 mm diameter) galvanized annealed wire. E. Aluminium strap - (12 mm) wide, 0.020" (0.5 mm) thick aluminium strapping. F. Pins and clips - No. 14 gauge (2 mm diameter) weld-on pins with 1-1/4" (32 mm) square plated metal type or round nylon dips. G. MACtac Ltd. pressure sensitive tape sealant type FSK (foil/scrim/kratt) or AJS (All Service Jacket) to suit insulation's vapour barrier material type. H. Cloth tape - Fiberglas Ltd., fibreglass reinforced cloth. 1. Steel strap - V (12 mm) wide 0.015" (0.4 mm) thick, galvanized steel strapping. J. Fitting covers - The Sure-Ft System "SMOKE-LESS 25/50" 15 MIL thick gloss white PVC fitting covers with manufacturer supplied adhesive and PVC tape. 2.11 ACCEPTABLE INSULATION MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable insulation and insulation manufacturers are as follows: 1. fibreglass insulation Johns-Manville, Manson, Knauf and Owens Corning Inc.; 2. flexible elastomeric insulation - Armstrong World Industries Ltd. and Rubatex; 3. rockwool insulation - Roxul Inc. and Partek Insulations Inc.; 4. aluminium jacket material - Childers Products Company and Permaclad Products Limited; 5. PVC fitting covers and jacketing material - The Sure-Fit System, Johns Manville and Knauf; 6. canvas jacketing material - S. Fattal Canvas Inc. and Robson Thermal Mfg. Ltd. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSULATION APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise noted, do not insulate the following: 1. factory insulated equipment and piping; 2. heating piping within radiation unit enclosures, including blank filler sections of enclosures; 3. branch domestic water piping located under counters to serve counter mounted plumbing fixtures and fittings; 4. domestic water branch piping serving plumbing fixtures in suites; 5. exposed chrome plated domestic water angle supplies from concealed piping to plumbing fixtures and fittings; 6. heated liquid system pump casings; 7. expansion tanks; 8. steam traps; 9. standpipe system water storage tank(s); 10. fire protection pump casings; 11. manufactured expansion joints and flexible connections; 12. acoustically lined ductwork and/or equipment; 13. flexible ductwork. 0407-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO INSULATION B. Install insulation directly over pipes and not over hangers and supports. C. Do not apply insulation until leakage tests have been satisfactorily completed. D. Do not apply insulation until leakage tests have been satisfactorily completed. E. Ensure that all surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. F. No material including tapes, adhesives, etc. used as part of an insulation assembly shall be rated greater than 25/50 per ASTM E84. G. Install work generally in accordance with NIA "NATIONAL COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL INSULATION STANDARDS MANUAL" and conform with manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations and the requirements specified herein this Section of the Specification. H. Ensure that the ambient temperature is minimum 55 degrees F. (13 degrees C.) for at least one (1) day prior to the application of insulation, and for the duration of insulation work. 1. Where piping and/or equipment is traced with electric heating cable, ensure that the cable has been tested and approved prior to the application of insulation and ensure that the cable is not damaged or displaced during the application of insulation. J. Install piping insulation continuous through pipe openings and sleeves. K Install duct insulation continuous through walls, partitions, and similar surfaces except at fire dampers. L. Provide proper covering shields for all insulated piping, sized to suit the insulated pipe, between the pipe hanger or support and the insulation for all piping not supported by roller hangers as per Section 15050. M. Where roller hangers and supports are used, steel protection saddles will be supplied and installed as part of the piping work. Pack the saddle voids with fibreglass insulation. N. When insulating "cold" piping and equipment, extend insulation up valve bodies and other such projections as far as possible, and protect the insulation jacketing from the action of condensation at its junction with the metal. 0. The final appearance and finish of exposed mechanical work depends to a large degree on the quality of the insulation application, therefore, first class workmanship will be insisted upon. P. Exterior insulation shall be complete with factory applied vapour barrier regardless of piping service. Q. For all piping system components and for equipment or sections of equipment which require insulation but also access to permit maintenance or adjustment, design and install the insulation to permit easy removal and replacement. R. For items such as "circuit balancing valves" which are supplied with insulating accessories, specified in other Sections of the Specification, incorporate the packing into the pipe insulation, but do not contravene fire hazard ratings of ASTM E-84. 0407-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 5 RSEG He No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO - INSULATION 3.02 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIBREGLASS A. Except where other types of insulation are specified for portions of piping in succeeding articles in this Sectio n, insulate the following pipe with rigid fibreglass pipe insulation of the thickness noted: 1. domestic cold water piping, inside the building and above ground -1" (25 nun) thick; 2. domestic hot water piping, except on branch piping to plumbing fixtures in suites, supply and return, to and including 2' (50 mm) diameter -1' (25 mm) thick; 3. domestic hot water piping larger than 2" (50 mm) diameter -1 112" (38 mm) thick; 4. tempered water piping, supply and return -1' (25 mm) thick; 5. horizontal storm drainage piping from roof drains to the point where main vertical risers extend down, without offsets and conned to horizontal mains -1" (25 mm) thick; 6. condensate drainage piping from refrigerant and chilled water fan col unit drain pans to main vertical risers - %z (12 mm) thick; 7. drainage piping from exhaust air discharge hoppers -'W (12 mm) thick; 8. exposed drainage piping (including trap) from all wheelchair lavatories equipped with offset waste fittings -112" (12 mm) thick; 9. chilled water piping, supply and return, to and including 4' (100 mm) diameter -1" (25 mm) thick; 10. chilled water piping, supply and return, larger than 4" (100 mm) diameter -1-112' (38 mm) thick; 11. hot water heating piping, supply and return, to and including 4' (100 mm) diameter - 1-112" (38 mm) thick; 12. hot water heating piping, supply and return, larger than 4' (100 mm) diameter - 2" (50 mm) thick; 13. glycol solution heating piping, supply and return, to and including 4" (100 mm) diameter - 1-1/2" (38 mm) thick; 14. glycol solution heating piping, supply and return, larger than 4" (100 mm) diameter - 2" (50 mm) thick; 15. low pressure (to 20 psi [140 kPa]) steam piping to and including 4" (100 mm) diameter - 2-112' (65 mm) thick; 16. low pressure (to 20 psi [140 kPan steam piping larger than 4" (100 mm) diameter- 3-1/2' (90 mm) thick; 17. medium pressure (20 - 60 psi 1140 - 415 kPa]) steam piping to and including 4' (10 mm) diameter - 2%" (65 mm) thick; 18. medium pressure (20 - 60 psi [140 - 415 kPa]) steam piping larger than 4" (100 mm) diameter - 3'/z" (90 mm) thick; 19. low pressure condensate piping - up to and including 2" (50 mm) -1-1/2" (38 mm) thick; 20. low pressure condensate piping 2-1/2" (62 mm) to and including 6" (150 mm) diameter - 2" (50 mm) thick; 21. medium pressure condensate piping to and including 4" (100 mm) diameter - 2%:" (65 mm) thick; 22. boiler feed water piping complete - 2" (50 mm) thick; 23. boiler blow down piping complete - 2" (50 mm) thick; 24. all sanitary and storm drainage piping, domestic water, heating water, chilled water, condenser water, fire protection system piping located in unheated areas and indicated on the drawings to be traced with electric heating cable - 2" (50 mm) thick; 25. drum drips in dry zone sprinkler piping - 2" (50 mm) thick. Except where other types of insulation are specified for portions of piping in succeeding articles in this Section, insulate the following pipe with mckwool fibre pipe insulation of the thickness noted: 1. high pressure (above 60 psi [425 kPan steam piping to 2" (50 mm) diameter- 2%:" (62 mm) thick; 2. high pressure (above 60 psi [415 kPa] steam piping 2Y2' (65 mm) diameter to 4" (100 mm) diameter - 3' (75 mm) thick; 3. high pressure condensate piping to and including 4" (100 mm) diameter 2%:" (65 mm) thick; 4. emergency power engine-generator set exhaust system piping where inside building - 3' (75 mm) thick. 0407-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 6 13 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15250 - INSULATION C. Provide cellular glass pipe insulation extended a minimum of 2"(50 mm) beyond ends of insulation shield at all hanger and support locations for piping 2"(50 mm) diameter and larger and not equipped with pipe saddles. Where pipe insulation is covered by a vapour barrier jacket, wrap the cellular glass insulation with same vapour barrier jacket material overlapped a minimum of 1" (25 mm) on to the adjacent pipe insulation's jacket. D. Secure overlap flap of the jacketed insulation in place with a full coverage of adhesive. Firmly butt together sections of the insulation and cover the butt joints with 3" (75 mm) wide factory supplied strips of the vapour barrier jacket material secured in place with adhesive. E. Wrap elbows, valves, flanges and similar fittings with blanket insulation to a thickness and insulating value equal to that of the sectional insulation. Laminate in place with adhesive and secure with twine. Apply a skim coat of insulating cement, wrap the fitting with cloth tape overlapped 50% and set in adhesive, and apply a coat of finishing cement with a smooth finish. F. in lieu of wrapping elbows, valves, etc., with blanket insulation, pre-formed glass fibre fitting insulation may be used. Cover fitting insulation with the same sectional pipe insulation jacket material laminated in place with adhesive. G. Drum drips in dry zone sprinkler and/or standpipe system piping will be traced with electric heating cable as part of the electrical work specified in Division 16 and generally not shown on the drawing(s). Confirm the number and size of the drum drips required with the trade providing the piping and include for the insulation to suit. 3.03 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS-FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC A. At your option, and where allowed by Uniform Bulling Code (UBC) and approved by governing authorities, you may use flexible elastomeric pipe insulation in lieu of fibreglass pipe insulation on all piping conveying a liquid with a maximum operating temperature of 200 degrees F. (93 degrees C.). Thickness of flexible elastomeric pipe insulation shall be equal to that specified for fibreglass insulation for each piping type. B. Insulate the following pipe in mechanical rooms and other spaces or areas not considered a "plenum" space as defined in OBC and conveying a fluid temperature no greater than 200 degrees F. (93 degrees C.) and not electrically traced with closed cell flexible elastomeric pipe insulation of the thickness noted: 1. refrigerant piping inside the building -112' (12 mm) thick. C. Insulate refrigerant gas piping outside the building with 3/4" (20 mm) thick dosed cell flexible elastomeric pipe insulation. D. Install flexible elastomeric pipe insulation in strict accordance with the manufacturel's published instructions and recommendations. E. Cover exposed elastomeric pipe insulation with glass mesh fully secured to the insulation with adhesive supplied by the insulation manufacturer. X 3.04 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIRE RATED INSULATION A. Where pipe which is to be insulated as specified above penetrates fire rated walls and slabs, provide fire rated, UL listed, non-combustible sectional insulation on the portion of pipe in the fire barrier and for a distance of 2" (50 mm) on either side of the fire barrier. Insulation thickness shag be as specified, but in any case minimum 1" (25 mm). 04-07-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15250 - - INSULATION 3.05 EQUIPMENT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS A. Insulate the following equipment with fibreglass blanket type insulation (with or without vapour barrier backing) of the thickness noted: 1. roof drain bodies where inside the building -1" (25 mm) thick; 2. chilled water and domestic cold water pump casings -1-112° (38 mm) thick. B. Install the equipment with insulation to a thickness and insulating value equal to an equivalent thickness of sectional pipe insulation. Laminate the insulation in place with adhesive and secure with wire or twine. Apply a jacket of the insulation vapour barrier material secured in place with adhesive. C. Insulate the following equipment with blanket type fibreglass insulation (without vapour barrier backing) of the thickness noted: 1. domestic hot water storage tanks - 3-112' (88 mm) thick; 2. borer downcomer pipe - 2-112" (65 mm) thick. 3. flash tank - 2" (50 mm) thick; 4. condensate receivers - 2" (50 mm) thick; 5. blow dorm tank - 2" (50 mm) thick. D. Insulate the following equipment with rockwool blanket type insulation of the thickness noted: 1. Emergency power engine-generator set exhaust system silencer(s) - 3" (75 mm) thick; 2. boiler breeching and stack where inside the building - 2" (50 mm) thick. E. Install mineral fibre and fibreglass insulation as required to fit the shape and contour of the equipment Secure the insulation in place with adhesive, and with steel or aluminum straps on 18" (450 mm) centres. Point all open mitres, scores, joints and gaps with insulating cement. Seal joints and penetrations in vapour barrier with minimum 3" (75 mm) wide pressure sensitive vapour barrier tape provided by the insulation manufacturer. F. Ensure that insulation on refrigeration machine cooler water boxes is applied in a manner that will allow removal of covers for servicing of the cooler tube bundles. G. Provide removable and replaceable insulated metal covers for all equipment with removable heads. 3.06 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FIBREGLASS A. Insulate the following ductwork systems with fibreglass insulation of the thickness noted: 1. all fresh air intake ductwork, casings and plenums from fresh air intakes to and including mixing plenums or sections, or, if mixing plenums or sections are not provided, to and including the first heating coil section, or, if both mixing plenums or sections and heating coil sections are not provided, then the fresh air ductwork system complete -1-112" (38 mm) thick; 2. mixed supply air or preheated supply air casings, plenums and sections to and including the fan section where not factory insulated -1' (25 mm) thick; 3. supply ductwork outward from fans except for branch supply ductwork exposed in the area it serves -1" (25 mm) thick; 4. exhaust discharge ductwork for a distance of 19 (3 m) upstream (back) from exhaust openings to atmosphere, including any exhaust plenums within the 10' (3 m) distance -1" (25 mm) thick. 5. any other ductwork, casings, plenums, or sections as specified on the drawings - thickness as specified. B. Insulation for casings, plenums and exposed rectangular ductwork shall be rigid board We. Insulation for round ductwork and concealed rectangular ductwork shall be blanket type. 0¢07.06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250 - 8 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15250 VAIL, COLORADO INSULATION C. Securely butt together adjoining sections of insulation. Secure the insulation in place with a full coverage of adhesive on all surfaces, and on vertical and suspended surfaces with pins welded to the ductwork on 12' (300 mm) to 18' (450 mm) centres with the insulation applied overtop the pins and secured in place with clips. Ensure that the insulation does not sag or bulge. D. Make joints in vapour barrier facings with 3" (75 mm) wide overlap strips of the insulation vapour barrier facing secured in place with a full coverage of adhesive. E. Insulate silencers located in ductwork systems to be insulated to the same standard as the ductwork. F. Provide dry wall type metal comer beads on edges of exposed rectangular ductwork, casings and plenums in equipment rooms, service corridors and any other area where the insulation is subject to accidental damage. 3.07 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS - FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC A. Insulate all exposed ductwork and associated plenums or casings outside the building with 2' (50 mm) thick closed cell flexible elastomeric sheet insulation applied in two (2) 1" (25 mm) thick layers with staggered joints. B. Install flexible elastomeric sheet insulation in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations to produce a weatherproof installation. Seal sheet metal work joints watertight with duct sealer prior to applying insulation. 3.08 INSULAT ION FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise specified, jacket all exposed fibreglass insulation work inside the building with canvas secured with a full 100% covering coat of lagging adhesive (coating). Neatly trim all canvas joints and shrink the canvas tight in place. B. At your option, exposed fibreglass insulation inside the building may be' jacketed with PVC fitting and jacketing installed and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to produce a watertight finish. Do not mix finishing methods in order to maintain uniformity of finish. C. Cover exposed elastomeric insulation with glass mesh fully, and tightly secured to the insulation with adhesive supplied by the insulation manufacturer. Neatly trim glass mesh. D. Jacket all exposed fibreglass fibre insulation work in kitchen areas with PVC fitting and jacketing installed and sealed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions to produce a watertight finish. E. Protect insulation on exposed piping and ductwork penetrating mechanical room floors with sheet steel or aluminium jacketing for a distance of 3' (1 m) above the floor level. F. Jacket all insulation outside the building with aluminium jacketing with prefabricated fitting covers. Install in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Confirm vapor barrier requirements prior to ordering. Jacket the insulation with an aluminium jacket with internal vapour barrier secured in place with aluminium bands on 18" (450 mm) centres and with 2" (50 mm) overlap (or as otherwise stated in manufacturer's published instructions) at butt joints and longitudinal seams to produce a completely weatherproof and water- tight installation. 04-07-06 INSULATION C Progress CD Set 15250 - 9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 152 N VAIL, COLORADO - INSULATION G. Unless otherwise specified, finish all exposed flexible elastomeric insulation work with two (2) coats of finish supplied by the insulation manufacturer. Apply the finish in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Confirm finish colour requirement(s) and tint finish in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in accordance with Consultant's colour scheme. END OF SECTION 15250 Ell 0407-06 INSULATION Progress CD Set 15250-10 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS • UST OF CONTENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 VENT PIPING ROOF FLASHING ACCESSORY 2.02 DRAINAGE PIPING CLEANOUTS 2.03 CLEANOUT TERMINATIONS 2.04 DRAINS 2.05 FLOOR DRAIN TRAP SEAL PRIMERS 2.06 GREASE INTERCEPTOR 2.07 HOSE COCKS 2.08 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 2.09 PARTITION STOPS 2.10 WATER METER 2.11 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 2.12 DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS 2.13 WATER PIPING VACUUM BREAKER 2.14 WATER PIPING BACKFLOW PREVENTER 2.15 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS 2.16 RECIRCULATING CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 2.17 CHLORINE 2.18 ELEVATOR SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP 2.19 SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMP SET 2.20 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SET 2.21 CONDENSER DRAIN WALL BOX 2.22 WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT 2.23 AIR COMPRESSOR SET 2.24 COMPRESSED AIR DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENTS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 CONNECTION OF BUILDING WEEPER SYSTEM PIPING 3.02 SUPPLY OF FLASHING ACCESSORIES FOR ROOF VENT STACKS 3.03 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DRAINS 3.05 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.06 INSTALLATION OF GREASE INTERCEPTORS 3.07 INSTALLATION OF HOSE COCKS 3.08 INSTALLATION OF WATER METER 3.09 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 3.10 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS 3.11 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP(S) 3.12 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 3.13 INSTALLATION OF ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP 3.14 INSTALLATION OF SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMP(S) 3.15 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC COLD WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SET 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set LOC 15400-1 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 3.16 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE DRAIN WALL BOX 3.17 INSTALLATION OF WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT 3.18 INSTALLATION OF AIR COMPRESSOR SET 3.19 INSTALLATION OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING AND ACCESSORIES 3.20 PLUMBING PIPING CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS • 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set LOC 15400 - 2 RS&G File No. 18052" PROJECT 02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the plumbing work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. provision of underground drainage and water service piping outside the building and to a point 6 (1.5 m) outside building lines; 2. mounting and flashing only (in roof areas) of roof drain bodies; 3. provision of site applied thermal insulation for plumbing work; 4. plumbing fixtures and fittings; 5. provision of receptacles for plug-in drainage pumps; 6. extension of drainage pump pit high water level alarm wiring from alarm switch to a remote alarm, including provision of the remote alarm; 7. provision of washroom accessories including grab bars and soap dispenser, 8. provision of building weeper system piping, except for the short extension to the sand settling pit or sump pit; 9. installation of drainage pump power and control panels; 10. installation of vent stack roof flashing accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for all plumbing materials and equipment specified in PART 2 of this Section. B. Submit certified performance curves for all pump shop drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 VENT PIPING ROOF FLASHING ACCESSORY A. Lexsuco Ltd., spun aluminum vandal proof, vent stack covers each complete with a hooded sleeve and an insulation sleeve all sized to suit the vent stack. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Lexsuco Ltd. and Thaler Specialties Roofing Products Inc. 2.02 DRAINAGE PIPING CLEANOUTS A. TY fittings, with extra heavy brass plugs screwed into the fittings. B. J.R. Smith 4500 Series enamelled cast uon cleanout tees, each complete with a large access opening and gasketed removable cover with stainless steel hardware. C. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R. Smith, Watts Industries, Wade Industries Ltd., and Zum Industries Ltd. D. Bronze or copper cleanout tees each complete with a bronze ferrule. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.03 CLEANOUT TERMINATIONS A. Unless otherwise specified, J.R. Smith, oven cured epoxy enamel coated cast iron, adjustable, gasketed cleanout terminations as specified on the drawing symbol fist, each complete with captive stainless steel screws and a cover to suit the floor finish. B. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R.Smith, Watts Industries, Wade Industries Ltd., and Zum Industries Ltd. 2.04 DRAINS A. Unless otherwise specified, J.R. Smith, oven cured, epoxy coated cast iron body drains as specified on the drawing symbol list, each meeting design requirements and complete with all required accessories. B. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R. Smith, Watts Industries, Wade Industries Ltd., and Zum Industries Ltd. C. All drains connected with sanitary drainage piping and equipped with traps shall be complete with a V (12 mm) diameter trap primer tapping. 2.05 FLOOR DRAIN TRAP SEAL PRIMERS A. Single drain primers: Cast bronze trap seal primers, each complete with an integral vacuum breaker and a gasketed bronze cap. B. Multiple drain primers: Electronic trap priming manifold, 120 volt, 1-phase, with 30 outlets to prime up to 24 traps, providing 203 (0.06 L) of water per opening per twenty-four (24) hours based on 20 psig (138 kPa), factory assembled with bronze body ball valve shut-off, water hammer arrestor, solenoid valve, atmospheric vacuum breaker, 24 hour timer, manual override switch and type "L" copper manifold all housed in a 16 gauge (1.6 mm thick) steel, recessed mounting cabinet with a tamper-proof stainless steel access door. C. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R. Smith Model No. 2699 (for single drain primer) or Precision Plumbing Products PT-30 Series (for multiple drain primers) and equivalent product by Watts Industries and Zum Industries. 2.06 GREASE INTERCEPTOR A. J.R. Smith Series 8000-AC-35, stainless steel grease interceptor, enzyme type, bearing the P.D.I. seal certifying conformance to Standard P.D.I.-G101, complete with removable baffles, flow control device, deep seal trap with cleanout, bottom debris tapping leg, and gasketted non-skid aluminum cover with lock and Gft trap. B. Installation accessories shall include a type "E" interceptor body extension of height to suit invert for underground drainage piping for buried interceptors, as required for each interceptor shown. C. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R. Smith, Watts Industries and Zum Industries Ltd. 04-07.06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400 - 2 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.07 HOSE COCKS A. Hose cocks shall be: 1. in areas inside the building - Chicago Faucet No. 5T complete with hose end vacuum breaker, No. E27; 2. on exterior walls outside the building - J.R. Smith flush mounted type with box complete with vacuum breaker and identified key as specified on the drawing symbol list B. Acceptable flush mounted outlet manufacturers are Chicago Faucets, Cambridge Brass, J.R. Smith, Watts Industries, Wade Industries Ltd., and Zum Industries Ltd. 2.08 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. J.R. Smith 5000 Series, all stainless steel construction shock absorbers, each with a pre-charged air chamber of nesting steel bellows, and each sized to suit the connecting pipe size and the equipment it is provided for. B. Acceptable manufacturers are J.R. Smith, Watts industries and Zum Industries Ltd. 2.09 PARTITION STOPS A. Dahl Brothers, Fig. No. 2300 series or equal, bronze, key operated partition stops with Teflon impregnated lifetime packing, slotted spindles, extension tubes, stainless steel access plates, and three (3) identified keys. ~J 2.10 WATER METER A. Schlumberger Industries, "Neptune HP Trident Turbine" water meter with bronze casing, turbine type element and roll sealed, remote magnetically driven register with clear polycarbonate crystal. Meter shall conform with the requirements of AWWA Standard C701 and the requirements of the local authorities. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Schtumberger Industries (Neptune Water Division) and Canadian Meter Co. Ltd. 2.11 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Watts Industries Inc., Series USB, adjustable, bronze body pressure reducing valve with a high temperature resisting diaphragm, removable stainless steel seat and built-in thermal expansion by-pass check valve. B. Singer Valve Co. Ltd., series 106-PR, pilot operated, adjustable, pressure reducing valve as specified on the drawing(s), complete with a bronze globe valve modulated by a diaphragm which in turn is operated by the pilot C. Acceptable manufacturers are Singer Valve Co. Ltd., Braukmann Controls Co. Ltd., Watts Industries Inc., and Spirax Sarco Ltd. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15M-3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.12 DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS A. Two (2) factory assembled and piped, pilot valve controlled pressure reducing valves installed in parallel, 30 psi (210 kPa) to 300 psi (2070 kPa) pressure adjustment range, 300 psi (2070 kPa) Class, ASTM B62 cast bronze valve body and cover with flanged 300 ANSI B16.5 ends, with Type 303 stainless steel trim, Buna-N rubber diaphragm and disc. B. Direct acting, spring loaded, factory assembled and piped, diaphragm type pressure relief valve, as per the drawing, 20 psi (140 kPa) to 200 psi (1380 kPa) pressure adjustment range, 400 psi (2758 kPa) rated with ASTM B62 cast bronze body and aver, brass and Type 303 stainless steel trim, Buna-N rubber diaphragm and disc, copper tubing and brass fittings. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Cla-Val Ltd. (Model 90G-01AASKC pressure reducing valve with Model 55F pressure relief valve) Singer Valve Co. Ltd., Watts Industries Ltd. and Spirax Sarco Ltd. 2.13 WATER PIPING VACUUM BREAKER A Watts Industries Inc., No. NF8 vacuum breaker to ASSE Standard 1011. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Wafts Industries Inc., Hersey Products Inc. and Zum Industries "Wilkins Division". 2.14 WATER PIPING BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Watts Industries Inc., No. 9D, continuous pressure type backflow preventer tested and certified to ASSE- 1012, with a brass body, stainless steel working parts, an integral strainer, and an intermediate atmospheric vent. B. Watts Industries (Canada) Inc., No. 909 Series, reduced pressure principle backflow assembly tested and certified to AWWA C511-89 and ASSE 1013, complete with bronze body, two (2) independent check valves, intermediate relief valve, inlet strainer and inlet and outlet shut-off valves. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Watts Industries Inc., Hersey Products Inc., Febco and Zurn Industries " Wilkins Division". 2.15 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. S.A. Armstrong Ltd., in-line type, centrifugal, horizontal bronze pump non-overloading under all operating conditions as per the drawing schedule, complete with: 1. a bronze casing with in-line pipe connections; 2. a dynamically balanced dosed type bronze impeller fitted to a stainless steel shaft and complete with oil submerged double bronze bearings and thrust collar, 3. a water-tight mechanical seal suitable for the temperature and pressure of the water being pumped; 4. a 1750 R.P.M. resiliently mounted motor connected to the pump shaft by means of a single spring flexible coupling. B. Acceptable manufacturers are SA Armstrong Ltd., ITT Bell & Gossett, TACO and Gnmdfoss. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress GD Set 15400-4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT#02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.16 RECIRCULATING CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES SA. Armstrong Ltd., Series "CBV-S" soldered end, or "CBV-T', threaded end, globe style, bronze bodied, circuit balancing vahres, suitable in all respects for potable water service, designed to facilitate precise flow measurement, precision flow balancing, and positive shut-off, complete with capped and valved drain connection, valved ports for connection to a SA. Armstrong Ltd. Model CBVM 135160 or equal, differential pressure meter and an insulation accessory meeting the requirements of article entitled "Fire Hazard Ratings", of Section 15250. Acceptable manufacturers are SA. Armstrong Ltd., Tour & Anderson and Newman-Hattersley. 2.17 CHLORINE A. Sodium hypochlorite to AWWA B300-75. 2.18 ELEVATOR SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP A. Hydr-O-Matic Pump Co., submersible sump pump, as per the drawing schedule, complete with: 1. a cast iron pump casing, motor cover and pressure switch housing; 2. an oil filled, 115 volt, l phase protected submersible motor; 3. a non-clog impeller threaded to a corrosion protected steel shaft with mechanical shaft seal; 4. an enclosed diaphragm type water level control pressure switch with Buna-N rubber diaphragm; 5. a minimum of 1V (3 m) of vinyl insulated copper conductor vented power cord with plug, pre-wired to the motor, with exact length of power cord sufficient to extend (unbroken) from the pump in the pit through conduit to a wall mounted receptacle adjacent the pit. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Hydr-O-Matic Pump Co. F.E. Myers Ltd., and GSW Pump Company. 2.19 SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMP SET A. Hydr-O-Matic Pump Co., submersible duplex sump pump set, as per the drawing schedule, each pump complete with: 1. a cast iron pump casing and motor cover, 2. an oil filled, overload protected, submersible ball bearing type 3 phase motor with a minimum of 50' (15 m) of PVC jacketed power cord pre-wired to the motor, 3. an open, two (2) vane type, non-clog impeller secured to a stainless steel pump and motor shaft B. Pump set control components supplied by the pump manufacturer shall consist of: 1. four (4) No. ME10 mercury tube switches, each sealed in a polyurethane float and complete with a minimum of 10' (3 m) of control cord: three (3) for pump set control, one (1) for sump pit high water level alarm; 2. a bracket to support that switch cables in the sump pit; 3. a wall mounting power and control panel with an NEMA 3R dead front enclosure containing a circuit breaker, magnetic starter, run lights, and H.O.A. switch for each pump, and a relay altemating circuit to alternate the lead pump after each successive pumping cycle; 4. a separate, wall mounting, automatic reset, 127 volt alarm panel with NEMA enclosure, alarm bell, warning light, and silencing switch. C. The pump power cord and the float switch control cords must be of sufficient length to extend unbroken from the sump pit through conduit to 3' (1 m) up the wall on which the starter and control panel are to be located - no electrical connections will be allowed in the sump pit D. Acceptable manufacturers are Hydr-O-Maaticc Pump Co., F.E. Myers Ltd., and Barnes Pumps. 46 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAII rnl nRAnn SECTION 15400 PLUMBING-SYSTEMS 2.20 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SET A. S. A. Armstrong Ltd., packaged type domestic cold water pressure booster pump set as per the drawing schedule, completely factory assembled and pre-piped on a steel baseplate with structural steel framework, with rubber mounts to isolate pipework from the baseplate assembly, and a pre-wired control panel, all factory tested, calibrated, and ready for suction and discharge piping connections and electrical power connections. Each pump shall be a bronze fitted, centrifugal, single suction motor mount pump complete with a bronze volute and motor/pump bracket, a dynamically balanced closed type cast bronze impeller secured to a stainless steel shaft, a water-tight mechanical seal serviceable without breaking pipe connections, and the following: 1. a gate or butterfly type shut-off valve in suction and discharge piping; 2. a non-slam check valve in discharge piping; 3. a pressure reducing valve; 4. a thermal bleed circuit with aquastat and solenoid valve. C. The control panel shall consist of an NEMA 2 enclosure, complete with: 1. a main disconnect switch with a fused circuit for each motor, 2. a fully protected, full voltage, non-reversing across-the line magnetic starter for each motor, 3. a current sensing device; 4. a H.O.A. selector switch for each pump to permit manual or automatic pump operation; 5. a control section with control circuit transformer with 115 volt fused secondary, adjustable pressure switches, and time relay, 6. suction and discharge pressure gauges; 7. a low limit pressure switch with low suction pressure alarm indicating light, arranged to shut-off the pump(s) should the pressure in the Municipal main fall to a dangerously low level; 8. a high pressure cut-out switch; 9. a power "ON" indicating right; 10. manual alternation of the lead pump. D. Pump controls shall be factory pre-set to suit job conditions, shall sequence the pumps to deliver constant pressure domestic cold water, and shall operate as follows: 1. lead pump shall operate continuously; 2. when system demand exceeds the capacity of lead pump, the second pump shall automatically start in parallel, and shall run for a minimum period of time to prevent the pump from cycling on and off, 3. should the lead pump fail for any reason, the second pump shall start automatically and shall run continuously. 4. the time between alternation of lead pump and stand-by pump shall be adjustable. E. Acceptable manufacturers are S.A. Armstrong Ltd., ITT Bell & Gossett, and TACO. 2.21 CONDENSER DRAIN WALL BOX A. Flush mounted wall box consisting of an epoxy coated galvanized metal enclosure, finished to match the Architect and/or Interior Designer's colour schedule, with 1" (25 mm) condensate piping inlet connection, 1- 1/2" (38 mm) drain outlet and 1-112" (38 mm) cast brass "P" trap. 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 - 6 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAII COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.22 WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT A. Culligan International Company, water softening equipment in accordance with the following: Performance: a. The water softening system shall reduce local water hardness to 0 grain hardness for laundry and kitchen equipment, 7 grain maximum hardness for general use and a minimum pH of 6.9. The flow rate through the water softeners for general use and serving the kitchen and laundry equipment shall be as specified on the drawing schedule. Resin Tank: a. Each softener resin tank shall be sized to allow adequate freeboard above the resin bed for proper expansion of the resin during backwashing. Each tank shall be designed for Standard 100n psi (690 kPa), non-code construction. b. The tank shall be internally lined with a phenolic epoxy to a 4-6 mil thickness and baked at 450°F (232°C). The exterior shall be sand blasted, painted with a rust4nhibiting primer and then finished with a gloss epoxy top coat. C. The tank shall be equipped with an opening in the top head for mineral filling and periodic inspection. 3. Distribution System: a. The softener tank shall have a stainless steel upper distributor which shall disperse water laterally to avoid channelling within the resin bed. The lower distributor shall be of all-plastic construction in a hub-radial design. It shall incorporate fine slot distributors to avoid possible passing of resin to service in the event of plumbing system upset. No slots shall face upward to minimize the opportunity of channelling. One (1) layer of gravel shall be provided to aid in the even collection of water and make efficient use of the softening capacity of the resin. 4. Softening Media: a. The media shall be solid, of the proper particle size (20 by 50 mesh, U.S. standard screen) and shall contain no agglomerates, shells, plates or other shapes that might interfere with the normal function of the water softener. The resin shall be manufactured to comply with the food additive regulation, 21 CFR 173.25 as set forth by the US FDA. 5. Instructions: a. Complete instructions covering installation and operation of the water softener shall be provided in booklet form. 6. Product Integrity: a. All major components such as tanks, distributors, controls and brine system shag be designed and assembled by a single source for optimum compatibility. Replacement parts and factory authorized service shall be available through a factory authorized dealership, so that the equipment can be maintained and promptly serviced, as needed. 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400 - 7 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS Brine Systems: a. A combination salt storage and brine tank, with cover, shall be provided. The tank shall be molded of corrosion-proof, high density polyethylene. b. The brine tank shall be equipped with an elevated salt plate for brine collection and a chamber to house a brine valve assembly. The brine valve shall automatically open to admit brine to the resin tank during eduction and close automatically to prevent introduction of air into the resin tank. During refill, the brine valve shall regulate the flow of soft water into the brine tank, working with the timed refill feature of the softener control valve; together these components shall admit the correct volume of water to the brine tank in accordance with the salt dosage settings on the control valve. The brine valve shall include a float-operated safety shut-off valve, as a back-up to the time refill valve on the control, to prevent brine tank overflow. Automatic Controls: a. The automatic control shall be of top mount design and all-brass construction. It shall utilize a bolt-down flange connection to permit proper positioning between the valve and conditioner tank openings. It shall have provision for either left-hand or right-hand raw water plumbing to simplify installation while maintaining a forward-facing timer for each servicing. Service connections of the control shall be 75 mm pipe size. The control shall be a fully automatic multi-port control valve operated by a rotary pilot that hydraulically or pneumatically activates cartridge style diaphragm valves to accomplish regeneration. The multi-port valve shall incorporate self-adjusting flow regulators to control the rate of flow and prevent resin loss during backwash, brine-rinse, fast rinse and brine tank tell positions, regardless of pressure fluctuations between 207 and 690 kPa. The control shall open and close slowly to prevent noise and hydraulic shock. It shall have provision for bypass of hard water during the regeneration cycle or eliminate of the bypass, depending upon the requirements. The electrical control mechanism shall be enclosed in a gasketed, moisture-resistant case. The enclosure shall conform to NEMA 3 (Standard) enclosure standards. b. The unit shall have provisions for individual adjustment of backwash and rinse cycle and provisions for manually regenerating the water softener by means of inlet hydraulic pressure even without the use of electric power. C. Regeneration shall be controlled by a 7-day calendar clock that permits regeneration at any time of the day or night, any or every day of the week. 9. Demand Control: a. The softener control system shall include turbine meter(s) and a solid state control device to permit regeneration on a metered volume basis. The system shall include a'PLC' to provide a 4-20 mA for the BAS. Also allows two (2) tanks on line while the third tank is in regeneration or on standby. 10. Hard Water Blending Valve: a. Hydraulically operated, pilot controlled diaphragm type with orifice plate. Valve shall be ASTM A-126 iron valve body with brass trim. Pilot shall be ASTM B62 bronze valve body with type 303 stainless steel trim and Buna-N rubber diaphragm and disc. Orifice plate shall be type 303 stainless steel. The exact size of the valve and orifice plate shall be determined by the manufacturer based upon the performance criteria of the the water softening equipment specified in sub-paragraph 2.4.1.1 in this section of the b. Acceptable manufacturers of hard water blending valve are Cla-Val or equal. B. Acceptable manufacturers of water filters are Culligan International Company, Bio-Lab Ltd., Ecowater Ltd., WaterGroup Canada Ltd. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 15W-8 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2.23 AIR COMPRESSOR SET A. DeVilbiss Ltd., "Heavy Duty Cast Iron", CSA certified, tank mounted, package type, 2-stage, air cooled compressor pump assembly designed and constructed for start-stop operation and a maximum operating pressure of 175 psi (1206 kPa). B. The compressor set shall be complete with: 1. a cast iron block with a deep-finned cast iron cylinder head, heavy cast iron cylinders, and alloy steel disc-type lapped valves; 2. a motor as specified in Section 15050, a high flow fan-type flywheel, and V-belt drive with guard; 3. an ASME rated and stamped enamelled steel tank with check valve, safety relief valve, ball type air outlet shut-off valve, pressure gauge, manual drain cock, and flanged support legs; 4. a No. BUNT-9443 float actuated automatic tank drain supplied loose for field installation; 5. a No. H-903 Series flexible tank to air line connector sized to suit the air line size and supplied loose for field installation; 6. a SMC Series IDF, Model 6D, package type, 330 Watt, 120 volt, 1 phase refrigerated air dryer supplied loose for field installation; 7. a standard five (5) year manufacturers "Free of Charge Repair" warranty against faulty materials or manufacture. C. Acceptable manufacturers are DeVilbiss Ltd., Compair Inc., Ingersoll-Rand, Ranger Engineering Inc, and Nash. 2.24 COMPRESSED AIR DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Outlets: 1. Safety type, quick connect, sleeve lock outlets providing exhaust of air pressure prior to disconnect, complete with all required accessories, and with exact type and size to suit the Owner's requirements. 2. Acceptable manufacturers are Hansen, DeVlbiss Ltd., Watts Fluid Air, ARO and Foster. B. Pressure Regulators: 1. Standard high capacity, adjustable regulators sized to suit connecting piping and with an operating range to suit requirements, and a pressure gauge. 2. Acceptable manufachnrs are Watts FlUidAir (Series R119), Hansen, DeVilbiss Ltd., ARO and Foster. C. Filters: 1. Heavy-duty filters sized to suit connecting piping and complete with a zinc body, 40 micron polypropylene filter element, and a metal bowl. 2. Acceptable manufacturers are Watts FluidA'rc (Series F602), Hansen, DeVilbiss Ltd., ARO and Foster. D. Filter-Regulator Assembly: 1. Combination pressure regulator-filter-pressure gauge assemblies sized to suit connecting and system pressure requirements. E. Acceptable Manufacturers are Watts FluidAir, DeVilbiss Ltd., Hansen, ARO and Foster. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONNECTION OF BUILDING WEEPER SYSTEM PIPING A. Provide all piping required to extend and connect the building weeper system piping into the building storm drainage piping system from the connection point as indicated on the drawings. B. Provide all required sand settling pit piping. 3.02 SUPPLY OF FLASHING ACCESSORIES FOR ROOF VENT STACKS A. Supply a vent stack cover accessory for each vent stack penetrating the roof. B. Hand the vent stack cover to the roofing trade at the site for installation and flashing into roof construction as part of the roofing work. C. Install vent stack piping up through and to a height as per vent stack cover manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required drainage and vent piping in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code. Pipe, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows: 1. for underground pipe inside the building and to points 5' (1.5 m) outside building lines class 4000 cast iron or rigid PVC sewer pipe; 2. for all pipe inside the building, above ground and serving front of house areas and guestroom suites - Class 4000 cast iron; 3. for pipe inside the building and above ground serving back of house areas, in sizes larger than 3" (75 mm) diameter - Class 4000 cast Iron; 4. for pipe inside the building above ground serving back of house areas in sizes to and including 3" (75 mm) diameter - type DWV copper, 5. for pipe inside the building above ground, inside shafts where permissible by Code - System 15 DWV pipe. 6. for drainage pump discharge pipe connections inside the building and above ground from the pump to the gravity discharge main, including valve connections - Schedule 40 galvanized steel with galvanized couplings and fittings. B. Unless otherwise noted, slope horizontal drainage piping above ground in sizes to and including 3" (75 mm) diameter with a 2% slope, and pipe 4" (100 mm) diameter and larger with a 1% slope. C. Install and slope underground drainage piping to inverts or slopes indicated on the drawings to facilitate straight and true gradients between the points shown. Verify available slopes before installing the pipes. D. Slope horizontal branches of vent piping down towards the fixture or pipe to which they connect with a minimum pitch of 2%. E. Provide deanouts in drainage piping in locations as follows: 1. in the building drain or drains as dose as possible to the inner face of the outside wall, and, if and where a building trap is installed, locate the deanout on the downstream side of the building trap; 2. at or as dose as practicable to the foot of each drainage stack; 3. at maximum 50' (15 m) intervals in horizontal pipe 4" (100 mm) diameter and smaller, 4. at maximum 100' (30 m) intervals in horizontal pipe larger than 4" (100 mm) diameter, 5. wherever else shown on the drawings. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS F. Cleanouts shall be the same diameter as the pipe in piping to and including 4" (100 mm) diameter, and not less than 4' (100 mm) in piping larger than 4' (100 mm) diameter. G. Cleanouts in vertical piping shall be cleanout tees, cast iron in piping 3' (75 mm) diameter and larger, copper or bronze in piping smaller than 3" (75 mm). H. Cleanouts in horizontal piping shall consist of TY fittings. 1. Cleanouts in horizontal inaccessible piping such as underground piping shall consist of TY fittings extended up to cleanout terminations set flush with the finished floor. J. In waterproof areas, equip each termination with a flashing clamp device. K. Where deanout terminations occur in finished areas, locate the terminations to the Consultanrs direction and arrange piping to suit. L. Where cleanouts are concealed behind walls or partitions, install the deanouts such that the cover is within 1' (25 mm) of the finished face of the wall or partition. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DRAINS A. Provide drains where shown on the drawings. B. In Equipment Rooms and similar areas, exactly locate floor drains to suit the layout of mechanical equipment and location of equipment indirect drainage piping. C. In finished areas, confirm the exact location and finish of drains with the Consultant prior to roughing-in. D. Equip each drain connected to sanitary drainage piping with a trap. E. Provide vent piping and cold water supply piping to drains wherever required by local codes and/or shown on the drawings. Water supply piping from trap seal primers to drains shall consist of Type "M" hard copper tubing above ground and Type "L' soft copper underground. Provide trap seal primers for single drains in domestic cold water piping to the nearest available plumbing fixture. Provide electronic trap priming manifolds for priming of multiple drains, wall mounted, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Place roof drains in position for flashing into roof construction as part of the roofing work. When mounting is complete, connect with piping and provide drain accessories. 3.05 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required domestic water piping in accordance with the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Pipe, unless otherwise noted shall be as follows: 1. for underground service piping and domestic cold water piping inside the building -rigid PVC pressure pipe; 2. for service pipe inside the building and above ground from termination of underground main to and including meter connection and bypass booster pump set connection and similar service entrance connections - type 'r hard drawn copper. 3. for domestic cold water distribution piping 4" (100 mm) diameter and larger in equipment rooms, accessible shafts and accessible ceiling spaces where the pressure is less than 100 psi (690 kPa) type V hand copper, where the pressure is equal to or greater than 100 psi (690 kPa) - type V hard copper, 4. for all domestic hot water, cold water, tempered water and softened water distribution piping above ground except as noted above - where the pressure is less than 100 psi (690 kPa); where the 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-11 RSBG Fife No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 - FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS pressure is equal to or greater than 100 psi (690 kPa) -type "r hard copper. • 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-12 RS&G File No. 18052D6-DO PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS b RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO r I• ~ SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS B. Provide appropriate adapter fittings at all connections between plastic pipe and metal pipe accessories and equipment. C. Slope all piping so that it can be completely drained. D. Provide an accessible manually operated air vent above the high point of each water piping system unless the systems are suitably vented through frequently used plumbing fixtures or outlets. E. Provide a vacuum breaker in piping connecting a hose cock or any other fitting to which a hose can be attached, unless a vacuum breaker is provided integral with the hose cock or similar fitting. Install in accordance with local governing standards. F. Provide water hammer arrestors in piping in accordance with P.D.I. Standard P.D.I.- WH201, and where shown on the drawings and in accordance with drawing equipment connection schedules. G. Provide recirculating circuit balancing valves in piping generally where shown on the drawings but with exact locations in accordance with instructions of personnel doing system flow balancing work. Confirm locations prior to installation. Ensure that balancing valves are a minimum of ten (10) pipe diameters downstream of any pump or fitting and a minimum of five (5) pipe diameters upstream of any fitting. Hand over insulation accessories to Insulation trade, on site, for installation into pipe insulation. H. Provide a backfiow preventer assembly in make-up water piping to mechanical plant circulating systems and equipment. Provide an air gap secured to backflow preventer, and connect with drain piping terminated over nearest funnelled floor drain. Install complete assembly in accordance with manufacturers instructions and the requirements of local governing standards. Test each back flow assembly in accordance with the requirements of local goveming standards. 1. Provide shut-off valves to isolate all equipment and wherever else shown. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF GREASE INTERCEPTORS A. Provide grease interceptors in kitchen drainage piping where shown on the drawings and connect with piping as indicated. B. Ensure that the unit is accessible for maintenance and that the cover is easily removable. Confirm exact location prior to roughing-in. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF HOSE COCKS A. Provide hose cocks where shown on the drawings. B. Provide a shut-off valve inside the building in piping to each exterior wall mounted hose cock. C. Confirm the exact location of hose cocks in finished areas and an exterior wall mounted hose cocks with the Consultant prior to roughing-in. D. Supply six (6) identified loose key operators for exterior hose cocks and hand the operators over to the Consultant at the site prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the work. 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress GD Set 15400 -13 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 3.08 INSTALLATION OF WATER METER A. Install water meter(s) where shown on the drawings. Secure the meter on a concrete housekeeping pad and conned with piping as indicated, including a three (3) valve by-pass in accordance with the detafi. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A. Provide domestic water pressure reducing valves as follows: 1. in domestic cold water make-up piping to the boiler water circulating system expansion tanks; 2. in domestic cold water make-up piping to the chilled water circulating system expansion tank; 3. in domestic water piping mains and risers where shown on the drawings; 4. wherever else shown or specified. B. Install each valve in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, check and test operation, and adjust as required. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS A. Provide domestic water pressure reducing stations in domestic water piping, where shown on the drawings. B. Install each valve assembly in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, check and test operation, and adjust as required. C. Install pressure relief valve downstream of pressure reducing valve. Check and test the operation of each pressure relief valve. Replace defective pressure relief valves and retest. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP(S) A. Provide domestic hot water circulating pump(s) where shown. B. Install pump(s) in vertical piping at a height of approximately 4' (1.2 m) above the floor to permit lubrication and servicing of pump(s) and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. C. Prime pump(s) prior to start-up. 3.12 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Flush domestic water piping with a sufficient flow to produce a velocity of 5 ft/s (1.5 mis) per second for ten (10) minutes, or until all foreign materials have been removed and the flushed water is clear. Provide connections and pumps as required. Open and close valves, faucets, hose cocks and service connections to ensure thorough flushing. B. When flushing is complete, disinfect the piping with a solution of chlorine in accordance with AWWA C601-68. The rate of chlorine application shall be proportional to the rate of water entering the pipe. The point of chlorine application shall be dose to the point of filling the piping and shall occur at the same time. Operate valves, faucets and similar appurtenances while the piping contains chlorine solution. C. Flush piping of chlorine solution after twenty-four (24) hours. D. Measure chlorine residuals at the extreme end of each piping system being disinfected. After a chlorine residual of riot less than 50 ppm has been obtained, leave the system for twenty-four (24) hours. Take further samples to ensure that there is still not less than 10 ppm of chlorine residual throughout the system. E. When disinfecting is complete, fill the systems. 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-14 RS&G File No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 3.13 INSTALLATION OF ELEVATOR SUMP PUMP A. Provide a submersible sump pump on a concrete base in the elevator sump pit B. Provide all required sump pit piping, including a shut-oft valve and a check valve for the pump. C. Provide rigid PVC conduit from the sump pit to the wall on which the pump receptacle and starter are located. Pull the pump power cord with integral plug through the conduit and plug into the receptacle. Seal conduit air-tight around the cord at both conduit termination points. Do not remove the plug from the power cord. D. Provide sump pit accessories. E. Ensure that the pump power cord is of sufficient length to extend unbroken to the receptacle. Confirm length requirements prior to ordering. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMP(S) A. Provide submersible drainage pump(s) on a concrete base in the drainage sump pit(s) as indicated on the drawings. B. Provide all required sump pit piping, including a shut-off valve and a check valve for each pump. C. Install float switches at the proper height in the pits and secure cable to a pit wall mounted. D. Provide rigid PVC conduit from the sump pit to the wall on which the pump starter is located. E. Provide rigid PVC conduit from the sump wall to the wall on which pump starting equipment is to be located. Size the conduit to suit the number of pump power and control cables. Pull the cables through the conduit Seal conduit air-tight around the cables at the sump wall with non-hardening silicon base sealant. F. Install the pump starter and control panels in 24 hour monitored supervisor's office. The exact location of this office shall be confirmed on site. Be responsible for extending and connecting all power and control wiring from sump pit to starter and control panel. G. Provide sump pit accessories. 3.15 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC COLD WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP SET A. Provide a package type domestic cold water pressure booster pump set where shown on the drawings. B. Mount the assembly on a concrete housekeeping pad, shim the unit level such that suction and discharge headers are vertical, and bolt in place. Fill the baseplate assembly with non-shrink grout. C. Connect suction and discharge headers with piping as shown. Support the piping independent of the pump set assembly. Pipe the thermal bleed to drain. D. When installation is complete but prior to start-up, recheck the assembly, including all control and safety functions to ensure that the set is ready for start-up. Start-up the set in accordance with the manufacturers published instructions and recommendations and make any required final adjustments. 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 3.16 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE DRAIN WALL BOX A. Provide condensate drain wall box where shown. B. Install box flush in wall. C. Ensure box is level and plumb. D. Connect condensate drain piping to box inlet. E. Extend and connect drainage piping to °P°trap. F. Confirm wall box finish andfor colour with Architect or Interior Designer prior to ordering. 3.17 INSTALLATION WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT A. Provide a water softening system where shown on the drawings. B. Place system on concrete housekeeping pad. Connect softener with valved piping as shown on the drawings. C. Forward letter from manufacturer's representative certifying satisfactory installation and operation of water softener. 3.18 INSTALLATION OF AIR COMPRESSOR SET A. Provide an air compressor set where shown. B. Secure the set in place on vibration isolation on a concrete housekeeping pad. C. Extend type'DWV' hard copper drainage piping from the tank drain assembly to the nearest floor drain. D. Install the flexible connection (supplied loose with compressor) on the tank air outlet. E. Install the refrigerated air dryer (supplied loosed with compressor) where shown and connect with piping in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction. F. When installation is complete, start the equipment, ensure that it is operating properly, and adjust pressure switch settings to suit compressed air system requirements. 3.19 INSTALLATION OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide all required compressed air piping and accessories. B. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 mild galvanized steel, screwed. C. Slope piping to equipment or drain points. Equip drain points and the bottom of all risers with drip pockets consisting of full size pipe tees with one (1) leg capped with a removable screwed plug. D. Provide shut-off valves in piping at all equipment connections to isolate piping components, and wherever else shown. E. Provide adjustable pressure regulators, filters, and compressed air outlets where shown. Confirm the exact location of piping components prior to roughing-in. 04-07-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400-16 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15400 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING SYSTEMS 3.20 PLUMBING PIPING CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Rough-in all required plumbing piping connections to equipment and systems. Confirm exact locations of equipment prior to roughing-in. When equipment or systems are installed, connect from the roughed4n work unless otherwise specified. Mechanical equipment connections requirements include the following (where RP and DCAP respectively denote reduced pressure principle type and dual check valve with atmospheric port type backflow preventers): 1. drainage piping connections with deep seal traps to fan system equipment drain pans; 2. valved domestic cold water piping connection with RP Type backfiow preventer and pressure reducing valve to chilled water and heating water circulating system expansion tank make-up piping; 3. condensate drainage piping connections to fan coil unit drain pans. C. Connect kitchen and laundry equipment in accordance with requirements of the drawing connection schedule and equipment layout. Obtain dimensioned shop drawings of equipment prior to roughing-in. Provide all required connection accessories. END OF SECTION 15400 0407-06 PLUMBING SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15400 -17 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR'FRONT OF HOUSE" AREAS 2.02 WATER CLOSETS - FLOOR MOUNTED 2.03 URINALS 2.04 LAVATORIES-WALL HUNG 2.05 COUNTER SINKS - SINGLE COMPARTMENT 2.06 MOP SINKS 2.07 SHOWER FITTINGS 2.08 ACCEPTABLE PLUMBING FIXTURE AND FITTING MANUFACTURERS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND TRIM C 04-07-06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Progress CD Set LOG 15450 -1 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 applies to and is an integral part of this Section of the Specification. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Specification. The Section contains requirements, products and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the plumbing fixture and fitting work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. integration of plumbing fixtures with the work of other trades; 2. provision of counters and cutting or drilling counters to accept plumbing fixtures and trim; 3. provision of washroom accessories including soap dispensers and grab bars; 4. provision of shower floors; 5. provision of sealant for fixtures. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings (fixture cuts) for plumbing fixtures and fittings. B. Review plumbing fixture selections, manufacturer's instructions and installation details, and review the requirements of the architectural and interior design drawings that detail how plumbing fixtures are to be integrated with the work of other trades. C. Provide ancillary fixtures, fittings, trim and components to complete the installation of plumbing fixtures, as shown on the mechanical (plumbing) drawings and detailed on the interior design and/or architectural drawings, and called for by manufacturers installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR "FRONT OF HOUSE" AREAS A. Plumbing fixtures, fittings and trim are to be reviewed and selected by the Interior Designer. The fixtures shall be supplied by the General Contractor, and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. 2.02 WATER CLOSETS - FLOOR MOUNTED A. American Standard No. 2333.100 "CADET ELONGATED PRESSURE ASSIST - AQUA CITE", 1.3 GAL (6 L) flush, vitreous china, floor mounted, free-standing toilet combination with an elongated rim, syphon jet flush action bowl, fined tank, floor flange and gasket, bolt caps, and the following: I. seat - Centoco No. 500, white, solid plastic, open front less cover and self sustaining hinges and chromated steel posts, washers and nuts; 2. angle supply - site fabricated, polished chrome-plated brass stop, flexible riser, and chromed stainless steel wall flange. 04-07.06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Progress CD Set 15450-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15450 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 2.03 URINALS A. American Standard No. 6561.017 "TRIMBROOK - AQUA i-ITE", 0.84 gal (3.8 L) flush, wall hung, syphons jet urinal wilts'/: (19 mm) diameter top spud, integral flush spreader, extended shields, open trap, No. GH-6489 outlet connection, and the following: 1. Flush valve - Sloan 'Regal' No. 186-1-XL, low consumption, non-hold open feature, polished chrome plated brass, with vacuum breaker, screwdriver angle stop, and dual filter by-pass diaphram; 2. Carrier - Smith series No. 637, heavy-duty with block base feet supports; 3. Urinal wall access ceanout - Smith series No. SQ4-1819 with round stainless steel face and vandal-proof screw. 2.04 LAVATORIES - WALL HUNG Americans Standard No. 0356.421 "LUCERNE", vitreous china, splash back design wan hung lavatory with centre supply opening, anti-splash rim, front overflow, and the fdbwirtg: 1. supply fitting - American Standard No. 2000.100X002 "CERAMI)C basin faucets, single hole, solid cast brass lead free body, ceramic disc cartridges, with V.P. aerator outlet with 1.84 GPM (BUmin.) flow restfictor and single control lever handle; 2. drain fitting - McGuire No. 155A 1-114"(32 mm) diameter, with open grid strainer, 3, angle supplies - McGuire No. H165LKN5, 318" (9.5 mm) diameter, polished chrome-plated brass, with V.P. loose key stop, chromed stainless steel wall flange, less flexible risers; 4. trap - polished 17 gauge (1.5 mm) chrome-plated cast brass, 1-1/4" (32 mm) diameter, adjustable "P" type with wall flange; 5. carrier - Smith series 700 with concealed arm and welded block base feet support. 2.05 COUNTER SINKS - SINGLE COMPARTMENT Kindred Steel Queen No. QSL-2225-12, 22-1/16" x 25-518" x IT (560 mm x 651 mm x 300 mm) single bowl, self rimming, Grade 18-8, Type 302 stainless steel counter sink with back ledge, 8" (200 mm) punched on supply openings, satin finished bowl and rim, factory installed rim gasket, sound deadening 3-1/2" (90 mm) diameter crumb cup strainer, mounting hardware, and the following: 1. supply fitting - American Standard No. 2021.600.002 "CERAMIC, 8" (200 mm) centre, deck mounted, with solid cast brass lead free body with 1/4 turn, ceramic disk cartridges, swing spout, vandal-proof, aerator outlet with 1.84 GPM (8Umin) flow restrictor and single control metal lever handles; 2. supplies - 11T (12 mm) diameter rough brass wheel handle compression stops with chrome-plated 3. trap -1-1/2" (38 mm) diameter rough brass or copper "P" trap with cleanout plug and wall escutcheon. 2.06 MOP SINKS Stem-Williams No. MTB-2424, 24" x 24" x 10" (600 mm x 600 mm x 250 mm) floor mounted precast terrazzo mop sink with cast brass drain domed assembly, stainless steel strainer, and the following: 1. Supply fitting - Americans Standard No. GL-8341.075.002 'HERITAGE* faucet, chrome-plated, 8' (200 mm) centres, wall-munted, solid cast brass body with cast metal lever handles, integral vacuum breaker, integral stops and hose end; 2. Trap - 3" (75 mm) diameter cast iron or rough copper "r trap. 2.07 SHOWER FITTINGS A. Symmons No. 5-96-1-X 'EMPTROL" regular duty pressure balancing water mixing valve with maximum temperature Omit stop, check stops, metal escutcheons and single metal lever handle, 2.1 GPM (9.5 Us) flow adjustable shower head with bent arm and flange. B. Shower drains are specified in Section 15400. 0407-06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Progress CD Set 15450 - 2 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 2.08 ACCEPTABLE PLUMBING FIXTURE AND FITTING MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers of plumbing fixtures and fittings are (unless noted otherwise): 1. vitreous china, enamelled steel and enamelled cast iron fixtures, unless otherwise noted - Kohler, American Standard, Eljer, and Crane; 2. stainless steel sinks - Kindred Industries Ltd., Architectural Metal Products and Wessan; 3. water closet seats - American Standard, Centoco, Moldex, Olsonite, and Beneke; 4. fixture carriers - Smith, Watts Industries and Zum Industries; 5. supply fittings, unless otherwise noted - American Standard, Chicago Faucets, Zum Industries, Cambridge Brass "TECK" and Crane; 6. drain fittings, angle supplies and traps unless otherwise noted - American Standard, McGuire, Zurn Industries, Cambridge Brass "TECK", Chicago Faucets and Crane; 7. showers and associated trim - Symmons, Powers, Speakman, Crane and American Standard; 8. prefabricated mop sinks - Stem-Williams and Rat PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND TRIM Provide plumbing fixtures, fittings and trim where shown on the drawings. B. Connect plumbing fixtures and fittings with piping of minimum size in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to manufacturer's published connection (rough4n) requirements. Where manufacturer requires piping connection larger than shown below, provide piping sized per manufacturer's installation instructions: FIXTURE AND/OR FITTING DRAIN SIZE VENT SIZE DHW SIZE DCW SIZE TEMP WATER SIZE mm mm mm mm mm WATER CLOSETS FLUSH TANK 4'(100) 1-112" (38) Y.' (12) TYPE URINALS 3" 75 1-112" 38 - V 12 LAVATORIES 1-1/4'(32) 1-114" 32 %'(12) 12 COUNTER SINKS 1-1/2'(38) 1-114'(32) %s" 12 2" 12 - - SHOWER VALVES AND HEADS - ''/z" 12 12 - PREFAB MOP SINKS WITH DRAINS 3" 75 1-112" 38 '/d' 20 20 C. Confirm the exact location of all plumbing fixtures and trim prior to roughing-in. Refer to architectural drawing part plans and elevations as applicable. D. Unless otherwise noted, all vitreous china and enamelled fixtures shall be white. E. Unless otherwise noted, all exposed piping associated with fixtures shall be polished and chrome plated. F. Provide properly sized water hammer arrestors in hot and cold rough-in piping at individual or groups of plumbing fixtures. Water hammer arrestors are specified in Section-15400. Install water hammer arrestors in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and ensure that water hammer arrestors are accessible. G. Supply templates for all counter mounted plumbing fixtures and fittings and turn the templates over to the trade(s) cutting the counter openings. H. When installation is complete, check and test the operation of each fixture and fitting. Adjust or repair as required. 04-07-06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Progress CD Set 15450 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Prior to ordering or installation, confirm that carriers specified for wail hung fixtures are suitable in all respects for the fixtures and the wall construction and finish. Ensure that fixtures and trim located on outside walls are piped from the floor unless otherwise shown or specified. END OF SECTION 15450 • 04-07-06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Progress CD Set 15450 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15451 VAIL, COLORADO PLUMBING FIXTURE SELECTIONS SECTION 15451- PLUMBING FIXTURE SELECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This Section describes the plumbing fixtures as selected by the Interior Designer. In cases of conflict, the plumbing fixture selections and designations listed in the adjoining schedule and cutsheets supersede those listed in other individual specification sections. END OF SECTION • 05-12-06 PLUMBING FIXTURE SELECTIONS Summary Permit Set 15451-1 Four Seasons Vail BH Brayton + Hughes D E S I G N S T U D I O Hardware Specifications Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-1 Lavatory Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model: Caxton K-2111 One-Bedroom Suites Description: Undermount Lavatory Two-Bedroom Suites Finish:White Notes: 19"x15' PF-2 Toilet Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model: Bancroft K-3487 One-Bedroom Suites Description: Toilet Two-Bedroom Suites Finish:White Notes:K-4836 Toilet Seat PF-3.1 Tub Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Model:Vintage, K-700 W/ K-709 Base Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Free Standing Tub 42"x72" Typical Guestroom Finish:White/ Cast Iron Notes: PF-3.2 Tub Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Model:lron Works Historic, #K7 10-W w/ K1103 Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Free Standing Tub 36'x66" Typical Guestroom Finish:White interior/ Almond Interior #47 interior Notes: To be delivered and stored on site PF-4 Lavatory Faucets Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model:Antique K-108.4 One-Bedroom Suites Description: Faucets Typical Guestroom Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: Lever Handles PF-5 Lav set Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model:Antique K-110.4 w/ Lever Handles One-Bedroom Suites Description:Wall mounted tub bath mixer & shower Typical Guestroom set Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: W/ K-101 wall mounted adapter Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 1 of 7 Al Revision: May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail Brayton + Hughes BH D E S I G N S T U D I O Hardware Specification: Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-6 Hand Shower set Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model:Antique K-110.4 w/ Lever Handle only One-Bedroom Suites Description: Hand Shower Typical Guestroom Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: To be modified with master shower (K85.15) with the following components. K-9514 Hose K-9513 Wall Supply below k-8515 Wall Bracket PF-7 Shower Head Mfr.: KOHLER Executive Suites Model:Vivaca rain K-10122 One-Bedroom Suites Description: Ceiling Shower Head Typical Guestroom Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: W/ K-7396 Ceiling Mount PF-8 Pressure Balance Mfr.: SYMMONS Executive Suites Valve Model:Old Braintree, Temptrol, #S86-1x One-Bedroom Suites Description: Pressure Balance Valve Typical Guestroom Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: Design Studio Lever, PF-9 Open Mfr.: PF-10 Lavatory Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: Caxton K-2111 Presidential Suites Description: Undermount Lavatory Residence Club Lobby Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: White Notes: 19"x15" PF-11 Kitchen Sink - Single Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Basin Model: L-6585 Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Undercounter Kitchen Sink Finish: White (0) Notes:Undercounter dimensions 21.25" x 15.75', 7.5' depth Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 2 of 7 Al Revision: May 12, 2006 J BH Brayton DESIGN + Hughes STU DI O Four Seasons Vail Hardware Specifications Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-12 Kitchen Sink - Double Mfr.: ELKAY Condos Basin Model: EGHUH 3118 Residence Club Suites Description: Stainless Steel Double Sink Finish: n/a Notes: PF-13 Toilet Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: Portrait K-3591, Presidential Suites Description: Toilet Residence Club Suites Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: White (0) Notes: K-4684 Toilet Seat PF-14 Bidet Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Model: Portrait K-4896 Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Bidet Color: White (0) Notes: PF-15 Tub, 5'-6" Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: K-855, Tea for Two Executive Suites Description: 5'-6" Tub One-Bedroom Suites Residence Club Suites Color: White (0) Notes: PF-16 Tub, 5'-0" Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: K-850, Tea for Two Executive Suites Description: 5'-0" Tub One-Bedroom Suites Residence Club Suites Finish: White (0) Notes: PF-17 Whirlpool Tub Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Model: Purist L-1110 Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Drop-in whirlpool tub. Color: White (0) Notes: With K-9698 Flexjet whirlpool trim kit with 8 jets in Polished Chrome and K-7202 drain for Purist baths in Polished Chrome. Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 3 of 7 Al Revision: May 12, 2006 Brayton t Hughes Four Seasons Vail BH D E S I G N S T U D I O Hardware Specifications Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-18 Lavatory Faucets Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: IV Georges K6813-4 Presidential Suites Description: Lavatory Faucet with Lever Handles Residence Club Suites Two-Bedroom Suites Color: Vibrant Polished Nickel (SN) Finish: PF-19 Kitchen Faucets Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: K-690, Vinnata Presidential Suites Description: Single Control Kitchen Sik Faucet with Residence Club Suites Pull Down Spray Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Polished Chrome (CP) Notes: PF-20 Lavatory Faucet Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: IV Georges K-6905-4 Presidential Suites Description: Bath Faucet with Handshower and Lever Residence Club Suites handles Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Vibrant Polished Nickel (SN) Notes: With K-101 Wall Mounted Adaptor and riser tubes as needed. PF-21 Thermostatic Valve Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Trim Model: Rivival K-T16175.4A Presidential Suites Description: Thermostatic Valve Trim with Lever Residence Club Suites Handle Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Poliched Chrome (CP) Notes: With Master Shower Thermostatic Valve 3/4" K-669KS or 1/2" K-679-KS as recommended by Contractor. PF-22 Shower Head Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: Revival K-16167 Presidential Suites Description: Multifunction Showerhead Residence Club Suites Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: With K-7397 Showerarm and Flange J Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 4 of 7 0 Revision: May 12, 2006 J Brayton + Hughes Four Seasons Vail BH D E S I G N S T U D I D Hardware Specifications Project No.: 200458 • PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-23 Hand Held Shower Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Model: Master Shower K-8520 Presidential Suites Description: Handshower kit Residence Club Suites Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Polished Chrome Notes: PF-24 Bidet Handles Mfr.: KOHLER Presidential Suites Model: IV Georges K-6814.4 Two-Bedroom Suites Description: Bidet Faucet with Level Handels Finish: Vibrabr Polish Nickel (SN) Notes: PF-25 Deck Mount Bath Mfr.: KOHLER Condos Faucet Model: IV Georges K-T6906-4 Presidential Suites Description: Deck Mounted Bath Faucet with Lever Residence Club Suites Handles. Two-Bedroom Suites Finish: Vibrant Polished Nickel (SN) Notes: With K-301-K 3/4" high flow valve system PF-26 Open Mfr.: PF-27 Spa Shower Head Mfr.: To Be Determined Spa Model: Description: Finish: Notes PF-28 Spa Shower Mfr.: To Be Determined Spa Balancing Model: Description: Finish: Notes: PF-29 Open Mfr.: Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 5 of 7 Al Revision: May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail a D Brayton E S I G N + S Hughes T U D I O Hardware Specifications D Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-30 Public Lavatory Mfr.: KOHLER Public Restrooms Model: Water Cove K-2332 Description: Shallow flowing basin with sloping side wals Color: white (0) Notes: With K-7710 Lavatory Drain in polished chrome PF-31 Spa Lav Mfr.: KOHLER Spa Model: Chord K-2331 Description: Raise Lavatory Finish: White Notes: With K-7710 Lavatory drain in polished chrome PF-32 Open Mfr.: PF-33 Open Mfr.: PF-34 Public Toilet Mfr.: KOHLER Public Restrooms Model: K-4460-C Description: Wall Hung Toilet Color: White (0) Notes: Wih K-4670-CA toilet seat, Contractor to provide Flush valve (must submit cut sheet to BHD for approval prior to purchasing) PF-35 Public Urinal Mfr.: KOHLER Public Restrooms Model: K-4989-T Description: Urinal Color: White (0) Notes: Contractor to provide Flush valve (must submit cut sheet to BHD for approval prior to purchasing) Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 6 of.7 0 Revision: May 12, 2006 lviilO BH Brayton + Hughes D ES I G N S T U D 10 Four Seasons Vail Hardware Specifications Project No.: 200458 PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION AREAS PF-36 Spa Toilet Mfr.: Toto U.S.A. Spa Model: MS-874114SG Description: Toilet Color: White Notes: To include toilet seat. PF-37 Open Mfr.: PF-38 Public Faucets Mfr.: KOHLER Public Restrooms Model: Antique, K-116.4 Description: Wide spread lavatory faucet with lever handles. Color: Polished Chrome (CP) Notes: PF-39 Spa Faucets Mfr.: KOHLER Spa Model: Purist K-14406-4 Description: Wide spread faucet with lever handles Finish: Polished Chrome (CP) Notes: Issued: April 7, 2006 Page 7 of 7 Al Revision: May 12, 2006 Kohler: K-6585: Iron/TonesTM self-rimming (24-1/4" x 18-3/4") or undercounter (21-1/4"... Page 1 of 3 THE BOLD LOOK OF IMLER, Product Features K-6585 Iron/TonesTM self-rimming (24-1/4" x 18-3/4") or undercounter (21-1/4" x 15-3/4") kitchen sink Mix and match the shapes and colors of Iron/Tones basins to create a fully customized workstation in your kitchen. Constructed of durable KOHLER@ Cast Iron, this Iron/Tones single-basin sink offers versatile installation options and is without faucet holes; combine with a wall- or counter-mount faucet to complete your kitchen sink. • Self-rimming 24-1/4" x 18-3/4" • Undercounter 21-1/4" x 15-3/4" • Basin depth: 7-1/2" • Undercounter or self-rimming installation Colors / Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $456.30 $365.05 NEUTRALS J .J J J TF4 Sunlight (-Y2) Mexican Sand Sandbar (-G9) Almond (-47) $456.30 33) $456.30 $456.30 $456.30 Cashmere (-K4) $456.30 SHADES OF GREEN Timberline (-97) Tea Green (-NG) $524.70 $456.30 SHADES OF BLUE 0=1 -rF^ t2 eluminal by Elkay Undermount Double Bowl Sink SPECIFICATIONS Model EGUH31IS GENERAL • Fine quality sink bowls seamlessly formed of #18 gauge, type 304 nickel bearing stainless steel. DESIGN FEATURES Bowl Depth: 8'. Coved Corners: 3' vertical and 2-1/4' horizontal radius. Finish: Exposed surfaces are polished to a non-directional soft satin finish. Underside: Sound absorbing pads applied to dampen sound. Aqueduct (recessed partition) allows water to flow to adjacent bowl before overflowing sink. OTHER Drain Opening: 3-1/2'. Note: All Elkay undermount sinks are designed to affix easily to the underside of any solid surface countertop. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Rinsing Baskets: LKRB1611 or LKERBSS. Bottom Grid: LKOBG1416. Cutting Board: CB1516. This sink complies with ANSI Standard Al 12.19.3M. SINK DIMENSIONS (INCHES)' Inside P k*MIM Model Overall Each Bowl Ca r Cabinet Nuanber L W L W D L w size Lb& EGUH3118 313/4 181/4 14 1Y14 8 See Template" 36 231h *Length is left to right width Is front to back '"Template and countertop mounting dips are packed with every sink. 18-1/4' Installation Profile of EGUH Double Bowl Models The template provided with each EGUH sink provides the only type of installation recommended by Elkay. 1n' -F~El/ SINK (NOT FURNISHE!» (EGUH Double bowl) F Model EGUH3118 Illustrated ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, TO CONVERT TO MILLIMETERS MULTIPLY BY 25.4. In keeOV with our poky of cwffnu#V Product krom ernen4 E&y msffm db 10W to ch&W nus specMkarbn describes an EkW product wMh desgn, QUMIY and hrrcdonar bovft to the Product specfteftms w&W nofka user. When making a coffPwfton of other _ producers' o/hMngs. be certaYr these hwMee are not Elkay 2222 Camden Court Printed in U.SA www.elkayusa.com Oak Brook, IL 60523 02004 Elkay (4/04) 1-196 I 2-1/4'R 8. r i« 15-1/4'-~+ Elkay Stainless Steel Sinks, Countertops, Faucets and Drinking Fountains. - Consumer Ca... Page 1 of 1 KA Al AR YOf0(lU 4 ~ . 1' DteMONO Dt$IG N EluminaT" - EGUH3118 31.75" x 18.25" Design Features Double Bowl 18 Gauge-Type 304 Undermount. Two sink bowls for efficient clean-up. Highest quality. Sink bowl is seamlessly drawn from nickel bearing stainless steel. <Back Fda Specifications E-mail this to a friend Bowl depth: 8". Coved corners: 3" vertical and 2 1/4" horizon Exposed surfaces are polished to a non-direct finish. Underside has sound absorbing pads applied I Aqueduct allows water to flow to adjacent boi overflowing sink. Drain opening size Is 3 1/2". Elkay Sales, Inc.- 2222 Camden Court • Oak Brook, IL 60523 U.S.A. Phone: 630.574.8484 • Fax: 630.574.5012 " Direct Customer Service Number: 630.! Quality System ISO 9001 Certified Copyright 2003 Elkay Manufacturing Co. Legal Notice I Privacy Notice • Kohler: K-3591: Portrait& K-3591: Portrait® toilet with left-hand trip lever, less seat: To... Page 1 of 3 CJ THE BOLD LOOK of KOHLER. Product Features E K-3591 Portrait® toilet with left-hand trip lever, less seat (Photo shows toilet with Glenbury'" seat and cover.) With sculpted lines and soft edges, this Portrait two-piece toilet offers the complete performance of the Ingenium flushing system and integrates with the Portrait Suite to carry the understated elegance of French Provincial design throughout the room. It is available in a palette of KOHLER colors and Artist Editions designs to complement any decor. • 30" x 20-7/16" x 32-5/8" Ingenium® flushing system • Two-piece toilet • Elongated bowl 12" rough-in Colors I Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) $571.95 Earthen White W2) $657.80 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $571.95 4mi ' 41 Biscuit Satin (-S1) White Satin (-S2) White (-0) $571.95 $571.95 $440.25 Cashmere (-K4) $571.95 X, ke: Mexican Sand 33) $571.95 Sandbar (-G9) $571.95 SHADES OF GREEN L-__11 . 1. 1 - Almond (-47) $571.95 Kohler: K-4684: GlenburyTM: K-4684: GlenburyTM elongated toilet seat: Toilet Seats: Bat... Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OF IMLER. Product FeatUfes K-4684 GlenburyTm elongated toilet seat Traditionally designed to complement classic bathroom decor, the Glenbury elongated toilet seat also offers the comfort of ergonomic contouring, as well as highly functional solid polypropylene construction. • Molded with sturdy, chip-resistant, easy-to- clean polypropylene • Resistant to cracking • Bumpers molded in seat will not detach • Solid color throughout; will not wear, scratch or scrub off; will not stain or peel Colors I Finishes & Prices WHITES ail Biscuit (-96) $40.30 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $40.30 Cashmere (-K4) $40.30 SHADES OF GREEN 0 Timberline (-97) $44.30 White (-0) $35.05 Mexican Sand 33) $40.30 Seafoam Green 71) $40.30 wI fF-r3 i 3^ YY } Sandbar (-G9) $40.30 .801 Tea Green (-NG) $40.30 Almond (-47) $40.30 Kohler: K-4896: Portrait®: K-4896: Portrait® bidet with horizontal spray: Bidets: Bathro... Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OFWHLER. Product Features K-4896 Portrait® bidet with horizontal spray (Photo shows bidet with Revival.* faucet.) The charming, traditional styling of this Portrait bidet integrates with the Portrait Suite to carry the understated elegance of French Provincial design throughout the room. The horizontal spray flows over the rim for localized cleansing of the body and aids in relief of certain health conditions. This bidet is available in a palette of KOHLER colors to complement any decor. • Drilled for fixture-mount bidet faucet T -W Colors J Finishes & Prices WHITES 4 "1 mi Biscuit (-96) Biscuit Satin (-Si) White Satin (-S2) White (-0) $652.85 $652.85 $652.85 $502.40 Earthen White W2) $750.95 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) Mexican Sand Sandbar (-G9) Almond (-47) $652.85 33) $652.85 $652.85 $652.85 Cashmere (-K4) $652.85 SHADES OF GREEN 0 to . . . - - - Kohler: K-855: Tea-for-Two& K-855: Tea-for-Two® 5.5' bath: Baths: Bathroom Page 1 of 3 THE BOLD LOOK of KOHLEE Product Features K-855 Tea-for-Two® 5.5' bath (Photo shows bath with drain.) w Slip into this private oasis for two and luxuriate in the extra-deep basin for a true soaking experience. The Tea-for-Two bath is crafted of KOHLER@ Cast Iron for years of durable beauty and reliable use. • 66" x 36" x 24" • Drop-in or undermount installation Colors / Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $2127.30 $1701.80 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $2127.30 Cashmere (-K4) $2127.30 SHADES OF GREEN Timberline (-97) $2446.30 S; Mexican Sand 33) $2127.30 Seafoam Green 71) $2127.30 ~E Sandbar (-G9) $2127.30 Mai Tea Green (-NG) $2127.30 Almond (-47) $2127.30 Kohler: K-850: Tea-for-Two®: K-850: Tea-for-Two® 5' bath: Baths: Bathroom C7 THE BOLD LOOK of KOHLER. Product Features K-850 Tea-for-Two® 5' bath (Photo shows bath with required drain.) Combining distinctive KOHLER styling with versatile installation options, the Tea-for-Two bath is our only two-person bath that fits into a standard 5' alcove. This model is constructed of durable KOHLER@ Cast Iron and offers a drop-in, three-wall alcove or undermount installation. • Drop-in, three-wall alcove or undermount installation Colors J Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $1948.70 $1559.10 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $1948.70 • Cashmere (-K4) $1948.70 SHADES OF GREEN 0 Timberline (-97) $2240.75 Mexican Sand 33) $1948.70 Seafoam Green 71) $1948.70 Sandbar (-G9) $1948.70 Tea Green (-NG) $1948.70 Almond (-47) $1948.70 Page 1 of 3 TF ~ t (0 Kohler: K-1110: Purist®: K-1110: Purist® drop-in bath whirlpool: Whirlpool Baths: Bath... Page I of 2 THE B(XD LOOK OF KMUt Product Features K-1110 Purist® drop-in bath whirlpool (Photo shows bath whirlpool with jet trim kit, removable pillow and drain.) The overflow channel outside of the bathing well on the Purist bath whirlpool creates an extra-deep bathing space that offers cocooning warmth as you bathe. A 1.5- horsepower, variable-speed pump with 18 settings powers eight Flexjet whirlpool jets that provide an individually adjustable hydro-massage for those aching muscles, and an in-line, 1.5-kW heater keeps the water at your desired temperature. For drop-in installation, this KOHLER Experience Whirlpool is constructed of durable, high-gloss acrylic to deliver years of reliable use. • 72" x 46" x 25-11/16" • KOHLER@ Experience whirlpools create a sensory sanctuary where you can relax, rejuvenate and renew • 240V hard-wire electrical service required • Designed for one-person bathing • Optional remote control available Colors / Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $4047.00 $3854.30 NEUTRALS 41 Sunlight (-Y2) $4047.00 s f ~yl k~} Almond (-47) $4047.00 Cashmere (-K4) $4047.00 Mexican Sand 33) $4047.00 4J_ Sandbar (-G9) $4047.00 SHADES OF GREEN Kohler: K-9698: FlexjetTM: K-9698: FlexjetTM whirlpool trim kit with eight jets:: Page 1 of 3 OF VjM L Product Features K-9698 FlexjetTM whirlpool trim kit with eight jets Personalize the look of your bath with this trim kit for eight independently-adjustable Flexjet whirlpool jets. The kit also features a color- matched suction cover, and is available in a palette of KOHLER colors and finishes to complement KOHLER fixtures. • Eight independently adjustable Flexjet'" whirlpool jets • Color-matched suction cover • In matching fixture colors or metal finishes Colors 1 Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Chrome (-CP) $431.40 Kk_ Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $692.25 WHITES s> Biscuit (-96) $377.75 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $377.75 Brushed Chrome (-G) $548.45 9r {i 1 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $548.45 Biscuit Satin (-S1) $377.75 Mexican Sand 33) $377.75 i I 40j$ 911 Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $69{2{:.25 ~r Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $548.45 White Satin (-S2) $377.75 v AMIN" Sandbar (-G9) $377.75 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $692.25 White (-0) $377.75 77 f Almond (-47) $377.75 Kohler: K-7202: Purist: K-7202: Drain for Purist@ baths: Faucets: Bathroom Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OF KMLER. Product Features K-7202 Drain for Purist@ baths This cable drain for use with Purist baths has horizontal overflow and installs through-the-Floor. Solid brass construction ensures long- lasting performance and durability. KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry standards over two times. • Solid brass construction for durability and reliability • KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry durability standards over two times • Cable drain for use with Purist baths • For through-the-floor installations • Drain has horizontal overflow w ~yF -I~ Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Chrome (-CP) $339.50 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $458.25 Brushed Chrome (-G) $390.35 I MINS4M Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $390.35 Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $458.25 Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $390.35 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $458.25 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply c may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be add the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item= 7246702&prod_num= 7202&category =8&frm=&s_channel=Bath room&s_prop2=Faucets&s_pageNarr 7202: %20Drain%20for%20Purist(R)%20baths&s_prop3=K-7202&s_prop4=Faucets&s_prop5= Whirlpool% 20or%20Bath%20Faucets&s_prop7=Purist(R) J KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler: K-6813-4: IV Georges Brass& K-6813-4: IV Georges Brass® widespread lavato... Page I of 2 L THE BOLD LOOK OF WHLEk Product Features K-6813-4 IV Georges Brass® widespread lavatory faucet with High Country swing spout and lever handles Create a bath environment with elegance in every detail. Inspired by 18th century English designs, IV Georges Brass faucets and accessories portray a traditional Georgian style for the bath or powder room. This faucet with lever handles features a High Country swing spout that arches gracefully over your sink. You'll be able to appreciate both the beauty and performance of your IV Georges widespread faucet for years to come thanks to solid brass construction and quality finishing. KOHLER ceramic disc valves exceed industry longevity standards two times for a lifetime of durable performance. Extend the look with a full line of matching accessories for a unified decor. • Two-handle widespread lavatory faucet for 8" - 16" centers • KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry durability standards two times • Handles pre-assembled on valves to simplify installation Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $1059.70 Y . 1 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $1059.70 FF-irk i Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $1059.70 a Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $963.40 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print. jsp?item=346802&prod_num=6813- Kohler: K-690: Vinnata®: K-690: Vinnata® kitchen sink faucet: Faucets: Kitchen Page I of 2 THE BaD LOOK OFWHLER. Product Features K-690 Vinnata® kitchen sink faucet (Photo shows faucet without escutcheon.) Don't let the distinctive good looks of Vinnata kitchen faucets fool you; they're hard-workers in the kitchen. Underneath that traditional styling is a MasterClean sprayface that resists hard water buildup and washerless ceramic valving to ensure precise water control. With the touch of a button, Vinnata pull-down spray faucets provide either an aerated stream or a powerful spray. The high-arch spout is elegantly designed to reach over the tallest pots. Even installation is simplified with the 22" flexible stainless steel supplies and Quick Connect hose. • Traditional styling coordinates with any home decor • Both kitchen and secondary faucet options provide complete coordination with the kitchen • Swivel balljoint between sprayhead and hose creates highly efficient hose maneuverability • Single-control one-hole drilling for less counter clutter and easy operation • Adequate reach (9.5" kitchen and 7.5" secondary) for highly functional operation • Note: Handle can be installed on right side, left side or front of the faucet • Low-flow aerator option available (product 1055718) Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES r Polished Chrome (-CP) $471.20 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $682.90 Brushed Chrome (-G) $614.10 E Vibrant Brazen Bronze (-BX) $682.90 Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $682.90 r11 I Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $643.60 -PF-I`1 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $682.90 Vibrant Stainless Steel (-VS) Please contact your Kohler distributor for this product's pricing information. *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply ( may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and • ~J Kohler: K-6905-4: IV Georges Brass®: K-6905-4: IV Georges Brass® bath faucet with h... Page I of 2 is THE BOLD LOOK of KOHLER Product Features K-6905-4 IV Georges Brass® bath faucet with handshower and lever handles (Photo shows faucet with required riser tubes.) A touch of antiquity defines the IV Georges Brass bath faucet with handshower and lever handles. Crisp angles and clean curves ensure ease of cleaning, and washerless ceramic valving exceeds industry longevity standards two times for a lifetime of durable performance. An array of durable KOHLER finishes helps to unify your decor. • Two-handle bath faucet • Solid brass construction for durability and reliability • KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry durability standards two times • Completes design solution with IV Georges Brass bathroom accessories Colors I Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $1950.10 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $1950.10 L Vibrant Polished Nickel and White (-SW) $1950.10 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $1772.80 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $1950.10 F -1 White with Vibrant Polished Brass (-PW) $1772.80 - ~f , z, C) L Vibrant Brushed Nickel and White (-BW) $1950.10 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. Kohler: K-T16175-4A: Revival®: K-T16175-4A: Revival® thermostatic valve trim with Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK J OF IHL&ERL. T;F-4 Product Features K-T16175-4A Revival® thermostatic valve trim with traditional lever handle Patented K-joint installation ensures consistent trim appearance, regardless of variability in valve rough-in • Ergonomic lever handle is ADA- compliant • Trim requires valve to complete • Works with valve part numbers K- 669-KS or K-679-KS only Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Brushed Chrome (-CP) Chrome (-G) $162.25 $202.80 t Vibrant Polished Vibrant French Brass (-PB) Gold (-AF) $219.45 $219.45 Vibrant Brushed Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) Bronze (-BV) $236.10 $236.10 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www. u s. koh ler. com/on linecatalog/print. jsp?item =10084802&prod_n um =T16175- 4A&category = 8&frm = null&s_cha nnel =Bathroom &s_prop2=Faucets&s_pageName= K- T16175-4A: %20Revival(R)%20thermostatic%20valve%20trim%20with%20traditional% 20lever%20hand le&s_prop3 = K-T 16175-4A&s__prop4= Faucets&s_prop5 = Bath%20&% 20Shower%2OFaucets&s_prop7= Revival(R) KOHLER Co. M/S 019 J r U L Kohler: K-16167: Revival& K-16167: Revival® multifunction showerhead: Faucets: Bat... Page 1 of 2 THE of IHLEIL Product Features K-16167 Revival® multifunction showerhead (Photo shows showerhead with showerarm and flange.) The timeless styling of this 3-way showerhead complements the Revival Suite. MasterClean sprayface offers wide coverage, soothing aerated, and revitalizing massage sprays all while resisting hard water buildup. • Timeless design complements Revival Suite • Features three unique spray settings • -wide, warm coverage spray • -soothing aerated spray • -revitalizing massage spray • MasterCleanTM sprayface resists hard water buildup and is easy to clean Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES x Polished Chrome (-CP) $84.00 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $113.45 Brushed Chrome (-G) $105.00 Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $113.45 Vibrant Brushed Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) Bronze (-BV) $121.75 $121.75 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply c be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the f This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item =8607802&prod_num=16167&category=8&frm=null&s_channel= Bath room&s_prop2=Faucets&s_pagi 16167: %20Revival(R)%20muItifunction%20showerhead&s_prop3=K-16167&s_prop4=Faucets&s_prop5=E 20&%20Shower%20Faucets&s_prop7=Revival(R) KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler: K-7397: Showerarm and flange, 7-1/2" long: Performance Showers: Bathroom Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OF IMLER. Product Features K-7397 Showerarm and flange, 7-1/2" long Quality construction makes the difference. Our 7- 1/2" metal showerarm and flange. • 1/2" NPT connection Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES r Polished Chrome (-CP) $35.25 t Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $69.70 Brushed Chrome (-G) $50.55 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $55.70 Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $69.70 MW I L, I NNNIM. Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $55.70 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $69.70 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item= 417502&prod_num=7397&category =11&frm=&s_channel=Bath room&s_prop2=Performance% 20Showers&s_pageName=K-7397: %2OShowerarm%20and%20flange,%207-1/2 KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler, WI 53044 Kohler: K-8520: MasterShower®: K-8520: MasterShower® hotel handshower kit: Faucet... Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OF WHLER. Product Features K-8520 MasterShower® hotel handshower kit The MasterShower hotel handshower kit integrates with other MasterShower components to create a performance showering system. The kit includes a relaxing handshower, a 22" bar, a soap dish, a 60" metal shower hose, a wall supply elbow and a vacuum breaker. • For use with three-way MasterShower showering components • Includes relaxing handshower, slide bar, 60" hose and vacuum breaker Tf IVZ~ E, Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Brushed Chrome (-CP) Chrome (-G) $303.90 $447.90 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $435.35 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply c may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be add the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler,com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item =465102&prod_num=8520&category=8&frm = null&s_channel= Bathroom &s_prop2=Faucets&s_pageN: 8520: %20MasterShower(R)%20hotel%20handshower%20kit&s_prop3=K- 8520&s_prop4= Faucets&s_prop5 = Bath%20&%20Shower%20Faucets&s_prop7 = MasterShower(R) KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler, WI 53044 Phone: 1-800-4-KOHLER(456-4537) Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM (Central Time) Monday to Friday This page was printed on 5/11/2006 11:12 AM Kohler: K-6814-4: IV Georges Brass@: K-6814-4: IV Georges Brass® bidet faucet with 1... Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK OF WHLEt Product Features K-6814-4 IV Georges Brass® bidet faucet with lever handles Create a bath environment with elegance in every detail. Inspired by 18th century English designs, IV Georges Brass faucets and accessories portray a traditional Georgian style for the bath or powder room. You'll be able to appreciate both the beauty and performance of your IV Georges Brass lever handle bidet faucet for years to come thanks to solid brass construction. This bidet faucet features a vertical spray, pop-up drain and a fixture-mount transfer valve/vacuum breaker. Extend the look with a full line of matching accessories for a unified decor. • Washerless ceramic valving resists debris and hard water buildup • Lever handles are ADA-compliant • Pop-up drain with 1-1/4" tailpiece • Flexible stainless steel supplies simplify installation on 8" - 16" centers Colors I Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $1823.30 -~f -A Vibrant Brushed Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) Bronze (-BV) $1823.30 $1823.30 a Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $1657.55 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. Product Variations K-6814-3 IV Georges Brass@ bidet faucet with cross handles t.H.../I......... 1__L/_._ - - _ I. . . . . - Kohler: K-T6906-4: IV Georges Brass®: K-T6906-4: IV Georges Brass® deck-mount hi... Page I of 2 • L-W4 THE BOLD LOOK of IMLER. Product Features K-T6906-4 IV Georges Brass® deck-mount high- flow bath faucet trim with lever handles Inspired by 18th century English designs, this IV Georges Brass deck-mount high-flow bath faucet trim with two lever handles portrays a traditional Georgian style for the bath or powder room and features solid brass construction. Ornate turns and finials provide contrast, and a full line of matching accessories complements your decor. • KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry durability standards two times • Completes IV Georges Brass design solution with KOHLER@ accessories Colors I Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES i Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $1472.60 Vibrant Brushed Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) Bronze (-BV) $1472.60 $1472.60 -ff-~-Z~~ Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $1338.80 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http : //www. us. koh le r. com/on linecata log/pri nt. jsp?item = 536202&prod_n u m =T6906- 4&category=8&frm= null&s_channel = Bathroom&s_prop2=Faucets&s_pageName=K- T6906-4: %20IV%20Georges%20Brass(R)%20deck-mount%20high-flow%20bath% 20faucet%20trim%20with%201ever%20handles&s_prop3=K-T6906- 4&s_prop4=Faucets&s_prop5= Whirlpool%20or%20Bath%20Faucets&s_prop7=IV% 20Georges%2OBrass(R) KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler, WI 53044 Kohler: K-2332: VesselsTM: K-2332: WaterCoveTM Wading PooITM lavatory: Sinks: Bathr... Page 1 of 2 THE BOLD LOOK of IMLEt Product Features K-2332 WaterCoveTM Wading PoolTM lavatory (Photo shows lavatory with Purist~P faucet.) The WaterCove Wading Pool lavatory features a modern, simple design that is distinct enough to form the centerpiece of a bath or powder room yet versatile to complement a wide range of home decor. A shallow, flowing basin is surrounded by gently sloping side walls, and the vitreous china material offers a polished shine. This countertop lavatory accommodates wall-mount faucets or single-hole and widespread faucets mounted on the countertop with a 5" minimum spout length and at least 1" clearance above the lavatory. 18-5/8" x 16-3/16" No faucet holes Colors / Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) Biscuit Satin (-Si) White Satin (-S2) White (-0) $581.25 $581.25 $581.25 $447.10 Earthen White W2) $668.40 NEUTRALS it Sunlight (-Y2) Mexican Sand Clay (-V1) Sandbar (-G9) $581.25 33) $581.25 $581.25 $581.25 Almond (-47) Cashmere (-K4) $581.25 $581.25 SHADES OF GREEN Kohler: K-7710:: K-7710: Lavatory drain:: Bathroom BOLD LOOK Product Features K-7710 Lavatory drain Sturdy and reliable, this lavatory drain performs in the toughest of commercial settings. The non-removable metal stopper prevents loss or damage, and solid brass construction ensures years of reliable use. This model is available in an array of KOHLER finishes. • 1-1/4" Connection • Brass tailpiece Page I of 2 Colors ! Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Chrome (-CP) $57.30 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $132.00 Brushed Chrome (-G) $98.20 M, i Mii Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $105.70 MW I LL Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $132.00 Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $105.70 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $132.00 E Satin Black (-TB) $116.20 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item=432402&prod_nu m= 7710&category=&frm = nu Il&s_channel=Bathroom &s_prop2=&s_pageName= K- 7710: %20Lavatory%20drain&s_prop3 =K-7710&s_prop4=&s_prop5=&s_prop7= KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler, WI 53044 Kohler: K-7710:: K-7710: Lavatory drain: : THE BaD L= OF IMLM Product Features K-7710 Lavatory drain Sturdy and reliable, this lavatory drain performs in the toughest of commercial settings. The non- removable metal stopper prevents loss or damage, and solid brass construction ensures years of reliable use. This model is available in an array of KOHLER finishes. • 1-1/4" Connection • Brass tailpiece Colors ! Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES r Polished Chrome (-CP) $57.30 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $132.00 Brushed Chrome (-G) $98.20 Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $105.70 Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $132.00 l Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $105.70 Page 1 of 2 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $132.00 0 Satin Black (-TB) $116.20 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us.kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp? item =432402&prod_num=7710&category=&frm=&s_channel=&s_prop2=&s_pageName=K- 7710: %20Lavatory%20drain&s_prop3=K-7710&s_prop4=&s_prop5=&s_prop7= KOHLER Co. M/S 019 444 Highland Drive Kohler, WI 53044 J Kohler: K-2331-1: ChordTM: K-2331-1: ChordTM Wading PooITM lavatory with single-hol... Page 1 of 3 TFiE BOLD LOOK OFKONLEIL Product Features K-2331-1 Chord TM Wading PooITM lavatory with single-hole faucet drilling (Photo shows lavatory with 8" centers. Purist-R) faucet.) With tall, thin side walls, a flat bottom and angular basin, the Chord Wading Pool lavatory features a contemporary design for the modern bath or powder room. The lavatory is constructed of vitreous china for a remarkably clean, sanitary product that maintains its polished shine, and the integral faucet deck with single-hole drilling expands your faucet options. • 18-5/8" x 16-13/16" Colors I Finishes & Prices WHITES Biscuit (-96) $690.15 Earthen White W2) $793.70 NEUTRALS Sunlight (-Y2) $690.15 Almond (-47) $690.15 SHADES OF GREEN W . _?4 r. 0 Biscuit Satin (-Si) White Satin (-S2) White (-0) $690.15 $690.15 $530.95 W Mexican Sand 33) $690.15 Cashmere (-K4) $690.15 Clay (-V1) $690.15 Sandbar (-G9) $690.15 Kohler: K-4460-C: SiftonTM: K-4460-C: SiftonTM Water-Guard® wall-hung toilet bowl w... Page 1 of 2 THE BM LOOK OFIMLER. Product Features K-4460-C SiftonTM Water-Guard® wall-hung toilet bowl with rear spud (Photo shows toilet bowl with Lustra." seat.) This Sifton Water-Guard toilet bowl is precision-engineered to meet the challenging demands of today's commercial bathrooms. Its wall-hung installation allows for easy floor cleaning and its straightforward design offers a trim, uncluttered appearance. • 21-1/2" x 14" x 11-3/4" • 1-1/2" rear spud • Elongated bowl • ADA-compliant when installed at required height of 17" - 19" from floor to top of seat Colors I Finishes & Prices WHITES 4001 Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $393.65 $302.80 NEUTRALS Mexican Sand Sandbar (-G9) Almond (-47) 33) $393.65 $393.65 $393.65 SHADES OF GREY 0 Black Black (-7) Ice Grey (-95) $452.70 $393.65 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These Kohler: K-4989-T: FreshmanTM: K-4989-T: FreshmanTM urinal with top spud: Fixtures: B... Page 1 of 2 of KMSL Product Features K-4989-T FreshmanTM urinal with top spud The straightforward design of the Freshman elongated urinal brings KOHLER styling and functionality to any application. Constructed of durable vitreous china, it is available in a palette of colors to complement any decor. • Siphon jet urinal • 3/4" top spud . 1 or less gallons per flush • ADA-compliant when rim is mounted no higher than 17" from finished floor Colors / Finishes & Prices WHITES 4J Biscuit (-96) White (-0) $459.35 $334.30 NEUTRALS N Mexican Sand Sandbar (-G9) 1 (-47) 33) $459.35 $459.35 $459.35 SHADES OF GREY 0 Black Black (-7) Ice Grey (-95) $528.25 $459.35 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. TOT09 MS874114SG/MS874114S J Perfection by Design Carlyle One Piece Toilet, 1.6 GPF 4 `0 MS874114313 . Ca"s Toilet with SanaGloss and SoftClose Seat G-Max TechooloMr: Quiet, powerful, OnfPfl Rough-in: Easy to Install, 101, 12" commercial grade flushing performance. and 14" rough-fn's available. ;a Y Staneerd 2' fhpN vato wider valve Choose a SoftClose toilet seat, or upgrade to a Wsshlet. Fast Flush: New, wide 3" flush vahre Is 125% larger than conventional 2" flush valves. Streamlined, high profile one piece design 1 Skirted styling with concealed trapway for easy cleaning. 1 UniFit Rough-in A Sanagloss Technology: super smooth, ion barrier glazing for a clean toilet bowl G-Max Technology Powerful, quiet flush every time A Large water surface Stylish, high profile one piece toilet with 12" UniFit rough-in. Low consumption (6 Lpf/1.6 Gpf) siphon jet flushing action. Tank cover, fittings, color matched trip lever, mounting covers and SoftClose seat included. I MS874114SG Elongated with SoftClose seat. 12" UniFit rough-in. SanaGlossl Glazing. a MS874114S Elongated with SoftClose seat. 12" UnWit rough-in. Less SanaGloss' Glazing. O TSU01W.10 10" UniFit rough-in: Optional. O TSU01W.12 12" UniFit rough-in: Supplied. I] TSU01W.14 14" UniFit rough-in: Optional. Colors: Standard 001 Corson Optional See price book for additional colors 'SanaGlors` glazing is available in seka colors. Please consult price book for spec* color offerings. Trip Lever: Standard Color Matched Optional See price book for additional finishes Augusta Decorative Collection MS874114SG /MS874114S Carlyle One Piece Toilet, 1.6 GPF PERFORMANCE The TOTO G-Max low consumption toilet received high ratings during ANSI/ASME testing at independent laboratories. Designed with a powerful siphon jet flushing action, the toilet offers a large water surface and a glazed trapway. A SPECIFICATIONS Water Use: 1.6 Gpf / 6.0 Lpf Flush System: Gravity Feed (G-Max system) Min. Water Pressure: 8 psi Water Surface: 10" x 8-1/4" Trap Diameter. 2-1/16"" Rough-in: 12" (10"/ 14"optional) Trap Seal: 2-5/8" Warranty: Five Year Limited Warranty Material: Tank & Bowl: Vitreous china UniFit Rough-in: PVC Shipping Weight: MS874114SG 108 lbs. MS874114S 108 lbs. Shipping Dimension: MS874114SG/MS874114S 31-1/8"L x 18-1/8"W x 27-1/8"H Fixture dimensions and hydraulic performance meet or exceed ANS11ASME standard A112.192M and CAN/CSA B 45 requirements. Listing and approval: IAPMO/UPC, CSA, City of Los Angeles, State of MA, and others These dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice. U.S. Patent: 5,819,326 5,983,413 and pending 6,108,826 5-1a-(140mm) 18-ta' 470"m 314' 28. 710mm (20mm) 15' (390-n) 10' (255mm) 12' (305mm) 14' (355mm) 1E1a•(420mm) • 1a' S4.1/7 ( ZNoWWatersupplyrotioHn 8... r supply raioHn (203mm) is wider Own standard 5' rough-in. ComA your builder or contractor 'Suggested oimensicn MS874114SG/MS8741145 - Carlyle Toilet TOTO0 TOTO U.S.A., INC. • 1155 Southern Road, Morrow, GA 30260 Tel. (770) 282-8686 • Fax. (770) 282-8701 • www.totousa.com Perfection by Design Printed in US.A. ® TOTO LTD. 11/02 NA 10050 Printed on recycled paper 4 REV 11/02 Kohler: K-116-4: AntiqueTM: K-116-4: AntiqueTM widespread lavatory faucet with High Page 1 of 2 THE M L= EOFWHLEIL Product Features K-116-4 Antique TM widespread lavatory faucet with High CountryTM swing spout and lever handles The perfect finishing touch for traditional decor, this Antique widespread lavatory faucet brings nostalgic charm to the bath and powder rooms and features a High Country swing spout. Two lever handles complete the look, and variety of ceramic handle insets and skirts are available to personalize your decor. For 8 - 16" centers. • KOHLER ceramic disc valves exceed industry longevity standards two times for a lifetime of durable performance • Solid brass construction for durability and reliability • KOHLER finishes resist corrosion and tarnishing, exceeding industry durability standards over two times • Handles pre-assembled on valves to simplify installation • Completes Antique design solution with Kohler accessories. Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES Polished Chrome (-CP) $726.30 Vibrant Brushed Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) Bronze (-BV) $1053.00 $1053.00 i J 1W. I 1W: ! Vibrant Polished Brass (-PB) $980.40 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. This page was printed from http://www.us. kohler.com/onlinecatalog/print.jsp?item=10802&prod_num=116- 4&category =8&frm = nu II&s_cha n nel =Bath room&s_prop2 = Fau cets&s_pageNa me= K-116- 4: %20Antique(TM)%20widespread%201avatory%20faucet%20with%20High%20Country (TM)%20swing%20spout%20and%201ever%20handles&s_prop3 = K-116- f... . . . . Kohler: K-14406-4: Purist: K-14406-4: Purist@ widespread lavatory faucet with low go... Page I of 2 • THE BOLD LOOK OF IMLER. Product Features r Li • K-14406-4 Purist@ widespread lavatory faucet with low gooseneck spout and low lever handles Purist faucets combine simple, architectural forms with sensual design lines and careful detailing. Both sculptural and functional, this widespread lavatory faucet promises inviting visual appeal of classic modernity, and features a low gooseneck spout and two low lever handles. • Two-handle widespread lavatory faucet for 8" - 16" centers • Completes Purist design solution with Kohler fixtures and accessories. • Low-flow aerator option available (please see latest price book) Colors / Finishes & Prices COLOR FINISHES 'a- Polished Chrome (-CP) $353.15 Vibrant Brushed Bronze (-BV) $512.05 Brushed Chrome (-G) $441.45 Vibrant French Gold (-AF) $460.85 L Vibrant Polished Nickel (-SN) $512.05 Vibrant Brushed Nickel (-BN) $512.05 *All prices are Manufacturer's Suggested List Prices in U.S. dollars. The price you pay at your local supply outlet may be different than the Manufacturer's Suggested List Price. These prices supersede previous prices and are subject to change without notice. These prices do not include shipping. Any sales tax applicable will be added to the prices. Product Variations K-14407-4 Purist@ widespread lavatory faucet with low gooseneck spout ~ 3~ PROJECT#(?2028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15500 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE PROTECTION LIST OF CONTENTS PART I -GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.04 SPRINKLER CALCULATIONS AND LAYOUT OF PIPING PART 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.07 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2-PRODUCTS SPRINKLER PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHUT-OFF AND CHECK VALVES PIPING SHUT-OFF VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PIPING *LOSS OF PRESSURE" ALARM SENSORS WATER FLOW ALARM SWITCHES ALARM CHECK VALVES DRY PIPE VALVES DRY PIPE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR SET SPRINKLER ZONE INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION ASSEMBLIES FLOW ALARM SWITCH AND INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION CABINETS FIRE PUMP SET FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SIAMESE CONNECTION BALL DRIP SPRINKLER HEADS SPARE SPRINKLER HEAD CABINET ACCEPTABLE SPRINKLER COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS LANDING VALVE AND CABINET PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DRY PIPE VALVES AND AIR COMPRESSOR SETS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPING 'LOSS OF PRESSURE' SENSORS 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ALARM CHECK VALVE(S) 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOW ALARM SWITCH(ES) 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRE PUMP SET 3.07 INSTALLATION OF SIAMESE CONNECTION 3.08 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS 3.09 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 3.10 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 3.11 INSTALLATION OF LANDING VALVE AND CABINET 4L 04-07-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set LOC 15500 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the sprinkler work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. supply and mounting of garbage and linen chute heads; 2. fire alarm system wiring connections to sprinkler equipment; 3. provision of electric power wiring connections to equipment and controls; 4, provision of domestic cold water service piping. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. all sprinkler system components except piping and fittings, hangers and supports, and standard valves; 2. complete and dimensioned system layout drawings indicating all heads and equipment, pipe sizing, and all calculations and design data used in preparing the layouts and sizing the piping. B. Note that the layout drawings must first be submitted to and approved by the local goveming authorities prior to being submitted to the Consultant for review. 1.04 SPRINKLER CALCULATIONS AND LAYOUT OF PIPING A. Hydraulic calculations, sizing and layout of the sprinkler piping shall be performed by a local consultant. The contractor is responsible for adhering to the layout and sizing of the sprinkler piping and for incorporating the layout of the piping into the coordination drawings in accordance with the requirements of Section 15010. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SPRINKLER PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Generally, as specified in PART 2 of Section 15050, but UL listed. 2.02 SHUT-OFF AND CHECK VALVES A. Gate type OS&Y shut-off valves or lug body butterfly type shut-off valves, and horizontal swing check valves or lug body wafer type check valves, generally as specified in Section 15050, but minimum 175 PSI (1207 kPa) rated and UL fisted and F.M. approved. B. Check valves associated with siamese connection(s) shall be tapped for site installation of a'/ (19 mm) diameter automatic ball drip. 04-07-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500- t RS$G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION 2.03 PIPING SHUT-OFF VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCHES Potter Electric Signal & Mfg. Ltd., or Conswiss Industries Ltd., "VALVE GUARD% UL listed and F.M. approved, 115 volt, tamper-proof valve supervisory switches, each arranged to initiate an alarm condition if the valve is closed or the switch is removed or tampered with, and each complete with all required mounting and connection hardware. Acceptable manufacturers are Potter-Electric Ltd., Conwiss Industries, Grinnell Corp., Viking Corporation and Reliable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited). 2.04 PIPING "LOSS OF PRESSURE" ALARM SENSORS A. Potter Electric Signal & Mfg. Ltd., UL listed 115 volt or 24 volt (to suit fire alarm system), adjustable, piping mounted pressure sensor with contacts arranged to actuate a fire alarm system trouble signal if piping pressure drops to a pressure below the switch setting. Acceptable manufacturers are Potter-Electric Ltd., Conwiss Industries, Grinnell Corp., Viking Corporation and Reliable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited). 2.05 WATER FLOW ALARM SWITCHES A. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Co. Inc., Model VSR-F, UL fisted and F.M. approved, pipe mounting water flow switches, each complete with a vane type sensor operating two (2) single pole double throw snap-action switches when sustained water flow exceeds 10 GPM (0.75 Vs), integral field adjustable pneumatic retard device with automatic reset to delay switch operation to reduce the possibility of false alarms caused by a single or series of transient water flow surges, tamper proof cover, U-bolt, and piping saddle. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Grinnell Corp., Potter-Electric Ltd., Viking Corporation and Reiable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited). 2.06 ALARM CHECK VALVES A. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Co. Inc., Model No. F200 grooved end, external by-pass, divided seat ring, UL listed, F.M. approved, 175 psi (1207 kPa) rated alarm check valves sized as indicated on the drawing, each complete with supply and system pressure gauges with valved connections, valved main drain connection, alarm actuation pressure switch, alarm test by-pass, and standard vertical or horizontal alarm trimmings. Acceptable manufacturers are Grinnell Corporation, The Viking Corporation, Reliable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited), Star Sprinkler Corporation, Central Sprinkler Corporation and The Victaulic Co. Ltd. 2.07 DRY PIPE VALVES A. Grinnell Corporation, Model No. F302 flanged or Model No. F3201 grooved end, differential latch type, ULC fisted and F.M. approved dry pipe valves, each complete with: 1. a Model No. F311 dry pipe valve accelerator lo hasten operation of the dry pipe valve, to automatically adjust to small or slow changes in system pressure but to trip when there is a rapid and steady drop in pressure, and, upon tripping, to transmit air pressure to the dry pipe valve intermediate chamber which actuates the dry pipe valve and permits water to flow into the normally dry zone piping; 2. a Model No. F324 air maintenance device to automatically control air pressure in the dry pipe system; B. Acceptable manufacturers are Grinnell Corporation, The Vildng Corporation, Reliable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited), Star Sprinkler Corporation and Central Sprinkler Company. 0407-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500 - 2 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS i£ RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION 2.08 DRY PIPE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR SET A. Air Power Products Limited, package type air compressor set, specifically designed for dry pipe system service, selected by the manufacturer to be suitable in all respects for the application and capable of restoring normal air pressure in empty dry pipe zone piping within thirty (30) rninutes in accordance with NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems". B. Each compressor shall be complete with an air intake filter, Wbelt drive with guard, receiver check valve, no-load starting, and pressure gauge, and shall be factory mounted on a welded steel, ASME rated air receiver with valved drain, automatic moisture removal trap, relief valve, service valve, flexible outlet connection, pressure gauge, and an adjustable pressure switch prewired to the motor. C. Compressor set capacity and performance must suit the final dry pipe sprinkler system design and reviewed piping and sprinkler head layout shop drawings. If a larger compressor set than included for in Bid is required, provide the larger set at no additional cost, and include any additional costs for a larger size motor starter. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Air Power Products Limited, Gast and BK Pneumatic Inc. 2.09 SPRINKLER ZONE INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION ASSEMBLIES A. Victaulic Co. of Canada, Style 718 or Style 719, UL listed and F.M. approved, "Test Master", factory assembled inspector's test connection assemblies, each complete with a ductile iron body, a combination orifice/sight glass with orifice sized to suit the number of zone sprinkler heads, a plugged tapping for installation of a pressure gauge, and valves to permit testing zone water flow and zone drainage without shutting down the entire sprinkler riser or system. 2.10 FLOW ALARM SWITCH AND INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION CABINETS A, Flush wall mounting enamelled steel cabinets, each sized to contain a flow alarm switch, supervised shut-off valve, sight glass, inspector's test connection, and associated piping, and complete with a hinged door with fun length piano hinge, a Corbin catch, adjustable trim, and "SPRINKLER ZONE ALARM 1£ INSPECTOR'S TEST" identification wording on the door. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Grinnell Corporation, The Viking Corporation, Reliable (Vpond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited), Star Sprinkler Corporation and Central Sprinkler Company. 2.11 FIRE PUMP SET A. S.A. Armstrong Ltd., package type, fire pump set, in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20, factory assembled and tested, pre-piped, pre-wired and mounted on a cleaned and prime coat painted structural steel base, and complete with UL fisted check and shut-off valves in pump suction and discharge piping. B. Fire Pump: 1. UL listed and labelled vertical in-line type, as per the pump schedule, suitable for a maximum working pressure of 250 psi (1750 kPa), factory hydrostatically tested to 375 psi (2590 kPa), and complete with: a. a radially split cast iron casing and cover with flanged suction and discharge connections; b. a pump discharge concentric increaser fitting, bolted (with gasket) to the discharge flange and equipped with an automatic, float operated, 3/4" (19 mm) diameter air relief valve, and a 314" (19 mm) diameter circulation relief valve with setting approximately 100 above the operating discharge pressure; 04-07-M FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-DO PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION a balanced bronze impeller with bronze wear rings and bronze shaft sleeve, direct connected to the shaft of a 3500 RPM, vertical, open drip-proof motor which is secured to a cast iron motor bracket; a suction compound gauge graduated at 30 inches to 302 psi (7.5 kPa to 2068 kPa), and a discharge pressure gauge graduated at 0 psi to 300 psi (0 kPa to 2068 kPa), both connected with gauge tubing, equipped with gauge cocks, and factory secured to a gauge panel attached to the pump casting. C. Combination Sprinkler Pump Controller And Automatic Transfer Switch: 1. A UL fisted and labelled full service combination sprinkler pump controller and transfer switch, each mounted in a separate enclosure, mechanically attached to form one (1) unit complete with protected interlock wiring. 2. The automatic power transfer switch shall be capable of automatic power transfer from normal to alternate (emergency) power source in case of voltage drop to 90% of normal power, phase failure or phase reversal and automatic retransfer after restoration of normal power conditions. The automatic transfer switch shall incorporate two (2) externally operated main isolating switches, a manual operating handle, necessary indicators, contacts for remote alarms, voltage frequency and phase reversal sensing, time delays and memory circuit. 3. The sprinkler pump controller shall be a UL listed and labelled full service, reduced voltage- autotransformer type starter and control panel with a circuit breaker interrupting capacity of amperes RMS symmetrical, and an adjustable pressure switch suitable for a 0 psi to 250 psi (0 kPa to 1725 kPa) range. D. Jockey Pump: 1. Horizontal, multi-stage centrifugal type pump as per the pump schedule, with cast iron motor bracket and discharge body, stainless steel pump shaft, case and pump shaft, glass filled "derlin' impellers, polycarbonate diffusers, brass sleeve bearings, and direct connected to a 3500 RPM motor and complete with: a. an adjustable pressure switch suitable for a 0 psi to 250 psi (0 kPa to 1725 kPa) range; b. a safety relief valve; C. a starter and control panel with NEMA 2 enclosure, fused disconnect, magnetic starter, control circuit transformer, HOA selector switch, control relay set, and a set of N.O.IN.C. dry contacts suitable for connection to fire alarm system "Loss of Power' trouble alarm wiring. E. System Operation: 1. Should pressure drop in the sprinkler system, the jockey pump will start automatically and pressurize the system to a set pressure and then stop. If pressure in the system continues to decrease beyond the range of the jockey pump, the sprinkler pump will start automatically and the jockey pump will continue to operate. The sprinkler pump will continue to operate until shut down manually. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are SA Armstrong Ltd., ITT Bell & Gossett and Aurora. 2.12 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SIAMESE CONNECTION A. National Fire Equipment Ltd., Model No. 207 free standing siamese connection, complete with two (2) 2-1/2" (65 mm) diameter inlets threaded to Fire Department hose requirements and equipped with plugs and chains, an outlet sized as shown, and a polished chrome plated brass escutcheon with "AUTO.SPKR* 'FIRE DEPT. CONN.' raised lettering. B. Siamese finish shall be chrome plated and polished brass. 04-07-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 1M-4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15500 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE PROTECTION C. Acceptable manufacturers are National Fire Equipment Ltd., Wilsons & Cousins, Pyrene, and Potter-Roemer. 2.13 BALL DRIP A. National Fire Equipment Ltd., Model No. 235, Y4" (19 mm) diameter automatic ball drip to drain the piping between a siamese connection and the associated check valve. B. Acceptable manufacturers are National Fire Equipment Ltd., Potter-Roemer, Grinnell Corporation, The Viking Corporation, Reliable (Vipond Automatic Sprinkler Company Limited), Star Sprinkler Corporation and Control Sprinkler Company. 2.14 SPRINKLER HEADS A. UL listed sprinkler heads as follows: 1. equal to Reliable Model "F1 upright or pendant type, 2. equal to Reliable Model "G4FR" concealed type with chrome plated cover, 3. equal to Reliable Model "FI" dry type. B. Sprinkler heads in finished areas without suspended ceilings, shall be chrome plated unless otherwise noted. C. Sprinkler heads which are in exposed areas where they may be subject to damage shall be complete with wire guards, chrome-plated where in finished areas. D. Sprinkler heads located in areas or over equipment where high ambient temperature is present shall be proper high temperature heads. All other heads shall be 165 degrees F. (74 degrees C.) unless otherwise noted. 2.15 SPARE SPRINKLER HEAD CABINET A. Surface wall mounting No. 22 gauge red enamelled steel identified cabinet with hinged door, shelves with holes for mounting twelve (12) sprinkler heads, a wrench or wrenches suitable for each type of sprinkler head and a full complement of spare sprinkler heads with the quantity equally divided by the different types of heads used. 2.16 ACCEPTABLE SPRINKLER COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS A. Except where acceptable manufacturers are named for products, equipment, etc., products may be supplied by one (1) of the following manufacturers: Grinnell Corporation, Star Sprinkler Corporation, Reliable (Vpond Automatic Sprinkler), Central Sprinkler Company or The Viking Corporation and The Victaulic Co. of Canada. B. Products, equipment, etc., supplied must, as a minimum, have approvals specified plus any other approvals required by the Authority. 2.17 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. National Fire Equipment Ltd., Model ABC-10, 5 lb. (2.3 Kg), UL fisted and 3A:10BC rated pressurized dry chemical extinguishers, each complete with a wall mounting bracket and securing hardware. B. Acceptable manufacturers are National Fire Equipment Ltd., C.F.H. Industries Ltd., Pyrene and Wilson & Cousins. 04-07-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15500 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE PROTECTION 2.18 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. National Fire Equipment Ltd., Model C-950, fully recessed 10"x 30"x 8' (254 mm x 762 mm x 203 mm) deep prime coat painted steel cabinets, each with a white enamel interior finish, a full length of piano hinge, door catch, and "Duo-lite" safety glass panel. B. Acceptable manufacturers are National Fire Equipment Ltd., C.F.H. Industries Ltd. and Wilson & Cousins. 2.19 LANDING VALVE AND CABINET A. National Fire Equipment Ltd., UL listed and FM approved landing valve and cabinet consisting of 1. Model A56, 2%z" (65 mm) forged brass fire line valve with a brass cap and chain; 2. Model 0-975, fully recessed 14' x 14' x 8" (350 mm x 350 mm x 200 mm) prime coated steel cabinet, with a white enamel interior finish, a full length of piano hinge, door catch and "Duo-Lite' safety glass panel. B. Acceptable manufacturers are National Fire Equipment Ltd., Wilson and Cousins, Pyrene and Potter- Roemer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required fire protection system piping. B. Unless otherwise noted, pipe inside the building and above ground, shall be Schedule 40 mild black steel, screwed for pipe to 2-112" (65 mm) diameter, screwed or welded for pipe 2-112" (65 mm) diameter and larger. C. Provide shut-off valves and check valves (including valves provided with the fire pump set) in standpipe piping where shown. D. Where shown, equip shut-off valves with supervisory switches. E. Slope all horizontal piping so that it may be drained completely through risers, equipment or through valved drainage branches. F. Do all standpipe piping work in accordance with requirement of NFPA No. 14, "STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS". G. Provide a pressure gauge at the highest outlet in each standpipe riser. Locate gauges so that they can be easily read. H. Provide inspector's test connections where required by Code and as shown. Provide all required test connection drainage piping. 04-07-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15500 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE PROTECTION 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DRY PIPE VALVES AND AIR COMPRESSOR SETS A. Provide dry pipe valves for each dry pipe sprinkler zone shown. Install each valve in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions and conned with piping as indicated. B. Provide packaged type air compressor sets to serve the dry pipe sprinkler valves as shown. Install each compressor set complete with all required compressed air piping and an arc maintenance device in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and NFPA No. 13 requirements to automatically maintain air pressure in the system piping. Provide shut-off valves in compressed air piping to isolate equipment for maintenance purposes. C. Check and test operation of each dry pipe valve and the associated air compressor set Make adjustments as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPING "LOSS OF PRESSURE' SENSORS A. Provide pressure sensors in piping where shown to activate fire alarm system 'LOSS OF PRESSURE' trouble alarm circuitry. Adjust pressure sensor settings to suit site piping pressure conditions and test operation. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ALARM CHECK VALVE(S) A. Provide alarm check valve(s) in wet zone sprinkler piping where shown. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions and connect with piping as indicated. B. Check and test operation of valve(s) and adjust as required to suit site water pressure conditions. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOW ALARM SWITCH(ES) A. Provide water flow alarm switch(es) where shown. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions and conned with piping as indicated. B. Adjust to suit site water pressure conditions. Check and test operation. C. Where shown on the drawings, install flow alarm switches and inspector's test connection assemblies in flush wall mounted identified boxes. Confirm box locations prior to roughing-in. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRE PUMP SET A. Provide a package type sprinkler pump set where shown on the drawings and conned with piping as indicated. Secure the pump set in place, level and plumb, on a concrete pad. Pipe purge circuit to drain. B. When pump installation is complete, carefully check pump and motor alignment If required, realign in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and directions. C. Set control panel pressure switch settings with the manufacture and with site pressure conditions to make the system operational. D. Include for a complete pump and control acceptance and performance test in accordance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Obtain the test procedure from the authorities and when the test has been completed, certify in writing to the Consultant that the authorities' approval and acceptances have been obtained. 0407-06 FIRE PROTECTION C Progress CD Set IM-7 RS&G File No. 10052" PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15500 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE PROTECTION 3.07 INSTALLATION OF SIAMESE CONNECTION A. Provide a Siamese connection for the sprinkler system where shown and connect with piping as indicated. B. Provide an automatic ball drip to drain the piping between the check valve and the Siamese connection and extend piping from the outlet of the ball drip to the nearest suitable drain. C. Confirm the exact location of the Siamese connection prior to roughing4n. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS A. Provide all required sprinkler heads. B. Unless otherwise noted, sprinkler heads shall be as follows: 1. in Equipment Rooms, parking areas and rooms in unfinished areas without a ceiling - pendent or upright heads; 2. in finished areas without a suspended ceiling - chrome-plated pendant or upright heads; 3. in kitchen walk-in freezers and garage areas - dry type. 4. in all other areas - concealed type with coverplates finished to match ceiling cover. C. Confirm coverplate colour(s) for concealed type sprinkler heads, prior to ordering. D. Provide sidewall type sprinkler heads with escutcheon heads. Both sidewall heads and escutcheon plates shall be chrome plated. E. Maintain maximum headroom in areas with no ceilings. F. Provide high temperature heads where required. G. Co-ordinate sprinkler head locations in areas with suspended ceilings with the location of lighting, grilles, diffusers, and similar items recessed in or surface mounted on the ceiling as per the reflected ceiling plus. In areas with lay-in tile, centre the sprinkler head both ways in the lay-in tile. H. Supply a full complement (to fill cabinet) of spare sprinkler heads of the types used and place in a wall mounting storage cabinet located in a Mechanical Room where later directed. Provide the cabinet, complete with lock and key and sprinkler head wrench for each type of head. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide fire extinguishers where shown. Unless otherwise noted, wall mount each extinguisher with a mounting bracket 3.10 INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Provide wall mounted free extinguisher cabinets where shown on the drawings. Equip each cabinet with an extinguisher. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF LANDING VALVE AND CABINET A. Provide landing valve and cabinet where shown on the drawings. B. Confirm exact cabinet locations prior to roughing-in. END OF SECTION 15500 0407-06 FIRE PROTECTION Progress CD Set 15500 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 1~ PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15600 POWER & HEAT GENERATION LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 BOILER BOIL-OUT CHEMICAL AND EMBRITTLEMENT INHIBITOR 2.02 HOT WATER AND STEAM BOILERS 2.03 ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK 2.04 ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL TANK FILL AND VENT CAPS 2.05 FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK FILL CAP ENCLOSURE 2.06 FUEL OIL TANK LEVEL TRANSMITTER 2.07 OIL RETENTION PANS 2.08 FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP SETS 2.09 FUEL OIL FOOT VALVES 2.10 GAS FLOW METERS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 GAS PRESSURE INSTALLATION OF BOILERS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FUEL OIL DAY STORAGE TANK 3.05 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.06 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ~POp LIt;F~ O ~y .1. W/Z,.. U = O y0 Y 37389 cn . 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 POWER & HEAT GENERATION LOC 15600 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the power and heat generation work is specified in other Sections of the Specification (or provided by Owner as noted): 1. provision of emergency power engine-generator set(s); 2. electrical power wiring connection to full oil pump set control panel and from panel to pumps; 3. provision of power wiring connections to boilers and boiler plant control panel, and all required 115 volt control wiring; 4. provision of flues and stacks for natural gas fired equipment. 5. supply of fuel oil, other than fuel oil required for testing and commissioning of engine-generator set(s) - by Owner; 6. control wiring between fuel oil pump set control panel and engine-generator set control panels; 7. electrical connection to fuel oil day tank low level. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for all equipment and accessories specified in PART 2 of this Section. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 BOILER BOIL-OUT CHEMICAL AND EMBRITTLEMENT INHIBITOR A. Dearborn Chemical Co. Ltd., "DEARSOL 19" or "MEENATROL" or equivalent, heavy-duty cleaner(s) and No. 691 embrittlement inhibitor. Boiler boil-out chemical selection shall be finalized on site by chemical manufacturer's review of boiler plant. 2.02 HOT WATER AND STEAM BOILERS A. Unilux, packaged factory tested, all steel, gas-fired, fle)able watertube boiler as per the drawing schedules. Boiler performance shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Each boiler shall be mounted on a structural steel base frame and ready for site connection of water, fuel, discharge, electrical and vent connections. Hot water boilers shall be designed for an operating pressure of 30 psi (210 kPa) with a maximum pressure of 100 psi (700 kPa), with a maximum water temperature of 93 degrees C. and a system temperature drop of 20°F (11.1°C). 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION Boiler Shell 1. Manufactured in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler Code, inspected by authorized regulatory personnel and stamped for the working pressure and complete with: 2. Adequately sized steel upper drums, water legs and tube headers to facilitate proper thermal, internal water circulation; 3. Minimum 38 mm (1-1/2") O.D., multi-pass flexible water tube, not subject to thermal shock damage and easily removable and replaceable without welding, rolling, entry into the combustion chamber or major disassembly of the jacket; 4. An adequate number of tappings and inspection openings to permit internal boiler inspection and cleaning and an entire tube area accessible for fireside cleaning; 5. Boiler inner casing shall be fabricated of 11 gauge steel with 75 mm (3") thick mineral wool insulation rated for 13150C (24000F). The casing shall be constructed with bolts and gaskets to ensure that the products of combustion are contained within the boiler at up to 1.25 kPa (5" w.c.) furnace pressure. 6. The boiler outer casing shall be constructed of 20 gauge steel panels. The outer casing shall be constructed of removable sections finished with hard baked enamel paint with 12.5 mm (1/2") thick fiberglass insulation and 50 mm (2 air space provided between the inner and outer casing. 7. Combustion chamber constructed of high temperature castable refractory and properly insulated from chamber waterwall with ceramic fibreboard insulation and "airlite" insulation.; 8. A vent stack thermometer shipped loose for installation. Hot Water Boiler Trim 1. Factory installed trim (unless otherwise specified), including: a. a low water cutoff switch integral with the water column, wired to the bumer control circuit to prevent bumer operation if boiler water falls below the designated safe level, and a McDonnel & Miller model No. TC-4 "Test-N-Check" valve above and below the low water cut-off, b. constant water temperature controls including automatic reset type for bumer on-off control, and manual reset type for burner cutout on high water temperature; C. a pressure control to ensure a prescribed minimum boiler water operating pressure at all times; d. water relief valves in accordance with Code requirements; e. a combination temperature - pressure gauge; f. a flow switch shipped loose for field installation Steam Boiler Trim: 1. Factory installed trim (unless otherwise specified) including: a. a removable water column with gauge glass set and water column blowdown valves; b. a boiler feedwater pump control switch integral With the water column for automatic control of the feedwater pump; C. low water cut-off integral With the water column, wired into the burner control circuit to prevent burner operation if the boiler water level falls below the designated safe level; d. auxiliary low water cut-off manual reset, piped to the vessel, and wired to the burner control circuit; e. steam pressure gauge located at the front of the boiler and include cock test connection; f. safety valves of a type and size to comply with ASME Code requirements; g. steam pressure controls to regulate operation mounted near the water column and include high limit (manual reset), operating limit (auto reset), and firing rate control. Forced Draft Blower 1. Enclosed, balanced centrifugal fan type, direct connected to the blower motor shaft, and mounted in the front head above the burner. K 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION Burner and Piping 1. High radiant, multiport, full modulating type approved for operation with natural gas, integral with the front head of the boiler, designed to return to the low fire position prior to ignition and to remain in the low fire position during ignition and until low fire and main flames have been proven, and complete with: a. automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot, with an ultra-violet flame detector to monitor the pilot and prevent the primary fuel valve from opening until pilot flame has been established; b. a combustion air damper and butterfly gas valve operated by a single damper control motor which regulates the fire according to system demand in response to the full modulation pressure controls; C. a gas piping train approved by the local authority having jurisdiction, with fluid power type primary gas shut-off valve controlled by the program relay to start or stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, excessive pressure or temperature, high or low gas pressure, and low water level, and high and low gas pressure switches, a lubricated plug cock, and a gas pressure regulator. G. Boiler Plan Sequencing Control Panel 1. Surface wall mounting, 115 volt, 1 phase, 60 cycle AC, electronic, UL certified, fully automatic, 3 boiler master sequencing control panel supplied by the boiler manufacturer, suitable for lead-lag control of boiler operation with simple on-off switching of individual boilers and constant water temperature control. 2. The panel shall be NEMA 2 enamelled steel dead front panel containing the following: a. a door interlock type disconnect; b. a green, door mounted, "power on" LED; C. a white, door mounted, "boiler operating" LED for each boiler; d. a door mounted, two (2) position manual/automatic switch for each boiler to permit manual operation of each individual boiler, arranged so that when a switch is in the manual position the respective boiler is disconnected from the automatic sequence and will operate independently through its own controls while remaining boilers operate automatically through the sequencing controls; e. a rotary type, door mounted lead boiler selector switch to permit an operator to select the lead boiler, and arranged and connected so that regardless of which boiler is chosen as the lead boiler, the remaining boilers will operate in the required sequence in numerical order; f. a fused 24 volt secondary control transformer; g. terminal strip(s) for control wiring connections: h. all required control components and circuitry for the specified control; i. permanent identification for LED's and switches. j. Honeywell or equal piping mounted operating control components shall be supplied loose for field installation; k. on the first call for heat the lead toiler shall come on the line at low fire. If system demand is greater than the output of the lead boiler on low fire it will then modulate to high fire. If the lead toiler cannot satisfy or maintain system demand by the time it reaches 80 percent of its firing rate, and over a reasonable period of time, then the first lag boiler will be added to the line at low fire. An adjustable time delay shall be activated before the lead boiler reaches high fire to allow it a reasonable length of time to satisfy system demand on its own before bringing on the first lag boiler. The remaining lag boiler(s) shall follow in the same manner as system demand require. As the system demand is satisfied the lead toilers will modulate back to low fire position and shut off as demand dictates. Each boiler must return to the low fire position before shut off, 1. boiler control circuits shall be isolated in the programmer circuit, enabling the lead toiler selector switch to be rotated at any time with any number of boilers firing, without overloading its contacts. The switch shall be designed so that boilers remaining on the line will not recycle, permitting lead boiler changing without material loss of load. 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION H. Acceptable manufacturers are Unilux, Cleaver Brooks and Bryan. 2.03 ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK A. Clemmer Industries (1964) Ltd., UL listed and labelled, factory tested, welded steel fuel oil storage tank(s), sized as indicated on the drawings, and as specified below. B. Main Tank 1. Constructed of ASTM A635 sheet steel to UL Standard, requirements, commercial sandblast cleaned on the exterior and coated with red enamellized metal primer, and equipped with: a. welded on standard pipe thread pipe connection fittings; b. lifting lug(s); C. a steel fill pipe with drop tube; d. a removable steel pipe suction stub with double poppet foot valve; e. welded ASTM A283C steel plate mounting saddles conforming to the tank diameter with number of saddles as recommended by the tank supplier to suit the tank size. C. Day Tank 1. Day tank constructed of ASTM A569 sheet steel to UL Standard requirements, cleaned and coated with red oxide primer, and complete with: a. welded on, standard pipe thread pipe connection fittings; b. welded-on steel support brackets with threaded openings and 1-114" (32 mm) diameter, 12" (300 mm) long steel pipe supports legs, or heavy-gauge steel saddle stands as required to suit tank shape and mounting arrangement. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Clemmer Industries (1964) Ltd., Drummond Welding, Domestic Tank and O'Connor. J 2.04 ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL TANK FILL AND VENT CAPS A. Dover Corp. / OPW Division or equal, caps as follows: 1. fill cap - lockable No. 126-B fill cap assembly; 2. vent cap - OPW 23 aluminum vent cap, or where required when filling a remote tank to produce audible indication that the tank is full, a whistle type vent cap. 2.05 FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK FILL CAP ENCLOSURE A. Cast bronze, chrome plated, flush wall box assembly with key lock hinged door, similar to a box supplied with an J.R. Smith, non-freeze wall hydrant, sized and modified to accept a fuel tank fill pipe and cap, and complete with loose key. 2.06 FUEL OIL TANK LEVEL TRANSMITTER A. Hersey Model 5500, UL FM approved level transmitter as selected by manufacturer suitable intended application (ie. indicating fuel oil level in tank), with NEMA 4X fibreglass corrosion-proof enclosure, 4-20 mA input and output, 4-digit LED display, two (2) user adjustable form C (SPDT) switch contacts (5 amps @ 115 volt/1 phase/60 Hertz power), t 1.0% repeatability. B. Hersey Model VR-2 variable resistance type electronic liquid level transmitter of type 304 stainless steel construction with a proportional voltage output and an accuracy of ± 0.125 inches (3 mm) of actual liquid level. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Hersey Measurement Company, Magnetrol or equal. J 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION 2.07 OIL RETENTION PANS A. Number twelve (No. 12) USS gauge sheet steel pans, sized as shown, reinforced with steel angles, water-tight, and coated inside and outside with suitable rust-inhibiting primer. 2.08 FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP SETS A. Viking Pump, duplex, rotary gear type, positive displacement fuel oil pump set as per the drawing schedule, pre-piped, each pump direct connected to a TEFC motor to the requirements of Section 15050, with a Buna mechanical shaft seal suitable in all respects for the application, heavy-duty, deep grooved ball type radial and thrust bearings, mounted on a common drip pan base with 1/2" (12 mm) capped drain, complete with coupling guards to the requirements of Section 15050, primed and painted schedule 40, suction and discharge piping with screwed fittings, and the following suction and discharge accessories factory mounted: 1. suction line equipment: a. cast iron strainer with removable 40 mesh stainless steel screen basket; b. minimum 200 psi W.O.G. rated bronze ball valves with lever handles; C. 30"Hg-0-30 psi, 2-1/2" (65 mm) diameter, liquid filled compound gauges, each with 114" (6.5 mm) needle valve; 2. discharge line equipment: a. properly selected cast iron relief valve; b. spring actuated bronze check valves; C. minimum 200 psi W.O.G. rated bronze ball valves with lever handles; d. 0-200 psi, 2-1/2" (65 mm) diameter, liquid filled compound gauges, each with 1/4" (6.5 mm) needle valve; B. The pump set shall be complete with a pre-wired control panel consisting of a surface wall mounting NEMA 2 enclosure with lockable door, a circuit breaker and magnetic starter with overload protection for each pump, an alternating relay to alternate the pumps on each successive cycle, an interlock relay to reconnect the control circuit in the case of circuit breaker trip on one (1) pump, H.O.A. switch and run light for each pump, a control transformer, two (2) normally open and two (2) normally dosed auxiliary contact, and terminal strips for power and control wiring. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Viking Pump Co., Albany Pump Co. and Gorman-Rupp. 2.09 FUEL OIL FOOT VALVES A. OPW Division (Dover Corp.) Model No. 86, or equal, plated cast iron body, double poppet foot valve with brass poppets and removable seats, and 20 mesh monel screen. 2.10 GAS FLOW METERS A. Dywer Industries, or equal, Series GFC Gas Flow Meter, suitable for used in natural gas systems, with type 316 stainless steel wetted parts, capable of producing a 4-20 mA and 0-10V analog signals that are linear with flow rate. 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GAS PRESSURE A. Establish the pressure of the gas at all gas fired appliances prior to ordering the equipment. Coordinate work with that of the local provider of propane gas. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOILERS A. Provide steam and hot water boilers where shown. B. Secure each boiler in place, level and plumb, on vibration isolation on a concrete housekeeping pad and connect with fuel piping. Maintain manufacturer's required clearances for operation and maintenance. C. Install control components shipped loose with the boilers. Unless otherwise specified or shown, follow the boiler manufacturer's instructions. Install hot water boiler sequencing panels immersion sensor in piping wall in return water main to boilers, to requirements of Section 15900. D. Provide sequencing control panels for each boiler in the laundry steam boiler plant. Wall mount the control panel where shown. Confirm exact location prior to installation. Install boiler operating control components E. Do all required. low voltage (24 volt) control wiring to connect control components supplied loose with the boilers. Install wiring in conduit in accordance with the boiler manufacturer's control Wring schematic drawings and in accordance with wiring requirements specified in Division 16. F. When the boiler plant is substantially complete, but prior to flushing and cleaning heating system piping and equipment and start-up of heating system chemical water treatment as specified in Section 15700, and prior to start-up of the boiler plant, inspect each boiler and remove all visible debris and excessive oil or dirt, then boil-out each boiler with boil-out chemical and water and add embrittlement inhibitor in accordance with the chemical manufacturer's instructions. Discuss boil-out procedures with the boiler manufacturer and incorporate the boiler manufacturer's recommendations. G. When boiler plant installation and the heating systems are complete, have a boiler manufacturer's representative carefully check the boiler plant installation, then start-up the boilers, check and adjust all safeties and operating controls, and check, adjust (as required), and record all plant operating conditions. When the boiler plant has been checked, started, and adjusted and is operating as intended, forward to the Consultant a letter stating that the boiler plant is complete and ready for performance and acceptance testing. Enclose a copy to the boiler manufacturer's start-up report with the letter. Upon receipt of the letter the Owner and Consultant will witness a performance and acceptance test. The manufacturer, in it's report, shall certify that the plant is operating satisfactorily. Include a copy of the boiler plant start-up and test report in each copy of the operating and maintenance instructions. J. Boiler plant performance and acceptance testing must be satisfactorily completed prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ABOVE GROUND FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK A. Provide an above ground fuel oil storage tank and secure in place on pipe legs or support saddles as shown. B. Install above ground fuel oil storage tank in accordance with UL requirements of and the authorities having local jurisdiction. 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION lilIlw C. Connect the tank with fuel oil system piping. Extend vent piping to atmosphere and terminate in a vent cap. D. Provide fill piping in the tank terminated 6" (150 mm) above the bottom tank and extend the fill pipe to the exterior wall as shown. Conceal the pipe in the wall and terminate with a fill cap in a flush wall mounted fill cap enclosure. Provide the enclosure. Make the bottom of the enclosure oil-tight. Hand two (2) identified enclosure keys to the Consultant. E. Provide a remote level transmitter for the tank and wall mount the transmitter where shown and ensure that wiring from the tank level gauges has been extended and connected to the remote level transmitter. Install transmitter and components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The extension and connection of wiring from the tank level gauges to the remote level transmitter shall be performed by the in accordance with the work specified in the article entitled "INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING". 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FUEL OIL DAY STORAGE TANK A. Provide a fuel oil day storage tank where shown. Connect with piping as indicated. B. Install fuel oil day storage tank in accordance with the UL requirements and authorities having local jurisdiction. C. Mount the tank on saddles or on steel pipe support legs (as applicable) and locate the tank in an oil retention pan on a steel wall bracket assembly located above the floor as indicated. Size the oil retention pan to contain the full contents of the tank. Provide the steel wall bracket assembly and construct of prime coat painted structural steel angles or channels sized and secure in place to support tank when full. D. Supply tank float switches as indicated and install in a valved piping column external to the tank. Confirm exact switch locations in relation to levels in the tank prior to installation. E. Extend tank vent piping to atmosphere and terminate in a piping gooseneck or a vent cap. 3.05 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required fuel oil piping, including vent piping and valves, pressure switches, etc. as shown on the drawings or as required, in accordance with requirements of local Governing Authorities. B. Pipe inside the building and above ground shall be Schedule 40 black steel, screwed. C. Provide proper swing joint fittings at all changes of direction in underground fuel oil piping, including piping at tank. D. Connect the engine-generator set with supply and return piping as shown, and install flexible fuel oil piping connections supplied with the engine. E. Provide ULC listed ground joint unions at equipment connections. F. Slope supply and return piping down in the direction of storage tanks. Provide drain valves at low points where the piping cannot be adequately drained back to the tank(s). Use eccentric reducers at changes in pipe size, installed to provide positive drainage. G. Provide shut-off valves to isolate all tanks and equipment. H. Provide check valves in pump discharge piping and wherever else shown. 05-12-06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15600 VAIL, COLORADO POWER & HEAT GENERATION 3.06 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all required arrangements with the natural gas supply Utility on behalf of the Owner for installation of gas service piping with gas pressure regulator and meter assembly. B. Provide all required natural gas storage and distribution piping to connect gas fired or operated equipment, and provide all required vent piping to atmosphere. Do all piping work in accordance with requirements of NFPA 54 / ANSI 2223 'National Fuel Gas Code", NFPA 58 "Liquefied Petroleum Gases" and all other Governing Authorities. C. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 galvanized black steel. D. Underground piping shall be machine wrapped with PVC tape using a 50% overlap. Fittings shall be hand wrapped using 100°x6 overlap extending 4" (100 mm) beyond fitting onto wrapped pipe. Approved type PVC plastic pipe and fittings complete with metallic trace wire may be used where approved by local authorities. E. Provide ball type or lubricated plug type shut-off valves to isolate equipment, and wherever else shown. F. Provide gas flow meters as indicated on the drawings and connect with piping in accordance with manufacturers instructions. G. Slope gas piping in the direction of flow to low points. H. Provide full pipe diameter, 6" (150 mm) long drip pockets at the bottom of all vertical risers, at all piping low points, and wherever else shown and/or required. 1. Identify all natural gas piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA 54 / ANSI Z223 "National Fuel Gas Code", NFPA 58 "Liquefied Petroleum Gases and all other Governing Authorities". J. Provide gas pressure regulators where shown on drawings and install in accordance with all Code and Regulator requirements. Extend and connect gas vent piping to regulators as shown on the drawings. K. Rough-in all required natural gas piping for kitchen equipment in accordance with drawing plans and schedules. Obtain accurately dimensioned rough-in drawings for the equipment and confirm exact locations prior to roughing-in. When the equipment has been installed, connect the equipment from the roughed-in work. Provide shut-off valves in all piping connections to the equipment. L. Include for installation only of solenoid valves in the gas piping to kitchen cooking equipment. M. Provide all required natural gas piping for kitchen equipment. Locate size and provide all materials and accessories to service the areas and meet all Codes identified herein along with local propane gas Codes. Propane piping shall be concealed as much as possible and not visible in any public space. When locating in ceiling spaces, ensure that they are in a return air plenum and provided with gas detectors to initiate an alarm if there is a gas leak. END OF SECTION 15600 05-12.06 POWER & HEAT GENERATION Summary Permit Set 15600 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT 02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 2.02 REFRIGERANT PIPING FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 2.03 THERMAL EXPANSION VALVES 2.04 REFRIGERATION MACHINE 2.05 COOLING TOWER 2.06 REFRIGERANT MONITOR 2.07 SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS 2.08 SPLIT SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 kw 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 REFRIGERANT PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERATION MACHINE INSTALLATION OF COOLING TOWER INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION MONITOR INSTALLATION OF SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS INSTALLATION OF SPLIT SYSTEMS 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set LOC 15650 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 fors an integral part of this Section of the Specification. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the refrigeration work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. electric power wiring to equipment, 2. domestic water and drain piping connection to equipment; 3. piping and equipment insulation; 4. ductwork connections to packaged equipment 5. chilled water piping, pumping equipment, and chemical water treatments. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit shop drawings for all refrigeration equipment specified in Part 2 of this Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING VALVES AND ACCESSORIES A. Unless noted otherwise, Mueller Brass Co., "Streamline', valves and accessories as follows: B. Ball Type Shut-Off Valves: 1. "Ballmaster', 114 turn, UL certified, forged brass ball valves, each suitable for a maximum working pressure of 500 psi (3445 kPa) and complete with carbon filled Teflon ball seals, two (2) O-Ring stem seals, a gasketed seal cap, a flow direction arrow cast into the body, a ball position indicator on the stem, and extended copper tube solder connections to permit soldering the valve into the line without disassembling the valve. C. Diaphragm Type Shut-Off Valves: 1. *Linemaster", forged brass, frost-proof, Type 1 Series, UL certified packless diaphragm type Brie valves, each suitable for a maximum working pressure of 500 psi (3445 kPa), and each complete with an O-ring to prevent moisture from entering the diaphragm chamber, one (1) phosphor bronze and two (2) stainless steel diaphragms, and extended copper tube solder connections. D. Check Valves: 1. "Checkmaster", check valves, straight through type for valves (6.4 mm) to 518' (15.9 mm), globe type for valves 718" (222 mm) and larger, as follows: a. straight through type check valves shall be complete with a machined brass gasketed body, phosphor-bronze spring, neoprene seat, and extended upper tube solder connections; b. globe type check valves shall be complete with a cast bronze body, forged brass cap, phosphor-bronze spring, Teflon seat disc, and neoprene O-ring seal. 04-07M REFRIGERATION EQUIPWENT Progress GO Set 15650-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT E. Piping Traps: 1. Style No. WE-554P, solder end type copper 'P' traps. F. Refrigerant Liquid-Moisture Indicators: 1. Alco Controls., "AMI" Series, forged brass, non-leak fused glass eyepiece, UL certified liquid - moisture indicators, each suitable for a maximum working pressure of 500 psi (3445 kPa) and complete with an accurate colour calibrated moisture indicators with distinctive colour changes to indicate wet, caution, dry refrigerant conditions, and a plastic lens cover. G. Liquid Line Filter-Drier: 1. "Drymaster Micro-Guard", UL certified, filter-driers, each suitable for a maximum working pressure of 500 psi (3445 kPa) and complete with a combination of desiccants in a fluted briquette for drying, and a fluted briquette type filter. 2. All refrigerant piping valves and accessories shall be factory cleaned, washed and supplied with capped ends. H. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are Meuller Brass Co., Henry Valve Co., Alco Controls Corp., The Imperial Manufacturing Co., Watsco Inc., and Sporlan. 2.02 REFRIGERANT PIPING FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Flexonics Division UOP Products Ltd., "VIBRA-SORBERS" or equal, phosphor bronze construction, factory cleaned, dried and sealed flexible pipe connections with soldering ends. 2.03 THERMAL EXPANSION VALVES A. Alto Controls Corp., T-Series 'THERMO* or equal, externally equalized type, sized to suit the application. 2.04 REFRIGERATION MACHINE A. McQuay UL Certified, packaged, factory assembled, and tested, HFC-134a refrigerant liquid refrigeration machine as per the drawing schedule, performance certified to the latest version of ARI Standard 550. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Compressor impellers shall be dynamically balanced and over-speed tested by the manufacturer at a minimum of 120% design operating speed. Each compressor assembly shall undergo a mechanical run-in test to verity vibration levels and oil pressuresftemperatures are within acceptable limits. Each compressor assembly shall be pneumatically proof tested at minimum 375 psi (2586 kPa) and leak tested with a refrigerant tracer gas at 300 psi (2069 kPa). 2. Both cooler and condenser shall be proof tested at 450 psi (3103 kPa) on the refrigerant side and leak tested with a refrigerant tracer gas at 300 psi (2069 kPa). The water side of each heat exchanger shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times the rated working pressure. 3. The entire refrigeration machine assembly shall be leak tested with a refrigerant tracer gas at 300 psi (2069 kPa). 4. Prior to shipment the refrigeration machine automated-controls test shall be executed to check for proper wiring and ensure correct controls operation. 5. On refrigeration machines with unit-mounted compressor motor starters, refrigeration machine and starter shall be factory wired and tested together to verify proper starter operation prior to shipment. C. Compressor. 1. One centrifugal compressor of the high performance single-stage type. 2. The open type impeller with machined shroud contours and impeller diameter optimize compressor efficiency for each specified application. 04-07A REFRIGERATION EQUPIVENr Progress CD Set 15650 - 2 RSBG Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 3. A tunnel diffuser shall provide a highly efficient controlled diffusion ration by means of individually contoured, machined-in channels of circular cross section. 4. Compressor, motor, and transmission shall be hermetically sealed into a common assembly and arranged for each field servicing. Internal compressor parts are accessible for servicing without removing the compressor base from the refrigeration machine. Connections to the compressor casing shall use O-rings to reduce occurrence of refrigerant leakage. Connections to the compressor shall be flanged or bolted for easy disassembly. 5. Journal bearings shall be steel-backed babbitt type. 6. The high speed shaft thrust bearing shall be of the tilting pad multi-shoe 'Kingsbury" type with individually replaceable shoes. The low speed shaft thrust bearing shall be of the tapered land type. 7. Transmission shall be single ratio, single helical, parallel shaft speed increaser. Gears shall conform to AGMA Standard 421. 8. The compressor design shall include a balancing piston to offset impeller thrust forces. The gear thrust load shall act opposite to impeller thrust bads. 9. The variable inlet guide vanes at the inlet to the impeller shall provide capacity modulation from 100% to 101/o capacity, with 0.75 degrees F (1.38 degrees C.) drop in entering condenser water temperature per 10% capacity reduction, while also providing pre-whirl of the refrigerant vapour entering the impeller for more efficient compression at all loads. Regardless of the machine's unloading capabilities, the machine shall be modified to include hot gas bypass - no exception; 10. Compressor shall be provided with a factory installed lubrication system to deliver oil under pressure to bearings and transmission. Included in the system shall be: a. Hermetic motor-driven oil pump with factory-installed motor contactor with overload protection. b. Refrigerant-cooled oil cooler. C. Oil pressure regulator. d. Twenty-micron oil filter with isolation valves to allow filter change without removal of refrigerant charge. e. Oil sump heater controlled from unit microprocessor. f. Oil reservoir temperature sensor with main control panel digital readout. g. Oil pump and motor for 575 volt 3 phase, 60 Hz power source. h. When factory-mounted compressor motor starter is provided, all wiring to oil pump, oil heater and controls shall be pre-wired in the factory and power applied to check proper operation prior to shipment. i. Compressor shall be fully field serviceable. Compressors which must be removed and returned to the factory for service are unacceptable. D. Motor. 1. Compressor motor shall be 3550 RPM, of the hermetic liquid refrigerant cooled squirrel cage induction type suitable for the voltage shown on the equipment schedule. 2. Motor stator shall be arranged for service or removal with only minor compressor disassembly and without removing main refrigerant piping connections. 3. Motors shall be in accordance with the article entitled "Electric Motors' in Section 15050. 4. One motor winding (with one spare) temperature sensor shall be provided. E. Power Factor Control: 1. The equipment shall include a totally automatic power factor correction capacitors with fused disconnect switch, which automatically sets the power factor to 90% under all load conditions. All necessary equipment shall be contained in a lockable cabinet affixed to the side of the control panel. 0407-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPWMr Progress CD Set 15650 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Evaporator and Condenser. 1. Evaporator and condenser shall be of the shell and tube construction, each in separate shells. Both heat exchangers shall be fabricated with high performance tubing, steel shell and tube sheets with fabricated steel water boxes. Water boxes shall be nozzle-in-head type with stubout nozzles having Victaulic grooves to allow for use of Victaulic couplings. 2. Tubing shall be copper, high-efficiency type, with integral internal and external enhancement Tubes shall be nominal Y47 (19 mm) OD wlth minimum wall thickness of 0.64 mm measured at the root of the fin. Tubes shall be rolled into tube sheets and shall be individually replaceable. Tube sheet holes shall be double grooved for joint structural integrity. Cooler tubes shall be expanded into intermediate support sheets. Intermediate support sheet spacing shall not exceed 660 mm. 3. Marine style water boxes and nozzle connections shall be designed for 150 psi (1034 kPa) minimum working pressure, unless otherwise notes. Nozzles should have grooves to allow use of Victaulic couplings. Marine style water boxes shall be provided for both evaporator and 4. The tube sheets of the cooler and condenser shall be bolted together to allow for field disassembly and reassembly. Each heat exchanger shall fit through a single doorway. 5. The vessel shall display an ASME nameplate that shows pressure and temperature data and the "U" stamp for ASME Sect VIII, Div. 1. Double pressure relief valve shall be installed on each heat exchanger. 6. Water boxes shall have vents, drains and covers to permit tube cleaning within the space shown on the drawings. A temperature sensor shall be factory installed in each water nozzle. 7. Cooler shall be designed so as to prevent liquid refrigerant from entering the compressor. Devices that introduce pressure losses (such as mist eliminators) are not acceptable because they are subject to structural failures that can result in extensive compressor damage. 8. Tubes shall be individually replaceable from either end of the heat exchanger without effecting strength and durability of the tube sheet and without causing leakage in adjacent tubes. 9. The condenser shell shall include a thermal economizer that cools the condensed liquid refrigerant to a reduced temperature, thereby increasing the refrigeration cycle efficiency. 10. A compressor discharge isolation valve shall be factory installed to allow isolation of the refrigerant charge in the condenser for servicing the compressor. G. Purge System: 1. The manufacturers of low pressure machines, must provide a purge system. The purge system supplied must have a minimum leakage rate of 0.002lbs of refrigerant/lb. of air. 2. The purge must be ARI Standard 580 listed. 3. The purge efficiency must meet ASHRAE Guideline 3.1996 paragraph 4.4.1.1. 4. If the purge unit cannot operate when the refrigeration machine and pump are off, a positive pressure device (such as a belly heater) shall be provided on the evaporator to raise the pressure of the bundle above atmospheric pressure when the machine is off. This will prevent non- condensables from entering the machine. 5. At standard room operating conditions and with a condensing refrigerant temperature > 80 degrees F, the purge system shah be rated for no more than .0049 lb. of refrigerant per 1 lb. non- condensable. The purge efficiency must not deteriorate over time. H. Hot-Gas Bypass: 1. Refrigeration machines unable to modulate capacity down to 10% of full bad shall provide automatic hot gas by-pass. Factory installed by-pass valve with piping shall permit continuous refrigeration machine operation down to 10% of full load capacity. Hot gas by-pass piping shall be complete with factory installed piping insulation. kJ 04.07.08 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CID Set 15650 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 (Mm~ FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Controls, Safeties and Diagnostics: 1. Controls The refrigeration machine shall be provided with a factory installed and wired microprocessor control centre with individually replaceable modular component construction. Components included shall be the main processorlnput-output module, power supply, starter management module (located in starter cabinet), relay board, temperature and pressure (thermistor and transducer) sensors. An optional input module (8 input channels) can be factory or field installed. The control centre includes a 16-line by 40-character liquid crystal display, 4 function keys, stop button, and alarm light. The microprocessor can be configured to display either English or SI metric units. The default standard display screen shall simultaneously indicate the following information: i. date and time of day; ii. 244mracter primary system status message; iii. 24-character secondary status message; IV. refrigeration machine operating hours; V. entering chilled water temperature; vi. leaving chilled water temperature; vii. evaporator refrigerant temperature; viii. entering condenser water temperature; ix. leaving condenser water temperature; X. condenser refrigerant temperature; xi, oil supply pressure; jai. oil sump temperature; )iii. percent motor rated bad amps (RLA). The default screen shall be displayed if there is no manual activity at the control console for 15 minutes. The 4 function keys are identified as Status, Schedule, Set Point and Service. i. Status Function: .1 evaporator pressure; .2 condenser pressure; .3 compressor discharge temperature; .4 bearing oil supply temperature; .5 motor winding temperature; .6 quantity of compressor starts; .7 control point settings; .8 discrete output status of various devices; .9 compressor motor starter status; .10 spare input channels. ii. Schedule Function: .1 Start up and shutdown shall be manual or automatic. Automatic operation is activated by the user establishing an occupancy schedule based on a 365-day, real time clock that shall automatically start and stop the refrigeration machine according to a configurable stored time. Ckx* shall have battery backup. A minimum of 8 separate occupied or unoccupied periods may be scheduled by the user. The periods can have any day of the week or holiday assigned to the occupied or unoccupied periods. Up to 18 user-defined holidays can be configured up to one year in advance (month, day, and duration in days). Simultaneous display of the occupancy schedules shall be viewable on the LCD screen. The refrigeration machine can also be started and stopped remotely by contact closure from a customer-supplied relay (once this option has been activated in the configuration mode),. or from a building management system software command. 0407-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPWNT C Progress CD Set 15650 - 5 RS&G File No. 180520&00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Set Point Function: 1 The leaving chilled water set point, entering chilled water set point, and demand limit set point shall be entered, stored, viewed, or changed by depressing the set point function key. The operator shag be able to modify these set points by entering the set point function and modifying the set points any time during refrigeration machine operating shutdown periods. iv. Service Function: .1 By depressing the service function key and entering a 4-digit password the operator shall be able to: i view the alarm history file which contains up to 25 alarm/alert messages with time and date stamp; i execute the refrigeration machine controls test function for quick identification of malfunctioning components; li view/modify refrigeration machine configuration; iv view/modify refrigeration machine occupancy periods; v viewhnodify schedule holiday periods; A view/modify schedule override periods; vii viewlmodify system time and date. Machine Control Sequence: i. The refrigeration machine microcomputer control panel shall operate the refrigeration machine when the chilled water pump has been started. The Building Automation System will provide a signal to start the chilled water pump. The refrigeration machine will start automatically when the chilled water pump has been started. After the chilled water pump has been started, a rise in chilled water temperature will cause the condenser water pump to start that in turn will cause the refrigeration machine oil lubrication pump to start. When the chilled water and condenser water flow and system oil pressure have been established, the compressorlmotor engages starting the machine. The variable inlet guide vanes at the compressor inlet and hot gas bypass shall provide continuous capacity modulation from 100% to 10% of design load. When the. bad falls below 10%, the machine shag automatically shutdown and the control system shag automatically reset. If the refrigeration machine shuts down due to an alarm in the system it shall not be permitted to start until all alarms are satisfied and the refrigeration machine is reset and started at the refrigeration machine control panel. f. Capacity control shall be by means of variable inlet guide vanes located at the impeller inlet Load modulation shall be from 100% to 10% of fug load under normal ARl conditions without the use of hot gas bypass. The guide vanes shag be positioned by a PID (proportional-integmWerivatmve) control algorithm to ensure precise control within t 0.5 degrees F. (t 0.3 degrees C.) of desired chilled water temperature without hunting or overshooting the set point g. The microprocessor control system shag include a programmed sequence to meet pre-lube and post tube needs prior to machine start up and during coast-down after machine stop. The microprocessor shall automatically activate and interlock the chilled water pump, and cooling tower fans upon refrigeration machine activation. h. Upon request to start the compressor, the control system shall start the chilled water pump, condenser water pump and tower fans, verify that flow has been established and then compare leaving chilled water temperature with the chilled water set point. If the chilled water temperature is less than the chilled water set point, the control system will shut down the condenser water pump and wad for the cooling load to be established. 1. A user-configurable ramp loading rate, effective during the chilled water temperature pull- down period, slows the rate of guide vane opening to prevent a rapid increase in compressor power consumption. Ramp loading shal limit the rate (degrees/minute) of chilled water temperature pugdown or % demand limit to the user-configurable rate. During the ramp loading period, a message shag be displayed informing the operator that the refrigeration machine is operating in ramp loading mode. 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPNENr Progress CD Set 15650 - 6 RS&G File No. 180620M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS R RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT j. The control system shall include 2 compressor cycle-timers to protect the motor from rapid cycling. The start-inhibit timer shall prevent rapid compressor restart by limiting the start-to- start time to 15 minutes minimum and stop-to-start to 3 minutes minimum. In addition, the compressor WH be inhibited from restarting N more than 8 manual starts per 12-hour period have occurred. k. The control system shall automatically cycle the compressor off to minimize energy usage whenever the leaving chilled water temperature is 5 degrees F. (3 degrees C.) below the desired chilled water set point. The chilled water pump will remain on, and when the leaving chilled water temperature rises above the desired set point, the compressor will automatically be recycled back on. During the shutdown period, a message shall be displayed informing the operator a recycle restart is pending. 1. The control centre shall interface with a Building Automation System to provide: L Remote refrigeration machine starl/stop; ii. Reset of chilled water temperature; in. Reset of current limit iv. Status of messages indicating refrigeration machine is ready to start, refrigeration machine is operating, refrigeration machine is shut down on a safety requiring reset and refrigeration machine is shut-down on a recycling safety. Safeties: a. Unit shall automatically shut down when any of the following conditions occurs: (Each of these protective limits shall require manual reset and cause an alarm message to be displayed on the LCD screen informing the operator of the shutdown cause.) L motor overcurrent; ii. over voltage; iii. under voltage; iv. single cycle dropout; V. bearing oil high temperature; L Vi. low evaporator refigerant temperature; Vii. high condenser pressure; Viii. high motor temperature; ix. high compressor discharge temperature; X. low of pressure; xi. prolonged surge; )di. loss of cooler water flow; )iii. loss of condenser water flow, )iv. starterfault. b. The control system shall detect conditions that approach protective limits and take self- corrective action prior to an alarm occurring. The system shall automatically reduce refrigeration machine capacity when any of the following is out of normal operating range: L high condenser pressure; ii. high motor temperature; iii. low evaporator refrigerant temperature; iv. high motor amps. C. During the capacity over(& period, a pre-alarm (alert) message shall be displayed informing the operator which condition is causing the capacity to override. Once the condition is again within acceptable limits, the override condition shall be terminated and the refrigeration machine will revert-to normal chilled water control. If during either condition the protective limit is reached, the refrigeration machine will shut down and a message WIN be displayed informing the operator which condition caused the shutdown and alarm. 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 15650-7 RSSG Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Diagnostics and Service a. The control system shall execute a series of pre-start checks whenever a start command is received to determine 9 pressures, temperatures, and timers are within normal limits, thereby allowing a normal start up to commence. If an of the limits are exceeded, an alert message will be displayed informing the operator of the cause of the pre-start alert. b. A self agnostic controls test shall be an integral part of the control system to allow quick identification of malfunctioning components. Once the controls test has been initiated, an pressure and temperature sensors shag be checked to ensure they are within normal operating range. A pump test will automatically energize the chilled water pump, condenser water pump and oil pump. The control system will confirm that water flow and oil pressure have been established and require operator confirmation prior to proceeding to the next test. A guide vane actuator test shall open and dosed the guide vanes to check for proper operation. The operator manually acknowledges proper guide vane operation prior lo proceeding to the next test. C. In addition to the automated controls test, a thermistor test and transducer test shall allow display on the LCD screen of the actual reading of each transducer and each thermistor installed on the refrigeration machine. All sensors will have quick disconnects to allow replacement of the sensor without replacement of entire sensor wire. Reduced voltage Starter. 1. A reduced voltage star delta starter remote mounted for the compressor motor, complete with fusible disconnect switch suitable for operation at specified conditions with a maximum interrupting capacity of 50,000 amps rms symmetrical. The circuit breaker and starter assembly including enclosure shall be capable of withstanding short circuit forces of 50,000 amps. 2. The starter enclosure shall be NEMA-2 and shall be of a modular construction, with complete access to all parts without disturbing the refrigerant circuit. Power wiring from the starter to the compressor motor and control wiring from the starter to the refrigeration machine control panel will be completed at the factory. The starter shall include: a. a lock and key to prevent tampering; b. a 3 phase ammeter, c. a 3 phase voltmeter; d. control transformer; e. digital elapsed time meter, f. electrical lugs for connection of "line" and "load" side power connections; g. the following protective devices: h. phase rotation protection circuit and indicating light; i. single phase failure protection circuit and indicating light; j. high temperature safety protection system with indicating light and reset button; k. high and low voltage protection system; 1. current unbalance protection; M. overload protection which must shut down the refrigeration unit within six (6) cycles (1 /10 sec.) due to the following faults: I. line motor starting current exceeds 45% of LRA on solid state starter, ii. line current exceeds 105% of full bad current; iii. a power interruption (power fault) lasting 1-112 cycles or more; IV. control circuit under voltage; V. control circuit malfunction (such as loose wires or fluttering flow switch); Vi. the inability to start to ten (10) seconds, if the machine should be shutdown for any of the above reasons. Factory Insulation: 1. Factory installed, closed cell elastomeric insulation'/; (19 mm) thick with a conductivity rating not exceeding 0.0404 W/M. degrees C. and conforming to UL Standard 94, classification 94 HBF, shall be provided around cooler shell, economizer low side compressor suction line elbow, motor shell and motor cooling lines. 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EOUIPW-W Progress CD Set 15650-8 RS&G Fie No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Refrigeration Machine Accessories: 1. Supply the following factory accessories loose with the refrigeration machine for site installation: a. AN required refrigerant and oil for machine start-up; b. flow switches for the evaporator and condenser circuits. Flow switches wig be the paddle type, vapor-proof enclosed SPDT switch (7.4 amps, 115 VA.C.) suitable for 150 psig DWP. Switches are to be shipped loose for contractor field installation in a horizontal section of pipe where there is a straight horizontal run of at least five pipe diameters on each side of the Ilow switch. An adjustment screw will regulate the amount of flow required to actuate the switch. Flow switches will conform to NEMA 4X Enclosure. L M. Machine Supplier Site Services: u16 I 1. Include for the services at the site for a minimum of forty (40) hours per machine, a factory trained service technician in the employ of the refrigeration machine supplier to: a. check machine installation prior to start-up to ensure that the unit is properly installed and connected in accordance the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions; b. leak test, evacuate, dehydrate and charge the machine with refrigerant and oil; C. start the machine, make any required adjustments, and to run the machine through a complete performance and acceptance test under load in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Consultant to check performance, vibration, operating and safety controls, all in accordance with ARI 550-99; d. to demonstrate machine operation and maintenance procedures to the Owner's staff. N. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: a. Compressor motor starter. Allen-Bradley and Square D Co. b. Refrigeration machine: McQuay, York International and Carrier. 2.05 COOLING TOWER A. Baltimore Aircoil of Canada., factory assembled, 'V" Series, Model VT1, counterflow, vertical forced discharge, centrifugal fan design cooling tower with performance as scheduled on the drawings. B. All metal parts including fasteners, of the tower shall be constructed from stainless steel. C. The tower shall be CTI certified and shall be complete with: 1. a combination pantfan section constructed of heavy-gauge steel, with fans and motors located in the dry entering airstream, and standard pan accessories including circular access doors, large area, lift-out steel strainer of anti-vortexing design, and a brass make-up valve with large diameter polystyrene-filled plastic float arranged for easy adjustment; 2. heat transfer casing sections removable from the pan-fan section to facilitate rigging, complete with FM approved PVC wet deck surface sheets below a water distribution system, all encased by steel panels with removable, sectional, minimum 3-bend steel eliminators at the top, arranged to deflect air away from the fans, and a system to distribute water evenly over the fill area, consisting of a header pipe with external spray pressure metering facilities, and Schedule 40 PVC pipe spray branches with plastic spray nozzles, both held in place by means of snap-in rubber grommets to permit quick removal of individual nozzles or complete spray branches. Cooling tower shag be complete with PVC sump sweeper piping and eductors. The eductors shall be strategically placed to sweep the solids towards the filter suction connection. Each eductor shag increase the supply flow rate by a factor of five; 3. forwardly curved blade centrifugal fans, mounted on a corrosion protected steel shaft supported by heavy-duty, self-aligning, grease lubricated bearings with cast iron housings and extended lubrication Ones, statically and dynamically balanced, and complete with steel housings with curved inlet rings, and rectangular discharge cowls which extend into the pan; C 0407-06 REFRIGERATION EQ AP*Wr RS&GdeCD sd No 1805206-00 15650-4 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 4. adjustable V-belt fan drive(s) designed for not less than 150 percent of motor nameplate horsepower, and removable steel screens and panels for protection from moving parts; 5. two-speed totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) single winding motors as specified in Section 15050, suitable for outdoor use; 6. 2 @ 15 kW, electric, tubular element construction immersion type pan heaters complete with contact terminals enclosed in a moisture-proof terminal box, a 115 volt moisture-resistant temperature controller, and a low water level cut-out. D. Remote, surface wall mounting power and control panels (one for each tower) shipped for installation on site with an NEMA 2 enclosure and the following: 1. a door interlock disconnect switch; 2. fused, protected type, reduced voltage, non-reversing magnetic motor starter(s) for the fan motor(s), with indicator lights, HOA switch, fused control transformer, time delay relays from high to low speed, and suitable auxiliary contacts for building management control system connections for remote on-off control and status indication and signals from building automation system (BAS); 3. a system "ON" indication light; 4. a fused 3-pole magnetic contactor for each pan heater, and pan heater "ON" and "LOW WATER LEVEL" indicating lights. E. Where scheduled or specified on the drawings, cooling towers shall be supplied with the following: 1. An inlet silencer supplied loose for field installation, fabricated from hot dip galvanized steel finished with "BALTIBOND" corrosion protection, lined with moisture-proof fibreglass or equal sound absorbent material, and constructed to reduce overall cooling tower intake noise level by the following decibels: Octave bands: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Decibels: 1 5 10 17 15 16 13 9 2. A discharge silencer(s) supplied loose for field installation, housed in a hot dip galvanized steel casing finished with "BALTIBOND" corrosion protection, complete with a full length access door, and constructed to reduce overall cooling tower discharge noise levels by the following decibels: Octave bands: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Decibels: 1 1 2 7 11 8 9 7 Cooling tower manufacturer shall provide perimeter handrails around the top of the tower, c!w kneerails and toeboards. Provide an aluminum ladder with a steel safety cage. Ladder shall extend from the service platform and terminate at the eliminators on top of the tower. Eliminators must be constructed from galvanized steel or a material that will support the weight of a serviceman. Ladders must comply with all Ministry of Labour requirements for fixed access ladders. G. Acceptable manufacturers are Baltimore Aircoil of Canada, Marley Canadian Rd. And Evapco. 2.06 REFRIGERANT MONITOR A. MSA Inc., Model No. RT-A-D-8-B, "CHILLERGUARD RT" infrared photo-acoustic absorption type sample draw mon'dodreadout, refrigerant leak detection system, as shown on the drawings and specified herein, providing continuous gas concentration display, monitoring of eight (8) remote points, 110 Vac, 0.56 Amps, 60 Hz supply, UL Certified, with the following: 1. NEMA 4X type surface mounting enclosure housing components, complete with full length access door with shatterproof window sized to allow dear view of meter and indicator lights and mounting brackets; 2. extemal alarm acknowledging and audible alarm silencing switch; 3. bottom sample gas inlet/outlet; 4. internal sample pump and finer, 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPM W Progress CD Set 15650 -10 RS&G Fie No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 5. 0-1000 ppm analyzer monitoring range with sensitivity of 1 ppm in the range of 0 -100 ppm and +10% of full scale in the range of 100-1000 range. Analyzer shall be capable of a linear response in the range of 0 -100 ppm and +21/o of full scale in the range of 100 -1000 ppm. 6. two (2) fine, twenty (20) character vacuum fluorescent display monitor displaying: a. monitoring location and corresponding gas concentration; b. coded self-diagnostics; C. three (3) alarm levels as follows: I. Alarm 1: 3 to 10 ppm; ii. Alarm 2: 8 to 40 ppm; W. Alarm 3: 25 to 1000 ppm, configurable as rate of rise alarming the range of 30 - 600 ppm; 7. three (3) separate alarm set point levels each individually adjustable within a given range. Each setpoint shall provide drive signal to interface relays and shall be capable of providing a selection of latching or non - latching modes. A minimum of one (1) relay per set point level shall be provided each either normally open or normally closed and Form C, single pole, double throw, rated at 5 amps at 120 VAC; 8. self - diagnostics code displayed on readout when fault exists; 9. audible hom; 10. visual beacon; 11. readily accessible front panel push button type controls to: a. display alarm set point level; b. resetting any alarm set point; C. zero and span calibration adjustments; d. humidity compensation adjustments; 12. internal sample gas filter, 13. 4 - 20 mA sinking output signal and 0 - 5V, 0 - 10V output signal representing gas concentration being sampled. Signal shall be capable of driving a load of either 250 ohm at 12V or 500 ohm at 24V, 14. multi-point sequencer providing sequential sampling of points with a dwell time of thirty (30) seconds per point Sampling system shall utilize an extractive gas technique and be complete with a vacuum pump to draw filtered samples through individual sample point tubing, integrated sampling system with solenoid valves for sequential sample switching and adequate filtration; 15. required lengths of 6 mm O.D. copper tubing; 16. required No. of Model No. 78006 end-of-line filters; 17. the sequence of operation shall be as follows: a. initiate exhaust fan and local alarm condition at gas concentration of 500 ppm; b. initiate general alarm condition at gas concentration of 900 ppm. B. Site Services: 1. Conduct site review of installed refrigeration plant and determine (finalize) most suitable location(s) for refrigerant sampling point locations. Location of sensor points must comply with Ministry of Labour requirements. 2. Manufacturer shall calibrate monitor and certify satisfactory system installation and operation in writing to Consultant. C. Operating And Maintenance Manual: 1. Supply three (3) bound operating and maintenance manuals each complete with: a. a complete explanation of operation principles and sequences; b. complete parts list with numbers; C. recommended maintenance practices and precautions. D. Acceptable manufacturers are MSA Inc., and other manufacturers recommended by refrigerant manufacturer. 0407-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 1500-11 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 2.07 SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS A. Survivair "Mark 2" open-circuit, positive pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus to MSHAINIOSH TC-13F-108 and NFPA 1981, with thirty (30) minute duration Certified to MSHAINIOSH 30-CFR-11; 15.3 MPa low pressure hoop wrapped fibreglass tank; hypoallergenic silicone rubber face piece with memory, single curved, wide-view lens with brow guard and inside anti-fog and outside surface scratch resistant coatings, clear speaking diaphragm, large sealing area, raised lens guard, four (4) point neck strap; redundant first stage regulator with distinctly different audible alarm on first stage failure and end of service; second stage regulator with large control ring and quick-connect; non-collapsing silicone rubber low pressure hose with fittings; strap mounted over shoulder tank status dial type indicator, alpine style backpack with hinged support plate, "NOMEX"PKEVLAR" straps, 1-piece stainless steel cylinder band, lower cylinder support, buckles, loops, etc., and designed such that equipment weight is distributed over the hips. B. Site Services: 1. The self contained breathing apparatus presently installed at the Hospital is manufactured by Scott (Safety Supply Canada). The Hospitals maintenance staff is presently trained in the use of this device. 2. Should the Contractor supply breathing apparatuses other than Scott, the Contractor shall be responsible for training the Hospital's entire training staff (16 personnel in total) in all facets of the use of the breathing apparatus, including but not limited to equipment fitting, operating and maintenance. 3. The training sessions shall be performed by qualified personnel and shall be a minimum of 6 hours per session. No more than four (4) of the Hospital's personnel shall be present at any one training session. C. Operating And Maintenance Manual: 1. Supply three (3) bound, operating and maintenance manuals each complete with: a. a complete explanation of operation principles and sequences; b. complete parts list with numbers; C. recommended maintenance practices and precautions. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Survivair and MSA Inc. 2.08 SPLIT SYSTEMS A. Mitsubishi, UL Certified and labelled R-22, split system as per drawings and drawing schedule and as follows. B. Condensing Unit: 1. Unit shall be an air cooled weather-proof unit suitable for a rooftop application. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Unit shall be and designed in accordance with UL Standards. 2. Unit using shall be capable of withstanding Federal test method Standard No. 141 (Method 6061) 500-hours salt spray test 3. Unit shall be manufactured in a ISO 9002 registered facility. 4. Unit Cabinet: a. Unit cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a prepainted baked enamel finish. b. Unit panels shall be removable with minimil screws and shall provide access to the compressor, fan and control components. C. outdoor compartment shall be isolated and have an acoustic fining to ensure quiet operation. 0407.06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 15650-12 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 J PROJECT 402028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 5. Fans: fans shall be of the direct-driven propeller type, with corrosion-resistant blades riveted to corrosllon-resistant steel supports. They shall be dynamically balanced and discharge arc upwards. b. outdoor fan openings shag be equipped with PVC coated grilled over fan and coil. 6. Compressor(s): a. Compressor(s) shag be fully hermetic scroll type complete with factory-installed external spring vibration isolation, factory-installed crankcase heater, oil system, oil charge and motor. 7. Coils: a. Standard condenser cogs shag have aluminium plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. 8. Refrigerant Components: a. refrigerant cinit components shag include: L service gauge connection on liquid fines; ii. service valve with service gauge connection port on suction line; iii. service gauge port connections on compressor suction and discharge lines with Schrader-type fittings with brass caps, accumulator, pressure relief and a full charge of refrigerant. 9. Controls and Safeties: a. Unit Controls: time delay restart to prevent compressor reverse rotation on single-phase scroll ii. automatic restart on power failure; iii. safety lockout if any outdoor unit safety is open; iv. a time delay control sequence provided through the fan coil board, thermostat or ll t con ro er; V. automatic outdoor-fan motor protection; b. Safeties: I. compressor over-temperature, over-current; ii. low-pressure switch; iii. high-pressure switch; iv. high-pressure relief; V. outdoor fan failure protection. 10. Electrical Requirements: a. All unit power wiring shag enter unit cabinet at a single location. 11. Motors: a. Outdoor fan motor shall be totally enclosed single phase motors with Class B insulation and permanently-lubricated sleeve bearings. Motor shall be protected by internal thermal overload protection; b. Compressor motors shag be NEMA loss F, suitable for operation in refrigerant atmos here p . 12. Special Features: a. Liquid Solenoid Valve L Electronically operated shut-off valve to open and dose in response to compressor operation. • 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 15650-13 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15650 VAIL, COLORADO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT D. Fan-Coil Unit: 1. UL certified 115 volt, single phase fan coil units as perthe drawing schedule, each complete with: a. a reinforced galvanized steel basic casing assembly, internally sound and thermally insulated with neoprene coated, blanket type, glass fibre insulation meeting requirements of NFPA 90A; b. a removable galvanized steel fan board assembly with double width, centrifugal, forward curved, formed aluminium fan wheels with galvanized steel housings, direct connected to a 3-speed, tap wound, permanent split capacitor motor, c. a 3-speed fan control switch. Vertical fan coil units shall have an integral 3-speed switch. Manufacturer shall provide a junction box for installation on concealed horizontal fan coil units complete with knockouts for field connection. Junctions box shall be factory mounted and wired requiring only power connection to unit; d. factory tested refrigerant coil(s) with aluminium fins permanently bonded to copper, e. a full length drain pan located under the coil(s), and an auxiliary drain pan located under the coil piping connections, both constricted of galvanized steel, pitched for positive drainage, and insulated with closed cell insulation meeting NFPA 90A requirements; f. a refrigerant metering device; g. a minimum 6" (150 mm) long length of factory installed flexible condensate drain piping; h. for horizontal fan coil units a f~ter back with a cleanable permanent air filter and suction duct connection collar, a front discharge duct connection collar, and rubber grometted mounting holes for hanger rod connections; i. for exposed, vertical cabinet fan coil units, a filter back with a cleanable permanent air ffiter and an integral top discharge grille. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Mitsubishi, Trane, Carrier, McQuay and York. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required refrigerant piping. Pipe shall be type "L" hard copper, factory cleaned, capped and marked "ACR". B. Refrigerant piping and direct expansion refrigeration equipment must be installed by skilled and qualified refrigeration mechanics. C. The exact arrangement and installation of the refrigerant piping system must be reviewed with and approved by the direct expansion refrigeration equipment manufacturer both prior to and after installation of the piping and equipment. D. Make all refrigerant pipe solder joints using a light coat of an approved brazing flux applied to both pipe and fittings. Do not use an acid flux. During the soldering process, ensure that the pipe and fittings are purged of air and are kept full of nitrogen or carbon dioxide to prevent scale formation. E. It is essential that interior surfaces of the piping system, when installation is complete, be absolutely clean, therefore, dean any piping which has become contaminated during erection and connection. Cleaning procedures must be approved by the Consultant F. Provide hot gas bypass valve and hot gas solenoid valve in refrigerant piping in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 15650-14 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 C PROJECT 102028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT G. Provide shut-off valves to isolate each piece of equipment if shut-off valves are not supplied integral with the equipment Shut-off valves inside the building shall be ball or diaphragm type. Shut-off valves outside the building shall be diaphragm type. H. Provide a refrigerant charging valve for each system if such a valve is not supplied integral with equipment 1. Provide all refrigerant piping system accessories shown. Install in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and instructions. J. Provide all required refrigerant K. Provide flexible connections at piping connections to equipment where shown. Install in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERATION MACHINE A. Provide refrigeration machines where shown. B. Secure each machine in place on vibration isolation on a concrete housekeeping pad. Ensure that the machine is level to within 118" (4 mm). C. Provide two (2) flow switches for each machine and install a flow switch in the chilled and condenser water piping connection to the machine. Connect each flow switch to the machine control panel to shut-down the machine on a no flow condition. Provide all required sensors and piping wells. D. Provide a drain valve and vent cock for the water box of the machine. Pipe the pressure relief rupture disc of the evaporator to atmosphere in accordance with GSA B52-00 requirements. E. Provide all required refrigerant and oil. F. Provide valved chilled water supply piping with strainer and valved chilled water return piping connections to the purge unit and oil cooler on the machine. Piping shall be in accordance with the machine manufacturer's recommendations. G. Supply a minimum of four (4) copies of complete wiring and piping connection diagrams and details for proper execution and completion of the control circuits and cooling water requirements. H. Provide all required control wiring in conduit in accordance with requirements of Division 16 and in accordance with control wiring schematics and the machine manufacturers instructions. I. Arrange for the refrigeration machine supplier to check machine installation prior to start-up, to start-up the machine and to check out the machine through a performance and acceptance test in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Consultant, and to completely instruct the Owners designated operating personnel on proper machine operation and maintenance. Supply and turn over to the Consultant, a minimum of four (4) typewritten copies of machine start-up reports indicating all operating capacities and performance, and a letter from the machine supplier stating that he (the supplier), has checked the machine installation and found it to be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and instructions. J. Ensure that the machines are arranged and connected so that the machines cannot start simultaneously. 4L 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPWM Progress CD Set 16W-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 3.03 INSTALLATION OF COOLING TOWER A. Provide cooling tower on the roof where shown. B. Secure each tower in place, level and plumb on vibration isolation spring mounts on the support structure provided. C. Ensure that the tower fan drive assembly is properly lubricated. Provide oil If required. D. Supply prewired power and control panels and wall mount the panels where shown. Identify the panel with an engraved latmacoid nameplate. Test and check operation of the panel and adjust as required. E. Install the condenser water piping mounted temperature sensor and connect with wiring in conduit to the capacity control system. The control sequence shall be as per the drawing control diagram and sequence. F. Install silencer(s) supplied loose with the tower. G. Arrange for competent and fully qualified tower manufacturer's personnel to check installation and connection of each tower, to start the tower and carefully check operation, including heater operation, all control and safety functions. When such tests are complete, forward to the Consultant a letter from the manufacturer stating that the towers have been property installed and connected in accordance with recommendations and instructions, tested and checked. Include for all testing costs in the Bid amount. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION MONITOR A. Provide a complete refrigerant concentration monitor system where shown. B. Exact location of sampling points and other components shall be determined on site by the manufacturer upon review of completed refrigeration systems. Calibration of system shall be on site by manufacturer. C. Confirm location of monitor panels with Consultant prior to roughing in. D. Install components in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and wiring diagrams. Provide low voltage wiring in conduit per the requirements of Division 16. E. Forward four (4) copies of letter from manufacturer certifying satisfactory installation and operation of system. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS A. Provide two (2) self-contained breathing apparatuses and instal as indicated by the Consultant on site. Arrange and coordinate instructions to Owner's staff by manufacturer, at the convenience of the Owner. Submit a letter to the Owner certifying that all of the Owners staff have been trained in the operation of the self-contained breathing apparatus. Include a copy of this letter in the operating and maintenance manuals. C. Provide two (2) spare tanks. Leave all tanks full. 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Progress CD Set 15650-16 RS&G File No.18052U6 W PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 3.06 INSTALLATION OF SPLIT SYSTEMS A. Provide split systems as shown on the drawings. B. Provide condensing units where shown and secure in place, level and plumb. Condensing units located on the roof shall be mounted on concrete pavers. C. Provide unit coolers where shown. Unit coolers shall be secured in place from the structure by means of hanger rods with rubber grommets. Ensure that the units are level and plumb. D. Provide refrigerant piping and connect piping between unit coolers and condensing unit Provide a filter drier and moisture indicator sight glass in piping at the condensing unit Insulate all refrigerant piping in accordance with the requirements of Section 15250. E. Provide a thermostat for fan coil unit Wall mount thermostat 5' above finished floor. All control wiring between the thermostat, the fan col units and condensing units shag be performed by the Controls Contractor as specified in Section 15900 of the specification. F. When system installation is complete, check all equipment connections, start-up the equipment, test operation, and make any required adjustments under direct supervision of a qualified member of the equipment supplier's personnel and, when equipment is ready for acceptance, forward to the Consultant a letter stating that the equipment has been checked, started, tested and is ready for acceptance. C~ J G. When the letter has been received, the Consultant will visit the site to witness performance and acceptance tests on the equipment. Arrange for the equipment supplier's personnel to be present during the tests. Pay all costs associated with the equipment supplier's personnel at the site. END OF SECTION 15650 04-07-06 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT C Progress CD Set 15650 -17 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 • • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AND ACCESSORIES 2.02 CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 2.03 DEAERATOR 2.04 CONDENSATE RECEIVER AND PUMP SET 2.05 STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 2.06 STEAM SEPARATORS 2.07 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 2.08 STEAM TRAPS 2.09 STEAM TRAP TESTING COMPONENTS 2.10 STEAM VACUUM BREAKERS 2.11 FLASH TANKS 2.12 DRIP PAN ELBOWS 2.13 STEAM FLOW METERS 2.14 CHILLED WATER FLOW METER 2.15 DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANK 2.16 PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING AND CLEANING CHEMICAL TREATMENT MATERIALS 2.17 CIRCULATING PUMPS 2.18 CIRCULATING PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE CONNECTION ACCESSORIES 2.19 VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM 2.20 PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGER 2.21 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER 2.22 DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (CONVECTOR-RADIATORS) 2.23 DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (RADIATORS) 2.24 UNIT HEATERS 2.25 ELECTRONIC STEAM HUMIDIFIER 2.26 FAN COIL UNITS 2.27 SNOW MELTING SYSTEMS 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER LOC 15700 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER AND GLYCOL SOLUTION PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATORS 3.04 INSTALLATION OF STEAM TRAP TESTING COMPONENTS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PUMP SET 3.07 INSTALLATION OF DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANKS 3.08 INSTALLATION OF CIRCULATING PUMPS 3.09 INSTALLATION OF VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSRTEM 3.10 PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING AND CLEANING 3.11 INSTALLATION OF WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL FEED EQUIPMENT 3.12 GENERAL RE: ALL TREATMENT 3.13 INSTALLATION OF PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGER 3.14 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS 3.15 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (CONVECTOR - RADIATORS) 3.16 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (RADIATORS) 3.17 INSTALLATION OF MOTORIZED HEATERS 3.18 INSTALLATION OF STEAM HUMIDIFIERS 3.19 INSTALLATION OF FAN COIL UNITS 3.20 INSTALLATION OF SNOW MELTING SYSTEM 3.21 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING J E 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set LOC 15700 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section, as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the liquid heat transfer work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1, supply of piping or equipment mounted temperature control components; 2. duct system connections to liquid heat transfer equipment; 3. supply and mounting of main heating and/or cooling coils supplied with fan equipment; 4, domestic water piping connections to equipment; 5. drainage piping connections to equipment drain pans; 6. provision of power wiring, interlock and control wiring and any receptacles required for circulating system chemical treatment feed equipment; 7. electric power wiring connections to electronic and gas fired steam humidifiers; 8. provision of site applied thermal insulation for piping and equipment; 9. provision of refrigeration plant equipment; 10. provision of boilers; 11. circulating system testing, adjusting and balancing; 12. provision of a toggle switch disconnect and power wiring connections for motorized heaters; 13. provision of thermostats and control wiring for motorized heaters and fan coil units; 14. provision of a toggle switch disconnect and power wiring connections for fan coil units. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for all products specified in this Section. B. Submit certified performance curves with all pump shop drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AND ACCESSORIES A. Senior Flexonics Ltd., expansion compensators and accessories as follows: 1. in piping connecting lengths of radiation elements in series, Model "L" low pressure bronze expansion compensators with male and female streamline ends and, for use with steel pipe, copper to IPT adapters; 2. piping guides - carbon steel, insulating type. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Senior Flexonics Ltd., Hyspan Precision Products Inc., and Thombum Equipment Inc. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 2.02 CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES A. S.A. Armstrong Ltd., Series "CBV-L" screwed and "CBV11" flanged, globe style, non-ferrous circuit balancing valves designed to facilitate precise flow measurement, precision flow balancing, and positive shut-off, complete with capped and valved drain connection, and valved ports for connection to a S.A. Armstrong Model CBVM 135160 or equal, differential pressure meter and an insulation accessory meeting the requirements of article entitled "Fire Hazard Ratings", of Section 15250. B. Acceptable manufacturers are S.A. Armstrong Ltd., Tour & Anderson and Newman-Hattersley. 2.03 DEAERATOR A. Cleaver Brooks spray type, pressurized, horizontal deaerator, of single tank design as per the schedules and capable of a maximum oxygen removal to of 0.005 ccsAitre in the effluent throughout all load conditions between 5 and 100 percent. Two compartment designs are not acceptable. Atmospheric operating designs are not acceptable. B. Feedwater and condensate shall be admitted to the deaerator through a single spring-loaded, self-cleaning, adjustable stainless steel spray valve, which shall provide proper intemal vent condensing and water distribution at any load between 5 and 100 percent of rated capacity. The water temperature in the primary heating and vent concentrating section is to be raised within 2 OF or 30F of steam temperature and most of the gases released. The water is then to be collected in a conical water collector. From there, it is to flow to an atomizing valve where high velocity steam strikes it, breaks it down into a fine mist, and heats it to a full steam saturation temperature. The mixture is to strike a deflecting baffle, which separates water and steam. Hot, gas-free water is to then drop to the storage compartment to complete the cycle. The steam and non-condensable are to flow upward, through the primary heating spray, into the internal vent concentrating section, where they contact the cold influent water. Here, the steam is to be condensed to continue the cycle. Released gasses are discharged to atmosphere through the vent outlet. All internal surfaces, which come in contact with un-deaerated water, shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel. C. Automatic vent valve shall be thermostatically controlled to provide a fast means of venting when a sudden build-up of gases occurs, such as seen at start-up. The manual vent valve shall have an orifice for continuous minimum venting. Venting rate shall not exceed 0.1 of 1 % of the rated deaerator capacity at 5 psi. D. The deaerated water storage tank shall be shall have an elliptical manhole for access. Heads to be ASME torispherical type constructed of ASTM A516 GR 70 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of (6.3 mm). Shell plate to be fabricated of ASTM A36 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of (6.3 mm). The tank shall be designed in accordance with ASME, Section VIII of the Pressure Vessel Code for 50 psi (350 KpA) at 650°F (3430C.) and stamped accordingly. Certification shall be required. Joint efficiencies to be 70% circumferential per Table UW-12, which does not require stress relieving or non destructive examination. E. The tank shall be factory-insulated and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, clips, and a durable steel jacket Block-type insulation is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fibreglass, 50 mm thick, 16.02 kg./cu.m., and have a rating of R3.85. Pins are to be located on 430 mm centres and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shah have a shell thickness of 22 gauge minimum and head thickness of 12 gauge minimum. The tank shall be factory-lined with a high quality baked epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-SP-5) white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry for a total thickness of 6 mils dry minimum. Baking schedule for intermediate coats to be 10 to 20 minutes at 250°F (1210C) to 302°F (1500C) and final baking to be 1-1/2 hours at 350°F (1760C) to 401°F (2050C). Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free of pin holes. Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to meet requirements of FDA and MID of the USDA. The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 250°F (121 °C). J 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER G. The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 1-1/4"(32 mm) diameter with a Y." (6 mm) steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application. H. The high temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of 2" (50 mm) pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high temperature condensate returns. I. The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical. J. The basic deaerator shall be equipped with the following him and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with ASME Power Piping Code B31.1. K. Make-Up Valve and Controller: 1. Yd" (19 mm) inlet water regulating lever valve with bronze body and screwed connections. The valve Cv shall not exceed 7.7 and be rated for 2.1 Vs at 120 kPa inlet pressure. The pressure drop across the valve shall not exceed a Delta-P of 70 kPa. This valve shall be suitable for temperatures up to 150 degrees C. This valve shall be mechanically controlled by an external float cage with cast iron body and 200 mm stainless steel float. L. Steam Pressure Reducing Station: 1. 38 mm steam pressure reducing valve with cast iron body and screwed connections. The valve shall be a self-contained unit capable of reducing 1034 kPa saturated steam to the operating pressure of the deaerator at a flow rate of 2817 kg./hr. The valve shall be stainless steel with an adjustable pilot M. Boiler Feedwater Pump and Motor Set: 1. Two (2), centrifugal type boiler feed water pump and motor set Turbine type pumps are not acceptable in this application. Pump to be rated for _ Vs at _ kPa TDH with 30 kPa NPSH required. Pump to be carbon steel materials of construction as defined by the Hydraulic Institute and have mechanical seals for a maximum water temperature of 121 degrees C. Pump impeller to be hydraulically balanced. The pump shall be mounted on a steel baseplate and flexibly coupled with a coupling guard to a 480 volt / 3 phase / 60 Hertz, 1800 rpm, - kw, TEFC enclosed motor. Motor to be non-overloading at the rated condition without using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment. A stainless steel recirculation orifice is to be supplied with the pump and shipped loose for field installation to provide minimum bypass flow. 2. The stand shall elevate the deaarator tank to provide the net positive suction head required by the pump at the rated condition to prevent cavitation. The stand shall be constructed of heavy square steel tubing for the legs and 6 mm steel plate covering the floor. N. Control Panel: 1. Control panel shall be in a NEMA-2 enclosure and wired to the National Electric Code. The wire shall be black number coded. The assembly is to contain individual motor starters with 120 volt holding coil and fuse protection. Individual green oil-tight pump run lights shall be provided. All switches and lights to have nameplate identification. The assembled panel shall be given a factory continuity test prior to shipment. 2. Audible and visual high and low water alarm function shall be provided by a bell or hom with silence switch and individual red oil-tight lights. 3. Control circuit transformer to supply 120 volts, single phase power supply. The transformer shall be mounted, wired and fused. 4. Auxiliary contacts shall be furnished for chemical feed pump initiation. Contacts shall be normally open. r~ 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 15700 - 3 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 0. The deaerator shall have a gauge glass assembly that covers the entire tank diameter. The gauge glass shall be quartz, 15 mm diameter by 600 mm maximum length. Each length of glass shall be furnished with a bronze gauge cock set and protector rods. P. The deaerator shall be supplied with a pressure gauge that has a 1125 mm dial with a 420 kPa range and a thermometer with a 10 degrees C. to 150 degrees C. range. Packaged units are required to have both gauges bracket-mounted at eye level. Q. The deaerator is to be hand cleaned with a solvent to SSPC-SP-1 standards prior to painting. Prime coated to not less than 1 mil thick and finish coated with an enamel paint to not less than 1 mil thick prior to shipment R. Provide an extended warranty to five (5) years on all deaerator components from the date of substantial completion. S. Acceptable manufacturers are Cleaver-Brooks, Bryan Steam Corp. and Spirax Sarco. 2.04 CONDENSATE RECEIVER AND PUMP SET A. Spirax Sarco atmospheric, horizontal feed water tank as per the drawing schedules. B. The surge tank shall receive returning condensate and supplement make-up water to maintain the desired operating level. Condensate and make-up water mix into a blended temperature, as determined by the percentage of each. The surge tank shall be vented to atmosphere. The collected water is then transferred to the deaerator. C. An elliptical manhole shall be provided for access. All nozzles shall be 1361 kg. forged steel couplings. Heads shall be ASME torispherical type (flat heads are not acceptable) constructed of ASTM A516 GR 70 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 6 mm. Shell plate to be fabricated of ASTM A36 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 6 mm. D. The tank shall be designed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code and stamped accordingly. Certification shall be required. Joint efficiencies to be 70% circumferential per table UW-12, which does not require stress relieving or nondestructive examination. E. The tank shall be factory-insulted and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, dips, and a durable steel jacket. Block-type insulation is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fibreglass, 50 mm thick, 16.02 kg./cu, m., and have a rating of R3.85. Pins are to be located on 450 mm centres and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shall have a shell thickness of 22 gauge minimum. F. The tank shall be factory-lined with a high quality 3066 epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-SP-5) white metal surface. Spray apply 4 to 6 coats, with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry, for a total thickness of 6 mils dry, minimum. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free of pin holes. Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 176 degrees C. G. The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 34 mm diameter with a 6 mm steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application. H. The high temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of 50 mm pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high temperature condensate returns. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 1. The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical. J. The basic surge tank shall be equipped with the following trim and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with ASME Power Piping Code 831.1. K. Transfer Pump and Motor Set: 1. Two (2), centrifugal type transfer pump and motor set. Turbine type pumps are not acceptable in this application. Pump to be rated for _ Us at kPa TDH with 30 kPa NPSH required. Pump to be carbon steel material of construction as defined by the Hydraulic Institute, and have mechanical seals for a maximum water temperature of 100 degrees C. Pump impeller to be hydraulically balanced. The pump shall be mounted on a steel baseplate and flexibly coupled with a coupling guard to a 480 volt / 3 phase / 60 Hertz, 1800 rpm, kW, TEFC enclosure motor. Motor to be non-overloading at the rated condition without using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment. A stainless steel recirculation orifice is to be supplied with the pump and shipped loose for field installation to provide minimum bypass now. 2. The stand shall elevate the surge tank to provide the net positive suction head required by the pump at the rated condition to prevent cavitation. The stand shall be constructed of heavy square steel tubing for the legs and 12 mm steel plate covering the floor. L. Control Panel: 1. Control panel shall be in a NEMA-2 enclosure and wired to the National Electric Code. The wire shag be black number coded. The assembly is to contain individual motor starters with 120 volt holding coil and fuse protection. Individual green oil-tight pump run lights shall be provided. All switches and lights to have nameplate identification. The assembled panel shall be given a factory continuity test prior to shipment 2. Audible and visual high and low water alarm function shall be provided by a bell or hom with silence switch and individual red oil-tight lights. 3. Control circuit transformer to supply 120 volts, single phase power supply. The transformer shall be mounted, wired and fused. 4. Auxiliary contacts shall be furnished for chemical feed pump initiation. Contacts shall be normally open. M. The surge tank shall have a gauge glass assembly that covers the entire tank diameter. The gauge glass shall be quartz 15 mm diameter by 600 mm maximum length. Each length of glass shall be furnished with a bronze gauge cock set and protector rods. N. The surge tank shall be supplied with a thermometer with a 10 degrees C. to 150 degrees C. 0. The surge tank is to be hand cleaned with a solvent to SSPC-SP-1 standards prior to painting. Prime coated to not less than 1 mil thick and finish coated with an enamel paint to not less than 1 mil thick prior to shipment P. Provide an extended warranty of five (5) years on all condensate receiver and pump set components. Q. Acceptable manufacturers are Cleaver-Brooks, Bryan Steam Corp. and Spirax Sarco. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 15700 - 5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 2.05 STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., 25 Series, factory assembled and tested, self-contained, dead end shut-off, pilot operated pressure reducing valves bearing an appropritae CRN No. as per the drawing schedule, screwed or flanged as required, each complete with a 250 psi (1725 kPa) rated cast iron valve and pilot body with stainless steel trim, stainless steel valve and phosphor bronze pilot and main diaphragm. B. Valve bodies exposed to pressures in excess of 250 psi (1725 kPa) shall be cast steel. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco Ltd., Spence, Masoneilan Regulator Co., Singer Valve Co. Ltd., and Fisher Controls. 2.06 STEAM SEPARATORS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., steam separators complete with steam trap module, bearing an appropriate CRN No. Separators shall be same size as line upstream of steam pressure reducing valve downstream and as follows: 1. Model No. SC-4 cast steel separator complete with float and thermostatic trap modules on 150 psig (1035 kPa) or higher steam lines; 2. Model No. S1-S3 cast iron separator complete with float and thermostatic trap module on lines conveying less than 145 psig (1050 kPag) steam. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco, TLV, Hiros, Denco and Colton. 2.07 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. Dresser Industries Ltd., "CONSOLIDATED", ASME tested, rated and certified, cast iron, bronze fitted, 250 psi (1725 kPa) rated pressure relief valves, bearing an appropriate CRN No., each capable of relieving the full output of the equipment it is associated with, and factory set at 105% (percent) times the system pressure at the point in the system where the pressure relief valve is installed. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Dresser Industries Ltd., Spirax Sarco Ltd., Singer Valve Co. Ltd., and Lonergan. 2.08 STEAM TRAPS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., traps as selected by manufacturer bearing an appropriate CRN No. to suit intended application and as follows: 1. type FT-14 modulating discharge mechanical ball float type, ductile iron 250 psig (1720 kPa) rated body, stainless steel head and seat, and an integral automatic encapsulated stainless steel air vent. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco Ltd., Armstrong Machine Works, Yarway, TLV and Colton. • 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permk Set 15700 - 6 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER (liiw 2.09 STEAM TRAP TESTING COMPONENTS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., "SPIRA-TEC", steam trap testing components as follows: 1. sensor chambers - No. ST171 cast iron or No. ST141 steel sensor chambers as required, each complete with a stainless steel sensor and sensor gasket, and, except where connected to a remote test point, a removable blanking plug; 2. remote test points - No. R1 surface mounting single test point units, each complete with a No. PT2 plug tail assembly with screw-on connection and brass housing; 3. continuous monitoring - No. R-16E - 24 volt wall mounting automatic steam trap monitor suitable in all respects for interface with building management system. Unit shall be capable of monitoring sixteen (16) sensor points continuously and shall be complete with the following: a. a green "all correct" indicator light; b. sixteen (16) red "fail" condition indication lights; C. all necessary hardware to wall mount monitor; d. all necessary connectors and specialities for tie-in to building management system and trap sensors. 2.10 STEAM VACUUM BREAKERS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., type VB-14, vacuum breakers with a brass body and cap, and stainless steel valve and valve seat. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco Ltd., Watts Regulator Ltd., Armstrong, and Braukmann. 2.11 FLASH TANKS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd., factory made, ASME rated flash tanks or shop fabricated flash tank of welded fabrication by certified welders using Schedule 80 mild black steel pipe. Each tank shall be equipped with a correctly sized back pressure regulating valve, safety valve, strainer and steam trap. Flash tank size shall be determined by the manufacturer considering condensate load and volume of flash steam. 2.12 DRIP PAN ELBOWS A. Spirax Sarco Ltd. or equal, cast iron drip pan elbows with screwed or flanged inlet and outlet connections as required. 2.13 STEAM FLOW METRES A. Spirax Sarco Model VFM5000HM steam flow meter operating on the vortex shredding measurement principle: 1. Meter shall be supplied complete with built-in temperature sensor and flow computer. With every change in water temperature, the built-in computer on the meter shall calculate the flow in heat units by multiplying the on-line density compensated mass flow by the correct enthalpy, using the product enthalpy tables programmed into the memory of the VFM500HM; 2. The flow meter shall be equipped with two built-in totalizers, running concurrently. One shall measure and display volumetric or mass flow and the other for total heat or energy in heat units; 3. Flow meter shall have an accuracy of ±1% of measured value over its measurement range. B. Flow meter will have the following outputs, galvanically isolated from inputs for: 1. Programmable 4-20 mA current for flow rate; 2. Frequency/pulse output. C. Flow meter shall be fully programmable and configurable from front keypad and have the facility to be programmed or configured using an external magnetic key pin, without the need to open the meter. ~r 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 7 RS&G Fide No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER D. Flow meter shall be in all-in-one, stand-alone unit with direct measurement, computation and display of: 1. Totalized flow in volumetric and mass flow units with on-line density compensation; 2. Totalized heat flow measurement through on-line measurement of density compensated mass flow and temperature compensated enthalpy calculation software. E. Flow meter shall employ digital signal processing noise filtration software that enables "SMART" diagnostic capability with generation of error messages. Flow meter should also display on demand: 1. Flow in volumetric or mass flow units; 2. Temperature; 3. Incorrect installation; 4. Unit is operating out of limits for signal strength and signal quality. G. Characteristics: 1. Mounting: flanged; 2. Construction material: 304 stainless steel for flanged; 3. Housing: Titanium; 4. Sensor Accuracy: a. Flow: ±1% of measured value; b. Temperature: ±0.2% of full scale; C. Pressure: t0.2% of full scale. 5. Local display: 3 line LCD with back lighting; 6. Current Output: 0.4 to 20 mA; 7. Frequency Output: 0 -10 kHz; 8. Communication: RS485/RS232; 9. Power Supply: 110/230 VAC. H. Approvals: 1. CE as per 891336/EEC. 1. Wet calibrated on air up to a velocity of 15,000 fpm (75 m/s). J. Acceptable manufacturers are Spirax Sarco or equal. 2.14 CHILLED WATER FLOW METER A. Onicon or equal Model F&1210 dual turbine bi-directional insertion type flow meter, suitable for use in chilled water, heating water and glycol solution systems capable of producing 4-20 mA and 0-10 V analog signals that are linear with flow rate and a binary or digital dry contact output for flow direction. 2.15 DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANK A Clemmer Technologies, OT Series, pressure type expansion tank sized as indicated on the drawings and complete with: 1. an ASME designed and constructed steel outer shell; 2. a rigid polypropylene finer mechanically bonded to the shell; 3. a heavy-duty butyl rubber diaphragm mechanically bonded with the liner to the shelf; 4. a pre-charged air chamber with standard air valve; 5. stainless steel pipe connection tappings; 6. a ring type steel mounting stand r ~ 05.12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER B. Acceptable manufacturers are Clemmer Technologies, Amtrol Inc., S.A. Armstrong Ltd., ITT Bell & Gosset, Hydrotec Plumbing & Heating Specialties Ltd., and TACO (Canada) Ltd. 2.16 PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING AND CLEANING CHEMICAL TREATMENT MATERIALS A. GE-Betz, chemicals for flushing and cleaning systems, and chemWs and chemical feed equipment for circulating systems as specified hereinafter. B. Flushing & Cleaning Chemical - "FERROQUEST 345". C. Glossed Circulating System Chemical & Feeder: 1. Dearborn, 545, molybdenum based, low solids type chemical, and feed equipment as follows: a. A type "AV" five (5) gallon (18.9 L) capacity 200 psi (1380 kPa) rated cast iron by-pass feeder. b. Test set. C. A Fiflerite filter properly sized for five (5) percent recirculation flow rate and complete with a 30 micron filter cartridge. D. Steam Boiler Plant Chemicals & Feed Equipment: 1. Sodium sulphite oxygen scavenger, scale inhibitor, polymer type sludge conditioner, neutralizing amine, and feed equipment as follows: a. A package type, dual, automatic, 115 volt, 1 phase, sodium action exchange water softener assembly capable of supplying 100% softened make-up water to the steam boiler plant under full load conditions, consisting of two (2) mineral tanks, a brine tank, a pre-wired control panel with time clock for automatic operation, and all required interconnecting pipe, valves, fittings, and accessories. b. A packaged type assembly to feed oxygen scavenger and sludge conditioner to the storage section of the deaerating heater on a continuous basis, consisting of: i. A 45 gallon (2051) capacity polyethylene chemical tank complete with support stand, agitator mounting bracket, and pump mounting shelf. ii. A % HP (0.186 W), 115 volt, 1 phase, diaphragm type chemical pump with internal relief valve and a capacity to continuously pump the required amount of chemical against the boiler plant operating pressure. iii. A Y. HP (0.186 kW), 115 volt, 1 phase agitator with a 3' (1 m) long type 316 stainless steel shaft and a type 316 stainless steel impeller. iv. A protected type manual motor starting switch for each of the pump and agitator. C. A package type assembly to feed scale inhibitors on a timed basis directly to each boiler, consisting of I. A 45 gallon (2051) capacity polyethylene chemical tank complete with support stand, agitator mounting bracket, and pump mounting shelf. ii. A % HP (0.186 kW), 115 volt, 1 phase, diaphragm type chemical pump with internal relief valve and capacity to pump the required amount of chemical against the boiler plant operating pressure. Ill. A % HP (0.186 kM,115 voft,1 phase Neptune agitator with a 3' (1 m) long type 316 stainless steel shaft and a type 316 stainless steel impeller. iv. A protected type manual motor starting switch for each of the pump and agitator. d. Testing equipment consisting of a surface wall mounting type "S' test cabinet, complete with internal fluorescent fighting, a test set for hardness, a test set for "P", "CL", and "SO3", a test set for specific conductance and a test set for pH. E. Acceptable manufacturers are GE-Betz, Klenzoid Company Limited, Nalco and Drew Chemical Ltd. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Pm* Set 15700 - 9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 2.17 CIRCULATING PUMPS A. ITT Bell & Gossett, bronze fitted centrifugal pumps as per the drawing schedule, each non-overloading under all operating conditions and factory tested at specified operating conditions. Series 8050, split coupled, single stage, vertical in-line pumps shall be complete with: 1. a radially split, gasketted cast iron casing with equally sized suction and discharge flanged connections, tappings for gauge, drain and flush line connections, and a cast Won motor mount bracket; 2. a dynamically balanced bronze impeller secured to a Type-316 stainless steel shaft which is connected to the motor by means of a high tensile aluminum split type spacer coupling with guard designed to permit servicing of the mechanical seal without disturbing the pump, motor, or electrical wiring; 3. a motor conforming to requirements specified in Section 15050; 4. a multiple spring, flushed, outside type, balanced mechanical seal; 5. for 7-112 HP (5.5 KW) and larger pumps, a 50 micron cartridge filter and sight flow indicator factory installed in the flush line. C. Series 80 close coupled, single stage, vertical in-line pumps shall be complete with: 1. a radially split, gasketted cast iron casing with equally sized suction and discharge flanged connections, and tappings for gauge, drain and flush line connections; 2. a dynamically balanced bronze impeller with bronze shaft sleeve, secured to the motor shaft; 3. a motor conforming to requirements specified in Section 15050; 4. a single spring, flushed, inside type, unbalanced mechanical seal, serviceable without breaking pipe connections. 0. Series HSC-S horizontal split case pumps shall be factory mounted on a baseplate, aligned, connected to a motor by means of a flexible coupling guard and complete with: 1. an axially split cast iron volute with flanges and mounting feet integrally cast into the bottom half if the casting. Suction and discharge flanges shall be on a common centreline in both the horizontal and vertical planes and the volute shall include bronze casing wear rings, priming part, gauge ports at nozzles and vent and drain parts. The upper half casing shall be capable being removed without disturbing piping connections on electrical motor connections. 2. a bearing housing capable of supporting a pair of heavy duty regreasable ball bearings - an inboard, or internal, single row bearing. designed to absorbed thermal expansion forces, an outboard or external double row being clamped in place and designed to absorb both radial and thrust loads and keep the rotating element in proper axial alignment. Bearings shall be replaceable without disturbing the system piping and shall be regreasable without removal of the bearings from the bearing housing. 3. a balanced, enclosed double suction bronze impeller keyed to a solid type 416 stainless steel shaft; 4. a centre drop-out type coupling, capable of absorbing torsional vibration, installed between the pump and the motor and complete with an "EPD" coupler sleeve. The coupling shah be shielded by an OSHA complient coupling guard and contain viewing window for inspection of the coupling; 5. a motor conforming to requirements specified in Section 15050; 6. a pair of externally flushed, John Crane #21 mechanical seal assemblies in direct contact with the pump shaft, consisting of a stainless steel housing, BUNA ballows and seat gasket, stainless steel spring and be of a carbon-ceramic design with the carbon face rotating against a stationary ceramic face; 7. a baseplate constructed of enamel steel with capable of being field grouted. E. Acceptable manufacturers are ITT Bell & Gossett, S.A. 05-12-06 Sufi mary PerrNt Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 sufficient rigidity to support the pump and motor and Armstrong Ltd., TACO and Grundfoss LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 15700-10 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER (iiw - 2.18 CIRCULATING PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE CONNECTION ACCESSORIES A. ITT Bell & Gossett, suction diffuser with a cast iron body, stainless steel strainer screen, removable fine mesh start-up strainer screen, and steel guide vanes, and `Triple Duty" cast iron body control valve assemblies, each acting as a check valve, balancing valve, and shut-off valve. B. Acceptable manufacturers are, ITT Bell & Gossett, S.A. Armstrong Ltd., TACO, and Victaulic Co. Ltd. 2.19 VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM A. ITT Bell & Gossett ":Powersav Variable Speed Pumping System", pre-wired unit for a single point power connection, consisting of programmable pump logic controller, variable frequency drives, automatic bypass and remote sensor/transmitters as indicated on the drawings. B. Unit shall be factory mounted on a structural steel frame with provisions for free-standing or wall mounted installation, as indicated on the drawings with all frame panels completely inter-wired at the factory. C. Variable Frequency Drive: 1. The variable frequency drive shall be as specified in Section 15050 of the mechanical specifications. D. Pump Logic Controller: 1. The Technologic pump logic controller assembly shall be listed by and bear the label of Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. (UL) and Canadian Standards Association (GSA) certified . The controller shall meet Part 15 of FCC regulations pertaining to class A computing devices. The controller shall be specifically designed for variable speed pumping applications. 2. The controller shall function to a proven program that safeguards against damaging hydraulic conditions including: a. Motor overload; b. Pump flow surges; C. Hunting; 3. The pump logic controller shall be capable of receiving up to eight remote process variable signals. It will then select the analog signal that has deviated the greatest amount from its setpoint. This selected signal will be used as the command feedback input for a hydraulic stabilization function to minimize hunting. Each input signal shall be capable of maintaining a different set point value. Controller shall be capable of controlling up to two pumps in parallel. 4. The hydraulic stabilization program shall utilize a proportional-integral-derivative control function. The proportional, integral and derivative values shall be user adjustable over an infinite range. 5. The pump logic controller shall be self prompting. All messages shall be displayed in plain English and Spanish. The operator interface shall have the following features: a. Multi-fault memory and recall; b. On-screen help functions; C. LED pilot lights and switches; d. Soft-touch membrane keypad switches. • 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 -11 RS&G File No. 1605206M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 6. The readout shall be two lines of forty 0.25" backlit LCD super twist characters capable of displaying the following values: a. Differential pressure in PSIG b. Pressure in PSIG C. Flow in GPM d. Temperature in degrees F or C e. Differential temperature in degrees F or C f. The following communication features shall be provided to the BAS: i. Remote system start 1 stop non-powered digital input ii. Failure of any system component non-powered digital output rated at 3 amps resistive at 120V. Output doses to indicate alarm condition, iii. One 4-20 mA output fled into two BAS controlled option inputs with selectable output of iv. Process variable for analog input 1(#1 dosed, #2 open); V. Process variable for analog input 2 (#1 open, #2 dosed); vi. VFD speed (#1 open, #2 open). 7. Pump logic controller shall be installed in an NEMA 2 enclosure. E. Sensor 1 Transmitters: 1. Field mounted differential pressure sensor transmitter(s) as indicated on the plans. Unit shall transmit an isolated 4-20mA do signal indicative of process variable to the pump logic controller via standard two wire 24 DC system. Unit shall have stainless steel wetted parts with two 0.25" (6 mm) male NPT process connections. It shall be protected against radio frequency interference and shall have a watertight, NEMA 4 electrical enclosure capable of withstanding 2000 PSI (13780 kPa) static pressure with a 0.5" (12 mm) NPT conduit connection. Accuracy shall be within 0.25% of full span. 2. Sensor/Transmitter shall be provided by the pump manufacturer as required for the intended application and to allow the system to operate as indicated on the control diagrams. F. Pump Automatic Variable Frequency Drive Bypass: 1. Automatic Bypass consisting of a main power disconnect with ground fault protection, a pair of interlocked contactors and a motor overload relay. G. Sequence Of Operation For Chilled Water And Heating Water Pump Systems: 1. The system shall consist of a pump logic controller, multiple pump/VFD sets with manual and automatic alternation and pump staging with across the line bypasses for each pump. 2. The pumping system shall start upon the closure of customer's contact when the pump logic controller Mode of Operation selector switch is in the REMOTE position. 3. When the pump logic controller selector switch is in the LOCAL position, the pumping system shall operate automatically. 4. Sensor/transmitters shall be provided as indicated on the plans. 5. Each sensor/transmitter shall send a 4-20mA signal to the pump logic controller, indicative of process variable condition. 6. The pump logic controller shall compare each signal to the independent, engineer/user determined set points. 7. When all set points are satisfied by the process variable, the pump speed shall remain constant at the optimum energy consumption level. 8. The pump logic controller shall continuously scan and compare each process variable to its individual set point and control to the least satisfied zone. 9. If the set point cannot be satisfied by the designated lead pump, the pump logic controller shall initiate a timed sequence of events to stage a lag pump. 10. The lag pump shall accelerate resulting in the lead pump(s) decelerating until they equalize in speed. 05-12.06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700-12 RS&G Fk No. 180520&-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 11. Further change in process variable shall cause the pumps to change speed together. 12. When the set point criteria can be safely satisfied with fewer pumps, the pump logic controller shall initiate a timed de-stage sequence and continue variable speed operation. 13. As the worst case zone deviates from set point, the pump logic controller shall send the appropriate analog signal to the VFD to speed up or slow down the pump/motor. 14. The operation of the pumps in the failure mode shall be started through the pump logic controller and an across the line bypass supplied by the pump manufacturer. 15. When in the "AUTOMATIC' mode, the pump(s) shall operate through the VFD(s) being controlled by a signal generated by the pump logic controller. 16. In the event of a system differential pressure failure, due to a pump, VFD, overload fault, the pump logic controller shall automatically initiate a timed sequence of events to start the remaining pump/VFD set(s) in the variable speed mode. A message on the display shall indicate the fault, pump/motor, or VFD. Subsequent failures shall initiate a timed sequence of events to the variable speed mode as available. 17. In the event of all VFD faults, all pumps shall be automatically started across the line. 18. When in the 'BYPASS' mode, the selected pump(s) shall be able to be operated across the line at constant speed with motor overload protection. A solid red light shall signal this condition. All pumps shall be locked out of the variable speed model. 19. In the event of an overload fault while in the "BYPASS" mode, the selected pump shall be locked out. 20. In the event of the failure of a zone sensor/transmitter, its process variable signal shall be removed from the scan/compare program. Alternative zone sensor/transmitters, if available, shall remain in the scan/compare program for control. 21. The zone number corresponding to the failed sensor/transmitter shall be displayed on the operator interface of the pump logic controller. 22. In the event of failure to receive all zone process variable signals, the AFD shall maintain 100% speed, reset shall be automatic upon correction of the zone failure. 23. PUMP, VFD, OVERLOAD fault shall be continuously scrolled through the display on the operator interface of pump logic controller until the fault has been corrected and the controller has been manually reset. H. Demonstration: 1. The system manufacturer or factory trained representative shall provide start-up of the packaged pumping system. This start-up shall include verification of proper installation, system initiation, and adjustment and fine tuning. Start-up shall not be considered complete until the sequence of operation, including all alarms, has been sufficiently demonstrated to the owner or owner's designated representative. This jobsite visit shall occur only after all hook-ups, tie-ins, and terminations have been completed and signed-off on the manufacturer's start-up request form. 2. The system manufacturer or factory trained representative shall provide on-site training for owner's personnel. This training shall fully cover maintenance and operation of all system components. 3. The system manufacturer must have a complete HVAC training program available for owner's personnel. The training sessions shall take place at the manufacturer's facility and cover all aspects of HVAC system design, service and operation. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. The pump manufacturer shall be responsible for supplying the variable speed pumping system in accordance with the requirements of the above specifications. • 05-12.06 Summary Perrnft Set RS&G Fde No. 1805206-00 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 15700-13 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 2.20 PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGER A. S.A. Armstrong, plate type, heat exchanger as per the drawing schedule, constructed in accordance with Section 8, Division 1 of the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, and factory tested at 1-112 times design working pressure. B. The heat exchanger shall consist of a pack of double Nitrile gasketted, type 316 stainless steel corrugated plates with ports for the passage of liquid, positioned on upper and lower support bars, and compressed between a fixed end panel and a movable end panel by means of threaded compression bolts with nuts. Upper and lower support bars, end panels, and bolts and nuts shall be constructed of electro-galvanized steel. C. Acceptable manufacturers are S. A. Armstrong Ltd., Alfa-Laval Ltd., Tranter Ltd., and APV Crepaco. 2.21 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER A. AERCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. Model B+II WaterWizard domestic hot water heaters as scheduled on the drawings and constructed in in accordance with all code and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Each heater shall be of the vertical, cross-flow, 2-pass, Semi-Instantaneous design, having service water in the shell and steam in the coils. The ratio of hot water volume to steam volume shall be a minimum of 7:1. Steam shall travel a minimum distance of 20 feet through the heat exchanger, from point of entrance to point of exit To ensure condensate subcooling an additional subcooling coil shall be incorporated into the last pass of the heat exchanger design. Condensate temperature shall not exceed 160oF when incoming domestic water temperature is 110°F or lower. An orifice in lieu of a condensate trap shall be required for incoming water temperatures up to 110oF. C. The heat exchanger shall be constructed of multiple, individually replaceable, helically wound coils, capable of withstanding up to 30' we internal vacuum and having no baffles that could interfere with the natural expansion and contraction of the copper. Each heater shall automatically self-descaie for any hard water supply (hard water having 7 - 10-112 grains hardness per gallon, as defined by the Water Quality Association). The heat exchanger design shall be suitable for cleaning by the method of thermal shock. The coil and riser assembly shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Div.1 for not less than 250 PSIG @ 4WF working pressure and temperature. D. The water vessel shall be designed to allow no greater than 1 FPS average water velocity when traveling through the shell at design flow conditions to ensure no heat exchanger erosion. Total domestic water pressure drop through the heater shall not exceed 4 PSI at design flow. The water pressure vessel shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME section VIII, Div. 1 for not less than 235 PSIG @ 400oF working pressure and temperature. E. An integral demand anticipator requiring no electrical hook-up shall be provided to maintain final temperature to 4OF under all domestic load conditions. Circulating pumps and/or blending valves shall not be required for temperature control. F. All pressure vessel and heat exchanger surfaces in contact with the domestic water shall be copper or copper alloy. Materials of construction shall be: 3116' c.s. shell lined with 0.024' sheet copper, minimum of 0.049' wall copper coils, sch. 80 red brass steam riser and bronze top and bottom heads. 0512-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 -14 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 .•7 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER G. Each heater shall be supplied by the manufacturer ready to accept existing steam, condensate and water lines, and furnished with the following accessories: 1. Minimum 1-112" thick resilient insulation having W value of 0.25 BTU-in/hr-ft2-0F, meeting or exceeding ANSI/ASHRAE/IES standard 90.1-1999; 2. Bronze T & P relief valve, conforming to ANZI Z21.22 and 2' bronze ball type shell drain valve; 3. Condensate outlet union orifice and swing check valve; 4. Control box with dual solenoid valve over-temperature limit system. One solenoid to disable steam control valve, and one solenoid to perform as a secondary water relief valve. Power on/hipped status lights, liquid-filled remote capillary thermometer and compound steam pressure gauge; 5. Pneumatic control valve and temperature controller. Steam control valve to be manufactured by water heater manufacturer and be of the balanced, pilot-operated type, having a soft seat for bubble tight shut-off and equal percentage flow characteristics. Valve shall be applied directly for specified steam pressure without the need for extraneous PRV's. H. The heater shall cant' the following manufacturer's warranty for domestic water service: 1. Heat Exchanger - The heat exchanger, comprised of the coils and risers, shall carry an unconditional, non-prorated 10 year guarantee against failure due to thermal shock, mechanical failure, manufacturing or material defect or erosion. 2. Pressure Vessel - The pressure vessel consisting of shell, liner and heads shall carry an unconditional, non-prorated 10 year guarantee against leakage due to internal corrosion. 3. Anticipator - The internal demand anticipator unit shall carry an unconditional, non-prorated 10- year guarantee against any failure. 1. Acceptable manufacturers are AERCO, PVI Industries and Spirax Sarco. 2.22 DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (CONVECTOR - RADIATORS) A. Engineered Air, direct radiation units as shown, detailed and scheduled on the drawings. B. Convector-Radiators: Convector-radiators shall be sized as shown on the drawings and complete with: a. heating elements consisting of W (13 mm) seamless copper tubes mechanically expanded into collars integral with continuous plate type aluminum fin and into machined opening in cast iron headers, and equipped with steel protective plates which extend the full length on both sides of each element. Element shall be tested to 300 psig (2070 kPa) air under water; b. an enclosure as per the radiation schedule, consisting of minimum No. 20 gauge (0.95 mm thick) steel back and end panels, minimum No. 18 (1.2 mm thick) steel, removable, reinforced front panels with integral formed grilles, minimum No. 18 gauge (1.2 mm thick) steel top panels, rounded exposed edges and comers, and element support clip or legs fastened to the enclosure and adjustable for element pitch. C. Wall Fin Convector Elements: Wall fin convector elements shall be sized as shown on the drawings and complete with:. a. heating elements consisting of 1%* (32 mm) OD seamless copper tubes mechanically expanded into 4W (106 mm) square, plate type, continuous aluminum fins; b. a minimum No. 18 gauge (1.2 mm thick) steel enclosure as per the radiation schedule, firmly supported top and bottom on die-formed, heavy-gauge steel enclosure brackets, removable fronts with integral formed grilles, a reinforcing channel formed as an integral part of the enclosure top at the wall edge, and a neoprene, compressible, enclosure-to-wall sealer strip; C. a No. 16 gauge (1.5 mm thick), die-formed steel, two-piece wall-fin bracket and cradle type element hanger with ball type steel bearings between the element cradle and the element hanger for quiet and unrestricted lengthwise movement of elements. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER D. General Re: Enclosures: 1. All enclosures, unless otherwise noted, shall be constructed of prime quality cold rolled steel, factory cleaned, prime coat painted inside and outside, and complete with all required mounting and connection accessories such as trim strips, inside and outside comers, end closures, filler sections, spring catch and camloc k fastener access doors for access to all valves, and similar hardware. E. Accessories: 1. Factory installed, consisting of a. a manual air vent for each element or group of series connected elements; b. for radiation units as indicated, fully adjustable, plate type, knob operated control dampers located behind the front grille and integral with the front panel of the enclosure. Acceptable manufacturers are Engineered Air, Sterling Heating Equipment, Trane Canada Inc., Rosemex, Dunham-Bush of Canada Ltd., Rittling and Standard Fin Pipe. 2.23 DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (RADIATORS) A. Runtal direct radiation units as shown, detailed and/or scheduled on the drawings. Radiation units shall be all carbon steel construction, ISO 3147-350 rated and complete with the following: 1. end mounted headers, provided with all necessary inlet, outlet, venting, and draining connections and baffles; 2. working pressure of 84 psi (580 kPa) and test pressure of 110 psi (759 kPa); 3. continuous mounting skip(s) welded to the backside of the radiator, 4. all required, factory painted, wall brackets, hold-off screws and other specialties required to mount radiator(s) as intended; 5. units shall be cleaned, etched and primed and finished with baked on enamel; 6. grooved end pieces, filters and inside and outside comers to conceal all necessary piping. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Runtal, Sigma and Hudevad (Engineered Air). 2.24 UNIT HEATERS A. Sterling, 115 volt, l phase, hot water actuated unit heaters as per the drawing schedule and complete with: B. .1 a two-piece steel casing assembly phosphatized and finished with baked enamel, complete with the front formed into wrap around sides, top and bottom sections, a No. 18 gauge (1.3 mm thick) back panel with deep draw fan orifice and bolt-on, cast brass, cal supply and return pipe connection tappings, and front horizontal louvers with louvers keepers; C. .2 adjustable louver fin diffuser assembly shipped loose for field installation; D. .3 a high efficiency, factory balanced propeller type fan with aluminium blades, direct connected to a motor secured to a motor side wire guard; E. .4 copper tube-aluminum fin type single row coils of headedess design, factory leak (tested and connected to casing back panel pipe tappings. F. Acceptable manufactures are Sterling Heating Equipment, sigma-F10, Engineered Air, Trane Canada Inc., Dunham Bush, Modine, and American Air Filter. W12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700-16 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER kw - 2.25 ELECTRONIC STEAM HUMIDIFIER A. Dri-Steem, GSA certified, UL listed package type, 575 volt, 3 phase fully automatic electronic steam humidifier as per the drawing schedule, capable of discharging pure steam with no mineral dust carry over and as follows: Humidifier a. Enclosure shall be a non-corrosive metal cabinet with completely removable panels. Cabinet floor shall constitute a drip pan, having a threaded connection for drain piping. Electrical compartment shall house electrical devices and shall be secured by a keyed panel. Wall hanging bracket shall be included. b. Vaporizing chamber and cover shall be stainless steel with heli-arc welded seams. Chamber shall be mounted on slide rails. All electrical and water fill line connections shall be flexible and mounted on the vaporizing chamber cover, allowing for convenient removal of the chamber for cleaning. C. Immersion heaters shall be INCOLOY alloy sheathed resistance type heaters designed for up to 88 watts per square inch and shall be factory mounted and wired to the vaporizing chamber cover. d. Electronic water level control system shall provide for automatic refill, low water cut out and periodic drain down of unit. System shall consist of i. A water level sensing unit comprised of three metallic probes screwed into a threaded probe head. Probe head shall incorporate probe isolation skirts and be mounted on the face plate of the vaporizing chamber. ii. A solenoid operated fill valve factory mounted in the evaporator compartment and factory wired. iii. Electronic level and timer drain down control board mounted and wired in the electrical compartment of the cabinet. iv. A motor driven brass bodied drain valve mounted in the evaporator compartment and factory wired. V. Surface skimmer shall be provided factory set to provide the most effective mineral removal with minimum water waste. vi. Control system shall include step-down transformer, contactor, numbered terminal strip and electronic control board. All components shall be located in the electrical compartment and factory wired. vil. Provide mercury contactor in lieu of the standard magnetic contactor for extended life and quiet operation. Contactor shall handle no more than 50 amps. vin. VAPOR-LOGIC Microprocessor shall be factory mounted and wired in the humidifier control panel with humidity sensor shipped loose for field installation. Mounting instructions and a wiring diagram shall be included. Microprocessor shall provide the following functions: .1 Water make-up valve control and low water safety shutdown. .2 Drain/flush sequence based on usage, usage and time, or time alone. .3 End of season drain function which activates when there has been no demand for humidification over a 72 hour period. .4 Digital Display portion shall show system functions including: .1 Actual room or space R.H. .2 Humidistat set point R.H. .3 High limit humidistat set point R.H. .4 Heater demand % .5 "Time until service' message. .6 High limit and air flow proving circuit condition. 05.12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700-17 RS&G M No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15700 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER e. The keypad portion shall enable the user to reset or adjust the following function: i. Humidistat R.H. setpoint ii. Humidistat R.H. high limit setpoint (used with VAV package). iii. Auto drain/flush frequency interval and duration. iv. Throttling range adjustment. V. Time to go until next auto drain/flush sequence. f. System shall consist of a Time Proportioning modulating circuit board mounted and wired in the control cabinet and a modulating duct mounted humidistat having an operating range of 20% to 80% RH, shipped loose for field installation. The system shall modulate the humidifier output from 0% to 100% of total capacity. g. Provide an air flow proving switch, static pressure type Model RH-3 diaphragm operated for field installation. Switch shall have an adjustable control point range of 0.05 W.C. to 12" W.C. h. Provide a compatible high limit duct humidistat shipped loose for field installation. Humidistat shall sense humidity level within the duct and provide over-humidification protection. 2. Steam Distribution A. Tube Kits: Furnish and install where indicated on the drawings tube kits. Each kit shall consist of a two- piece escutcheon plate and one 304 stainless steel duct dispersion tube of length that will span the width of the duct. Duct tube shall be fitted with row of high temperature thermoplastic tubelets arranged to discharge the steam vertically. Each tubelet shall extend through the dispersion tube and incorporate a properly sized calibrated orifice. Dispersion tube shall have a 1/2" condensate drain when capacity exceeds 30 Ibs per tube/per hour. Tube sizes shall be as scheduled. 3. Condensate Tempering a. Provide a "DRANE-KOOLEW condensate tempering device to cool a maximum of 6 USGPM of condensate from 212° F to 1400 F when provided with 6 USGPM of 701F or cooler city water at 20 psig or more. b. Mixing chamber and fittings shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel with welded seams. Include a self-contained brass body tempering valve with temperature adjustment and charged bulb. C. Provide a 3/4" brass-bodied, ball-type drain valve and a vacuum breaker B. Acceptable manufacturers are Dri-Steem, Nortec Air Conditioning Industries ltd., Hygromatic (Spirax Sarco Canada Ltd.), Neptronic Vapac, Pure Steam, Carnes and Hermidifier. C. Manufacturers employing disposable cylinders shall .include in their bid for. the provision of all cylinders required for the first two (2) years of operation. "Years of Operation" is defined as commencing from the date of substantial completion. Manufacturers shah state that all required cylinders for the first two (2) years of operation shall be provided as part of their shop drawing submission. D. Manufacturers employing permanent cylinders shalt include in their bid for all costs associated with cleaning cylinders for the first two (2) years of operation. All other requirements stated in paragraph above shall apply. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 -18 RS&G Be No. 1805206M • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 2.26 FAN COIL UNITS A. International, UL approved, 115 volt/1 phase/60 Hz, 4-pipe fan coil units as per the drawing schedule and complete with: 1. a reinforced galvanized steel basic casing assembly, internally sound and thermally insulated with neoprene coated, blanket type, glass fibre insulation meeting requirements of NFPA 90A and flame spread and smoke developed fire hazard ratings of ASTM E-84; 2. insulation shall be of suitable thickness and shall come complete with suitable anti-microbial, anti- fungal coating for operation in a high humidity environment; 3. a removable galvanized steel fan board assembly with double width, centrifugal, forward curved, formed aluminum fan wheels with galvanized steel housings, direct connected to a 3-speed, tap wound, permanent split capacitor motor(s); 4. factory tested chilled water coil with aluminum fins permanently bonded to copper tubes, and a factory installed manual air vent cock on the return connection side. Coils shall be suitable for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi (1380 kPa); 5. a full length drain pan located under the coil(s), and an auxiliary drain pan located under the coil piping connections, both constructed of galvanized steel, pitched for positive drainage, and insulated with closed cell insulation meeting NFPA 90A requirements, and flame spread and smoke developed fire hazard ratings of ASTM E-84; 6. a minimum 6" (150 mm) long length of factory installed flexible condensate drain piping; a filter back with disposable removable glass fibre air filter and suction duct connection collar, a front discharge duct connection collar, and rubber grommetted mounting holes for hanger rod connections, for horizontally concealed units; 8. for vertical concealed units, disposable, removable, glass fibre air filters and a top duct connection collar, 9. two and three-way modulating valves in accordance with Section 15900 and sized as indicated on the "SCHEDULE OF FAN COIL UNITS"; 10. unless otherwise noted, fan coil units in all rooms except for front-of-house areas shall be complete with a 3-speed fan control switch. Manufacturer shall provide a junction box for installation on concealed horizontal fan coil units complete with knockouts for field connection. Junctions box shall be factory mounted and wired requiring only power connection to unit. B. Acceptable manufacturers of fan coil units serving front-of-house areas shall be International only. C. Acceptable manufacturers of fan coil units serving equipment rooms and other areas not indicated above are International, Carrier, York, Williams and Dunham-Bush. 2.27 SNOW MELTING SYSTEM A. Wirsbo floor hydronic heating system, UL approved, as shown on the drawings and as specified below: B. Tube Materials: Tube shall be cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured by PEX-A or peroxide method. 1. Tubing Type: Wirsbo hePEX plus tubing; 2. Oxygen Barrier. Tube shall have an oxygen barrier capable of limiting oxygen migration through the tube wall to no greater than 0.10 g1m3/day at 104 degree F (40 degrees C) water temperature per the requirements of DIN 4726; 3. PEX tubing shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F876. The tube shall be listed to ASTM by an independent third party agency; 4. PEX tubing shall have Standard Grade hydrostatic design and, pressure ratings of 200 F (82 degrees C) at 80 psi (551 kPa), 180 degrees F (82 degrees C) at 100 psi (689 kPA), and 73.4 degrees F (23 degrees C) at 160 psi (1102 kPa). Temperature and pressure ratings shall be issued by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI), a division of the Society of the Plastic Industry (SPI); 05-12.06 Summery Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 15700 -19 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 5. Minimum bend radius for cold bending of the PEX tubing shall not be less than 6 times the outside diameter. Bends with a radius less than stated shall require the use of a bend support as supplied by tube manufacturer; 6. PEX tubing dimensions shall be: a. 5W nominal inside diameter in accordance with ASTM F876 or, b. 3'.' nominal inside diameter in accordance with ASTM F876 or, c. 1' nominal inside diameter in accordance with ASTM F876 as indicated on contract drawings. C. Manifold Materials: Manifold shall be a single unit with integrated supply and returns. Manifold shall have integrated supply temperature gauge and individual loop return temperature gauges for accurate visual loop balancing by loop temperature drops. 1. Manifold Type: Wirsbo Precision Manifold; 2. Manifolds shall be supplied by the PEX tubing manufacturer; 3. Manifolds shall have integral manual air vents on supply and return; 4. Manifolds shall be supplied with manufacturers mounting 'brackets for rigidity and vibration isolation; 5. Manifolds shall be supplied with thermal expansion compensators for connection to return and supply mains. D. Fitting Materials: Fittings shall be manufactured of polysulfone or dezincification resistant brass. Fittings shall be nose cone insert type compression fitting, nose cone insert type swivel fitting or PEX-A cold expansion type fitting. 1. Fittings shall be supplied by the PEX tubing manufacturer; 2. Compression fitting shall be an assembly consisting of nose cone insert, compression ring and compression nut; 3. Swivel fitting shall be an assembly consisting of nose cone insert, swivel nut and PEX-A cold expansion ring; 4. PEX-A cold expansion type fitting shall be an assembly consisting of insert and PEX-A cold expansion ring. E. Supply and Return Piping to Manifolds: Piping shall be metal pipe or cross-linked tube with oxygen diffusion barrier capable of limiting oxygen migration through the tube wall to no greater than 0.10 g/m3/day at 104 degree F (40 degrees C) water temperature per the requirements of DIN 4726. Accessories: 1. Snow-Meltng Control: Snow-Melting control shall be able to perform the following functions: a. Automatically turn on the snow-melting system when snow or ice is forming on the slab; b. Automatically turn off the snow-melting system when snow or ice has been melted; C. Idle the slab to minimize slab temperature ramp up times; d. Control the heating up of the slab from cold starts to minimize thermal shock; e. protect heating source from freezing; f. Pumps Injection Control Strategy can be used as equal to 4-way valve controls; g. Provide Danfoss or equal zone control panel for each snow melting system. This zone control panel shall be a pre-assembled, pre-wired zone control panel, rated to 862 kPa and 100 degree C and suitable for the control of hydraulic systems. Control system shall be tested and verified for performance. Cabinets shall be 1200mm wide x 900 mm tall x 400 mm deep with removable panel to facilitate access to the operating valves, actuators and controls. G. Acceptable manufacturers are Wirsbo, WarmRite - (IPfX Inc.), Quest and Staedler/Viega. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 20 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CHILLED WATER, HEATING WATER AND GLYCOL SOLUTION PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required chilled water, heating water and glycol solution piping. B. Pipe, unless otherwise noted, shall be mild black steel, Schedule 40 for pipe to 8' (200 mm) diameter, Schedule 30 for pipe 10' to 18' (250 mm to 450 mm) diameter, and Schedule 20 for pipe 20' to 24' (500 mm to 600 mm) diameter. C. At your option, pipe 2" (50 mm) diameter and smaller may be type 'L" copper. D. Slope horizontal mains to provide a minimum continuous up-grade of 1" (25 mm) in 20' (6 m) to high points. Slope branch supply and return piping connections to equipment a minimum of 1" (25 mm) in 4' (1.2 m). E. Provide an air relief vent in the high points of dosed loop piping systems if the piping is not adequately vented into equipment. F. Provide circuit balancing valves in piping generally where shown on the drawings but with exact locations in accordance with instructions of personnel doing system flow balancing work. Confirm locations prior to installation. Ensure that balancing valves are a minimum of 10 pipe diameters downstream of any pump or fitting and a minimum of 5 pipe diameters upstream of any fitting. Circuit balancing valves shall be mounted such that readings can be easily seen. G. Pipe the discharge of each liquid piping safety relief valve to drain unless otherwise shown or specified. H. Check and test the operation of each liquid piping safety relief valve. Replace defective liquid piping safety relief valves and retest. Install automatic control valves, piping wells, flow meters and similar piping and/or equipment mounted control components required for automatic temperature control systems supplied as part of the work specified the Section 15900. Refer to the drawing control diagrams. J. Connect cooling and heating coils with piping in accordance with document details. 3.02 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all required steam, condensate piping and ancillaries. 8. Stem piping, unless otherwise noted, shall be mild back steel, Schedule 40. C. Condensate piping, unless otherwise noted, shall be mild back steel, Schedule 80. D. Pipe to and including 2" (50 mm) diameter shall be screwed. Pipe 2-1/2" (65 mm) diameter and larger shag be welded or flanged. E. Fittings for screwed high pressure (above 100 psi (690 kPa)) steam piping shall be Class-250. Fittings for screwed steam piping with a working pressure less than 100 psi (690 kPa) shall be Class-125. Fittings for screwed condensate piping shall be Class-250. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 21 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER G. Unless otherwise noted, slope horizontal steam mains down 1" in 20' (25 mm in 6 m) in the direction of flow. Steam mains may be run level if frequently and adequately dripped with equal Tee connections and trapped at and through riser connections, however, slope such steam mains if no branches are connected thereto for more than 25'(7.5 m)1" in 20' (25 mm in 6 m) as specified above. H. Unless otherwise approved, slope horizontal condensate return mains 2-1/2" (65 mm) diameter and larger 1" in 20' (25 mm in 6 m). Slope smaller condensate return lines and condensate drip piping not less than 1" in 10' (25 mm In 3 m). Slope all condensate piping in the direction of flow. Slope steam supply and condensate return branch connections to and from equipment a minimum of 1" in 6' (25 mm in 1.8 m), the slope being downward to the risers to which the branch piping connects. Increase this slope wherever necessary to prevent trapping due to expansion of the risers, or provide steam drip trap assemblies. J. Extend branch steam supply piping off the top of horizontal mains, either vertically or at a 45 degree angle, as space permits. K. Provide proper air vents at the end of all steam mains, and top of all steam risers. L. Make all changes in the pipe size in horizontal steam and condensate piping with eccentric reducing fittings flush with the pipe on the bottom. Do not use bushings in any piping. M. Provide minimum 8" (200 mm) long, minimum 1" (25 mm) diameter valved (gate hose end drain valve) and capped dirt pockets at the bottom of steam and condensate risers. N. Provide a globe type shut-off valve in the steam piping connection to each piece of equipment, whether shown on the drawings or not. 0. Provide a gate type shut-off valve in the condensate return piping from each piece of equipment, whether shown on the drawings or not. Provide a steam trap assembly in the condensate return piping from each piece of equipment, at the base of each riser, in horizontal steam mains as specified hereinbefore, and wherever it is necessary to raise the piping to avoid a reduction in ceiling height or minimum headroom allowances. Size traps to correspond with condensate return piping sizes unless otherwise noted. Equip each trap with shut-off valve(s), a strainer, sensing chamber and a dirt pocket. Refer to the detail. Q. Traps in steam mains with a working pressure greater than 20 psi (138 kPa) and in piping to laundry equipment, shall be thermo-dynamic type traps. R. Traps in low pressure steam mains to 20 psi (138 kPa), and in 20 psi (138 kPa), or less piping to equipment, unless otherwise specified, shall be float and thermostatic type traps. S. Connect to low pressure condensate drip piping from steam trap assemblies into condensate return piping unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified herein. Do not connect condensate return piping into the discharge of traps draining steam mains. T. Provide vacuum breakers in steam inlet piping to closed steam actuated vessels such as coils and heat exchangers, and in steam piping wherever required to control induced vacuum within safety limits. U. Lifts shall not be permitted after steam traps used to drain condensate from any temperature controlled process. For all temperature controlled applications, steam trap manufacturer shall supply "stall chart" calculation and provide a suitable non-electric pressure booster where required. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 22 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER V. Provide a deaerator tank and a condensate receiver tank for high pressure condensate return or drip piping as shown on the laundry steam flow diagram. Extend and connect high pressure condensate piping to the condensate receiver tank, and extend and connect low pressure condensate return piping from the condensate pump set to the deaerator tank. Extend and connect low pressure steam drip piping to the deaerator tank, and extend and connect low pressure condensate return piping from the boiler feed water pump set to the low pressure condensate return main serving the boilers. Provide a relief vent on all steam system components where shown or required. W. Pipe the discharge of each steam safety relief valve to atmosphere through a properly sized drip pan elbow. X. Check and test the operation of all steam relief valves. Replace defective steam relief valves and retest. Y. Provide all required steam vent piping. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 mild black steel. Provide an exhaust head for the termination of each steam vent above the roof. Install each head in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and coordinate installation with the roofing trade. Confirm exact location on the roof prior to roughing-in. Z. Provide steam flow measuring station where shown on the drawings. Provide flanges or unions as required for servicing. Provide valved drain on unit casing. AA. Install automatic control valves, piping wells and similar piping and/or equipment mounted control components required for automatic temperature control systems and supplied as part of the control work specified in Section 15900. BB. Include for all required steam and condensate piping and accessories for connections to the Owner's equipment as shown, scheduled and/or required. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATORS A. Provide factory made expansion compensators in piping where shown. B. Install each compensator, complete with piping guides where required and/or shown, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF STEAM TRAP TESTING COMPONENTS A. Provide a trap testing sensor chamber in piping upstream of each trap. B. For each trap that is to be tested but is inaccessible (concealed, or exposed but located at high level or otherwise inaccessible), provide a wall mounting remote test point and accurately identify the test point to indicate the trap and sensor chamber it is associated with. Connect the sensor chamber and remote test point with wiring of a type recommended by the test equipment manufacturer. Provide terminal strips for connecting conductors. Neatly secure wire in place at dose intervals. C. Provide a wall mounting automatic multiple trap monitor where shown. Connect sensor chambers associated with the traps to the monitor with wire of a type recommended by the test equipment manufacturer. Terminate all wiring using connectors supplied by the manufacturer. D. Confirm test point locations prior to roughing-in. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Provide steam pressure reducing valve stations where shown and connect with piping as indicated. Refer to the drawing detail. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 23 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER B. Install a steam separator complete with float and thermostatic steam trap module upstream of pressure reducing station. Separator shall be full line size of pressure reducing station. C. Two (2) pressure reducing valves in series shall be used when the pressure drop across a single valve exceeds a ratio of 15:1. Maintain no less than 8' (2.5 mm) between each valve. D. Adjust each station as required. Check operation of relief valves. Replace defective relief valves and retest. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PUMP SET A. Provide a condensate pump set where shown. B. Connect the receiver with valved condensate piping, vent piping, valved drain piping, and overflow piping connected to the drain piping downstream of the drain valve. Connect the pump discharge with pumped condensate return piping containing a shut-off valve and a check valve. C. Check float valve operation and adjust as required. D. Check operation of the alternator and adjust as required. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A. Provide a pressurized diaphragm type expansion tank for systems, where shown on the drawings. B. Support each horizontal tank on a prime coat painted structural steel support framework secured by a wall or y suspended from underside of slab by means of hanger rods, as applicable, where shown. Provide the support system. Connect each tank with piping as indicated. Refer to detail drawing. C. Secure the legs of each vertical tank to a concrete housekeeping pad by means of machine bolts. D. Provide a water make-up connection line complete with relief valve and pressure gauge and connect to system piping as shown. Terminate the make-up piping for connection to domestic cold water piping as part of the plumbing systems work. Check and test the operation of each safety relief valve. Replace defective safety relief valves and retest. E. Check the tank air charge and adjust to suit the system. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Provide centrifugal pumps for circulating systems where shown. B. Secure vertical in-line pumps in place in horizontal piping at floor level unless otherwise noted, supported by the piping unless the pump is equipped with support facilities integral with the pump casing, in which case support the pumps on vibration isolation pads on the floor. C. Secure horizontal base mounted pump baseplates to concrete pads by means of proper machine bolts. Shim baseplates level using metal wedges prior to tightening bolts. Fill each baseplate with non-shrink grout. D. For vertical in-line and horizontal base mounted pumps, provide a shut-off valve and suction diffuser in pump suction piping, and a combination triple-duty check-bafance shut-off valve assembly in pump discharge piping, installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Remove suction diffuser start-up strainer after piping flushing and cleaning is complete. J 05-12.06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 24 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER E. For all vertical in-line equipped with flush line filters, replace the filter cartridge when pipe flushing and cleaning is complete. F. Prior to start-up of all pumps, ensure that: 1. pump-motor alignment is correct; 2. pump is properly primed; 3. pump rotation is correct. G. If suction diffuser are used, remove the start-up strainer screen approximately one (1) month after pump start-up. H. If the circulating pumps are used for piping flushing and cleaning, and pump seal flush line filters are not installed, replace pump mechanical seals when flushing and cleaning is complete. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM A. Provide a variable speed pumping system for the applicable pumps where shown on the drawings and in accordance with the schedules and control diagrams. B. The variable speed pumping system shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer. C. Install system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. D. Align the motor pump and motor shafts to within the manufacturer's recommended tolerances prior to system start-up. E. Power wiring as required. shall be provided by the electrical contractor in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. Install all remote mounted sensors/transmitters in piping as shown on the flow diagrams. Control wiring from sensor/transmitters to the variable speed drives shall be provided by the controls contractor in accordance with the requirements of Section 15900 of the mechanical specification." 3.10 PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. Flush and clean the liquid heat transfer piping systems prior to plant start-up and performance and acceptance tests, but after leakage testing is complete. B. Provide temporary piping connections for introduction of cleaning solution and by-passes at capped connections, boiler(s) and where ever else required. Ensure thorough cleaning solution circulation throughout systems. C. Flush the piping with water to remove loose solids. Clean all strainers. Fill the piping with a solution of 1 gallon (4.51) of flushing and cleaning chemical for each 100 gallons (4501) of water in the system and circulate the solution for a period of from twenty-four (24) to seventy-two (72) hours at a temperature of from 68 degrees F. (20 degrees C.) to 140 degrees F. (60 degrees C.). The exact period of time shall be as required to produce a clean piping system. D. When the chemical solution circulating period is complete, drain the solution from the piping, refill with dean water and circulate the water for a minimum of four (4) hours to flush out remaining chemical solution, then drain the water from the piping and again clean all system strainers. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 25 RS&G Fife No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER E. Arrange for the chemical supplier's personnel to check the systems after flushing and cleaning is complete and to certify in writing that flushing and cleaning procedures have been properly performed. Forward a copy of the certification letter to the Consultant. F. Fill the systems. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL FEED EQUIPMENT A. Required chemical feed equipment and water treatment chemicals for circulating systems, shall be provided as part of an allowance. Provide Work after piping flushing and cleaning is complete. B. Closed Circulating System: 1. Provide a pot type chemical feeder and filter housing and cartridge for each new closed heat transfer water circulating system. Connect the feeder with valved piping between pump suction and discharge piping in accordance with the drawing detail. Locate the feeder so that it is easily accessible for maintenance and filling. Supply fifteen (15) disposable filter cartridges and turn over to Project Manager prior to applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. C. Steam Boiler Plant 1. Provide package type automatic chemical feed and water treatment for the steam boiler plant to prevent scaling, sludge build-up and similar fouling of the plant equipment and piping. Install equipment in accordance with the requirements of the detail. Chemical feed pump to boiler interlock wiring shall be done as part of the work of Division 16. 3.12 GENERAL RE: ALL TREATMENT A Supply and feed into each system sufficient chemical to charge the system to proper concentrations of chemical, and supply and feed into each system all chemicals required to maintain proper levels in the system until Substantial Completion of the Work. B. Supply and turn over to the Consultant, chemical sufficient for three (3) months continuous operation after Substantial Performance of the Work. C. Where test set cabinets are required, surface wall mount and identify. Place the required test sets in the cabinets. Where test sets cabinets are not required, hand test sets to the Project Manager. Test sets must be in place or in the Project Manager's hand prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. D. Arrange for the chemical supplier's personnel to check chemical levels in the systems, to certify in writing that the feed equipment is properly installed and that water in the system is properly treated with chemical. Forward a copy of the certification letter to the Consultant. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGERS A. Provide plate type heat exchangers where shown. B. Secure each heat exchanger in place, level and plumb, on a concrete housekeeping pad. C. Connect each heat exchanger with piping in accordance with requirements of the detail. Set operating controls to specified requirements. • 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 26 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 3.14 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS A. Provide domestic hot water storage heaters where shown.. B. Secure legs of each tank to a concrete housekeeping pad by means of machine bolts. Ensure that the tank is level and plumb. C. Connect each heat exchanger with heating media piping. Refer to the detail. For each heat exchanger, check and adjust all safeties and set controls to specified requirements. D. Unless otherwise noted, set controls for each domestic hot water heater to deliver 60 degrees C. domestic hot water. Check all control and safeties. 3.15 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (CONVECTOR - RADIATORS) A. Provide direct radiation units where shown on the drawings. B. Secure enclosure brackets in place at maximum 3' centres and install element supports or cradles. Slope elements to ensure proper water circulation and eliminate air. Ensure that enclosures are level and plumb. Provide all required enclosure accessories. C. Connect elements with piping as indicated. Provide radiator type valves in piping at each element or group of series connected element, shut-off type in the supply piping, balancing type in return piping. D. Where two (2) or more heating elements are connected in series, join the elements with piping the full size of the element tubes or use piping sized to the supply pipe size and connect the elements with eccentric fittings. E. For radiation units where indicated on the drawings, provide self-contained thermostatic control valves and install inside enclosures in accordance with the valve manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Check operation and adjust as required. F. Ensure that all valves are located inside enclosures unless otherwise shown, and are accessible either by enclosure access doors or removable enclosure covers. G. Provide proper height, cleaned and prime coat painted, flanged steel pipe supports for free-standing radiation units. Size the inside diameter of the supports to suit the diameter of the heating piping which is to extend through the supports to the elements. Secure the supports to the floor over floor openings. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT RADIATION UNITS (RADIATORS) A. Provide radiators where shown on the drawings. B. Secure brackets on walls at a maximum of 5' (1500 mm) centres and mount the radiators on the brackets. Slope steam units to ensure proper condensate circulation and to eliminate air. C. Provide radiator type valves in water piping at each unit with a shut-off type valve in the supply piping and a balancing type valve in the return piping. D. Provide fillers, end pieces and comers for intended installation. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 27 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 3.17 INSTALLATION OF MOTORIZED HEATERS A. Provide motorized heaters where shown. B. Secure suspended heaters in place at the proper height by means of hanger rods attached to the structure. Ensure that the heaters are level and plumb. C. Coordinate installation of recessed or semi-recessed wall mounted cabinet heaters with the trade preparing the wall opening. Ensure that the opening is deep enough to accommodate 1" (25 mm) thick rigid board fibreglass insulation between the back of the heater and the wall. Provide such insulation. D. Connect motorized heaters with piping. 3.18 INSTALLATION OF STEAM HUMIDIFIERS A. Provide steam humidifiers where shown. B. Confirm colour coding and wording of nameplates prior to ordering. C. Secure steam supply units in place level and plumb. D. Install steam distribution manifold assemblies where indicated and secure in place in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Connect the supply units and the manifold assemblies with copper pipe in accordance with the details at the end of this Section. Ensure connections to manifold assemblies are in accordance with the humidifier manufacturer's printed instructions. Insulate the copper piping in accordance with the requirements of Section 15250. F. Install humidistats and pressure differential air proving switches and connect with 24 volt control wiring in conduit to the steam supply units. G. Connect drain water cooler to drain outlet of humidifier. Extend and connect domestic cold water to the drain water cooler. H. When installation is complete, check and test operation of each humidifier, including all safeties and control panel functions, and adjust as required. 3.19 INSTALLATION OF FAN COIL UNITS A. Provide fan coil units where shown. B. Secure horizontal fan coil units in place from the structure by means of hanger rods. Ensure that cabinets are level and plumb. C. Secure vertical fan coil units in place, level and plumb. Confirm exact locafions prior to roughing-in. D. Connect coils with valved piping. E. When installation is complete, check and test operation of each fan coil unit and adjust as required. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 28 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 El PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 3.20 INSTALLATION OF SNOW MELTING SYSTEM A. Provide snow melting system as shown on the drawings. B. Install hydronic snow-melting tubing loops in accordance with tubing manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Contract Drawings. Installation shall follow shop drawings for tube layout, tube spacing, manifold configuration, manifold location, and controls. Comply with notes on shop drawings. C. Manifolds supply and return piping shall be isolated with ball valves. D. Fittings and manifolds shall be accessible for maintenance. The only exceptions are for repair splice with manufacturer's approved fittings and procedure for concealed connections. E. Install tubing loops without splices. It is acceptable to install a repair splice within the embedded loop should on-site damage occur and an emergency repair be -authorized. Refer to PEX tubing manufacturer's installation handbook for instructions on the proper installation of the repair splice. F. Ensure that no glues, solvents, sealants or chemicals come in contact with the tubing without prior permission from the tube manufacturer. G. Manufacturer's bend supports shall be used where tubing enters and exits the slab. H. Methods of tubing attachment shall be to manufacturer's installation handbook. 1. Pressurize tubing system with air or water in accordance with applicable codes or, in the absence of applicable codes, to a pressure of 60-psi (413 kPa) for 24 hours prior to encasement of tubing system. Tubing shall remain pressurized during encasement and for a period of 24 hours thereafter to ensure system integrity. J. Comply with safety precautions when pressure testing, including use of compressed air, where applicable. Water shall not be used to pressurize the system if ambient air temperature has the possibility of dropping below 32 degrees F (0 degrees C). K. Ensure system is freeze proof should ambient air temperature be anticipated to drop below 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) and the system is not under full operation. L. Balancing: Adjust flow to all loops as indicated on shop drawings. M. System shall not be operated during panel concrete curing period unless permission has been granted and specific instructions on panel pre-heating has been provided. N. Related Products Installation: Refer to other sections listed in Related Sections paragraph herein for related products installation. 0. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P. Retain the system manufacturer's representative to be present for the following: .1 Preliminary installation of the tubing; .2 Final installation of tubing after re-bar has been installed; .3 Filling of system and system start-up; .4 Pressure testing of system prior to and during the concrete pour. 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 29 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15700 VAIL, COLORADO LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER 3.21 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A. Testing, adjusting and balancing of liquid heat transfer systems will be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 15890. B. Prepare the systems for balancing as follows: .1 check the operation and functioning of mechanical plant equipment, and obtain design conditions; .2 open all valves to the full open position; .3 check expansion tanks to ensure that they are not air bound and that the systems are full, check all air vents to ensure that they are installed properly and are operating freely and that all air is removed from the circulating systems, check operation of pumps, and check all strainer baskets to ensure that they are clean; .4 set all temperature controls so that all heat transfer equipment is operating at full output; .5 check the operation of automatic valves and adjust as required. END OF SECTION 15700 J • 05-12-06 LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER Summary Permit Set 15700 - 30 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15850 AIR HANDLING LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINET FAN ASSEMBLIES 2.02 CENTRIFUGAL FANS 2.03 IN-LINE FANS 2.04 PROPELLER FANS 2.05 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS 2.06 KITCHEN ECOLOGY SYSTEMS 2.07 AIR FILTERS 2.08 AIR FILTER GAUGES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 (or 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CABINET FAN ASSEMBLIES INSTALLATION OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS INSTALLATION OF PROPELLER FANS INSTALLATION OF ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS INSTALLATION OF ECOLOGY UNITS INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTERS INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTER GAUGES 04-07-06 AIR HANDLING Progress GO Set LOG 15850-1 RSBG File No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15850 AIR HANLDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the air handling work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. all required starter interlock wiring and 115 volt control wiring; 2. supply of control components and control connections to all components such as motorized dampers associated with automatic control systems; 3. provision of exterior wall louvers and birdscreen; 4. provision of domestic water and drain piping connections to equipment; 5. provision of casings, plenums, ductwork, dampers, grilles, diffusers, and similar system components; 6. provision of refrigerant piping connections to direct expansion cooling coils; 7. provision of heat transfer piping connections to coils; 8. provision of site applied thermal insulation; 9. provision of products-of-combustion detectors in fan equipment for fire alarm system fan shut-down. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for all equipment specified in this Section. Shop drawings shall be complete with outline drawings, and certified pressure volume performance curves, showing point of operation and certified sound power data. C. Cabinet fan and centrifugal fan shop drawings shall be complete with Certified Performance Curves for each fan at the rated capacity in accordance with AMCA Standard 210, and Certified sound power data obtained from tests made in accordance with AMCA Standard 300. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINET FAN ASSEMBLIES McQuay "Vision" factory assembled air handling units in configuration as indicated on drawings and drawing schedules. Units shall include all specified components installed at the factory. Field fabrication of units and their components will not be accepted. Casing: 1. Fabricate casing of 16 ga (1.56 mm) galvanized steel. Assemble sections with bulb type gaskets and bolts to prevent thermal bridging from interior of unit to exterior. Internal liner shall be 20 ga (0.93 mm) solid metal finer in ooofing cod and humidifier sections, perforated elsewhere. 2. Insulation shall be 2" (50 mm) thick, 1.5 IbJft3 (24 kg/m3) density, neoprene coated, glass fiber insulation. Fabricate complete casing and structure from G 90 galvanized steel. 0407-06 AIR HANDUNG Progress CD Set 15850-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15850 AIR HANLDING Provide access doors of galvanized steel, flush mounted to cabinetry, with gasket, latch and handle assembly as shown on the drawings and at the following locations: a. Fan; b. Coils; C. Humidifier, d. Filter, e. Where shown on the drawings. Construct drain pans from type 304 stainless steel with cross break and pitch to drain connection. Provide drain pans under cooling coil and humidification section. Base rail shall be minimum of 8" (200 mm) high or as required to suit proper depth of drain trap. C. Fans: 1. Provide fans as scheduled. Dynamically balance fans before and after installation in fan cabinet section. Ensure maximum fan RPM is below the first critical speed fan. 2. Provide self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with extended copper lubrication lines to access side of unit. Provide grease fittings attached to fan base assembly near access door. 3. Locate fan and motor intemally on a steel base. Factory mount motor on a slide base that can be slid out of unit. Provide access to motor, drive and bearings through hinged access door. Provide fan and motor assembly mounted on 2" deflection spring vibration isolators inside cabinet. 4. Fans shall be backward inclined (BI) or air foil (AF) as per the drawing schedule and as follows: a. BI - Fan shall be double-width, double-inlet, multiblade type as produced by the unit manufacturer. Fan blades shall be backward inclined (BI) as required for stable operation and optimum energy efficiency; b. AF - Fans shall be double-width, double-inlet, multiblade type as produced by the unit manufacturer. Fan blades shall be backward-inclined airfoil (AF) as required for stable operation and optimum energy efficiency. 5. Bearings and Drives: a. Provide bearings with basic load rating computed in accordance with AFBMAL - ANSI Standards, L-50 Iffe at 200,000 hours heavy duty pillow block type, self-aligning, grease- lubricated ball bearings, b. Provide solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished shaft, protectively coated with lubricating oil. C. Provide variable pitch sheaves on all motors 7 112 HP (5.6 kW) and lower. Provide constant pitch sheaves on all motors greater than 71/2 HP (5.6 kW) sizes V-belt drive for a service factor of 1.25. On constant pitch units, allow for one sheave change including belts (parts only, labour by balancing contractor). 6. Provide open drip proof high efficiency motors. 7. Fans shall come complete with belt guards. D. Variable Frequency Drives: 1. Where units are specified with variable frequency drives, unit manufacturer will be responsible for supplying variable frequency drives. Drives shall be shipped loose for field installation on site. 2. Variable frequency drives are specified in Section 15050. Coils: 1. Provide access to coils from connection side of unit for service and cleaning. Enclose coil headers and return bends fully within type 304 stainless steel unit casing. Fabricate coil connections, vents and drains to extend beyond unit casing including gromments for an airtight unit casing. Coils shall be removable through side panels and/or top panels of unit without removal and disassembly of entire section. Coil rack shall be type 304 stainless steel. 2. Provide type 304 stainless steel drain pan located underneath and extending downstream of coil and intermediate drain pans. 04-07.06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15M-2 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT 102026 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15850 AIR HANLDING 3. Maximum fin height of cooling coil shall be 45" (1125 mm). Cog sections exceeding 45" (1125 mm) must have intermediate drain pans. 4. Cooling coils shall have a fin spacing no greater than 9 fins per inch. 5. Coil performance shag be as per schedule. Coil performance data shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410 where applicable. 6. Construction: a. Tubes: Copper. b. Fins: Aluminum mechanically bonded to tubes. C. Headers: Seamless copper with vent and drain connections, d. Casing: 16 gauge, galvanized steel channels with 16 gauge center and end supports. 7. Water coils shall be circuited drainable with a vent connection at the highest point and a drain connection at the lowest point. Coil headers shall be copper with steel male pipe connections. 8. Connections - copy sub-paragraph 2.1.17.5.5 from page 7 in article 2.1. Filters: I. Provide filter box section with filter guides, hinged and latching access doors for side loading of filters. 2. Filter media shall be UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II. 3. Provide extended surface filter box with holding frames suitable for 2" (50 mm) pleated panel prefilter and final filter, media and blank-off sheets, extended surface cartridge media filters with 80-85 percent efficiency. Cartridge filter media shag be 12" (300 mm) deep. G. Humidification 1. Provide 60"(1500 mm) long humidification sections. Sections shall be complete with access door and a stainless steel drain pan extended 42" (1050 mm) downstream of the humidifier manifold. 2. Steam humidifiers shall be as shown on the drawings and specified in Section15700 of the Specification. H. Access Access sections shall be ZV (600 mm) deep. Provide access doors of galvanized steel flush mounted, with gasket, latch and handle assembly. Access doors shall be constructed and factory insulated as for the cabinet casing. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: a. Fan cabinets and associated sections - McQuay (HTS Engineering), Quiet-Aire (Trane), Engineered Air and RAGAN Industries (EFI Systems Group); b. Humidifiers - as specified in Section 15700. 2.02 CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Greenheck Fan Corp., centrifugal fans as per the drawings schedule and as specified hereinafter. Fan performance shag be based on tests to ANSIIAMCA Standard 210-85. Each fan shag bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. Each fan shalt 1. have sharply, continuously rising pressure characteristics through the operating range, continuing to rise well beyond the efficiency peak, and shag be stable under all conditions; 2. horsepower characteristics shag be completely self-limiting and must peak in the normal selection area; 3. be capable of operating over the complete pressure class limits as specified in AMCA Standard 99- 2408-69. Impellers shall be factory statically and dynamically balanced. Complete fan assembly shall be factory test balanced at the operating speed prior to shipment and the manufacturer shall supply certificate of compliance with balancing record. 0407-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR HANLDING C. Type "SWB" fans shall be complete with: 1. backward curved fan wheels with flat blades. Blades, flanges and backplates shall be continuously welded. Partial welding Is not acceptable; 2. heavy gauge steel, housing with lock formed seams. Discharges must be complete with drilled flanges for flex connections. Housings shall have heavy bracing to prevent vibration and pulsation and all bracing shall be continuously welded or caulked prior to final painting to prevent corrosion behind bracing. D. Type "AFSW" fans shall be complete with: 1. non-overloading fan wheel with air foil blades. Blades, flanges and back plates shag be continuously welded. Partial welding is not acceptable; 2. heavy gauge steel, continuously welded housing. Lock seam or partially welded housings are not acceptable. Discharges must be complete with drilled flanges for flex connections. Housings shag have heavy bracing to prevent vibration and pulsation and all bracing shall be continuously welded or caulked prior to final painting to prevent corrosion behind bracing. E. Shafts shall be hot rolled steel turned, ground and polished and ring gauged for accuracy. Shafts shall be sized for minimum first critical speed 1.25 times the maximum for the class. F. Bearings shag be heavy duty, grease lubricated, anti-friction SKF roller, foot mounted, with minimum L-50 life of 200,000 hours at the maximum for class RPM per AFBMAL. G. Each fan inlet shall be protected with heavy gauge galvanized steel, removable inlet screens. H. A shaft and bearing guard and a galvanized steel belt guard, complete with tachometer openings or weather covers. 1. Fans with variable inlet vanes shall be supplied with quick opening, hinged, scroll access doors, with minimum of two quick turning levers for complete closure. J. On fans with weather covers, or ARRG. No. 3 fans, fan bearing lubrication lines shall be extended to accessible location on fan, complete with "Alemite" fittings. K. Each fan component shall be thoroughly degreased and deburred before application of rust preventative primer, prior to assembly and shall be finish coated after complete assembly. L. Electric motors shall be as specified in section 15050, sized for 5% increase in fan RPM without overload and complete with adjustable motor base with two adjusting screws. M. Drives 5.6 kW and smaller shall be adjustable V-belt type. Drives larger than 5.6 Kw shall be constant pitch V-beft drive, and shag include for sheave replacement to suit final air quantity balancing requirements. Durres shall be selected (designed) for minimum 1.5 times motor nameplate horsepower. N. Fans mounted outdoors shag be weatherproof and complete with: 1. a half pipe coupling type drain connection in the fan housing; 2. a weatherproof disconnect switch pre-wired to the motor and factory mounted on the top of the bearing stand; 3. a sheet steel, rubber edged weather cover to protect the bearings, motor and drive; 4. factory mounted, automatic outlet dampers; 5. an outlet cowl with birdscreen; 6. except for fan shaft, bearings, and similar rotating parts, a factory applied coat of coal tar epoxy coating.. 0. Acceptable manufacturers are Greenheck Fan Corp., Twin City Blower and Fan, The Howden Fan Company, Sheldons Engineering Ltd., Loren Cook, Industrial Air/Bayley, Chicago Blower and ACME. 04-07-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850 - 4 RSSG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR HANLDING 2.03 IN-LINE FANS A. Greenheck Fan Corp. in-line fans each as per the drawing schedule, AMCA Air and Sound performance certified and bearing the seal and as specified below. B. Model 'BSt3" fans shall be AMCA sound and air performance certified and bear the seal, and shag be complete with: 1. a heavy-gauge, reinforced galvanized steel fan housing fined with 112' (12 mm) thick fibreglass acoustic insulation and complete with hanging brackets for spring isolators at each comer, two (2) removable access panels sized to permit easy access to all internal components; 2. a removable, non-overloading, statically and dynamically balanced, backwardly inclined fan wheel keyed to a ground and polished steel shaft 3. permanently sealed and lubricated pillow bkx,k bag bearings selected for a minimum (L50) fife of 200,000 hours at maximum catalogue conditions; 4. a drive sized for minimum of 1500/6 of driven horsepower, 5. a motor as specified in Section 15050, pre-wired to a disconnect switch mounted on the housing. C. Model "SQ' direct drive fans shall be AMCA sound and air performance certified and bear the seal, and shag be complete with: 1. a heavy-gauge, reinforced galvanized steel fan housing lined with 1/2" (12 rani) thick fibreglass acoustic insulation and complete with hanging brackets for spring isolators at each comer, two (2) removable access panels sized to permit easy access to all internal components; 2. a removable, non-overloading, statically and dynamically balanced, backwardly inclined fan wheel keyed to motor shaft; 3. a motor as specified in Section 15050, pre-wired to a disconnect switch mounted on the housing. D. Model "CSP" fans shall be AMCA air and sound performance certified and bear the seal and shall be complete with: 1. a galvanized steel housing with %2' (12 mm) thick acoustic insulation and complete with polystyrene grille and mesh filter, adjustable mounting brackets, and duct connection collars with discharge backdraft damper, 2. a removable motor-fan assembly consisting of a permanently lubricated, vibration isolated motor with power cord and plug connected to an internal terminal box with receptacle and direct connected to a dynamically balanced, forward curved centrifugal fan wheel. E. Unless otherwise noted, all steel components except for galvanized components shag be finished with thermally fused powdered epoxy. F. The noise levels scheduled in the 'Schedule of Guestimn Toilet Exhaust Fans' are the minimum acceptable levels. Manufacturers must comply with these levels or their products will not be accepted. Manufacturers must include noise levels for Guestroom toilet exhaust fans as part of shop drawing submission. G. Acceptable manufacturers are Greenheck Fan Corp., JennFan, Penn Ventilator Ltd., Carnes, ACME Fan Corp. and Loren Cook. CW 04.07-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR HANLDING 2.04 PROPELLER FANS A. Greenheck Fan Corp. model "SB" belt drive propeller fans, each AMCA Air and Sound performance certified and bearing the seal, as per the drawing schedule and complete with: 1. a rigid steel fan panel with deep ventud spun into the panel, and formed back panel edges; 2. a formed steel motor and drive assembly frame with mounting pads secured to the fare panel, and heavy-gauge steel motor and bearing mounting plates; 3. a propeller fan wheel consisting of die-formed, reinforced steel blades welded to a heavy-gauge steel hub which is secured to a ground and polished steel shaft; 4. pillow Mock type heavy-duty sealed ball bearings selected for a minimum (1-50) life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum catalogue conditions; 5. adjustable V-belt drive sized for minimum 150 % motor nameplate horsepower, 6. a motor in accordance with Section 15050. Greenheck Fan Corp. model "SE", direct drive propeller fans, each AMCA Air performance certified and bearing the seal, as per the drawing schedule and complete with: 1. a rigid steel fan panel with deep venturi spun into the panel, and formed back panel edges; 2. a welded, heavy gauge, zinc plated wire motor support with four (4) neoprene vibration isolators installed between motor support and motor mounts; 3. a propeller fan wheel consisting of die-formed, reinforced aluminum blades riveted to a heavy-gauge steel hub, keyed to motor shaft; 4. a motor in accordance with Section 15050. C. Propeller fans for wall mounting shall be complete with a heavy-gauge steel mounting collar and a wire type motor side fan guard. D. All steel components shall be finished with thermally fused powdered epoxy. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Greenheck Fan Corp., The Howden Fan Company, Carries, JennFan and Penn Ventilator Ltd. 2.05 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS A. Greenheck Fan Corp. roof mounted centrifugal fans each as per the drawing schedule, AMCA Air and Sound performance certified and bearing the seal and as specified below. B. Model "GB", belt drive fans shall be complete with: 1. a heavy-gauge spun aluminum housing and aluminum curb cap with stainless steel fastenings; 2. a non-overloading, statically and dynamically balanced, all aluminum construction fan wheel and hub segued to an anti-corrosion treated shaft; 3. permanently sealed and lubricated pillow block ball bearings selected for a minimum (L.50) He of 200,000 hours at maximum catalogue conditions; 4. a drive sized for minimum of 150% of driven horsepower, 5. a motor as specified in Section 15050, mounted in a force cooled compartment isolated from the exhaust air stream and pre-wired to a disconnect switch mounted under the fan housing; 6. a vinyl coated or galvanized heavy-gauge steel wire birdscreen; 7. a gravity type, mulfi4eaf, feWged, spring loaded backdraft damper, 8. a matching prefabricated roof mounting curb. J 0407.06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15650 - 6 RS&G Fie No. 180520600 PROJECT 02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR HANLDING C. Model "GD", direct drive fans shall be complete with: 1. a heavy-gauge spun aluminum housing and aluminum curb cap with stainless steel fastenings; 2. a non-overloading, statically and dynamically balanced, all aluminum construction fan wheel and secured to motor shaft; 3. a motor as specified in Section 15050, mounted in a force cooled compartment isolated from the exhaust air stream and pre-wired to a disconnect switch mounted under the fan housing; 4. a vinyl coated or galvanized heavy-gauge steel wire birdscreen; 5. a gravity type, multi-leaf, felt-edged, spring loaded backdraft damper, 6. a matching pre-fabricated roof mounting curb. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Greenheck Fan Corp., Carries, JennFan, Loren Cook, Breidert and Penn Ventilator Ltd. 2.06 KITCHEN ECOLOGY SYSTEMS A. Carroll Manufacturing International, "Environair" kitchen ecology system as per the drawing schedule and complete with filter module, fan module, odour reducing system and a control panel. All components to be UL listed. Filter Module: 1. The unit casing shall be of double wall construction reinforced and braced for maximum rigidity. Inner walls shall be 16 gauge (1.6 mm) thick liquid fight welded construction and outer walls shall be 20 gauge (.093 mm) thick steel. Filter section to be insulated with 1 (38 mm) insulation to the requirements of UL The unit shall be complete with three (3) stages of filtration. The first stage shall be 4" (102 mm) pleated UL filter, rated at 40% ASHRAE 52-76. The second stage shall be a 22" (559 nun) bag filter UL filter rated at 950/6 ASHRAE 52-76. The third stage shall be a 12" (305 mm) absolute filter UL rated at 95% DOP to 0.3 microns. A UL fisted fire damper actuated by fusible link shall be located at the outlet. The module to be complete with four (4) pressure switches to monitor pre-filter, high efficiency filter, absolute filter and overall filters. C. Odour Reducing System: 1. The filter cabinet housing shall be extended to include odour control to break down organic odour molecules following the final filter. The order control system shall consist of a liquid spray atomizer with a 5 gallon reservoir with low-level alarm, compressor, and one or more spray nozzles. Fuse- protected circuitry with spray and delay period adjustable timers shall be integral to the remote APU control panel to switch OnlOff/Cycle the system for infinite adjustment. The reservoir enclosure shall be suitable for indoor mounting. D. Fan Module: 1. The fan housing shall be fabricated from 16 gauge (1.6 mm) thick cold rolled steel with all joints suitably reinforced and braced for rigidity. The fan shall have Class 2 DWDI backward inclined wheel with AMCA rating mounted on heavy duty ground and polished steel shaft Bearings shalt be pilow block with lubrication nipples. Drives shall be V belt type with capacity 25% greater than nameplate power. Hinged access doors shall be provided to allow easy access to fan and motor. Unit to be complete with prewired motor starter and electrical disconnect switch. Motor and motor starter shag be as specified in Section 15050. Fan, motor and drive assembly shall be integrally mounted on a structural steel isolation base with 2"(50 mm) nominal spring deflection. 04-07-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850-7 RS&G File No. 1805206-DO PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR HANLDING E. Control Panel: 1. The control panel shall be a Carroll Manufacturing Model ACW, constructed from stainless steel for remote mounting with front locking screws complete with timers, relays and lamps to indicate system on, condition of prefilter, bag fitter and absolute filters, filter missing, free and odour reducing operation. Panel shall have contacts to allow for remote enable/disable of system and remote alarm status. Control circuits to operate at 24 VAC. F. Start Up: 1. Factory trained personnel shall start up units, adjust air flows, test and adjust controls as required. G. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are Carroll Manufacturing, Vent Master and Gaylord Industries Inc.. 2.07 AIR FILTERS A. Air filters as per the drawing schedule. All filters shall be UL listed and labelled and rated as Class I or Class Pre-Filter. 1. Pleated, filters shall have a 25-30% average efficiency when tested by ASHRAE 52-76 test method. The frame shall be constructed of high wet-strength, moisture resistant beverage board. Two (2) mating die-cut boxes shall be bonded together, fomvng a double wall around the entire filter. The pleated media pack shall be bonded to the inside of the frame on all four edges to prevent leakage and increase rigidity. The media pack support retainers, which are an integral part of the frame, shall be bonded to the pleats on both the air entering and air leaving sides, to allow proper spacing between pleats for a maximum dust holding capacity while between pleats for a maximum dust holding capacity while minimizing resistance. A welded wire pleat support grid shall be bonded to the air leaving side of the media to maintain uniform pleat shape and stability for proper air flow and resistance. Main Filter. 1. "Duracell XL" filters shall have an average efficiency of 80-85% when tested by the ASHRAE 52-76 test method. The filter shall have the efficiency and size as shown on the filter schedule. Filter media shall be of high density microfine glass fibres which are laminated to a non-woven synthetic backing to form a lofted filter blanket. Filter medial shall be bonded to a welded wire grid. The grid shall be formed to allow the use of a radial pleat filter design and shall support the filter media both vertically and horizontally. Filter and wire grid shall be enclosed in a galvanized steel frame enclosure. Filter and wire grid shall be chemically and mechanically bonded to the enclosure to prevent air bypass. Enclosing frame of enclosure shall be equipped with diagonal support members on the entering air and exit air sides of the filter assembly. D. Acceptable manufacturers are American Air Filter, Farr and Airguard Industries. 2.08 AIR FILTER GAUGES A. Dwyer Industries Inc. Series 2000 differential pressure gauge, accurate to within 2% of full scale and complete with all required mounting and connection accessories. The 120 mm diameter dial shall have a zero (0) point adjustment and graduations in indm of wc. 0407-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD set 15850 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 - FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIRHANLDING PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF CABINET FAN ASSEMBLIES A. Provide cabinet fan assemblies for systems as shown. B. Secure each fan, unless otherwise noted, in place as shown. C. Secure each fan, unless otherwise noted, in place on vibration isolation as shown. D. Where shown, suspend fans from the structure independent of connecting ductwork or adjacent sections by means of hanger rods and, where shown and/or scheduled, vibration isolating spring hangers. E. Provide adjacent factory made sections for systems as shown and secure in place as for fan cabinets but less vibration isolation hardware. Ensure that each section and the associated cabinet fan is level and plumb, and properly aligned. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Provide centrifugal fans for systems as shown. B. All spark resistant fans shall be equipped with explosion proof motors. C. Secure each fan, motor and drive assembly to a vibration isolated fan and motor support base on a concrete housekeeping pad. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROPELLER FANS A. Provide propeller fans for ventilation systems where shown. Secure plenum and duct mounted fans in a sheet metal ductwork or plenum arrangement as shown, B. arranged such that each fan is properly secured in place and easily removed. Provide access doors in the plenum and/or ductwork for access to internal parts. C. Secure wall mounted fans in accordance with the fan manufacturer's recommendations. D. Provide all necessary reinforcing and securing angle iron brackets and supports. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS A. Provide roof mounted exhaust fans where shown. B. AD spark resistant fans shall be equipped with explosion proof motors. C. Supply a prefabricated, sound attenuating, mounting curb for each fan and hand the curbs to the roofing trade on site for installation and flashing into roof construction as part of the roofing work. D. Install the fans on the curbs. 0407-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850 - 9 RS&G He No. INS206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15850 VAIL, COLORADO AIR-HANLDING 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ECOLOGY UNITS Provide ecology units where shown on the drawings. B. Secure each unit in place on vibration isolation on a concrete housekeeping pad. Forward letter from unit manufacturer certifying satisfactory installation and operation for each unit Perform remedial work identified by manufacturer, pertaining to un-satisfactory installation of unit. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTERS A. Provide all required air filters, located and arranged as shown and scheduled. B. Provide all required filter assembly frames and install to prevent air by-pass and to permit easy filter removal. Construct frames from the same material as the plenum, casing or duct the filters are associated. C. When air handling systems are complete and ready for start-up and testing, but building finishes are not complete and cleaning is not complete, provide minimum 20% average dust spot efficient (atmospheric) temporary glass fibre media in place of permanent fitters prior to fan start-up, and provide temporary media over all return air openings in dirty, dusty, incomplete areas. D. Prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Completion, and when the systems are ready for air balancing, remove temporary media and install permanent filters. E. For each filter bank, supply a spare set of replacement media and turn the filters over to the Owner prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTER GAUGES A. Provide a fitter gauge for each main air handling system. For systems with pre-filters and after-fitters, install the gauge across the after-filters. B. Secure gauges in place on the filter section casing in an easily readable location. Adjust each gauge to suit the design pressures of the system with new fresh filters in place. END OF SECTION 15850 0407-06 AIR HANDLING Progress CD Set 15850 -10 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 3 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK 2.02 SHEET ALUMINUM DUCTWORK 2.03 BLACK STEEL DUCTWORK 2.04 STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK 2.05 DUCT SEALER 2.06 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL 2.08 FIRE RATED DUCT WRAP INSULATION 2.09 KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCT EXPANSION DUCT 2.10 FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPERS 2.11 ROUND TO RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTIONS 2.12 SPLITTER DAMPERS 2.13 AIRTURNINGVANES 2.14 VOLUME (BALANCING) DAMPERS 2.15 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS 2.16 DUCT ACCESS DOORS 2.17 CASING AND PLENUM MATERIAL 2.18 CASING AND PLENUM ACCESS DOORS 2.19 PLENUM AND CASING BAFFLES 2.20 INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS 2.21 ACOUSTIC LINING 2.22 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 2.23 SILENCERS 2.24 TERMINAL UNITS 2.25 FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS 2.26 FLUES AND STACKS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL RE: FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK 3.02 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK 3.03 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF BLACK STEEL DUCTWORK 3.04 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM DUCTWORK 3.05 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRE RATED DUCT WRAP INSULATION 3.07 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL 3.09 INSTALLATION OF FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPERS 3.10 INSTALLATION OF SPLITTER DAMPERS 3.11 INSTALLATION OF TURNING VANES 3.12 INSTALLATION OF VOLUME (BALANCING) DAMPERS 3.13 INSTALLATION OF BACKDRAFT DAMPERS 04-07-06 Progress CD Set RSBG File No. 18052D6-00 SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION AIR DISTRIBUTION LOC 15880 - t PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3.14 INSTALLATION OF DUCT ACCESS DOORS 3.15 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF CASINGS AND PLENUMS 3.16 INSTALLATION OF CASING AND PLENUM BAFFLES 3.17 INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS 3.18 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTIC LINING 3.19 INSTALLATION OF SILENCERS 3.20 INSTALLATION OF GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 3.21 INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL UNITS AND FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS 3.22 INSTALLATION OF FLUES AND STACKS 3.23 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING C 04.07.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set LOC 15880 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 • FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section as well as to other Sections of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the air distribution work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. all required starter interlock wiring and 115 volt control wiring; 2. supply of control components and control connections to all components such as motorized dampers associated with automatic control system; 3. provision of exterior wall louvers and birdscreen; 4. installation of curbs for ducts penetrating the roof; 5. provision of curbs for ducts penetrating waterproof floors; 6. installation of roof construction of flashing accessories for flues and stacks penetrating the roof; 7. provision of condensate drain and domestic water piping connections to equipment, 8. provision of heat transfer piping connections to coils; 9. provision of site applied thermal insulation; 10. provision of products-of-combustion detectors in ductwork and/or casings for fire alarm system fan shut-down; 11. provision of kitchen exhaust hoods; 12. provision of caulking around perimeter of exterior wall lowers; 13. provision of air handling equipment; 14. air handling system testing, adjusting and balancing. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for all products in Part 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK A. Rectangular or square ductwork shall be prime W forming quality, galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A525M, satin coated finish on ductwork to be painted, G60 coating on all other ductwork, with metal gauges in accordance with published SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the duct configuration and classification. B. Alpha Industries Limited, "Free-Flow", round (spiral) ductwork shall be prime lock forrning quality, galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A525M, satin coated finish on ductwork to be painted, G60 coating on all other ductwork, spiral lockseam, factory fabricated fittings with fully welded seams and joints, with metal gauges in accordance with published SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the dud configuration and classification. 1. acceptable manufacturers are Alpha Industries Limited, Flexmaster Ltd., Don-Park, Ecao Manufacturing and United McGill Corp. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-1 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION C. Ductmate Limited, "DUCTMATE", "Spiral Mate" (one used) gasketed, sealed, flanged joint system components are acceptable in rectangular galvanized steel duct construction: 1. acceptable manufacturers are Ductmate Limited and Nexus PDQ. 2.02 SHEET ALUMINUM DUCTWORK A. Lock forming grade, alloy No. 3003-1-114 sheet aluminum to ASTM 8209, spiral lockseam, with metal thickness in accordance with published SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standard Metal and Flexible, to suit the dud configuration and classification. B. Round (spiral), aluminum ductwork constricted of lock forming grade, alloy No. 3003-1-114 sheet aluminum to ASTM 8209, spiral lockseam, factory fabricated fittings with fully welded seams and joints, with metal gauges in accordance with published SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the duct configuration and classification: C. Acceptable manufacturers are Alpha Industries Limited or equivalent product by Flexmaster Ltd., ECCO Manufacturing and United McGill Corp. 2.03 BLACK STEEL DUCTWORK A. Black sheet steel to ASTM A621/A621M-82, minimum No. 16 MSG gauge (1.5 mm thick), or as indicated. 2.04 STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK A. Type 304 sheet stainless steel to ASTM A480-82a, with metal gauges in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the dud configuration and classification. B. Alpha Industries Limited, "Free-Flow', round (spiral), ductwork constructed of Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel, as specified in Part 3, to ASTM A480-82a, spiral lockseam, factory fabricated fittings with fully welded seams and joints, with metal gauges in accordance with published SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the dud configuration and classification. 2.05 DUCT SEALER A. Hardcast Inc. (Alpha Industries Ltd.), "Iron-Grip", UL Listed, Class 1 (not exceeding ratings of: flame spread 5; smoke developed 0; fuel contributed 0), water based duct sealer, to ANSVNFPA 90A -1993, non- flammable wet or dry and flexible when cured. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Alpha Industries Ltd., Flexmaster Canada Ltd., Dyn Air, Ductmate Canada Limited and Duro-lyre. 2.06 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Alpha Industries Ltd., "AlphaFlex" ULC listed and labelled (Class 1 air duct) spirally wound, continuous lock seam, flexible, corrugated aluminum tube manufactured from type 3003 aluminum alloy, supplied in 3 m lengths, and suitable for a maximum velocity of 20 m/s and operating pressures of maximum 4.97 kPa positive and 0.248 kPa negative. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Alpha Industries Ltd., Trans Continental Equipment Ltd., Flexmaster Ltd. and Nailor Industries Inc. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL A. Duro-Dyne Ltd., "DUROLON", UL listed to NFPA 90A, fire resistive, weatherproof flexible vibration isolation fabric material unaffected by sunlight and Ozone, consisting of DuPont "Hypalon' coated woven fibreglass fabric 24 ozlyd.2 (814 glsq.m) mass, 0.015' (0.63 mm) thick, suitable for -40°F to 250°F (-40"C to 12-"C). B. Duro-Dyne of Canada Ltd, "DUROTHERM" fire resistive and weatherproof fibreglass fabric coated with reflective aluminium formulated to resist temperatures to 500"F (260"C), with a mass of 15 oz.tyd2 (500 g/m2) and a thickness of 0.17' (0.43 mm). C. Acceptable products are Duro-Dyne of Canada Ltd., Ventfabrics Canada Ltd. and Elgen Engineering Ltd. 2.08 FIRE RATED DUCT WRAP INSULATION A. 3M FireMaster Duct Wrap: Lightweight, non-asbestos, high temperature, ceramic fiber blanket totally encapsulated in a reinforced aluminum foil scrim with a service temperature range to 1260 'C (2300 oF) as manufactured by 3M Fire Protection Products to the following: 1. One and two-hour rated fire resistive enclosure assemblies to ISO Standard 69441985, Fire Resistance Tests - Ventilation Ducts; ULC Guide No. 40021. B. Materials: Fire resistive insulation: 1%:" (38 mm) thick, 24" or 48" (600mm or 1200mm) wide X 25 ft. (7600mm) long rolls, fully encapsulated with a reinforced aluminum foil scrim marked with Manufacturer's logo and ULC markings. C. Tapes: High performance filament tape, 3M No. 8981" (25mm) wide. Aluminum foil tape: 3' (75 mm) wide (for sealing cut blanket edges and seams). D. Banding material: Type 304 stainless steel banding for 2-hour rating: Y2' (13 mm) wide X 0.015"(0.03 mm) thick. E. Insulation pins and clips: Pins: 10 ga. X 4" or 5" (3 mm X 100mm or 125 mm) long copper coated steel; clips: 1%' (38 mm) diameter galvanized steel speed clip. F. Through-penetration firestop materials: 1. Packing materials: Pieces of 3M FireMaster Duct Wrap, 1%z" (38 mm) thick or 4 Ibs1ft3 (64 kglm3) mineral wool. 2. Sealant: 3M FB-2000 Firestop Sealant. G. Acceptable manufacturers are 3M Firemaster Systems (ThermoFire Systems Inc.), Royal Quickstop Fire Protection Systems Co. and Unifrax Corporation (Tremco Canada). 2.09 KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCT EXPANSION JOINT A. Hyspan Precision Products Inc., Series 2500 flanged, carbon steel, rectangular expansion joints sized to suit the ductwork involved. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880 - 3 RSSG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.10 FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPERS A. Nailor Industries Inc., UL 1-1/2 hour rated, listed and labelled galvanized steel folding blade fire dampers as follows: 1. Model No. 0120, Type B, in rectangular ductwork less than 14' (355 mm) minimum dimension; 2. Model No. 0110, Type A, in rectangular ductwork 14' (355 mm) and larger minimum dimension; 3. Model No. 0130, Type C, in round ductwork. B. Each fire damper shall be complete with a replaceable 165 degrees F. (74 degrees C.) fusible link, and a suitable galvanized steel sleeve. C. Horizontally mounted fire dampers shall be complete with stainless steel closure springs and positive blade locking devices, and a pull-tab arrangement to permit resetting with access from either side of the damper. D. Fusible link fire dampers in ductwork other than galvanized steel shall be as specified hereinbefore but constructed of type 316 stainless steel. E. Fusible link fire dampers required in three (3) and four (4) hour rated construction shall be generally as specified above but 0500 Series ULC three (3) hour rated and labelled. Acceptable manufacturers are Nailor Industries Inc., Ruskin Ltd., Greenheck Fan Corp., United Sheet Metal, and NCA Manufacturing Limited. 2.11 ROUND TO RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Alpha Industries Ltd., type 'PTR-D" galvanized steel spin-in connection collars for round to rectangular duct take-offs, each with an integral damper. Dampers shall be pivoted by means of two (2) pivot pins. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Alpha Industries Ltd., Ductmaster Industries, and NCA Manufacturing Limited. 2.12 SPLITTER DAMPERS A. Minimum No. 20 U.S.S. gauge (0.95 mm thick) galvanized steel damper blade, reinforced as required to suit blade size and system velocity, each complete with a Ventfabrics Ltd. "VENTLOCK" No. 690 or equal self-locking splitter damper operating assembly. B. Splitter dampers in aluminum or stainless steel ductwork shall be as above but constricted of type 304 stainless steel with suitable stainless steel hardware. 2.13 AIR TURNING VANES A. For square duct elbows - multiple-radius turning vanes, interconnected with bars, adequately reinforced to suit the pressure and velocity of the system, and constructed of the same material as the duct they are associated with, and in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. B. For short branch ducts at grille and diffuser connections - air extractor type, each equipped with a matching bottom operated 90 degree opposed blade volume control damper, constructed of the same material as the duct it is associated with, and in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. 0407.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880 - 4 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.14 VOLUME (BALANCING) DAMPERS A. Nailor Industries Inc., opposed blade volume control dampers, Model No. 1020 for rectangular ductwork, Model No. 1021 for round ductwork, each complete with nylon blade shaft bearings, linkage shaft extension, and a suitable and secure damper operator with locking device and visual indication damper position from the duct exterior, and, unless otherwise noted, constructed of the same material as the ducts they are associated with. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Nailor Industries Inc., Greenheck Fan Corp., INCA Manufacturing Limited., Ruskin Ltd., and Air Specialties Manufacturing Ltd. 2.15 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Nailor Industries Inc., 1300 Series gravity type dampers each complete with a galvanized steel frame, aluminum damper blades with neoprene edges, galvanized steel linkage, and lifetime lubricated nylon bearings. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Nailor Industries Inc., Greenheck Fan Corp., NCA Manufacturing Limited., Ruskin Ltd., and Air Specialties Manufacturing Ltd. 2.16 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. In accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constriction Standards Metal and Flexible with sizes suitable in all respects for the purpose for which they are provided, and, unless otherwise specified, constructed of the same material as the duct they are associated with. 2.17 CASING AND PLENUM MATERIAL A. Galvanized (G90) sheet steel with metal gauges in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the pressure construction standard of the system. 2.18 CASING AND PLENUM ACCESS DOORS A. Gasketed access doors, factory insulated type in insulated casings or plenums, each constructed of galvanized steel (unless otherwise specified) in aocordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, to suit the pressure classification of the casing or plenum. B. Access doors shall be minimum 36" x 18" (915 mm x 450 mm) but generally 48" x 18" (1450 mm x 450 mm) unless casing or plenum panel sizes do not permit, in which case the access doors shall be as large as possible. C. Where access doors occur in casings and/or plenums constructed of materials other than galvanized steel, the doors shall be as above but constructed of material to match the casing and plenum material. 2.19 PLENUM AND CASING BAFFLES A. Heavy gauge sheet material to match casing and plenum material, reinforced as required to produce a rigid assembly. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-5 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.20 INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS Duro-Dyne of Canada Ltd., No. 1P1 or No.1P2 or equivalent, (suiting insulation thickness where appfcable), gasketed, leak-proof instrument test ports for round or rectangular ducts as required, each complete with a neoprene expansion plug and a plug securing chain. 2.21 ACOUSTIC LINING A. Johns-Manville, "Linacoustic Permacote HP% 25 mm thick acoustic lining material meeting NFPA 90A and ASTM C1071, G21 and G22 requirements, not supporting microbial growth and flame spread and smoke developed fire hazard ratings of CAN4S102, consisting of a bonded fibreglass mat coated on the inside (air side) face with a black fire-resistant coating. Acceptable manufacturers are Johns-Manville, Fiberglas Canada Ltd., Manson Insulation Inc. and Knauf. 2.22 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS A. E. H. Price of the type, size, capacity, finish and arrangement as shown on the drawings and as per the drawing schedule, each equipped with all required mounting and connection accessories to suit the application. Acceptable manufacturers are E.H. Price Ltd., Titus, Carries, Krueger, Tuttle & Bailey and Nailor Industries. 2.23 SILENCERS A. BVA Systems Ltd. silencers per the drawing schedule and as specified hereinafter, each certified to ASTM E477-96 "Standard Method of Testing Dud Liner Materials and Prefabricated Silencers For Acoustical and Airflow Performance' and completely prefabricated. B. Materials: 1. Type RD, rectangular type silencers shall be constructed with a 22 gauge (0.78 mm) galvanized steel outer casing and 26 gauge (0.47 mm) galvanized perforated steel. 2. Acoustic Media: a. Media for type RD dissipative silencers shall be of acoustic quality, shot-free glass fibre insulation with long, resilient fibres bonded with a thermosetting resin. Glass fibre density and compression shall be as required to ensure conformance with laboratory test data. Glass fibre shall be packed with a minimum 151/6 compression during silencer assembly. Media shall be bacteria and fungus resistant, resilient against media fracture and conforming to irregular surfaces. Media will not cause or accelerate corrosion of aluminum or steel. Mineral wool will not be permitted as a substitute for glass fibre. 3. Acoustic Media Protection: a. Type RD dissipative silencers shall be encapsulated in glass fibre cloth to prevent shedding, erosion and impregnation of the glass fibre. C. Manufacturer shall certify on shop drawings that silencer performance is per ASTM E477-96. Shop drawings submitted without same, will be rejected. D. Acceptable manufacturers are BVA Systems Ltd., J.P. Environmental Products Inc. and Vibron. 0407.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15680 - 6 RS8G He No. `1805206-00 PROJECT FOUR SEASONS SONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 2.24 TERMINAL UNITS A. E.H. Price Ltd., Model "SDV", Series 8000, single duct, pressure independent constant air volume boxes as per the drawing schedule, each factory calibrated and set and complete with: 1. a galvanized sheet steel assembly casing, mechanically sealed and gasketed, internally insulated with (19 mm) thick, fibre free foam insulation meeting NFPA 90A requirements, and complete with rectangular discharge openings with drive and slip cleat duct connections, and air flow balancing taps; 2. a low air leakage (max. 2% of nominal catalogue rating at 3" (.75 kPa) inlet static pressure), heavy-gauge metal damper with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings. B. Controls shall be factory mounted in galvanized steel control shroud with removable cover and shall be factory connected with central tubing and damper shaft linkage. C. Hot water reheat coils for boxes as shown and scheduled shall be factory supplied and tested, serpentine, seamless copper tube-aluminum fin coils with same end sweat connections, each factory installed in a galvanized steel reheat coil section with connection collars and 4 x 6" (115 mm x 150 mm) access door. D. Noise attenuators for boxes as scheduled shall be selected and supplied by the box manufacturer. The sound power levels of boxes (with attenuators installed) shall not to exceed those indicated on the drawing schedule. At an inlet velocity of 2000 FPM (10.16 misec.), the differential static pressure for any box with an attenuator must not exceed 0.11" wg (0.02 kPa). Any insulation used in attenuators shall be fibre-free foam insulation. E. Acceptable manufacturers are E.H. Price Ltd., Titus, Carrier, ETI, Carnes, Nailor Industries, Tuttle and Bailey and Krueger. All boxes must have published sound power levels for both generated and radiated noise less than or equal to those of the specified boxes and must meet or exceed the published flow performance of same. 2.25 FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS A. E.H. Price Ltd., Model "FDC", single duct, pressure independent, fan powered constant air volume and variable air volume boxes as noted on the drawings, each CSA Certified, ARI Certified to ARI Standard 880, as per the drawing schedule, factory calibrated and set, wired, tested and complete with: 1, a galvanized sheet steel assembly casing, mechanically sealed and gasketed, internally insulated with 20 mm thick, 24 kglcu.m density neoprene coated glass fibre insulation meeting NFPA 90A and UL-181 requirements, and complete with bottom access panel for fan and motor assembly removal and rectangular discharge openings with drive and slip cleat duct connections; 2. a tow air leakage (max. 21/6 of nominal catalogue rating at 0.75 kPa inlet static pressure), heavy-gauge metal primary arc damper with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings; 3. cross configured, averaging type airflow sensor mounted in inlet providing amplified sensed air flow signal complete with adequate length of control tubing connected and extended to brass air flow balancing taps; 4. fan blower constructed of steel with forward curved blades, dynamically, balanced wheels and direct drive motor. Motor shall be permanently split capacitor type, with lubricated bearings and thermal overload protection. Motor shall be complete with vibration isolation at interface with blower. Fan and motor shall be removable as a unit Motor shall be designed for use with electronic speed conlid 5. electronic speed controller matched to motor providing continuously adjustable fan speed and minimum voltage stop (factory set) to prevent motor operation in stall mode; 6. control box mounted on side of unit providing single point electrical and control connection, complete with access panel, power and control terminal strips air flow sensor pressure taps and disconnect. Motor control system shall be complete with all required components and shall be factory wired. 9W 0407-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION Manufacturer shah install, at their factory, terminal unit controls Cie. actuator, controller, etc.) supplied by successful Controls Manufacturer. Controls shah be installed in a galvanized steel shroud complete with an access door. C. Noise attenuators for boxes as scheduled shah be selected and supplied by the box manufacturer. The sound power levels of boxes (with attenuators installed) shall not to exceed those indicated on the drawing schedule. At an inlet velocity of 10.16 misec., the differential static pressure for any box with an attenuator must not exceed 0.02 kPa. D. Acceptable manufacturers are E.H. Price Ltd., Carrier, ETI, Titus and Krueger. All boxes must have published sound power levels for both generated and radiated noise less than or equal to those of the specified boxes and must meet or exceed the published flow performance of same. 2.26 FLUES AND STACKS Industrial Chimney Company Inc., Model VIP, UL listed and labelled positive pressure type, sectional, prefabricated, chimney, 1400 degrees F. (760 degrees C.) continuous temperature rated with minimum 20 gauge (0.93 mm thick) type 304 stainless steel inner liner and minimum 24 gauge (0.62 mm thick) type 304 stainless steel casing for portion outside of building, 24 gauge (0.62 mm thick) galvalume casing for portion inside of building, 2' (50 mm) thick insulation and matching prefabricated mated fittings, couplings and accessories including a flashing accessory, storm collar counter-flashing piece, a termination cap approved by Governing Authorities and warranted against defective material and workmanship for ten (10) years. UL listed and labelled type "A", all fuel, sectional, prefabricated, double wall, insulated, 1000 degrees F. (540 degrees C.) rated with prefabricated mated fittings, couplings and accessories induding a flashing accessory, storm collar counter-flashing piece, and a tennination cap approved by Governing Authorities. C. UL listed and labelled type 'B', sectional, prefabricated, double wall gas vent, 800 degrees F (425 degrees C.) rated with prefabricated mated fittings, couplings and accessories including a flashing accessory, stone collar counter-flashing piece, and a termination cap approved by Governing Authorities. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Industrial Chimney Company Inc., Selkirk-Metalbestos, Metal-Fab and Van Packer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL RE. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK A. Construct ductwork so that manufacturers gauge markings are external, and, unless otherwise specified, constrict, seal and install ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible to suit the duct pressure class designation. Sealing for ductwork with a pressure class of less than 2" wg (0.45 kPa) shah be SMACNA Seal Class "C'. B. Ductwork leakage shall not exceed the following: 1, ductwork to 2" W.C. Class - one (1) percent of the total air quantity handled by the respective fans; 2. ductwork exceeding 2' W.C. Class - two (2) percent of the total air quantity handled by the respective fans. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION C. Leakage testing shall be provided by the Testing, Adjustment and Balancing (TAB) Agency, in accordance with requirements of Section 15890. Be responsible for the following: 1. preparing ductwork 25 (7.5 m) and longer, for leakage testing prior to installation of external insulation including capping dud runouts and provision of tap-in for test equipment; 2. schedule testing with TAB Agency, in advance, and ensuring notice is given to Consultant so that they may witness testing. Be present for all testing; 3. resealing and/or replacement of defective ductwork; 4. bearing all costs associated with retesting ductwork which has failed to pass leakage testing. D. Install automatic control dampers and similar duct mounted control components supplied as part of the automatic controls work specified in Section 15900. E. Where watertight horizontal. ductwork is required inside the building, construct the ducts without bottom longitudinal seams. Solder or weld the joints of bottom and side sheets. Seal all other joints with dud sealer. Slope horizontal duct to hoods, risers, or drain points. Provide watertight ductwork for. 1. fresh air intakes; 2. commercial kitchen exhaust; 3. dishwasher exhaust; 4. dryer vent exhaust 5. wherever shown. 3.02 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK A. Provide all required galvanized steel ductwork. Unless otherwise noted, construct all ductwork of galvanized sheet steel, rectangular as shown and/or required. B. Factory made flanged joint system components are acceptable in rectangular duct installations. Install the components in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions and recommendations. C. Seal ductwork using duct sealer reinforced with embeded tape where required, in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and requirements of SMACNA "HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL" 3.03 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF BLACK STEEL DUCTWORK A. Provide black sheet steel ductwork for all exhaust ductwork connecting exhaust hoods over cooking equipment, except for ductwork exposed in finished areas and ductwork outside the building. B. Construct ductwork watertight with continuous externally welded seams and joints, cleanouts, duct expansion provisions, riser residue traps, etc., in accordance with requirements of the latest edition of NFPA Booklet No. 96, "Vapour Removal for Cooking Equipment", and in accordance with requirements of all Governing Authorities. C. Provide a minimum of 6" (150 mm) of fibreglass fabric with reflective aluminium coating flexible connection material in ductwork at fan connections and wherever else shown. 3.04 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM DUCTWORK Provide sheet aluminum ductwork for laundry exhaust systems, dedicated shower exhaust systems, and branch shower exhaust ductwork from the grille to the exhaust main, and any other system shown on the drawings to be aluminum construction, to the extent shown. Wherever bare aluminum ductwork comes in contact with ferrous metal or copper, paint the ferrous metal or copper surface with a heavy 100% covering coat of zinc chromate paint, asphalt paint or otherwise isolate direct contact with the bare aluminum. 0407-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15680 - 9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS b RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION C. Slope branch aluminum ductwork down to mains and/or the riser wherever possible. Provide an aluminum drain plug in the bottom of the riser, and at all other low points. Where it is not possible to slope aluminum branch ductwork down to mains or risers, slope the ductwork down to exhaust grilles. D. Seal all joints to Seal Class "A" requirements of SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" using UL listed sealer. E. Do not use drive and S cleats for water-proof ductwork. Use the following SMACNA joining methods: 1. T-21- welded flange; 2. T-22 - companion angle and gasket; 3. T-23 - flanged. F. Keep longitudinal joints at the top surface of horizontal runs. Provide proper transverse supports to prevent deflection of ductwork. Ensure that the duct is rigid. G. When mastic is used for sealing such as searing longitudinal joints, apply the mastic to both surfaces before they are mated. When dry, apply mastic again for a water-tight seal. H. Seal ductwork using duct sealer reinforced with embedded tape where required, in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and requirements of SMACNA °HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA "Hvac Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". 3.05 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK A. Provide 18 gauge (1.09 mm) thick type 304 sheet stainless steel exhaust ductwork for dishwasher exhaust ductwork, swimming pool exhaust ductwork, dryer vent exhaust ductwork and kitchen exhaust ductwork when: exposed downstream of kitchen exhaust hood(s) over cooking equipment. B. Seal all joints to Seal Class "A" requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. C. Round stainless steel ductwork and fittings shall be factory made with joints secured with stainless steel sheet metal screws. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRE RATED DUCT WRAP INSULATION A. Provide fire rated duct wrap where indicated on the drawings. Installed wrap shall provide a two (2) hour, "zero clearance to combustible" rating. B. Install fire resistive insulation to Manufacturer's instructions and referenced standards in direct contact with ductwork, to ULC Design No. FRD4 Including Listed penetration firestop system. C. Apply fire resistive duct wrap insulation continuously to ductwork. Provide fire resistive insulation for ventilation air ducts in one layer of 1 Y? (38 mm) thickness for I hour applications and in two layers of 1 (38 mm) thickness per layer for two hour applications. D. Overlap both perimeter and longitudinal joints in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Filament tape may be used as a temporary securing measure on both layers. Finish installation using steel banding on exterior layer of wrap at 10%:" (265 mm) on centre and within 1V (38 mm) of all overlapped seams. 0407-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION F. Firestopping At Fire Separations: 1. ULC 'FRD' Design Listings to include firestopping procedures for the penetration of fire rated concrete floors; gypsum board, block and concrete wall assemblies; and gypsum board shattwall assemblies. G. Comply with all applicable installation details provided by manufacturer. H. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and the requirements of the ULC listing. 1. Forward a letter from the manufacturer to the Consultant, certifying satisfactory installation. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Provide flexible ductwork for short, concealed connections between galvanized sheet metal branch ducts and grilles and diffusers, and wherever else shown. Flexible ductwork shall be 5 (1.55 mm) maximum in length and extend from galvanized sheet metal ductwork to grilles and diffusers directly below unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Do not substitute flexible ductwork for galvanized sheet metal ductwork. B. At connections between rectangular sheet metal ducts and flexible ducts, provide "spin-in" type galvanized steel take-off fittings. C. Install flexible ducts as straight as possible in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, secure at each end with nylon or stainless steel gear type clamps, and seal joints. Provide long radius duct bends where they are required. D. Do not penetrate fire barriers with flexible duct 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL A. Provide a minimum of 6" (150 mm) of flexible connection material where ducts, plenums and/or casings connect to fans, where ductwork cresses building expansion joints and wherever else indicated. B. Ensure that flexible connection material in kitchen hood exhaust ductwork is fibreglass fabric with reflective aluminium coating. C. Install flexible connection material in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF FUSIBLE LINK FIRE DAMPERS A. Provide fusible link fire dampers where shown on the drawings. Ensure that each fire damper is suitable for the fire rating of the fire barrier it is associated with. B. Supply dampers which are factory secured within a galvanized steel sleeve, or supply the sleeves and install at the site. Install the dampers by means of No. 14 gauge, 3/4' (20 mm) sheet metal) screws at 6" (150 mm) OC. • C. Secure 1-1R" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" (38 mm x 38 mm x 3 mm) black steel angles by means of tack welding or bolls to the perimeter of one (1) side of the damper sleeves. Install the sleeves in the opening, then secure angles to the perimeter of the sleeve at the opposite side of the barrier penetrated by the duct 04-07-06 AIR DISTRl8UTION Progress CD Set 15880-11 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION D. Provide expansion clearances between the damper sleeve and the opening in which the damper is required. Ensure that the openings are properly sized and located, and that all voids between the damper sleeve and the opening are property sealed to maintain the rating of the fire barrier. E. Connect and secure ductwork to fire dampers in accordance with the damper manufacturer's recommendations and to NFPA requirements. F. Where sectionalized fire damper assemblies are required in large ducts or wall openings, provide multiple fusible link dampers bolted together in a properly sized assembly or bolted to a heavy-gauge black structural steel angle or channel framework which is properly sized. G. When fire damper installations have been completed, an inspections team will inspect each and every foe damper installation to ensure that the dampers have been installed property, that the connecting ductwork, if applicable, is attached property, and that the space between the wall or slab opening and the damper sleeve has been sealed property to maintain the fire rating of the fire barrier. Be responsible for. 1. inspecting fire damper installations yourself prior to official inspection to ensure that the dampers are installed property and that ductwork is connected properly,, 2. being present during all official inspection tours; 3. all fire damper corrective work resulting from inspections. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF SPUTTER DAMPERS A. Provide splifter dampers in supply return and exhaust where shown ductwork and wherever else shown and/or specified on the drawings, or required for proper air distribution and air quantity balancing. Install splitter dampers such that they cannot vibrate and rattle and such that the damper operation mechanisms are in an easily operable location. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF TURNING VANES A. Provide turning vanes in ductwork elbows where shown on the drawings and wherever else required where, due to site installation routing and duct elbow radius, turning vanes are recommended in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. B. Provide volume extractor type turning vanes in short branch supply duct connections off mains to grilles and diffusers where shown and/or specified. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF VOLUME (BALANCING) DAMPERS A. Provide volume type dampers in all open end ductwork, in all supply and retum air dud mains, and wherever else shown and/or specified. B. Instal the dampers such that the operating mechanism Is positioned for easy operation, and that the dampers cannot move or rattle. C. Confirm exact volume damper locations with personnel doing air quantity balancing and testing work and install dampers to suit. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Provide backdraft dampers where shown. B. Install and secure such that the dampers cannot move or rattle. 0¢07.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880 -12 RSBG Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 3.14 INSTALLATION OF DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Provide access doors in ductwork for access to all duct system components which will or may need maintenance and/or repair, including booster heating coils. Instal in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. B. Identify access doors provided for fusible link damper maintenance with "FL.D" painted or marker type red lettering and ensure that the doors are properly located for damper maintenance. C. When requested, submit a sample of proposed duct access doors for approval. D. Where sectionalized fusible link dampers are provided in large ducts, provide multiple access doors to suit and adequately reinforce the ductwork to suit the number of access doors installed. 3.15 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF CASINGS AND PLENUMS A. Provide all required casings and plenums. Construct casings and plenums of the same material as the connecting duct system, unless otherwise noted. B. All sheet metal work, whether workshop or site fabricated, for housing equipment and all air passage barriers connected to building surfaces shall be considered casings and/or plenums. C. Construct and install casings and plenums in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible to suit the systems static pressure and velocity. Ensure that plenums and casings secured to building structure are gasketed air-tight and equipped with angle iron reinforcing. D. Provide all required access doors in casings and plenums. Access doors shall be constructed of the same materials as the casing or plenum. Install in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF CASING AND PLENUM BAFFLES A. Provide reinforced casing and plenum baffles in accordance with the reviewed sketches provided by the Air Balancing Agency. Construct, locate and arrange all baffles as per the sketches. Cooperate with Air Balancing Agency's personnel on site. B. Construct baffles of the same material as the casing or plenum. 3.17 INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS A. Provide instrument test ports in all main ducts at connections to fans, plenums or casings, in all larger branch duct connections to mains, and wherever else required for proper air quantity balancing and testing of the systems. B. Locate test ports where recommended by personnel performing air quantity testing and balancing work. 3.18 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTIC LINING A. Provide acoustic lining to the extent shown and/or specified on the drawings. B. Install lining in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Dud Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. ~Sr D4-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-13 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15880 VAIL, COLORADO AIR DISTRIBUTION 3.19 INSTALLATION OF SILENCERS A. Provide silencers where shown and as scheduled on the drawings. B. Secure and support each silencer rigidly in place, independent of the ductwork or casings connected thereto. C. Where silencers penetrate partition walls, seal the joint between the perimeter of the silencer and the wall, on both sides of the wall, with proper acoustic caulking. D. Provide sheet metal plenums, constructed of the same material as the connecting duct, for linear grifles and/or diffusers where shown. Construct and install the plenums in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. Where individual sections of linear grilles or diffusers are not equipped with a volume control device, equip the duct connection collar(s) with volume control device(s). 3.20 INSTALLATION OF GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS A. Provide grilles and diffusers where shown on the drawings. Wherever possible, grilles and diffusers shall be the product of one (1) manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, connect grilles and diffusers in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. B. Exactly locate grifles and diffusers to conform to the final architectural reflected ceiling plans and detailed wall elevations, and to conform to the final lighting arrangement, ceiling layout, ornamental and other wall treatment. C. Equip supply diffusers having a basic 4-way or all round air pattern for operation in one (1), two (2) or three (3) way pattern where so directed on the drawings. D. Provide sheet metal plenums, constructed of the same material as the connecting duct, for linear grilles and/or diffusers where shown. Constrict and instal the plenums in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. Where individual sections of linear grifles or diffusers are not equipped with a volume control device, equip the duct connection collar(s) with volume control device(s). E. Confirm grille and diffuser finishes prior to ordering. 3.21 INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL UNITS AND FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNITS A: Provide bypass boxes and fan powered terminal units where shown. B. Secure each box in place from the structure by means of hanger rods, independent of connecting ductwork. C. Secure each box in place from the structure by means of hanger rods, independent of connecting ductwork. D. Connect each variable air volume box with ductwork as indicated. Provide straight inlet dud the same size as the box inlet and of a length equal to a min'Im urn of four (4) duct diameters. E. When installation is complete, check and test the operation of each variable air volume box and adjust as required. Coordinate final box adjustments and settings with personnel doing system testing and balancing work. 04-07-06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15B80-14 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS ifi RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3.22 INSTALLATION OF FLUES AND STACKS A. Provide the appropriate flue and stack for gas fired equipment install same as shown. Coordinate the supply of the equipment with the manufacturer of gas fired equipment to ensure that the appropriate flue or stack is provided. It is the contractors responsibility to provide the appropriate flue or stack for the intended application and in compliance with all codes. Failure to provide the appropriate flue and stack shall result in the removal of the flue and stack and replacement with appropriate flue and stack at no extra cost to the contract B. Install components in strict accordance with manufacturers published instructions and recommendations. C. Secure horizontal flue sections in place by means of steel band hoops conforming to the flue diameter and hanger rods attached to the top of the hoop and the structure. Support spacing shall be in accordance with the flue manufacturers recommendations. D. Support vertical stack sections inside the building at the roof level and wherever else required by means of purpose made vertical support accessories supplied by the manufacturer. E. Hand stack flashing collars over to the roofing trade at the site on roof for installation and flashing in to roof construction. Install counter-flashing pieces over the collars. F. Equip the termination of each stack with a rain cap. Confirm the height requirement for the stacks above the roof with Governing Authorities prior to installation." 3.23 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A. Testing, adjusting and balancing of air handling systems will be performed in accordance with requirements of Section 15890. B. Testing, adjusting and balancing work shall include existing revised and/or reworked systems as indicated on the drawings. C. Prepare the systems for balancing as follows: 1. check the operation of fan equipment, automatic dampers, and similar air flow control devices and ensure that they are operating properly; 2. ensure that air filters are new and clean; 3. ensure that any required duct leakage testing has been completed and that the duct systems are air-tight within tolerances specified in this Section. D. Perform all corrective work such as fan sheave replacement and duct sealing recommended by the Balancing Personnel. END OF SECTION 15880 04-07.06 AIR DISTRIBUTION Progress CD Set 15880-15 RSSG Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15890 VAIL, COLORADO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING UST OF CONTENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 EVALUATION OF MECHANICAL WORK DRAWINGS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.05 SUBMITTALS PART 2 - PRODUCTS NIL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EVALUATION OF MECHANICAL WORK DRAWINGS 3.02 SITE VISITS DURING CONSTRUCTION 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WORK 3.04 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT 3.05 VERIFICATION OF TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT 3.06 WARRANTY 3.07 SITE VISITS AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING AND BALANCING • 04-07-06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set LOC 15890 -1 RS&G File No. 1805205-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15890 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE A. Section 15010 this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the testing, adjusting and balancing work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. provision of heat transfer equipment, testing and balancing devices in heat transfer piping, and preparation of systems for balancing; 2. provision of balancing devices in dud systems, and preparation of systems for balancing; 3. provision of air handling equipment, and replacement of fan sheaves for fan speed adjustment; 4. testing of automatic control systems and setting of all control system motorized dampers, valves, thermostats, and similar items; 5. provision of boilers. r~ 1.03 EVALUATION OF MECHANICAL WORK DRAWINGS A. As soon as possible after award of contract, the testing and balancing agency shall carefully examine a set of mechanical drawings with respect to routing of services and location of balancing devices, and shall report the results of the evaluation in writing to the Consultant B. The set of drawings examined by the agency shall be returned to the Consultant with the evaluation report, marked-up to indicate locations for dud system test plugs, and any required revision work such as relocation of balancing devices and locations for additional devices. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing, adjusting and balancing work shall be performed by a specialist company who is a member in good standing of the AABC (Associated Air Balance Council) or the NEBB (National Environmental Balancing Bureau). 1.05 SUBMITTALS Submit five (5) copies of the completed testing and balancing report to the Consultant for review. If, after verification spot checks, the Consultant rejects the report, submit five (5) copies of a new report outlining results of rebalancing procedures. Unless otherwise specified, repeat until report data is verified to be substantially the same as spot check readings. PART 2-PRODUCTS NIL CW 0407-06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set 15890-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15890 VAIL, COLORADO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EVALUATION OF MECHANICAL WORK DRAWINGS A. As soon as possible after award of contract, the testing and balancing agency shall carefully examine a set of mechanical drawings with respect to routing of services and location of balancing devices, and shall report the results of the evaluation in writing to the Consultant. B. The set of drawings examined by the agency shall be returned to the Consultant with the evaluation report, marked-up to indicate locations for duct system test plugs, and any required revision work such as relocation of balancing devices and locations for additional devices. 3.02 SITE VISITS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. After careful review of the mechanical work drawings and specifications, the testing and balancing agency shall visit the site at frequent, regular intervals during construction of the mechanical systems to observe routing of services, locations of testing and balancing devices, workmanship, and anything else which will affect testing, adjusting and balancing. B. After each site visit, the agency shall report results of the site visit to the Consultant, in writing, with a copy to the Owner, indicating the date and time of the visit, and detailed recommendations for any corrective work required to ensure proper adjusting and balancing. 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WORK A. Testing, adjusting and balancing work, as specified herein, shall be performed for the following: 1. steam supply systems; 2. hot water heating systems, 3. chilled water cooling system; 4. domestic hot water circulation system(s); 5. new supply, return and exhaust air handling systems. B. Test, adjust and balance the complete mechanical systems over the entire operating range of each system in accordance with the most stringent requirements of the AABC (National Standards for Total System Balance) or NEBB Procedural standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems), as applicable, in order to obtain optimum systems performance. C. Do not begin testing, adjusting and balancing work until: 1. building construction work is substantially complete; 2, mechanical systems are complete in all respects, and have been checked, started, adjusted, and then performance tested in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Consultant; 3. the mechanical systems have been prepared for testing and balancing work, as specified in Sections 15700 and 15880. D. AA mechanical systems to be tested, adjusted and balanced must be maintained in full, normal operation during each day of testing, adjusting and balancing. E. Balance all systems with due regard to objectionable noise which shall be a factor when adjusting fan speeds and performing terminal work such as adjusting grille and diffuser air quantities. Should objectionable noise occur at design conditions, immediately report the problem to the Consultant and submit data, including sound readings, to permit the Consultant to make an accurate assessment of the noise problem. 0407.06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set 15890 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 J PROJECT 102028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15890 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING F. Check all air handling system mixing plenums for stratification, and where the variation of mixed air temperature across coils is found to be in excess of plus or minus 5% of design requirements, report to the Consultant and issue a detail sketch of plenum baffle(s) required to eliminate the stratification. Provide the baffles in accordance with the reviewed sketches. G. Perform testing, adjusting and balancing to within plus or minus 5% of design values, and make and record measurements using instruments with minimum accuracy of within plus or minus 2% of required values. H. Wherever possible, lock all balancing devices in place at the proper setting, and permanently mark settings on all devices. 1. Leak test ductwork in accordance with the requirements of SMACNA 'HVAC Air Duct Leak Test Manuar. Coordinate your work with the work of Section 15880. Provide detailed sketch(es) identifying ductwork not in accordance with acceptable leakage values specified in Section 15880. Forward sketches to Sheet Metal Contractor, on-site, with copies to the Consultant Retest corrected ductwork. 3.04 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT A. Prepare and submit to the Consultant, when the work is complete, bound, identified copies of a testing and balancing report as specified in the article entitled "SUBMITTALS' in PART 1 of this Section. Prepare the report using standard AABC, NEBB or equal forms to indicate all measurements required by the referenced balancing standard, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. air handling system measurements for a. air velocity, b. static pressure; C. velocity pressure; d. temperatures (wet bulb and dry bulb); e. cross-sectional area, f. RPM; g. electrical power voltage and current draw; 2. air handling system location of equipment measurements for the inlet and outlet of each fan, coil, filter, damper, and other auxiliary equipment, 3. air handling system location of system measurements at: a. main ducts; b. main branch ducts; C. sub-branch ducts; d. each supply, return and exhaust air inlet and outlet; e. all other auxiliary equipment; f. all areas served by the system; 4. heat transfer system measurements for a. flow; b. pressure; C. temperature; d. specific gravity; e. RPM; f. electrical power current draw and voltage; heat transfer system location of equipment measurements at the inlet and outlet of each: a. heat exchanger (primary and secondary sides); b. coil; C. boiler, d. circulating pump; e. pressure reducing valve; f. make-up water, other auxiliary equipment; 04-07-06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set 15890-3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15890 VAIL, COLORADO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 6. heat transfer system location of system measurements at the supply and return of each primary and secondary loop of each system; 7. domestic hot water recirc. system location of system measurements at each piping main, branch main, branch, and sub-branch. B. Include for each system to be tested, adjusted and balanced, a neatly drawn, identified (system designation, plant equipment location, and area served) schematic 'As-bud" diagram indicating all equipment and accessories. C. Include report sheets indicating building comfort test readings for all rooms. D. Prepare report sheets using the units of measurement (SI or ImperiaQ as used on the project construction documents. 3.05 VERIFICATION OF TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT A. When the testing, adjusting and balancing report has been received, the Consultant will schedule a site visit or visits for the purpose of verifying balancing results contained in the report. In addition to spot checking equipment performance, a maximum of 30% of all terminal equipment will be checked. B. The testing and balancing agency shall accompany the Consultant during report verification, and shall supply all required tools and instruments to take measurements. Instruments used shall be the same instruments used in performing the testing and balancing work. C. If, during the verification procedures, testing and balancing results indicated in the report are found to differ substantially with the results of spot checks, the report will be rejected by the Consultant, and testing, adjusting and balancing procedures shall be repeated and a new report issued for review and verification. D. Testing, adjusting and balancing must be complete and accepted by the Consultant prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. E. Include a copy of the accepted testing and balancing report in each copy of the operating and maintenance instruction manuals. 3.06 WARRANTY When testing, adjusting and balancing work is complete and the balancing report has been accepted, submit to the Owner, in the name of the Owner, an AABC National Guaranty Certification or a NEBB Certificate of Conformance Certification, as applicable, and in addition, submit to the Owner, in the name of the Owner, a written extended warranty covering one (1) full heating season and one (1) full. cooling season, during which time any balancing problems which occur in the building, with the exception of minor revision work done during scheduled site visits, will, at no cost, be investigated by your personnel and reported on to the Owner. If it is determined that the problems are a result of improper testing, adjusting and balancing, they shall be immediately corrected without additional cost to the Owner. 04-07-06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set 15890 - 4 RS&G Re No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15890 VAIL, COLORADO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 3.07 SITE VISITS AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING AND BALANCING A. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing work and acceptance of the report, make the following follow-up site visits: 1. once during the first mornthh of building operation; 2. once during the third month of building operation; 3. once between the fourth and tenth months in a season opposite to the first or third month visit. B. During each visit and accompanied by the Owner's representative, spot rebalance terminal units as required to suit building occupants and eliminate complaints. C. Schedule each visit with the Consultant. D. After each follow-up site visit, issue to the Consultant a report indicating any corrective work performed during the visit, all abnormal conditions and complaints encountered, and recommended corrective action. END OF SECTION 15890 l~ u 04-07-06 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Progress CD Set 15890-5 RS&G File No. 180520600 It PROJECT#02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO PAR 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11 SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION LIST OF CONTENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.05 SUBMITTALS 1.06 WORK INCLUDED PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL RE: CONTROL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS 2.02 STANDARD CONTROL DAMPERS AND OPERATORS 2.03 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES AND OPERATORS 2.04 THERMOSTATS SERVING GUESTROOM SUITES AND FRONT OF HOUSE AREAS 2.05 TEMPERATURE SENSORS FOR ALL OTHER AREAS 2.06 FIELD DEVICES 2.07 NAMEPLATES 2.08 CENTRAL DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT f 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL RE: INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION INSTALLATION OF CONTROL DAMPERS AND OPERATORS INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES AND OPERATORS INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTATS SUPPLY OF ACTUATORS AND CONTROLLERS FOR TERMINAL UNITS INSTALLATION OF DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING CONTROL WORK TESTING INSTRUCTION OF OPERATING PERSONNEL "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS AND OPERATOR MANUALS CONTROLS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Progress Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION LOC 15900 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS b RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with Division 1, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. Provide labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the Automatic Controls and Instrumentation Work. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Section 15010 in this Division of the Specification applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. B. Section 15050 in this Division of the Specification also applies to and is a part of this Section of the Specification. The Section contains requirements, products, and methods of execution that apply to this Section, as well as to other Sections of Division 15. r~ 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the controls and instrumentation work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. control of electric domestic hot water heaters; 2. control of fire protection equipment; 3. control of drainage pumps; 4. fire alarm shut-down connections, wiring and provision of duct or plenum mounted products of combustion detectors; 5. control of water treatment chemical feed equipment; 6. control of gas fired humidifiers; 7. mounting of control valves, piping wells and similar control components in liquid heat transfer system piping and equipment, 8. mounting of control dampers and similar control components in air distribution duct systems; 9. mounting of control valves, piping wells and similar control components in plumbing system piping; 10. provision of junction boxes and power wiring to same, for DCP's and ASC's; 11. installation of operators and controllers for variable air volume terminal boxes. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. all control system components; 2. identified schematic control diagrams with component catalogue numbers and typed operational sequences for all systems; 3. an identified riser diagram showing the physical location of Building Automation System (BAS) control system equipment, the system architecture, and DCP trunk conductors; 4. a complete list of connected data points, including DCP's to which they are connected and inputfoutput devices (sensors, transducers, etc.); 5. drawings of each system showing all connected devices, all wiring, all connections, all data (connected and calculated) point addresses and operator notations; 6. complete sequences of operation of the BAS systems in both flow chart and program format; 7. BAS central system configuration complete with all peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, modems, etc., with interconnection diagrams, 8. technical specification data sheets for each system component and software module; 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 159D0 -1 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 9. descriptive data and sequence of operation of all operating, user, and application software including a complete Operators Manual and Programmer's Manual tailored to the job; 10. graphic hierarchy and penetration paths, and a copy of each graphic with dynamic data window identified; installation of operators and controllers for terminal units. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following to the Consultant for review: 1. a sample standard control damper section with linkage, operator, and certified air flow and leakage characteristics; 2. a sample, coloured, system flow diagram; 3. an identified sample of each type of thermostat to be used. Technical Proposal: 1. The Facility Management System Contractor shall submit a complete written Technical Proposal to the offices of the local Consultant. 2. The technical Proposal shall be complete to the satisfaction of the Mechanical Consulting Engineer. At minimum this submittal shall contain the following itemized documentation which may individually or collectively become part of the FMS Contract 3. FMS network architecture diagram including details of the proposed interface and integration to the existing BAS as well as between the component Application Subsystems of the FMS, the work of other trades and the overall building information infrastructure. 4. Product information sheets for each model of FMS product, including all equipment, hardware, software and features to be provided as part of the FMS. 5. Specific printed product information detailing the FMS Operator Workstation hardware and Operator Interface software to be provided. 6. Project Team organization including resumes of the key FMS Contractor's Project Team members. 7. Details of the FMS Contractor's Main or Local Branch Office that would perform Warranty work, routine maintenance and 24/7/365 emergency repair services. Provide the phone number that could be used by the Owner for emergency service and describe the scope and experience of the resources available (scope to include number of dedicated service personnel and vehicles, call centre structure and Corporate support facilities). 8. List of five (5) Facility Management System projects of similar size, scope and complexity to this Project which have been completed by the Contractor, and accepted by their Owner. Include: Project Name, Project Owner, Project Address, Contact Name, Contact Phone Number and a brief description of the FMS installed and commissioned. 1.06 WORK INCLUDED A. General 1. Provide a Facility Management System (FMS) incorporating Direct Digital Control (DDC), equipment monitoring, and control consisting of Ethernet LAN-based network; PC based Server and Operator Work Station s(OWS) with colourgraphic data displays; microcomputer based General Purpose DOC Controllers (GPCs) and Unitary Controllers (UCs) interfacing directly with sensors, actuators and environmental delivery systems (i.e., HVAC units, boilers, chillers, fighting systems, eta); pneumatic and electric controls and mechanical devices for all items indicated on drawings described herein including dampers, valves, panels, and compressed air plant; peer-to- peer communication allowing data exchange from GPC to GPC, GPC to UC and UC to UC. The FMS shall utilize industry standard open protocols such as OPC, BACnet, and/or LonWorks. 2. Provide submittals, data entry, pneumatic and electrical installation, programming, start up, test and validation, acceptance documentation, and system warranty. J 04.07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3. The temperature control system shall be DDC with electronic sensors and pneumatic actuation of valves and dampers and electronic actuation of terminal equipment valves and actuators as specified herein. 4. FMS must be capable of communicating and interfacing with Rosewood Hotels and Resorts' 'FidelW Property Management System. Review all requirements for FMS with Rosewood Hotels and Resorts prior submitting a bid for the FMS system. Local Area Network 1. The FMS shall include a proprietary LAN installed specifically and solely for the communication purposes of the FMS consisting of fibre optic cable and active components such as hubs, repeaters and routers as necessary to satisfy the topology of the LAN. The LAN shall utilize fibre optic cable that shall be routed and connected so as to provide redundant communication paths that shall be immune to single points of failure. Install fibre optic cable with sufficient fibres to allow for future expansion or reconfigurations. The LAN shall operate at 100 MBps. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL RE: CONTROL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS A. Control components and systems hereinafter are Johnson Controls components for electric-electronic control systems. Acceptable manufacturers are Johnson Controls Ltd., Siemens Building Technologies and Honeywell Limited. 2.02 STANDARD CONTROL DAMPERS AND OPERATORS A. Except as speafied below, automatic control dampers shall be opposed blade type for mixing and parallel blade type for 'On-off' service. B. Maximum damper blade length shall be 1.2 m. Maximum permissible leakage shall not exceed 1% of the total flow based on an approach velocity of 7.62 m/s over a temperature range of from -33 degrees C. to 38 degrees C. and a pressure of 0.75 kPa. Unless otherwise noted, blades shall be constructed of formed galvanized steel with neoprene seal edges, continuous stops and seals on all sides, oil impregnated bronze bearings, and galvanized steel channel frames. C. Centre bar linkage connectors shall be used wherever possible but where centre bar linkages cannot be used due to space limitations, external side linkage connectors may be used. D. Control dampers in stainless steel ductwork or casings shall be as above but constructed of type 316 stainless steel and completely corrosion resistant. E. Each operator shall be 'fail safe' and complete with external adjustable stops to limit the length of stroke in either direction. Operators shall be mounted on adjustable brackets. Operating amens shall have double yoke linkages and double set screws for fastening to the damper shaft. Damper operators shaA be selected to operate maximum damper loads of 2.6 sq.m. Where damper sizes exceed this area rating, multiple damper operators shall be provided. Note that adjustable stops are not required for DDC controlled dampers. F. Damper operators shall be spring return to fail safe position. G. Equip operators for dampers connected into the building fire alarm system or to freeze protection with additional relays to permit the dampers to respond and go to the required position in less than fifteen (15) seconds upon receipt of signal. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION H. Operators for dampers in electric control systems shall be single phase 115 volt or 24 volt (as required) electric motor operators. 1. Acceptable damper manufacturers are Ruskin, National Controlled Air, Greenheck Fan Corp., Nailor Industries and TAMCO. J. Acceptable actuator manufacturers are Johnson Controls, Honeywell, Siemens Building Technologies and Belimo. 2.03 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES AND OPERATORS A. Automatic control valves, unless otherwise noted, shall be globe type valves conforming to requirements specified in Section 15050, and as per the drawing schedule. B. Each automatic control valve must provide the design output and flow rates at pressure drops compatible with equipment selected, must be suitable for the particular system working pressure, and shall be fitted with a position indicator and "fail-safe" operator capable of fight shut-off against the differentials imposed by the system. C. Unless otherwise indicated control valves shall be fully modulating type with equal percentage characteristics. D. Operators for valves in electric-electronic control systems shall be AC 115 volt or 24 volt (as required) electric motor operators. E. All valve actuators shall be spring return to fall safe position. Ij F. Acceptable valve manufacturers are Siemens Building Technologies Johnson Controls and Honeywell. G. Acceptable actuator manufacturers are Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Siemens Building Technologies and Belimo. 2.04 THERMOSTATS SERVING GUESTROOM SUITES AND FRONT OF HOUSE AREAS A. Inncom "e4 Smart Digital Thermostat" DDC illuminated thermostat complete with the following: 1. LCD digital display; 2. OFF/AUTO control button; 3. fan speed selector button; 4. Display button which provides both setpoint temperature and actual room temperature. 5. Fahrenheit/Celsius temperature conversion button; 6. temperature setpoint increase and decrease buttons which increase or decrease temperature setpoints in 1OF or 0.500 increments; 7. 2 fan output relays rated at % HP @ 220 volt 11 phase / 60 Hertz; 8. 1 fan output relay rated at HP @ 220 volt / 1 phase 160 Herd 9. 2 valve output relays rated at 1 amp, 120.220 volt 12 phase / 60 Hertz. 2.05 THERMOSTATS FOR ALL OTHER AREAS A. Wall mounting setpoint thermostats, each suitable in all respects for the equipment (and operating sequence) they are provided for, equipped with a thermometer, a cover and any required mounting and connection accessories. B. Low voltage thermostats shall be 24 volt electronic type. Line voltage thermostats shall be CSA certified, 115 volt. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 4 RSBG File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION C. Setpoint adjustment for all thermostats controlling unit heaters and other auxiliary heating/cooling equipment not being controlled by the Building Automation System shalt be accessible through the cover. D. Covers shall be removeable, tamper-proof hard plastic vented covers with temperature setpoint and thermometer displays. 2.06 FIELD DEVICES A. Water Flow Switches: 1. Water flow switches shall have a paddle actuated, snap acting SPDT switch rated at 16 amp 12011/60 Hz. AC full load. B. Air Proving Switches: 1. Air proving switches shall utilize a differential pressure activated, diaphragm actuated, snap acting SPDT switch rated at 9.8 amp 120/1/60 Hz. AC full load. 2. Switching pressure shall be adjustable. C. Damper Status Switches: 1. Lever operated switches secured to damper frames, rated 5.0 amp, 120/1/60 Hz. AC full load, ULC listed and CSA approved, and activated by damper blade movement D. Temperature Sensors: 1. Temperature sensors shall be factory calibrated, resistant temperature type (RTD) of 100, 1000 or 3000 ohm platinum or 5000 ohm Balco with ± 0.5 degrees C. accuracy over a range of 0 degrees C. to 100 degrees C. 2. Temperature sensors utilized for measuring duct temperatures shall incorporate an averaging style temperature element (RTD) of sufficient length to ensure a proper average of the variation across the full cross section of the duct Thermistor type sensors are not acceptable. 3. Temperature sensors utilized for measurement of fluid temperatures shall incorporate a separate well of a material suitable for the service. 4. Water service - brass. 5. Where temperature sensors are specified to measure outdoor ambient temperature, they shall be installed so as not to be affected by exhaust air or reverse flow of warm air through supply units. 6. Room temperature sensors controlled by the Building Automation System (BAS) will not have setpoint adjustment 7. Room temperature sensors controlled by the BAS may be provided with RJ-11 communication jacks at the option of the Control contractor. 8. Temperature sensors utifized for wall mounting in occupied spaces shall be mounted 5" (1.5 m) above the finished floor and with vandal-proof cover and screws. 9. Samples of all proposed temperature sensors installed in Guestroom Suites, and Front-Of-House areas must be submitted to Four Seasons Hotels and Resorts for review and approval prior to shop drawing submission. E. Electronic Humidity Sensors: 1. Humidity sensors shag be capacitance type, suitable for operating ranges of 10 to 90% RH with a sensor accuracy shall be ±2% over a range of 10 to 90% RH. F. Water Flow Sensors: 1. Water flow analog sensors shall be provided complete with flow element and shall be an all solid state precision industrial type with stainless-steel meter body, maximum error of no more than .5% of span, and 4 to 20 ma output. Sensor shall be rated for 1725 kPa minimum and installed in strict accordance to the manufacturer's instructions complete with three-valve manifold for calibration and maintenance. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 5 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION G. Fan Proof-of-Flow Switch: 1. Fan proof-of-flow switches shag be adjustable set point and differential pressure type. Switches shall be piped to fan discharge except where fans operate at less than one inch wc, they shall be piped across the fan. For fractional horsepower and non-ducted fans, relays or auxiliary contacts may be used. Maximum pressure rating shall be at least 10 inches wc. H. Pump Proof-of-Flow Switch: 1. Pump proof-of-flow switches shall be adjustable differential pressure or flow type as specified in the sequence of operation or data point summary. Devices shall be 1035 kPa rated except chilled water flow switches shag be provided with totally sealed vapor tight switch enclosure on 1725 kPa body. Differential pressure switches shall have valved manifold for servicing. 1. Current Sensing Relays: 1. Current sensing relays used for proof-of-bading for fans and pumps shag be suitable for 2 to 200 amp and shall have adjustable trip thresholds of t 2% of range. Each relay shag be provided with an LED to allow ready observation of the relay status. 2. All current sensing relays shall display amperage readings (AI) to the BAS and not an OnlOff Signal (DI). J. Differential Pressure Switch: 1. ULC fisted and CSA approved adjustable selpoint switches each complete with single pole, double throw contacts rated at 9 amp, 12011/60 Hz. AC full load. 2.07 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved, laminated, black-white Lamacoid nameplates, sized to suit wording requirements and complete with bevelled edges and stainless steel securing screws. 2.08 CENTRAL DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT System Architecture 1. General a. The Facility Management System (FMS) system shall use a Client Server architecture based on a modular PC network, utilizing industry standard operating systems, networks and protocols. b. The FMS shall allow the distribution of system functions such as monitoring and control and graphical user interface, etc. across the network to allow maximum flexibility and performance. The FMS architecture shall include support of various Wide Area Networks using standard hardware and software to link nodes into a single integrated system. The network protocol used shall be industry standard TCP/IP. The FMS shag also support remote configuration and operation using standard diaWp modems. C. The FMS shall allow communications with a wide variety of control devices utilizing off the shed driver packages. It shall support LON, BACnet, Modbus and OPC standards for open system communications to subsystems. d. Using appropriate hardware, the system shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc (ULI) for use in energy management (category PAZX), critical process (category QVAX), security (category APOU), and as the primary control and monitoring device for smoke control (category UUKL) and fire alarm systems (category UOJZ). 04.07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 6 RS&G Fite No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 2. Communications Redundancy a. The system must be capable of supporting fully duplicated communications links to Operator Workstations and field devices. b. Capabilities must exist to interface to devices via: L Direct Serial Connection (or modem); n. Serial Connection via Ethernet connected terminal servers. Using back-to-back terminal servers will be deemed unacceptable. The system must be able to directly communicate with the Terminal servers via Ethernet iii. The system and its associated Operator Workstations must be capable of connecting to two fully independent Ethemets run in parallel. No repeater or bridge connection between the Ethemets is acceptable as a means of achieving this function. IV. Operator Workstations must be capable of switching automatically between the two server computers in the event of a fail over, and switching between two Ethemets automatically in the event of an Ethernet failure. 3. Distributed system Servers a. A method shall be provided for monitoring and control of points on remote FMS servers. Specifically, real-time and history values in any FMS server must be available to any other server for monitoring and control. Features supported must include: i. Access: Access to data shall be global, such that users at Operator Workstations on one server can access data, history, point detail displays, etc, for points on any other server. It shall not be necessary to configure more than one point for each data value or signal, regardless of the number of servers accessing the data; ii. Security/Fiftering: It shall be possible to nominate sets of points to be accessed on a server-by-server and user-by-user basis. The mechanism shall be the same as the mechanism to control individual operator and workstation access to data for single server systems; M. Alarms 1 Messages: Operators and workstations at any server must be able to see alarms from any other server. It shall not be necessary to configure alarms more than once, regardless of the number of servers accessing the data; iv. Trending: It shall be possible to configure real time and historical trends that combine data from any connected server on a single trend. It shall not be necessary to configure more than one point for each data value or signal, regardless of the number of servers accessing the data; V. Graphics / Reports / Applications: AN graphics, reports, and applications at a server shall have the same distributed access to data on other servers as described above for operators and workstations. It shall not be necessary t0 configure more than one point for each data value or signal, regardless of the number of servers accessing the data. vi. The engineering effort to configure points in a distributed server system shall be the same as for a single server system. b. Connections between servers can be made through local Ethernet connections, the plants LAN, or the corporate WAN. Connections must be optionally redundant Both redundant and non-redundant servers must be supported, and the same engineering effort (i.e., none) must be required to connect both kinds of servers. 4. Network The Server Computer and Operator Workstation hardware shall be capable of interfacing to an IEEE 802.3 Standard Local Area Network (LAN). The IAN shall use standard network cables. Acceptable cable types are: i. Thin Ethernet; ii. Thick Ethernet, M. Fiber (preferred); iv. Twisted Pair. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION B. Hardware Server Computer 1. The system server computer shall comprise of the following minimum hardware: a. A Pentium IV running at a minimum clock speed of 3 GHz; b. 1 GB of RAM C. A Super VGA graphics card capable of 1024768 pixel resolution and 65K colors, non- interlaced (70 Hz or better vertical refresh rate).) d. A 101-key keyboard with 12 function-keys e. Mouse pointing device f. A 60 GB Hard disk drive g. One 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive h. A combination CD ROMlDVD drive with readWb capability i. A tape backup unit j. An 8-line serial communications adapter k. An Adapter for Ethernet Networking compatible with TCP/IP network protocols 1. A UL Listed server computer platform shall be used when UL compliant system is required. M. A minimum of four (4) USB connections for connection to output devices; 2. Operator Workstation a. The system shall be capable of supporting up to 40 simultaneous Operator Workstation connections using a TCP/IP Local Area Network (IAN) subject to hardware capacity on the server computer. The Network connection must allow an unlimited number of casual users access to the 40 connections on a first-come-first-served basis. b. The Operator Workstation shall comprise the following minimum hardware: I. A Pentium IV running at a minimum clock speed of 3 GHz; ii. 512 MB RAM iii. A Super VGA graphics card capable of 1024768 pixel resolution and 65K colors, non-interlaced (70 Hz or better vertical refresh rate).) iv. A 17" (425 mm) SVGA monitor v. A 60 GB Hard disk drive vi. A 101-key keyboard with 12 function-keys viii. A mouse pointing device viii. An Adapter for Ethernet Networking compatible with TCP/IP network protocols ix. Windows 2000 operating system X. One 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive A. A combination CD ROMIDVD drive with readW to capability 3. Printers a. Printers shall be available for printing either reports or online alarms. Report printers shag be any Windows compatible printer such as a laser printer. Alarm printers shag be 132 column fanfold paper printers to allow alarms to be printed as they occur. C. Communications 1. The FMS system shag be able to utilize communications over a variety of physical media topologies as follows: a. RS-232; b. RS422; C. Ethernet; d. Proprietary Networks 2. The system shag be capable of supporting greater than ninety separate communications links to networks of control devices. Each connection shag operate independently of the others and facilities shag be provided by system displays to individually place these links in service or out of service. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 8 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3. Where supported by the controller, it shall be possible for serial connections to the FMS Server to be routed via a terminal server and the LAN as an aEtemate to connecting directly to the host computer. TCPAP based Terminal Servers are suitable and must be Ethernet connected to the FMS server directly. 4. Given sufficient level of system access privilege, it shall be possible to view, manipulate and analyze all data in the system from any Operator Workstation in the system, including those operating remotely via dial-up modem links. 5. Once a control device is configured and placed in service, the system shall automatically begin background diagnostic scanning of the device to ensure that communications are monitored independently of any monitoring scanning. 6. The system shall perform checks on data integrity of all data acquired from the device. If an invalid or time out response is received, the data shall be ignored and the system will record the transaction as an error. Statistics shall be kept and displayed by the FMS on errors encountered in communication by means of a communications barometer. The barometer shall increment for every failed call and decrement for each successful call. In addition, the system shall alarm separate marginal and failure conditions based on user-defined limits to advise the operator of the device and rink that has failed. Communications statistics shall be displayed as standard on the system and shall also be available as part of the reporting system or custom displays. D. System Software 1. The FMS system server shall be based around the Microsoft Windows 32 bit multi-tasking, Windows 2000 operating system. The FMS system shall be a true 32-bit application to take advantage of Microsoft Windows 2000's enabling technologies. Any 16-bit system running on the Microsoft platform (such as those originally based on MS-DOS and Microsoft Windows 3.x) shall not be acceptable. 2. Standard services supported by the server computer operating system will include the following: a. Multitasking Multi-user support b. TCP/IP Network Support C. Graphic Display Building Editor, d. Application software. 3. Software at the Operator Workstation shall comprise of: a. Windows NT or Windows 2000; b. Graphic Display Building Editor, Q Application software; d. TCP/IP Networking. 4. The networking software shall use the industry standard TCPAP LAN protocol. 5. The server computer or an alternative network connected computer shall be capable of acting as a File Server for graphic displays and cardholder photo images. All LAN connected Operator Workstations shall be able to view custom displays and photo images from the server computer. 6. AN system peripherals shall be capable of being connected to the server computer via the LAN. 7. The FMS system shall be integrated with the start-up services of Microsoft 2000. Logon to Microsoft NT shall not be required for the FMS system to start-up and run. The Microsoft NT event viewer shall be available to view start-up and shutdown of the FMS system. E. Operator Interface 1. General The operator interface provided by the system shag allow for efficient communccabon of operational data and abnormal conditions. It shag provide a consistent framework for viewing of information. Critical areas (such as alarm dooms) shall be visible at an times. A predefined area on the screen shag provide operator messaging, and this area shag also be visible at all times. A set of standard displays for configuration, and navigation around the FMS system are to be provided and shag not require any engineering. The FMS shag also have an unrimited number of custom (facility specific) displays created to meet the needs of the specific facility. 04-07-06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 180520" AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 9 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS R RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION b. The operator interface software shag be capable of running in the Windows NT or Windows 2000 environment The operator interface shag be interactive and totally graphics and/or icon based. Graphics shag be capable of supporting at least 65,000 colours at a minimum 1024 x 768 pixel resolution. C. The operator interface shag employ standard Windowing conventions so as to reduce required Operator training. In particular, standard tool bar icons and drop-doom menus shall be available on all standard and custom displays to allow easy access to common functions. The tool bar and pug down menus shall be fully configurable. Similarly, such functions shag also be available via a standard set of Function-Key based pushbuttons without requiring configuration. d. The operator interface shag support the ability to 'fun screen lock' the window so users cannot access other applications. If "fug wean lock" is not enabled, support for copy and paste facilities shag be provided between the operator window and other Microsoft application. Web Browser Operator Interface a The operator interface shag also be fully available through a web browser. From a browser such as Microsoft's Internet Explorer, an operator shag be able to perform all functions on the same standard and custom graphics as used in the standard operator interface. All custom graphics, alarm graphics and standard graphics shall be available without modification or reengineering through a browser user interface and shall be fully functional. b. The browser interface shall provide login and security authentication in the same way as the standard operator interface. It shall be possible to operate the facility through the browser user interface in the same way as the standard user interface and perform all necessary functions, such as: acknowledge alarms, view graphics, control points, execute reports, modify configuration settings and the like. Operator Interface Connection a The operator interface shag be flexible in is connection to the FMS server. An Ethernet LAN connection shall be used between the Server and the Operator Workstations. The operator interface shag provide standard dial-up modem support using Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS). Using other packages such as Microsoft Terminal to make the modem connection shall not be acceptable. b. The operator interface LAN connection shall also be flexible to support both pemranent and casual access to the FMS server either through the standard operator interface or through a browser. A large number of casual users shall be permitted without any additional licensing burden. Licensing shall be based on the number of simultaneous operator connections on a 'First Come First Served" basis. Those users with casual access shalt be automatically disconnected from the FMS server after an idle timeout period. C. The operator interface shag support connection over poor quality, low bandwidth channels. This support shall include radio rinks, microwave and VSAT communications, d. To minimize bandwidth on both serial and LAN inks, it shall be possible for the operator interface to only require updated dynamic information from the FMS server. All static information (such as display backgrounds) can be stored locally. Operator Interface Characteristics a. The system shag provide a Windows operator interface with the following mwwrium capabilities as standard. No custom programming or scripting shag be necessary to produce these: i. Window re-size, Zoom in, zoom out e. Dedicated icons and Putt Down Menus to perform the following: - Associated Alain, Display, - Alarm Summary; - Alarm Aclamwledgement iii. Display Sequence ForwarkllBackward; iv. Previous Display Recall (minimum of 8 displays); V. Graphic Call-up; 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-10 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION vi. Trend Call-up; va. Point Detail Cati-up; via. Card Holder Detail; ix. Alarm Banner slwMg highest priority, most recent (or oldest) unacknowledged alarm; x. System Date and Time Zone; XL Current security Level, xii. Workstation connection number, Aii. Alarm Annunciation; )iv. Communications Fail Annunciation; xv. Operator Message Zone. 5. Pointing and Input Devices a. The operator interface shall be capable of being mouse driven and simultaneously support keyboard data input Both fixed menus and configurable function keys shall be supported to aid novice and experienced operator respectively. The interface shall also be capable of supporting a touch-screen for pointing and command input b. The operator interface shall use a Tool Bar for common operator commands. The operator shall be able to request display of commonly used displays and activate system functions via Drop-Down menus. C. All operator interface input shall be possible using only the pointing device and OWERTY section of the keyboard. 6. Operator Functions a The following functions shall be performed through the operator interface: I. Display and control of field equipment] a. Acknowledge alarms on a priority basis; L Iii. Initiate printing of reports; iv. Archive and retrieve event logs; V. View intranet or information from the Internet in a secure environment; vi. View AcfiveX documents; va. Use ActiveX controls; viii. Change own password; ix. Monitoring of data communications channels; X. Configure system parameters. 7. Operator Security and Sign-On a Security I. If necessary, each operator may be assigned a user profile that defines his level of access to the FMS using the following: ii. Security and/or Control Level; iii O er r Id r tifi t . p ; a en e o iv. Unique Password; V. Area Assignment / Area Profile; vi. Start Graphic for that operator, va. Timeout Value for that operator. b. Any actions initiated by the operator shall be logged in the Event database by operator identifier. In addition, any control actions to a given point shall only be allowed if the control level configured in the operator's profile exceeds the level assigned to the controlled point C. Utilities shall be provided to allow administration of the operator passwords. d. Security Levels I. The system shall support at least 6 levels of operator security. The functions allowed from each security level shall be an follows: - Level 1: Signed Off mode -View start-up display only. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 -11 RS&G File No. 18052" PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION - Level 2: View only - Permit all Level 1 functions and in addition the operator shall be able to view displays. Typically used for an inexperienced operator. - Level 3: Permit all Level 1 and 2 functions and in addition the building operator shall be permitted to control points such as start/stop, disable/enable, etc. and acknowledge alarms as they occur. - Level 4: Permit all Level 1 through Level 3 functions in addition to accessing master time schedules, system peripherals allocation, change point engineering parameters, build reports and use most standard system configuration displays. This level shall typically be reserved for the building engineer. - Level 5: Permit all Level 1 through Level 4 functions in addition to accessing the engineering functions such as building and finking displays, allocating keyboard push button assignments, etc. Reserved for the building supervisor. - Level 6: This is the highest level of station security and shall allow the user unlimited access to all station functions. Typically reserved for the FMS manager. Sign-On/Sign-Off - The operator shag be permitted to sign on to the system If the correct Operator Identity (up to 4 characters) and the Operator Password (up to 6 characters) have been entered. This password shag be encrypted. - After a series of three (3) unsuccessful attempts to sign-on the Operator Workstation interface shall be locked for a configurable period of time. The lockout period shag be set via system configuration displays. During Operator Workstation lockout the other Windows functions of the computer running the Operator Workstation software shall not be affected. - ft shall be possible to assign operators either single or multi-user passwords. Single user passwords enable the operator to sign-on to only a single Operator Workstation thus preventing simultaneous sign-on by the same operator. Operators with the highest sign-on security level who may require simultaneous access to more than one Operator Workstation would typically use the multi-user password. - Each operator shall be assigned a password and a set of authorized areas. The operator may sign-off at any tirrie by issuing a sign-off command. - A keyboard time-out feature shall be provided such that the operator shag be automatically signed off after a defined period of keyboard inactivity. It shall be possible to configure automatic call-up of a "logged-out" display to hide restricted information that might otherwise be left on the screen. Area Assignment / Area Profile - Each operator shall be assigned one or more specific areas of the building with the appropriate monitoring and control responsibility (no view, view only, alarm acknowledge only or full control). An area shall be defined in this context as a logical entity comprising of a set of points in the system. This in turn may represent a physical space in the building. Areas shall be used to partition the database in such a way as to assign operators control over certain areas and prevent unauthorized access to other areas. - It shag be possible to define individual tenant access by means of area assignment Likewise, an operators ability to control or rnoruitor certain parts of a facility can be controlled by means of area assignment - The FMS shall have the facility to create area profiles, which combine areas and time periods, and which can be assigned to operators with the same area access requirements. By using area profiles in this way, area access can be specified to apply during certain time periods, allowing different areas of access at different times of the day or week. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-12 13 RSBG File No. 1805206-OD PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION iv. Password Authentication - Each password shall be an alphanumeric character string programmable up to a maximum of six (6) characters in length. The system shag not accept a password of less than five (5) characters in length nor shag the system force an operator to enter a password of more than five (5) characters in length. - The system shag provide a facility to allow all operators to change their own passwords at any time. - When a password is changed, the system shag not permit the new password to be the same as any of the last ten (10) passwords used in the past three (3) months. This shall be configurable with the appropriate level of security. All passwords stored in the system shag be encrypted. V. Duress - It shag be possible for an operator to indicate that they are signing on under duress. The system shag recognize that the operator is signing on under duress and it shall then be able b issue a control to alert appropriate assistance. Vi. Command Partitioning - It shag be possible to assign to each operator a set of allowed commands for each assigned area, where an area is a group of points. These commands can be mapped against the output state of any given digital point in the respective area to determine whether a control command is allowed for the - With this feature, it shall for example be possible tO configure an operator to set a digital point to ON, but to disallow the same operator from setting the same digital point to OFF. Standard System Displays a. The following displays shag be included as part of the system: i. Alain Summary Display; a. Event Sumnoy Display, iii. Point Detail Template Displays (for each point in the database); iv. Trend Set Template Displays; V. Group Control and Group Trend Template Displays; vi. Communications Status Displays; vii. System Status Displays; viii. Operator Scratch-pad Display. In the case of the Trend and Group displays, configuration of these displays shall only require entry of a point name to completely configure the display. The Alarm Summary, Event Summary, Point Detail, Communications Status, System Status shag not require any configuration. Systems where standard graphical displays, shoving all parameters for each system Point, do not exist shag not be acceptable. Status Displays L FMS status displays shag be available on the main Operator Workstation. They shag display the following information: - Pants in alarm condition pending ACKNOWLEDGE command; - Points which remain in an alarm state but which have been admowledged; - Communication failures; - Printer status; - Operator Workstations status; - Communication inks status; - Controller status. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-13 RS&G 171 e No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION i. Administration Displays i The FMS shall provide the following full screen displays: - Master system menu; - Report summary; - Alarm summary; - Event summary; - Display summary; - System parameters configuration; - Operator Workstation configuration; - Area assignment; - Time Schedule assignment; - Holiday assignment; - History assignment; - Push-button assignment - Operator definition; - Operator message board; - Events archive and retrieval; - Time Period summary and configuration; - Point Detail for every configured Point I. Applications launcher i. It shall be possible to launch any Windows application from within the Operator Interface. For example, a button or menu item shall be able to be created in the FMS to launch an application such as Microsoft Word. g. Point Collection summary i. There shall be an online display of selected points and their current states. It shall be possible to group points together based on common states, areas, controllers or links and place them in a collection. The total number of all points in a collection shall be displayed along with the number of points in each possible state. An overall summary display shall be provided which shows this information about each point collection. ii. It shad be possible to simultaneously control points, or subsets of points in the collection to a desired state. Creating Custom Displays a. Graphic Display Building Editor i. The FMS shad provide a Graphic Display Building editor for the creation of site specific graphic displays. It shad allow one-step online building of display static and dynamic objects. It shall be a WYSIWYG editor (what you see is what you get) allowing the displays drawn using the editor to appear exactly the same when viewed from an Operator Workstation. ii. Displays shall be created in the HTML (Hyperte)t Markup Language) fomat This is essential so that the displays can be viewed through a web browser as well as the nominal FMS operator interface. The displays must be saved in the standard HTML format. Ad graphic elements shad be available as HTML elements. It is not acceptable to have an HTML format which merely finks to a proprietary object or bit map of the entire display. It shall be possible to view and edit the resulting HTML file using a text editor. Systems which do not support HTM L displays will not be acceptable. iii. Static objects created using the Graphic Display Building Editor shall include static text, rectangles, arcs and circles. However, it shad be possible to animate static objects to give the dynamic characteristics of the real-world object the point represents. 04-07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-14 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION iv. It shall be possible tb link dynamic objects to the FMS database. They shag allow infommation to be displayed from the database or to allow an operator to interact with them in order to make changes in the database and to perform control actions. Dynamic objects shall include dynamic text, push buttons, indkators, charts, check boxes, combo boxes, pop up boxes, ActiveX controls and scroll bars. V. It shag be possible to include static and dynamic display objects on the one display. The editor shall allow display objects to be manipulated by panting, clicking and dragging. The editor shall allow display objects to be drawn, re-sized, copied, grouped, rotated, aligned and layered over each other. It shall be possible to copy and paste objects within and between displays. vi. The Graphic Display Building Editor shall support the following features: - One step display building (both background and dynamic information); - Point and dick operation; - Paste to and from the Clipboard; - Absolute positioning object placement; - Ruler and grid; - Configurable tool, color and line palettes; - Dialog boxes for definition of object details; - Shape and page building; - On-line help; - Import graphics from third party packages including WMF, BMP, TGA, GIF and JPEG formats; - Standard library of FMS industry objects; - Three dimensional effects including raised, lowered, ridge and groove fine styles; - Live video element; - ActiveX controls; - ActiveX documents; - Display Scripts written in either JavaSaipt or VBSaipt; - Multilevel undo and redo; - Object manipulation including combine, union, intersection; - Polyline node editing; - Transparent images; Display Scripting. i. It shag be possible to further animate display elements using standard HTML scripts such as JavaScript or VBSclipt A script editor supporting one of the standard script languages shag be provided. By using script programs, individual elements on the display may be manipulated. A proprietary scripting language or additional scripting and drawing package shag not be acceptable. It shall be possible to perform a variety of animations, which include but are not limited to: - Move objects; - Resize objects; - Recolor objects; - Pop up messages and dialog boxes etc. ii. Scripts may be activated on displays using the following events: - On mouse click; - On mouse enter, - On mouse move; On page call-up; On a timer; On value or state change of a point on the display. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION iii. Live Video - Both the Graphic Display Building Editor and the Operator Interface shall have built in support for the creation and display of he video objects without the need for programming. The size and position of the video object shall be configured on a per display basis. - Systems, which show the live video object in a separate window from the operator interface, or on a separate monitor screen, shall not be acceptable. iv. Web Technology - Displays created in the Graphic Display Builder Editor shall be usable in a Web Browser such as Miaosoffs Internet Explorer without modification. Ad displays shall be usable in this manner enabling operators to completely operate the system through a web browser if required. Displays may also incorporate data from an intranet, the Internet, or ActiveX documents along with other building data. V. Launching External Applications - It shall be possible to launch applications (such as Microsoft Word, Excel, custom help files or any third party applications) from a custom display. If supported by the application, it shall be possible to launch the application with a specified file opened within the launched application. Launching of such applications shad also be possible from the Operator Workstation pull down menus or from a push button on a custom display. 10. Internationalization a. The FMS Operator Interface shall be fully translatable into the local language. This includes languages, which do not support the European character set, e.g. Chinese. The process of translating a system shall be done by editing message files and by editing displays. L Help and Documentation - The FMS operator interface shall also have access to online help and full system documentation. Online help shall be fully searchable and am referenced to all relevant sections of the documentation. It shall be possible to browse the online help and set `favorites" which Ink to commonly used sections of the help information. All manuals shall be available online. Monitoring And Control 1. Monitoring a. The system shall support acquisition of data using the following techniques: i. Periodic Scanning; I. Report by Exception; rd. Data on demand. b. The system shall support a range of scan intervals, ranging from less than 1 second up to 15 C. minutes. In order to minimize communications traffic, the system shall automatically block data requests using contiguous addresses and the scan intervals to generate scan packets, opturrzing throughput for a given scanning load. The system shad also provide utilities to examine scan packet allocation for each scan interval, and compile aggregate statistics on communication link usage. d. Where supported by the controlling device, Report by Exception (RBE) protocols shad be used to reduce the scanning load of the system while improving system response. If necessary, periodic scanning may be used in conjunction with RBE to ensure data integrity. 2. Device C ontrol a Control transactions issued by the operator shad be communicated to control devices using a write followed by read to ensure the Integrity of the transaction. If the read following the writ to the device indicates that the control action has failed, the operator shall be informed by means of a control failure alarm. The priority of the control failure alarm shad be oonfigurable by the user. 0¢07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-16 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT#02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION b. It shall be possible to optionally assign a control confimtation message to individual points. This message shall request the operator confirm the requested supervisory control action prior to sending the entered value to the controller. G. System Database 1. The FMS shah have a real-time database incorporating data from analog, logical or pulse inputs. The database shall be configurable by the end user without the need for any programming and shah be able to be modified on-line without interrupting operation of the system. In addition to point-based information, the database shall also provide historization capabilities for analog, digital, pulse and event based information. This information shall be accessible by all facilities of the FMS such as eustor displays, reports, trends, user written applications, etc. 2. Database Structure a The real-time database shah support collection of data and storage using the following structures: I. Access Point Strictures; ii. Analog Point Structures; iii. Status Point Structures; iv. Accumulator Point Strictures; V. Flexible Pant Structures; vi. Historical Data Structures; vin. Event Data Structures; vin. User Defined Structures. b. Each of the Point database structures shall be comprised as a composite point with a number of associated parameters, which may be referenced relative to a single tag name. Specifically, each of these parameters shall be accessible by various sub-systems such as the Graphical Operator Interface, Report Generation system and Application Program Interface in a simple POINT. PARAMETER format without the need to know any internal storage mechanism. C. The FMS shall maintain portions of the database requiring frequent high-speed access as memory resident information and other less frequently accessed data as disk resident data Memory resident data shall be written to disk every minute to minimize loss of data in the event of loss of power or other system failure. d. Database backup shall be possible with the system on-line including backup of historical based data. The backup shall be possible via standard Microsoft Windows NT operating system utilities. e. Point data shall be stored in a composite point database structure that provides a wide range of configurable information including but not limited to: i. Pont norm and description; n. Multiple kxxtions for data storage and device scanning addresses; iii. Scan period; iv. Multiple types and istances of alarms; V. Multiple deadband or hysteresis settings (analog points); Vi. Monitoring and Control access restriction information; vin. Location of operator alarm handling instructions; viii. Location of ancillary information associated with the point; N. A list of all recent events pertaining to that point 3. Access Points a Access points represent card readers when using access control with the FMS. The point represents the stole of the card reader and whether access was granted to a cardholder or whether access was denied. 04-07-06 Progress CD Set RSBG File No. 1805206-00 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 -17 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 4. Analog Points a Analog data shall be stored in an analog point type in the database. This is a composite point type, which consists of multiple point parameters. For example, it is possible to have the analog set point, process variable and output all represented in one single point in the FMS. 5. Status Points a Status (digital) information shall be sthred in a Status Point type in the database. The status point shall be a composite point capable of processing from a single to a three-bit digital input, allowing up to eight possible states. 6. Accumulator Points Data associated with pulsed inputs shall be stored in the system in a composite point database structure that shall provide automatic tracking of instrument rollover. 7. Flexible Points a Data from some devices does not fit neatly into the standard point types defined above. In this case, it shag be possible to define flexible point types which can be structured to meet the requirements of the data structure they are being used to represent b. All points shall display the last 10 transactions for that point on the point detail display. 8. Grouping of Points a. The FMS system shall provide a means by which a number of alarm inputs, outputs and other related points can be grouped together for more convenient monitoring and control without the need for custom graphics. 9. History Management a. Collection of historical point data shag be configurable as part of the point definition. Once configured, this data shall be collected automatically. Historical data collection shag be provided for both snapshots and averages with intervals ranging from 1 second to 24 hours. b. Once assigned to history, point data shall be available by POINT. PARAMETER access used in conjunction with a history offset to locate the particular value of interest. The graphical operator interface, trend, report generation and application interfaces shag be able to access historical data. C. Modifications to the history collection of a point shag be possible on-fine without the loss of previously collected data for the point being changed or any other points in the system currently being historized. d. History shall be able to be archived to an alternative file system or off line media. Different archive settings shall be available for different history types. 10. Trending a. The FMS shag have fle)able trending allowing rea~time, historical or archived data to be trended in a variety of formats. In addition, trend data types shall be able to be combined to allow for comparisons between data e.g. current real-time data versus archived data b. Trend Capabilities i. The system shag provide trending capability with the following functions: - Real time trending; - Historical trending; - Anthived History trending; - Trend Scrolling; - Engineering Unit or Percent; - Cursor readout of trend data; - Trend comparisons between archived, real-tare and historical data (for example, this year vs. last year). Comparisons between the same point offset in time, or different points must be possible; - Trend De-duttering via per-pen enable/disable on multi-plot style trends; - Independent Y-axis per point on multi-plot style trends. It must be possible to display the Y-axis for any point on the trend by simply selecting the point using the mouse or keyboard; - Copying the currently displayed trend data to the clipboard for pasting into spreadsheet or document. 04-07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 18 Progress CD Set 15900 - RS8G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Configuration of trends shall only require the entry of the Point Name into the desired trend template to produce the trend. All trend configuration must be possible on-fine without interruption to the FMS. Historizati~on of data shall not be affected by changes to trend configuration. Systems that only provide trending via a third party package will not be acceptable. C. Trend Types i. The FMS shall be able to present reaptime, historical or archived data in a variety of formats, including single, dual and multiple value trends of up to 8 points. For each trend set display it shall be possible for operators to configure the number of historical samples and ranges displayed. Points configured in trend sets shall be changeable on-line. U. Operators shall be able to zoom in on information displayed on trend sets for closer inspection by dragging out an area of interest with the mouse or other pointing device. From such a selection, it shall be possible to copy the underlying data to the Windows clipboard for subsequent pasfing into a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel 2000. Systems that do not provide support for Microsoft Excel 2000 in this respect shall not be acceptable. ITI. Scroll bars shall be available to move the Trend set backwards and forwards across the historical records. The trend sets shall automatically access archived history files without operator configuration. iv. It shall be possible to embed trend objects as part of custom displays. The following formats shall be available: - Bar Trend; - Line Trend; Numeric Trend; - Tuning Trend; Pie Trend; - X -Y Plot 11. Event Management a. It shall be possible to log an event such that it shall be journalized in the event fie and optionally printed on the event printer. The journal shall contain the following event information: i. Alarms; ii. Alarm Acknowledgements; iii. Return to Normal; iv. Operator Control Actions; V. Operator Login & Security Level Changes, vi. Om-firle database Modifications; vi. Communications Alarms; viii. System Restart Messages. b. Standard Displays shall be provided to show the current journal file with the most recent event at the top of the display. Subsequent page forward actions shall allow display of progressively older events. Sorting and filtering of the journal shall be possible via a standard report, which shall be configurable by fling n-the-blanks. Coding or scripting of any kind shall not be required. If events are viewed on the screen, it shall be possible to pause the real time view and prevent events from scrolling off the screen as new events occur. C. The event database entries shall contain the following information: L Time & Date Stamp; Ii. Event Type; m. Alarm Priority; iv. Point Description; V. Point value or status at time of the event; vi. Engineering Units. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-19 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION d. The event database must also be accessible from other sub-systems such as the Operator Interface, Report Generation and Application Programmers Interface. e. It shag be possible to have an on-line event file as large as the disk capacity can accommodate. For example, given the appropriate disk space it shall be capable of storing more than 1,000,000 (one million) events on-line, f. The event file shag store events online. The FMS shall be able automatically or manually to archive these onfine events periodically, at a time period specified by the user. Operators shall be notified by an alamm that event archiving is required if manual operation is chosen. Events may be archived to tape, or to other media such as CD, Zap drive or to another file systems. If archiving does not take place, the event system shag continue to collect events until it reaches a nominated disk space limit. It shag then overwrite the oldest events until archiving takes place or more disk space is made available. 9- Archived events may be restored to the FMS at a later time if required for reporting purposes. Multiple archives shag be able to be restored at any one time. The FMS shag indicate to the operator the range of events in a particular archive file. h. The event management system shall be fully integrated with the standard reporting system. The system shall automatically reference the restored archive file if a report is requested containing a time search window covered by the current archive file. The operator shall be able to restore previously archived files and review or print them from the Operator Workstations. 12. Alarm Management a. The FMS shall support several different types of alarms for analog points, including: I. Two high-value alarms; ii. Two low-value alarms; Ff. Two deviation alarms; iv. Rate of change alarm; V. Unreasonable value alarm. b. Any four of these alarms shag be assignable to each Analog or Accumulator point on an individual point basis as part of the point configuration process. Status points shall allow each individual state to be alarmed. C. Alarm Priorities i. Each monitored point in the system shall be able to assigned one of four alarm priorities to individual states. The meaning of the priorities shall be as follows: Journal - Changes of state shag be journalized to the Alarm/Event Log and optionally printed on the Alarm/Event printer, Low - Change of state wig generate a Low priority alarm, which will appear on the Alarm Summary. Optionally, the alarm may be printed on the AlannlEvent printer or generate an audible tone; High - Change of state will generate a High priority alarm, which will appear on the Alarm Summary. Optionally, the alarm may be printed on the AlandEvent printer or generate an audible tone; Urgent - This is the highest priority. Change of state will generate an Urgent priority alarm, which will appear on the Alarm Summary. Optionally, the alarm may be printed on the Alarm/Event printer or generate an audible tone. ii. Within each of the four alarm types there shall be 15 sub-prioritises available. Each alarm priority shag have a configurable color. iii. it shall be possible to configure a time such that 9 a low priority alarm is not acknowledged within this time the alarm's priority is elevated to high priority. If a high priority alarm is not acknowledged within a configured time, its priority is elevated to urgent priority. iv. For each alarm priority, it shag be possible to configure a point such that if any alarr s of this priority occur, the point is controlled to the configured state. This could be used to drive external enunciators such as sirens or lights. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 20 RS&G File No. 180520600 1~ PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION V. When an alarm is acknowledged, it shall be possible to automatically issue a reset to a controller to indicate the alarm is acknowledged and to attempt th reset the alarm point Alarm Annunciation L Alarms shall be annunciated by. - Most recent, highest priority alarm message appearing on dedicated alarm banner on the operator interface; - Alarm message appearing on alarm summary display; - Available Tone - based on a ".wav" or other sound file for each alarm prioW,, - Alarm message printed on the alarm printer, - Alarm indicator flashing on the operator interface. a. Alarms shall be annunciated at the Operator Workstation even if there is no operator currently signed-on. This feature shall be available on network connected Operator Workstations as long as the computer running the Operator Workstation software remains logically connected to the network. If the Operator Workstation is minimized in the Windows environment, then the Operator Workstation icon will indicate an alarm. An audible tone shall be able to be generated and this tone shah be specified by a '*.wav" or other sound file for each alarm priority. iii. Points shall be annunciated while in alarm. If a point is set to alarm inhibited the point shall no longer cause annunciation. If a point goes into an alarm state whilst inhibited and then is stiq in the alarm state when the point is set to alarm enabled, the point shall immediately cause annunciation. Alarm Processing i. Assigning an alarm to the point shah automatically cause the FMS to perform the following actions when an alarm occurs- - The alarm shall be time stamped to the nearest second and logged in the Event database with the Point Name, Alarm type, Alarm Priority, Point Description, New value and Engineering Units; - The point value which is in alarm shall turn red (or other configurable color) and flash on any standard or custom display which uses that point; - An Unacknowledged alarm entry shall be made in the system alarm summary for Low, High and Urgent Alarms; - The audible alarm shall sound (if configured); - The alarm annunciation indicator shall flash. ii. In addition, the alarm banner of the Operator Interface must show the most recent (or optionally oldest), highest priority, unacknowledged alarm in the system. iii. When used for Life Safety applications such as fire alarm or smoke control, the alarm management system shall be automatically configured to comply with the requirements of UL864 Category UOJZ and the FMS shall be so listed. Dedicated Alarm Banner and Alarm Indicator L A dedicated alarm banner shall appear on all displays showing either the most recent or oldest (configurable), highest priority, unacknowledged alarm in the system. This banner shah be dear when there are no unacknowledged alarms for the operator to process. h. An alarm indicator shah also appear on all displays. This indicator will flash red (or another configured color) when there are any unacknowledged alarms pending in the system. This indicator Will remain solid red if there are alarms, which have not returned to normal but which have all been acknowledged. The indicator will be dear ft there are no points in an alarm condition. Alarm Logging i. As well as being logged on the printer, alarms shall be logged to an event fie for future retrieval in alarm reports or archived to removable media. 04-07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 21 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Alarm Response Function Keys i. The following dedicated function keys shall be provided on the keyboard for alarm action: - ACKNOWLEDGE - After moving the cursor to the point in alarm on the screen and selecting the point the operator shall be able to acknowledge an alarm by pressing this key. This action shall be logged in the event file and on the printer showing the operator ID with the message. - ALARM SUMMARY - By pressing a dedicated key at any time the operator shall be able to view a display showing all currently active alarms. The alarm messages shag be color-coded showing priorities. The operator shall be able to view the alarms according to priority. It shag be possible to acknowledge alarms from this display and also go to the associated display defined for the point - ASSOCIATED DISPLAY - After moving the cursor to the point in alarm on the screen and selecting the point the operator shall be able to bring up the display applicable to that alarm by pressing this key. Just selecting the associated display key directly will bring up the associated display for the point currently on the alarm banner. Alarm Acknowledgement i. The system shall provide for efficient alarm acknowledgement in a number of ways as follows: - Selection of any POINT.PARAMETER from a custom graphic and pressing the dedicated acknowledge push-button; - Selection of the alarm banner and pressing the dedicated acknowledge button; - Selection of the alarm in the alarm summary display and pressing the dedicated acknowledge button; - By performing a page acknowledge from the alarm summary display. ii. On acknowledgement by the operator, the flashing indicator shag turn steady, and the point value shag remain red on any system or custom graphic. The acknowledgement shall also be logged in the Event database identifying the operator or station that acknowledged the alarm. If the point goes out of alarm before being acknowledged by the operator, the alarm shall be shown by a different indication and remain in the list until specifically acknowledged by the operator. If a point is not acknowledged within a configurable period of time, then an additional area based alarm can be generated. Alarm Filtering i The Alarm Summary shag be able to filter the alarms displayed to the operator. The filtering criteria shall include as a minimum: Individual Priorities (i.e. Urgent, High, Low); Ranked Priorities (i.e. Urgent only, Urgent & High only, Urgent, High & Low); Una Alarms only, Individual Areas only. Additional Alarm Infomration L The FMS shag provide support for an additional message to be tagged to the alarm. This message shag provide the operator with adational information on the alarm but shall not clutter the alarm summary. It shag appear in a separate message summary at the same time as the alarm appears in the alarm summary. The messages can be pre-configured and then simply attached to individual pants by means of a message ID. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 22 RS&G Be No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 1. Advanced alarm management i. The FMS shall be capable of advanced alarm management, which includes set stages of alarm handling. ii. The stages shall be: Silence alarm condition; Acknowledge and action alarm condition; - Respond to alarm condition by using pre-defined responses; Optionally reset alarm. 11. All actions shall be recorded in the event file for retrieval and auditing purposes. IV. When an alarm is silenced, an instruction page for the alarm will be displayed. The alarm may then be acknowledged from this page and alarm handling action completed. V. Once the alarm is acknowledged and appropriate action has been taken, the operator may move to the response page to select from up to 100 user-defied responses to be logged in the event file. Alternatively, the operator shall be able to enter his or her own response, which will also be logged in the event file. At the same time the alarm is removed from the alarm file. Optionally, the point shall remain on the alarm summary until a manual reset operation is performed. A. It shah be possible to enable/disable this feature on a point-by-point basis given the appropriate system privilege level. 13. Reporting a. The system shall support a flexible reporting package to allow easy generation of report data. The reports provided shall include pre-configured standard reports for common requirements such as Alarm Event reports and custom report generation facllifies that are configurable by the user. b. Standard Reports i. The following pre-formatted reports shall be available on the system: - Alarm/Event Report; - Operator Trail Report; - Point Trail Report; - Alarm Duration Report; - All Point Report; - After Hours Alarm Report; - Point Attribute Report; - Generic or Custom Report. ii. (Note: additional application specific reports shall be described later in this document) C. Configuration of these reports shall orgy require entry of the schedule information, and other parameters such as Point Name or wildcard, filter information, time interval for search and destination printer to fully configure the report. Specifically, no programming or scripting shall be required. d. Alarm/Event Report I. A report shall be provided to produce a summary of all events of a specified type for nominated points occurring in a time period. The time period may be specified as an absolute start and end date and time, or as a period relative to the current time. This report shall also be able to produce a summary of all changes made by a specific operator. e. Operator Trail Report 1. A report shall be provided to produce a summary of all operator actions relating to a specific operator in a specified period. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 23 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION f. Point Trail Report L A report shah be provided to produce a summary of all events of a specified type occurring in a period on nominated points. g. Alarm Duration Report i. A report shah be provided which calculates the total amount of time a nominated point or group of points has been in an alarm condition over a given time period. The time period may be specified as an absolute start and end date and time, or as a period relative to the current time. h. All Point Repot L A report shall be provided to produce a fist of point inkxmadont, including point name, description, point type, engineering units, and current values. Report configuration shag allow filtering based on a wide variety of criteria. i. After Hours Alarms Report i. A report shah be provided to produce of summary of all Alarms occurring during the period specified by the operator as "After Hours" j. Point Attribute Report i. A report shag be provided to points selected by one of the following attribute criteria: - Out-of-service; - Alarm suppressed; - Abnormal input levels; - In manual mode. k. Additional Generic or Custom Reports i. In addition, configurable report generation facilities must be provided ID allow custom reports to be produced. They shag be able to be configured at any time with the system online, and shag be able to access any database values. At least two methods of custom report generation shag be available, including following: - Microsoft Excel ii. The FMS shag provide the facility for the use of Microsoft Excel as a reporting tool - allowing calculations such as summations, maximal, minimal and standard deviations, and the production of graphs, charts and tables. Systems that do not provide support for Microsoft Excel 2000 in this respect shag not be acceptable. iii. Data accessible for Excel reporting shag include alarms, events, and point parameter values. - Open Data Base Connectivity (ODBC) iv. The FMS shag be capable of providing selected data in an ODBC format for the purpose of extracting data and creating custom reports. It shall be possible to access tables of data from the FMS through an ODBC compliant tod such as Crystal Reports. V. It shag be possible to incorporate the activation of custom reports created through the ODBC compliant toot through the standard FMS report subsystem. Example reports shag be provided to illustrate how to access the ODBC data in the FMS. vi. A report detail display shah allow naming of reports, scheduling information and the destination of the report The report destination shall be a printer, operator interface or internal file. The report output format shall be HTML (Hypertext Mark- up Language), Microsoft Word or RTF format 1. Report Activation i. Reports shag be activated in one or more of the following ways: - Periodic activation at user specified intervals; - Operator Demanded; - Event Initiated e.g. Change in point value; - Application Initiated. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 24 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 14. User Definable database a In order to support other types of data such as user entered or calculated data from application programs, the system shall also provide a User Definable database area that can be fully integrated into the system. Data contained in this database must be accessible by: i Custom Gra hics . p ; ii. Custom Reports; iii. Application Programs, iv. Network Applications using a Network API. 15. Point Inflated Programs (PIPS) a. In addition to standard point processing functions, the FMS shall allow additional processing through the use of standard PIPS that may be attached to any pants. Typical functions to be provided by these PIPS are listed below. i A ti l ti ith C l . me c a cu a on; r ii. Boolean Calculation; iii. Maximum/Minimum Value; iv. Composite Alarms; V. Integration; vi. Run Hours Totaled; viii. Group Alarm Inhibit viii. Report Request by Point Change; a. Application Program Request (By point value change or cyclic period); X. Alarm Transportation; A. Value Transportation; xii. Door Activity Task Request, xiii. Security Area Seal / Unseal; xiv. Alarm or Point Value Change Graphic Call-up; xv. Value Change Group or Area Alarm Intubit. 16. Historical Data Archiving a. The FMS shall support archiving of historical data to allow a continuous record of history to be built up over a period of time. Archived data may be stored on the hard disk of the FMS or a remote network drive or moved off-line to removable media such as floppy disk, cartridge tape, DAT tape, or optical disk. The number of archives maintained on the system before transferal to off-line media shall only be limited by the size of the hard disk or remote network drive. The FMS shall allow the user to define the specific intervals of history to be archived to avoid archiving of unnecessary data b. Once archived, the data shall be available for re-trending through the system trend facilities in combination with the current on-fine history or other archives. Providing the archived history is present on the FMS Server's hard disk or remote network drive, the trend facilities must be able to access it transparently for display, when a user scrolls beyond current on- One history limits. 17. Time Schedules a. It shall be possible to specify time schedules for the control of all FMS points. A large number of individual parts shall be controlled by a single time schedule. A single time schedule shall define the control to any combination of day and time e.g. Mon-Fri 7:00 to 18:00, Thursday 7:00 to 22:00 and Saturday-Sunday 9:00 to 14:00. The FMS time schedule must also provide the ability to override the normal schedule for holidays or special occasions. b. Configuring firm schedules must be done through a graphical user interface whereby the operator selects the appropriate time span from a calendar. Systems where times and days must be manually entered are not acceptable. C. Where the control device supports an internal time schedule program, the FMS shall be able to upload, display, modify and download the control device time schedules. Support for the control device time schedules shall be in addition to the FMS time schedules. 9W 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 25 RSBG File No. 1805206-W PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION H. Open Integration 1. AN of the following Open Protocol Standards shall be used for integration of 3,d party devices or systems 2. Modbus a. The FMS server shall provide an integrated interface to devices using the Modbus RTU protocol, where the FMS server shag be the `master' and the external device or system shah be the "slave". The Modbus Interface shag support the following function codes: Modbus Function Code Meaning 01 Read Coil/Status 02 Read Input Status 03 Read Holding Registers 04 Read Input Registers 05 Force Single Cal 06 Preset Single Register 16 Preset Multiple Registers b. The FMS shag also support user definable data formats for Modbus devices to accommodate the wide variety of formats in use in the industry. BACnet (ANSI IASHRAE 1351995) a. The FMS system shall be capable of communicating to other building subsystems using the ASH RAE standard BACnet The FMS shall be capable of acting as both a BACnet Operator Workstation and a BACnet Gateway. The BACnet capability shall support all of the following standard BACnet objects: I. Analog Input; L Analog Output; UI. Analog Value; iv. Averaging; V. Binary Input; vi. Binary Output; v®. Binary Value; viii. Calendar, ix Command; X. Device; XL Event Enrollment, A. File; xrTl. Group; xiv. Loop; xv. Multistate Input xvi. Multistate Output xviL Multistate Value; xviii. Notification Class; )k Program; xx. Schedule; xxi. Tnendlog. BACnet Operator Workstation L An integrated BACnet Operator Workstation shag be provided which monitoring of BACnet devices via data acquisition and control. a. The BACnet Operator Workstation shall support the folowin5 Interoperability Building Blocks: - Read Properly-A (DS-RP A); - Read PropertyMuitiple-A (DS-RPM-A); - Write Property-A (DS-WP-A); - Write PropwtyMugiple-A (SW WPM-A); - COV A (DS-COV-A); - COV Unsubscribed-A (DS-COVU-A); allows the 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 26 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS $ RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION - Alarm and Event-Notification-A (AE-N-A); - Alarm and Event ACK-A (AE ACKA); - Alarm and Event-Summary-A (AE-ASUM-A); - Dynamic Device Binding - A (DM-DDB-A); - Dynamic Object Binding - A (DM-DOB-A); - DeviceCommunicationControl-A (DM-DCC A); - TuneSynchronizatiort -A (DM-TS-A); - UTCTimeSynchron¢ation - A (DM-UTC-A); - ReindiafizeDevice -A (DM-RD-A); - Connection Establishment - A (NM-CE A); - List Manipulation-B (DM-LM-B); - Object Creation and Deletion - B (DM-OCD-B). BACnet Gateway L Standard Application Services Standard Application Services Standard Application Services Standard Application Services Standard Application ServicesAn integrated BACnet Gateway shall be provided which allows third party BACnet Clients to access data. ii. The BACnet Gateway shall support the following BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks: - ReadProperty-B PS-RP-B); - ReadPropertyMulbple-B (DS-RPM-B); - WrileP erly-B PS-WP-B); - WritePropertyMultiple-B (SW-WPM-B); - COV-B (DS-COV-B); - COV Unsubscn'bed-B (DS-COVU-B); - Alarm and Event-Notification-B (AE-N-B); - Alarm and Event-ACK-B (AE-ACK-B); - Alarm and Event-Summary-B (AE-ASUM-B); - Dynamic Device Binding - B (DM-DDB-B); - Dynamic Object Binding - B (DM-DOB-B); - TimeSynchronization - B (DM-TS-B). in. Interfacing to the FMS system via BACnet shall be possible through either ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) or BACnet over IP. OLE for Process Control (OPC) i. The FMS server shall have an integrated OPC Client and integrated OPC Server software. - The OPC Client shall support the mandatory OPC Release2.0 Data Access as a minimum. - The OPC Server shad support OPC Release1.0A and OPC Release 2.0 Data Access OPC interfaces as a minimum. d. The FMS shall nut OPC Client to cornmunicate with the Invensys BAS which wdI be running the OPC Server software. iii. OPC Cliient shad be used by the FMS to read and write to the Invensys OPC Server. AdvanceDDE i. The FMS server shad provide an AdvanceDDE Client to allow connection to any AdvanceDDE servers as specified by the AdvanceDDE standard from Rodtwed Software. 0407.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 27 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Data Exchange 1. The FMS shall have the capability to interface to the point database of other similar FMS systems (i.e. nodes) on a TCPAP network. This shall enable both the acquiring of point data and issuing control outputs to other FMS systems. 2. Data Exchange with Microsoft Excel a. The FMS must be capable of exporting bulk data to Microsoft Excel. Systems that do not provide support for Microsoft Excel 2000, or which use Windows 3.x Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) shall not be acceptable. b. As a minimum the following shall be supported: i. Allow retrieval of data eta periodically or snapshot R. Allow retrieval of data via POINT.PARAMETER requests; re. Allow retrieval of tag names, descriptions etc; iv. Allow retrieval historical data; V. Writing of values from Excel back to the supervisory system. 3. Accessing the FMS from third party web pages a. Web-page controls and a web server interface to the FMS shall be optionally provided, which allow tenants or other users to monitor & control a variety of FMS-supervised functions via their own Web pages created for their own Intranet or Internet and viewed from a standard web-browser. For example, it shall be possible for building tenants to be able to view floor graphics via a dedicated or existing building Intranet, and to be able to monitor and control floor lighting and ambient temperature information. b. It shad be possible to knit web browser access to FMS facilities by means of standard web and networking techniques. 4. Paging and external annunciation of System Alarms a. The FMS shall provide a facility for sending alarm text from configured pants to the following external systems: I. Alphanumeric pagers; ii. Digital mobile phones with text message (SMS) support iii. E-Mail; iv. SNMP message. b. Each points paging priority threshold shad be individually configurable, and individually enabled or disabled. Each external device configured in the system shall have individually selectable times and days of operation, an alarm priority threshold, and an alternative device for use it escalation of unacknowledged alarms. 5. Database configuration tool a. A database configuration tool shall be provided with the FMS system that shad allow configuration of all point records, printers, controllers, and Operator Workstation c ormections. This utility shad be in the form of a relational database and operate in a true 32 bit graphical environment such as Windows NT. The utility shall also have the ability to export information to and import information from Microsoft applications such as Microsoft Excel. Systems that do not provide support for Microsoft Excel 2000 in this respect shad not be acceptable b. Users with sufficient security access shad be able to configure the database while the system is on-line. Configuration shad not require the need for any programming, compiling or finking and shall not require shutting down or restarting of the system. In addition, historical data collectiim shall not be interrupted for pants not affected by configuration changes. Q It shad be possible to launch the database configuration tool from the operator workstation interface. The utility shad have the ability to configure database cages and download them either from the FMS server directly, or remotely via the network. The remote download is to provide password protection. d. It shall be possible to modify a range of communications and other parameters for each device. The parameters of a particular device mane available for modification shad be specific to the device or hardware item being configured - for example baud rate, parity, data and stop bit information in the case of serial devices. Hardware configuration utilities that rely solely on text based configuration files shall not be acceptable. 04.07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 28 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION e. All documentation for the configuration utility shall be provided on-ilrne. The help facility shall operate using standard Microsoft features such as context sensitive help using the F1 function key. f. The utility shall provide features that reduce configuration time of the FMS system. These features shall include adding multiple points, controllers etc. at once. The utility shag automatically increment names or numbers of any information that is required to be unigw by the FMS system (such as point names). The user shall be able to select multiple hells (such as points) and then edit fields that are common to all selected items to assist in global changes. Standard copy and paste facilities are to be provided by the utility. g. The utility shall provide features that reduce configuration time of the FMS system. These features shall include adding multiple points, controllers etc, at once. The utility shall automatically increment names or numbers of any information that is required to be unique by the FMS system (such as point names). The user shall be able to select multiple items (such as points) and then edit fields that are common to all selected items to assist in global changes. Standard copy and paste facilities are to be provided by the utility. h. The utility shall also support free format text fields, which the user can use for additional information such as cabinet or wire numbers. These additional fields shall be simple extensions to existing items in the database such as FMS points. i. A fiitering mechanism shall be provided with the utility so that the user need view only relevant information. The filter shall provide standard choices for the user to select, and also provide user defined filtering. j. Database management reports shall be provided by the utility as standard. The utility shah also provide support for ad-hoc reporting facilities for engineering use. 6. Application Programming Interface a. Two types of application programming interface (API) are required, the first is for applications C written on the FMS server and the second is for applications that are required to run on ar network based clients (that are not necessarily Operator Workstations). b. The FMS system API's must have support for both Usual Basic or C++. Proprietary programming languages are rat acceptable. G. The API on the FMS server requires the following functions as a minimum: i. Read and write to points in the database; iI. Access to historical data; iii. Initiate supervisory control actions; iv. Access to the alarmlevent subsystem; V. Access to user-defined database; vi. Provide a prompt for operator input d. The API on the network-based clients requires the following functions as a minimum: I. Read and write to points in the database; Ii. Access to historical data; Ia. Initiate supervisory control actions; IV. Access to user-defined database. 7. Server Scripting Engine a. The FMS system rust have the ability to extend its functionality easily by the addition of small script code to certain server functions. This will enable additional customer specific functionality to be easily added te point, report and server proving. For example, a script shall enable a calculation to be performed and a number of points to be controlled based on another point going into alarm state. Scripts shall be able to be attached to point processing, report generation, server startup and shutdown, or executed on a periodic basis. b. The scripting engine must support a standard scripting language such as Microsoft's VBScript. Access to the scripts shall be though an built-in scripting editor which provides key work support and syntax checking as well as an extensive range of online help including a large number of worked examples. Proprietary scripting languages shall not be acceptable. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 29 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION G Scripting functionality shall be in addition to a full Application Programming Interface as described above. Diagnostic Capture Tool a. The FMS system must enable easy diagnostics of the health of the system. AD diagnostic information shall be viewable through an easy to use user interface and shall be able to be easily exported as a stand-alone collection of material for later analysis. This information shall include the following: i. Communicaions traces to selected controllers; ii. All system log files; iii. Details on system software installation; iv. Application status information. b. It shall not be necessary to be an expert user in the system to gather diagnostic information. Facility Management system Specification 1. The Facilities Management System (FMS) shall perform the following general functions: a. Building Management and Control; b. Monitoring and Control of Controllers, Remote Devices and Programmable Logic Controllers including sensors, actuators, environmental delivery systems (chillers, boilers, room climate control, lighting systems, electrical systems etc.); C. Operator Interface to allow general supervision of room controls; d. Video display integration; e. Data collection and H'IStorization; f. Alarm Management; g. Trending; h. Report Generation; I. Network Integration; j. Data exchange and integration with a diverse range of other computing and facilities systems using industry standard techniques. z The FMS shah employ all standard features and functions as specified on the control diagrams to monitor and control building equipment. At a minimum, the following data shah be accessible: a. Space temperature; b. Space temperature set point; C. Occupancy status; Operating mode; Window status; Valve positions; Air volume flow, Percent terminal load; Time schedules; Zero energy bands; Room name; L Terminal type e.g. fan coil. In the event of a power failure or disconnection from the FMS, the controllers shall continue to be fully operational with full time program capability. 0407.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 30 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION ti, K Specific Building Management Functions 1. LonWorks Capability a. The FMS shall have a direct Interface to LonWorks. The interface shall provide the functionality necessary to normally operate a building management system based on LON devices including alarming, data acquisition, supervisory control, and trending. b. This interface shall use standard components such as Serial LonTalk Adaptors (SLTA), PC LonTalk Adaptors (PCLTA) or Ethernet to LonTalk routers such as the Echelon I-LON muter to connect the FMS to the LonWorks network and devices. Solutions requiring gateways or data servers (e.g. OPC to LON or DDE to LON) are not acceptable. C. The FMS Interface to LonWorks should be based on LON Network Services (LNS) Release 3.0 or later. The interface shall allow access to be configured for any Network Variable (NV) or Configuration Property (CP) in the LON device. Any LON devices conforming to LonMark functional profiles shall be able to be easily integrated into the FMS without the need for software changes in the FMS. d. The FMS shall allow standard graphics to be created for configurable LonWorks devices so that it is possible for all instances of points for the same device type to use the same graphic. e. The LonWorks Interface shall be compatible with any LonWorks vendor whose products conform to standard LonMark profiles. 2. Controller Scheduling a. A controller scheduling tool shall be provided for creating, editing and maintaining controller time schedules. The controller scheduling tool shall be constructed in a way that allows compatibility with new controller types with minimal additional development b. The controller scheduling tool shag allow downloading of schedules to several (supported) controllers in a single operation by provision of an integrated graphical interface. C. The controller scheduling tool shag provide a dear, graphical indication of the status of each downloadable schedule element, and shall automatically recover and complete any schedule download which, for any reason, has faded or been interrupted. 3. System Control and Monitoring via Telephone or the web a. For budding tenants or other people without access to an Operator Workstation, the FMS shall provide the ability to control and monitor site resources via a standard touch-tone telephone or through an Intranet site. b. The faciliVs configuration tool shall provide a simple graphical interface to allow: i. User authorization to be configured by assigning each user or group of users a password or PIN code that allows restricted access to certain building locations; ii. Configuration of service charges on a point-by-point basis for the creation of billing information, and to allow production of baling reports against each user or group of users for a specified time period; - Assembly of voice-prompt menus and instructions from pre-recorded prompts and phrases. - As an example of the facility's use, a caller or intranet user might switch on lights and air-conditioning after hours, or listen to and change the settings of analog points by dialing in and entering digits from their standard touch-tone telephone. - A monthly report could then be generated to charge this caller for the services used during that period. 4. Maintenance Management a. Integrated Maintenance Management I. The FMS shag have an integrated facility for maintenance management of plant and equipment The maintenance facility shag tightly integrate with the FMS t0 retrieve data from field devices to determine when equipment or plant in the field requires maintenance. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 31 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION fi. The maintenance facility shall automatically raise a works order request for a piece of equipment when certain maintenance conditions are met. Types of configurable maintenance events shag include duty cycles, run hours, and high data values. m. The user interface shag be based on Web technology, with all regular maintenance facility interaction occurring through a standard web browser. Systems that require additional software on client machines to allow viewing and configuration of the maintenance Why shall not be acceptable. iv. The maintenance facility shall use a standard reporting tool for generation of maintenance reports. Such reports shag include past and present works orders, equipment fists and equipment history reports. User customization of reports shag be possible via the standard reporting tool. V. The maintenance facility shag store common asset inbTrnation and provide easy addition of customer-defined information. User access shag be configurable, lo enable user capabilities to be tailored or fimited. It shag be possible to use equipment templates to allow definition of equipment with common data requirements without having to repeat data entry. Third Party i. The FMS shag be capable of integrating with external maintenance systems such as Maximo Release 4.0 or SAP R3 PM (Plant Maintenance). This integration shag consist of transferring specified breakdown alarms and equipment run hours from the FMS to the external maintenance system. 5. Smoke and Critical Process Control a. The building management portion of the facility management system shall be able to provide for control and monitoring of HVAC functions associated with smoke control and when used with appropriate hardware shag be listed by ULI under category UUKL for this purpose. When used for critical process or other safety functions, such as boiler safety monitoring, the system shall also be ULI Listed under category QVAX. L. DDC Controller Floor Level Network 1. This level communication shall support a family of application specific controllers and shag communicate with the peer-to-peer network through DDC Controllers for transmission of global data M. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers 1. The DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shag reside on the Building Level Network. 2. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall use the same programming language and tools. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers, which require different programming language or tools, are not acceptable. 3. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers, which do riot meet the functions, specified in sub- paragraphs 2.07.M.2 and 2.07.M.3 and paragraph 2.07.N for DDC Controllers or sub-paragraphs 2.07.M.2 and 2.07.M.3 and paragraph 2.07.0 for HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers are not acceptable. N. DDC Controller 1. DDC Controllers shag be a 16-bit stand-alone, muk4asking, multi-user, real-time digital control processors Ong of nodular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power supplies and inpuutlloulput point modules. Controller size shag be sufficient to filly meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point YO schedule. Each controller shall support a minimum of three (3) Floor Level Application Specific Controller Device Networks. 2. Each DDC Controller shag have suf lident memory to support its own operating system and databases, including: a. Control processes b. Energy management applications C. Elarrm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level alarm for each pant in the system. ~J 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 32 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION d. Historical/trend data for points specified e. Maintenance support applications f. Custom processes g. Operator 110 h. Dial-up communications Each DDC Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to replace hardware. Provide all processors, power supplies and communication controllers so that the implementation of a point only requires the addition of the appropriate point input/output temrnation module and wiring. DDC Controllers shag provide a minimum two RS-232C serial data communication ports for operation of operator UO devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers or terminals. 0. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers 1. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be a 12-bit stand-alone, multi-tasking, multi-user, real-time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed rocessors 2. p . Each HVAC Mechanical Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases, including: a. Control processes b. Energy management applications c. Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level alarm for each point in the system. d. Historical/trend data for points specified e. Maintenance support applications f. Custom processes g. Operator 110 h. Dial-up communications 3. Each HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to replace hardware. 4. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide a RS-232C serial data communication port for operation of operator VO devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. 5. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output for constant, up-to-date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator 110 device. 6. Each HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall continuously perform self-diagnostics, comrivinication diagnosis and diagnosis of all components. The HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication. 7. Isolation shall be provided at all peer-to-peer network terminations, as well as all field point terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: a. RF-Conducted Immunity (RFCI) per ENV 50141(IEC 1000.4-6) at 3 V b. Electro Static Discharge (ESD) Immunity per EN 61000-4-2 (IEC 1000-4-2) at 8 kV air discharge, 4 kV contact c. Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) per EN 6100044 (IEC 1000-4-4) at 500 V signal, 1 kV power d. Output Circuit Transients per UL 864 (2,400V,10A,1.2 Joule max) 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 33 RSBG File No- 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION e. Isolation shall be provided at all peer-to-peer panel's AC input terminals to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: I. IEEE Standard 587-1980 ii. UL 864 Supply Line Transients i 1. Voltage Sags, Surge, and Dropout per EN 610004-11 (EN 1000.4-11) In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non-volatile memory shaft be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data and battery backup shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. a. Upon restoration of normal power, the HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shah automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. b. Should HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller memory be lost for any reason, the user shah have the capability of reloading the HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller via the local RS-232C port, via telephone line dial-in or from a network workstation PC. C. Provide a separate HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller for each AHU or other HVAC system as indicated in article 3.11. It is intended that each unique system be provided with its oven point resident DDC Controller. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller Resident Software Features 1. General: a. The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part of DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. b. All points shall be identified by up to 30-character point name and 16 character point descriptor. The same names shall be used at the PC workstation. C. All digital points shah have user defined two-state status indication (descriptors with minimum of 8 characters allowed per state (i.e. summer/winter)). Control Software Description: a. The DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall have the ability to perform the following pre-tested control algorithms: I. Two-position controh, ii. Proportional control; iii. Proportional plus integral control; iv. Proportional, integral, plus derivative control; V. Automatic tuning of control loops; DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shah provide the following energy management routines for the purpose of optimizing energy consumption while maintaining occupant comfort a. Start-Stop Time Optimization (SSTO) shall automatically be coordinated with event scheduling. The SSTO program shall start HVAC equipment at the latest possible time that will allow the equipment to achieve the desired zone condition by time of occupancy. The SSTO program shah also shut down HVAC equipment at the earliest possible time before the end of the occupancy period, and still maintain desired comfort conditions. I. The SSTO program shah operate in both the heating and cooling seasons. - It shall be possible to apply the SSTO program to individual fan systems. - The SSTO program shah operate on both outside weather conditions as well as inside zone conditions and empirical factors. ii. The SSTO program shah meet the local code requirements for minimum outside air while the building is occupied. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 34 RS&G File No. 1605206-00 PROJECT 102028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION -11 ?r I b. Event Scheduling: Provide a comprehensive menu driven program to automatically start and stop designated points or groups of points according to a stored time. i. It shall be possible to individually command a point or group of points. ii. For points assigned to one common load group, it shall be possible to assign variable time delays between each successive start or stop within that group. iii. The operator shall be able to define the following information: Time, day, Commands such as on, off, auto, and so forth, Time delays between successive commands; There shag be provisions for manual overriding of each schedule by an appropriate operator, iv. It shag be possible to schedule events up to one year in advance. - Scheduling shall be calendar based; - Holidays shall allow for different schedules. C. Enthalpy switchover (economizer) The Energy Management Control Software (EMCS) will control the position of the air handler relief, return, and outside air dampers. If the outside air dry bulb temperature falls below changeover set point the EMCS wgl modulate the dampers to provide 100 percent outside air. The user will be able to quickly changeover to an economizer system based on dry bulb temperature and will be able to override the economizer cycle and return to minimum outside air operation at any time. d. Temperature-compensated duty cycling. i. The DCCP (Duty Cycle Control Program) shag periodically stop and start bads according to various patterns; ii. The loads shall be cycled such that there is a net reduction in both the electrical demands and the energy consumed. e. Automatic Daylight Savings Time Switchover: The system shall provide automatic time adjustment for switching to/from Daylight Savings Time. f. Night setback control: The system shall provide the ability to automatically adjust setpoints for night control. 4. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be able to execute custom, job-specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. a. A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or calculated data from any and all other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. Database shall support 30 character, English language point names, structured for searching and logs. b. Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator VO devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a specified device or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. C. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall provide a HELP function key, providing enhanced context sensitive on-line help with task orientated information from the user manual. d. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shag be capable of comment lines for sequence of operation explanation. 5. Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to operator devices. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shag perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non-critical alarms, minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers ability to report alarms be affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation, local UO device or communications with other panels on the network. a. All alarm or point change reports shall include the points English language description and the time and date of occurrence. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 35 RS&G File No. 1805206M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION b. The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of six priority levels shall be provided for each point Point priority levels shall be combined with user definable destination categories (PC, printer, DDC Controller, etc.) to provide full flexibility in defining the handling of system alarms. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and start-up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point. C. Alarm reports and messages will be directed to a user-defined list of operator devices or PCs based on time (after hours destinations) or based on priority. d. In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user shall be able to print, display or store a 200-character alarm message to more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response. e. In dial-up applications, operator-selected alarms shall initiate a call to a remote operator device. A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or automatically sample, store and display system data for points as specified in the 1/0 summary. a. Any point, physical or calculated may be designated for trending. Any point, regardless of physical location in the network, may be collected and stored in each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers point group. Two methods of collection shall be allowed: either by a pre-defined time interval or upon a pre-defined change of value. Sample intervals of I minute to 7 days shall be provided. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall have a dedicated RAM-based buffer for trend data and shall be capable of storing data samples. All trend data shall be available for transfer to a Workstation without manual intervention. b. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall also provide high resolution sampling capability for verification of control loop performance. Operator-initiated automatic and manual loop tuning algorithms shah be provided for operator-selected PID control loops as identified in the point 110 summary. C. Loop tuning shall be capable of being initiated either locally at the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller, from a network workstation or remotely using diat-in modems. For all loop-tuning functions, access shall be limited to authorized personnel through password protection. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be capable of automatically accumulating and storing run-time hours for digital input and output points and automatically sample, calculate and store consumption totals for analog and digital pulse input type points, as specified in the point I/O schedule. The peer to peer network shah allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to access any data from or send control commands and alarm reports directly to any other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller or combination of controllers on the network without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall send alarm reports to multiple workstation without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. The peer to peer network shall also allow any DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller to access, edit, modify, add, delete, back up, and restore all system point database and all programs. The peer to peer network shall allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to assign a minimum of 50 passwords access and control priorities to each point individually. The logon password (at any PC workstation or portable operator terminal) shall enable the operator to monitor, adjust and control the points that the operator is authorized for. All other points shall not be displayed on the PC workstation or portable terminal (e.g. all base building and all tenant points shall be accessible to any base building operators, but only tenant points shall be accessible to tenant building operators). Passwords and priorities for every point shall be fully programmable and adjustable. 04.07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 36 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT 02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Q. Floor Level Network Application Specific Controllers (ASC) 1. Each DDC Controller shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote application specific controllers (ASCs) through Floor Level LAN Device Networks. 2. Each ASC shall operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor. Provide the following types of ASCs as a minimum: a. Central System Controllers; b. Terminal Equipment Controllers: i. Each ASC shall be capable of control of the terminal device independent of the manufacturer of the terminal device. 3. Terminal Equipment Controllers: a. Provide for control of each piece of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: I. Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit boxes; 4. Controllers shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Analog outputs shall be industry standard signals such as 24V floating control, 3-15 psi pneumatic, 0-10v, allowing for interface to a variety of modulating actuators. 5. All controller sequences and operation shall provide closed bop control of the intended application. Closing control loops over the FLN, BLN or MLN is not acceptable. R. Portable Operator's Terminal: 1. Portable Operators Terminals (POT) shall be provided for use at all plant controllers. POTS shall offer a range of mounting opportunities to provide local system operation. It shall be possible to use the operators terminal in the immediate vicinity of the controller via a secured hand held unit or it shall be possible to install it through a control panel door or on the wall next to the controller. POTS shall display points with English language descriptions. The POTs shall be complete with command keys, data entry keys, cursor control keys, and a liquid crystal alphanumeric display. Access is to be via self-prompting menu with next menu and previous menu and step forward and step backward selection within a given menu. Connection of a POT to a panel shall not interrupt nor interfere with normal network operation, prevent alarms from being transmitted, or preclude remote initiated commands. Use of a POT at GPCs or UC network management devices shall allow the user to display software information; and, via password control, modify software. Two levels of user controlled passwords shall be provided. The first level shall allow the user to modify, create, or delete time programs; and the second level shall allow the user to modify data point text descriptors, reset totalizers, modify setpoints and parameters, set the system dock, and view trend logs and alarms. POTS shall have read-write-command capability for all time and calendar program functions, data point access including viewing display of historical trend values in curve plot format, alarm limits and control settings, alarm monitoring including time of occurrence, and system dock. OT shall have English access to all respective UC points noted in the section DATA CONTROL (DIC) AND GRAPHICS SUMMARY herein. 2. Furnish POTS at the chiller plant controller and one air handling unit plant controller for use at all GPCs and UC network management devices. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL RE: INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION A. Provide complete systems of control and instrumentation to control and supervise operation of the new environmental systems. The control systems shall be installed by the control component manufacturer or under direct supervision of the control component manufacturer. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 37 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION C. The control systems generally shall be as outlined on the control diagrams on the drawings and shall have all the elements and perform all the sequences therein indicated or implied. D. The control diagrams show only the principal items of equipment controlling the systems. Supplement each control system with multiple-pole relays, transformers, sensors, etc., as required to enable each system to perform as specified and to permit proper operation and supervision of same. E. Provide new software, software as required at Operator's Terminal (front end),. F. Provide heat transfer grease in temperature sensor pipe wells. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL DAMPERS AND OPERATORS A. Unless otherwise noted, supply all required automatic control dampers. B. Mounting of dampers in duds and/or plenums, unless otherwise noted, will be done as part of the air distribution work specified in Section 15880. Make the dampers available at the site, at the location where they are required, and ensure that each damper assembly is property mounted. C. Provide linkage and motors for all control dampers, including dampers factory supplied with equipment, and conned complete. D. Locate damper motors so they are accessible from outside duds, plenums and equipment casings wherever possible. Where sequence operation is indicated, or where multiple operators drive a series of dampers, provide equipment pilot positioners to couple their action. E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide one (1) controller per function or system. Equip controllers with a separate shut-off so they may be serviced without interruption of other system components. F. Bracket mount controllers on duds or plenums out dear of the insulation and ensure that they are vibration free. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES AND OPERATORS A. Unless otherwise noted, supply all required automatic control valves, including new automatic control valves for existing systems as shown on the drawings. B. Mounting of valves in piping, unless otherwise noted, will be done as part of the piping work specified in preceding Sections of this Division of the Specification..,Make the valves available at the site, at the locations where they are required, and ensure that each valve is property mounted. C. Provide an operator from each valve, corned complete, check and test operation, and adjust as required. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTATS A. Unless otherwise noted, provide all required thermostats. B. Provide a ventilated dear acrylic cover for each thermostat located in finished area, and a wire type guard for each thermostat located in unfinished areas and in areas such as mechanical rooms where the thermostat is subject to damage. C. Unless otherwise indicated, mount room thermostats 5 it. (1.5 m) above the finished floor level. Confirm exact location of all thermostats prior to roughing4n. 0407-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 38 RS&G Be No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3.05 SUPPLY OF ACTUATORS AND CONTROLLERS FOR TERMINAL UNITS A. Supply required actuators and controllers for terminal units. B. Deliver actuators and controllers to successful terminal unit manufacturer's factory. C. Ca-ordinate delivery of product with contractor and successful terminal unit manufacturer. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Provide all required direct digital control system components. Refer to the drawing control diagrams and points list attached at the end of this Section. B. Provide operator workstation in the Building Engineer's office. C. The DDC work shall be performed by skilled technicians, properly trained and are qualified for this work. D. AN materials and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured for this and/or other systems, and not custom designed especially for this project. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. E. The system shall be modular, permitting expansion by adding hardware and software without changes in communication or processing equipment, F. Provide new communications bus as required complete with required ancillaries. Connect and extend existing communications bus. G. Provide one (1) AHU controller per cabinet fan (air handler). Provide the necessary ASC's. H. Provide the necessary quantity of DDC controllers and/or HVAC Mechanical Equipment controllers to accomplish the requirements of this specification, and to minimize the number of mechanical systems that would be inoperative in the event of a ASC failure. No more than two (2) major mechanical systems shall be controlled by one (1) ASC. 1. Surface wall mount stand-alone control units in Mechanical Rooms ensuring that they are not mounted on vibrating surfaces, and connect to 15A-1P dedicated circuit wiring terminated at controller locations as part of the work of Division 16. Indicate via number, and the systems controlled by the ASC. Indicate via a Lamacoid label mounted inside the panel the identification number of the electrical panel supplying power to the ASC. J. Submit schedule(s) of inpuUoutput points to Consultant for review. Directly connect each ASC to point devices in accordance with the control diagrams and schedule of miscellaneous control points issued as an Appendix at the end of this Section. Sensor wires for each analogue input shall be No. 18 AWG twisted-shielded cable. Other types of win: required are to be as recommended by the system supplier. K. Provide all required sensors, remote devices, etc., and all required interface accessories. Mount duct and/or plenum sensors half-way across the duct or plenum. L. Differential pressure sensor used to provide space pressurization control through regulation of return air quantities shall be mounted with snubbers on the indoor pressure leg to prevent sudden fluctuations caused by door openings, etc. Mount outdoor air port in a location which is least likely to be affected by abnormal surface Clow conditions and wind gusts. 04.07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900-39 RSBG File No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION M. Supply and turn over to the Consultant prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, reports to be used in assisting the Owner in defining and debugging all DDC programs. These reports shah consist, as a minimum, of the following: 1. process control language (PCL) togs; 2. control loop logs, 3. PCL master point Submit Point Data Input forms to the Consultant which the Owner will fill out with the DDC system supplier's assistance. Input this point data into the system. 0. Contacts will be supplied as part of the mechanical work or the electrical work of Division 16 for alarm and status points for systems and equipment other than building environmental systems and equipment. Connect to the DDC system as per the point schedule. Be responsible for coordinating point connections with Division 16 and provide all required interface devices required to transmit points to DDC system. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING A. Perform all required control wiring work for control systems except: 1. control wiring associated with mechanical plant equipment and systems whose control is not part of the work specified in this Section. B. Provide 120 volt power wiring extended from breaker panels in electrical rooms provided by Division 16, to each DDC controllers, HVAC Mechanical Controller, ASC and each control component that requires power. C. Install control wiring in conduit in accordance with the standards and requirements of Division 16. Provide all required boxes, connectors, and other wiring accessories. D. All control wiring in mechanical rooms shah be in conduit with final three (3) feet to sensor transmitters in seal-tight flexible conduit. E. Use flexible conduit where conduits run across flexible duct connectors. 3.08 CONTROL WORK TESTING A. Arrange for the automatic control systems to be adjusted, calibrated, set and tested by a qualified member of the control component manufacturer's personnel, after which obtain from the manufacturer and forward to the Consultant a letter stating that the control systems have been adjusted, calibrated, set and tested and are in perfect operating condition. B. In addition, arrange for the control system manufacturer to supply at the site, qualified control system technicians to make adjustments to control systems to suit air and water balancing and testing. 3.09 INSTRUCTION OF OPERATING PERSONNEL A. Operating Instructions: 1. Provide a minimum of 80 hours of operating and maintenance instruction for building operators, with personal on-thejob instruction by factory trained engineers representing the direct control system manufacturer. This instruction shall be scheduled at time(s) convenient to the Owner's personnel. Instruction shall cover all equipment and systems provided under this Section. The number of hours is a minimum requirement; where additional hours are specified in other paragraphs of this Section, those hours shall be additive to the minimum above. Instruction shall be comprised of both classroom type and actual hands-on operating experience. Submit an outline of the instruction program and instruction manual to the Owner for his approval at least two weeks prior to the proposed start date of the instruction sessions. The Owner will videotape all instruction 04.07.06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 40 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15900 VAIL, COLORADO AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION sessions for purposes of future training. Provide a review and written critique of Owner's videotape within one month after completion of the instruction sessions and receipt of the Owner's videotapes. The critique shall correct all mistakes and clarify all outstanding questions which arise during the sessions. 3.10 "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS AND OPERATOR MANUALS A. The record drawings for this project will be prepared on a CAD system utilizing AutoCAD Release 2000 Software. B. On completion of the Contract Work, the Contractor shall provide a set of CAD produced reproducible contract drawings and associated diskettes of relevant approved, "As-built" controls documentation. This documentation must identify and show all existing and new controls work for each phase or project. C. As-built" documentation shall also include the following as a minimum: 1. schematic outline of the BAS for quick reference of overall system scope; 2. adequate record of the Work as installed, including its exact location and the wiring and route; 3. adequate record of existing controls retained and/or interfaced, including its exact location and the wiring, tubing, etc., route; 4. system hardware specification manual, which provides a functional description of all hardware components; 5. system operator's manual which provides concise instructions for the operation of the system and an explanation and recovery route for all system arms; 6. system engineering manual which provides all of the information, for system set up, definition and application; 7. system data manual which provides the applications data programmed into the system; 8. system servicing and maintenance manuals for central unit components including: a. DDC Controllers; b. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller, c. application specific controllers (ASC); d. field devices (sensor, switches). 9. all data specified in the shop drawings section in its final "As-built" form; 10. system software documentation; 11. list of equipment supplied, including its make, model number, name of local suppliers, and quantity; 12. all manuals will be constructed in the following manner a. 3-ring binders complete with index pages indexing tabs and cover identification at front and side; b. size of the manuals will be 8 x 11" (215 mm x 280 mm) extension type catalogue binders bound with heavy weight yellow fabric hot stamped in black lettering front and spine; C. each spine shall be lettered with full identification of the project, the front face of each binder shall contain the following: i. full identification title of the Project and Project No.; ii. full identification title of the Consultant; iii. full identification title of the Contractor, iv. should there be more than one (1) volume for each type of application, then each volume will be so identified; V. a detailed description and configuration of these manuals will be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 04-07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900.41 RS&G File No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 3.11 CONTROLS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION A. The Controls Contractor shall comply with applicable responsibilities specified below. 1. provide start-up, test procedures and 0 & M manual; 2. provide a print-out of all points connected to the FMS; 3. provide a detailed consolidate wiring diagram showing the interface of the FMS controls with packaged controls; 4. responsible for component and point-to-point testing; 5. responsible for sensor calibration and actuator adjustment; 6. provide calibration procedure for each analog sensor, 7. operate systems during testing; 8. provide training and instruction; 9. responsible for the acceptance test for a 21 day period; 10. set-up trend logs and group logs which shall be stored on hard disk; 11. re-visit site during the first year of operation to review FMS performance. END OF SECTION 15900 0 04.07-06 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION Progress CD Set 15900 - 42 RS&G Fite No. 1805206-00 J PROJECT 102028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 15995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/MECHANICAL SYSTEMS LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS 1.02 REFERENCE 1.03 COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITIES 1.04 COMMISSIONING OBJECTIVES 1.05 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR 3.02 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS • 0407-06 COMMISSIONINGWECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set LOC 15995 -1 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS SECTION 15995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONINGIMECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Certify: 1. For tests and demonstrations: Witness all and certify successful performance dernaW ation or record deficiencies and certify after correction and re-demonstration. 2. For documents including as built drawings: Review for accuracy and completeness or record deficiencies. B. Witness: 1. The Commissioning Agent or Owner's Representative will observe the test or demonstration conducted by the Contractor. C. Commissioning Agent 1. Owner's representative to oversee commissioning. 1.02 REFERENCE A. Division 15 of the Specification applied to and is part of this Section of the Specification. 1.03 COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITIES A. Mechanical Contractor. 1. Prepares and submits a commissioning plan to the Consultant that is integrated into the overall project schedule. 2. Performs and documents all preliminary tests. 3. Perform component start-up and testing with Manufacturers. 4. Manages installation of the systems. 5. Performs system start-up and testing. 6. Responsible for producing and filling out the commissioning data sheets. 7. Provides training and instruction and conveys Operating and Maintenance Manual to the operating and maintenance personnel. 8. Present for operation of system through seasonal test with Consultant and Owner. 9. Obtains all code-required inspections and certifications. 10. Prepares as-built drawings. 11. Obtains and submits all warranties to Owner. 12. Organizes and submits Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Controls Contractor: 1. Provide a detailed consolidated wiring diagram showing the interlace of the BAS controls with packaged controls. 2. Component and point-to-point testing. 3. Sensor calibration and actuator adjustment 4. Operate systems during testing. 5. Provide training and instruction. C 0407-06 COMMISSIONINGIMECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15995 COMMISSIONINGIMECHANICAL SYSTEMS C. TAB Contractor: 1. Assist in controls calibration. 2. Adjustflows. 3. Optimize pressures. 4. Demonstrate accuracy of work. 1.04 COMMISSIONING OBJECTIVES A The objectives of the commissioning process are h- 1. support quality management through verification of building components' and systems' performance; 2. move the completed facility from the "static completion" state to the optimal "dynamic" operating state; 3. demonstrate the system thoroughly, 4. transfer the facility from the impk:mentor to Owner, and then to the Operator, 5. optimize operating and maintenance through delivery of comprehensive quality training and instruction and documentation of system performance; 6. complete the commissioning phase before the warranty period expires; 7. provide quality assurance: a. Owner is assured that a quality facility has been provided; 8. provide system documentation: a. provision of accurate and useful historical records is assured. Such records provide importaard data for operating and maintenance efforts as well as for future system testing, maintenance or renovation; 9. system performance verification: a. canmissioning extends into operational phase in order to verify performance levels under a range of operating conditions. This process will help to avoid unforseen or hidden operating and maintenance expenses that may develop later on. 1.05 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. Com m issioning of the following systems shall be including, but not limited to: 1. steam system including steam balers; 2. hot water heating system; 3. chilled water system; 4. all air handling systems; 5. automatic controls and instrumentation; 6. noise and vibration; 7. plumbing system; 8. standpipe fire protection system; 9. sprinkler fire protection system 10. emergency power and fuel al system. B. The Contractor shall assemble documentation, perform tests and shall incorporate documentation resulting from this process into the Operating and Maintenance Manual. The Commissioning Agent shall witness and certify tests. C. The involvement of the Commissioning Agent shall not void any guarantees or warranties. 0407.06 COMMISSIONING/MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-2 RS&G Fle No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS SECTION 15995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 The Contractor and Manufacturers shag provide all instrumentation and equipment necessary to conduct the tests specified during commissioning process and Commissioning Agent Testing procedures. The Contractor shag advise the Consultants of instrumentation to be used and the dates the instruments were calibrated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR Commissioning functions of the Contractor shall include the following: 1. the Contractor is responsible for the scheduling, coordinating, performing and documenting the commissioning process detailed herein and in the Specification Division 15; 2. conform to the commissiorung requirements detailed herein and in the Specification; 3. co-ordinate and co-operate with the Electrical Contractor as detailed in the Specification Division 15 and 16; 4. the Contractor shall conduct tests and equipment and system start-up as detailed herein and in the Specification; 5. the Contractor shall retain the Manufacturers' Technicians to test equipment and system as detailed in the Specifications Division 15; 6. the Contractor shall coordinate with the Consultant and Commissioning Agent who shall witness the tests; 7. the Contractor shag prepare the Operating and Maintenance Manual; 8. the Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide training and instruction; 9. the Contractor shall co-operate with the Testing and Balancing Contractor while they are conducting their dynamic tests of equipment and systems; 10. the Contractor shag conduct the final hand-over and acceptance procedures. 3.02 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS A. Commissioning Meetings And Reporting: 1. The Contractor shag include the commissioning plan and schedule for all tests and equipment start-up tests in the construction schedule. 2. Commissioning meetings shall take place at strategic intervals, as required, during construction and shag follow the regular progress meetings at which time test results shall be reviewed. 3. All testing forms and reports assoclabed with the mechanical systems shall be directed to the Consultant with copies In the Commissioning Agent and Owner. 4. The forms and reports to be issued shall include: a. shop drawings schedule, issued and accepted; b. equipment verification and startup forms; C. testing forms; d. reports resulting from tests; testing, start- ip and demonstra ion schedule; training and instruction schedule; minutes of commissioning meetings 0407-M COMMISSIONINGIMECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-3 RS&G File No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS SECTION 15995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/MECHANICAL SYSTEMS B. Testing Forms: 1. The contractor shall produce all test forms and startup check sheets. 2. The contractor shall contact the manufacturer to supply start-up and test sheets for each piece of equipment to be commissioned. The contractor shall submit the test sheets for review by the Consultant and Owner prior to the start of commissioning. 3. The contractor is responsible for performing all commissioning in accordance with the manufacturer's test sheets. 4. A mandatory requirement of the commissioning process is that the contractor and manufacturer fill in the test sheet and submit the hand written copy (legible but not typed) into the commissioning documentation for review by the Consultant and Owner. 5. The final, approved commissioning test sheets shall then be included in the operating and maintenance manuals. 6. Examples of testing and start-up forms are attached herewith. C. Testing Of Equipment And Systems: 1. Start-up and test procedures must be consistent with the Manufacturers recommendations contained in the Operating and Maintenance Manual and as documented on the test forms. 2. The start-up report shall record all observations made during the startup procedures including problems and their resolutions. 3. The Contractor shall hire the services of the Manufacturers' Technicians to test the equipment and associated systems. The Technician shall record the results of the tests on the testing forms. The tests shag be witnessed by the Consultant When the tests have been completed satisfactorily the Technician and witnessing authority shall sign the forms. A copy of the forms shag be forwarded to the Consultant The original shall be inserted into the Operating and Maintenance Manual. 4. Should equipment or systems fag a test, the test stall be repeated after repairs or adjustments have been made. The additional tests shall be witnessed by the Consultant and the Commissioning Agent 5. Tests not witnessed shag not be accepted and shall be repeated. D. Operating And Maintenance Manual: 1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the Operating and Maintenance Manual as detailed in the Specification to the Consultant six (6) weeks prior to the beginning of training. 2. The Contractor shall re-submit the manual should the Consultant find deficiencies. Training shall not begin until the manual has been accepted by the Consultant. 3. Copies of the manual shall be forwarded to Commissioning Agent in good quality, vinyl covered binders. 4. Each manual shall be organized into the following: a A - Project Director) b. B-Plumbing and Drainage; C. C - Heating; d. D - Chilled Water, e. E - Air Handling Systems; f. F -Automatic Controls Systems; g. G - Fuel Olt System; h. H - Water Treatment. 5. The project directory shall contain the names, addresses, fax numbers and telephone numbers of Contractors, Sub-Contractors, Manufacturers and Manufacturers' representatives. 04.07-06 COMMISSIONINGWIECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-4 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS SECTION 15995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 6. Sections B to I shall be divided into the following subsections: a. shop drawings (reduced to 216 mm x 290 mm); b, as-built drawings (reduced to 216 mm x 290 mm); C. as-built riser diagrams (reduced to 216 mm x 290 mm); d. operating procedures; e. maintenance procedures; f. spare parts list; g. trouble shooting guide; h. valve chart (where applicable); I. filter size chart (where applimble); j. equipment lists; k. testing and verification forms; 1. certification forms. M. The operating procedures shall be the recommended Manufacturers' operating procedures for the equipment. 7. The maintenance procedures shall include Scope of Work, frequency of activity, parts required and necessary documentation. 8. The spare parts list shall be the Manufacturers' recommended fist for maintenance purposes. 9. The trouble shooting guide shall be the Manufacturers' recommendation for the equipment. 10. The equipment list shall include make, model, serial number, electrical characteristics, RPM, pump impeller sizes, fan belt and shine sizes. 11. The Operating and Maintenance Manual shall be submitted to the Owner in three (3) copies. E. Operator Training And Instruction: 1. The Contractor and equipment Manufacturers shall provide operator training for each mechanical system and equipment 2. The training and instruction shall be provided by qualified Technicians and shah be conducted in a classroom setting at the equipment or system. 3. Training and instruction will begin when the Operating and Maintenance Manual has been approved and delivered to the Owner. 4. Each session shall be structured to cover and or provide: a the Operating and Maintenance Manual; b. operating procedures; C. maintenance procedures; d. trouble-shooting procedures; e. the Manufacturer's or Service representative's name, address and phone number. 5. The Contractor shah prepare a detailed training and instruction plan. This plan shy include the outline of all sessions and identification of the training preseriters. 6. Submit the plan including a copy of training manual for Commissioning Agent's review and approval. 7. Provide course documentation for up to sic (6) people. 8. The training and instruction requirement for the mechanical system shall inckide a wak4hrough of the building by the Contractor. During the walk-through the Contractor shalt a identify equipment; b. identify starters associated with equipment; a identify valves and balancing dampers; d. identify access doors; e. review general maintenance of equipment; f. review drain points in pipework systems; g. identity maintenance items. 9. When each session has been completed, the Commissioning Agent shalt sign to certify completion. 04-07-06 COMMISSIONINGJMECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-6 RS&G File No. 180520600 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS AND RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 15995 COMMISSIONINGIMECHANICAL SYSTEMS System Demonstration And Turnover: 1. The system demonstration and turnover to Owner shall occur when: a. the installation is complete; b. the acceptance test conducted by the Consultant has been successfully completed; C. training and instruction has been completed; d. Operating and Maintenance Manual have been accepted; e. the System Operating Manuals have been accepted: I. shop-drawings have been updated; n. as butt drawings have been completed. 2. The systems demonstrations shall be conducted by the Contractors and Manufacturers. The demonstration shall cover all operational and maintenance requirements and a physical demonstration of equipment installation and operation. END OF SECTION 15995 K 0407-06 COMMISSIONINGJMECHANICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 15995-6 RSSG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS LIST OF CONTENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 APPLICATION 1.02 DEFINITIONS 1.03 DOCUMENTS 1.04 BASIS OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE 1.06 EQUIPMENT LOADS 1.07 OPENINGS 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.09 WORK STANDARDS 1.10 PERMITS, CERTIFICATES AND FEES 1.11 CLEANING UP 1.12 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1.13 RECORD "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS 1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS 1.15 EXTENDED WARRANTIES 1.16 CLEANING 1.17 FINAL INSPECTION 1.18 PROVISIONS FOR SYSTEMS/EQUIPMENT USED DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.19 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1.20 BREAKDOWN OF ELECTRICAL WORK COST 1.21 COMMISSIONING 1.22 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) 0407/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS LOC 16010 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 APPLICATION A. This Section applies to and is an integral part of all Sections of Electrical Division. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. The following are definitions of words found in Sections of Electrical Division of the Specification and on associated drawings: 1. 'Concealed' - means hidden from normal sight in furred spaces, shafts, ceiling spaces, walls and partitions. 2. "Exposed" - means work normally visible, including work in equipment rooms, tunnels, and similar spaces. 3. "Provide' (and tenses of "provide') - means supply and install complete. 4. "Install" (and tenses of "install") - means secure in position, connect complete, test, verify and certify. 5. "Supply" - means supply only. 6. "Consultant" - person, firm or corporation representing the Owner, and identified as such in the Contract Documents. 7. "BAS" - building automation system and which shall also refer to be equivalent to references to "BMS" or "FMS". 1.03 DOCUMENTS A. The documents, comprising this specification and the drawings have been prepared on the basis of the Architect's drawings. They indicate scope of work, materials required, methods and standards for the electrical installations in the building, and anticipated sizes and capacities based on proposed design. B. The drawings are not construction drawings and must not be used for construction purposes. They do show approximate locations and arrangements for main apparatus and materials. The arrangements shown are more or less diagrammatic, and as such approximate only. C. Where trade names are used the intention is to indicate a standard. D. In the case of discrepancies or conflicts between the Drawings and Specifications, the Documents will govern in order specified in the "General Conditions", however, when the scale and date of the Drawings are the same, or when the discrepancy exists within the Documents, include the most costly arrangement E. The Specification is arranged in accordance with the CSI/CSC 16 Division Format Sections of Division 16 are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work and supply of materials to any specific trade, but rather to generally designate a basic unit of work, and the Sections are to be read as a whole. F. Starter schedule drawings are both mechanical and electrical drawings and apply to the work of both Division 15 and Division 16. Be responsible for reviewing starter, motor control centre and motor specification requirements of the Specifications and drawings, prior to Bid Submission and confirm exact scope of work and responsibility of work between Division 15 and 16. G. The drawings and Specifications are prepared solely for use by the party with whom the Consultant has entered into a contract and there are no representations of any kind made by the Consultant to any party with whom the Consultant has not entered into a contract. ~vw 047/06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS H. Bidders finding discrepancies in, or omissions from the Bid documents, or having doubt as to the meaning or intent thereof, shall at once notify the Consultant, in Writing. If a response is required at the discretion of the Consultant, a written instruction in the form of addendum shall be sent to all Bidders. All such addenda shall become part of the Contract Documents. Neither Owner nor Consultant will be responsible for verbal instructions. 1.04 BASIS OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. AD equipment shall be in accordance with current editions of applicable standards. The installation, in addition to the above requirements, shall be in accordance with all current local Codes of practice. B. The exact locations and routing of services shall be properly planned, coordinated and established with all affected trades prior to installation such that the services will clear each other as well as any obstructions. Generally, give the right of way to piping requiring uniform pitch and locate and arrange other services to suit. C. Prepare working detail drawings, supplementary to the contract drawings, for all areas where a multiplicity of services and/or equipment occur, or where the work due to architectural, structural and other considerations involves special study and treatment. Submit working detail drawings in shop drawing form for review before the affected work is installed. D. Prior to start of the Work, submit in accordance with the requirements of the Article entitled 'Shop Drawings' the following for review: 1. Catalogue information and factory assembly drawings, as required for a complete explanation and description of all items of equipment. 2. Field installation drawings, as required to explain fully all procedures involved in erecting, mounting and connecting all items of equipment. 3. Scale drawings indicating insert and sleeve locations. 4. Scale composite 'coordination' drawings, showing all ductwork, piping, lighting fixtures, main conduit runs, and drainage piping above the hung ceilings and in the mechanical equipment rooms. The drawings Will indicate conduit, pipe and duct sizes and their elevation above the floor. Provide layout of conduit systems for inclusion on the composite drawing. E. Carry out all alterations in the arrangement of work that has been installed without proper co-ordination, study, and review, even if in accordance with the contract documents, in order to conceal the work behind finishes, or to allow the installation of other work, Without additional cost. In addition, make any alterations necessary in other work required by such alterations, Without additional cost. F. The drawings and Specification are intended to be co-operative and complementary. Perform all work that is shown, specified or reasonably implied on the drawings but not mentioned in the Specification, or vice-versa, as though fully covered by both. G. Sections of Electrical Division are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work and supply of materials to any specific trade, but rather to generally designate a basic unit of work, and the Sections are to be read as a whole. H. The electrical drawings are performance drawings, diagrammatic, and show approximate locations of equipment and materials. The drawings are intended to convey the scope of work and do not show architectural and structural details. The locations of materials and equipment shown may be altered, when reviewed by the Consultant, to meet requirements of the material and/or equipment, other equipment and systems being installed, and of the building. Provide all fittings, offsets, transformations, and similar items required as a result of obstructions and other architectural or structural details but not shown on the electrical drawings. 04/07/06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS The Specification does not generally indicate the specific number of items or amounts of material required. The Specification is intended to provide product data and installation requirements. It is necessary to refer to schedules, drawings (layouts, riser diagrams, schematics, details) and the Specification to provide correct quantities. Singular may be read as plural and vice-versa in the Specification. 1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Carefully examine all drawings for conditions at the site that will or may affect electrical work, and include for everything necessary for completion of the electrical work. No extras to Contract Sum will be considered unless conditions could not have been foreseen. B. Ensure that materials and equipment are delivered to the site at the proper time and in such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into the building and to be moved into spaces where they are to be located without difficulty. 1.06 EQUIPMENT LOADS A. All equipment loads (self weight, operating weight, house keeping pad, inertia pads, etc.) must be supplied to the Consultant, via shop drawing submissions, prior to construction. B. When the choice of specific equipment is made by the Contractor, the actual weight, location and method of support of the equipment may differ from those initially given to the Consultants and thus from those assumed for design. Consequently, it is necessary to back-check all equipment loads, location and supports. C. Where the supporting structure consists of structural steel framing, it is imperative that the equipment loads, location and method of support be confirmed prior to the fabrication of the structural steel. Be responsible for confirming the locations of all equipment with the Consultant prior to construction. 1.07 OPENINGS A. All opening sizes and locations must be supplied to the Consultant to allow verification of their affect on the design, and for inclusion on the structural drawings where appropriate. B. No openings will be permitted through the completed structure without written approval of the Consultant. Any openings which are required through the completed structure must be dearly and accurately shown on a copy of the structural drawings. Exact locations, elevations and size of the proposed opening must be identified and submitted to the Consultant for review, well in advance of doing the work. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Conform to the requirements of the Architectural Specifications General Requirements. B. Submit for review, properly identified and dimensioned shop drawings showing in detail the design, construction and performance of equipment and materials as requested in Sections of Division 16 of the Specification. Include equipment dimension drawings, system block diagrams and wiring schematic drawings. The shop drawings must be submitted to the Consultant for review prior to ordering and installation of equipment. C. Endorse each shop drawing copy "CERTIFIED TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS", include your company name, the submittal date, and sign each copy. Shop drawings that are received and are not endorsed, dated and signed will be returned for resubmittal. The number of copies of shop drawings will be as later directed. 04107/06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS D. The Consultant will review shop drawings and will indicate his review status by stamping shop drawing copies as follows: 1. 'REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED AS NOTED' - If the Consultant's review of shop drawing is final, the Consultant will stamp the shop drawing "REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED AS NOTED" (appropriately marked). 2. 'RETURNED FOR CORRECTION' - If the Consultant's review of shop drawing is not final, the Consultant will stamp the shop drawing "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION', mark the submission with his comments, and return the submission. Revise the shop drawing in accordance with the Consultant's notations and resubmit. It Is understood that the following shall be read in conjunction With the wording on the Consultant's shop drawing review stamp applied to each and every shop drawing submitted: "THIS REVIEW BY THE CONSULTANT IS FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF ASCERTAINING CONFORMANCE WITH THE GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT. THIS REVIEW DOES NOT MEAN THAT THE CONSULTANT APPROVES THE DETAIL DESIGN INHERENT IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS, RESPONSIBILITY FOR WHICH REMAINS WITH THE CONTRACTOR, AND SUCH REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS OR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEETING ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED AT THE JOB SITE, FOR INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION, AND FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK OF ALL SUBTRADES". F. Each system (i.e.: fire alarm system, security system, etc.) and each major component (i.e.: switchboard, transformer etc.) shall each be separate shop drawing submissions. Shop drawings for common devices such as devices of each system or all luminaires, shall be submitted together. G. Shop drawings for submission shall be obtained from product manufacturer's authorized representatives. H. Include equipment dimension/weight drawings, system block diagrams, wiring diagrams, installation information, etc. 1.09 WORK STANDARDS A. Where regulatory codes, standards and regulations are at variance with the Drawings and Specification, the more stringent requirement will apply. It is not acceptable to propose an alternate installation which complies with local codes but is of lower quality or not in compliance with the specification. B. Where any code, regulation, by-law or standard is quoted it means, unless otherwise specifically noted, the current edition including all revisions or amendments at the time of the Contract. Where references are made to printed instructions, it means the current edition of such instructions. C. The Codes, Regulations and Practices specified herein this Document are general standards and requirements for which the Work shall be performed and supplied. Local governing regulations shah meet or exceed these requirements. Supplementary mandatory Specifications and requirements to be used in conjunction with the project shall include the following: 1. local city Building, Fire and Related Codes 2. International Energy Conservation Code. 3. Loral Electrical Power Authority. 4. International Building Code (IBC). 5. International Fire Code (IFC). 6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). .J 04107/06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO . SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 8. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). 9. Factory Mutual Systems (FM) (Life Safety). 10. International Standards Organization (ISO). 11. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). 12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 13. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 14. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 15. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 16. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 17. American Disability Act (ADA). 18. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 19. Owner's Design Standards. D. Additional codes and standards are noted throughout Sections. 1.10 PERMITS, CERTIFICATES AND FEES A. Refer to Architectural specification. B. Include costs and arrange for obtaining required approvals, permits, certificates and fees for performing the work of this Division. Submit copies of all documents to Consultant and include copies with operating and maintenance manuals. 1.11 CLEANING UP A. Refer to Architectural Specifications. 1.12 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Properly protect all electrical equipment and materials on site from damage due to the elements, the electrical work and the work of other trades, to the satisfaction of the Consultant B. Wherever possible, coordinate equipment deliveries with manufacturers and/or suppliers so that equipment is delivered to the site when it is required, or so that it can be stored within the building and protected from the elements. C. Any equipment which is installed prior to 'closing4n' of the building and which receives damage due to exposure to outside elements must be replaced at the Contractor's cost 1.13 RECORD "AS-BUILT' DRAWINGS A. The drawings for this project have been prepared on a CAD system using Autocad 2000 software. For the purpose of producing record 'as-built" drawings, copies of contract drawings shall be obtained from the Consultant B. When work begins at the site, clearly and accurately mark on a bound set of white prints of the Contract Drawings, on a daily basis, all changes and deviations from the routing of main service and system feeders and locations of equipment shown on the Contract Drawings. Changes and deviations include those made by addenda, change orders, and site instructions, and changes and deviations indicated on supplemental drawings issued with addenda, change orders, and site instructions. Maintain the "As-built' white prints at the site for periodic inspection by the Consultant throughout the duration of the work. C. Pay particular attention to accurately dimensioning the location of all concealed services terminated for future extension, and work concealed within the building in inaccessible locations. 04/07106 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS D. Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, update a dean copy of the Contract Document drawing set in accordance with the marked-up set of "as-built" white prints including all deviations from original Contract Document drawings, thus forming an "as-built" drawing set. Submit the "as-built" site drawing prints to the Consultant for review. Make necessary revisions to drawings as per Consultants comments, to satisfaction of Consultant. E. Use the final reviewed "as-built" drawing set to provide CAD files of the drawings, thus forming true 'as-built" set of contract drawings. Load drawing files onto compact discs (CD's). Provide two (2) complete sets of 'as-built" drawings on CD's. Submit the 'as-built" sets of white prints and discs to Consultant. F. Prepare on mylar and submit for review with record drawings, a neat, dear, properly identified, "As-built' single line record drawing of the entire electrical distribution system up to and including line side connections to panelboards. The diagram shall include feeder types and sizes, conduit sizes, breaker types and sizes, room names and numbers, etc., and must be approved by the Consultant. The diagram shall be as same size as the issued full size project drawings. Provide suitably sized framed clear acrylic to hold print for wall installation. G. All submitted drawings shall be of the same quality as original contract document drawings. The CAD drawing files shall be of form compatible With the Consultants existing Autocad software. 1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Refer to Architectural Specifications. For each item of equipment for which a shop drawing is required (except for simple equipment), supply three (3), project specific, indexed copies of equipment manufacturer's operating and maintenance instruction data manuals. Consolidate each copy of the data in an identified hard cover three-ring binder. Each binder shall include: 1. title sheet dearly identifying name and location of project; 2. detailed indexed list of contents; 3. list of product manufacturers and local contact names and telephone numbers; 4. a copy of each 'reviewed' shop drawing; 5. complete explanation of operation principles and sequences; 6. complete part lists with numbers; 7. recommended maintenance practices and precautions; 8. copies of all inspection certificates issued by regulatory authorities; 9. complete wiring and connection diagrams; 10. copies of warranties; 11. copies of testing sheets; 12. photocopies of panelboard directories; 13. items requested specifically in Section Articles. C. The operating and maintenance instructions must relate to the job specific equipment supplied under this project and relate specifically to the Owner's building. The language used in the manuals shall be simple practical operating terms and language easy for the in-house maintenance staff to understand how each system should operate and should be maintained. D. Submit the operating and maintenance instruction manuals to the Consultant before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work. 04/07/06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 6 RS&G FRee No. 1805206a PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS E. When shop drawings are returned to you marked "REVIEWED AS NOTED" with revisions marked on the shop drawing copies, such shop drawings are to be revised by the equipment supplier to incorporate the comments marked on the "reviewed" shop drawings and a clean updated copy is to be included in the operating and maintenance manual. 1.15 EXTENDED WARRANTIES A. Where equipment specified in Sections of the Specification has an extended warranty period, e.g., five (5) years, the first year of the warranty period will be governed by the terms and conditions of the warranty in the contract documents, and the remaining years of the warranty shall be direct from the equipment manufacturer and/or supplier to the Owner. B. Extended warranties include but are not limited to following equipment: 1. Emergency power engine-generator assembly including exhaust system, control panel and auxiliary equipment specified in Section 16200 - five (5) years parts and labour. 1.16 CLEANING A. At time of final cleaning, clean luminaire reflectors, lenses, and other luminaire surfaces that have been exposed to construction dust and dirt, including the top surface, whether exposed or in the ceiling space. B. Clean switch, receptacle, and communications outlets, coverplates, and exposed surfaces. C. Clean all other electrical equipment and devices installed as part of this project. D. For electrical equipment rooms, electrical closets and communication closets, perform the following: 1. Using HEPA type vacuum cleaner, thoroughly vacuum and dean interiors and buswork of all switchboards, panels, cabinets and other electrical equipment of all construction debris and dust prior to energization. 2. HEPA vacuum the top of all switchboards, panels, cabinets, bus ducts, cable trays and conduits, and all mechanical duct work in room, followed by a thorough HEPA vacuuming of the floors. Thoroughly wash floors with wet mop and dean water. Control access to the room after cleaning. Provide temporary filter media on air supply ducts to these rooms to prevent re-contamination from other areas of construction. 3. Thoroughly re-clean as necessary prior to final turn over to Owner. 4. Do not lay permanent switchboard matting in electrical rooms until rooms are thoroughly re- cleaned, and floors wet mopped and dried, immediately prior to final turn over to Owner. 1.17 FINAL INSPECTION A. Sut ced 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 04/07M Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 Emit to Consultant, written request for final inspection of systems. Include with this submission written ification that Deficiencies noted during job inspections have been completed. Field quality control procedures have been completed. Systems have been tested and verified, and are ready for operation. Completed maintenance and operating data have been submitted and approved. Tags are in place and equipment identification have been completed. Cleaning up is complete. Spare parts and replacement parts specified have been provided and receipt acknowledged by Consultant. As-built and Record drawings have been completed and approved. Owner's staff have been instructed in operation and maintenance of systems. Fire alarm verification has been 100% completed and Verification Certificate has been submitted and accepted. ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 16010 - 7 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 11. Commissioning procedures have been completed. 1.18 PROVISIONS FOR SYSTEMS/EQUIPMENT USED DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Any system or piece of equipment that is specified to be provided under the requirements of the Project Documents and which are required to be used during the construction stages of the work prior to Issuing of Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, shall be provided with special interim maintenance and service to cover the system/equipment during the time of use during construction period of the project until the project has been certified as substantially performed and such systems/equipment are turned over to Owner. During such period of construction of the Project, such systems/equipment shall not become property of the Owner or be the Owner's responsibility for maintenance or service. The systems/equipment shall remain the property of the respective manufacturers/suppliers or Contractor, who shall also be responsible for full maintenance and servicing of the systems/equipment to extent to maintain validity of all warranties after turn over to Owner. Prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of The Work and turn over to Owner, such systems/equipment shall be cleaned, restored to "new" condition, luminaires re-lamped with "new" lamps, genset "serviced", paint finishes "touched-up", filters cleaned or replaced, etc. 1.19 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Refer to Architectural Specifications. B. Products shall be supplied from manufacturer's authorized local representative, unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and apparatus shall be new and shall comply with applicable respective local governing standards and codes equal to or better than the standards stated in this specification. C. The systems and equipment of this Project shall be 'State of the Arr technology and be the most recent and up to date product that is available to be supplied at time to suit the installation construction schedule. Products that have been stored or 'on the shelf for an extended period of time will not be accepted. Software shall be latest version available and be provided with updates available at time of system installation. All systems shall be designed such that its software shall be backward compatible, as applicable, i.e. future upgrades will not need any hardware revisions to utilize the latest software. D. Materials and equipment scheduled and/or specified have been selected to establish a performance and quality standard, and, in some instances, a dimensional standard. In most cases, base specified manufacturers are the first listed name for any material or equipment specified by manufacturer's name and may include model number. Generally, the first named manufacturer shall be considered as the base specified product. Other manufacturers deemed acceptable may be listed after the base specified manufacturer. The Work may be based on materials and equipment supplied by any of the manufacturers base specified or named as acceptable for the particular material or equipment 9 acceptable manufacturers are not stated for a particular material or piece of equipment, base the Work on material supplied by the base specified manufacturers. 04107!06 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS Progress CD Set 16010 - 8 RS&G Fie No. 1805206.00 ~J If materials or equipment supplied by a manufacturer named as acceptable are used in lieu of the base specified manufacturer, be responsible for ensuring that the material or equipment is equivalent in performance and operating characteristics (including energy consumption if applicable) to the base specified materials or equipment, and, it is to be understood that any additional costs, (i.e. for larger starters, larger feeders, additional space, etc.) and changes to associated or adjacent work resulting from provision of materials supplied by a manufacturer other than the base specified manufacturer is included in the Work. In addition, in equipment spaces where equipment named as acceptable is used in lieu of base specified equipment and the dimensions of such equipment differs from the base specified equipment, prepare and submit for Consultant's review and approval, accurately dimensioned layouts of rooms affected. Acceptance of such revised layouts shall be at Consultant's discretion. In addition to the manufacturers specified or named as acceptable, other manufacturers of materials or equipment may be proposed for acceptance if a suitable credit is identified and products are approved. Certify in writing to the Consultant that the proposed substitution meets all space, power, design, energy consumption, and all other requirements of the base specified or acceptable material or equipment. to addition, it is to be understood that there will be no increase in the Contract sum or time by reason of any changes to associated equipment, mechanically, electrically or architecturally, required by acceptance of proposed substitution. G. The listing of a product as "acceptable" does not imply automatic approval by the Consultant and/or Owner. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that any price quotations received and submittals made are for products/systems that meet or exceed the specifications included herein. LIA PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 1.20 BREAKDOWN OF ELECTRICAL WORK COST A. Submit to the Consultant a typewritten breakdown of the electrical work cost with a schedule of values of the various parts of the work, aggregating the total cost of the electrical work, in a form acceptable to the Consultant. B. The extent of the breakdown shall be as directed by the Consultant. The breakdown must be acceptable to the Consultant and is required to assist in evaluation of monthly progress draws. C. Submit the breakdown within ten (10) days of written notification of acceptance of bid and award of Contract 1.21 COMMISSIONING SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS A. A Commissioning Authority will be appointed by the Owner to oversee the commissioning activities of the contract Interface, cooperate and coordinate with the Authority and attend commissioning activities. Perform all commissioning activities for all aspects of work provided in Division 16. Perform all corrective work identified by the Authority. Refer to Section 16995. B. Submit a copy of test reports of all systems and equipment to the Commissioning Authority, prior to start of commissioning activity or as directed by Commissioning Authority. C. The Commissioning Authority may also be present for any tesfing/commissioning activity and shall thus be notified by Contractor prior to such activity. 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 16010 - 9 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16010 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.22 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Retain a specialty consulting engineer or vibration control and seismic restraint equipment manufacturer to develop/design a seismic restraint system and perform seismic calculations in accordance with latest editions of Colorado State Building Codes, requirements of local authority having jurisdiction, and additional requirements specified in this article. The area is considered seismic zone 1 classification. B. Include costs for and arrange for calculations, restraint selections, and installation details to be performed and prepared by a professional engineer wperienced in seismic restraint design and installation and is licensed in Colorado in accordance with the requirements of The Intemational Building Code, "Section 1621, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS". This Seismic Restraint Engineer shall be employed by or retained by the specialty consulting engineer or vibration control and seismic restraint equipment manufacturer. C. The seismic restraint design, including calculations, restraint selection, installation details, and other documentation, shall be submitted for review by the Consultant and Engineer. This submittal shall be signed and sealed by the Seismic Restraint Engineer. This submittal shall become part of the project design calculations, included in the project records, and when required, will be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction. D. The seismic restraint design to clearly indicate the attachment points to the building structure and design forces (in X, Y, and Z direction) at the attachment points. The seismic restraint engineer shall coordinate attachments with the building's structural engineer of record, who shall verify the attachment methods and the ability of the building structure to accept the bads imposed. E. The seismic restraint design shall be based on actual equipment data (dimensions, weight, center of gravity, etc.) obtained from submittals or the manufacturers. The equipment manufacturer to verify that the attachment points on the equipment can accept the combination of seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. For life safety systems and other systems that must remain operational during and after an earthquake, the manufacturer shall provide certification that the equipment can accept the loads imposed and remain operational. F. Analysis shall include calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials used for the connection of the equipment or system to the structure. Analysis shall detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. G. Seismic Restraint Engineer shall verify that seismic restraints and combination isolator/restraints intended for use on the project are fit for the intended purpose. H. The Seismic Restraint Engineer, who has stamped and sealed the seismic restraint submittal shall be responsible for reviewing shop drawings for all seismic restraint products. Submittal of shop drawings by the contractor and review of shop drawings by Seismic Restraint Engineer shall be in accordance with article entitled 'SHOP DRAWINGS" in this section of the specification. 1. Upon completion of work, the Seismic Restraint Engineer, who has stamped and sealed the seismic restraint submittal shall visit the site to review and verify that the seismic restraint system has been installed in accordance with the seismic restraint design. The Seismic Restraint Engineer shall issue a letter to the Consultant and Owner certifying that the system has been installed in accordance with the design. Submit certification letter prior to the issuance of certificate of Substantial Performance. J. Include copies of the letter in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 16010 -10 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16010 PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) SECTION 16010 • 04107/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206.00 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 16010-11 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 APPLICATION 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.06 TYPICAL DETAILS 1.07 REQUIREMENTS FOR BARRIER FREE ACCESS 1.08 SPRINKLER PROOFING 1.09 VIBRATION ISOLATION PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.10 SPARE PARTS 1.11 SIESMIC AND WIND LOADING PROVISIONS 1.12 COMPONENT RELOCATIONS TO SUIT FINAL OWNER'S REVISIONS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT 2.02 OUTLET BOXES 2.03 PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 2.04 CABLE TRAY 2.05 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS 2.06 CONDUCTOR PULLING LUBRICANT 2.07 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 2.08 FACEPLATES 2.09 SERVICE FLOOR BOXES 2.10 SURFACE RACEWAY ASSEMBLIES 2.11 SHOW POWER CONNECTORS 2.12 RETRACTABLE CEILING BUS SYSTEM 2.13 SLEEVES 2.14 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS 2.15 FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE 2.16 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES 2.17 WARNING SIGNS 2.18 SYSTEMS BACKBOARDS 2.19 EXTERIOR ROLLING SERVICE DOORS CONTROLLER PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT 3.03 EXPANSION FACILITIES FOR CONDUIT CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS 3.04 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES AND BACK BOXES 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAY 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS 3.08 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND FACEPLATES 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE FLOOR BOXES 3.10 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAY ASSEMBLIES 3.11 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES 3.12 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS 05-12.06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS LOC 16050 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.13 SUPPLY OF ACCESS DOORS 3.14 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE 3.15 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES 3.16 INSTALLATION OF WARNING SIGNS 3.17 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM BACKBOARDS 3.18 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK TESTING 319 BRANCH CIRCUIT BALANCING 3.20 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS 3.21 CONCRETE WORK 3.22 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 3.23 FINISH PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL WORK 3.24 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER K 05-12.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set LOC 16050 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. Section 16051, specifies methods and execution that apply and are required for this Section. 1.02 APPLICATION A. This Section specifies products, common criteria and characteristics, and methods and execution that are common to one (1) or more Sections of Electrical Division. It is intended as a supplement to succeeding Sections of Electrical Specifications and shall be read accordingly. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Conform to requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. A manufacturer's catalogue sheet or sheets indicating proposed switches and receptacles; 2. Conductors; 3. Cable tray; 4. Service floor boxes; 5. Firestopping and smoke seal materials including specific UL certification numbers; 6. Surface raceways; 7. Retractable ceiling bus system; 8. Show power connectors; 9. Seismic restraints. C. Shop drawings for firestopping and smokeseal materials and assemblies shall each show proposed material, reinforcement, anchorage, fastening and method of installation, all in accordance with actual installation conditions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit the following to the Consultant for review: 1. Typical detail of conduit sleeve through roof. 2. Prints of reflected ceiling plan drawings showing proposed ceiling access door locations. 3. Dimensioned location drawings indicating all required sleeves and formed openings in structural poured concrete. 4. Samples of switches and receptacles for each area. 5. Proposed nomenclature print size, colors and symbols for engraved lamacoid nameplates. 6. Samples of materials and any other items as specified in succeeding Sections of this Specification. 7. Conduit detail at building expansion joint. 8. Conduit and flexible conduit detail at building perimeter walls. 9. Samples of conduit, cabling and boxes. 10. Weights and dimensions of major pieces of equipment. C. Submit a letter from the firestopping and smoke seal specialist detailing their experience in this field complete with list of at least five (5) projects of similar size and complexity, completed or presently working on within the past three (3) years. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.06 TYPICAL DETAILS A. Refer to typical detail sheets found on the drawings for references to products and/or execution required in this Section. Typical details may include the following: 1. Typical detail of conduit sleeve through roof. 2. Typical detail of special pipe sleeve weather-proof through floor. 3. Typical mounting detail of back to back outlets. 4. Typical detail of empty conduit provisions for flush mounting lighting or power panel. 5. Conduit detail at building expansion joint. 6. Typical conduit and outlet box mounting in walls. 7. Typical fire alarm device mounting and conduit detail. 1.07 REQUIREMENTS FOR BARRIER FREE ACCESS A. Provide applicable requirements for physically challenged persons and for barrier free access in accordance with the latest local building code requirements, ADA and Owner's Standards. Refer to drawing of handicapped accessible guestroom for details. 1.08 SPRINKLER PROOFING A. Where required by local electrical code and NEC, and/or where specified within the specifications, provide drip shields for protection of equipment from water spray and dripping of liquids. B. The shields shall be factory constructed by respective equipment manufacturers and be constructed from non-combustible materials, (sheet steel) and enamel painted of color finished to match equipment. All surfaces and edges shall be filled/sanded smooth, prior to painting. Include with equipment shop drawings, detailed dimension of shields. C. Equipment with top cable/conduit entries shall include additional sealing of entries with gasketting and/or waterproof sealant to prevent water from entering enclosure. Louvres shall be such that "live components" are not exposed to water spray or dripping. D. The above requirements are general minimum additional "sprinkler proof" standards for equipment specified as NEMA 1 or 2, and shall generally be provided by the respective equipment manufacturers, unless noted otherwise or approved by Consultant. UL approvals shall be obtained where required. 1.09 VIBRATION ISOLATION PERFORMANCE STANDARD A. In addition to requirements specified in the project documents regarding vibration isolation of equipment such as the gensets and main power transformers, comply with the following: 1. All equipment isolation mounts shall be chosen on the basis of achieving 98% vibration isolation efficiency at the lowest operating speed. That is, the natural frequency of each vibration isolation system shall be at least 1/10 of the lowest excitation frequency of rotating machinery, whenever practicable, but in no case less than 117. Where structural floor deflection will exceed 1/10 of the determined static deflection of isolator, increase the isolator static deflection to maintain this minimum ratio of the floor to isolator deflection. Static deflections shown on the drawings, specifications, or schedules are a guide only. Actual isolators are to achieve the required static deflection under load, with at least 50% reserve deflection. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Pennft Set 16050 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. Submit shop drawings identifying equipment, lowest operating speed, weight, brand, type and location of isolators prior to ordering or fabrication. B. The above requirements do not include for additional requirements needed to comply with the seismic protection requirements of the areas as per UBC requirements. Provide additional seismic requirements as per article entitled'SIESMIC AND WIND LOADING PROVISIONS", later in this Section. 1.10 SPARE PARTS A. Provide 11% quantity of spare switches and receptacles of each type. 1.11 SIESMIC AND WIND LOADING PROVISIONS A. Refer to Section 16010 article entitled "VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS°, and provide for all requirements specified within article and as required by local governing authorities. B. Acceptable manufacturers of seismic restraints include Mason Industries (available from Tecoustics, 1-888-519- 3004) and other approved equal products. 1.12 COMPONENT RELOCATIONS TO SUIT FINAL OWNER'S REVISIONS A. The Owner and the Consultant reserve the right to relocate electrical components such as receptacles, switches, communication system, outlets, hard wired outlet boxes and luminaries at a later date, but prior to installation, without additional cost to Owner, assuming that the relocation per components do not exceed 10' (3m) from the original location. No credits will be anticipated where relocation per components of up to and including 10' (3m) reduces materials, products and labour. Should relocations per components exceed 10' (3m) from the original location the Contract Price will be adjusted for that portion beyond 10' (3m) in accordance with the provisions for changes in the Contract Documents. B. Make necessary changes, due to lack of coordination, as required and when approved, at no additional cost, to accommodate structural and building conditions. C. Whether shown on drawings or not, leave adequate space and provision for servicing of equipment and removal and re-installation of replaceable items. Comply also with code requirements with regards to space provision around electrical equipment. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT A. Conduit shall be UL listed and labeled and be in compliance with applicable ANSI, NEC and ASTM requirements. B. EMT (Thinwall), galvanized electrical metallic tubing, to ANSI C80.3 and UL-797, complete with factory made bends where site bending is not possible and joints and terminations made with steel couplers; for dry locations only, provide concrete tight double set screw type galvanized steel connectors with insulated throats; in other locations, provide concrete tight and rain tight gland-ring compression threaded type fittings; C. Galvanized steel flexible liquid-tight metallic conduit with neoprene outer jacket, complete with liquid-tight flexible conduit connectors at terminations. D. Galvanized steel flexible metallic conduit to UL-1, constructed from interlocking single strip flexible steel tubing, complete with proper and suitable squeeze type connectors at terminations. 05.12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS E. GRC - Galvanized rigid conduit, threaded and coupled steel, ANSI C80.1, UL-6, protected by an overall zinc coating to the inside and outside surfaces of the metal. Coating may be applied by the hot-dip metalizing or sherardizing process. F. PVC - Polyvinyl chloride Schedule 40, NEMA TC2, UL 651, with solvent welded joints. G. DB (plastic) - Direct Burial - High impact polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) Type 2, tubing and fittings designed for direct burial, NEMA TC1 with solvent welded fittings. H. ENT - electrical nonmetallic tubing "smurf tube", being UL listed flexible PVC corrugated tubing for use in concrete poured slabs in compliance with NEC; complete with concrete tight one piece fittings; tubing shall be color coded - blue for branch and feeder circuits, yellow for communications and red for fire alarm; 2.02 OUTLET BOXES A. Boxes shall be NEMAIANSI, approved, UL listed and labeled and be in compliance with NEC and ASTM requirements. B. Stamped galvanized steel outlet boxes. C. Crouse-Hinds Ltd., "FS" or "FD" Series cast Feraloy and aluminum outlet boxes. D. Rigid plastic (PVC) outlet boxes. E. Each outlet box and back box must be suitable in all respects for the application, and complete with suitable securing lugs, connectors suitable for connected conduit, knockouts and, where necessary, suitable plaster rings, concrete rings, covers and any other required accessory. F. Surface mounted boxes shall be solid construction (FS type). G. Acceptable manufacturers are Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, Steel City, Crouse Hinds, Appleton, Killark and Conduflor. 2.03 PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Boxes shall be NEMAIANSI approved, UL listed and labeled and in compliance with NEC and ASTM requirements. B. Galvanized or prime coat plated steel, suitable in all respects for the application and complete with screw-on or hinged covers as required, and connectors suitable for connected conduit. C. Rigid plastic (PVC), junction boxes and access fittings with solvent weld type joints and screw-on PVC covers. Acceptable manufacturers include Scepter and Canron. D. The physical size of pullboxes shall be as required by NEC to suit the number and size of conduits and conductors. 2.04 CABLE TRAY A. G. S. Metals "Flextray" series, UL listed and labeled, flexible basket type cable tray as follows: 1. for corridor installations - minimum 2" x 10" (50mm x 250mm) or 4" x 10" (100mm x 250mm) to suit applications, unless otherwise noted on drawings; 2. for coves installation - sized suitable to fit into cove and not extend above depth of cove; 3. in compliance with ASTM A123, ASTM A510 and ASTM B633; 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050-4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 4. continuous, rigid, welded steel wire mesh cable tray system; 5. kinked continuous side wire safety edge; 6. wire mesh welded at all intersections; 7. all mesh sections having minimum one (1) bottom longitudinal wire along entire length; 8. manufactured from carbon steel wire, welded, formed and black "flex-a-coat painted. B. Tray shall be manufactured with smooth edges to protect cables and installers from being cut. Individual wire cuts and splices in field shall be properly filed smoothed and finished corrosion resisting finish. C. For corridor accessible ceiling installation and within service/telecom closets, supports shall be provided by a trapeze configuration of hanger bracket and centre rod. The centre rods shall be PVC sheathed threaded rods. Maximum spacing of supports shall be 5' (1.5m), to provide support of loads upto 72 Ibs per foot. Decrease spacing where recommended by tray manufacturer or as required to suit application. D. Where cable tray penetrates fire rated construction, provide "Flame Stopper" or approved equal, UL listed and labelled, through wall fittings to protect the integrity of the fire rated construction. Fittings shall comply with UL 1479 and UL 2043 standards and be suitable for plenum environments. The fittings consists of two box assemblies with adjustable steel doors, attached to ends of EMT conduit. Installation shall be to manufacturer's instructions. E. Tray shall be complete with grounding/bonding provisions, fittings, tee sections, elbows, universal dropouts, etc., and required supporting and installation accessories. Provide conduit fittings where conduits extend to tray. Provide drop outs at ends where conductors enter/exit tray. F. Installers shall be trained and certified to install system by tray manufacturers. Consultant shall retain the right to request for copies of such certificates. G. Acceptable manufacturers are G.S. Metals (Flextray), Cablofil and Wiremold (Fieldmate WB). 2.05 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS A. Wire and cable for feeder and branch circuits shall conform to the requirements of the current edition of the National Electrical Code as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified by local related codes, and shall meet applicable ASTM specifications. Copper conductors shall be soft drawn, annealed, 98 percent conductivity copper. Aluminum conductors shall be equivalent to ALCAN "NUAL" AA8030 aluminum alloy. Refer to drawing for schedule of feeders and construction requirements. Distribution feeders of amperage rating 100A and larger, may be type MC with aluminum conductors. Wire and cable shall have size, type of insulation, voltage rating and manufacturer's name permanently marked on the outer covering at regular intervals. Conductors shall be color coded to local code and NEC requirements. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller must carry the appropriate identification color their entire length. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger need not carry its identification color their entire length, but must be identified at all junction points by other means approved by local governing authority. Cable assemblies must also be identified at all junction points. Confirm exact requirements with local code officials. Colors for each phase and neutral shall be consistent throughout the system. B. Conductors shall be provided with insulation rated for 600 volts unless specified or indicated otherwise. C. Type TW, THW, XHHW or THHN solid or stranded for No. 10 AWG or smaller. D. Type TW, THW, XHHW, THWN or THHN stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 0 05.12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 5 RS&G Rile No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS E. Plenum Cable - Provide UL listed cables, complying with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, insulated with a UL classified fluoropolymer material approved for use in plenums, unless enclosed in conduit. Any cables not enclosed in conduits in such plenums, shall have insulation classified as low smoke producing and very low flame spread, such as Telfon FEP or Halon ECTFE, and be UL listed for the specific application. MC - Factory assembled flexible armored metal clad cable consisting of one or more insulated conductors, and bare or insulated ground wire, with suitable filler and a binder, enclosed with a covering of interlocking metal tape or metallic sheath. Conductors shall be aluminum/copper, NEC type XHHW with 900C. 600 volt rated crosslinked polyethylene insulation. Aluminum MC shall be equal to Alcan "Stabiloy" multi-conductor flexible armoured cable. G. Type LFMC, liquid type flexible metallic conduit similar to FMC but with outer liquid tight non-metallic jacket over the inner flexible metallic core. H. Type UF, underground feeder and branch circuit cable. 1. Connectors for conductors in conduit shall be 600 volts, rated pressure type connectors as approved for specific applications to NEC requirements. J. For fire alarm and security systems as approved by respective system manufacturers, provide wiring in accordance with NEC and local code requirements. For applications of power limited fire alarm circuits provide type FPLP cable that is minimum No. 18 solid copper conductor, shielded, 300 volt rated, low smoke PVC insulation, low smoke PVC jacket and plenum rated. Cable shall be UL listed and labeled for the application. K. Other NEC cable types shall be used to suit specific applications as per local code requirements. 2.06 CONDUCTOR PULLING LUBRICANT A IDI Electric Ltd., "Ideal Yellow 77" or "Wire Lube" as required. 2.07 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A The switches and receptacles in the following paragraphs shall be NEMA/UL certified devices. B. Hubbell Inc., No. HBL 1221 Series, NEMAIUL approved, heavy duty, specification grade, back and side wired, A.C. quiet action toggle type, 20 ampere, 120-277 volts switches. Where shown, switches shall be complete with pilot light, or be of key operated type. C. Hubbell Inc., No. HBL 526215362, NEMAIUL approved, heavy duty, specification grade, universal, nylon construction, back and side wired, duplex U-ground, 15120 ampere, 125 volts, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding receptacles, with integral font identification marking surfaces. D. Refer to the Interior Designer drawing package for device requirements in public spaces, front of house areas, offices, typical guest rooms, and provide devices as required. E. Hubbell Inc., No. GF 52621GF 5362 series, specification grade, 15120 ampere, 125 volts, ivory, duplex, UL Class "A", Group One, ground fault circuit interrupting receptacles complete with stainless steel faceplates. F. Pass & Seymour No. 1200 series door switches with adjustable plunger and backbox and suitable for flush mounting. J 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS G. Crouse-Hinds Series EFS, explosion proof, NEMA 3R, hazardous location, surface mounting, front operated switches in Feraloy iron alloy constructed enclosure. Install in locations as per local code requirements with rating to suit application. All devices must be approved for connections to stranded conductors. The color of back of house switches and receptacles (unless specified above), shall be as specified in PART 3 of this Section of the Specification. Public areas and front of house devices shall be specified on the Interior Designer package of documents. J. Special switches and receptacles not specified above will be specified on the drawings. K. Acceptable manufacturers are Hubbell Inc., Pass & Seymour Inc., Leviton Manufacturing Ltd., Cooper Wiring Division and Bryant. 2.08 FACEPLATES A. High impact strength, thermoplastic or nylon construction wall plates. B. Grade 18-8, type 302/304, 0.040' (1 mm) thick stainless steel, satin, brushed or natural finish, complete with a peel-off protective plastic film, and stainless steel screws. C. Pass & Seymour (Legrand), No. WIUC20, two gang, "While-In-Use Covers" style weatherproof boxes and covers; polycarbonate construction, padlockable, tamper resistant, gasketted, cord flap seal and finish to Arch itecfs direction. D. Galvanized steel stamped faceplates. E. Hubbell Inc., forged brass "S" series faceplates. F. The color of facepiates shall be as specified in PART 3 of this Section. G. Refer to the Interior Designer typical model room drawings for faceplate requirements in typical rooms. 2.09 SERVICE FLOOR BOXES A. FSR Metal Products Group (973-785-4347), UL listed flush floor box with features as follows: 1. UL scrub water approved; 2. 11 gauge steel temporary cover and finished steel cover with carpet edging; 3. mitered brass or aluminium carpet flanges; confirm exact requirements with Consultant/Interim Designer; 4. stainless steel compression latches; 5. minimum three (3) compartments to handle power, audio, video, telecommunications and data; angled brackets to accommodate standard size singWdouble/quad opening plates which are isolated; 6. box depth of maximum four (4) inches; 7. lift of section of cover allows for feed access into box and includes small hinged cable access door which flips open; 8. levelling feet; 9. suitable for flash mounting in concrete floors; 10. exact models to suit onsite depth of floor slab and the number and type of devices as required. B. AN flush floor boxes shall be custom provided suitable for minimum 2"(100 mm) diameter conduit connections, to accommodate special A/V connectors integral to cables to be run in the conduits and boxes. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 7 RS&G Fib No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Submit detailed shop drawings of such boxes. C. Confirm exact requirements with Consultant and manufacturer. D. Acceptable manufacturers are FSR Inc., Hubbell, Thomas & Betts, Wiremold and Wellmark. 2.10 SURFACE RACEWAY ASSEMBLIES A. Wiremold "Any Size" series, UL listed and labelled, prime coated galvanized steel, 3 compartment, surface mounted metal raceways, complete with the following: 1. duplex grounding receptacles and faceplates; 2. data outlet mounting bracket; 3. telephone outlet mounting bracket; 4. removable covers on each channel; 5. clips, couplings, brackets, fittings, elbows, boxes, tees mounting hardware, etc., for a complete raceway system; 6. wiring for power. B. Use of surface raceways shall only be permitted for applications approved in writing by Consultant prior to start of work. Exact dimensions shall be coordinated with Consultant to meet site conditions and required application requirements. C. Coordinate requirements for data/voice jacks and wiring with network cabling specialist trade as part of work of Section 16750. D. Submit with shop drawings copies of specific UL certification and number. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Wiremold and Thomas & Betts. 2.11 SHOW POWER CONNECTORS A. Hubbell UL listed and labeled pin and sleeve receptacle devices with ratings as noted on drawings. The receptacles shall be suitable for wet location installation and be complete with spring-loaded lockable gasketed cover and overall UL type 4X watertight construction. Applications include receptacles suitable for installation flush wall mounted in AV niche and receptacles suitable for installation within exterior grade mounted precast concrete hand well. B. Crouse Hinds (Cooper), "Posi-Lok" system of "Cam-locks" receptacles mounted onto panel suitable for mounting in rack enclosure. The panel shall consist of five (5) female receptacles of rating as noted on drawings. Each receptacle shall be color coded to identify phasing, neutral and ground. Cam4ock receptacles shall include hinged lockable covers. Provide rack enclosure for Cam-lock panel and flush wall mount entire assembly. Rack enclosure shall be NEMAIUL type to suit application. Connect Cam-lock panel receptacles to main disconnect located adjacent panel. C. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide required ancillary devices to secure devices into locations. D. Provide engraved lamacoid sign identifying purpose of each connector. Exact nomenclature shall be confirmed with Consultant. J 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.12 RETRACTABLE CEILING BUS SYSTEM A. Litelab corp "Bus Port" retractable ceiling mounted bus system, which provides mounting support for and that facilitates the systematic connection of lighting, audio and visual equipment. The system provides both power and signal transmission throughout a centrally controlled room. Features include: 1. UL listed and labelled; 2. retractable ceiling mounted bus port receptacle unit constructed of extruded aluminium and finished in powder coat, unit retracts into ceiling and is pulled down and locked into position when required; 3. system allows for upto 6 circuits of power or 3 circuits of power and various audio visual connections; AC receptacles, AN cavity and coverplates can be provided on sides of unit; 4. designed for use in plaster board or acoustical tile ceilings; 5. two pipe truss with brace assembly with schedule 40 steel pipes; 6. coverplate, mounting flanges, mounting supports and hardware as required to ensure proper load support and finishes as approved by Consultant B. Refer to drawings for system layout requirements and configurations of piping and outlet requirements. C. Coordinate exact requirements with Lighting Designer with regards to luminaires to be supported. D. Comply with manufacturer's instructions with regards to installation. Coordinate exact structural support requirements needed to secure entire assembly to ceiling slabs to be able to support total engineered load of the system and mounted equipment. Obtain Structural Consultant's review of proposed installation. E. After installation is complete, test and verify system. F. Acceptable manufacturers are Litelab Corp and Leviton (Skyhook). 2.13 SLEEVES A. Galvanized steel sleeves as follows: 1. No. 24 gauge with an integral flange at one (1) end to secure the sleeve to formwork construction. 2. Schedule 40 pipes. 2.14 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS A. Provide 3M manufactured, asbestos-free elastomeric materials, tested, listed and labelled by for installation by UL 1479 and in compliance to NEC 300-21, in designated firestopping and smoke seal system applications, to provide a positive fire, water and smoke seal and a fire resistance rating (flame, hose stream and temperature) not less than the fire rating for surrounding construction. The fire stopping and smoke seal material system must be specifically UL certified with designated reference number for its specific installation. Submit copy of UL certificate and number for each installation. B. Systems shall consist of both elastomeric and instrumescent materials. Materials shall be compatible with abutting dissimilar materials and finishes. C. Metacaulk "Box Guard" fire rated pad for use in electrical boxes; insert on inside back wall of electrical boxes located in fire rated construction. D. Metacaulk "Cover Guard" fire rated gasket for use with electrical boxes when addressing the "24 inch rule". E. Refer to requirements of Division 7, as applicable. 05.12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050 - 9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Include for manufacturer's inspection and verification of each installation. G. Acceptable manufacturers are 3M, Specified Technologies, General Electric, Hilti and A/D Fire Protection. 2.15 FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE A. Concrete inserts - for concrete work for single or double conduit, cable tray, etc., runs and for equipment, and multiple type inserts for runs of three (3) or more conduits etc., or where a grid support system is required. B. Concrete fasteners - 'Hilty" or "WEJ-IT" anchors, lead cinch anchors and/or "STAR" or "PHILLIPS' self-drilling anchors. C. Masonry inserts - "WEJ-IT" expansion shields and machine bolts or, for light loads, fibre or lead plugs and screws. D. Drywall or plaster wall and/or ceiling fasteners - two-wing spring toggles. E. Structural steel - beam clamps. 2.16 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES A. Laminated plastic (Lamacoid) black-white-black with bevelled edges, stainless steel screws, and proper identification engraving. Each nameplate shall be sized to suit the equipment for which it is provided, and the required wording. B. Brother "P-Touch" or equivalent, portable electronic labelling system with securely affixed, self-adhesive identification labels, permanently printed with circuit identification nomenclature. C. Refer to requirements of Section 16051. 2.17 WARNING SIGNS A. Semi-rigid vinyl panels with drilled holes in each comer, stainless steel screws, pressure sensitive mounting pads on the back, and the required printed wording. Generally, wording shall be red on a white background with black trim. Nomenclature and colors to be confirmed with Consultant prior to ordering. B. Refer to requirements of Section 16051. 2.18 SYSTEMS BACKBOARDS A. Good one side, construction grade fir plywood, flame retardant prime coat painted on exposed sides, minimum (20 mm) thick, as sized on drawings and with flame spread rating in accordance with local authority building code requirements. 2.19 EXTERIOR ROLLING SERVICE DOORS CONTROLLER A. Refer to Section 08333 where the exterior rolling service doors are specified. Coordinate with General Contractor and requirements specified in Section 08333 to ensure that the wireless door opening control system is provided completely compatible with and integrated to mechanical operator of the doors. B. Where the supplied door does not include for wireless control sensor, provide proximity reader such as Door King DKS 70 series with pedestal, suitable for exterior outdoor installations, and which is fully compatible for integration to the door operator controls. Provide required wiring in conduit and connect to door controls as required. Programmed system as required. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS.HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Upon completion of installation work, test and verify operation of full integrated door controls and doors system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Generally, conduitkonductors/devices shall be recessed in wall/floodceilings of public and back of house spaces, with the exception of mechanical and electrical service rooms where surface mounted conduit is acceptable. Refer to and examine the architectural drawings and room finish schedules to determine finished, partially finished or unfinished areas of the building. Exposed conduit or raceways are not permitted in public spaces or guest areas. B. Unless otherwise noted, for signal systems, fire alarm system and EVC system, complete, independent systems of conduit must be supplied for each system. C. Where conduit and/or conductors are exposed, arrange same to avoid interference with other work and parallel to the building lines. Where horizontal conduits and/or conductors are exposed, install as high as possible. Do not install conduit and/or conductors within 450 mm of parallel runs of flues or boiler breachings, 150 mm of "hor pipes or equipment, unless the conduit and/or conductors are associated with the equipment. Independently run conduit and conductors must be supported from the ceiling/wall structure, not from ceiling hangers, ductwork, piping, cable trays, etc. D. Temporarily pack all open boxes located in concrete, plaster and masonry to prevent debris from entering the box. E. Where conduit is to be embedded within structural concrete, install such conduit in compliance with the requirements of the Consultant. F. Branch circuit wiring requirements shall comply with the Local Electrical Code supplements and NEC. Circuiting of outlets and switches shall generally be fed from local panels within area and with phasing requirements as per Code requirements. G. Unless otherwise approved by Consultant, conduit runs in parking garage floor areas shall be installed as surface mounted runs. The basic installation method is surface mounted rigid galvanised steel throughout parking floors. Conduit must not be embedded in concrete slab. Generally, conduits shall run through beams via sleeved openings pre-coordinated with general contractor and pre-approved by structural consultant Also comply with applicable hazardous location requirements of governing authorities. H. At no extra cost, allow for final relocations of switches, receptacles, luminaries and communication system components, up to 10' (3m) to suit final coordinated device locations, prior to installation of wall coverings. 1. Generally, conductors and conduits are sized on drawings, but in absence of direction in type, sizing or quantity, type, size and provide required quantity in accordance with the intended application, to applicable code requirements. Do not reduce sizes unless approved by Consultant 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT A. Provide conduit for all conductors except as noted otherwise. Conduit systems must be complete with couplings to all outlet boxes. B. Provide conduit for all conductors except as noted otherwise. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Swwwry Permit Set 16M-11 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Conduit shall be as follows: 1. for exposed conduit interior of building for services exceeding 600 VAC - rigid galvanized steel; 2. for exposed conduit outside the building and for semi-exterior areas such as loading areas and within parking garage floor areas - rigid galvanized steel or rigid PVC where permitted by local codes; 3. for short branch circuit connectors to motorized equipment and distribution transformers (minimum length 18" (450 mm), maximum length 24" (600 mm) with 180 degrees loop where possible) - galvanized steel flexible liquid-tight conduit, 4. at points, where conductors cross building expansion joints - galvanized steel flexible conduit with no less than 24" (0.60 m) of extra curve; 5. for branch circuit conductors underground inside the building, and underground outside the building beneath concrete, asphalt, and similar paving material - rigid PVC; 6. for branch circuit conductors underground outside the building dear of concrete, asphalt and similar paving material - flexible polyethylene plastic conduit; 7. for feeder and branch circuit conductors in poured concrete slab - ENT "smurf tube" where approved by local codes; 8. for surface mounted conduit with direct or indirect contact with outdoor air environment - rigid PVC where approved by local codes; 9. for branch circuit conductors concealed in walls - rigid PVC where permitted by local codes; 10. for conductors of.intedor air conditioned spaces in wall construction or horizontal nuns in ceilings or for surface mounting applications - EMT; 11. for interior areas without air conditioning - surface mounted - low smoke and flame PVC where permitted by local codes; 12. for conductors in plenums and except as noted above or elsewhere in this Specification or noted on drawings - EMT; 13. for IT cabling and general flexible CAN cabling - flexible conduit with maximum of two (2) bends; rigid conduit homerun required when exceeding two (2) bends; 14. for homerun feeders to panels - rigid conduits. D. Rigid conductors such as CATV-P3 or P500 conductors shall be run in rigid type conduits suitable for application. Do not use flexible conduit. E. Provide flexible fitting at conduit penetrations at all building foundation walls. F. Secure conduit located in poured concrete work in place in a manner such that conduit will not float or move when concrete is poured. Adequately protect such conduit from damage prior to and during the concrete pour, and from the concrete and water penetration. Install ent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using recommended fittings and adhesive cement. Tie tubing to rebar at maximum 2 feet intervals. G. The maximum allowable size of conduit for installation in poured concrete must be determined in consultation with the Consultant and Structural Engineer prior to installation. The placement of reinforcing steel in structural concrete work will take precedence over the placement of conduit. Multiple runs of conduit in poured concrete work must be spaced adequately as directed by the Consultant. H. Provide manufactured expansion joints in rigid PVC plastic conduit at spacing as recommended by the conduit manufacturer. Joints shall be liquid tight. 1. Install flexible polyethylene conduit in continuous lengths wherever possible and "snake" the conduit in the trench. Where joints are necessary, make same with nylon inserts and stainless steel gear type damps. Terminate with rigid conduit threadless liquid fight connectors. J. Provide a separate insulated ground conductor in all conduit. K. Support underground conduit on a well tamped flat bed of earth, free from rocks or protrusions of any kind. 05.12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary PwrA Set 16050-12 RS&G File No. 1805206,00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS L. Support and secure surface mounted and suspended single or double runs of metal conduit at support spacing in accordance with NEC requirements by means of galvanized pipe straps, conduit clips, ring bolt type hangers, or by other proper manufactured devices. M. Support multiple mixed size metal conduit runs with Unistrut Ltd., Electrovert Ltd. "CANTRUSS" or Bumdy Ltd. "FLEXIBLE" conduit racks spaced to suit the spacing requirements of the smallest conduit in the group. N. Unless otherwise noted, conduit fittings shall be pressure type and constructed of the same materials as the conduit and shall be suitable in all respects for the application. 0. Provide proper adaptors for joining conduits of different materials. P. Cut square and properly ream all site cut conduit ends. Q. Generally, conduit is sized on the drawings. Conduit not sized on the drawings shall be sized in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. Note that the sizes of branch circuit conductors indicated are minimum sizes and must be increased as required to suit length of run and voltage drop in accordance with the voltage drop schedule found on drawings or obtained from Consultant. Where conductor sizes are increased to suit voltage drop requirements, increase the scheduled or specified conduit size to suit. R. Site made bends for all conduit must maintain the full conduit diameter with no kinking, and conduit finishes must not flake or crack when the conduit is bent. Network cabling conduit system bending radii must comply with applicable EIA/TIA standards. S. Plug ends of roughed-in conduit which are exposed during construction with approved plugs. T. Ensure that all conduit systems which are left empty for future wiring are clean, dear, capped and properly identified at each termination point Provide end bushing fitting and suitable fish wires in all such conduit Identify conduit runs with paint patch on end caps. U. Provide empty conduits to ceiling spaces from flush mounted panelboards located below and/or near hung ceiling. Terminate conduits at an outlet box. Refer to the detail found on drawings. V. Minimum conduit size shall be (20 mm) for all power branch circuits and (20 mm) for voice/data or other signal systems. All conduit sizes shown are minimum sizes which shall not be reduced unless approved in writing by Consultant Size conduit as per NEC but with minimum sizing as herein specified. Refer to conduit fill table shown on drawings. 3.03 EXPANSION FACILITIES FOR CONDUIT CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS A Wherever concealed or surface mounted conduits cross building expansion joints, provide expansion facilities to permit free movement without imposing additional stress or loading upon the support system, and to prevent excessive movement at joints and connections, all in accordance with the detail found on the drawings. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES AND BACK BOXES A. Provide an outlet box or back box for each luminaire, wiring device, telephone outlet, fire alarm system component, communications systems components, and each other such outlet. B. Outlet boxes for exterior fighting, receptacles, and other device(s) mounted in exterior building surfaces, and boxes mounted in perimeter walls were insulation and vapour barrier is present, shall be waterproof PVC boxes unless otherwise noted. 05-12.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050-13 RS&G File No. 1805206M PROJECT 902028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Boxes in plastic conduit systems shall be rigid PVC plastic outlet boxes unless otherwise noted. D. Outlet boxes for flush floor mounted devices shall be concrete tight formed galvanized steel or rigid PVC fully adjustable flush floor boxes. Locate where shown and install in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. E. Outlet boxes for special wiring devices, for special equipment and special applications if required, shall be specified hereinafter in other Sections of this Division of the Specification or on the drawings. F. The size and arrangement of outlet boxes shall suit the device which they serve. G. Generally, mounting heights and locations for back-of-house outlets are indicated on the electrical drawings, and front-of-house outlets are identified on the Interior Design drawings.. Confirm the exact location and arrangement of all outlets prior to roughing-in. Architectural and Interior Design drawings and the Consultant's instructions have precedence over electrical drawing diagrammatic layouts and specified mounting heights and locations. H. Do not install outlet or back boxes 'back-to-back* in walls and partitions. Stagger such outlets and seal against noise transmission in accordance with the typical detail sheet found at the end of this Section or on the drawings. 'Thru-wall" type boxes will not be permitted for any application. 1. Provide blank coverplates over all boxes left empty for future installation of devices. Clearly identify each box as to its intended use to the Consultant's approval. Generally, blank coverplates shall be stainless steel. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide pullboxes in conduit systems wherever necessary to facilitate conductor installations. Generally, conduit runs exceeding 100' (30 m) in length, or with more than three (3) 90 degree bends, shall be equipped with a pullbox installed at a convenient and suitable intermediate accessible location. Note that for network cabling system, size of pull boxes shall comply with requirements of EWrIA for respective system. B. Provide junction boxes wherever required. C. Boxes in plastic conduit shall be rigid PVC plastic boxes. D. All pullboxes and junction boxes must be accessible after the work is completed. E. Accurately locate and identify all concealed pullboxes and junction boxes on "As-built" record drawings. Clearly identify main pull or junction boxes (excluding obvious outlet boxes) by spray painting the outside of the covers. Paint colors shall be in accordance with the following schedule. 1. Lighting - yellow. . 2. Normal power - blue. 3. Essential power - orange. 4. Fire alarm - red. 5. Telephone - green. 6. Data signals - brown. 7. Sound systems - combination colors to be approved by the Consultant G. In addition to painting miscellaneous signal loxes, clearly identify the specific system in which the box is installed. H. Refer to Section 16051 for additional color coding requirements. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Swvnary Permit Set 16050-14 RS&G File No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 8 RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Boxes in fire rated walls shall be provided with Metacaulk "Box Guard" or approved equal, fire rated pad, inserted on the outside backwall of the box. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAY A. Provide specified cable trays for communication and distribution conductors as required and as shown on the drawings. B. Support corridor ceiling mounted cable tray from the structure at maximum 5' intervals by means of steel channel equipped with a channel hanger at each end and secured to the structure by means of hanger rods. C. Support vertical cable tray by means of aluminum channel support members installed in a rigid framework assembly at spacing to adequately support the loaded tray. Provide cable securing hardware to hold cables in place. D. Support "cove tray" with mounting brackets for surface mounting to suit E. Do not penetrate the building exterior walls with cable tray. Provide grounding conductor and connect to each metallic cable tray section. Ground to NEC requirements. G. Provide anti-siesmic additional support as required by UBC. H. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended fill ratio or loading capacity. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. Provide all required conductors. The uses of each type shall be as per NEC requirements, supplemented and/or amended by local code requirements. B. Conductors, unless otherwise noted, shall generally be as follows: 1. direct buried underground - type UF; 2. underground inside or outside the building or in wet locations, installed in conduit - "THHW" or "THW" or "THHW". 3. for interior dry or damp locations - "TW°, "THW", XHHW" or °THHN"; 4. in accessible suspended ceiling spaces for drops to luminaries and wall receptacles (maximum 20' (6 m) length permitted) - MC; 5. branch circuits within condominiums, residence club and guestrooms - type MC; 6. homerun conductors for hotel guestroom circuits to panelboards - THHN in rigid conduit; 7. branch circuit conductors in offices, spa, restaurants, and other public spaces except the barroom and meeting rooms - type MC; 8. home run conductors for circuits to panels of offices, spa, restaurants, meeting rooms, ballroom and other interior spaces shall be - THHN in rigid conduit C. Make joints in thermoplastic insulated conductors by means of pressure type twist connectors as manufactured by Ideal or BM. D. Make joints in thermoplastic insulated conductors at branches in junction boxes by means of pressure type twist connectors, or screw type terminal strips. E. Generally, conductor sizes are indicated on the drawings. Such sizes are minimum requirements and must be increased, where required, to suit the length of run and voltage drop, at no extra cost. Voltage drop from distribution transformers to socket outlets shall be maximum 5%. 05.12.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16D50-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 1£ RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Do not use conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG in systems over 30 volts. G. Do not use conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG for exterior luminaire wiring but with use of No. 10 where required to suit voltage drop requirements. For runs exceeding 200' (60 m), use 60 ampere, 3-phase circuits with single phase branches to luminaires. H. Color code conductors throughout to identify phases, neutrals and ground by means of various colored conductor insulation. Colors, unless otherwise noted, shall be as per requirements of Section 16051. Control conductors shall be numbered with Brady Ltd., Ideal Industries or Electrovert Ltd. Z-type markers. Feeders shall be numbered and labelled at both ends with suitable factory supplied labels, and if run exceeds 109(30 m), every 60'(18 m). J. Color code conductors for communications systems in accordance with the system component manufacturer's recommendations and local codes. K. When pulling wires into conduit, use lubricant and ensure that wires are kept straight and are not twisted or abraised. L. Neatly secure exposed wire in apparatus enclosures with approved supports or ties. M. Circuits shall have separate ground conductors. Conduit ground is not acceptable. N. Fire alarm cabling may be run without conduit where approved by local authority having jurisdiction. Cabling shall be type "FPLP" fire alarm cable, UL listed and approved as per NEC article 760-28(C). 0. Where cable sizes are not indicated on the drawings or in the cable schedules, the Contractor shall be responsible for determining the correct size of each cable. Cable sizes shall be determined on the basis of current rating and/or voltage drop and/or earth loop impedance, together within allowance for grouping with other cables and the method of installation, whichever is relevant, after taking into account the type of cable, the ambient conditions, the method of installation, the disposition of each cable relative to other cables and applicable code requirements. P. Conductors installed in cable tray and surface raceways shall be bundled separately by systems and tagged identifying the system. Conductors in cable tray running vertically shall be secured with ties in a manner to relieve and stress of the weight of cables. Cable ties shall be provided to applicable BICSI standards: Q. Full details with illustrations of all cable supports and fixing devices shall be submitted before any orders are placed or work put in hand. All cable supports and fixing devices shall be designed to have a factor of safety of not less than 4. Where applicable, any bending or deformation of cable tray due to overloading will be rectified at the contractor's cost. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND FACEPLATES A. Provide switches and receptacles complete with faceplates where shown and as required. Each type of wiring devices, where applicable, shall be of the same manufacturer and where necessary of the same maker's catalogue number or description to provide consistent appearance and finish. B. Flush mounting wiring devices shall be fitted into purpose made electrical boxes only. All wiring devices shall be flush mounted except in plant rooms. 05.12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Permit Set 16050-16 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Switches and receptacles shall be fine quality white or cream color nylon for devices in finished areas, typical guestrooms, front of house areas and offices, as per Interior Designers selection. Devices in service rooms, laundry, kitchen, shops, etc., shall be metallic. Refer to Interior Designers drawing package for requirements. In addition, receptacles shall be color differentiated to identify source of power including, ivory for normal power, orange for emergency power and red for UPS power. D. Provide a separate insulated ground wire and separate neutral conductor for each isolated ground receptacle. Properly ground each device to box ground terminal as per NEC requirements. E. Confirm device finishes in back of house areas with Consultant and for those in Public Areas, with the Interior Designer, prior to ordering. All finishes shall also be confirmed with the Interior Designer. Ensure that switches located adjacent to doors are located at the strike side of the door. Confirm door swing requirements on the architectural drawings, not on the electrical drawings. G. Faceplates for weatherproof receptacles denoted "WP" on the drawings shall be weatherproof insulated faceplates with hinged and gasketed receptacle access flaps. H. Identify each receptacle circuit number clearly in designated area of each receptacle. Where more than one phase of a supply exists in a mulfi-gang box, the following requirements shall apply: 1. A clearly visible label showing the maximum voltage present shall be arranged as a warning notice before access can be gained to live parts. 2. Wiring and accessories connected to each phase shall be separated from each other by fixed screens or barriers. J. All exterior receptacle shall be ground fault interrupter type receptacles. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE FLOOR BOXES A. Provide service floor boxes in locations as shown and as required. Refer to details on drawings. Boxes shall be flush mounted as required and as coordinated with Consultant B. Install devices in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Flush boxes shall be properly leveled before concrete pour. Provide conduits to connect to boxes as required. C. Equip each box with suitable covers and service devices. Coordinate data/voice jacks with network cabling contractor of Section 16750. D. Confirm finishes with Consultant prior to ordering. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAY ASSEMBLIES A Provide required surface raceway assemblies complete with all specified and required accessories necessary for a complete electrical raceway system for locations as shown and as required for mounting in millwork. Coordinate installation with supplier or millwork. Required quantity of receptacles and outlet provisions shall be as shown on the drawings. Confirm finishes with Consultant prior to ordering. Required lengths shall be site measured. B. Assemble and secure raceways, boxes and all other components to the surfaces in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and requirements. Connect complete. Generally, raceway shall be fed from conductors from walls or floor below. Where possible butt raceway ends to adjacent walls, cabinets, counters, etc. Faceplates shall mount flush to raceway with no gaps. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Pemu1 Set 16050-17 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Do not exceed the wire fill requirements given in the manufacturer's instructions. D. Ensure that receptacles of the raceway are provided with separate insulated ground wire. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES A. Where conduits, round ducts and conductors pass through structural poured concrete, provide specified sleeves unless otherwise noted. B. Sleeves in concrete slabs, except as noted below, shall be No. 24 gauge with an integral flange to secure the sleeves for formwork construction. C. Sleeves in waterproof concrete slabs and in other slabs where waterproof sleeves are required shall be lengths of Schedule 40 pipe sized to extend 4" (100) mm above the floor. D. Sleeves in poured concrete walls and foundation shall be Schedule 40 pipe. E. Size sleeves, unless otherwise noted, to leave (13 mm) clearance around the conduit, duct, conductor, etc. Pack and seal the void between the sleeves and the conduit, duct, conductors, etc., for the length of the sleeves as in accordance with the article entitled "Firestopping and Smoke Seal Materials" specified here in this Section of the Specification. Pack and seal sleeves set in exterior walls with lead wool or oakum and seal both ends of sleeves watertight with approved permanently flexible and water fight materials. F. Submit drawings indicating all required sleeves, recesses and formed openings in poured concrete work. Such drawings shall be completely and accurately dimensioned and shall relate sleeves, recesses and formed openings to suitable grid lines and elevation datum. G. Supply sleeves of a water protecting type in accordance with the detail sheet found at the end of this Section for installation in the following locations: 1. In Mechanical and Fan Room floor slabs, except where on grade. 2. In slabs over Mechanical, Fan, Electrical and Telephone Equipment Rooms or closets. 3. In all floors equipped with waterproof membranes. 4. In the roof. H. 'Gang" type sleeving will be permitted only with the approval of the Project Manager and Consultant. Terminate sleeves for work which will be exposed so that the sleeve is flush at both ends with the wall, partition or slab surface so that the sleeve may be covered completely by escutcheon plates. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS A Refer to and comply with requirements of Division 7. Where electrical work penetrates or punctures fire rated construction, provide UL, listed and labelled packing material to seal holes and voids in the walls or slabs and within the raceway, to ensure that the continuity and integrity of the fire separation is maintained. Submit certificates of compliance from an independent testing agency, attesting that fire stopping and smoke seal materials meet UL requirements. B. Install fire stopping and smoke seal materials in accordance with UL certification and the manufacturer's instructions. Comply with local governing building code requirements and obtain approvals from local building Inspection Department. Ensure that openings through fire separations, do not exceed the maximum size wall opening, and maximum and minimum dimensions, indicated in UL Guide No. 40 U19 for Service Penetration Assemblies and fire stopping materials. C. Work shall be executed by qualified applicator approved by the manufacturer. 05-12,06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Surrunary Perndt Set 16050-18 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Arrange for manufacturer's authorized representative to inspect and verify each installation and provide a test report signed by Contractor and manufacturer's representative. The test report must list each installation and respective UL certification and number. 3.13 SUPPLY OF ACCESS DOORS A. Access doors will be provided by the architectural or builders' trade. Identify to the architectural trades, the location, size and quantity of access doors to give access to all junction boxes, pullboxes, conductor joints and other similar electrical work which may need maintenance or repair but which is concealed in inaccessible construction. B. Before commencing installation of electrical work, prepare on a set of reflected ceiling plans, complete layouts of all ceiling access doors which will be required. Submit these layouts for approval and show the exact sizes and locations of such ceiling access doors. Locate and arrange electrical work to suit. C. Access doors shall wherever possible, be of a standard size for all applications. Coordinate dimensions to availability. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE A. Provide all fasteners and similar hardware required for conduit, duct, raceway, conductors, etc., and for equipment hanger and/or support material unless otherwise noted. Comply with requirements of NEC. B. Accurately and properly set concrete inserts in the concrete framework. Where multiple type inserts are used, space same to suit requirements of the smallest conduit, etc., in the group. C. Fasten hanger and support provisions to masonry with expansion shields and machine bolts, or, for light loads, use plugs and screws. D. In drywall or plaster walls and/or ceilings use two (2) wing toggles and for heavy loads, provide steel anchor plates with two (2) or more toggles to spread the load. E. Provide beam clamps for attaching hanging and/or support provisions to structural steel, or where approved by the Consultant, weld the hanging and support provisions to the structural steel. F. Explosive powder actuated fasteners will not be permitted unless specific written approval for their use and type has been obtained from the Consultant G. Under no circumstances use ceiling suspension hangers or grids for suspension of conduit and conductors. 3.15 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES A. For each piece of electrical distribution equipment from the electrical source of supply up to and including panelboards, for special control panels and carnets, and for each other piece of electrical equipment, provide engraved Lamacoid identification nameplates secured to apparatus with stainless steel screws. Nameplates shall indicate the equipment designation number and the source of electrical supply. B. Equip large multiple cell or component apparatus such as sub-stations, switchboards and distribution panels with main nameplates identifying the equipment, voltage characteristics, capacity and source of supply, and with sub-nameplates clearly identifying each cell or component and its service. 05-12.06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Smoary Permit Set 16050-19 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Nameplates shall identify the equipment number as designated on the drawings, and/or schedule, unless otherwise instructed. Nameplates for disconnect switches, control panels, and cabinets shall outline their service and source of supply. D. Provide identification labels on inside and outside of each device outlet faceplate, identify the location from where device is fed. Verify nomenclature with Consultant Upon completion of work, turn over electronic labelling device to Consultant E. Confirm exact nameplate wording, designations, and sizes with the Consultant prior to manufacture. F. Refer to requirements of Section 16051. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF WARNING SIGNS A. Provide warning signs on all doors into Diesel Generator Room and Electrical Rooms. B. Secure the signs to the equipment with stainless steel screws. The number of signs required and the sign wording and colors must be approved by the Consultant C. Refer to requirements of Section 16051. 3.17 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM BACKBOARDS A. Provide the specified terminal backboards for communication systems and electrical distribution equipment. B. Securely wall mount each backboard in locations as shown on the drawings. Mount minimum 6° (150mm) above finished floor level using wall insert anchors and brass machine bolts, nuts and washers. Unless otherwise noted, for telephone backboards, provide minimum No.6 AWG grounding conductor with terminal lug attached to lower right hand comer bolt of board. C. Ensure that backboards are sized to sufficiently provide adequate termination space for each system as required, and include additional spare 20% space. 3.18 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK TESTING A. In addition to the tests required by NEC and local electrical codes and regulations, perform the following: I. After all luminaires, switches, receptacles, motors, signals, etc., are installed, whether same are installed as part of this Section of the work or by other Sections, test all work to ensure that there are no grounds or crosses. 2. Perform meggar testing to ensure that there are no opens or short circuits in electrical power system. 3. Establish and ensure proper motor rotation - measure full bad running currents and check overload elements - report to the Consultant any discrepancies which are found. 4. Demonstrate to the Consultant that branch circuit voltage drop is within the specified units. 5. Ensure that all devices are commissioned and operable. 3.19 BRANCH CIRCUIT BALANCING A Connect all branch lighting and power circuits to panelboards so as to balance the actual loads (wattage) within 5%. If required, transpose branch circuits when the work is complete to meet this requirement B. At the request of the Consultant, perform all necessary tests to show the above requirement has been fulfilled. Make such tests after the building is occupied. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Penn Set 16050 - 20 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.20 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Unless otherwise noted, secure floor mounted equipment in place on 4" (100 mm) high concrete housekeeping pads 4°(100 mm) wider and longer than the equipment base dimensions. B. Furnish dimensioned drawings, templates and anchor bolts for proper setting of equipment on bases and pads. Be responsible for all required levelling, alignment, and grouting of the equipment C. Where equipment is suspended above floor level it shall be, unless otherwise noted, supported on a suitable welded or bolted prime coat painted structural steel angles or channels bracketed to the wall or secured by hanger rods. D. Refer to seismic provisions specified in Part 1 of this Section. 3.21 CONCRETE WORK A. Concrete work required for equipment mounting pads and ductbank shall be specified in the Architectural Specifications. B. Concrete work required for exterior post top lighting poles shall be specified in the Architectural Specifications. C. Submit to the Consultant for review, dimensioned shop drawings of structurally designed concrete pads or bases for support of large, heavy equipment and for luminaire posts. Indicate on the shop drawings the total weight of the pad or base, reinforcement, and the equipment for which it is required. 3.22 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Unless otherwise noted, excavation and backfill work required for electrical work will be done as part of the work specified in Architectural Specifications, except for final hand grading work and backfill to 300 mm above the service which is to be done as part of the electrical work. Accurately mark out the location and routing of excavation required for your work as well as the required depth. 3.23 FINISH PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Unless otherwise noted, finish painting of exposed electrical work will be done as part of the work specified in Architectural Specifications. B. Touch-up paint pre-finished equipment and provide identification painting of conduit, duct and equipment to the Consultant's approval. Confirm color requirements prior to ordering. 3.24 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER A. Instruct and train the Owner's designated representatives in all aspects of the operation and maintenance of systems and equipment fisted in the trade Sections governed by this Section. Obtain in writing from the Consultant a list of the Owner's representatives to receive instructions. B. Arrange for and pay for the services of qualified service technicians and other manufacturer's representatives required for instruction of specialized portions of the installation. C. Submit to the Consultant prior to application for a Certificate of Completion of Contract, a complete fist of systems for which instructions and training were given, stating for each system: 1. Date instructions were given to the Owner's staff. 2. Duration of instruction. 05-12-06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Sunmry Permit Set 16050 - 21 RS&G Fk No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16050 VAIL, COLORADO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. Names of persons instructed. 4. Other parties present (manufacturer's representative, consultants, etc.). D. Obtain the signatures of the Owner's staff to verify that they properly understood the system installation, operation and maintenance requirements, and have received operating and maintenance instruction manuals and "As-built' record drawings. END OF SECTION 16050 J J 05.12,06 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Summary Pemu< Set 1605D - 22 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 • 0 r1 ~J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 SUBMITTALS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 3.02 WIRE IDENTIFICATION 3.03 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE 3.04 CONDUIT AND CABLE TRAY IDENTIFICATION 3.05 SERIES-RATED PANELBOARD MARKING 3.06 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION LOC 16051-1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit color coding. D. Wire color coding. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. This Section shall be used in conjunction with Section 16050 and related Contract Documents to establish the total requirements for electrical identification. This Section applies to and supplements the other Sections of Division 16. B. Note that requirements of this section including figures at end of this Section are typical general requirements for pricing only and exact requirements must be confirmed in writing with Consultant prior to ordering and manufacturing of any identification product. Use only information relevant to specific products being supplied on this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to start of work submit to Consultant the following: 1. nameplate proposed sizing, colors, print type, print size and nomenclature; 2. color coding scheme of all product identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: engraved three-layer laminated plastic, minimum 31164nch-high. Obtain Consultants approval of submittal material prior to ordering or manufacturing. B. Wire and Cable Markers: 1. Heat shrink cover or heat-shrink tubing type. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Brady. b. Critchley. C. 3M. C. Conductor-Color Tape: Colored vinyl electrical tape. D. Conductors over 600 volts: Tags manufactured by EZ Tag or approved equivalent • 041071% ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and dean surfaces to receive nameplates or labels. B. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using stainless steel, self-tapping 1/44nch screws or approved equivalent Use of adhesives is not allowed. Secure nameplate to outside face of electrical equipment. Secure nameplate alongside circuit breakers in switchboards and panelboards. D. Identification of individual wall switches and receptacles shall be similar to "Brady LS20W Catalog No. ECL-311-502 or AIE-approved equivalent. E. Prior to startup/energization of equipment, all nameplates and labels (except for switchgear and switchboards) shall be checked for correct color, size, letter size, spelling, location, and equipment designation. All conduits shall be identified as they are installed. All conductors shall be identified before they are terminated. G. Distribution And Power Panels: Provide typewritten panel directories, with protective, dear transparent covers, accurately accounting for every breaker installed, including spares 3.02 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Under 600 Volts AC: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Provide wire markers on multi-core cables and on each conductor in panelboard gutters, multicircuit pull boxes or pull boxes with parallel runs of the same circuit, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. a. Heat shrink tubing type, b. Identify with both source and destination equipment tag names. C. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number. d. Neutral and Ground Conductors: Identify with circuit number. e. Feeder Power Circuit Conductors: Identify by number and phase. 2. Control Wiring: Provide wire markers on each conductor at pull points, junctions, and terminations. a. Heat shrink tubing type. b. Identify with control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams. Provide dear heat-shrink cover for wire markers. C. Identify all control wiring at pull points, junctions, and terminations. Identify control wires with numbers and letters as specified on drawings or manuals. Control wire numbering shall be maintained throughout the system. 3. Pull Boxes: For pull boxes where conductors cannot be identified with heat shrink tubing type markers, provide tape labels on outside of pull box. Tape labels shall be similar to 'Brady LS200(r Catalog No. ECL-311-502 or approved equivalent 4. Spare wires shall be taped, tagged as spare, and coiled up in the junction boxes. Wires shall be labeled as to their source and destination; i.e., at the source, the branch circuit, to a load, shag be labeled with the load's equipment tag number, name, and the circuit number(s) that feeds the load; at the destination or load; the conductors shall be labeled with the panel name and circuit number(s) serving the load. B. Over 600 Volts AC: Provide wire markers on each conductor in all manholes, 35-kV, 25-kV, 15-kV, 5-kV switchgear and transformers, and at all load connections. Identify with source, destination, circuit number, switch location, and phase. Provide waterproof labels similar to those manufactured by E-Z Tag. 04107106 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION C. Conductor Color Codes: Identify conductors for power circuits per the following schedule. Conductor 208/120V 480/277V Above 600V Phase A Black Brown Red Phase B Red Orange Blue Phase C Blue Yellow Black Neutral White Gray Ground Green Green ISO Ground Green/Yellow stripe Green/Yellow stripe 120vac Red 120vac Neutral White Less than 120vac including neutral 24vac Yellow +24Vdc White or Clear -24Vdc Black +5Vdc Purple -5Vdc Blue Ground Green 3.03 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment, and loads served. B. Nameplates: engraved three-layer laminated plastic, minimum 3/16-inch-high. 1. 480/277V System Nameplates: white letters on a black background. 2. 2081120V System Nameplates: white letters on a black background. 3. Emergency Equipment Nameplates: white letters on a red background. 4. Optional Standby Equipment Nameplates: red letters on a white background. 5. UPS/Power Conditioning Systems Nameplates: white letters on a orange background. 6. UPS/Power Conditioning Systems with Emergency Generator Backup Nameplates: white letters on a red background. 7. UPS/Power Conditioning Systems with Optional Standby Generator Backup Nameplates: red letters on a white background. 8. Life Safety Control Panels and Enclosures: 1/4 inch, identify equipment designation. Labels shall be white letters on a red background for building fire alarm system enclosure tags, white letters on a green background for HPM monitoring and control system enclosure tags, white letters on a gray background for securitylaccess control system enclosure tags, black letters on a white background for CCTV system enclosure tags, white letters on an orange background for voice evacuation system, black letters on gray background for master clock system, red letters on black background for EVAC system enclosure tags. 3.04 CONDUIT AND CABLE TRAY IDENTIFICATION A. Conduit and Cable Tray Color Coding Schedule: Exposed conduits, including conduits above lay-in or accessible ceilings, together with associated pull and junction boxes shall be banded at intervals of not over 10 feet and at all direction changes. Bands shall be different contrasting colors. Obtain approval for color of banding systems not listed below. is 04107/06 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-3 RS&G Fde No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Conduit or Tray Color Medium and High Voltage Purple 120/208V Normal Power Black 120/208V Generator Power Black and orange 120/208V UPS and UPS with Emergency Backup Black and brown 277/480V Normal Power Blue 277/480V Generator Power Blue and orange 2771480V UPS and UPS with Emergency Backup Blue and brown Grounding Green Building Fire Alarm System Red Voice Evacuation Orange Telecom/Datacom Yellow FMS (Facility Management System) and FMS-Controlled Circuitry Blue and black CCTV White Building Monitoring and Security Gray HPM Monitoring and Control Green and white Gas Detection Red and black COMETS Red and white General Controls (non-FMS) Brown and white 120V Master Clock System Black and gray 3.05 SERIES-RATED PANELBOARD MARKING A. Nameplates for series-rated panelboards shall be installed on the panelboard enclosure and shall be readily visible. K 04/07106 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-4 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 L J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 3.06 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 1 6" 1/4" LETTERS E 2 9A 1 A U 1 4A 480V 337/x4 3 WIRE N 800A FROM E29S IAT 12A CKT. #203B 0 3/I6" LETTERS (TYP) LAMINATED PLASTIC WHITE LETTERS ON RED BACKGROUND (EMERGENCY) WHTE LETTERS ON BROWN BACKGROUND (UPS PR CPS CRITICAL) WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND (CPS NONCRITICAL) SAMPLE UPS OR CPS SWITCHBOARD/PANEL LEGEND PLATE 00 co tn 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16051-5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 2 N r7 U 2 8C l A J 0 8A 208/ 120V 337/64 4 WIRE 400A } FROM 28S lAK 08A CKT. # 12- 3/16" LETTERS (TYP) LAMINATED PLASTIC WHITE LETTERS ON RED BACKGROUND (EMERGENCY) WHITE LETTERS ON BROWN BACKGROUND (UPS PR CPS CRITICAL) WHITE LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND (CPS NONCRITICAL) SAMPLE UPS OR CPS SWITCHBOARD/PANEL LEGEND PLATE N E OVUM ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051' 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 3 I/2" CONDUIT 3/4 CONDUIT CONDUIT SAMPLE LABEL SAMPLE LABEL SAMPLE LABEL BRADY CAT./ BRADY CAT./ WML-711-502 WML 711 502 BRADY CAT.9 - - 4ML-917-5 2 27D IAT17A 270 'AT 17A 27D IAT17A CKT 1,3,5. CKT 2,1,6 CKT 7,9, I I DI PUMP 3 DI PUMP 4 DI PUMP 6 P2906 P2e00 P2400 PANEL 27D IAT 1 7A SAMPLE 1/2' TO 1' CONDUIT LABEL • 04107/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16051-7 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 4 1-2" CONDUIT 2" AND LARGER CONDUIT SAMPLE LABEL SAMPLE LABEL BRADY CAT.# BRADY CAT.# INML- 917- 502 CL- 1631-502 27D IAT 17A 27D IAT 1 7A CKT l4, l6, 1 8 CKT 1 3, 15, 17 DI PUMP 5 DI PUMP 8 P2422 P2600 --F I PANEL 27D 1 AT 1 7A SAMPLE 1-1/2° AND OVER CONDUIT LABEL 04107/06 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 5 C • 6" 27B l A U 17A 480V 337Y64 3 WIRE N N r7 600 AMP FROM 27A IAV 1 4A CKT #2 LAMINATED PLASTIC 3/16" LETTERS (TYP) WHITE LETTERS ON BLUE BACKGROUND SAMPLE NORMAL POWER SWITCHBOARD/PANEL LEGEND PLATE N In 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16051-9 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16051 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Figure 6 4 3/ 4" 3/16" LETTERS (TYP) 27S IAV 14A CKT #203B 10 27A lAV 14A ELEC RM I LAMINATED PLASTIC WHITE LETTERS ON BLUE BACKGROUND (48OV) d- SAMPLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INDIVIDUALLY) LABEL 3 25/32" 00 3/16" LETTERS (TYP) E 2 9M 5AB 13A CKT #AH t TO EF- 1 9- 2 MECH RM #3B 19 LAMINATED PLASTIC WHITE LETTERS ON BLUE BACKGROUND (480V) SAMPLE MOTOR STARTERS (INDIVIDUAL AND IN MCC'S) LABEL END OF SECTION i-] 04107106 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Progress CD Set 16051-10 RS&G File No. 1 BD5206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.05 TYPICAL DETAILS 1.06 SPARE PARTS 1.07 WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.07 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 EMERGENCY POWER ENGINE-GENERATOR SETS ENGINES ALTERNATORS ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEMS EXHAUST EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AND ACCESSORIES COOLANT SYSTEMS STARTING SYSTEMS ENGINE-GENERATOR MOUNTINGS CONTROLPANEL ADDITIONAL ENGINE GENERATOR SET REQUIREMENTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF GENSETS 3.02 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS • 04107106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set LOC 16200 -1 RS&G File No, 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO PART 1-GENERAL SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the power generation work is specified in other Sections of the Specification: 1. Provision of fuel oil storage and piping system including installation of flexible piping connections at the engine (by mechanical trades). 2. Provision of engine exhaust system insulation (by mechanical trades). 3. Finish painting of exposed conduit (by architectural trades). 4. Flashing and counter-flashing of exhaust pipe penetrating roof or exterior wall (by architectural trades). 5. Provision of concrete bases and pads (by architectural trades). 6. Provision of plenum connection with dampers to engine generator (by mechanical trades). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. Engine-generator set complete with accessories; include listing of ratings, capacities and dimensions. 2. Engine-generator set control panel with each component identified. 3. Detailed dimensioned layout of equipment including routing and penetrations of exhaust stack. 4. Control wiring diagram. 5. List of manufacturers. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.05 TYPICAL DETAILS A. Refer to typical detail sheets found on the drawings for references to products and/or execution required in this Section. B. Engine-generator test report (4 pages) is included at the end of this section. 1.06 SPARE PARTS A. One (1) year supply of air and fuel filters, complete with gaskets for each engine-generator set. B. One (1) year supply of lubrication oil for each engine-generator sett C. One (1) year supply of manufacturers recommended spare parts for control panel, including minimum two (2) complete sets of spare lamps for all indicating lights. 047108 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 -1 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION D. Minimum two (2) complete sets of fuses. E. Minimum one (1) complete set of spare belts for each engine-generator set. One (1) spare voltage regulator. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide five (5) year parts and labour warranty on entire engine-generator set assemblies including exhaust system, control panel, automation control system and all other products specified herein this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EMERGENCY POWER ENGINE-GENERATOR SETS A. The genset shall be based on the Caterpillar Model CAT C27 ATAAC diesel engine and model CAT SR4B generator, factory assembled and tested, radiator cooled, diesel fuel engine driven electric generating sets including the necessary controls, complete with accessories to comprise a continuous, standby electric generating plant for operation in conditions stipulated below, and each set in compliance with requirements of the local applicable codes, building code NEC, NFPA, UL, ANSI/NEMA and IEEE, with specific references to following: 1. NFPA70 - National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to Article 700; 701, and 702; 2. NFPA110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems; 3. UL 508. B. The rating of the engine-generator set(s) shall be as shown on drawings and of such standby KW rating at 0.8 power factor at the altitude of 8150' (2447m) without derating, which can be maintained for the duration of the emergency, but minimum forty-eight (48) hours without overheating at rated generator RPM when the set is equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as an air cleaner, radiator fan, lubricating oil pump, governor, alternating current generator, all other engine driven components and accessories. This kW rating shall be the nameplate rating. C. The genset shall include a bi-fuel system to operate on natural gas. D. The engine-generators must meet the following requirements: 1. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 0.5 percent for any constant load between no load and rated load. Random voltage variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. 2. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous from steady state no load to steady state rated load. Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.25%. 3. The alternator shall produce a dean AC voltage waveform, with not more than 5% total harmonic distortion at full rmear load, when measured from line to neutral, and with not more than 3% in any single harmonic. E. The engine-generator set(s) must meet the frequency and voltage performance requirements specified above and with a further clarification requirement regarding full bad testing and performance. The engine generator set(s) upon startup and immediately upon reaching rated speed, must be capable of handling in one step, the full load of the nameplate kilowatt rating while remaining in operation without stalling and without the voltage dropping below 60% of nominal. F. The sets shall be fully integrated to comprise a standby power system which will: 1. Automatically start, in the event of a commercial power failure and assume feeding essential loads within time frame dictated by IBC; 04/07!06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 2 RS&G He No. 1805206-W PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION Automatically stop when the commercial power has been restored; Automatically signal interconnected building systems of specific monitored points. G. A special operating condition is that the set be capable of operating at light loads for an extended period of time as normal power failure may occur when only part of the full output of the generator set is required. H. All moving parts such as flywheels, pulleys, belts, etc.. shall be enclosed with suitable guards to protect the engine operator from accidental injury. All guards shall be easily removable for servicing the equipment I. The engine-generator set supplier shall obtain torsional approval of the entire assembly from the engine manufacturer. The engine and generator shall be aligned and mounted on a common fabricated steeFbase of sufficient rigidity to maintain adequate alignment Adjustable steel spring vibration isolators shall be supplied with the set by the set manufacturer. Provide torsional vibration analysis and critical vibration analysis of the engine generator set to Consultants direction and submit results to Consultant for approval. J. Provide technical information and assistance with regards to obtaining approvals from governing authorities of air and noise emissions. Obtain local governing authority requirements for level of air and noise emissions and submit requirements with shop drawings. These requirements must be tested for and documented as part of genset acceptance testing. K. Provide required grounding provisions of genset to suit NEC and NFPA requirements and suitable to match the main power distribution system. 2.02 ENGINES A. Engine shall be a multi-cylinder, 4 stroke, engine capable of operating at a nominal speed of 1800 RPM when directly connected to the generator and free from critical vibrations throughout its entire operation range. Each engine shall be designed to operate satisfactorily on No. 2 diesel fuel and shall produce previously specified rated output This figure shall not exceed 90% of the maximum power shown on the manufacturer's regularly published power curve. The lubricating systems shall be full pressure oiling type through internally mounted, high capacity, positive displacement type gear pumps with adjustable pressure regulators, lubricating oil cooler and full flow oil filters. Full pressure lubrication shall be provided to all main bearings, connecting rod bearings and camshaft bearings. B. Engine shall be equipped with an electronic governor with speed control and magnetic pick-up assembly capable of maintaining speed and voltage regulation within limits previously speed. C. Engine shall be equipped with 24 volt D.C. electric starting motors, and the starting pinion shall be arranged to disengage automatically when the respective engine starts. D. Engine shall also be equipped with individual safety devices to shut-down the engine and to sound an alarm in the event of conditions specified later in this Section, and equipped with contacts to pre-alarm for conditions as specified. Refer to control panel requirements specified elsewhere in this article and requirements as detailed on the drawings for additional requirements. E- Oil drain valve shall be brass ball type and hose shall be wire braid type. F. All engine mounted accessories shall be readily removable without dismantling the engine alternator, or any other accessories. G. Provide protection on all hot and moving parts. H. All manually operated valves (fuel oil, coolant, drain lines, etc.) shall be ball type, and installed within the inside of the engine chassis, if possible. 04107/06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION Oil fill pipes, coolant drain hoses and oil drain hoses shall extend out to allow for easier access for servicing. Coolant drain hoses and oil drain hoses shall clip to side of genset base with proper dips. Engine jacket coolant heaters shall be complete with silicone hoses, immersion type thermostats, pressure switches and ball type isolating valves on all engine water connections. The size of the heaters shall be sufficient to maintain the coolant in the engine at temperatures in accordance with genset manufacturer's requirements and NFPA 110 requirements. 2.03 ALTERNATORS A. Attemators shall be 0.8 power factor, 2771480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire alternators, drip proof, single bearing and dose-coupled to the engine with an SAE housing. Each alternator shall have full amortiseur windings, direct connected brushless exciters. Under short circuit conditions, the alternator shall be capable of delivering sufficient current to enable protective breakers to trip. B. The maximum total harmonic distortion of the voltage waveform shall not exceed 6.0% under any given load. Excitation boost not less than three (3) times rated current for ten (10) seconds shall be provided. The exciter shall be a rotating brushless permanent magnet pilot exciter to provide power via automatic voltage regulator to the main exciter, 213 pitch and with dynamically balanced rotor permanently aligned to engine by SAE flexible disc coupling. C. The windings shall be Class H and the temperature rise of the alternators shall not exceed 13000. as measured by resistance in an ambient temperature of 40oC. Winding insulation shall be vacuum pressure impregnated. D. The connection boxes on the alternators shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the required fire rated cable as approved by Consultant Number of conductors and ampacity rating shall be as noted, or in absence of direction, shall be determined by the genset manufacturertsupplier. Connection boxes shall be manufactured to isolate the fire rated cable specified from the genset to the control panel and prevent the transmission of vibration. Such cable shall be fire rated flexible armoured cable approved for such use by local electrical authority and in compliance with NEC. E. Voltage regulation systems shall be provided including an automatic regulator and manual voltage adjustment potentiometer for each unit. Each regulator shall be a static voltage regulator with 3-phase sensing, radio suppression module, frequency choke to prevent damage to the voltage regulation in case of lower than nominal engine speed, and adjustable stability circuit Voltage regulation must be maintained within the limits previously specified. F. The equipment shall be designed in such a manner so as to minimize radio frequency interference (RFI) under all operating conditions. The 'Balanced Telephone Influence Factor' (TIF) shall not exceed fifty (50). G. The equipment shall include dust filters. H. Provide alarms for winding temperature and bearing temperature detectors. Extend wiring to control panel annunciators. 2.04 ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM A. The fuel injectors for each engine shah be the individual cylinder type and shall be capable of quick replacement Fuel filters shall be complete with receptacle elements which can be easily removed without disturbing other parts of the engine. Engine shall also be equipped with an engine driven fuel oil pump capable of operation suitable for the application. Fuel inlet and return connections on the engines shall be identified with Lamacoid nameplates. J 04107/06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION B. The engine fuel system shall include a manually operated priming pump as required, with by-pass stainless steel ball valves on both sides, fuel pressure switch to provide engine shutdown and flexible wire braided fuel connection lines suitable for diesel fuel use complete with male swivel fittings. C. Where required for proper fuel system operation, provided engine with an auxiliary fuel tank mounted with supporting base frame. The size of the day tank shall be sufficient to accommodate minimum four (4) hours of fuel for genset under full load conditions, but which must be also sized to comply with local applicable code requirements. D. Each unit shall be equipped with its own cooling fan and integral magnetic starter controlled by the engine with which it is in operation. Upon start-up of engines, cooling fans shall engage and run continuously while engine is running. E. A water separator assembly shall provided on genset, complete with water sensor and gauge, fuel restriction sensor, alarm contacts with relays to send signal to control pane and filter. F. A GTI Altronic Controls Inc., bi-fuel fuel system shall be engineered for and provided woth the genset to allow the genset to operate safely on a fuel mixture of natural gas and diesel fuel. Provide required fuel gas pressure regulator, strainers, air/gas control valve, gas pressure monitoring devices with auxiliary contacts, turbo charger, throttle body, gas valve train kit and rack, and controller. Fuel system shall be plumbed to genset skid base for ease of site connections. Provide flexible connectors with braided stainless steel covering, and of diameter to suit engine requirements. 2.05 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEMS A. The engine exhaust system shall consist of lengths of flexible stainless steel exhaust pipe, exhaust silencers and rigid exhaust piping. The flexible exhaust pipe shall be a minimum of 24' (600 mm) in length. The silencers shall be critical type to provide a high degree of noise reduction equivalent to Silex JDDPR series type. Both the flexible pipe and the silencer shall be suitable in all respects for the application and shall be as recommended by the set supplier. B. Rigid exhaust piping shall be Schedule 40 mild black steel pipe, ASTM A53, site or mill bevelled and complete with welded joints and standard weight forged steel welding fittings. Guards shall be provided on engine exhaust manifolds. The exhaust piping shall be complete With all required expansion joints, anchors, guides, supports and other accessories as outlined on the typical detail sheets found on the drawings. Include for provision of drain, drain cock and piping down to funnel and floor drain. C. Where applicable, a properly sized black steel pipe welded 'Y' connection shall be provided with the two (2) lengths of flexible stainless steel exhaust pipes installed between the engine and the 'Y" connection. The remainder of the exhaust piping shall be Schedule 40 mild black steel pipe. D. Where exhaust piping extends through fire rated construction, provide suitable expansion joint through ceiling/wall, that structurally supports the piping with insulation and allows for free expansion and can be sealed tight With fire stopping and smoke seal materials of type for this high temperature application. The exact type of structural expansion joint must be approved by the Structural Engineer with detailed submitted shop drawings. The high temperature rated, elastomeric firestopping and smoke seal materials must be approved by Consultant in accordance with requirements of Section 16050 and Division 7. All provisions must accommodate the insulation applied to stack/piping. Provide weatherproofing of ceiling openings, complete with required flashing and roof work in accordance with requirements of Division 7. E. Be responsible for ensuring that Division 15 Contractor insulates exhaust piping for interior portions of piping and exterior portions within 10' (3m) from any level where it can be contacted, including expansion joints. Co- ordinate work of all trades. F. Include for drain pipe and draining provisions to drain condensate out of piping, to building drain provisions. 0407106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-W PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS vao COL ORADO SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION G. Silencer and exhaust shall include a raincap / rainshield. H. Be responsible for the exact silencer and exhaust system design requirements to comply with local governing noise and emission regulations. The height of the stack shall be provided to suit local air and noise limitations. 1. The routing of the exhaust piping is generally diagrammatic and shows approximate routing and locations. Provide fittings, offsets, transformations and similar items as a result of obstructions and other Architectural or Structural details whether shown or not on drawings. 2.06 EXHAUST EXPANSION COMPENSATORS AND ACCESSORIES A. Review exhaust piping requirementes on drawings. Co-ordinate structural requirements with Structural Engineer and provide required expansion compensators and supports. Provide Senior Flexoniics Ltd., expansion compensators and accessories as follows: 1. Free flexing style, stainless steel single bellows type sized and designed by the manufacturer to accommodate pipe movements due to anchor joint locations and piping configurations and complete with ends to suit the connecting pipe. 2. Pipe alignment guides consisting of split body housing, bolted together and welded to a support base complete with spider assembly bolted to exhaust pipe. Pipe guides shall be sized to accommodate expansion of pipe and the required insulation thickness. B. The exact type of expansion compensators must suit the installation and be approved by the Structural Consultant and as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and Consultants instructions. D. Acceptable manufacturer's are Senior Flexonics Ltd., Hyspan Precision Products Inc. and Thombum Equipment Inc. 2.07 COOLANT SYSTEMS A. The cooling system for each engine shall be complete with a unit mounted radiator and a 50% water/50% ethylene glycol coolant solution. B. Each engine shall be equipped with a thermostat to maintain coolant temperature at genet manufacturer's rated temperature with the unit operating at rated load under specified conditions in an ambient temperature of (122oF) 50oC. Each radiator shall be sized to maintain these conditions and shall be complete with fan motors, mounting frame, expansion tank, thermostatic controls, disconnect switch, a suitable open mesh fan guard and shroud. C. Gate drain brass ball valves shall be provided for draining coolant from each engine block and radiator. Wire braided hoses, piping and fittings shall be silicone and shall be provided to extend into drain containment pan undergenset D. The genet driven radiator fan must be capable of overcoming a minimum of 0.75" water column pressure drop. Be responsible for reviewing the complete air intake and exhaust system design with regards to air restrictions and 'd required, provide oversized fans with blades of extra strength to overcome additional pressure drop through the fresh air intake, discharge silencers and other related factors, as applicable. 2.08 STARTING SYSTEMS A A complete starting system shall be supplied for each engine including cranking starting motors, batteries, battery stands with insulation board, battery cable and battery chargers and cranking motor cutout switch crank for three (3) attempts with intervening periods during a period of not less than forty-five (45) seconds and not more than seventy-five (75) seconds. POWER GENERATION 04/07106 Progress CD Set 16200 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS _ SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION Batteries shall be Exide, Delco or Surrete, sealed, long life lead acid, batteries with sufficient capacity in an ambient room temperature of 00C. to crank each unit at engine manufacturer's recommended cranking starting speed for a period of sixty (60) seconds. Voltage measured at starting motor terminals at the end of this period of cranking, with cranking current flowing, shall not be less than 1.75 volts per cell, and batteries shall be sized on the basis of the engine and battery manufacturer's published data. Note: Batteries shall be of type and performance ratings as recommended by the genset supplier and approved by Consultant to best meet the starting requirements of the specified genet. Submit shop drawings and reasons to substantiate the choice of batteries. C. Batteries shall be mounted in enamelled steel, corrosion resistant rack complete with hydrometer, syringe, jumper cables and mounting bracket for accessories. Rack shall be free standing, floor mounted with plywood base and PVC tray. D. Battery chargers shall be remote wall mounted, fully automatic battery chargers, each complete with: 1. An AC switch and overload protection, isolating voltage ratio transformer, silicon controlled rectifier assembly and DC protection, all suitable for two (2) rates of charging (trickle charge and high rate of charge for use after engine start). 2. A wall mounting enclosure. 3. DC ammeter and DC voltmeter gauges, each with a 2% accuracy. 4. AC power "on" indicating light. 5. AC power failure alarm. 6. Float voltage adjustment. 7. Equalize circuit. 8. Overload protection. 9. DC output protection. 10. All necessary contacts for future connection of common alarm signal to the standby power plant control system. E. The battery charger shall be capable of recharging a battery discharged by two cranking cycles (30 seconds each) to 80% of capacity within four (4) hours and to full capacity in not more than twelve (12) hours. 2.09 ENGINE-GENERATOR MOUNTINGS A. Each engine flywheel housing shall be connected rigidly to the generator housing with an SAE adaptor. Each unit shall be mounted on a common, heavy duty, stress relieved, fabricated steel baseplate. Torsional approval of each entire assembly must be obtained and submitted in duplicate to the Consultant for review. Each report shall also outline the critical speeds of the assembly. B. Baseplates shall be of sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment of engine-generator shafts and frames under all conditions during shipping, installation and service and shall be of all welded construction without bolt-on components. C. Engine-generator feet and baseplate sole plates shall be machined parallel and true. Shimming shall be of the steel type and shall only be permitted underneath the generator feet D. Each baseplate shall be supported on spring type vibration isolators. Isolators shalt have cast iron housings and be complete with levelling bolts, adjustable oil proof snubbers and minimum %4' (6 mm) thick sound pads. Isolation efficiency not be less than 95%. E. Isolators shag be strategically located in a manner to ensure that each isolator will carry an equal portion of weight and that the pressure exerted on the structure by each isolator does not exceed 345 kPa. F. Provide suitable seismic restraints as recommended by genset manufacturer to comply with applicable local building code seismic requirements for the region. 04107)06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION 2.10 CONTROL PANEL The control panels shall be based on CAT EMCP 3 series unit with microprocessor based controller consisting of LCD displays with multiple metering displays and graphics, with full options and features as specified herein, and shall be suitable for 2771480 volts, 3-phase, 4 + ground wiring for use in the local system with short circuit capacities to suit the maximum short circuit output of the alternator. B. The genset control panel shall be unit mounted on genset and be isolated from all vibrations. The control panel shalt be mounted in a NEMA 31R enclosure housing all controls, monitoring devices, meters, indicators, display, main breaker and interconnectinghinterfacing devices. The digital metering and displays shall be mounted at eye level. To accommodate special requirements and site conditions, the main breaker may be remote mounted in a self supporting switchboard type NEMA1 cubicle and interconnected to control system as required. Coordinate such requirements with Consultant. C. The controls and monitoring shall include but not be limited to, the following components: 1. One (1) under frequencylover voltage control module with adjustable relay to trip the main breaker on settings of f12% of normal. 2. One (1) electronic governor with speed control module. 3. One (1) ammeter complete with 3-phase, 4-position selector switch - 4' (113 mm) switchboard type - black trim ±-1 % accuracy. 4. One (1) voltmeter complete with 3-phase, 7-position selector switch - 4" (113 mm) switchboard type - black trim t-1 % accuracy. 5. One (1) power factor meter. 6. One (1) frequency meter (dial type) - 4' (113 mm) switchboard type - black trim t-1% accuracy. 7. One (1) elapsed time meter (dial type) - 4' (113) mm switchboard type - black trim t-1% accuracy. 8. Three (3) analogue engine gauges for oil temperature, oil pressure and engine coolant temperature; all electric gauges shall be actual read out, full face with 280 degree scales that return to zero (0) with the engine at rest 9. One (1) kW meter (dial type) - 4" (113 mm) switchboard type - black trim, t 1 % accuracy. 10. One (1) control system to initiate the genset starting and stopping sequence, and annunciate any fault condition (local or remote indication). An electronic control module shall monitor and provide digital display of genset functions. An operator interface alpha numeric display shall be provided for viewing of all genset data and provide setup, controls and adjustments. A LED bar graph AC data display or equivalent shall be included. 11. One (1) engine selector switch for "OFF-AUTO-MANUAL" operation. Operation of the engine in the manual position shall, when selected, bypass the automatic control system and cause an alarm to occur; - switch in "OFF" position shall cause an alarm to occur, switch in either "OFF" or manual position shall cause the amber indicator lamp identifying 'NOT IN AUTO" to illuminate when alarm occurs. 12. Alarm hom with silencing button, and an annunciator to flash when any audible alarm is silenced until the trouble has been cleared and reset. 13. Miscellaneous controls as shown on the drawings including voltage and speed control, emergency stop, fault reset, lamp test, engine start, engine stop and indicating lights. 14. Engine alarm and shut-down lamps with signals for conditions specified later in this Section and/or as shown on drawing; provide engraved lamacoid identification nameplate for each lamp; provide panel with lamp test button. 15. All required secondary and control wiring, type `TEW 1050C rated, extra flexible wire with thermoplastic insulation and an overall flame retarding cotton braid, neatly harnessed, suitably secured and identified with slip-on identification markers; Wiring shall be colour coded to suit application and standards; Note that wiring for the DC supply to control panel, wiring for cranking circuits and wiring for air box damper shall be minimum number 10 AWG stranded; wiring within control panel shall be number 16 AWG stranded; and wiring between control panel and engine generator set shall be number 14 AWG stranded; provide separate junction boxes for AC and DC wiring. 16. Three (3) current transformers as required of appropriate size for local metering. 17. Three (3) current transformers as required for the electronic governor specified above. 04107106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - S RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS 1£ RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. D. PrON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. E. Indi SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION One (1) 24 volt DC control system with all fusing centrally located. Required potential transformers. Oversized connection box to provide suitable provisions for incoming cable as shown. Auxiliary contacts on all devices to allow for functions required in controls system. All other components as shown on the drawings. ide contacts for alarm annunciator via pilot lamps and shut downs for the following conditions: High oil temperature - red (stop unit). High coolant temperature - red (stop unit). Low oil pressure - red (stop unit). Overcrank - red (stop unit). Overspeed - red (stop unit). Overvoltage - red (stop unit). Not in auto - amber (alarm lamp). Low DC voltage - amber (alarm lamp complete with DC voltage sensor). Cool down period - white. Breaker open - green. Breaker dosed - red. Emergency stop - red. Undervoltage - red. Low frequency - red. High frequency - red. Low coolant level - amber. Low fuel level - amber. Low - gas pressure - red. Battery charger failure - amber. ECS not in auto - amber. Low engine temperature - amber. Alarm silence - amber. Alternator winding and bearing high temperature - amber. cating lights that are continually illuminated "ON" shall be high brilliant cluster type LED's. The main breaker shall be NEC rated, electrically operated, fixed mounted power breaker, with solid state adjustable trip unit, equivalent to Schneider "Mastepact NW" series with "Type P" solid state adjustable trip unit Breaker shall be as shown, but in absence of direction, size and ampacity shall be to suit application based on code requirements and genset manufacturer's recommendations. The breaker setting shall be such that the generator short circuit output will trip the breaker. Exact settings shall be determined by the coordination study specified in Section 16400. Note: Exact breakers type shall be as recommended by breaker manufacturer to meet such applications and be approved by Consultant G. The main breaker must be of the same manufacturer as the accepted switchgear supplier to maintain continuity of supply for standardization. H. Bussing shall be copper and shall extend to accept connections to bus ducts and/or cables. 1. The control panel shag be complete with all required control wiring and terminal blocks. Control wiring shall be neatly harnessed and suitably secured. J. Where remote monitoring of genset operating conditions are required, extend the following controls or signals to a suitably located terminal block within genset room , dearly identified and arranged to accommodate the connection of these from system control system. Included shall be: 1. Contacts for engine alarm signal for remote annunciation of engine faults and alarms. 2. Contacts for engine failure signal for remote annunciation of engine alarms. ~a 3. N/0 contacts for status signal. ~r 4. Engine start control for remote automatic and manual operation. 04107/06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 - 9 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL COLORADO SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION 5. 4 form C contacts for signal engine run. 6. 4 form C contacts for signal engine failure. 7. 1 form C contact for common alarm. 8. 1 form C contact for shutdown. K. The designedmanufacturers of the control system will be required to: 1. Supply complete design, erection and layout drawings for the system, dearly indicating to all wiring requirements, interfacing or interconnection provisions required to completely integrate the controls with all remote apparatus. 2. Assemble, wire and pretest the system components in his plant prior to shipment to the site. Such tests will be witnessed by the Consultant at their discretion - all defects noted shall be corrected and the system retested prior to leaving the plant 3. Assist in the installation and oversee the work to ensure that it meets with his requirements. 4. Cary out a site test of the system in conjunction with the other components in the standby power system and demonstrate its proper operation to the satisfaction of the Consultant 2.11 ADDITIONAL ENGINE GENERATOR SET REQUIREMENTS A. The engine cranking battery control circuit conductors and power circuit conductors employed to initiate starting the emergency power supply shall have electrical supervision and annunciation of faults. B. The disconnecting means for a generator emergency power supply shall be fitted with a locking device to prevent unauthorized operation. The operation of the disconnecting means or an engine cranking battery condition which would not allow delivery of emergency power when required, shall initiate a trouble signal and shall uniquely indicate the fault condition. C. Supply with each engine-generator set, a soldered galvanized steel drip pan to be placed beneath the engine to catch any leakage from the set. D. Tools and spare parts required for normal maintenance and adjustment of the engine-generator sets shall be supplied with the units including one (1) steel cabinet for storage of manuals and spare parts. The three (3) drawers cabinet shall be complete with lock and key set and casters. E. Sound pressure levels for the engine-generator sets must be submitted to the Consultant for review and accepted by him prior to the units being shipped to the site. F. Provide emergency power off (EPO) mushroom head pushbutton with tamper cover, mounted in surface device box, adjacent to each exit door of room and connect to engine generator controls. Pushbutton shah be specified in Section 16400. G. Power block structures and the intake, and discharge structure shall be designed to seismic condition requirements of the geographic area. H. Genset shall be factory painted with two (2) 100% coats of air dry, suitable for application enamel paint of color approved by Consultant All engine components, ie., engine bkx;K altemator, base, radiator and all other parts supplied loose from the factory must be factory painted prior to assembly. All other miscellaneous components from other manufacturers must be installed and not repainted. All wiring, hoses, and connectors must not be painted. All protection guards and screens to be pre-painted red prior to installation. All bolts and nuts must be plated. One (1) litre of touch-up paint shall be shipped loose with each unit The genset manufacturer/supplier shall be responsible for both factory testing and on-site testing of genset, as specified in Part 3 of this Section. r~ 1 ~J 04/07106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02026 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION J. Include costs for provisions to duct/drain/filter away all waste emissions/leaks, to satisfaction of Consultant Under no circumstances shall waste emissions or waste fluid be released into the room. Provide proper ducting/piping/filtering. Coordinate with Division 15 for provision of proper drainage. 212 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers/suppliers of engine-generator sets are the local authorized representatives for Cummins/Onan (Cummins Rocky Mountains), Detroit Diesel, Caterpillar and Kohler. The genset manufacturers/suppliers shall also be totally responsible for the bi-fuel system components, including warranty and service requirements. B. Acceptable manufacturers of engines are Cummins, Caterpillar and Detroit Diesel. C. Acceptable manufacturers of alternators are Newage Stamford, Leroy Sommer, Marathon and Kato. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF GENSETS A. Provide engine-generator set and system control components where shown and as required. Coordinate required hoisting, mounting and securing into location. Coordinate work With General Contractor and Structural Consultant B. Prepare and submit with the engine-generator set shop drawings, all necessary design, erection and layout drawings, wiring, piping and control diagrams as required for proper execution and completion of the work. C. Coordinate controls work both at the factory and on site. Provide control Wiring in conduit runs. The genset supplier's controls Subcontractor shall be responsible for termination of the required control wiring, providing required controls components including but not limited to transducers, 1/0 blocks, contacts, relays, etc. D. The sequence of operation shall be programmed to suit the specific requirements of this project The exact programming requirements for the required sequence of operation shall be confirmed with Consultant and applicable local. governing authorities. Prior to start of Work, prepare detailed proposed sequence of operation of the entire system and submit with shop drawings to Consultant for review. E. Attend at and arrange for manufacturer to perform a factory test of each engine-generator set prior to delivery to the job site. Include costs for and arrange for the Owner and Consultant to witness the factory tests and schedule the tests at a time acceptable to the Project Manager/Consultant Notify Owner and Consultant at least two (2) weeks in advance of tests. Should additional tests be required due to failure to comply with the conditions laid out in this article, the costs (all travel expenses, accommodation if required and $750 US per day) for the Owner and Consultant to Witness these additional tests shall be borne by Contractor. The tests shall include period(s) of four (4) hours continuous operation under full bad conditions as directed by the Consultant The number of periods of testing shall be quantity as required until successful testing of specified requirements to satisfaction of the Consultant and Owner. Ensure that proper 100% capacity resistive type artificial load banks are available for the tests. Factory testing shall include the use of strip chart recording instruments to confirm that the engine-generator set complies to all specified requirements in frequency, voltage and current regulation as specified herein this Section. F. Secure each set in place on vibration isolation springs to a concrete base by means of (13 mm) diameter high tensile strength steel anchor bolts. Ensure that each set is plumb and level. Provide stainless steel shims as required. Check engine-generator alignment when mounting is complete. If necessary, realign in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Install a galvanized steel drip pan under each engine. The pans will be supplied loose With the sets. 04107!06 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 -11 RS&G File No. 1605206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION G. Fill the radiator with a solution of 500/9 dean water - 50% permanent type ethylene glycol. Check the specific gravity of engine coolant. Add glycol and/or water if required. H. Check the level of engine lubricating oil and add if required. I. Supply suitable fuel a1 flexible piping connections and turn over to the mechanical trade at the site for installation to diesel fuel piping system and storage tanks. Extend wiring In conduit from control panel to fuel oil tank level monitoring devices and connect to annunciate low fuel oil level warning. Supply suitable flexible piping connections to conned to gas piping and turn over to the mechanical trade at the site for installation. Extend wiring in conduit from control panel to gas pressure monitoring devices and connect to annunciate low gas pressure warning. J. Provide flexible exhaust piping, exhaust silencers, and all required rigid exhaust piping for each engine-generator set. Generally, exhaust piping installation requirements shall be in accordance with Mechanical Division. Welding of piping and standards shall comply with Division 15 general practices and local code requirements. Provide suitable expansion joints to accommodate a 1% increase in pipe length. Provide suitable sleeves where exhaust pipe penetrates walls or floors. Provide adequate base support of exhaust pipe in accordance to the details on the drawings K. Remove all scale and oxide from the pipe bevels and leave same smooth and clean. Ensure that personnel doing welding work are certified welders. Where flange connections occur at the silencers and at the engines, provide welding flanges, proper high temperature gaskets and bolts, and tighten bolts with a torque wrench in accordance with the engine manufacturer's recommendations. L. Support each exhaust silencer on a minimum of two (2), suitable rigid galvanized steel angles or channels secured to the structure by means of hanger rods and vibration isolating spring hangers. M. Support the exhaust piping at maximum intervals as per detail found on the drawings, by means of roller hangers or roller floor supports installed outside the insulation and secured from the structure. Roller hangers shall be secured by means of hanger rods and vibration isolating spring hangers. N. Provide anchors in exhaust piping where shown. Provide Flexonics "FSF' Series lined expansion joints where shown. Anchor and guide exhaust piping at expansion joint locations. 0. Arrange for the manufacturer of the engine-generator sets to review the engine exhaust system design and confirm in writing that the exhaust system back pressure will not impair operation and output of the sets. Forward a copy of the confirmation letter to the Consultant. P. Check and test all control panel functions. Adjust as required. Q. Provide conductors as specified from the alternator to the control panel and from the control panel to the switchgear. Ensure that conductors are property Isolated from the engine-generator sets and that final connections are made with flexible couplers. Provide fire rated conductors where required by local governing codes. R. Extend control wiring from engine generator sets control panel to the starter and control panel for the fuel oil pumps such that when the engines start, a pump starts and runs continuously for the length of time the engines are in operation, and such that when the engines shut-down the pump stops. Check and test the starting battery assembly low voltage alarm and monitoring system. Adjust as required. S. Extend control wiring from engine-generator sets control panel to the generator room fresh air intake dampers such that when engines start the dampers open to a minimum setting to provide combustion -air to the engines. 04107106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200-12 RS&G File No. 1605206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION T. Provide distribution equipment for feeding the damper control equipment and fuel pumps. Provide dry type transformer, panelboard with breakers, wiring in conduit, all as required for the loads. Devices shall be of type specified in Section 16400. Generally, connect this system to load side of genset main breaker. U. Provide starting batteries, rack, jumper cables, hydrometer, syringe, etc. Connect batteries to the engine starting system. Locate rack where shown. Provide mechanical support utilizing metal C-channel framing or conduit for all cables extending between batteries and battery charger. V. Wall mount a battery charger adjacent each battery enclosure and connect complete to circuit from panel serving area equipment. Connect battery charger to emergency circuit feeding area. Check and test all charge operations and adjust as required. Ensure that batteries are properly charged and have been serviced. W. Prior to practical completion of the Work, turn over to the Consultant or locate where directed by the Project Manager, the storage cabinet complete with tools and spare parts. X Ensure that all conduit connections to generator sets are made with liquid-tight flexible conduits. Y. Check and test operation of each engine starting system, and jacket coolant heaters. Z. Provide all required low voltage relays, wiring in conduit and contactors from generator control panel to fire alarm system control panel for the supervision and annunciation of "Genset Running", "Genset Failure To Stare, 'Genset Low Fuel Warning', "Genset Low Gas Pressure" and " Low Voltage - Genset Battery". Coordinate work with fire alarm system vendor. Include also for these monitoring points to be connected to BMS system of Division 15. Coordinate exact requirements with respective trades. AA. Connect flame detector as a separate zone to the main building fire alarm system. BB. Provide wall mounted "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" (EPO) pushbuttons with tamper flip cover, in outlet boxes where required. Confirm exact locations prior to roughing-in. Connect complete to genset controls as required to shut down genset. CC. Carefully coordinate installation of the set with: 1. The power and heat generation work of Mechanical Division where the diesel fuel oil storage and pumping system and installation of fuel oil flexible connections is specified. 2. The power and heat generation work of Mechanical Division where the gas piping and Installation of flexible connections is specified. 3. The insulation work of Mechanical Division where exhaust system insulation is specified. 4. The air distribution work of Mechanical Division where the plenum connection to the engine radiator is specified. DD. Notify Owner and Consultant minimum two (2) weeks in advance of on-site testing. Under the direction and in the presence of the Owner and Consultant, the genset manufacturer's authorized technician shall provide tests at the site on each engine-generator set when installation is complete, but before acceptance of same. Coordinate with the independent distribution system testing company specified in the article entitled, "Distribution System Testing and Coordination Study", in Section 16400, to ensure that the engine-generator sets perform with the emergency power distribution system in accordance to the specified requirements of all applicable local codes. EE. Co-ordinate and arrange for manufacturer's trained mechanic to conduct such tests and to make all required changes and adjustments found necessary by such tests. Repeat the tests until all defects are corrected and the equipment operates properly to the Consultant's satisfaction. The tests shall include period(s) of four (4) hours continuous operation under 100% load conditions, as directed by the Consultanif The number of periods of testing shall be as required to successfully demonstrate that the genset complies with all specified parameters to the satisfaction of the Consultant and Owner. Costs for additional testing due to failure of genset to perform to specified standards shall be bome by the Contractor/Manufaciurer, with additional 04107106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 -13 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION expenses In effect as .specified previously for the factory testing. Provide variable resistive load banks for 100% capacity of plant for the testing procedure indicated herein. FF. Include for license electrician to be on site for all testing, verification and commissioning work, to make any required distribution system changes necessitated by the work. Include for costs for and arrange also for genset supplier's controls contractor to be present for all testing and commissioning. Include costs for and arrange for mechanical contractor's representative to be present to assist in adjustments of controls, fuel and air system. GG. Upon completion of installation of equipment, by the Contractor, the equipment manufacturers shall inspect the installation of each complete equipment assembly and certify in writing to the Consultant the satisfactory installation and operations of same. Submit detailed list of deficiencies to Consultant HH. The equipment manufacturers shall include in his Bid Price for a site visit to inspect, test, verify and commission installation by the Contractor to ensure that the Contractor is in compliance with the Contract Documents. it. Upon acceptance of the emergency power plant, arrange for the manufacturer's mechanic to instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the correct operation and maintenance of the plant including automation control system. Allow for minimum one (1) day for this training to up to four (4) members of Owner's staff. Provide DVD recording. Include for all costs of the testing and instructions, in the Contract Sum. JJ. Test procedures shall be in accordance with the test sheets found at the end of this Section and requirements specified later in this Section. Submit reports to the Consultant on these sheets. Testing shall be documented and reports shall be signed and bound. Submit four (4) copies. KK Include costs for fuel for testing and commissioning. Provide the engine-generator sets with fuel al for the on-site testing and upon acceptance of the tests, ensure that the fuel oil in the storage tank(s) are replenished. Coordinate with General Contractor. LL. Refer to details and schedules on the drawings for further requirements of the engine-generator set 3.02 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. The following are general typical guidelines for testing of gensets and controls. Exact requirements shall be confirmed with and approved by Consultant prior to start of work. Additionally, contact the genset manufacturer and obtain their recommended testing procedures for the specific gensets of this Project. Coordinate with genset supplier to ensure that appl'ICable codes and standards are met B. Operational Tests: 1. With the engine in a "cold start" condition and the emergency load at its normal operating level, a power failure shall be simulated by means acceptable to Consultant Do not interrupt existing services unless approved in writing by Consultant The test load shall be that bad which is normally served by the emergency power system. Note that unless instructed by or approved in writing by Owner and Consultant, building loads shall not be connected and used for testing. Provide variable bad banks as required. 2. The operational test shall be continued for 1 hour, after which normal power shall be restored and satisfactory transfer of the load and shutdown of the emergency generating sets shall be demonstrated. 3. The following data shall be observed and recorded: .1 time delay on start; .2 cranking time until the engine starts and runs; .3 time required to come up to operating speed; .4 time required to achieve a steady-state condition with all switches transferred to the emergency position; .5 voltage, frequency, and amperes at startup and at any observed change in load; 04107106 POWER GENERATION Progress CD Set 16200 -14 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16200 VAIL, COLORADO POWER GENERATION .6 engine oil pressure, water temperature where applicable, and battery change rate at 5 min intervals for the first 15 min, and at 15 min intervals thereafter; .7 time delay on retransfer for each transfer switch; and .8 time delay on engine cooldown and shutdown. 4. Full Load Test .1 Following operational test, the genset shall be subjected to a 4 hour 100% bad test .2 Provide variable load bank for testing, unless use of building load is permitted in writing by Owner and Consultant. .3 The full load test may be initiated by any method that will start the engine and, immediately upon reaching its rated speed, pick up the full load in one step. .4 The data shall be recorded, for items listed above, at first load acceptance and every 15 min thereafter until the completion of the test period. 5. Cycle Crank Test: .1 The engine shall be prevented from running by utilizing any method recommended by the manufacturer. The control switch shall then be placed in the "run" position to cause the engine to crank. .2 The engine starting system shall provide a cranking cycle consisting of., .1 30 s of continuous cranking; or .2 three 10 s crank attempts separated by 10 s rest periods. .3 The crank cycle shall be repeated a second time to demonstrate that the batteries have sufficient capacity for a total cranking time of 60 s. .4 The time required to recharge the batteries shall be demonstrated to meet the requirements. 6. Safety Shutdown and Alarms: .1 The gensets shall be tested as recommended by the manufacturer and as described herein this Section to ensure that all safety shutdowns and alarms are fully functional. 7. Ventilation: .1 During the testing of gensets, it shall be demonstrated that sufficient ventilation is provided for the room housing the gensets, in accordance with the requirements of NFPA and local codes and standards. 8. Voltage and Frequency: .1 Perform this test in accordance to NFPA and local codes and standards ans as required by Consultant. 9. Oil Analysis: .1 Perform this test in accordance to NFPA and local codes and standards. 10. Include costs for and arrange for specialist air and noise emissions consultant to provide testing and required equipment and personnel to verify that the complete genset assembly complies with issued documents and requirements with respect to authorities having jurisdiction with regards to air and noise emission standards. The specialist consultant shall be approved by the Consultant Document test results and submit signed copies bound into test reports to Consultant END OF SECTION 16200 • 04!07106 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 POWER GENERATION 16200-15 ENGINE-GENERATOR TEST REPORT r~ Project: RS&G Job No: Owner: Architect: Date: Consulting Engineers: Rybka Smith and Ginsler Limited Location: Present: Engine Data: Serial Number: A. UNIT - GENERAL B. CONTROL PANEL - GENERAL C. VIBRATION CONTROL D. START-UP TIME COLD UNIT: HOT UNIT: Page 1 of 4 \\OFFICET\ADMIN\WP51\PROJECTS105\160520600\SpecificationsWain ProjecAEspeeWrogress CD Apri17. 2006\16200AppendixTest RPT.doc ENGINE-GENERATOR TEST REPORT E. SAFETY DEVICES AND TIME DELAY OPERATION SHUT-DOWN OPERATION ALARM BELL LIGHT LOW OIL PRESSURE HIGH COOLANT TEMP. OVERSPEED OVERCRANK OTHERS SHUT-DOWN T/D 4 MIN. AFTER HYDRO RESTORED F. HOUR METER READINGS START: CONCLUSION: G. RECORDING INSTRUMENTS (SPEED OF CHART) 1. VOLTAGE (REGULATOR) ALLOWABLE VARIATION: ACTUAL VARIATION @ 0-1/4 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION 0-1/2 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION 0-3/4 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION 0-1/1 LOAD = 2. FREQUENCY (GOVENOR) ALLOWABLE VARIATION: ACTUAL VARIATION 0-1/4 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION 0-1/2 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION 0-3/4 LOAD = ACTUAL VARIATION @ 0-1/1 LOAD= 3. RECOVERY TIME H. VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT (SPECIFY): 1. EXHAUST PRESSURE: Page 2 of 4 \\OFFICET\ADMW\WP51\PROJECTSW51180520600\Specifications\Main Project\Espec\Progress CDApnl7. 2006\16200AppendtKTest. RPT.doc ENGINE-GENERATOR TEST REPORT C L~ J. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS: K. INCOMPLETE ITEMS AND/OR DEFICIENCIES: Page 3 of 4 W)MCMADMINIM511PROJECTSW5\180520600V.Specificatiomwain Project\Espec\Progress CD April 7, 2006t162DOAppendixTesL RPT.doc ENGINE-GENERATOR TEST REPORT L. METHOD OF LOADING (SPECIFY): TIME IN MINUTES: LOADING AMPS - PHASE 1 AMPS - PHASE 2 AMPS - PHASE 3 VOLTS - PHASE 1 VOLTS - PHASE 2 VOLTS - PHASE 3 FREQUENCY(HZ) OIL PRESS. P.S.I. OIL TEMP. DEGREES F. WATER IN TEMP. DEGREES F. WATER OUT TEMP. DEGREES F.) JACKET TEMP. DEGREES F. EXH. TEMP. DEGREES F. ENGINE SPEED R.P.M. CHARGER POWER FACTORY GENERATOR TEMP. DEGREES F. ROOM TEMP. DEGREES F. EXH. SMOKE KW. RATING VACUUM GAS UNITS ONLY) Rybka Smith and Ginsler Limited Consulting Engineers DATE: PER: J Page 4 of 4 NOFFICETIADMIMWP51WROJECTS105i1605206001SpecificationsWlain Projed Espec\Progress CD April 7, 2006116200AppendixTest RPT.doc PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION LIST OF CONTENTS PART1 GENERAL • 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.05 LOCAL ELECTRICAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS 1.06 SPARE PARTS 1.07 SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT AND FISHCORD FOR CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANK 2.02 TRANSFORWER PAD 2.03 MAIN SWITCHBOARD 2.04 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS 2.05 BUS DUCT 2.06 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 2.07 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 2.08 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 2.09 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 2.10 LOAD CENTRES 2.11 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION WIRING 2.12 CONTACTORS 2.13 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 2.14 FUSES 2.15 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS 2.16 PUSHBUTTONS OPERATORS 2.17 MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES 2.18 UPS UNITS-1 PHASE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DUCT FOR CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANK 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHBOARDS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BUS DUCT 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFER SWITCHES 3.06 INSTALLATION OF DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 3.07 INSTALLATION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTRES 3.08 INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION WIRING 3.09 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS 3.10 INSTALLATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES 3.11 INSTALLATION OF FUSES 3.12 INSTALLATION OF UPS UNITS 3.13 GROUNDING 3.14 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 3.15 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR POOL EQUIPMENT 3.16 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 3.17 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-WIRED OFFICE FURNITURE SYSTEMS 3.18 ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS 3.19 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT 3.20 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TESTING, CO-ORDINATION AND COMMISSIONING 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION LOG 16400 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. The related section article contained herein, is included for reference only. All items contained therein are an assessment of the work, which should not be presumed to be complete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Architectural Specifications. B. Section 16010. C. Section 16050. D. Section 16200. E. Section 16401. F. Section 16402. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. Bus duct; 2. Switchboards; 3. Transfer switches; 4. Transformers; 5. Panelboards and load centres; 6. Unintemtptible power supply units; 7. Motor control centres. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.05 LOCAL ELECTRICAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS A. Where required, comply with the latest requirements of the local electrical power Utility conditions of supply. Confirm exact requirements with the local Utility and co-ordinate Utility requirements with the respective trades providing such work. The local utility shall generally be responsible for but not be limited to the following: 1. provision of pad mounted main power transformer; 2. provision of primary cables and connections; 3. provision of secondary cable connections; (secondary cables by Division 16); 4. provision of transformer grounding requirements. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Suffmry Permit Set 16400-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 1.06 SPARE PARTS A. One (1) year supply of manufacturer's spare parts for switchboards. B. Three (3) of each size of type of fuses. 1.07 SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS A. Comply with local electrical code requirements with regards to series rated combinations of overcurrent protective devices and ensure that equipment in which the lower rated devices is installed is marked with a series combination interrupting rating at least equal to the available fault current. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT AND FISHCORD FOR CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANK A. PVC Type If plastic suitable for concrete encasement and in accordance with local Utility requirements. B. Plastic twine cord, or'h" (20 mm) diameter polyethylene rope approved by the Utility. 2.02 TRANSFORMER PAD A. A concrete pad of pre-cast or cast- in- place construction shall be provided in accordance with the local electrical utility's requirements. Coordinate exact requirements with General Contractor and local utility. Obtain details from local utility and coordinate with General Contractor the requirements for excavation work, concrete work and backfilling work. 2.03 MAIN SWITCHBOARD A. Schneider Electric - Square D, "QED-6" indoor, rear connected type, 277/480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire plus ground, indoor, metal enclosed, standardized switchboard for use in the distribution system with a short circuit capacity as scheduled or as required to suit the application. The switchboard shall be as shown and scheduled on the drawings and shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of applicable codes. The switchboard shall be front accessible to perform all operations, maintenance and servicing. The main breakers and be breakers sections shall be based on the "QED-6" style switchboard. The secondary breaker sections shall be based on the 'QED-2" style switchboard, which at contractor's option may be "QED-6' also. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the entire switchboard line-up can be accommodated into room dimensions allocated, and allowing for clearances for maintenance and accessibility and code requirements. B. The switchboards shall comply with the following minimum standards: 1. UL 891; 2. NEMA PB-2. 3. NEMA 1 level of protection complete with additional sprinkler-proof provisions for a sprinklered environment. C. Structure 1. The switchboard shall consist of individual cells bolted together to form an enclosed, self-contained, self-supporting structure having breaker and instrument components, a centralized bus compartment and a cabling compartment, with all necessary facilities for proper ventilation. Rear access shall be required for drawout breakers. Each cell shall be of modem welded construction, fabricated from sheet steel in accordance with requirements and reinforced wherever necessary to provide adequate strength. Each individual main or be circuit breaker compartment 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Perm ft Set 16400 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION or cell shall be segregated from adjacent compartments and sections by means of steel barriers. Front doors shall be formed type, fabricated with cold rolled sheet steel and complete with hinges and handle lock operators. Unless otherwise required, rear, top and side panels shall be secured suitably to a channel type base. After fabrication, each cell shall be factory cleaned and finished with ANSI no. 49 grey enamel. 2. The entire enclosure shall be in accordance with NEMA 1 requirements including a "drip-shield" consisting of a water-tight roof designed to shed water without dripping on the cell and to interlock in a water-tight manner with top panels of adjacent cells. Ventilation louvres shall be protected from penetration of water from activated sprinklers and doors shall be gasketed. Roof penetrations must be sealed watertight. 3. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and be capable of being moved into location and bolted directly to concrete pad. 4. At Contractor's option and provided to suit on site applications and structural elements of the room, the switchboards and power transformers may be supplied as a unit substation configuration. D. Future Cells 1. Where shown, provide bus terminations for future extensions and gasketed water-tight removable side panels to accommodate installation and connection of future cells. 2. Where future breakers are indicated, bus, stationary element, CT's, control and metering wiring shall be supplied such that at a future date, Owner need only purchase drawout element. Main bus and switchboard shall be drilled and plated and have provision for future extension of additional cells at ends of switchboard as shown. E. Bus Bars 1. Main bus bars shall be silver plated copper bus bars. Bus and connections shall be designed so that the maximum temperature rise in any part of the switchboard will not exceed 149OF (650C) over an ambient temperature of 104oF (40oC). The bus shall be properly isolated and designed to carry the currents as noted. 2. A continuous ground bus shall be provided for the length of the switchboard and solidly bolted to the steel framework. The ground bus shall be constructed of the same material as the main bus and shall be complete with suitable lugs for grounding connections outlined on the drawings. The ground bus shall have momentary current rating equal to or greater than that of the apparatus in the switchboard. 3. Supply all required bolts, nuts and washers for field connection of bus joints between cells. Control Wiring 1. Each cell shall be complete with all required control wiring and terminal blocks. Control wiring shall be minimum no. 14 AWG, SIS type extra flexible wire with thermoplastic insulation. Control wiring shall be neatly harnessed and suitably secured with nylon ties and anchored to assembly with use of pre-punched wire lances. 2. Terminal blocks shall be of the pressure type and complete with removable marking strips. Provide wire markers at end of all control wiring. 3. Terminal connections to remote devices or sources shall be front accessible via removable trays above each circuit breaker. Control fuses shall also be located in these trays. G. Switchboard Arrangement & Components 1. The switchboard cell arrangement and components shall be as detailed on the drawings. H. Utility Provisions 1. Metering cells for utility current and potential transformers and associated fuses shall suit utility requirements. Coordinate exact requirements with local electrical authority. The transformers will be supplied to the switchboard manufacturer, shall be factory installed in the metering cells, and secondaries shall be connected to terminal blocks. A 1-1/2" (38 mm) diameter conduit stub shall be provided in the bottom of each metering cell for site extension of conduit in the slab to meters. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 2. Provide relays as required for utility requirements. Metering & Accessories 1. Microprocessor based digital metering with system voltage protection, non-volatile memory, and readings of voltage, current, kilowatts, kilowatt-hours power factor and for applications as shown on drawings. Metering shall be of accuracy and type suitable and approved for revenue applications. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided and Modbus communication protocol output for connection to and for monitoring by the Building Automation System (BAS). J. Current & Potential Transformers 1. Potential transformers shall incorporate current limiting fuses. 2. Current transformers shall have ratios to suit the application, a mechanical rating equal to the momentary rating of the circuit breakers, and shall be insulated for the full voltage rating of the switchgear. 3. CT s and PT s for utility metering shall be provided as required. K. Main Circuit Breakers and Tie Breakers 1. Type Wasterpact NW, manually operated, stored energy, draw-out power air circuit breaker assembly with a heavy duty finger type ground contact, wheels for mounting on rails in the cell, a mechanical interlock which prevents moving the unit into or out of the connected position while the breaker assembly is closed, and a nameplate giving the breaker rating. Refer to drawing schedules for ratings of breakers. 2. The breaker assembly shall consist of an operating mechanism, 3-pole units, and a solid-state adjustable tripping unit. The operating mechanism shall provide 2-step stored energy closing. One (1) stroke of the operating handle shall charge the spring, after which the breaker may be dosed by pushing a button. A tripping button and a breaker position indicator shall be provided. The breaker shall have facilities for padlocking in the open position. 3. The main breakers shall be complete with a °Micrologic Type P" microprocessor based solid state tripping unit having the following adjustable tripping functions; long time pick-up; long time delay; short time pick-up; short time delay; instantaneous pick-up; ground fault pick-up; and ground fault delay. Trip settings shall be as determined by the distribution system testing and coordination study specified in Part 3 of this Section. The tripping unit shall have three (3) sensors, one (1) on each phase conductor, arranged such that a trip signal from any sensor shall open all three (3) poles of the breaker. The trip units shall include power measurements, functions of current, voltage and frequency. 4. The trip unit shall be complete with LED indication of mode and trip and a display panel indicating the protection function settings and system data. The unit shall be continuously self checking and monitoring. Complete system selective coordination shall be provided with individually adjustable time%urrent shaping solid state elements. Alternatively, a portable test unit may be furnished, and the unit shall contain integral test panel with selector switch and pushbutton. The unit shall be complete with auxiliary power module for power source. The trip unit shall include emergency monitoring and display of peak demand, present demand and energy consumption. 5. The breakers shall be listed for application of 100% of its trip setting and shall be capable of carrying its full rated ampere capacity, indefinitely without tripping. No external source of power shall be necessary to trip breaker in the event of a fault or overload. All necessary tripping energy shall be derived from monitoring current transformers provided with the breaker. The breaker shall be operated with a two-step stored energy mechanism to provide a maximum five cycle dosing and shall be provided with color coded breaker status indicators to indicate position of contacts.. 05.12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 4 RS&G He No. 1805206-00 C ` PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 6. The secondary disconnecting devices shall consist of floating fingers mounted on the removable units engaging flat contact segments located at the rear of the compartment. The secondary disconnecting devices shall also be silver plated to ensure permanence of contact, and contact engagement shall be maintained in the connected and test positions. Each breaker shall have four (4) positions consisting of connected, test, disconnected and removed. The breaker drawout element shall contain a worm gear levering "in" and "out" mechanism with removable lever crank. Mechanical interlocking shall be provided so that the breaker is in the tripped position before levering "in" or "our of the cell. The breaker shall include a provision for padlocking open to prevent manual or electric dosing. The padlocking shall also secure the breaker in the connected, test, or disconnected position by preventing levering. 7. The circuit breakers shall be equipped with connection terminals suitable for connections as shown on the drawings. 8. The breakers shall include control operation switch with red/green indicator lights and control power transformer integral to switchboard. 9. The breakers shall be complete with mechanical key interlock system connected to main breakers and be breakers as shown, to provide sequence of operation that will only allow two breakers to be closed at any one time. L. Circuit Breaker Distribution Section 1, The group mounted circuit breaker distribution section shall include "Powerpact" series family of moulded case fixed mounted , circuit breakers, NEMA/ANSI, type, with an interrupting capacity as scheduled and frame size to suit application. Molded case breakers shall be energy limiting type with quick-make, quick-break operating and auxiliary contacts where required. The molded case breakers shall be listed for 80% of its trip setting and shall be capable of carrying its ampere capacity indefinitely without tripping. Molded case breakers of size greater than 225A shall be equipped with "Micrologic Type P" adjustable solid state trip unit with metering and display as previously described and LSIG settings. M. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors/Lightning Protection: 1. Switchboards shall be complete with integral transient voltage surge suppressors (TVSS) and filtering. The TVSS unit shall be factory installed and connected through integral disconnect as recommended by manufacturer. The unit shall include diagnostic package with status indicators on each phase, LCD monitoring display, Form C alarm contacts, transient counter and power quality meter (volts, sag, swell, outage). The TVSS features shall be as follows: 1. in accordance with IEEE C62.41, C62.45, UL 1283 and UL 1449; 2. peak surge current 250 KA per phase; 3. let through voltage rating based on UL 1449 (6 KV, 500A, 100KHz), Wye system - L- G/L-N/N-GI- 800V; 4. filter attenuation; 50 dB @ 100 KHz; 5. rated for 277/480 VAC, 3-phase, 4 wire; 6. warranty: manufacturer's standard minimum 5 years parts and labour warranty; 7. flush mounting enclosure. 2. Provide distribution class lightning protection arrestors of rating to suit application and as recommended by switchboard manufacturer. N. Incoming & Outgoing Conductor Connection Facilities 1. All required facilities and hardware including provisions for incoming and outgoing cable in conduit feeders shall be provided for the switchboards as shown and scheduled. 05-12.06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 - 5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 0. Mimic Bus & Nameplates 1. Red, single line vinyl bus approximately 3/8" w x 1/8" thick (9mm x 3mm) representing internal bussing and components shall be rivetted to the front of the switchboard and shall extend through the handles of the respective breakers. Engraved Lamacoid nameplates shall be secured with stainless steel screws, adjacent each panel component and identifying each component. 2. Warning labels as required by local governing authorities and as directed by Consultant. P. Alarms 1. Provide required contacts, wiring in conduit, test block and terminals and all other necessary components for the remote connection of the alarms and monitoring points to the Building Automation System (BAS). Include for loss of power indication and ground fault indication as required. Q. Accessories 1. Manufacturer's standard accessories, spare parts and maintenance tool kit. 2. Drawout breaker lift truck. 3. Rubber mats, non-slip, minimum 3' wide x 3/8" thick (900 mm x 9 mm) x lengths around switchboard. R. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, ABB, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.04 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS A. Schneider Electric - Square D, "QED-2" indoor, rear connected type, 277/480 volt, and 120/208 volt, 3- phase, 4-wire plus ground, indoor switchboards for use in the distribution system with a short circuit capacity as scheduled or as required to suit the application. The distribution switchboards and emergency distribution switchboard shall be as shown and scheduled on the drawings and shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of applicable codes and standards including UL and NEMA. The switchboard shall be front accessible to perform all operations, maintenance and servicing. B. Structure 1. The distribution switchboards shall consist of individual sections bolted together to form an enclosed, self-contained, self-supporting structure having breaker and instrument components, with all necessary facilities for proper ventilation. No rear access shall be required. 2. Front doors shall be formed type, fabricated with cold rolled sheet steel and complete with hinges and handle lock operators. Unless otherwise required, rear, top and side panels shall be secured suitably to a channel type base. After fabrication, unit shall be factory cleaned and finished with ANSI No. 49 grey enamel. 3. The entire enclosure shall be in accordance with NEMA 1 requirements including a "drip-shield" consisting of a water-tight roof designed to shed water without dripping on the cell and to interlock in a water-tight manner with top panels of adjacent cells. Ventilation louvres shall be protected from penetration of water from activated sprinklers and doors shall be gasketed. Roof penetrations must be sealed water tight 4. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and be capable of being moved into location and bolted directly to concrete pad. 5. At Contractor's option and provided to suit on site applications and structural elements of the room, the switchboards and power transformers may be supplied as a unit substation configuration. C. Future Cells 1. Where shown, provide bus terminations for future extensions and gasketed water-tight removable side panels to accommodate installation and connection of future cells. J 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION D. Bus Bars 1. Main bus bars shall be silver plated copper bus bars. Bus and connections shall be designed so that the maximum temperature rise in any part of the switchboard will not exceed 65 C. degrees over an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. The bus shall be properly isolated and designed to carry the currents as noted. 2. The ground bus shall be constructed of the same material as the main bus and shall be complete with suitable lugs for grounding connections outlined on the drawings. The ground bus shall have momentary current rating equal to or greater than that of the apparatus in the switchboard. 3. Supply all required bolts, nuts and washers for field connection of bus joints between cells. E. Control Wiring 1. Each cell shall be complete with all required control wiring and terminal blocks. Control wiring shall be minimum no. 14 AWG, SIS type extra flexible wire with thermoplastic insulation. Control wiring shall be neatly harnessed and suitably secured with nylon ties and anchored to assembly with use of pre-punched wire lances. 2. Terminal blocks shall be of the pressure type and complete with removable marking strips. Provide wire markers at end of all control wiring. 3. Terminal connections to remote devices or sources shall be front accessible via removable trays above each circuit breaker. Control fuses shall also be located in these trays. F. Switchboard Arrangement & Components 1. The switchboard cell arrangement and components shall be as detailed on the drawings. G. Metering & Accessories 1. Microprocessor based digital metering with system voltage protection, non-volatile memory, and readings of voltage, current, kilowatts, kilowatt-hours power factor and for applications as shown on drawings. Metering shall be of accuracy and type suitable and approved for revenue applications. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided and Modbus communication protocol output for connection to and for monitoring by the Building Management System. H. Current & Potential Transformers 1. Potential transformers shall incorporate current limiting fuses. 2. Current transformers shall have ratios to suit the application, a mechanical rating equal to the momentary rating of the circuit breakers, and shall be insulated for the full voltage rating of the switchgear. Main Circuit Breakers and Tie Breakers 1. Type '"Powerpact' series family of fixed mounted moulded case, circuit breakers with an interrupting capacity as scheduled and frame size to suit application. The breakers shall be listed for 100° of its trip setting and shall be capable of carrying its full rated ampere capacity indefinitely without tripping. Breakers of frame size greater than 225A shall be equipped with adjustable solid state trip unit. Refer to drawing schedules for ratings of breakers. 2. The main breakers shall be complete with a "Micrologic Type P" microprocessor based solid state tripping unit having the following adjustable tripping functions; long time pick-up; long time delay; short time pick-up; short time delay; instantaneous pick-up; ground fault pick-up; and ground fault delay. Trip settings shall be as determined by the distribution system testing and coordination study specified in Part 3 of this Section. The tripping unit shall have three (3) sensors, one (1) on each phase conductor, arranged such that a trip signal from any sensor shall open all three (3) poles of the breaker. The trip units shall include power measurements, functions of current, voltage and frequency, and screen display. • 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 3. The circuit breakers shall be equipped with connection terminals suitable for connections as shown on the drawings. 4. The breakers shall be complete with mechanical key interlock system connected to main breakers and fie breakers as shown, to provide sequence of operation that will only allow two breakers to be closed at any one time. J. Circuit Breaker Distribution Section 1. The group mounted circuit breaker distribution section shall include "Powerpact" series family of moulded case, circuit breakers with an interrupting capacity as scheduled and frame size to suit application. Molded case breakers shall be energy limiting type with quick-make, quick-break operating and auxiliary contacts where required. The molded case breakers shall be listed for 80% of its trip setting and shall be capable of carrying its full rated ampere capacity indefinitely without tripping. Molded case breakers of size 225A and greater, shall be equipped with adjustable "Micrologic" solid state trip unit with LSIG settings. K. Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS): 1. The switchboards shall be provided with TVSS protection device as recommended by switchboard manufacturer, with minimum 250 kA/phase-surge rating and in compliance with UL 1449. Requirements shall be similar to main switchboard specification. L. Incoming & Outgoing Conductor Connection Facilities 1. All required facilities and hardware including provisions for incoming and outgoing cable in conduit feeders shall be provided for the switchboards as shown and scheduled. M. Mimic Bus & Nameplates 1. Red, single line vinyl bus approximately 3/8" w x 1/8" thick (9mm x 3mm) representing internal bussing and components shall be rivetted to the front of the switchboard and shall extend through the handles of the respective breakers. Engraved Lamacoid nameplates shall be secured with stainless steel screws, adjacent each panel component and identifying each component. 2. Warning labels as required by local governing authorities and as directed by Consultant. N. Alarms 1. Provide required contacts, wiring in conduit, test block and terminals and all other necessary components for the remote connection of the alarms and monitoring points to the Building Automation System (BAS). Include for loss of power indication, ground fault indication, etc. as required. 0. Accessories 1. Manufacturer's standard accessories, spare parts and maintenance tool kit. 2. Rubber mats, non-slip, minimum 3' wide x 3/8" thick (900 mm x 9 mm) x lengths around switchboard. P. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, ABB, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 2.05 BUS DUCT A. Where shown on drawings or where at Contractor's option subject to Consultant's approval, bus duct may be provided in lieu of cable in conduit. Eaton Electric (Cutler Hammer) "Pow-R-Way III", UL listed and labelled, sprinkler-proof enclosed, sandwich type feeder bus duct with a full 100% capacity neutral and 100% ground (50% integral and 50% internal). The bus duct shall be constructed to withstand a short circuit rating to suit the apparatus it supplies at its rated voltage. C. The bus duct shall be complete with: 1. Bus bars, fabricated from best grade, 98% conductivity rectangular, silver plated copper with rounded edges and uniform layer of insulation material applied over entire length. 2. Single bolt bus bar joints made with insulated high tensile strength bolts with nuts and washers and molded polyester glass joint insulators. Sliver plating is applied to all joints and contact surfaces. 3. A proper barrier at bus duct entrance to equipment. 4. A totally enclosed, non-ventilated, sprinkler-proof, aluminum housing, finished with light grey enamel and complete with two (2) removable gasketed access covers at each splice, two (2) gasketed splice plates at each splice, drain holes and plugs, one (1) hanger assembly for every 10' (3 m) of horizontal duct, and adjustable vertical spring hangers. 5. Fire resisting barriers where bus duct passes through fire rated construction. 6. The entire assembly shall be factory applied corrosion resistant coat of epoxy paint. 7. Elbows, bends, tees, cross-overs, reducers, end covers, installation hardware as per manufacturer's requirements. Installation hardware shall be non-ferrous. 8. Switchboard flange connection where connection to switchboards are required. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Eaton Electric (Cutler Hammer), Square D, General Electric and Siemens. 2.06 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. ASCO Power Technologies, 7000 - 962 Series, automatic transfer switches shall be double-throw, electrically operated, mechanically held, fully protected, complete with voltage sensing relays, a manual transfer facility incorporating spring handles, current ratings as indicated, arc chutes, magnetic blow-out coils and all components necessary to provide proper performance and operation. The automatic transfer switches shall conform to the latest applicable local codes, IEC, NEC, UL, NFPA 101 and NFPA 76A requirements, and shall be sized on the drawings. B. The automatic transfer switch shall consist of a power transfer module and a control module, interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. The automatic transfer switch shall be mechanically held and electrically operated by a single solenoid mechanism energized from the source to which the load is to be transferred. The switch shall be rated for continuous duty and be inherently double throw. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one (1) of two (2) possible positions - normal or emergency. The automatic transfer switch shall be suitable for use with emergency sources such as an engine or turbine driven generator source or another utility source. C. The 7000 series control panel consists of a digital microprocessor controller with LCD display. The panel shall be supplied with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch for ease of maintenance. The interconnecting wiring harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the control panel to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be provided on printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. 1~ 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 - 9 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION D. The main contacts shall transfer in 70 milliseconds or less and shall be protected by separate arcing contacts with arc barriers between poles. Inspection of all contacts (movable and stationary) and coils to be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. A manual operating handle shall be provided for maintenance purposes. The handle shall permit the operator to stop the contacts at any point throughout the entire travel to properly inspect and service the contacts when required. E. The sensing and control logic panel shall utilize solid-state sensing to initiate emergency mode of operation upon reduction of normal source to below 90% of nominal voltage and retransfer to normal when normal source restores to above 90% of nominal. The pick-up voltage shall be adjustable from 85% to 100% of nominal and the dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 75% to 98% of the pick-up value. The transfer switch shall be complete with the following features: 1. Time delay to override momentary normal source outages to delay all transfer switch and engine starting signals; adjustable from 0.5 seconds to 6 seconds and initially set at one (1) second. 2. Time delay for controlled time of load transfer to emergency; adjustable from 0 to 8 minutes and initially set at 0 minutes. 3. Time delay for unloaded running time delay for emergency generator cool-down; adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and initially set at 5 minutes. 4. Time delay on retransfer to normal source set to automatically by-pass if emergency source fails and normal source is available; adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and initially set at five (5) minutes. 5. An engine start contact which closes on normal power failure to initiate engine start-up. 6. A four (4) position selector switch with "TEST", "OFF", "AUTO" and "ENGINE START" (where applicable) positions. 7. Pilot lights (PIL) to indicate switch positions. 8. Suitable connections for the conductors specified. J 9. Frequency relay to prevent emergency load transfer until the frequency of the emergency source has reached its set value. 10. In-phase monitoring of motor load with generator for transfer from normal to emergency and vice versa, by means of a monitor to sample the relative phase angle and frequency different and to signal the transfer switch to close when the two (2) voltages are at the required phase angle. 11. Auxiliary contacts as required to operate connected systems such as alarms, with provision of at least two (2) normally open and two (2) normally closed auxiliary contacts. Connect to BAS system to alarm on failure to transfer. 12. Maintained contact switch to allow built-in time delay on retransfer to normal bypassed. 13. Indicators to show the switch position. 14. Momentary contact switch to allow built-in time delay on retransfer to normal to be bypassed. 15. Yellow pilot light to illuminate when the load is connected to the emergency source. G. Automatic transfer switches related to life safety systems as noted, shall be equipped with bypass-isolation switch to manually permit convenient electrical bypass and isolation of the automatic transfer that could not otherwise be tested and maintained without interrupting the load. Bypass of the load to either the normal and emergency power source with complete isolation of the automatic transfer switch shall be possible regardless of the status of the automatic transfer switch. This allows the transfer switch to be removed from service without power feedback to the transfer switch connections, and to provide a transfer test position to enable testing the transfer switch operation under no load conditions. The bypass isolation shall permit proper operation by one (1) person through the movement of a maximum of two (2) handles at a common dead front panel. The entire system shall consist of two (2) elements, the automatic transfer switch and the bypass-isolation switch, which shall be furnished completely factory interconnected and tested. The bypass isolation switch shall be provided only on transfer switches as noted on drawings, which are required to feed essential or critical loads as designated by the NEC J 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 L` PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION H. Automatic transfer switches supplying power for elevators shall be equipped with a selective load disconnect and time delay control circuit to inhibit transfer for a preset amount of time to allow the lift controls to sense the contact position of the transfer switch to program itself to accommodate the up-coming transfer. 1. The transfer switch enclosure shall be free standing enamelled steel, NEMA 1 cubicle with sprinkler-proof provisions including drip shield, ventilation louvres protected from penetration of water from activated sprinklers and gasketed doors. J. Acceptable manufacturers are Asco Power Technology, Russelectric, General Electric and CumminsOnan. 2.07 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Schneider Electric (Square D), dry type transformers as per the drawing schedule, constructed and factory tested in accordance with the latest requirements of UL 1561, UL 1562, ANSI C57.12.51, NEMA TR-1 and ST-1. B. The 3-phase dry type transformers shall be complete with: 1. an NEMA 2 "drip-proof enclosure with a rigid end frame, removable gasketted front and rear plates, and a terminal compartment located at the bottom of the enclosure; 2. class "H" silicone type coil insulation, such that the winding temperature rise will not exceed 150 C. degrees and the enclosure temperature rise will not exceed 65 C. degrees under full load in a 40 degrees C. ambient temperature; 3. drip shield. C. Each transformer shall also be complete with: 1. delta-wye configuration unless otherwise noted; 2. 200% neutrals; 3. k-13 factor rating and K-4 factor rating as noted on drawings; 4. aluminum windings; 5. core construction consisting of stacked laminations of high permeability silicone steel; 6. lugs or pressure type terminals to suit primary and secondary conductors; 7. four (4) 2-1/2% full capacity taps, two (2) above normal and two (2) below normal; 8. electrostatic shielding; 9. an integral vibration dampening system; 10. an ANSI/ASA 61 light grey enamel finish with overcoat of corrosion resistant finish; 11. an aluminum nameplate indicating impedance rating, weight, connection diagram, style and serial number, riveted to the front of the enclosure. D. Sound ratings shall not exceed ST-1 levels nor local governing code requirements, nor levels confirmed with acoustical Consultant. E. Where transformers are included in unit substations, provide complete bussing between sections and ensure equipment enclosures of the substation match. F. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Hammond Manufacturing Co. Ltd., Eaton Cutler Hammer, Schneider Electric, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 -11 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 2.08 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Schneider Electric - Square D, "I-Line", 277/480 volt and 120/208 volt, 3 phase 4-wire, distribution panel boards and switchboards, consisting of following sections as required: 1. Main breaker section; main breaker to be moulded case NEMA type, 100% rated, complete with "Micrologic" solid state adjustable trip unit with LSIG settings. 2. Cable pull section as required 3. Circuit breaker distribution section with moulded case NEMA type breakers, 80% rated. Breakers of frame size greater than 225A shall be equipped with adjustable solid state trip unit. B. The panelboards shall be as per schedule on drawings, manufactured to applicable NEC, ANSI and NEMA standards. Panelboards shall be front accessible. Panelboard boxes shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized steel and shall be complete with removable panels and wiring gutter space on all sides. Enclosures shall be factory painted in ANSI 49161 grey enamel and final overcoat of corrosion resistant finish. Enclosures shall be free-standing type, reinforced as required to provide adequate strength. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1, with sprinkler-proof provisions including drip shield and gasketting. C. Bussing shall be hard drawn electrical grade copper. D. For distribution panelboards as required, include for provisions to accommodate future revenue class metering.. Provisions shall include minimum 8" additional gutter space or extra wide panel to accommodate future installations and connection of CT's and remote mounted meters. E. Provide TVSS units to distribution panelboards as shown. TVSS units shall be of similar type as specified for switchboards, but suitable for voltage levels of panels and peak surge current of 160 KA per phase. F. Provide engraved lamacoid nameplate for each panelboard and for each breaker. G. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.09 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Schneider Electric - Square D, "NQOD" and "NF", factory assembled dead front panelboards as per the drawing schedule, manufactured to load applicable codes, and NEMA/ANSI/NEC standards. Panelboards shall be as scheduled on drawings, 1201208 volts (NQOD), and 277/480 volts (NF), 3-phase types with neutral and ground. B. Panelboards shall be complete with following general conditions: 1. A sprinkler-proof NEMA 2 box constructed of code gauge zinc plated steel with removable box ends, wiring gutter space on all sides, and, factory ANSI/ASA 49/61 grey enamel coated finish with final overcoat of corrosion resistant epoxy coat 2. Trim for flush or surface wall mounting as shown, constructed of code gauge steel, bonderized, finished to match panelboard and complete with concealed fasteners, concealed hinge, chrome plated door latch and keyed alike lock with key, a steel frame holder and circuit directory card protected by clear acetate and secured to the back of the door, and Mylar circuit breaker identification strips. 3. bolt-on moulded case breakers as scheduled; 4. Copper bus bars. 5. Ground bus constructed of the same material as the standard bus. 6. Drip shields for surface mounted panelboards. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400-12 RSBG Fite No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 7. Non-automatic and automatic main breaker to function as an isolating switch, where shown and as required. 8. Provide ground fault interrupting circuit (GFCI) breakers to feed devices in whirlpools and pool areas. 9. Provide arc fault circuit interrupter (AFCI) breakers for applications required by NEC; 10. 200% capacity neutrals. C. Branch circuit panelboards (except for Residence Club and Condominiums) shall be complete with integral transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) and filtering. The TVSS unit shall be factory installed and connected "upstream" of branch devices and connected to panelboard through integral breaker. Breaker shall be provided sized as per manufacturer's instructions. The panel shall include diagnostic detection/monitoring of 200 KAIC internal fuses, infrared sensor monitoring of MOV failure and thermal alarm defects monitoring of overheating. Note: Where code does not allow for integral TVSS units, then mount external but comply with manufacturer's recommendations for length of interconnecting conductors. The TVSS features shall be as follows: 1. in accordance with IEEE C62.41, C62.45, UL 1283 and UL 1449; 2. peak surge current 120 KA per phase; 3. let through voltage rating based on UL 1449 2^d Edition (6 KV, 500A) at 120/208V L-N/L-GIN-G, - 330V; at 4801277 L-N/L-G/N-6, -800V; 4. ffilter attenuation: 55 d8 @ 100 KHz; 5. of voltage rating to suit application; 6. warranty: manufacturer's standard and generally minimum 5 years parts and labour warranty. D. Circuit breakers connected to dedicated devices shall be complete with handle lock devices. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.02 LOAD CENTRES A. Square D, CSA approved, type QO load centres as follows: 1. NEMA 1 enclosure manufactured from cold rolled 16 gauge steel and complete with electrostatic powder coat finish; 2. front panel with hinge door and locking operator; front cover with trim shall mount flush with wall onto recessed enclosure; 3. three phase, 4-W, 120/208 VAC; 10 KA IC; 4. main non-automatic breaker; 5. plug in type QO series breakers; 6. 100 amp main bussing rating; 7. sized to accommodate breakers as scheduled plus 20% space for future; 8. type QO-AFI are fault circuit breakers to feed circuits as per NEC requirements; 9. copper bussing; 10. type QO-GFI ground fault breakers to feed circuits as per NEC requirements; 11. twin neutral with insulated cross strap for bonding applications as required by Code; 12. typed circuit directing card. B. Load panels with breakers as scheduled. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.10 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION WIRING A. Conductors as follows: 1. Conductors as specified in Section 16050. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 -13 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 2.11 CONTACTORS A. Magnetic, full voltage contactors, to NEC/NEMA requirements for non-reversing type for heating and motor loads, and for lighting loads. Each contactor shall be suitable in all respects for the application and complete with an enclosure with the necessary accessories. Enclosures shall be NEMA 2 sprinkler-proof. The ampere rating, number of poles, etc. for contactors shall be as noted on the drawings. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.12 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall comply with local codes, and NEC/NEMA standards, with front operated handle suitable for padlocking in the "OFF" position and arranged so that the enclosure cover cannot be opened while the handle is in the "ON" position. Operating mechanisms shall be quick-break, positive acting with visible blades and a line terminal shield. Fusible units shall be complete with fuse clips suitable for HRC fuses, unless otherwise noted. The ampere rating, number of poles and fuse requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Schneider Electric (Square D), Eaton Cutler Hammer, General Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.13 FUSES A. Unless otherwise indicated, fuses shall be Form I, Class "J" HRC fuses for constantly running equipment, and Form II, Class 'C' fuses for motor equipment that cycles 'ON" and "OFF". 2.14 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEMS A. Eaton - Powerware, series 9330 model 40, for capacities upto 40 kVA and model 9390 for capacities over 40 kVA, continuous duty, on-line uninterruptible power supplies, as specified in the following paragraphs with the following features: 1. Inverter. 2- Rectifier/charger. 3. Automatic by-pass via internal static bypass. 4. Microprocessor controlled logic. 5. Surge, spike and continuous brownout protection. 6. External wrap around maintenance bypass. 7. Hardwired primary feeder and secondary output feeder, power connection. 8. Battery pack to provide thirty (30) minutes of backup time at full capacity load. 9. Matching cabinet enclosures to house all components. 10. All required ancillary devices. B. Applicable Standards 1. The UPS shall meet the requirements of the latest editions of all applicable Standards including UL 1778, IEEE 587/ANSI C62.41, IEC 62040-3, FCC Rules and Regulations Part 15-Subpart J and NEC (NFPA-70). C. Standard Features 1. Rectifier/Charger: a. Incoming AC power is converted to DC by a full-wave silicon controlled rectifier, which is then processed by a high frequency resonant converter to supply power to inverter. b. The rectifier shall be capable of supplying an overload current of not less than 150% of rated full-load current for up to ten seconds. After this time, automatic transfer of bypass 05-12.06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 -14 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION (if available) shall occur with no load interruption. Overload protection of the inverter shall be electronic and not require clearing of protective fuses. The initial inrush surge shall be limited to six times the full load input current of the rectifier. C. Rectifier shall automatically maintain battery in fully charged state while mains power available, and maintain do float voltage within 1% of setting, no load to full load, during mains voltage variations up to +1-10%. d. Rectifier shall provide battery charging rate such that after battery has provided full load power output for specified duration, charger returns battery to 95% of fully charged state in4h. e. Rectifier shall automatic equalize charging circuit to initiate equalize charging of battery for 24 h after discharge of 5% of ampere hour battery rating. f. Rectifier shall manually initiated equalize charging feature with automatic time adjustable from 0 to 24 h to return unit to float charge. 2. Inverter: a. The inverter shall feature insulated gate bi-polar transistors (IGBTs) in a three-leg, pulse- modulation (PM) design with an adaptive hysteretic control switching between 15 and 30 KHz. The regulated output of the inverter shall supply power to the critical load. 3. Batteries: a. The batteries shall be valve regulated, high-rate discharge, lead-acid cells, mounted in front-access slide out trays. Their expected life shall be 200 complete full load discharge cycles when operated and maintained within specifications. 4. Bypass: a. This feature shall provide an alternate power path to the commercial AC or generator source in the case of overload, load fault, or internal failure. Return to normal mode from bypass mode shall be automatic except when the overload exceeds specified limits or an internal failure has occurred. The input must match the output in voltage, frequency, and grounding to use the bypass. A three position manual switch for UPS maintenance and test purposes shall control maintenance bypass. b. The static bypass switch shall consist of, I. Two solid state closed circuit automatic transfer switches, backed-up by electrically operated circuit breakers. ii. Logic unit with three normal source voltage sensors, which monitor overvoltage undervoltage and loss of voltage. iii. Switch position lights and contacts. iv. Snychronizing verification light. V. Manual reset pushbutton and transfer test switch. vi. Alternate power source monitor lights. Vii. Continuity monitor automatic transfer to alternate source in event of static switch discontinuity. viii. Alternate power source loss alarm contacts. 5. Monitoring and Control Components a. Microprocessor-controlled Circuitry b. Digital Front Panel Interface C. Control Panel Indicators d. Control Panel Soft Keys e. Battery Monitoring to provide run time remaining and battery life remaining information. f. Counter for number of failures of normal mains A/C power. g. Elapsed time meter indicating accumulated time of battery discharge in minutes and inverter operation in minutes. 6. Emergency Power Off (EPO): a. Provides immediate manual shutdown of power in an emergency situation and can be remote connected. C~J 05-12.06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400-15 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION ImiIIIIIi b. Communication Interface: Full EIAfTIA-232 (RS-232) serial communications in several modes, including: Printer, Terminal, ASCII Computer, and Binary Computer Modes. A DB-9 port, shall provide connection to a modem or monitoring software via serial connection to a PC, workstation or server. Two individual relays shall provide isolated NO or NC contacts for general alarm or general notice conditions. D. System Protection 1. Automatic circuit breakers and protection included in: a. AC input to rectifier b. Battery input c. Bypass circuit input d. Inverter output 2. Surge suppressors: a. To protect system against supply voltage switching transients. b. To protect internal circuits where necessary against voltage transients. E. System Performance: 1. Normal Operation: System operates on mains power when mains voltage is within +1- 10% of nominal value and mains frequency is between 59.5 and 60.5 Hz. 2. Battery Operation: System transfers automatically to battery operation: a. When manually selected at control panel. b. When mains power fails. C. When mains voltage varies more than 10% from nominal or mains frequency varies more than 0.5 Hz from 60 Hz. d. When mains power is restored and mains voltage is within 10% of nominal and mains frequency is within 0.3 Hz of 60 Hz, system automatically resynchronises with mains. 3. Bypass Operation: a. For maintenance purposes, system can be bypassed automatically by manual selection at control panel to connect load directly to AC mains, and transfers without load interruption. Operation of Manual "wrap around" bypass isolates complete UPS for maintenance. b. Load transfer from mains back to system automatically by manual selection at control panel when maintenance completed and manual bypass is switched off. C. Automatic of load to mains in not more than % cycle including sensing with inverter left energized but disconnected from load in case inverter overloaded or short circuit in load. d. Automatic retransfer of load to system without load interruption when above conditions disappear. e. Automatic transfer of load to mains in not more than % cycle including sensing and shutdown of inverter in case of inverter internal malfunctions. f. Automatic transfer of load to mains without load interruption and inverter shutdown in case of overtemperature harmful to system, or loss of forced ventilation, or low voltage of do supply to inverter. g. Bypass capable of closing onto and withstanding momentary fault current of 800% of rating for 0.01s. Performance Ratings 1. Performance ratings to be determined and as follows: a. Output power capacity - for main building essential services - exact capacity and quantities shall be shown on drawings ; b. Input/output voltage -1201208 VAC, 3-phase, 4-wire plus earth, 60 Hz; C. Efficiency - better than 90% at 0.8 power factor; ; d. Current overload capability: 100% continuous; 101% to 125% for 10 minutes; 126% to 150% for 10 seconds; greater than 150% transfer to static bypass after 10 cycles; e. Input power factor - 0.95 lag minimum; 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 -16 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION f. Output voltage regulation - less than ±3% from nominal output voltage for any steady state operating condition; g. Output voltage THD - less than 5% typical non linear load; h. Operating temperature: 320F to 104°F (0°C to 400C) without derating; I. Storage temperature : 40F to 140°F (-200C to 60°C); j. Relative humidity - 95%; k. Altitude - 8150' (2447 m) without derating; 1. Audible noise - less than 65 dBa at 3' (1 m) from any operator surface. G. Display And Controls 1. Full size liquid crystal display with 4 lines x 80 characters, to provide graphical performance data, statistics and alarm history. The control panel shall provide startup, bypass transfer control input circuit breaker operation and battery contactor operation. H. Additional Requirements 1. Battery pack - factory preassembled and prewired, sealed, maintenance-free, lead acid type batteries to provide full capacity load on UPS for at least the minimum specified time; batteries shall be guaranteed and designed for minimum one (1) year of service life with full first year parts and labour replacement warranty. 2. External wrap around maintenance by-pass - 3-position make before break switch, "NORMAL", "FULL BYPASS" and "SERVICE". 3. communications card to allow for remote alarm monitoring via Owners LAN network; confirm eact communications protocol prior to ordering; 4. Auxiliary contacts - 2 NC and 2 NO contacts for auxiliary functions; 5. Enclosures - the entire UPS system including all options, input isolation transformer, maintenance bypass and battery packs shall be provided in matching dead front, free standing, enamelled painted steel enclosures with corrosion resistant epoxy final coat. Enclosures shall be suitably fan ventilated and NEMA 1 rated with sprinkler-proof, provisions including drip shield and gasketting. Drip shield shall be constructed of steel and finished to match UPS. Drip shield shall be manufactured by UPS manufacturer. Note that drip shield is only required on stand alone units located in unfinished areas such as electrical rooms. 6. Maintenance/service contract - one (1) year contract to provide maintenance and service of complete system including parts and labour. 7. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall inspect, test, verify and commission unit after installation is complete. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: 1. Powerware. 2. Liebert. 3. MGE. 4. APC. 2.15 PUSHBUTTONS OPERATORS A Rockwell Automation - Allen-Bradley, 800T Series, 55 mm diameter red mushroom head pushbutton with shroud, thrust washer, and an aluminum faceplate with "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" identification lettering or other nomenclature as required to suit application. B. Series 800T, illumated pilot lamps, red/green colours as required to suit application. C. NEMA 1 box for surface mounting applications, UL listed and approved for application and of size suitable for mounting of devices. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary PermR Set 16400-17 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION D. Enamel painted steel or stainless steel faceplate for flush mounting onto recessed wall boxes or in millwork, suitable for mounting of devices. E. Exacting type and ratings of devices shall suit application. F. Acceptable manufacturers are Rockwell Automation - Allen-Bradley, Eaton (Cutler-Hammer), Square D, Moeller Electric and GE. 2.16 MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Rockwell Automation - Allen-Bradley, NEMA type motor control centres and motor starters in accordance with the following specification and the motor starter schedule(s), unless otherwise noted. B. Unless otherwise noted, starters for single phase motors to be Bulletin 600, 115 volt, thermal overload protected manual starting switches with a neon pilot light, a surface or flush mounting NEMA enclosure to suit the application, and, where automatic operation is required, a separate "hand-off-automatic" selector switch in an enclosure to match the starter enclosure. C. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3 phase motors less than 50 Hp (37.3 kW), shall be combination "quick-make" and "quick-break" fused disconnects and full voltage, non-reversing magnetic starters for across-the-line service. Full protection of each phase shall be included in the starters by means of one (1) overload relay per phase per starter. Starters shall be equipped with "hand-off-automatic" switches, pilot lights, control transformers, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the starter schedule(s). D. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3 phase motors 50 Hp (37.3 kW) up to 150 Hp (112 kW), shall be reduced voltage, non-reversing, autotransformer type starters. Full protection of each phase shall be included in the starters by means of one (1) overload relay per phase per starter. Starters shall be equipped with "hand-off-automatic" switches, pilot lights, control transformers, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the starter schedule(s). E. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3-phase motors 150 HP (112 kW) or larger, shall be reduced voltage, non-reversing, closed transition "wye-delta" starters. Full protection of each phase shall be included in the starters by means of one (1) overload relay per phase per starter. Starters shall be equipped with "hand-off-automatic" switches, pilot lights, control transformers, auxiliary contacts and other accessories as per the starter schedule(s). F. Enclosures for starters located in sprinklered areas shall be NEMA 2. . G. Motor control centres shall be supplied and installed by Division 16 and shall be Bulletin 2100 "CENTRELINE", 7-112' (2.28 m) high, multi-unit control centres, arranged as per the starter schedule. Each control centre shall be an NEMA Class 1, type "B" factory assembled, dead front, floor mounted control centre with tin plated copper bus and an NEMA type 1 or 2 enclosure as for loose starters specified above. Starters installed in control centres shall be as specified above and complete with load wiring and/or control wiring terminal boards. Motor control centres shall be complete with all required provisions for electric "line" and "load" side power connections. H. Disconnects for motor control centres shall be heavy duty, UL listed and approved, front operated with a handle suitable for padlocking in the "OFF" positron and arranged so that the enclosure cover cannot be opened while the handle is in the "ON" position. Fusible units shall be-complete with fuse clips for HRC fuses, unless otherwise noted. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 or 2, as specified for loose starters above. The ampere rating, number of poles and fuse requirements shall be as indicated on the starter schedule(s). 05.12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400-18 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Unless otherwise indicated, fuses shall be Gould Shawmut or approved equal, Form I, Class "J", HRC fuses for constant running equipment and Form II, Class "C", HRC fuses for motorized equipment that cycles "ON" and "OFF". J. The motor starter(s) for 2-speed fan(s) shall be 2-speed type suitable for use with a two-speed double winding motor and complete with a forty-five (45) second time delay to allow the fan to coast down to low speed before it is operated at low speed. K. The motor starter(s) for 2-speed cooling towers shall be 2-speed type suitable for use with a two-speed double winding motor and complete with a forty-five (45) second time delay to allow the fan to coast down to low speed before it is operated at low speed. L. Identification nameplates shall be engraved black-white-black Lamacoid, suitably sized, complete with bevelled edges and stainless steel securing screws. Engraving must be approved by the Consultant. M. Each starter you supply must be capable of starting the particular motor under the imposed load. N. Acceptable manufacturers are Rockwell Automation - Allen-Bradley, Schneider Electric - Square D, Eaton Electric - Cutler Hammer, Moeller Electric and Siemens Electric. 2.17 UPS UNITS -1 PHASE A. Single phase UPS units shall be provided for the telecommunication systems as required. Refer to respective system specifications and notes on drawings for further requirements. The exact UPS capacity and connection requirements (hardwired or plug-in receptacles) shall be coordinated and confirmed with respective system vendors. The UPS specified herein shall provide a basis for quality and performance. B. Eaton - Powerware Division, UL listed, Powerware 9120 Series, continuous duty, on-line uninterruptible power supplies, as specified in the following paragraphs and as detailed on the drawings, and with the following features: 1. static inverter; 2. rectifier/charger, 3. automatic by-pass; 4. LCD display; 5. monitoring and control components; 6. microprocessor controlled logic; 7. surge, spike and continuous brownout protection; 8. integral hot swappable battery pack to provide specified battery time at full capacity load; 9. advanced battery management technology; 10. RS-232 communication interface and relay cards; 11. cabinet enclosures suitable for rack mounting; 12. all required ancillary devices. C. The front panel display shall be a LCD screen display for system status and functions. LED indicators shall include Standby, Normal, On Bypass and On Battery. Various pushbuttons shall be provided for ON/OFF and TEST/ALARM RESET. D. Complete system software shall be provided for the control, monitoring and communication requirements of the UPS unit and batteries. System software shall be compatible for use by a wide range of operating systems. E. Applicable Standards: 1. The UPS shall meet the requirements of the latest editions of all applicable Standards including UL listing, IEEE 5871ANSI C62.41 Standards and FCC Rules and Regulations. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 -19 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Performance Ratings: 1. Performance ratings shall be as follows: a. output power - minimum 2000 VA (1400 W), minimum 80% efficiency full load at unity power factor (may be increased to suit connected loads of respective system equipment); b. input voltage - 120V, 1 phase, 60 hz (to be confirmed on drawings or coordinated with respective system manufacturers); C. output voltage -120V, 1 phase, 60 hz (to be confirmed on drawings or coordinated with respective system manufacturers); d. input power factor - 0.95 lag minimum; e. output voltage regulation - ±3% from nominal output voltage for any steady state operating condition; f. output voltage THD - 5% maximum typical; g. audible noise - less than 50 dBa (at 3' [1 m)) from any operator surface. G. Additional Requirements: 1. Connections - 6' AC input line cord and 5-15R and 5-20R output twist-lock type receptacles as required; (note: if hardwired outputs are required, provide suitable model of UPS unit); 2. Battery pack - standard internal, factory preassembled and prewired, sealed, maintenance-free, lead acid type batteries to provide minimum 12 minutes of run time for full capacity rated load of UPS; batteries shall be designed for minimum one (1) year of service life; batteries shall be supplied by the UPS manufacturer or authorized dealer; 3. Communications interface - RS 232 serial communications interface; 4. Testing and Verification: Test units and verify performance. Prepare and sign verification report letter that states system has passed all manufacturer's testing and performs to manufacturer's requirements for the application. H. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Eaton - Powerware Division, MGE, Liebert and APC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DUCT FOR CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANK A. Provide all required ducts and concrete encasement shown and as required. Co-ordinate work with trades responsible for performing excavation, backfill and concrete work. Confirm any requirements with Utility. Provide ducts for incoming telephone and other services as shown. Refer to Section 16050 for additional excavation, concrete and backfilling work. B. Standard duct lengths and fittings shall be used as much as possible. When cutting is necessary, duct ends shall be carefully tapered with special field tapering machine. Joints shall be made by means of standard couplings. Minimum bending radius of 3'(1 m) shall be maintained. C. Concrete encased duct joints shall be made with the use of couplings which provide a smooth water-tight joint between ducts, using a suitable cement that is specifically designed for use with the duct pipe being used. D. Ducts shall be separated by means of plastic 3' (75 mm) spacers and placed 3" (75 mm) away from wooden forms on both sides ensuring that there is 3' (75 mm) of concrete between ducts and a 3" (75 mm) concrete envelope around duct assembly. Elevations and slopes of ducts shall be as shown, or based on minimum 30" (760 mm) below finished grade and minimum 1% slope. Ducts shall be separated with spacers at distance as required by local authority and as per duct manufacturers' instructions. Spacers of vertical rows of ducts shall not be located directly above each other. Maintain minimum 6" (150 mm) separation. Where ducts cross roads, paved areas, disturbed ground, new or future, concrete envelope shall have 5/8" (15 mm) J 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 20 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION diameter reinforcing steel bars laid longitudinally along trench with 4' (100 mm) lateral spacing and 2" (50 mm) above base of concrete. An overlap of 2' (600 mm) on the reinforcing bars shall be provided where necessary. Reinforcing shall extend 5' (1.5 m) beyond backfilled areas, driveways, roadways etc. Duct runs shall also be reinforced at all building entries for a distance of 5' (1.5 m) out from such entry walls, the bars being embedded in the walls. E. No concrete shall be placed around ducts, and no backfilling shall be done unfit duct line is inspected and approved by the Consultant If concrete is poured around ducts or if trenches are backfilled before ducts have been approved, the Contractor will be required to remove and replace at no extra cost to allow for approval inspections. F. When the conduit has been laid and the duct banks work completed and set, a steel test mandrel shall be drawn through each duct in the presence of the Consultant. The diameter of the mandrel shall be 1/2" (13 mm) less than the inside diameter of the duct. Any obstruction found in the duct must be removed to the satisfaction of the Consultant, and the duct system left completely clear. No conduit will be accepted as being ready for installation of the high voltage feeders until this is done. G. Whenever work is suspended, the ends of ducts shall be protected by means of suitable plugs and such plugs shall be left in use as long as may be necessary. When conduit is installed for future extension the ducts shall be plugged and the end of the duct bank boxes for protection. H. Defective ducts must not be laid under any circumstances. 1. Include for provision of the following requirements: 1. all concrete used for encasing ducts shall have a minimum compressive strength of 20 mPa; 2. the bottom of the trench shall be compacted and covered with a freshly poured concrete bed 3" (75 mm) thick, for the full width of trench; 3. the lowest row of ducts shall be laid on the concrete bed and completely enclosed in concrete - subsequent layers shall be installed in a similar manner - the ducts shall be spaced 6" (150 mm) centre to centre both vertically and horizontally and all spaces between the ducts are to be filled with concrete; 4. the ducts must be enclosed in a 3' (75 mm) thick envelope of concrete for the full width of the trench; 5. the entire space between the ducts of the conduit is to be filled with concrete - concrete which has started to set to a point that it will not properly pour to smoothly fill the spaces between and around the ducts shall not be used; 6. use of the monolithic method (i.e. placing all ducts and pouring concrete around the complete installation) is subject to the approval of the Consultant and/or Utility; 7. care should be exercised by the Contractor when placing concrete around the ducts to ensure that the ducts remain in the correct position with proper spacing and that no concrete enters any of the ducts; 8. where duct crosses filled or disturbed ground it shall be reinforced; 9. there must be no metallic reinforcing rods or other conducting material encircling a single conduit in a duct bank (the entire duct bank may be encircled); 10. maximum size of aggregate in concrete - 3/8' (10 mm); 11. reinforcing rods and dowels in ductbank at building wall as detailed 12. warning tape along and above ductbank and at surface provide 1'x1' (300 x 300 mm) concrete pavers outling any bends of the ductbank routing. J. Provide one (1) confinuous length of polyethylene rope or Brantford twine in each duct indicated as spare or for future use. K. The Consultant and/or a Utility's representative must be given opportunity to witness Work. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 21 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION L. Refer to requirements of ductbank detail found on the drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHBOARDS A. Provide switchboards in the electrical room where shown and as required. B. Assemble the individual sections of the switchgear in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and secure the assembly to the concrete house keeping pads. Ensure that all bus joint bolts are torqued to the manufacturer's prescriptions. C. Install controls at height of between 4'(1200 mm) to 6'(`1800 mm) above finish floor level. D. Arrange for the switchgear manufacturer to provide all necessary drawings for erection and installation of the switchboard. In addition, if required, obtain from the manufacturer all necessary copies of detail, erection, etc., drawings required for approval of the installation from the Utility and any other authority having jurisdiction. Obtain all required approvals. E. Provide alarm circuits installed in conduit, as required. Alarm connections will be made to the BAS as part of the work of Division 15. Generally, extend circuits in conduit to outlet box provided adjacent to local BAS panel serving area and leave slack cable length for final terminations to panel by BAS Contractor. Coordinate with BAS Contractor. F. Make all necessary incoming and outgoing power cable duct connections as required, to the equipment in strict accordance with the equipment and cable duct manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure all connections, stress cones and terminations are suitable for specific incoming and outgoing cables/bus duct. G. Provide engraved lamacoid nameplates for the equipment and components. Prior to manufacture of nameplates, confirm exact nomenclature with consultant in writing. During installation onsite, provide temporary labelling until permanent nameplates are installed. H. Include in your bid price, for the attendance at the site, of qualified and competent switchboard manufacturer's personnel during inspection and testing of the substation prior to energizing the system. Test TVSS as per manufacturer's instructions. Refer to the distribution system testing and coordination study article hereinafter in this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BUS DUCT A. Provide feeder bus duct where shown, as required and as noted on the drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Support horizontal bus duct at maximum 10' (3 m) centres by means of channel support members supplied with the duct, and threaded hanger rods. Support vertical bus duct at each floor by means of a vertical spring suspension hanger supplied by the duct manufacturer. C. Provide a bus duct expansion joint assembly in each duct run at every building expansion joint crossed by the duct, and provide a fire barrier in each duct run where the duct penetrates a fire barrier. Determine fire barrier locations on architectural drawings. D. Provide wall or floor flanges on each side of ducts penetrating walls and floor slabs. E. Supply flange to switchboard manufacturer to install to switchboards, as required. Coordinate between products. F. Ground bus duct as per NEC requirements. 05-12,06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 " 22 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 4W VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION G. Each bus duct section must be meggared as it is being installed. Check torquing of bolts. H. Site measure all bus duct runs prior to ordering, and include for all required fittings, offsets, elbows, expansion fittings, barriers, hangers and similar hardware to properly complete the installation. 1. Ensure that all bus bar joints are easily and permanently accessible. Arrange the bus duct installation to suit. J. Include costs for and arrange for manufacturer's technician to inspect, test and verify bus duct installation prior to energization and after energization. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Provide distribution transformers where shown and connect complete. B. Secure transformers 75 KVA and larger to a concrete housekeeping pad on Vibro-Acoustics Ltd. type "RSR" vibration isolation pads. C. Secure the transformers smaller than 75 KVA in place on an angle wall mounting bracket support assembly located approximately 12" (300 mm) below the ceiling. Provide each support assembly and adequately secure to wall and/or ceiling construction. D. Ensure that the transformers are equipped with lugs or connections suitable for the primary and secondary connections indicated. Isolate primary and secondary connections from the transformer enclosures by means of 12" (300 mm) to 18" (450 mm) of liquid-tight flexible conduit. E. When installation is complete, test and check the secondary voltages. Make all required adjustments and furnish to the Consultant a written report indicating the secondary voltage readings and any adjustments made to achieve the proper voltages. Furthermore, when the building is in normal use, re-check the voltages and make any required adjustments. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Provide specified transfer switches where shown either mounted in its own cell within a switchboard or mounted as a separate self supporting unit on a concrete house keeping pad. Refer to drawings for transfer switch dimensions and mounting location. Coordinate installations within switchboards with switchboard manufacturer. B. The elevator transfer switch sensing panel shall initiate emergency mode of operation if a drop to 90% or less on any phase of the normal service exceeds three (3) seconds in duration. In emergency mode, the transfer switch shall transfer to emergency bus and the lift controls shall take over and bring all lifts, one at a time, down to the main lobby and shall keep one lift (firemen's lift) to operate continually. C. Restoration to normal operation shall commence when all phases of the normal service have returned to 95% of nominal for an adjustable period of up to two (2) minutes maximum. The transfer switch shall re-transfer to its normal position, allowing all lifts to resume normal service, the signal for emergency mode to the elevator control to be cancelled, and the system shall then be ready for the next normal service failure without any manual resetting. D. The elevator transfer switch shall be provided with interlocking as required to control transfer of elevators and must include a test position to allow all elevators to remain in use during testing of emergency transfer system scheme and load engine generator with load of only elevators which require to be operated on essential emergency power. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 23 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION E. Include any required interconnections to building fire alarm system to provide sequencing of lift elevators upon activation of fire alarm system. Coordinate work with supplier of fire alarm system and the Project Manager and Consultant. F. Supply with equipment shop drawings, a complete, clear, identified wiring schematic and operator's manual providing installation and operating instructions. G. When installation is complete, arrange for the system manufacturer to visit the site to check, test and certify the system. In the presence of the Consultant, perform a complete operational test of the system to ensure that the system operates satisfactorily under all operating conditions specified. H. Coordinate transfer switch testing with engine-generator set testing to ensure that the complete emergency power plant operates correctly. Adjust and repair as required. 1. Arrange for the manufacturer to provide a letter certifying compliance with all the requirements of this Specification. The certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions to the Specification, other than those stipulated at the time of submittal, shall be included in the certification. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Provide distribution panelboards as sized and as required, and connect complete. Install floor mounted panelboards on concrete housekeeping pads. Wall mount other panelboards, unless otherwise noted, independent of connecting conduit.Assemble the individual sections of the panelboards in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and secure the assembly to the concrete base. Ensure that all bus joint bolts are torqued to the manufacturer's prescriptions. b d I ll f th i i B. n oar . on o e nsta at Arrange for the manufacturer to provide all necessary drawings for erection and addition, if required, obtain from the manufacturer all necessary copies of detail, erection, etc., drawings required for approval of the installation from the local authority having jurisdiction. Obtain all required approvals. C. Make all necessary incoming outgoing power cable connections to the equipment in strict accordance with the incoming cable manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure all connections and terminations are suitable for specific connecting cables. D. Include in your Bid Price, for the qualified and competent panelboard manufacturer's personnel to inspect and test and commission the equipment prior to energizing the system. Refer to the "Distribution System Testing And Co-ordination Study" Article hereinafter in this Section. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTRES A. Provide factory assembled branch circuit panelboards as indicated. Provide load centres in residential units. Refer to schedules for breaker requirements. B. Support cabinets and enclosures independent of connecting conduit, and accurately install with reference to wall finishes. C. Equip panelboards with suitable lugs or provisions to accommodate the main and branch conductors scheduled. D. Turn over to the Project Manager, prior to practical completion of the Project, a quantity of a three (3) keys for each panelboard cabinet or enclosure. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 24 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION E. Where two (2) or more panelboards are installed in one (1) cabinet, equip the panelboards with double lugs and increase gutter capacity to accommodate additional cabling. Identify all breakers in a permanent manner, and complete typed circuit directories to the Consultant's approval. Use Owner's actual room names/numbers. Provide copies of directories in maintenance manuals. G. Upon completion of the installation of the ground fault breakers, demonstrate in the presence of the Consultant that all protected circuits will "trip" when a simulated ground fault is applied to the "load" side of each device. Megger the load side neutral on all protected branch circuits to ensure that the neutral is not grounded on the load side. Verify the operation with a temporary load (100 watt lamp in an insulated socket with pigtail leads). Provide a written report confirming that all tests have been performed and that the system is functioning properly. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION WIRING A. Provide all required distribution wire and cable. B. Provide all required cable support system accessories which are not specified herein or shown on the drawings but are required for proper installation. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS A. Provide contactors in enclosures for required equipment including outside lighting control as shown on the drawings and connect complete. Identify each contactor enclosure. tv B. Wall mount each enclosure independent to the panelboard to which the loads are connected. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide safety switches (disconnects) as follows: 1. Wherever shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. 2. Wherever required by starter schedule drawings. 3. For motorized equipment which cannot be seen from the motor starter location or is more than 9 m from the starter location. 4. For all "packaged" equipment fed from a motor starter panel. B. Ensure that enclosures for safety switches located outside the building are NEMA 4X weather-proof. All other enclosures shall be NEMA 2, sprinkler proof, unless otherwise noted. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF FUSES A. Provide a complete set of fuses for each fusible disconnect, motor starter, and similar fusible equipment provided or supplied by you. B. Supply three (3) spare fuses of each size and type used on the project, mount the fuses on a painted and identified plywood rack, and secure the rack in a location where later directed. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF UPS UNITS A. Provide specified uninterruptible power supply units for the equipment applications as detailed and as sized in specifications and/or on the drawings. The units shall be placed on concrete house keeping pads where required and secured in position. Connect units complete, in accordance with all applicable Codes of all authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. kw 05-12.06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 25 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION B. Coordinate feed entries and exits to suit site conditions and equipment locations. C. Provide separate circuit to feed external maintenance bypass as required. Arrange for testing and commissioning to be performed by equipment supplier and witnessed by Consultant and Owner at time approved by Consultant. D. Provide EPO operator on recessed wall box in locations as directed by Consultant. Provide wiring in conduit and connect to UPS unit. Provide engraved nameplate identifying operator. E. Provide single phase UPS units as specified, as detailed on the drawings and as required. The capacity size of UPS shall accommodate fully connected loads but not less than specified unit. Provide output receptacles or hardwired connections to suit respective system requirements. Co-ordinate installation with respective system suppliers/manufacturers. Mount units into racks as required. Connect system complete, in accordance with all applicable Codes of all authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Where required, provide local authority approvals of the power supply work. Plug units into adjacent receptacles fed from essential power circuits. Test and commission equipment and document testing in test report. F. All materials and parts comprising the UPS units shall be new, of current manufacture, of a high grade and free from all defects and imperfections and shall both have been in prior service, except as required during factory testing. G. Transparent plastic covers of suitable gauge shall be provided during installation of the large UPS unit to protect the entire UPS equipment from dust and dirt at all times, during Project Work. H. All wiring and bolted connections of bus bars, lugs and cables shall be in accordance with requirements of applicable Standards. All electrical power connections are to torqued to the required value and marked. 1. Wire runs shall be protected in a manner which separate power and control wiring. Provisions shall be made in the cabinets to permit installation of input and output cabling, using raceway or conduit. J. The UPS cabinets shall be cleaned, primed, and painted. Colour shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colour selection. Confirm finish prior to ordering. Provide drip shield for large UPS units located in unfinished areas. K. Division 15 shall provide wiring in conduit from the building automation system (BAS) to equipment/system alarm monitoring contacts, terminating conduit at a wall mounted junction box adjacent equipment, and leaving sufficient length of coil wiring (minimum 10' [3m]) to extend to contacts and be terminated at Division 16. Division 16 shall provide conduit from equipment to junction box and pull wiring left by Division 15, through conduit to contacts. Coordinate exact requirements with Division 15 and BAS contactor. Typically, BAS shall monitor the 3-phse UPS units. Interconnect remote monitoring communications card to Owner's LAN network as required. L. Adequate ventilation shall be provided to ensure that all components are operated within their environmental ratings. M. Provide engraved lamacoid nameplates for the equipment and components. Prior to manufacture of nameplates, confirm exact nomenclature with consultant in writing. During installation onsite, provide temporary labelling until permanent nameplates are installed. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Swnmary Permit Set 16400 - 26 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION N. Include costs for site testing and commissioning by the manufacturer's field service personnel. Perform visual inspection, mechanical inspection, electrical inspection, start-up and testing. Site testing shall consist of a complete test of the UPS system and the associated accessories supplied by the manufacturer. The test results shall be documented, signed and dated. Submit minimum four (4) copies to Consultant for review. Refer also to Part 1 article entitled "Systems Start-Up Testing, Inspection And Commissioning". 0. Under the direction of the Consultant, carry out complete performance acceptance tests at the site on the UPS units. Submit completed test reports to the Consultant for review. Include for a manufacturer's trained mechanic to perform tests. Include all costs for such tests in the tender price. Include for provision of full capacity load banks for testing. Testing shall include load testing, battery system testing, bypass test and integrated testing with the transfer switches and breakers feeding the UPS unit and external bypass. Testing must show successful uninterrupted full load transfer upon hydro failure to UPS and uninterrupted transfer from UPS to bypass. In addition, test must show successful operation of EPO system. Manufacturer must provide all monitoring equipment required to demonstrate successful operation. P. Tests to be conducted without disturbing user wiring and completed prior to connection of site critical loads. Q. Provide for the system manufacturer to visit the site to demonstrate fully the proper operation and maintenance of the UPS units to designated members of the Owner's staff. 3.13 GROUNDING A. Grounding will be provided for the entire development including the sub-distribution, branch distribution, building structure, low current systems, etc. for the complete ground system. B. A complete and effective system of grounding shall be provided to comply with the NEC regulations, local electrical utility requirements, local odes and standards, and the recommendations stated in this Specification and the drawings. C. Metallic pipe services for example, gas mains, water mains and dry risers shall be effectively bonded to the main grounding terminal at their point of entry. Connections shall be made to the services with purpose- made grounding clamps. D. Building structures shall be effectively bonded to the main grounding system (grid). E. Establish a main ground electrode grid in the lowest level of the building under the electrical room consisting of multiple but minimum four (4) ground rods driven into the grade in a arrangement, at minimum 10' (3 m) spacing and interconnected with copper earthing conductor sized drawings. F. Sectionalized ground rods shall be a minimum 3/." (20 mm) diameter, circular cross-sectionalized, copper bond type rods with rod section couplings, driving cap and bronze tip of total minimum 10' (3 m) length driven by mechanical hammer a minimum of 12" (300 mm) below grade. The tops of rods shall be driven to level to suit earthing inspection pit. The pit shall be concrete pit with weather-proof sealed lid and entire assembly shall be flush with ground level. G. Provide x 2" (6 mm x 50 mm) continuous copper ground bus around the perimeter of the main electrical room(s), 12" (300 mm) above finished floor level. Secure the ground bus on (20 mm) standoff insulators and follow the outline of door frames at all door openings to form a continuous bus. H. Ground all switchboard equipment such as panelboard enclosures and similar metal work to the perimeter ground bus. 1. When the buses are in place and all bolts have been tightened and all lugs have been installed, coat the entire installation with two (2) 100% covering coats of suitable shellac to prevent the bus from oxidizing. 05-12.06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 2T RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION J. Connect ground grid to perimeter ground bus with two (2) copper conductors as sized on drawings and connected with approved fittings. K. Interconnect the main electrical room and sub-electrical rooms with two (2) runs of copper earthing conductors as sized on drawings and as required by NEC. L. Provide insulated grounding conductor as sized on drawings from the ground bus in the electrical room to the switchboards, transformers, structure, floor, etc., as shown. M. Throughout the complex, solidly ground the system and make all required grounding connections to all new electrical devices and apparatus. Ground conductors shall be insulated copper wire connected with approved fittings. N. In areas of raised floor systems, provide copper ground system as sized and detailed on the drawings. Bond ground system to every third raised floor support using Bumdy Inc., ground clamps, and connect system to building ground system in conduit. 0. Provide separate insulated ground wire for each isolated ground receptacle. P. All metal work associated with the pools such as reinforcing steel, piping, ladders, etc., shall be bonded to the above ground loops by copper conductors in accordance with NEC Regulations. Q. Do not permit concrete to be poured until all grounding conductors and grounding connections to be embedded in the concrete are inspected and approved by local governing authorities and the Engineers. R. The water pump shall be cleaned prior to the bond being made and bonding shall be made using approved clamps. At your discretion, you can make several bonds at various locations or collect the wires and make one (1) bond. Ensure that all electrical equipment associated with these piping systems are grounded adequately by installing the flexible conduit and ground jumper wire to the motors. S. All telephone boxes, speakers, pull stations, and other such equipment within the pool area shall be grounded with jumper wires within the connecting conduit to ensure proper grounding. T. Include for ground connections to all pool reinforcing steel. U. All ground connections buried underground shall be made using welded copper connections. V. The cross-sectional area of all grounding, bonding and protective conductors shall comply with the requirements of the NEC Regulations. Except where detailed otherwise in this Specification or on the drawings all conductors for grounding shall be copper, manufactured in accordance with NEC. W. Provide grounding of each MDFIIDF/Telecommunications room as specified in Section 16402. Connect ground bus to equipment rack and to building ground system. X. Provide separate ground connection for all bathtubs. Y. The ground system must be measured and certified by an independent testing company approved by the Consultant. Submit to Consultant three (3) signed copies of the report containing results of the measurement. Ground resistance greater than 2 ohms will be rejected. - Z. In addition to requirements specified herein this article, comply with and provide for requirements of Sections 16401 and 16402. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 28 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 3.14 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM A. The provision of the Building Automation System (BAS) shall be the responsibility of Division 15. Coordination and interconnection between Division 16 and Division 15 are required to ensure that conduit, cabling and power provisions to the BAS are provided by Division 16 and that electrical equipment/systems are provided with contacts, control wiring in conduit and required interconnections such that required alarms are included for the BAS. Generally, Division 16 shall include for required communications interface/contacts within respective electrical equipment/system and wiring in conduit extending to BAS transponder panel serving area. Division 16 shall terminate wiring in junction box, with coiled slack cable length (minimum 10 Y2 m) for connection to BAS panel by Division 15. Properly identify and label box and cable end. Systems/equipment that need interconnection and alarm points on the BAS include but are not limited to following: 1. emergency power genset (operator running, summary trouble alarm); 2. main switchboard breakers; 3. power transformers (sudden pressure relief, winding temperature); 4. secondary switchboards (main breaker); 5. summary trouble for UPS units; 6. power factor capacitors; 7. outside lighting control (Division 16 to include for provision of required relaystcontacts within BAS transponder panel as required; coordinate with BAS contractor); 8. security system; 9. fire alarm system. 3.15 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR POOL EQUIPMENT A. The provision of the pool equipment (i.e. pumps, filters, heaters, etc.) shall be responsibility of another Division of the work. Division 16 shall be responsible for system of power feeders in conduits and related electrical distribution equipment not supplied with the pool equipment. Special motor control centre panels and wiring requirements may be the responsibility of the pool contractor, but this shall be confirmed with issued documents and coordinated with General Contractor, Consultant and sub-trades. Refer to pool equipment requirements of issued documents or coordinate exact electrical requirements with trades supplying the equipment. Ensure that conduits connecting to pool equipment are corrosion resistant (i.e. rigid galvanized steel or PVC depending on local code restrictions). Division 16 shall be responsible for pool grounding to NEC standards. 3.16 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT A. The provision of kitchen equipment shall be the responsibility of another Division of the Work. Division 16 shall be responsible for system of power feeders in conduits and related electrical distribution equipment not supplied with the various equipment of the kitchens. Refer to kitchen equipment requirements of issued documents or coordinate exact electrical requirements with trades supplying the equipment. Generally, equipment requiring power requirements and/or integration to auxiliary systems include but are not limited to following: 1. walk-in freezers/coolers; 2. ovens and various other food preparation equipment; 3. exhaust hoods and fire suppression systems; 4. dish washers. 1~ 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400-29 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 3.17 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-WIRED OFFICE FURNITURE SYSTEMS A. Ensure that the rough-in for electrical devices including but not limited to outlets, switches, thermostats, control devices, fire alarm devices and communications devices are located to avoid wall mounted systems furniture system components. Relocate conduit and devices that do not co-ordinate with the systems furniture requirements identified on the systems furniture drawings or coordinated on-site. Co-ordinate work with Consultant and provider of the furniture system prior to rough-in of work. Prepare coordination, drawings as required. B. Furniture electrical connection requirements shall generally be provided at wall locations, and/or in floor boxes in area of furniture system. Furniture system shall arrive on site with prewired 'whip' connection. Division 16 shall connect power "whip" to rough-in box. Exact electrical wiring and termination requirements shall be confirmed with successful supplier of the furniture systems prior to start of work. C. Refer to drawing details for additional requirements. 3.18 ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Provide panelboard, disconnect switches, outlet boxes, etc., as required for elevators. B. Generally, power and control wiring shall terminate at elevator controllers for final connection to elevator equipment as part of the work of Elevator Division. Confirm with elevator Contractor their extent of work and provide work to properly interface. Generally, interconnections and provisions are required for but not limited to following: 1. power for elevators; 2. power for cab interior devices; 3. telephone and other communications for cab; 4. homing signalling and fire alarm interconnections, Division 16 shall provide fire fighter's key switch control for takeover of elevators; 5. telephone and miscellaneous power in elevator room; 6. smoke/heat detectors in elevator room and pit. C. Obtain accurate roughing-in information and carefully co-ordinate all work with Elevator Division. The placing of elevating device apparatus will take precedence over the work of this Division and, with the exception of fire alarm devices, all work in hoistways, equipment rooms, and pits shall be confined to work serving the elevating devices only. D. Failure to comply with the above will render you responsible for all relocations and adjustments required. E. Provide all required central control and interlocking feeders for elevator equipment as required. Carefully co-ordinate the exact requirements with the successful elevator equipment supplier/installer prior to roughing-in. F. Refer to detail on the drawings for additional escalator and elevator requirements, as applicable. G. Refer to Division 14 documents for additional requirements for elevators. J 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 30 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 C PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 3.19 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT A. In addition to providing electrical feeders and connections to equipment provided by Electrical Division, provide all required electrical connections to apparatus provided and/or supplied by Mechanical Division, the Owner and as part of other Divisions of the Specification. B. Unless otherwise noted, provide electrical connections including power and control wiring for equipment supplied by the Owner or by other Divisions, and except for control wiring of Section 15900 of Division 15. Where shown on the drawings and as required, provide complete wired and empty conduit systems with fish cord, with minimum diameters as sized on the drawings and junction boxes, pull boxes, outlet boxes, faceplates, sleeves, etc., as required. Provide disconnect switches, receptacles and all other required wiring and connection accessories. Coordinate work with the respective Consultants and suppliers of the equipment to be provided with electrical connections. C. Refer to Division 11, and include for electrical requirements coordination and interconnections to Division 11 equipment. D. Coordinate with trades of other Divisions to ensure provision of proper electrical requirements. Unless otherwise noted or directed by Consultant, be responsible for provision of interconnect wiring between remote operator devices, controllers and equipment being controlled by the operator devices, whether or not such devices/controllers are supplied by Division 16. Provide disconnect switches, receptacles and all other required wiring and connection accessories. Provide system/equipment power feeds with hard wired or receptacle type connections, as required. Coordinate exact requirements prior to start of work, at time of shop drawing submissions and prior to roughing-in of work. Coordinate work with the suppliers of the equipment to be provided with electrical connections which may include but not be limited to following: 1. kitchen equipment; 2, heating systems; 3. fixtures and furnishings; 4. mechanical systems and equipment; 5. audio visual systems; 6. laundry equipment; 7. conveying systems; 8. telecommunication systems. E. Provide coordination of alarm connections of equipment with Division 15 Building Automation System (BAS) Contractor. Refer to drawings of both Division 16 and Division 15 for BAS points to be connected. Include for wiring in conduit, contacts, etc., as required to extend to required BAS panel serving area and include for loop of 10' (3m) coiled conductor for final termination by BAS contractor. Motor starters, VSDs and/or motor control centres shall be as scheduled on sheets found at the end of this Section or on the drawings. Starters generally will be supplied in the following manner: 1. Division 15 to supply and install VSDs for apparatus as required; 2. Division 16 to supply and install loose starters for mounting adjacent to apparatus or on motor starter panels; 3. Division 16 to supply and install mounted starters in factory assembled and pre-wired motor control centres; 4. Division 15 to supply mounted starters on factory assembled and pre-wired packaged equipment • 05.12.06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 - 31 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION G. Motor control centres will be supplied and set in position by Division 16. H. Be responsible for: 1. providing loose starters and providing "line' and "load" power connections; 2. providing motor starter panels - conduit work at motor starter panels must be horizontally and vertically plumb and the installation shall be planned to avoid crossovers; 3. making "line' side power connections to motor control centres and "load" side connections to motors or other apparatus supplied power from motor control centres - where applicable, sub-feed refrigeration machine starter from double lugs furnished in adjacent motor control centre for refrigeration equipment; 4. making 'line" side and "load side" power connecfions to VSDs, as required; 5. coordinating feeder entries to starters, VSDs and starter assemblies with Mechanical Division 15; 6. providing additional disconnect switches (complete with identification) detailed on the drawings, or required by Code, or for apparatus which cannot be seen from its starter or is in excess of 9 m from its starter; 7. connections to thermistors and provision of additional relays as required for connections to starters; generally, Division 15 shall supply required thermistors and relays necessary for starters; review Division 15 specifications and/or drawings defining these requirements and include necessary work, wiring, conduit and components not being supplied by Division 15; 8. performing all required motor starter interlocking in accordance with requirements specified and as outlined on the starter schedules found at the end of this Section or on he drawings; co-ordinate interlocking requirements with Mechanical Division; 9. providing an identification nameplate on each motor starter or disconnect; 10. providing an identification nameplate on each motor control centre - the nameplate shall give the name, for example, MCC No. 1, and the voltage; 11. providing and attaching with stainless steel screws to each separately mounted 3-phase motor starter or group of 3-phase motor starters a suitably sized black-white-black Lamacoid nameplate engraved to read: "MOTOR(S) IS CAPABLE OF MAKING TWO (2) STARTS IN SUCCESSION, COASTING TO REST WITH APPROXIMATELY 15 MINUTES ELAPSED TIME BETWEEN STARTS, WITH THE MOTOR INITIALLY AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, OR OF MAKING ONE (1) START WITH THE MOTOR INITIALLY AT A TEMPERATURE NOT EXCEEDING ITS RATED LOAD OPERATING TEMPERATURE, IF THE WK2 OF THE LOAD, THE LOAD TORQUE DURING ACCELERATION, THE APPLIED VOLTAGE AND THE METHOD OF STARTING ARE THOSE FOR WHICH THE MOTOR WAS DESIGNED." Where supplied by Mechanical Division and handed over to Electrical Division for installation, install variable speed drives (VSD's) in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide manufacturer's recommended conductors and connectors to suit the respective VSDs. Maintain separation of power and control conductors as per manufacturer's requirements to minimize effects of electromagnetic interference. Properly ground equipment. Note: You will be liable for replacing motors due to abuse of the above prior to acceptance of the work. If additional starts are required, it is recommended that none be made until all conditions affecfing motor operation have been thoroughly investigated and the apparatus examined for evidence of excessive heating. Note: The number of motor starts should be kept to the absolute minimum since the life of the motor is affected by the number of starts. Provide power connections as required to door hold open devices and door release devices which are supplied by others. J J 43 05-12.06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 32 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16400 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 3.20 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TESTING, CO-ORDINATION AND COMMISSIONING A. Include in Bid Price the cost of on-site engineering inspection, testing and protective device co-ordination study and commissioning of the distribution equipment. Include also for performing a ground resistivity test and using results to prepare a ground potential rise study to ensure that the ground system for the distribution system complies with the requirements of NEC and IEEE Std. 80-2000 and revised to suit the local requirements of local electrical power supply authority. Using results of ground resistivity test and ground potential rise study, make necessary revisions to grounding systems to ensure proper grounding of the equipment throughout the complex. B. The "Engineering Inspection, Testing And Co-ordination Study' will be performed by an approved independent testing and co-ordination specialist and shall be done prior to the system being energized, and shall include the following items where applicable: 1. Obtaining from local electrical utility providing the incoming service, details of upstream protective device to allow for coordination; 2. Testing, cleaning when necessary, and calibrating all relays and circuit breaker trip devices (calibration of all protective devices shall conform to requirements of approved co-ordination curves). 3. Function test of associated control devices. 4. Replacement of fuses destroyed during the testing. 5. An acceptance test in the presence of and satisfaction of the Consultant. 6. The presence, for the length of time required, of qualified and competent equipment manufacturer's service representative during start-up. 7. Cary out insulation resistance testing of all out going feeders with respect to ground; 8. Testing of cables, power panels, lighting panels, transformers, power receptacles and switches; 9. Testing of starters, MCC's and electrical devices, whether or not supplied by Division 16. C. Forward for approval prior to energization of the distribution system and equipment, four (4) neat, typewritten copies of the engineering and testing report. D. Where relays, breakers, etc., do not perform to the approved co-ordination curves, they shall be revised as part of the work. E. Short Circuit and Co-ordination Study For Relays and Protective Devices 1. The protective system devices have been selected such that protection is adequate and good oo-ordination is possible, however, since differences do exist between manufacturers, some changes in trip ratings or relay settings may be necessary and shall be carried out. Obtain from local electrical utility, required information on upstream protection devices and use such information to prepare coordination study. 2. The Co-ordination Study must be approved by the Consultant and local governing authorities prior to the start of construction of the distribution equipment. 3. Immediately upon award of the Contract, arrange for the testing company to provide and carry out the following: a. Prior to the manufacture of the switchgear, prepare a set of co-ordination curves on Time Current Characteristic graph paper and forward eight (8) copies of the Consultant for review. b. This shall be accompanied by supporting symmetrical as well as asymmetrical fault current calculation data with tabulations to verify protection of the various elements of the systems under maximum and minimum fault conditions at the various points in the systems. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 33 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16400 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 4. The time-current characteristic curves for the following shall be plotted: a. Main and feeder protective devices at all voltage levels used in the distribution system. b. Protective devices associated with the largest motor in each MCC and the largest device in each distribution panel. C. Motor generator protective devices, damage curves and current decrement curves. 5. Co-operate with and obtain from other manufacturers, a list of equipment requiring protective devices to be used in the distribution system and prepare co-ordination curves as soon as possible. Be responsible, along with the other manufacturers' equipment connected to the distribution system, to ensure that the proper control and protective devices are selected such that they co-ordinate with all protective devices. 6. It shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer to examine the plans and specifications to ensure that all the relays and protective devices being installed in the distribution system will provide satisfactory co-ordination. Provide testing and coordination of the emergency power distribution system to ensure that the system performs in accordance to the latest NEC Regulations and applicable local codes. Ensure that the engine-generator set manufacturer and the testing and coordination companies co-operate to ensure that all code requirements are fulfilled and to provide all necessary adjustments and coordination to ensure that the emergency power distribution system shall transfer essential loads to emergency power upon loss of normal power. G. Provide visual and mechanical inspection of the ground system and verify that it is in compliance with issued documents and NEC requirements. H. Where required by local governing authorities, perform fall-of-potential test or alternative in accordance with the IEEE Standard 81 on the main grounding electrode or system. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames system neutral, and / or derived neutral points. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground should be no greater that five (5) ohms for commercial or industrial systems and one (1) ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds unless otherwise specified. (Reference: ANSI / IEEE Standard 142). Investigate point-to-point resistance values that exceed 0.5 ohm. 1. Testing shall be documented in a report signed by professional testing engineer licensed in the area of work and authorized by the independent testing company. Include for minimum four (4) copies of the report to be submitted to Consultant for review. The report shall include all test results with properly plotted curves, identified trouble areas of coordination, extensive comments regarding test results and recommendations on best methods to resolve the problem areas'. J. Additional ground testing requirements are specified elsewhere in this Section and in Sections 16401 and 16402. END OF SECTION 16400 05-12-06 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Summary Permit Set 16400 - 34 RS&G File No. 1W5206.00 • • a a D n. a W = U O O ~ = D D o p _J W Q > LL > w S v W - m N y O W p7 U N N C7 J a o N O a > ' Q Q > > S LL w (n° (n cn m Q . U w ~ a v y N =O O w 0 m 0 LL ~ Q Z o = m O a U y W a. W W U OJ LL O N m H O ~ O O O lz W 2 p 0 m w IUL p O w w d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x - °w m r w Z _Z 0 U N v to co O N O v O N PI N a N (D N OD N O M N m V m (D m W m O t} N Z O (7 U ~ A a m U a co U a to U a m U a m 01 <1 m U a m U ~ U V M vA n 0~ co u~ rn N (o N N r• N rn N O M M LO M n ch OA M st ~ o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w E N 0 H = Y Q W Z Z ~ O O p W p U w ~ ZO Y 4 W C7 = LL ~ m to -j O in LL (n J I a V) m w m N o c W N N Z WL t1 - 66 L Y Q J CO ci: > a U LU W a r N a w o F- J d a o 0 0 U' IL U) a a W z a w ¢ z a W W L i - P m ' W ~ Z R j Z a (A (!J N (n J a w a U v Cl) N r N m L m r y y m 'O m ~ m J O C m y y C_ z C ~ L C O (Q H L C _ O ~ (n w (13 O Z N U V N W E 'D c N Q (D O O N L N_ LO 2 a S U O W ) tD Q W m N S N ~ 0. fL n W J O S U U N to N m Q # a ujj d N LO M N N N d d O W O W O O FQQ- Y z Z O J W S O O F a U N W ° W m ° O O W W O m N LL ~ Q a W LL W M ¢ ~ O ° J a W W O c o t i a O w X X X X X X X X X x l x X X X : X W z m N z F- (~j N d 0 co O N It r 0 w r O N N N d N c0 N w N O M N M d M co M w M O d N d 0 ~ V U J a ¢ co U ¢ m U ¢ m c.> ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ~ U ~ M ~ ~ O) M r- to t~ O N M N In N h N O N M M M M h M T M d U d ~ X m m a x X X X X X X X X X X X o x O w z J m a w N W F- O U) = u O O a Z W O V U O YE rL _ < L a w d Co L ¢ m m LL D O m N J U a V Cl) it r ~ C3 W W O C, N 0 Z W 111 Y U. n, q ~ m O S g ~ z z a J Q W d d co w z O N J a 4 LL O o O IL = W x z tm> > r cm N a _ 0° z a W Q a N CY O J U a W } W (L z F- ° ¢ w E :3 C: D J 75 m m m 1= w> 7 Z OR z O LK a) U c~ U m LL a m U a l C a O O a ¢ J ¢ a. LL U- u_ a w cn cn cn cn N a cn a U v Cl) t N r N O L m m to Lo m 'O m w m v N O C m V) .2 m L_ O N U) m c a) 0 z U U CD W o ~ J E 3 N C c Q O N E T Y o r- J d d W w LL Q LL ¢ LL Q n E a _ O O J Q Q C14 e > S (n to (n _j O -J c°y LO > Z) LL a- U (L fA CL S U > F n N fn U LU ~O v v v> tq N v v v m = o Q w W m LL O O ~ O Q W Q Z m O O J X O IL u N W O IX W 0 W a i ~ O N co 0 CL a ~ ❑ LL O O m = IL Q Q pt W ❑ w a LL Yd X X x x x x x x x x x x x x ❑ V Z m N Z F- Z S V N ,t G O O N st cD OO O N N N a N cD N O N O m N m It Cl) co m 0 ch O N v 0 U a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U ~ U U M O n O . co i0 n rn N m N LO N n N 0 N c7 m c"') ch n M M t7 st a d' N x x x x x x x x x x x X (n } x 0 w N N E = QQ Y Z W U) w 0 N V 11 o 2 0 w p Y Q Lom x x x 3 1: CO U LL U m w V) LL N OJ Q S a o C) e! Q C) o ° N Z LL tii mU' Y U JJ m O 0 2 Q U W N w } z O 4 LL 0 0 W U m a = d M L m N L 0 S L .9 U) L O n `D S U Z Q a d W Z ¢ a w W O Z w LL W G0 W W J 0 - . _J o -J d J E V U X O U 'crS ac v w ~ v v v v ~ CJ Z I a cc J y J Q O C ' i a- x x > c m = > Q j U w Q Q a c n a a a a a c 0. c fL C7 ER Z J d w w w 2 0 > LL a. n. N U cn U cn cn cn U cn d w 0-U Cl) C7 t N r 04 N m a co L co m m w f6 m J O C N y y t C o cc ~ L m c E D (n o .O Y 7 Z U U N w E C .0 Q io 0 O N .C N_ m 2 a W p ¢ O J W V J O o Q N N LL N N J m Z ¢ lq W O W # m LL c0 10 c0 co co a 0 0 Z Q CD Z OJ W 1 O a v H IX 0 W O Cl) m O w J LL 0 co 3 J LL O O W Q w LL U) O 0 W O c°o a LL I IL x x X X x w m N x x x x x x X U Z Z H V N 't c0 00 0 N a WT CD O N N It N co N w N O m N m --t c7 l0 m Om m O a N t O 0 V e O a ¢ m v ¢ m v ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U V ~ W) ^ O ~ LO I-- ~ N M N LO N P.- N 0 N fh M W) M II- C7 M M '~T V IL r x fO +~v d x x x x x x x x x x x O w N Q t' z r a' W Y N w Z F- Z) O i~: V1 H n 0 ~ . W O U U y X L¢ ' < W (7 L. y a, m ~ U O m LL 0 J Q a 0: N ¢ O o 0 Z W L U N i L L 0 j ¢ J J Z m Z 0 0 < d Q U ' a to w z N a O ti: O F L a IL U a 0) o w Z ¢ W a a. a L r co rn n a d X a W W ~ $ J a J E j LL N C7 of ~ z C Q W > c if H _ E w O a ? 2 x Z) U = 0 a a n a O d Z Q r i w a w w D n 0 n a n a U "v co v U W J ~ N tq C C_ vN c Q co o N ~ o ~ ~ r • IL ~ ~ ~ m w a i u c u va i In 6 ¢ O o Q O > W J p Z 0 _ V W ~ M N '-t -t to T N N It a M Cl) U) N M ~4 O w co O LL p p ~ 9 O w Z m z J = O' O F: v N W O w O N Q W QQ -i LL O ~ N p m O a ~ 0 LL ~ O N ~ ¢ O 0 O p w { J a LL Y a Q x X X x X X x x X X X X X X X x x x ~ w U to N Z Z F- N O co Cp O N V T CO 00 - N N N N co M M M M m co C> st N '~t Z O 3: C, U U ~ _ a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U m U ¢ m U ¢ m U V M -I t ~ QJ M tl'/ 1~ t 2 :C"4 LC.. N LN. M M Ln M h M W m .4r O d x x x x x x x x x x x x x N } x C4 QQ W z E w 0: Y w _ ~ ¢a MN ¢a MN Qa ~N ¢a O N ° II z O W W w O a Y O W U Z O w (7 3 N U m CO w D LL Z) 0 N m ¢ U U U U U d a V V et Cl) W W 04 O O O O p O W N M m M T I LL m fn j Q F' J Z CO 2 O O Q > W r r r N Q W z O J M a R- a } LL C) O ~ IL c c c w Z U uX1 m m m a W z n- a d N w O W t o E E E C7 a w J H O p Q W U t d a`> h `m y d N m a~ m v o v rn ~ Z = w W x y Z J W rn m m 3: m m Z ar al a m m O i O m a z ¢ p p 0 p > > > a cn a U C7 f N 04 N ro .O f0 L N N ~ tD V U m w m W m N 0 J E :3 N ~ y y C C a) L ~ Q N co 0 N T ~ N A ~ w O r a ~ 7 ~ N z ~ 12 2 a w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w d w w w w w w w w w N w w w 0 w 0 W 0 w w w w w 0 w to w N w w x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ¢ fO ¢ 2 S S S S = = S S S 2 = S S S w ' N CL a a a a a a a n. a m a a a. l CL i q a a ¢ a U ¢ a U ¢ a U ¢ a J o 1 J z ao S w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w v m m m w w m ¢ r CO W w z O o w o 0 ~ z m z O 0 a U W p a, ¢ W Wp co ~ LL O c~ m 0 ~ CL p LL ~ O VJ W Q 3 a w O -J a LL ui a o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 w U m N Z Z ~ Z S CO a OO V O LO N u7 t0 1n 0 LL7 O co N f0 m to co O w O h N h 7 h CO n O n O w N O V U J a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m 0 C7 If) v f~ a O a ~n M ~n O u~ n .n O u) ~o m O m ti ~o 01 ~n n f7 In r- n r O) n Z M w V 0 d x Cl) d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w E N Q Z ~ W `C o W Z O W N a II :D 2 W O V V O C7 m c U j uj LL W O to 0 S a M 00 ~ + N O 0 p N N Z W LL W C7 p Q ~ J Z m Z O O Q V W a w z Cl) . o O W J a a ii 0 o 0 a g = w 0 z v d w W W W w W w W W W W w W w W W W W W W W W W W W W W W w W W ~ ¢ Z a W Z a a m w W > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > = o a W p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w of T w Z tY Y ¢ S IL S 0 1 S a = a _ a _ a = a. S a S a = a S a S M = a Z a S d w z D U _ W Z w 0 W ~ w - w w w w w w w w w w w w U- ¢ 0 :5 ¢ a a -W a Z a d w w v i c n j d c~ , N N m L m L N y ~ U m m w W N N J C y ~ N A fA C C N 'O< N c Q y c O t C E N N D co 0 r O ~ C6 C14 ' 0 u cT j t n z ~~2 0 k T N M n W m d m N E O c6 J _ W W W W W w o -j N j a aQ a s EL a J z o = QQ w W = O 0 om ui W o O w Q 00 o z J = 0 a U N W O a. W O N i W LL W O 0 j a 0 LL ~ O W N CL N a (L N N CL N CL fV O Ca 0 Q W> y LL w v i L ~ O w O Y~ a w W T w N W Z Z ~ V t0 M CO O O O N O 7 O f0 O OD O O O N O O (O O CO O ' O N a CO 00 O C14 N N V N <O N Z O (7 V T r ` U = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U V O n O M Lo n O M to I- x M d N x x x x x x x x x x x x x w 0 . ~ F-• Q W Q Q ° W Z O U W U W O y~ W U L Q m m LL U) J Q U U a M M f~ W O O ~ N p o W N _ ~t N O T Z U. N Y J m 0 J O Z Z > Q W T T T M z o a a IL `L ❑ 0 IL U Q z W CL of z a W CY W p Q d W J o N n co M M M M T w Of W W W Of w 01- W U W U W U W U W U W U Z F-- = w W Y Z J w O w E ~L E E E E a~ > U > U > U > J > U Q a Q a Q a Q a Q a Q a Q a C a c c Q 2 U af a_ z <i J _ - - LL LL LL LL a (n In V) (f, (f) U) Un U, (r~ CI: J il.. :It Cl) 0 1 T N d d f9 L y D •p N U W N N m 0 J N ~ c a~ c 2 C _ C~ -p ~ v Q o io N m M D w f4 o w p (USN m O m W ~ y f0 6Q Z y g a C m ~ w U) g o Q ; LL LL LL r U 0 N p ° > > > N > N > N > r > > N > N > N > 1 M > M M > M > ~ W 00 d ¢ Q Q ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q ¢ Q ¢ a Q 0 LL W ' O W m O 0 O O ' O F Q1 Q Z m Z J ~ 1 0 O P U U U U ` ~ v v v v U) W O O O O S m ^ O W _ M M M Q J LL 0 m m LL O O W = N a N Q N Q N a Q ¢ w 3 LL ° m a w LL W O Cl) (1) O CL X X x x X x x x x X X x x W U [a N LLJ Z Z F- U N V O ~ O N O O N N N N N M M M CM M •t '•t 0 J a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U Q m U Q m U Q M U ¢ M U M N 1 ` O M In h T N M N UI N h N NO M M M M M m M O M ~ d C x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X 0 r 44 Q Z W M N N M C) N co . J p 11 W F- O m W O V 0 W O LUY w CLL7 U) U L U ~ m ~ J CD ~ t i ¢ U U U a l v v v r~ W C7 O C7 o C7 O o o < p 0 W LL M M M N 111 V mU' Z Y O J m w ~ r N N N m m W Z O U) a 0 0 P 29 co W a o 0 Z R U a LD a J g F Q a W Q a - J~j a) p W O O O M m m Z O O C7 Z d ' w } ~ Q _ m m W N F- S 2 R W Y Z w O 0 w O o > > > > > > > > > U O EE a J U Q Q Q ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ .:.i a to a U M N 0 Z N U U _m W J E fA C C_ m -gyp ~ Q m io L ~ O (n O L -0 CN Y m U) CD 1~ a ~ W 0 m 0 GD 0 ao X Q o O J r i i U C) Q W M > M > O O O O O O > > > > O LL > LL > LL > N 1 Q Q ( f m W Q Q Q Q W Q Q Q W M Z Ln ~ 2 m Q M LL W N N N N O W FQQ- Z 2 O J W = m ~ O _ ~ IL U a ~ v co W W o a w i OJ LL O 03 03 Ln LL O O = O a Q d o LL W cr) a w X X x X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w U m N w Z Z V LO a OD It O Ln N Ln Ln O LO O Lp N Lo y (O w co ~ ~ n n ~ a 0 0 co 0 C7 U U 1 a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U V M v LO v n a m v LO of U') w w n 0 m to Ln m m m Lo e w m w n m 1.- m r- h ti m n m M Go V d x L' N x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Q w W z E Q L o 0 (L M N a. N 11 Z O O ~ W O V 2 W V Z O f9 N W U m LLj LL O m Ln _L U U Q a d M 7 M Cl) ; W C9 O (9 O G C, O W v 'n Z 0, LL j W 0 Q F' J Z m Z 1 6:1 O O Q W ♦ ~ r r CO m w 0 w n. IL a LL 0 0 d IL v Z Q W Q (I a t n W W a C7 d a o 0 Q LL LL LL z H 2 m ww Y _Z W Q O W M co - ° m ch m > M > M > Cl) > > > > N > N N > I U > O Of a Z a J a < ~ a s a s a a s a a < LL d cn a U Cl) C9 t N r N m L f0 L d m w N v m O c m 2tn C N L 0 h fA N m 0 z N c O V m N 0 J L Q~ N C c m w E O Y 7 U) U _N W v E C Q ip O O N N_ m 2i a W ~ ~ O J uJ M > M > Q N > N > N > 4 r > LL > 4 > M co M to m M m E > Q M m M m J Q J w O N O ? Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q LL LL LL LL a LL U z LL u N O w O w p Q f Q z m z O = O O a U U ` a, et r~ v ch V a GC o = w W c M _ ~ co O O J LL O m cn O 0 O N = N Q N Q Q C Q ° ° -J W O c o c d LL L a o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x LU w W z m N Z = Z ~ U co CO 00 C0 O 0 N W x t0 0 OD 0 O 0 N 1 0 8 w 0 w 0 O ~ ,t co d0 O N N N co N O C7 U U J m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U I I t ) T n co O co O M 01 O O) ti O 0 O 0 0 ~ 0 ~ T - - F4 N N 't - u d x C? o N x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x p w Z E w w C, o D O m z w 0 V j O ~ Q O `t N LL m Q U m W ti VJi OJ 2 a cc N O O p W W w N lil a Z ir a ~ m i ~ Z Z p; Q LIJ f N M N N N N r' M M w z R. } ii 4 O d z a j W 0 z CL 0 z U W W a Q a m W d } qp _ Q Z_ = ~ W Y C J W Z Q O w Q m (D a a J IL c n U v M N_ N m .o cc y U `N N U m N w W N C J E D y 'O N C _ 2 C _ C7 ''O m w O v Q y ca O L m C D N E , (n O L Y N m o .0 > C Z • • i M o J Q W (0 Q J N > W > > >N 04 > 04 > N > 04 > > 0. 0. 0. a a a s Ia. a s i J O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q = 2 2 = = 2 2 2 m x m Z (n W ~ ¢ 3t LL 0 O Q p ¢ Z Z O J W = m 0 O a.. U U cc v v 7 u o M ° C _ a p O w m W M M m Cl) J LL U m LL t7 O W N N p W = O Q w M a LL u~ a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o W ~ U to N Z Z F- H aD cv O m N M s~ (D (w) M (1) O 't N co co It O ~ N L co ~ CO O (O N w Z O m a ¢ m U a m v ¢ m U a m U ¢ m U ¢ m v ¢ m U N O N M M M 0 M 1, M 07 M ~ M ~ to 7 7 0 sf to M (n to to h to O to rD M (D LO (p ~ (0 U ~ a x 6 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x LQ E w Z 0. a' M W Z o U ~ W = H O roi u U 0 V W O N W V m W J Of w m t i 0. M > a0 W W N N O v O Z LL Y W 0 Q J Z m Z 0 o a a > ¢ W N N N N N N N N M N CO M M a } ii 0 a o w z a w 0 vi d a Z Q Q w w a w O W a J p Q W > > m > W Q W C) Q W Q F = W Z 0. J W Z U v M C7 N m .O t0 L h d m w co m J o C ~ N y 2 _C C U' m ~ r ~ o co L m c E co 0 y Y ~ Z ~ (A U U m W E 7 U C N 'O a io 0 0 N L N T f0 2 a W L N N N M N N co N N M N N M N N M m N M m N M m N M m N M - N M - M N N M - M X Q O CD O Q W U O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N j `o U `o > > Q U~ OC OOW OW O 0 OW 0 w 0 a 0 2 0 2 0 w 0 m 0 w 0 w J m Z Z oo = ~ et r N Q Q m 'O W a W z 0 O J S ~ 2 O a U N G W m p Q W w O O LL O m O LL ~ w W W LL F=- O J d W W w a L a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x b (D Z CO N F U N (O O N eT tD co O N N N -t N co N 00 N O Cl) N Cl) d Cl) c0 M cO Cl) O N U C Q m V a m U Q m U Q CO. U Q m U Q m U Q m U M ~ M 1n n rn M to n rn N M N U7 N n N m N M M M %n M n M m M at > J IL x v o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w N QQ W Z O w Y ° z O a: N w ~ U O 2 W U Z O a LL Q m m d' m LL 0 m LL CO Q - S a cn ar N O C W N o Z W lil U Y S Q J co p J a V W U CO cn } z a G. CL: 0 p IL y J z a J W O cc O z R U w a X 'It X M co m o N co 0 N co 0 co 0 co 0 ao 0 co 0 co o N d N v N v N v N cc co co N co N a a Q d IL' J d W W M M M M M M M Z U t U 0 0 !O Lio U 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 12 0 0 U ! O f d J z Q a m J v J i rn J 0 m 0 oCc o~ x 0 W- w w a w a: Ix ~ m cn a U Cl) N _ N N m a m y V m w ~ m U m u1 E 0 N h (D c 2 _ Q 0 c o N m c E D U) o s m(~ V ~ p Y T y M V1 z & N m ,Moo • a W O N N O N N O N N O N N O N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N v N N v N N v N N v N N w N N 0 N N m N N w N N 0 N N X O p O J_ M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M U~' Q CO Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M = a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a m m I)' Q O QQ m Z J uJ = 0 F a U U) III ° w m O ° w o m ? ~ 0 W. a w LL W o O O W 0 wa IL o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w 13 z m N Z ~ Z = ,It v CO v co v O CC) N O co O M U3 O co N w CD m CO (D O n N n v n (D n ro n O co N co J a Q m U a m U Q m U Q m U a m U ¢ m U Q m U ~ V M I. 0 v n v 0 v (n M CD N w n )n rn 'n t0 m 0 In m Fl- m 0 m n M n LO n n n m n CD m 00 <t CL x cb a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w E w f- Z a w = II Z O 2 l11 W U ;E V 0 Y w t~ v ~ re U M O m (n LL m J IL W N o 0 z ° W W _N v 6i Y LL llJ U' Q ~ J J Z m Z a Q U w U co) a a a } IL p ~ OG w W Z U a M M M M to In )n In Z a Z a a d ° W Q M M M M M M M M U U U U U U Z a W Y Z ~ ul Q w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a Q a Q Q = CD E z 0 J X Q 0 0 ff 0 C~ 0 -e LY L of 0 0' n. tL (n a U; 2 •:n z co a. U) (D LL n V) <t FL U M C7 t N it N 0 m L y N m d w co v m J O c _y (D 2 H C_ U' C m 0 .o C o m wO O 00 Y 7 Ul N N U U N W E 7 'O C m Q CD O 0 N N_ co G IL N N Cl) Cl) N N (`S C j U C a M Q M a O J d W Q Q Q Q Q Q u U Q (b O > w w C) w a (L CL CL W J Z Q Q U) U) U) m 5 LL O O Q Q W Z m 2 JO = O' O P U U ~ a a (1 Cl) Cl) W W O w m 13 o o co U) O O J w LL Cl) O m m O ~ N LL CD O lz W (L N a. N Q a j LL (n W jE O Q C) Q M O J O O. w LL w a w m a N x x x x x X X x x x x x x x V Z Z H' V C) (O Cp 0 O 0 N 0 co 0 co 0 O 0 N 0 V 0 (O 0 CO 0 O N sf (D CD O N N N ar N (O N Z O U 2 U = a Q m U a m U Q m U a m U a m U a m U Q m U V (n co n co (D ao rn M 0) (n 0) h T - 0) 0 0 0 0 0 r M - (n f~ W N in d V ~ x c d N x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o w z E a W CL C) z o - x j Q LL. 7 a LL a a U Co :3 LL cn O Q 2 a a W N O O N Z W LL O Q J Co O a V N N N N N - 1 1 W U M } 4 z O J d a LL O w a u a Cy Q M a a a CL N C! W O K CL J } O w W w s w Q F W Z J z O M Q M Q N m N m M Q M Q U) d <n a v a U 0 O a d U) a LL LL ~ ) d v Cl) (7 N r N m L N ~ (D m ' . w m J E c CD m (/1 H C C G U' ro L '0 a o ifl O t N m E U) o r C6 -0 T a ) CD Y n Z 1 a_ W N d Z' Z' X Ur' Q O J_ Q W ° ° M J O > Q = = S S J m Z Q oC1 = W It d d d M r N N N M O W Co a L] Q Q Q Z ~ = m O O a w ~ w O ❑ w w co J O o ❑ O O w w = cal o a w 3 U- ❑ w I O r°> d LL Y a w u j Q x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U Z m N W H Z U N d tp a0 O N d (O 00 O N N N d N w N w N Co M N M It M w M w M O d N d 0 ~ J = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U U M ~ ^ O M ~ ~ ~ N N N N N M M M M M d U d o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w N w Z O d' Y w O F Z D O LL ❑ w m O u UV ❑ O U - Z U > d U) LL Q m m w LL m O J Q M a W C~ Z ❑ N w w U. fn Q J m O O Q Q U 1l') d d M N M v w } O a CL 0 0 a ° J W a :i W O a z N a O v O U LL Q Z a w W } ❑ ^ a O " M M M M N 17 N Q W Q W Q W Q Z m = W Z J a u 1 vj T D D D m Z -j v co N O Z U U N w N J E C_ m 'O Q o N U oZ co N 5 i E E i i i i E i i i i i 5 i E 5 Q W W W W W w w w W W W W w w W W W w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w o Co -i W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Q 6 Q S S O C14 a a a m m m n: a M M fl a a a M d a a Q O W 2 o 0 0 a a a J Z W w W W W W w W W W W w w w w w w w w to In w C3 U N In LL 0 w w 0 0 Q Q Q Z D O [ O = = O a U co W p K w p N O W m O o d 0 O O a W w W 0 0 a w IL o w x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U Z 0: N w Z F- - ~ V CO W O In N N i} In to M co IA O w N w Iq 0 co 0 co w O h N h '7 t1 l0 h co 1. O w N w e~ 00 Z 4 4 4 - 0 J = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U V V m t O v r a O V N th ~ in ~ r ~ O U-) (O c+~ t0 U) co r- t0 0 f0 M I-- 0 h r ~ 01 ~ W M N IL x o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o w 0 ~ N Z Z (7 ~ w Z O O x O _ z W O w O tL ~ S a Q Q m l L m m fW U- !n Q S a K N L p N N Z W W U. Q J m Z Z as < < Q 2 2 W W a } z O a CL ii 0 I.- w j O0 IL W W W W W W W W W w w w w w w Za w d v w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w a a CL a W W cn cn cn cn v~ v~ cn cn cn v~ cn rn cn cn ~ S 0 fl W Y ~ p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z jr- Q 2 S S a S a S = a S a 2 a S a S a S a S i S a S a S n U U U = w 3: Z w W w d n n a c Q w Q a Q a O O C z Q o r W , w w w w w w w w w w w cn u) u) a v) a d v Cl) N r N m m L V! m m f6 v m O c m N .2 m 0 O N m C m 0 Z N c O v m J N VN C v C co y E to O C6,0 j, vi ~ y U U _m w N E 7 C m U Q co O O N w N r f0 • 3 a U O W y I~ w O J U a m W m W a7 O wW of co W O J N > d m cl CL a. } > (L O (L } J W LO C) H H F F- U F- M ZQ U) U O i~ M LL w a' N M r r N r O W 0 o 0 Q O w m 0 Z J = O P a a M v M N C9 c9 Lp W w M 0 0 Q W N M O LL O O j 0 d 0 LL O O Ix W N ¢ N N N N Q Ix w (Li. w - a C', M Q In a In a ° Q QO O 3: 0 W W O t r i J a. LL a 0 w w N X X X X X X X X X X V Z Z ~ Z = V N st to a0 O N a (O (0 OO O N N N ~t N (O N W N O M N M T M t0 M W M O v N v 0 CL a m U a m U a m U Q m U. < m U ¢ m U a m U M N h O) M 10 1~ m N M N N h N m N M M M M 1~ M O) M a 0 U X X X X X X X X X K X X X X X } W 'C N QQ O C w EL ~ C) W 2 ¢ 0 N M D w W O M Q c') II U V x W O p L Q co D _5 U 0 co U) LL fn a a M j cc w r o ° ~ O O O Q N N N z w LL r N ? Y of Q J J z m z d O O Q W r r M M M M M 'C Q W V a } O a LL a ° ° W j O d Z a > > ZQ a N O c 8 cc U M M Z a w a G w m ' n ' A Z 2 X F- ¢ cp fD t0 Xk _ p w Z J O LL ~ ~ a a J (n U M t N T 04 N a) n (o L m .0 CD (0 a) J O c t. d N C C _ U' m L .p c o co m E U) `o O O Y 7 L z j. y U U _m W csi E 7 C Q 0 0 N L N (a 2 a N ~ a ma D a E a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '0 ? > x O J W U v v v v v v v a N O U C7 Q O o N > LU - > N 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 'C .2 0 O N LL < a J ~ C) ao w 0 0 Q w w w it w . U) Z = U U > > W ly x m U LU M N M W O v - Q WQ m O LL tli C Q Q z CD p J = O 2 O H a U N W w j3 w m p Q W C M O LL O p m t7 O w w LL W x ~ O Q o ~ a o LL a w ~ a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x x U Z Co N z V N 7 tD 0 O N 7 tD CD O N N N ~t N co N 00 N O c J N m V m cD t 1 w M O st N a Z 0 C7 U J =a Q m U < a) U Q co U Q C U Q CC) U Q m U Q oo U U M LO . r, O ^ O N N N N N m m co m to --t U IL d N x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x W x W Z M C9 W Y N Z D O LL N w H O U - O 0 W U ZO Q 1-- U w a' m m ~ W m LL W OJ Q CV cn W N N O N Z W U. C -i CO °Q z z a o J > U W Q' CO a W } z a i~ o a z W (r a U a 7 N N N N t a a v :3 L O 3 t O L O 3 L O Q d z q a d' ui d y W W Y Y Y Y N s{ N N N a N N V N N J J J J Z L LL' J Y } Q W i - v m m m m w 2 O O O O O O 12 O > C > C > C > C = O W Z W of ad y z-, U LL > a > a > a > a 0 of 0 a 0 ~ 0 x 0 ~ 0 0 0 O a d a d a d O a a U) Q a K U C M 0 C14 N d a C13 ~ U N U O (D N W cc C4 m J C C U' 'p a) w a Q ° m 0 N N o -0 04 , 7 z U) Co N2 • L_J • a_ W x O td Q W a n a a a W 0 2 (n U) U) U) In !A -j Z v m O m p Q 0 0 LL Q a U O W m J 2 O w ❑ ~ W o Q O ❑ w co w = m LL O fn LL 0 LLJ W LL 2 O D O a ❑ LL w W r Y w W a' Q x x x O M N W Z V t0 a 00 O N u7 0 u1 00 N O CD N 10 (O cp 00 t0 O f~ N h st h ~0 h CD h O w N a0 st CO O M V U J m a m a m c~ Q m a m L) ¢ m U ¢ m U a m U 1- U m v m v ~ v rn v 0 m LO Lf) 0 ti G 0) 0 i W,N n rnO = r~ n rn c~ Ow o w ~ ► a o C ~ N ] W rz W 0- W f- Z D C7 U. z fA Q m = W w LL V O 0 a m LL Q ul 00 D m W u i Q a 00 N O N N W U. Z Z O O Q W 2 LL o d W a J 00 a a a a W a i W m W a a w J ❑ p ¢ ) U U U p~ y U U Z = W 0 Y Z J W Q O W to ca m m n m m <a m H I H J d a- Z 2 J 4 . . Cn c CO t1J U) Cn U M U' _N N m a m L W m f0 v m 0 c m A) L O N Q C N O Z N C O m J a~ y C C f9 w •''C^^ L V/ 0 U Y N U U _(D W E M v C .p Q tD 0 0 N L _N co 2 IL_ C N N N N N r O N O N O N O N O N N N N N N N N N N N X O O _J W t G1 7 K V 7 ~ a V a V a d r 7 v V V ~ Vr' Q 0 N Q w o o N U O O L O O O O O O O L O O O O O O O O J N ° i OC Q U U ° to O m O O O O m O m O O O O O O m O m a o i~ W M M r r M Q 0 O LL 2 Ili Q z co Z p = O O IL cc V N w o _ co O w co o LL O p m co LL O ~ 0 W ~ o w a LL w w O w IL p w w w x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U c9 Z m N z _ f- ~ V N d w O O N d tD CD O N N N It N fD N LO N O M N M d M w M w M O d N d Z O V U J = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q co U V M N n O M O N N N N 0) N M M M I- m M d U a o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w j5 tn N W Z w Y ° z O O W w x O 11 U V O Y W LL a d' co m :3 lL co - U co O Q Q co G N N N N Z w f/J LL Q J m O J z _z d Q J 0 W W } O ~ or a IL - w w p W Z a a U W a W cD N cD N cD N ~D N ao ON ao N ao N ao N d N d N d N d N cD N 0 N co N cD N Q Q Q Q J d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d Z_ w U U U O O O o 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O = 3 00 Q Q z p J Q m J m J o J O w O cr- O C' O 0. Q' Of 0' Q~ W C' D: W Cf Of Q' W J Q U) Q U Cl) 0 N_ N N .a f0 ~ U CD W 'a m J E C ~ y 7 N C C ~ 2 N L -00 v O m CD co N E L (n O r (d ~ r 0 Y O T y ca Z ~C • g ~ W t7 N c7 N f`') N M N In r N 11') N In N In N d N N d N N d N N d N N CD N N W N N m N N co N N ao N x O O J d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d N d b Q 0 _ Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 M M O 0 2 O 0 12 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 Or2 0 O 0 U V a dU J N C, ° ~ . . ~ w w ~ w co a In cn m Q m r = m LL W O w m O O 2 w Q co Z O J = 0 O a U rn p W m O p W co A l O J Y. ~ m O co lL O O rn w ~ ¢ w O w O O J a w LL LL, IL X X X X X X X X X X X x X X X x x o w o X l U z m N Z F ~ 0 d d t0 d OD d O In N M 0 O In O 10 N 0 8 cp w Cp 0 O h N fl- d ti 10 h 00 1` O co N co ~ Z 0 O 0 a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U V f7 d In d n d 0) d ~n 0 N Lo f~ 0 O) to (O M w to M h w O w 1~ M 1, N 1-- r- r- 0 1- a0 M CO a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x O ~ V N I Q W O Z O O LL O rn w ul ~ n V O 2 ~ w O ui U U m m LL (n OJ ~ 2 a co o ¢ N W p C4 N O Z W LL o U ? Df J J z m Z O d. Q J O V W O a a } LL o0 IL w 11 0 0 Ix U !i: W ~n N u~ N n N In N r t` r Z a¢ Q LL Of J d W p d d d d N d N v N d d N N d N d N Q N d z Y F p Q _ Q w 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 < G 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 L L U Q U Q U < H = W Z Ff W z O J m Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o z U v co C7 f N_ it N m .n m t W m 13 d w f0 m J O C m N 2 N C ~ C m C ~ c o N m r m c E O co N C O v ~ o CE O Y 7 vi CD Z co co U W E 7 C m Q io 0 O N L N_ T m 2 a x 0 °o J w Q U U U U U U U U U J a 0 p N LLJ m d a d d a m d d W ❑ °p° 2 Cl) (p N CO V R ❑ < ❑ m LL a 9 V W Z O 2 O 1= a a U ~ w m W ~ O O LL m 0 U) Ir if Of w ❑ w LL a w O ❑ x x U Z W M n x z = c) N a co z V U to co CO co O 0 N 0 ~t 0 to 0 CO 0) O p r N O O "t r f0 O r O co O r r N r ~t t0 Vi N N N N O U C7 J = a a m a m U a m U < I M o l < m 0 a m U a m U U ta co r.- CD .00 O N m Oni pOj O O u~ O i. O m O c+~ ~n n O r m N 0 N U r a x x x x W N w z 0 w CL Z D O LL ❑ N w x O M u U 0 w U O W LL ' v U of U m LLj O m a cn w N N In N O Z W 61 C~7 Y LL ° Q J z m z a J U W w } O Li a ° O p 0a m w w m M z k~j t i 5 d Q CL W W LU C W W W W W W z H w Y Z w 0 w un a a a a a a m 3: o or a Q °Qr v> v> cn cn cn <n a W a U v Cl) N_ 04 N m is t 2 m V d w co v O C m A .2 CO 0 0 0) U) N C D U .U _m W N J E m ~ C ~ v Q m 0 y o N O Z Y -0 r a_ W r X O J Q M M fN7 M M M M M W D Q N > F d an d a Ei a Ei n Ei m W a w Z = - - - - ~ - ~ - ~ - - cn M d ~ m 1 1 W M M M st d M m o w p w d z m O z J = O ~ a U M ~ M U w 0 a W N N M v m O J w ❑ m O d LL O W (L N N IL t? ❑ Of w 3: LL 0 W O N Q d W IL o X X X x x X X X X X X X X QQ Ali N V m N Z Z ~ V N C O CO O N r 10 OD r O N N V N tD N M N O M N M M t0 M CO M O 't N Z U a a m U a m U d m U d m U ¢ m U ¢ m U a co U V M In 1~ O M r IA r r` O N M N Ml N h N CA N r M M M O M h M CA M 'ct O O IL N x x x x x x x x x x x s (D ~w. W X W F- z E y w w m as ~n N ¢a O N co ¢d O N QQn. ~f3 N a M s N c-4 N F_ z D O 0 ~j 0 w z W U U O Y Q a C7 _ m L U Of m D -1 0 to ~ LL Cq Q Q U U ` U U U a v M v v M v M a Cl) cb W ~ O (9 O C9 N & N ; co Q N O w # at r N Z ) w m m c, ¢ J Z ED Z J 0 < < a Q 0 W M r r r N M M r r r r W Q o M J a a LLp 0 d a 2 E m - W z a J O W z L) O x "t C) to m w ~ _ O s O Q a ir J a w W t: O M Ln n m C31 M a{ ~k v ~k a ~k at . t O Z W z J O w a co F m F 3 o m m 2 1 E a) w w w w r o w f = 0 0 a z a < CL ca C) U Cl) C7 t N r a co L M O 'O m w co m J O ~ _N _cC m v c o m y a) L C r c E O C O Y 7 m o v~ z f~S U U _N w E 7 C 'O Q 0 O N N_ m 2 IL CY W ? M _ m O J Q N V J O w U w U w U ¢ O J N > a C N N Y p J J Z ao = a LL > > > O m m co U N cq O w co ce O O Q a z M Z O = O O H ~ M UUi 6 w W G N N a O W m O O D LL w a C? n. M a C? pQ cr- w r W O N N N o a L W CL f x x x x x x w " W z In N Z ~ Z = V v m v co v O LO N ~O t0 .O w .O a w N ro w ( w m a r N r v ti w r w r O w N co 0 C7 a a m U a m U Q m a m a m ¢ m U a m U C, a In v r v M v o M m 0 to r G 0 o m M m cO co r co (D co n m r LO r r r M r r- co M co a n. x N x x x x x x x x x N x x x x Q M Q W W Z Z W Y N F - CJ U) = n D 0 0: W 8 U 2 U 0 C7 v co U LL O m co J ¢ a di N N to 'N N 0 Z a W LL ? in Q L' J Z in Z O O ~ ~ Q W C.) a w O a a } ii p a a w Z - W Z U WW W r c a O Q a a F}- w ° ' Q a a = ~ z 0 Q w - Y a a ai > 0 a a a J c n i f - c n ci v c+~ U' N T N n N U) U ~ U m W m J E c (D C (D A N c m b -00 t v Q y O N C '=C N C ~ U) O L C m 3, 0 y a_ W N to N in N i 0 N M N ' M N M N M N of NC st NC ' N 7 X ❑ O Q J QQ U (0 U (p n 0 LL ) 0 In to &0 II ) t(1 to 1A ~ Q 0 (D N U > W ~ t o t o t o t o > > 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -j C~ (Y d v v v ¢ Q m m a m m Q v N M N M N O 0 g W m O LL LIj ❑ O F- Y Z m 2 O O O F a a v U) w ° w ° W LL U) O Q j (L LL O O LL U) = F Q O 8 O W a LL a ° x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w m N W Z Z H N OD O N of T t0 O N N N 't N to N CO N O M N M V' M (D Cl) co M O N OZ U J IL Q m U ¢ co U ¢ m U ¢ m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U V V M tC) f~ 0I M in 1~ O N M N to N h N 01 N M M M In M h M M M M IL d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o 'n U N Q ❑ Z cc a' Y W Z O U mK LU 0 n U O 2 W W Z O Q (7 S w U m ~ LL N OJ Q 2 IL W ° N N O N O Z W LL ti l C7 Y Q F' J Z m Z 0 O Q V w cc M M M M M M N M '~t M M CD CO W } a g a ll O w z z z L) W x x x (D O CL a of J CL } p Q W U U U N y m m o m c c E Z_ ~ ~ 3 Y ~ z O J ¢ o J a J a J rn J J J o d a Q - Q (D J O d a (A Q M U v M t N r N CD .o co L N Lo N 'D m m co m O c m N .2 N 0 0 CD C N 0 Z C 0 v m N J M C_ .0 c m t E cf) o ` w v W U U _U W cli E 7 C m U Q io O O N L _N m 2 a 7 N O M N O M N O M N O M V Y 0 C. O O O C. A O O ; O O O O O O O O M O O M O O M O (D M O O M x O O J W N N in A A i c i n 2 O 2 0 2 Lo 2 LL) 2 O 2 O a o N > a o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z a°o U U LL > K co Lu N N O Q m O LL W Z m z p = O O a V h W ~ Q W Q o W LL m ~O LL C) ~ W O a w ~ u U) p a O IL LU w W W x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x v CD z m r z z V 4 v O v v v O in N cn co LO w tN0 100 ccoo r- ~ ti ^ ti C) W ONO O ~ v U = a a m U a m U a m U a (n U a m U a m U a m U V M v in v n v rn v c) M cn W V) n tD 0) W co M co W co n co C" co n M n to n n n 0) n ao co M M U a x o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w N Z it W Z r O W W Z n U 0 U O Y E Q v V) LL it a V m W uJ U) OJ S a W N N O N O Z W Q J co Q J Z Z d 0 J a U W z 0 ~ W d p LL Q O ' a U a v M 0 M 0 W Q d : W z of a W C J Z ui d N W CY 0 O M O M O_ M O_ M N_ M N M N M N M It M v M M M M M _ M - M . C7 a d J W u'i cn In cn u~ 0 41) in 0 cn U ) U ) Z J n w M > > > Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 ~ 0 0 r 0 0 ~ 0 0 ~ 0 0 F W o ? a a 0 0 0 U v M N_ N N a m L y m v m m co N O C d N N L O N N d C f6 U U _N W 'p ~ .l E N to C C N 20 C O O N (n O r a (0 N I1 ~ u a m W U U LL U X m Q O W W W W W O N > W C Y D LL LL 0 LL Q Q Q l a l a I I J J tr) O V m R U to 0 w to to , J m Z < W ' O W it~ M 0 LL iij Q O O ~ Q Q O F co co 2 J = O a U W Ul O W W m Q j d LL O ui 2 w LL w 0 D a w CL w N x x x x x x x U Z m W Z F' D O N O a0 N tD Z V (O OR OD OD O O N O •f D) (D D) CO O) O 0 N 0 0 c 0 w 0 ~ O N N a N N O C9 U r U J = a a m o a m U a m U a M I C) a m U a m U a m U v w w rn w M (003) rn rn rn 0) O M O O O 01 o M u~ r rn cr) to N V M IL x d x x x x x x w N W f- Z W a. D U O Z O W U) 2 O ° It U ~ 0 2 W r ~ V O LL O t = a LL H Q m LL D O co u O J Q a at N N O O Z Q W LL N 0 D of Q J m F J Z Z LL O O Q W 2 m W 1n a } z F- N W a LL O Q C1 Q' U Z J W T Z U W d m n a~ LL c d Q a w t W a } O W Q a 0 a 0 V n U U U F W Z F- j t W X c o L o m v) Q Q Q Z tL d n d U ? n c O 9) 0- U v co 0 N r N m m L N m w 07 O O C m N a~ 0 O N y N C c O V m N m O Z J m fA C C f0 L Cl) o U Y L N V .U W 4 7 U C m Q (D O O N N N 2 a L (O (O (O (n O O O O N N N N O a N n O N 0 O N 0 O N T N T N T N N X ' O O 6 _J w V N (O (n (n O N LL~ (C) m v) (n (n Ur Q O ( Q W t U ci 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o Ul) o U o U m U 0 0 0 0 or a: w m 0 ix 0 Q' 0 or 0 w 0 W 0 W 0 w 0 w w J Z ro = v m w M M T T M Q Q 0 w 9 Q Q o V O w c 0 Z J = 0 H a v N w ° w m O LU en (n ° J w 0 m m LL O w LL O 0 d w w IL o w X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X m N u Z Z F- Z 2 U N t0 O N (D T 00 O N N N N m N m N O M N M It M m M w M O 'cT N O U J = a Q m U Q co U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q M. U Q m U V M to h O M (O h 01 N M N (n N P- N rn N T M M M M h M 0) M V' (D V d X (n a x X X X X X X X X X X 1 XI X X X X X X X X X w QQ W Z c w x is z D O 2 w L F- O U O U Z O y Q _ l7 LL = m LL Q m m Ld -j U- W J U Q a LU N (a O N N O Z w W T 11 U. 1 Q J m 0 O Q Q ~E J > Q U w N w a z o a o f a W Z w o Q z U U) w _ C! (D 0 N (D 0 N (D 0 N m 0 N w 0 N O 0 N 00 0 N w 0 N N N N _ N N N N N N_ N N N N v N Q U Q Q Of J CL } ° w t (n (n (n (n (n (n (n (O n (O (n (n (O to (n to in Z m Y J Q w o U o U O U O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F = W Z C~ w Z O a 0 x 0 « 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 7' 0 11 0 rr' 0 r_ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 O _ O a a (n Q a- J U 07 t N T N N L m L N t6 H .L m O N - F E C0 ° C N V1 F5 C N (D Q v O U) N to 0 r- N D ( O N N N Y o Co z y r ~ a ~ W M r N M r N M r N M N (O N i_n N ~n N i[s N m N N (D N N m N N (D N N a N N a N N a N N v N N v N N X O O J_ _ Q 10 lO IO 2r lO rL IO O N r2 In O rL In N In to (n In (O In D Q 0 (b N Q w U Q a U Q a U Q a U Q a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J 0 1 CD m m m m m m m m m m ? Z CO N co LL a O Q 0O q Q z O t~i m O 2 J 2 ' O I CL Ix U y w m o m m O W J LL C? m N LL a 2 Q w LL W 0 O O w CL r x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w V a C3, m N Ill z Z ~ ~ Z _ U ~t R W v OD It O (n N u~ (D 0 O (O O f0 N (D a~ f0 (D (D OD (D O r- N ti d' r~ (D ti O r• O ao N 00 e{ aO ~ ~ a Q m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U V V M a (O ti V O •t r (O M (O N N t. (O O) (O r 0 M w IO (D r.- (D m cD h m 1- (n n n t` 0 ~ a0 M O W CL 'r x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w (l) E N Q W Z W o Z N y F 11 D O 2 w W O U 0 W z U U) X U It m : LL 0 ~ Ill 3 Q 2 a M CD a N p ILI N N N D Z W LL W U` Q J J Z co z 0 < d Q W a m h w } o w IL IL 0 O IL E z a z V 7 W W (D N (p N (D N (p N Op N a0 N a0 N w N O N O N O N O N N N N N N N N N d (7 Q d Of J CL Lij } to (O 0 LO (O to LO LO (O to LO (n LO (O to (n Z ~ Y F „ Q w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O _ H = w z cj z fr O O n n n Q Q O U co N r N m I6 s y LO m m J O C L. N m N C 2 C U( m o m w CD L c N D E 0).2 C r O 0 f0 10 Y 7 c~ Z H c0 V U m W E 7 C m .D Q io 0 0 N _N >1 c0 2 a 0 O J_ W W W W W W W U W U W U W U j J (D Q > Q U a U a U a U a U a a a a a _ W In C) L a a a o a a 00 , u co , v , , ( n (1) v i U) m a ~ m 2 m O u w O 0 Q a Z co Z O W = O' a U N W C W m Of C? O W O O op O ~ LL O 0 W p W> LL ~ a W W O Ii o ui d x x x V Z fL N Z F- c ) Z (O 00 O N O O O w 01 O N O co O O N t wl vl : N N N o U w w ~ r. r- J = a a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U U (n 1` 0) M P 0) O m LO 1'- 0 M n W N N a0 O W O 0) O O W LO Q 0 tD U IL x (n .j x x x x x x m E N W Z ~ W (a Z O W = 11 Z) U) W F - 0 M V V O x Q C9 (n LL W a U u 0: to ED Ld U) :D LL D N OJ a 2 a M o N N z W W U. llJ mU' Q J co Q 0 .J O Q U U W 1f1 } z d ii a w Z a p d v a a Q a W a w Cl W z d W } p W W W W W W 1- W Z W Q Z a a d a a CL m 0 CE 0 a w rye,, I.J U co t N r N a~ (o .r- (D b m y? W m J E C N 7 m M c c N m 0 Q o ~ ifl °o m N Cl) C O 04 f0 m Y O T CU o co) Z N IL v - v w U v S U t - ! i Q o Q o o > Z W o o Cl) U D Q m LL W V a M o iij O O ~ p Q w Z m z O O O f- a U y w O ~ w u W m 0 O U O 0 . to 8 d 0 LL ~ O N = Q Q Q' w LL p w ~O ° a IL x x x x x x x x x w N U Z to Z F ~ Z S V N (O CO O N sf (O OD O N N N N tD N CO N O M N M M fD M CO M O -41 N ~ 0 J = L Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U U U M M O M n O N N N N N M m M m CW) of a x r d x x x x x x 0 W N w Z 6 w U) w ° n Z D O LL o W O U W 0 Y U W m ~ j U- U O 01 L J Q S a M L o Q o c N ° Z W LL Q J J m O O Z ? d Q U W ~ m W ZO n ii 0 IL v w Z - a z N W C W O O x r rn J. a a Q W J Wa > Q w U c Q Q Q Q Q Q = 2 Z O h m d a d c ~ c_ c7 ~ ~ q U v t+~ C9 N r N CD c0 t N CD CD CD CD c9 o C Q~ m _ N N C 2 C U' d = ~ c o m ~ t ) ` o U w- ~ m cp ~ Y ~ T Z y c4 U _N LU E C a io O 0 N N T co 2 of cc w a O OQ 0 O 0 N N N N N N N N 7 ~ X O J w co c0 c0 so c0 f0 c0 c0 m d a U Q o > Q W 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 w 0 w 0 w ~ w -J ~ m = m H m zz ¢ v i U Z) m LL ~yJ W d d r r d d O d N N O p W p Q g W Z o z 0 CL w U D W 0=0 Q O W to C~ cn O i LL p m U) O 0 W p Q w LL p 0 a W p w CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w z IV co N W Z = V N d co co O N ! tD F I N N N N N 00 a M 1N1 m m N V V U 2 a ¢ m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ~ V ('7 I(Y N D) r M r O ti O r N M N N N 11- N 01 N c7 M M In (1) P.- eo M an r d h r d x m o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 w F- E N Q W v Y O Z i a U) 1- U O 2 Z W 2 U O C9 m LL Q U W m m W U- N -i Q a M W N O D Z N C4 W 111 U' Y LL Q J m O J 10 Q W ~ r r d c7 t7 N m W U) t0 a } z O z O ~ z L ~ w Q m a a ii O O p a CL a. a- w 2 a' L N N N N d d d g U W U W O of Q d z Q R n W J CL W w w <D tD fD tD CD t0 f0 (D p O ~ Z ~ Y ~ J _ w w U U U ~ O O O O O O O O Q Q U w 5 F- = O w 3 O Z rr W z p rn ~ ' 3 ' Q > d 0 0 0 0 c~ 0 0 w 0 0 0 m 0 m C~ J d d In Q d J J J J U v M N _ 04 N a) tn m to U ~ U w W rb J E c A ~ C _ Q o U) tC9 0 w N N U) O r 0 04 (D ' cu in cu Z D a W d 0 0 0 M M M t0 fD tD 0 0 0 0 M M M M (0 cp (0 (0 0 0 M M ( a M 0 M 0 0 0 M M M 0 0 M M x 0 Q W n O es N LL M N O O O O O O O D O (D O c0 O CO O (D (p (0 (D c0 < O O O O p ? co N! U F - m Q' m m d d' d' Q' lY d' a' -j X m Q X LL 0 m O 2 O Q w co O = 4 U W O ~ W W O co LL m Q 0' m LL ~ W O 0) W O Q 0 N X X X X X X X X X x p O OL W w 0 LL X X X X X X X X U 0 V v v v voi (Nn 'X (tOn c°p 0 c'$ (o ao (D (D o r~ N n n n l om co Z Z H c z C=J IL Q m U Q m v a m v M Q m U Q m U Q m U Q pp U ' U V a V 4 j tfj (f) L 0 tp cM0 t~D (^o (~O h n ^ r- co M IL OD x ((c x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x p m p w Z Z N H w O O E- 0 n v a) w U Y~ yj ~ U ~ U p M m _ LL tq CC < Q 0 Q LL m pJ C14 d N cn N 0 W m o Q co y _ LL N Z UJ d' ` ~ _U ~ CD ir J 'E O J Q Co Z _Z d (p W W > m Q ~ N n E ` w Z m w to m Ma j A? _C a) F 0 O Q a ' co co a w X Z y c N N W W G > 0 0 U M co LL (D 0 0 h O N M m co to co N m (D N N T m m 0 (D 00 (MD a M v M v M 00 M M co Z w aQ Z a W Q Of a ~ d J } N C Co L O ` N ~ Q M a a zi 2- 2 2 0 2 ( D Z> ( D 2 ( O 2 co c o -5 2 ~ Z Y N c ~ ~ cV D Q U J > LL U U 0 LL LL 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p m Z Y x Of x w U) z y Co C y L U 'v C7 N N m L I6 L N m d d f0 'D m O C m N L O N U) m C C ~ O V ~ O N Z t0 U V N W N 'p V J L C '"OD a C O O N U) O Y Y CD T y Co ~y:~ a cn in v~ in r- n - - - - N X o d N N N N N N N N N CND (DD cla CND coo U~' Q p Q W p d cD cD cD cD cD cD cD cD cD > N fA N 7 ~2 `2 W t t U O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O J D o c 0QG O c O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O J Z M T V c c c c c w s w ~ w w w 0. ~ w m Q LL 0 w 0 W W M i7 r M O 0 d' Z 0 = O z J O n~. OC vvi s m 0 O w O0 m J LL Q m 2 3. to C7 p W LL K s U) W O 0 w o 0 W W a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U Z to N Z 0 O N d' tD 00 O N a cD w O N d co w O N O N sr (D GD .r r N N N N N M C7 ~7 Ih 0 J U a¢ m U¢ m U¢ m U¢ m U Q m U Q m U Q m U - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c~ cn r- rn MN N v>N 'N- N ! m m n m t9 ~ n O~ N N M f7 t7 C7 m - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U r x a W o rn x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x } W 0 0 Z O N F Z LL _ W fA I- u O W W O Cl) U Q H ' 01LL c U 7 Km wLLcn -i CN m~ N a m ~ .o > m L N N N N ` W N p Z N W N Y N a~ LL W Q ? m N ~ z z a cc v ~ O O Q Q J > Q m J DE °c N 'd U c w m c a } m ~ Q o w.. 0 0 o co 0 I.- IL Z Wcl: Z N N w Q z a N= ~p (D LO co N ic, N N N N N N N N N N 0. Q0. W +L+ J tJ N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 0 U) Q W t t 0 1D ED to to (D to co ~D co tD 0 w tD w to Z_ X Y J c .N- 0 0 0 222222:E2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 H W Z W 0 o T N W U U U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m 30 ac Z¢ m Z rn rn o~ U 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O ¢ 0 c s c c w s d U a N v N v N a N v N ~r N ~ to ~ ~ X O O J Q R' d' 4' a' U U U U J C Q d to Q a cn Q a to ¢ a m m a O ~ Q' ~ w ~ O O 0 ~ ~ QH Z o = O H a H W a' O a LL a U) 9 o j 3 m LL Q' h 0 O D J a tWi W a a' x x x x x x ix x x x x x x X x x x w f' 0 m N W Z ~ Y V U (D sf co O U, N to (D to co l0 O tD N (D (D to (o O co O h N h a f.- (o 1~ co 1.- O O N O s~ Op Z O U U ~ a ¢ co <1 M U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U U v v v v v in LO 10 P.- ( M 0 m w LO w r 0 t°o n 1- ~ r- ~ ao O taD a d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x rn x 6 ~2 o N W co U' Z O D W 0 U O W Z y~ q u+ LL ~ ~ S to U Q W O F- ¢ m L N LL D WI O -il S a 03 N (Q N O W W LL N lL h 0 Z Y Q J m O J _Z Z d U W a' co } O a J a O O O a a z -J I W r a z U W N C1 W N N O N N (D N N CO co N (o N 0 N m N w N m N to N O N O N N O N N O N N O N N O N N N N N N N N N NN N NN N NN a U Q d of W CL } Q 0 0 0 (D 0 (D (D O (D tD (D Co CO (D (D (D tD (D O ( O ( D ( D I Z - W J Z F- i Q W a 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Z a w a U zt M N N m .n ~a L N f0 U y m ~ U N U Z W ~ N E c d ~ N C :3 -U N r c Q ~ C m L E io O N (n .O L C r m Z y • • • a W 0 Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q Q 0 m 0 o Q > 0. CL CL (L CL p m M LL W K O p W p gg q Q Q w Q z m = O O O a U N W W m O Cc, w m (10 ° J 0 m m y LL C7 p W ° Of w LL W D OJ a W IL ° w X X X w z m N Z _ to CO W co co O 0) N 0 co 0) a0 Can O O cli a{ O (D O O O N 7 O O N N N N Q 0 V U J a Q m C.U Q m U Q m U Q co U Q m U Q co U Q m L) V C) co co ti oo o) co rn M a) ~ a) I-- a) C, rn o 0 M tO 0 t- a) ° ~ 04 CL d ° x X X X X X X W rn c r ° F- C7 W LO-L F- z ~ O LL O U) W O X- U 0 U z LL 7 w Q m m - N W cn Q 2 a W N LO D N z w W Y. 111 fn O 2 Q J m O O J V w 0 V a CL a L ° d a w z w 0 v > a Q if a w yOj U d W J w m W a w c w a w a w c W a = 3 Z J z O v i > a- a- U O m Q J Q ~ to co cn <n a. 0 2 U v M M c 0 v m N 4) O z J m H C_ .p c c0 r E ~ o D Y ~ y ca U V d w 9 E 7 C G1 U Q io 0 0 N y N m 2 a ~ ~ 0 O J W C> U m aa) F- U U) J O Z c, CO _ LL 2 U LL m a N Q M It w L N It v a m Q w Q w a Q z O w = p Z O F a U N W of W i W O p ] ~ p LL ~ C7 , O W 0 p Q W LL 0) 0 O ao M si O twi W p IL LU If x x x x x x x I x i x U Z m N Z Z U N v ~c m O N Y V IC a0 O N N N a N O N a0 N O C7 N M CD M M M O V N 0 U J = a a m U a co U a m O a m 01 <1 M U a m U a m u ~ U M IA h Q1 Y M Y In r h C) r N M N In N r-_ N 0) N M M M LO M n M CD M a o o IL x r x x x x x x x x x w E N C w W z a _ Co N p aUi U O w z W O U Q LL U U m w Z) O m ] LL J Q d C7 J N O O W N Z - W ' il fn Y W t Q J M 0O p Q a J ~ ~ ~ Q U M M M M Q t~ a W } O J a O a z CL w Z W 0 a a - a w } N -J a ~ W 0 W O Z it X q Q a W O U U y N p m m _ W Z j O J J 1 J C O J J ° fn n U7 ° U) a co < a J LL J U v th C7 N_ N m ca t N m N w N 'o O C m h .2 4) t 0 n~ c U U d FU N J E m 3 (A C v a m co N C/) 0 C v 1 y 10 C. • IL_ ~ ('f O to O to O to N O In N O 11') N O In M O to M O In O M _O M O ~ M _O M N ~ M N ~ M N_ M N M X O p O J W n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n Q o W t U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o OC Q o U 0 U 0D O 4 O O O Q' O Q' O d' O O 2 O 2 O d' O O O O O O W J m Z Q 00 Z ~ .y O x O O ' O H CC' Z 0 O a U N W W o=o O Q W 0 i U. o co O LL C7 O ul w LL ~ O O W W O J IL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x w w W Z m N Z _ F- z V N G O O N sf t0 W O N N N st N 0 N w N O M N M R t~ w M m M O ~ N `f 0 U U J = 0. Q m Q m U Q m 01 <1 m U Q m u Q m U Q M. U V M M n lA M LLY n rn N M N to N n N 07 N m M m tn M n M m M M U IL x c~ d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w Z W n Z D O O 2 au z W O V U w m W -J U O f0 ] U- co J Q 2 a Q' c N N uQ, N 0 Z W W LL j li~ Q J m O J Z Z d Q J W a O ~ m W p F- a a } 0 O O O CL Z J W W Z U N J J E O E O to 0 to to m to p N M p N M C) N M p N M o v M p It M It p M v n M a Q a Of W a O W 0 - n n n n n n n n n Z of Y p Q U 7 L o` a o Q. 0 E 00 E °o E o° E o° E °o E o ° O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 = O ~ O - IL Z Q O J e _ _ U U Ir Of ct~ D~ a cl~ T- ll~ Of Of x w Of f a Y) a U v c'7 0 t N r N m n ca L y m .O m m c0 W O C m y .z N L O y h N C CD 6 Z c9 U J N y C C co U E U C m .p Q O O O N Cq O L N j tB CO of 2 CL v v v v ao m ao ao 00 ' O J W r n ~ ~ n ~ M ~ ti Vr• ❑a ~ ~ J W 0 ° 0 ° 0 0 0 ° 0 0 0 0 ° ❑ o ~ ~ a ~ W z m `L {VU v N N N 'Q N 0 W O w 0 o a z co z o 0 a a U N W ❑ t W T p a w O LL ] O U. C7 O W ❑ D W L x A w O O LL) p (L LL w w d d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U 0 z m N z _ E- ~ to V co v O O N In co to co W) O co N w v w f0 w w w a h N f'. .t h w h w N O co N co Z U J = a a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U V v a v v w ho L to tD mo fOD W, S ~ ~ ti n o oMo Cl) n CL o N x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ❑ W x w Z D i o Z) v a) w V1 n: " U D 2 2 U Q C7 U u Q m ~ w tJi Q S a 00 w N N ° o N z W . N a U. Q J LO 0 Q Q U o t I-- } W z O or L 0 C) ~ a Z a w 0 C J z U y a 0 J J co c7 t7 l0 0 l tD 0 (O 0 fD 0 CO 0 aD 0 a0 C. aD 0 a Q a a ~ w W C 0 0 C ) m m m m W Z w y v > v > 0 cmi m L~ ~ c~ a Z O O a i Q p J J LL LL 0 0 ' 0 0 ' 0 0 0 ' 0 ' 0 2 0 ~ In m In Cn Cn J d fn d J LL 2 Q 2 w T 2 2 2 U v M C14 04 N m A m y U m D m U w W V m J m N C C U' -p c o c6 ~ N _m c D E U) o w N c (a UN O U m Y y ~ ~ A N Z cc N G a 'Q 0 a O o _J Q Q U U U U U U U U U J J N L, I W5 ' a a a a a a a l a a l I I O °2 !Y T QQ l~ l~ (A to w w . o . . . m z co W w m LL d' O D D 0 ~ Lij w Q CD Z O J = O O P: Ix U W p uj co O w cn w co a J U. O m LL O O W p d' w LL OJ w W O a a x x X w W m N Z Z F O cc) I O co N 0) M 01 O 0 N 0 a 0 W 0 M 0 O N S r O W - O N N N N O Z O = r r C) J = L < l m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U V O w h w Q1 w M O O O N O O O O M O A O P O O1 O M 47 1~ O N M N ~A N l.1 M a x n d x x x x x x w E N Z W x u W z Z D = O ~ 0 m w p - O W z O W 5 = N V LL of a U3 0: m L Z) C.) O co n V Cn a a ~b LU N N O N 0 Z 0 W W - LD R LL g Q ~ J Z m Z ~ o ° Q U w m w a Y :j m Li LL p 0 d a Z - W a Z uUi ? m Q w d w p w W W W W W W O z H n w Y Z J a w ~ a a a Q Q l Q = of z Q > w can I an . 9). U~ (f) d ~ d I U v M f N r N m .n ca m N 12 m d l9 m J O C ~ h 2 C N C C~ m y O ~ C co 'n m L 0 m O Y (D T 0 Z ) U U _m W cli E 7 C p Q to O O N w N_ fd 2 IL_ C7 O O N O N O N M O M O N M O N M O N 0 O N M O N to O N 0 O N r O N n O N n O N n O N X D p O J w U N n n r n N r r n n n n n n n n n r Vr Q O > W t t W 7 U fn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J 0 ~ p Q cg 0 U 2 0 0 0 0 [Y 0 0 0 0 0 of 0 w 0 w 0 w 0 0~ 0 w 0 w 0 w J m Z a M = m W M N M O w O W 0 ¢ L p O F w a Z O O F a V N w m W O W (A O W I O J m m J 0 CO) LL O O w W ~ d' w LL W ~O O O W IL O w LU o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U z m vi W Z U N -t (O ep O N fD M N CV N N N co N M cp7 m 00 a r a 0 J L s co U Q m U a m U a m l o Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ~ M M n C1 T ~n r rn N M N to N n N O N o7 M M 11') M n M Of M r d' c0 U IL ~ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w P E N Q 6 Z w ~C ° W Z O w D g W O V 2 U O ti = N Q LL. F Q m D - LG LL U) J 2 a M w p N N ~ N O Z W LL C Of Q J J Z m Z a O O Q U W W V n } J IL a 0 0 IL _ Q' W Z W W W Z Z U N O J J N O N O N O N O a O V' O O a O O O t0 O cp O co O a O O a O V O a C7 Z d of W a } o W N n N n N n N n N n N r N n N n N r N n N r N n Cl) r Cl) n M r Cl) r Z_ Y F- pp Q w O 1 v 01 U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ^ 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 12 0 2 0 F = O w C) z af J z O a 4 0 O ^ O r 0, i ' ^ '-I n t 0 0 T 0 z 0 5 0 of 0 a 7i O a a. Y) Q a li U M N r N ID S ca V w LL! m E 0 C m y to C N r o Q c o H O t C E ` N co o w 04 m m a_ 5 W N N N N N N N N t N t N t N t N - N N r- N r- N O O J _ n n n n n n n n n n n n Vr Q co Q W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J ~ ° r 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 m Q m m w O w 00 LL Q O ~ Q ? Z m O z O H a v N w ~ w m O o w m Of m O J m j 0 3 LL U' p Ix p w w LL 0 -J a w w CL o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x O W W z m N Z F ~ V It t co t OD t O LO N tO (0 to 00 LO O (D N (D CD co w (D O n N n t n (D n co n O w N w z 0 = CL Q m U Q co U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U F' V M t LO t n t O t ~n M (n w 1f/ n ~n 0) w - w M w 0 w n w m w h m n w n n n 0 n OD co 00 (D x r; O C. x x x x x x x x x x x x W N O Z W a W v x ( Z ~ O g W i 0 m U 2 U Z i Yuu Q 5 t (0 W of Q 0 u m u ( Q 2 a M C) Q W O O N Z w w U. 111 uj CD ~ Q J M o J O Z Z d Q U ~ z O J V a a a W } ii 0 o 0 n a w w a d z U m ao w w w w w w w w w w m Q a Z Q w CL N wO w N n N n N n N n N n N n N n N n N n N n N n _ N n Z CL w W Y } G Q co w U U U U U O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F W Z w O w 00 Q a Q Q a Q ot: z J I 4 (n co (n (n Cn cn d d of of ~ ~ Of. 0' a: x a Of J d 0 4 U "v M t N r m m t N m m w (0 a m J O C L m a)_ _ N C 2 C C9 a~ a o y H L m _ N O c o O p Y j T U) 0 t) Z LY U U _N W C E 7 a C d a Q (i 0 O N w _N (a 2 w a w ~ W + + D coo coo m m o z x o o f _ W t L N OU 7 U t ` UU. j m 0 QO 0 co 0 co 0 co < O W O J W Q 0 J 00 N o Q q Q U 0 U 0 U 0 U U LL U LL O Q O O d' O F- Q' m J Z m = W m N M M It O 2 W m LL ~ O U 0 ~ W Q Z O O O H a U N + W it W _ m O W cn 0 to 0 J LL m m O LL U x 0 O LLI S Q D W p a IWi w CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x N w v c~ m Z m N w U N ~ co m O N C I OD V O N N N d N CO N OD N O m N m sf O'7 w CO w Cl) a st N "i Z 0 U = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U M On ^ O M ^ O N N N N N M CM, MO M N a a r d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x WW N o N ~ Z c U W D LL z ° n Z D O w O UU 2 U O Y Q U' X > sf U) LL W Q L) m co :3 ~ Z) LL fn JO Q T d C7 > co w O Q N Z W W U. r ~ 6e Q J co 0 0 a a 1 > Q U z O Oa c E m Go d 4. a W } O 0 O a 3 W W X 2 U U) a C7 m 0 w 0 co 0 0 0 m 0 w 0 w 0 w 0 m 0 co 0 w 0 co 0 w 0 0 0 w C) m C) w o w o o 0 LL Q a C7 Q p CL W W d G W f+! ro M 0 m 0 m 0 O7 00 O7 0 co ro Ch 0 m ao S ao co 0 m 0 m 0 C7 0 m 0 m ao cn 0 m W co Z . J W O V U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w = WW Z ' J c. 7 0 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O E O > O Q a Z Q Q ~ ~ 1 W ! W . w w of w x m of Of T G~ m a m a U v M + N N N N L N m CD O (D f6 m O C m 2 CO 0 0 N m c Z) C O u m N r J li U U _N w cNi J m ~ _C N ~ Q co o :t! 0 N ~ o C (0 r N Of c C7j a a X 0 c6 J Q O O N N 0 ~ N a s a a a a W O R' = Q to cn rn rn u~ cn M Q LL W O w O O O ' Y Q Z Q O Q w m O Z = O N a v N W W m O O J W LL 0 O co 0 3: 0 LL cc W W LL O O W W J p Q 0. W X X X Z m N Z W F- V v f0 v CO v O S N o tD w C) t N D c0 rD r co N co e~ 00 O C7 U u -j = a Q m U Q m U Q co U Q m (.)I < co U Q m o Q m U V M r If) a h a rn a Cl) Lo Lo ~ N 07 co M t0 (O N t0 01 40 n M r` !n r` t` r` ~ ao M m U d X r d x X X 0 W N co OV W Z 0 W n- M ° Z O LL D w = 0- n V g V z O X (7 ~t LL Q m W LL W O J 2 a A cc LU N C, C) N O Z 0 N W W LL Q J m °a ~ z z a a U W W m co z z a LL O 0 J z 0. J a a ¢ z w L) d U ) W LL a W ~ W °j 10 (D Z W Y Z w Q W ~ N = xi 2 Z O a ! (n C13 W m U) a a(L) a U v M _N N m .a m .r- cc f0 v m J O C y _o C C_ U' C 0 o 0 ~ rn m C ~ ec G L (n O m O C O Y 7 Z N _ U CD W N it E 7 C N .II Q ip 0 0 N z _N co 2 a C=7 IL 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N C. N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N X 0 ° O J co ) 7 co co co Co 2 co co O ao 2 co O co co C7 a O J o N > w o v LL O O O O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w O o°o ~ U U D G D! D! 0= D' J Z O O p Q F a Z m O 0 Z = O a a U N p Q O Ww cA cl: o J m O m 0 N LL c7 O w d' w w W O O O W CL 4 x x x x X X X x x x x x x x x x x x x w Z m 1 N l l l I T w Z I-- N co 0 O N fD r. Q7 O N N N <f N O N a0 N O M N cn ~ tD m 00 M O E N Z O S V J CL a m U a to U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U U U ^ O V O N N N N N c'7 c~7 M M M V' CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w Z O ~ w N w 0 c V z D 0 2 - w O V O 2 U Z O Y w a U U m m LL 07 Q S a L LU N N p C) N O Z 0 w W U. Q m p O a gz 2 J ~ ~ 2 Q U w w CIO z O d a O 0 0 a a w Q J w 0 a z U N W C7 W N 0 N N 0 N N 0 N N 0 N V 0 N V 0 N C 0 N R 0 N 0 0 N m 0 N 0 0 N m 0 N w 0 N DO 0 N co 0 N 0 0 N 0. 0 Q d D: w J d } O C CO CO O O CU OD CO . CO CO 00 m CO m 00 00 Z J Q w 0 V 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 F- = w> > z Fr z O Q J' LL C) w m w 0 of ~ of of w tr ~ x f Of m af -i d 0 2 U v cq C7 1 r N N a> a m N V m U ~ Q) CD W cli N J E C `y H N C L 'O Q y N O N N c E (n O C6 CN ~ a) z 1~ E O ff O ? O r a _w aNO aNO oNO r aNO Q o O Q ~ Q ~ O ~ O ~ O ~ O yy U m ~ m yy U m yQ1 U m yy U m ~ m ~ ~ N O af w x w fA 4J fn fn w (A J Z ?2 2 x O 0 0 O w Q m 2 J - - 2 0 P IL U U) w ~ w 0 W y ° LL o LL ~ O w w lei y O 0 J 0 w W CL LL CL 0 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X w U m N Z Z f ~ Z M (D V co O In N U, fD I'S EO u) O to N co st tD 0 cD w tD O r` N n st r- w r- w r` O w N w a Op 0 J a a m 01 <1 M U a m U a co U a m U Q m U Q m U ~ U c7 v to v r` v M a M O to N r• O O to f0 M fD LD to r` w (D fD r= ch r` r` , r` r- 0 r` ao cv O IL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x W CO CD N Q O Z 6 Ix w M YY N W Z O LL D y u 0 2 w 0 r°~ U V OZ w 3 v m LL CO 0 m 0 v i Q 2 OD a• p N N Q O C. O Z w vi LL J m Q Q J Z Z d V W m W z O J a a a 0 0 a z Z V y 7 d W N N N e N N N N N N at N N N R N d z a W d U a O a O a 0 O D a O a D a D o D w Y °a w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ z ~ w Z Z J Q Y 1J i U g CI) C7 N r CN N m L <9 h f~ U ~ U N N w W m ~N ~ C m a y _C N U o Q o iD L W N N aL+ C 0 Y r a~ v O y (0 > U) Z + W CL O M O W G) J Z) LL N J Q O J Q _ O O Q J U U S I U S U U J M O Q' a co co m In co m ¢ w Q z co J = O Z 0 r - LL V N w 0 S p W Q w Q' 0 w 0 i LL m ~ LL 0 W p ~ W S a 0 U 0 a Q Y w IL Q x x x x x x w U U Z CL m N Z _ F- 0 ~ U cm V - O N 10 00 -N N N V N 1D N GO N O co N M V M o m GD m O sf N -4 z O U LL V U ~ 0 S a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U 4 m U Q M L )I < m U w LL V M 1() h 01 M 117 h O N M N 117 N h N O) N M M M IA M h M 0) M d d x o x x x x x x x x x W Z; N W Z C~ W 1J Y Y° Z O O w 0 M U :D m :2 U O Y W tLL7 a N Q m m w LL D 0 Q a M 00 00 w N N O o O z w Lli In S LL Q J m Q J O ¢ 2 0 Q U w p Cl) rn a ~ z J CL a p a 0 a Z J S z U 7 w w Q LL LL CLj d w 0 w o (D Z S w Y ~ D h w Z W W J ~ Q M- J a 0 0. U c+7 N N m f6 .r- to N G1 4) N m m 0 c d Mn ID J; 0 In m J U U W -p ~ ~ E c m v Q co o o N E W . 0 N ~ G • 17, 4. N ~ p ~ ~ r N N m U LL ~ d r r N ~ N ' Gr d U > j LL U) ~ p p J W 6 i a J i a J J LL w Q tb C", Q U N c~ J O = O a n Z p .Y X w m Q M M M sf 0 m O LL. 0 2 Q O w O Z J 2 O P a U N W ~ O W w 0: N J LL O O LL ~ C7 O W (L M w w LL U) p Q 0 W 0 r +7 J a. LL O Y a w w a x x x x x x x x x V Z 0: to N w Z H ~ U N tO m O N V t0 a0 O N N N a N 0 N w N O M N M v m 0 M w M O ~ N a Z U = a Q m U Q m U M U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q co U f V M ^ O n rn N M N Ln N r- N m N M M M lO M n M rn M a U CL T x Q d x x x x x x x x x x x x w ~ N 0 w ~ Z d W ° Z O w O z K O U w O Q 3 = U Q v i co D O co L Li u) Cf) -J 2 a M N O O ui N p Z W ~ W w Ll! U a. n. J co O 2 = = J Z Z_ p Q a v a o Q Q U N Cl) M T W } a 0 W a 00 d z W d d U n' 7 L aUi r t Q CL z Q IL W ui } W W O 2 J J F- aj r E N c Z ~ Y w Q W J a N C N N L" o N = Z o a _ ro J a) J Q) 1 U LL ti w ti w ri w C7 .r O a d CO Q a U "v M N_ N a~ .n (0 t (A m m m cc ~ J o c m ~ ~ to c_ z C m ~ o o ~ c o s (n O T N C6 v N Z y f6 U U a) w cli E 7 c Q) Q ifl 0 0 N w N c0 2 a O Q W M 2 2 7 1(Oj O N IMA M > M > N A d a N r J 0 O N J W w w W W w w H w F- w F w N U U a n a ❑ = H H H N H H _ LL LL N w w m Q w M sf ❑ O g W M O LL w Q p W Q Z ~ p = O z O _ f" a U rn W w ~ N O W M O cg JI LL, I H ] 0 CL ❑ C7 O W N N N N ❑ w ~ O N N N O E LL L ❑ W a x x x x x x X X X X X X X w Z CO N W Z F IL) U N a w 00 O N a fD Ep O N N N d N co N 00 N O M N M M (0 m Cp M O sr N .4 o J = 1~ [ 0 ao m M O n O M N N 0) M M N ti N m N M M M M 01 M IL N x x x x x x x X x W) } ❑ W Z c N m I.- N N CL N N a_ N a. QO M C) 11 U H Z) J Z LU 0 U O W C7 _ Q a: m m ] W N LL 0 Q v M A a. R O j N O W H H N N } _ O LL A ll.l C~7 Y Q o Q J m N O O Q U W J y a a a- z Q a w Q w 0- or ZZ7 w vi w r Cl) m ° M co N l p Z a LL' W J Y Z n . r J C~ w 2 ; ; ; ~ 1 2 m 2 LO E a) m C ) E _ ~ Ff z J Q - - - - - li d Cl) 0 N N m .D f0 N U N V m W m W m J E N N to C C ~ v Q N L °O E ~ o w Y 0 70 _ m Z ~ ~ ~ lr~ u a w U w U w U w U w U w U O a s Qa a a Q (L p o - W 0 In 0 !n fA N U Q O o cQ w w 0 t„ 0 7 1 Q n m uj W ~ O O w O 0 ~ Q Q Q Z O w m O z O F- a U y W O ~ w D w co i LL D O p LL W d' w LL ( 0 0 0 w W a 0 w X X X m N U Z Z_ f- ~ V a t (O 4 (K) V O O N O tp O tb O O CO N CD a co ttpp tO ~Gpp tD O n N n n to n co n O co N Go e} Z J = a Q co U Q m U Q m U Q co U Q m U Q m U Q co U U r~ v O v n v m < to M to to to n LO m U) 0 m 0 to O n co m w n c~ n to n n n m n GO co U a c x x x u, } w N O Z c = W z = t U J s 11 2 W O r°) U V OZ x x W C7 a 0) L U m CO O ~ 0 -j Q 2 a W W O N W U. w c Q J m o 0 U LL Ch J w z O J a m LL. 0 0 0 IL Z J O~ O W a. t1i U) d d Q W } W W W w 1w w Z Y -j ~ Q Q Q Q 2 3 E Z O ~ a ai a U zt M N r 04 N D (0 t N N D D D (D m v m J O c a) y c _ aa) t ~ c o co to to :G U) O r a) C >7 y j N Z f0 U w U W N *t E 7 c D Q io O O N L N_ CG 2 2 O ' a W Q 0 < 4) C3) u 0) y 00) Q 0 cb Q QQ a 0 = a ¢ a i co '0 o N It) > W UU U LL U LL U LL y y > m > 1 W J m O Z a C = W N N CD CD CD N CA N M a CD M O w 0 LL uj L~ O O N O O N Cl O to O O 0 O O 11] O O W O O 0 O O LO O O N O O M O O O O CD O O N O C) O CD O 0 Q Z Z O J W = O ~ O H a v N W O ~ w O D LL (q p o o :3 O = Q ~ ~LLJ : LL 0 0 -j a U. Y CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 w o x i W z m N U N a m 0 O N sf CD O O N N N N CD N 00 N O M N M CD M OD M O d N V Z 0 C7 J = a Q Col o Q m U <1 M U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U ~ V U M N C~ 01 M O B D1 r N M N In N ~ N 01 N M M M 1A M h M O M r ~ CL x o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x W N 1 ~ Z 1% = N W Z O W O II U 0 0 U O U. to U- Q J G~ LL U) D O J Q a c7 m N N O v O Z a W W LL Lii Q Q CD M 0 M O m O O O O O M M M m c) O Q 0 J < C13 < M O ~ ~ Q U a o N a a W ~ " O O IL C14 04 w a J z z L) a 5 U)i vOi (f) w z a w Q a a U) w c9 w w w w 0 cw7 Z a F U Q cn rn J a > I J a > I J a > J a > w Q LL Q > ~ 2 vai Q cQn U)i Q U) Q a O w Z Z w 0 0 0 c o 2 < a O a CL rn a a U u 01 n v> > > :5 :2 IJ U "v CO N r N N m m ro y U La . ` V m ~ r- w cNi 4; J E C 'D y_ c m C~ v L Q 0 y 0 L _ m CV c ? o v r (0 O N O n CO ~ Y O z j, 9 0 W m O1 m m °1 m m a ~ ca N m N to N m N to N m N m to N la N w a~ E E E E E E E E x o °o J Q ) J J of ~ a yy U yy U yy U N w a >m a a a W j O z fY T CO F- to U) I Y) - U D 2 LL LU QO WW Co O ~ Lij Q CD Q Q Z m z OJ N w O O I IL U R ~ C.) N W D LU W + t N O .j LL o m O a 0 LL ~ O w ¢a M p p a' w LL W 0 OO M C) O a w a d x x x x x x x x x x x x w F L Z m N W Z ~ V 7 v 0 v M v O IA N In 0 In w 0 O 0 N f0 ~ co (O OD (D O r N n It r 0 1. w r, Co m N co ~ Z O = C7 C) m U ¢ m v ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ~ V M ' a P.- V O of O M 0 O r- M rn N <D M tD LO t0 1- tU O (D h M h 10 h t~ I~ O h OD M 00 IL x CD x x x x x x x x W N Q W Z Z a' ]C fn W = (L O N a. (D N N 11 Z Z) O rL W ~ O r ^ U O U Z O w LL 3 S LL ~ F- U m L LL O m j fn J V V S c~ O o O o Z W W tq LL 0 Z ¢ O ¢ Z M Z O N O ) < < ¢ V LLI m Q u' a U) W Z d LL O o a o CL a w Q W o LL z LL _ a a m a W W = Q 7 Z m W Y Z ~ O Q U U9 1 U a a a c a U a = Q fn !n 11 n w a 0 0 0 M 0 0 0 0 J O M I 0 d Q U th 0 1 r 04 N m a m j_- (1) d U j L~ U m w N w co N C y 2y C C ~ U' ~ m r c Q o co m io 0 ~ D • N Co o w r m o Y ~ C14 tin m j Z , ~ N ~ vi a w rn W ~ g o Q LL a v ~ x Q t° > U = J JO W W U) J U) J > ¢ ~ W J o Z m = m Q W w M LL a - 1- 1 N N M N N N - 1 1 1- o o Ul Q Z Z O o O a U N w p W m 2 Q O w o J U. ~ m O LL C9 ~ U w w LL ) o a w IL X X % X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X w U m N Z Z H U N st t0 co N N N N N c°w m m M M -~t 0 J a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m u. Q m U rt-) M M vo n 2 N N N N N M m m M a x d x X x x x x x x x x x x x x X X X X x x x N a LLJ Z Y W w W O N l l D UA U 2 O Y W p a (n V L V 00 m cn Z) -1 LL co 0 2 CV l C ) co N C, W p N a} Z W U. 0 h J in J Z Z d O O 21 21 <1 W co u') If) r r - a M `n V) W z W 4 as LL p o a m ~ z j w z a' a w Y F- U p p Q w d U W W J J J J J J U J U J U J J m Z m F CL Q a X w d p U P U P 2 2 > to > . > . Z ~ Y w p w p w p w p w p ~ P a H a P a a a _ > Z J w O Q d d x u d' J J JJ J J J J J J mx U W > > ? ? > O ir a z Q J Q F- H F- F- F- w w w w w n ~ W to 0 J d fn d U v M Cl) N _ N N m d W ` CD U m U N w W cli N C ~ 2 C C~ ~ w v Q o o U) o io c C D N E Co O r (6y 0 C,~ m L ~lw N N N 3 3 : 3 a m m m 0 o J W O o O 0 O o Q U U U U U U D O J N > ~d a (L a IL a a. a 0- a CL a a- J w 0 p ° cn to U m m m J Z r = !n j Q LL W ~ N N N V O W M O O ' Q Q O W Q Z co z J = O O H a a~ W a, W w co LL O o o a C7 O r W p w m U) p O 3: LL LL W J Q x a w Q ~ x x x x x x x x x U o to N W z Z F- N v to pp O N m W O N N N N w N w N O co N m 't m CO m co m O V N Z O = O (1 U ~ = a a m U Q m U a m U Q m U Q m U Q m U a m U V U M n O c+~ v~ n rn N cn N ~n N n N rn N M cr) f7 0 (n n Cl) O M a m x x X J x x x x x x x Q E N 0 2 Ix Z 5 L Z O w 0 O W Z w U - 2 U O LL C7 N Q W U- w In LL of U m ui N N O Y a a' w N o a p a W N Z LL CD Q -i CO O > Z Q z Q n a Cl) a, W z O a m a ii O O I.- w _j 0O z a O Z a W ¢ a U) W W d it J } O W W W W W W Z W Z J cr a a a CL as as a 0 0 a IL Z a CO cn U) U) U cn n vW U v M C) N N a~ m t h m m 2 m C J y m ~ C ca o ~ m a~ c D m L _ E (n.0 d Y Z V1 U U FU v E 7 c CD "o Q cD 0 0 N L-. (V m 2 a W r- a ° 40 0 0 ~ M M M Q pp O a to :5 o ~y W H W W W w w W W w w W cc ca Q F- H H M_ H F_ F F- F_ uj m Z N V O 2 m LL W O O -5 q O w Z m Z = 0 aa-, a v v ~ Cl) U) C7 C7 U C~ w C W t + O + N _N N N p Q W # ~ M ~ M # (h ~ Cl) M V) i U. O a N m O O CL 0 LL O O w W N M N N N N N 0 W LL W O N ° M ua'1 a O d W _l a 0 LLJ o x x x x w z m N z ~ V N of (O O O N a t0 w a N N t N f0 N 00 N O M N M a M w M = O N ' Z = V M Q a} 0 J = a a m a m ¢ m a m U a m U a m U ¢ m v V M In P Of r M 1~ Of N M N N t~ N O) N M M M lt) M 1~ M 01 M st CL o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Fa N q p w m W O Qd N N Qd N N 1Q N O F" O n c~ Z W U ~ U O Y W _ I¢i _ < m Ld LL ir :D w OJ g M a f~7 ¢ a Cl) a C7 C~ M C7 > F- w N r N N `1 a O 0 W } z Z) W " " M C4 a N LL lil C7 Y ao Q m 0 p z Q z_ ¢ 2 > ¢ V W CO Y O a IL C3 O IL CL W Q W a Z N W a a a a (F~ f0 I tOO t~ INS. ti '1,- c0 aMO m t of a00 r N W Z of Y W W W W W W W W O t F- L f" F' L F H W ! W W F W F-- t!1 F - Lll F- W F- U L7 p C7 O d G J Z to cn d U 'v co 0 t N r N (D f9 co U m 0 m w N b N v ~t C E L O H N ~ N C C 4) m L _ ~ v Q 0 y C ca O o m c D r E CV L V/ O 0 cli Y CD y A z to Ii I I I t I ~7, U v M N CV N CD L (9 L fA W m m m w N d O C m m •2 N L O N h N C D N O Z J N Vl C C t0 L_ (J1 O Y d y N U U _N W N it E 7 C Q O O O N L _N f9 2 a i cli m a m m co co co m X p o m 1 I J Q W V W F- W H W H W H W H w H J O L Z ° > LU m :D 7 U m LL O O O °a ' a Z Z O J Q m = O H a ~ ai ~ + v c~ v c~ v c7 g a 7 w + c p Q 0: W sic W M N! M N M Nt th v M . J L L O 1 1,9 O LL ~ D i x N N N N N N M a. O C? 0 W LL M O Q T Q Q N Q N Q N Q N Q N ¢ M 0:0 W W m T N X W X x b a W ? U N d fD ap N t0 a p N N NN N st N t0 N N N O M N M tD o0 O M . N Z = O (7 M t C4 IL a m U Q m U a m U a m U ¢ m U a c o U a m U N M N 0 N h N W N m M M N ti rn fM M M a T o x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x w } N W N a O N N O N O N W Z r Z O Y U Q N N 11 Z v U W Z O U ch m D w = J p U (ry - cn J N U v U `v y I a d m M ( Q• a W _N N am a Z W CO) W c w C7 Y < U o Q J CO v W O J gZ Z ga co 0 2< N J ~ V ul Q C m =3 Y CO) C13 C d CL a o o v Q CJ N a a W .:-1 Er 0 C3 z ca C) W z (L w a) r N ¢ p W .V~- s LO C> 0 oo r w ~ m ~ ao ao ao co n . ao w r- C7 a W } T 0 U) n p ~ W w w d w w N w w w . - w . - w r w w w w . - Z Y J C N w w w Z d _ rn I- - ► - I - EE j V o a ¢ o z - - - - - N N - J N a i U v Cl) t N r it N N f9 L W 12 m O m m ID D D 5 t0 U U N W N M 2 Z E a~ N C C_ a> 20 Q C f0 Cfl L 0 O N (n O .0 CN Y N y f~ a_ w 04 Lc) to 0) m 0) a) CD 0 m w w w t ~ t t t H H H H w I- Q Z 0 J g O j N t Cl) o A W i cy r M ~ I O xI xI x v g v ~ M Mt _N N N r m V) I I r r x X ~ O J tD Q J J 0 C', ' O -j z CO x m Q CO ~t LL IWIollij Q H z. W m m O O Q LL a a WI V M N A v ~ n O r M I- N N N N N M M N M M CL d x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x r o N Q W a: QQ Y O ~ V) C) Q N N N N 1L3 N C) Y U W Y U. U W d Q O U M 0: m m U m N a U) - N a C N ti C? v a N (D Cb N N + D ~ F- co N C> CO 0 M r N O W z h W W U' Y o m _N Q o m w W p _z z a ~o cli o - - - - - - - - - - Q d J ~ C 7 (D Y W U) C N } M O a o °o O Q a c a z =-i X z co o h= Q W a a N O c7 a Q m A N W C ` Li W w N m 7 r-- ~ th a to ms ~ z Q' Y r (n O w Li Q O co h r, r- h h O co co oo m co r W Q ppW~ `L 2 IE M 2 z 2 m 2 2 2 12 H W z w .2 r ,z ~ Q H H FW- -W F-W- F- F- F F-W- 1- F- H H J d In d y Z Y> (a Co -I I y IL a W _ .M W w w W W W ww o ¢ o cb > w w w U ¢ a U ¢ a U ¢ U ¢ U ¢ U ¢ U U ¢ ¢ w U ¢ D -j o N o L F In cn a to a co a a to m as cn cn a cn w J o z - _ U w m Z) LL m O O W o ~ .7 m Z O = O a v 'a v W N N I lz O Al) M N *M, ~ I a I xl xl xl xl xl x r ¢a Qa Q ON- Q mN ~nN OMNa 0 N LL C7 LU W m M M M N N N N _ _ M M LL W r C14 ~2 Lr) r IX Q W L W W F- w L LL xl xl xl x O ~ d 0 O Q O m } O QQ w N W Z v Z O U O w z v U O c~ = ¢ ` r ~ a U 0 N W U N _ a N c' i m CD 9 C> cc O .a L U U 6~ w U Q m W ~ z z n: ¢ m m J E p C 7 m C Y W to C N ~ a U- 0 v Q w a O d ° z z a W to o° N a J s c E N co 'o L z w W Y _ c -0 C14 ¢ U ¢ a ¢ a ¢ y ¢ ° i ¢ a _ a § c Z a Y u A Z i c n u c n o to V 2 a W a co O v ao m co 0) m N N N N N N N N w W W W W W W W w H' F- H H H F- H 1_- xIxIxIxIxIxIx (O O Cl) N N N w w w X i x l x l x l x l x l x 0- ;g a- 40 CO IDS N NN MM ~M J iN taN a m ~ M N N+ O r ~ z 0 1= a ~ a N w Uj O w CID O F H J U ` ~V 6 N•t C,4 M I O a n _ CD~ N N N Q N N w w w m m X 6 O _J U Q Q J p C > Q o U m Q LL m S O 0 Lij Q w 3 n, 0 0 0 d ~ o 0 a w LL O w a y Cl) W w Z O _ D -j LL w w Z O w Q Z) CO m z 0 U pJ v Cl) C7 N 2 _ 04 N O .D a>p ca N O C. co N m C7 ~ ~ a i J ? Z d flf O C N W m N J a 0 0 s O w J z m y ¢ Qw i a (L U a c J C r _ a z 2 m z N c0 U U _O W N J E U) c _C m dr) o Q W O o N ~ w w Y N U) m ir 2 g i i r~. L~ C; U v ch 0 N r N N L m L H ~ ` U L Q~ Y-. W O N E _1 C m N ~ 3 ~ CD C U Q L O ca <O CD C = O N D L CO O L m p N Y G> CU N Z ~ V 1 z O n U y oil QO Q O J a W~ m m m ~ ~ ~ W N N N N N N N N w w w w w w w w t H H F_- H H F H O J D w w w o N Q Q J Q CL IL a ~ J Z ° 30: n m U- m 0 O z o [IF6- o a 0 w a 3 LL OJ O w W rk: W m x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 xI xi x1 xl xl xl xl .1.1. XI Xl xl xl xl xl xl xl xl xl xl x z O a a v ~ y p W ro rn rn ~i rn o 0 0 Q N N N N N N N N M M M W X 2 2 2 2 w w w W w w w w w w w O F- F F f- t~~ t t t o co lf) U C7 af z w U a Z CD J M M M IA M t~ M ~ M st x x x } QQ p w Y D o H D U U "E W Z - U O Cl) _ ¢ 0 LL fU) U ~ C7 N _ _ CV N d r i n > n - a Q o co a f iv f0 N N C U C) ui J ? Z d ¢ N N E J E o c O v N a w } c m a a lL O O v Q w a m a z ij O m :t O Q. z z X Y L a- F- _ . E _ w U a i < < _ P or w z W z .0 04 m o a CL c o a z i I I~ 1 zz a U U W a V' N v In N v fp 1~ N N v v 00 N a Op OD 00 N N N `t a a Cp N a OD N v O v C7 C7 z _Z W W W O ~ O J Q o> W a W W W W W W W W W W W Z Z U U U a J N O H H H H H H H H H F H °r S U N N U) J z a O # LL U O iii ~ Q O Z m S 0 O 1- a U N C M W J W w _O Q n 0 O Q t H M J T 0 - . . x X X x x w x x x x x x x x lw ~1 a (0 ap a (D OD O N tp GO O N ~ 0 co CO 7 O N N N N N M <7 M M M U rj) 8? o x x x x x x x x x x x } O N N Q Z (L LU Cl) ~ ON SON M C> D ? a xx O M O U U M Q~ M U W O W m ~ S LL F- ~ fn J Ul J O uJ LL fA J _N U U = C4 r d m oc o o Q t tD it O O W H N W N M M N S .y U LL - N m " w C7 Y QO y Q J m° w W O ~4 Q v v c 3 all 0 v CD 'in- Y W H _C m z a i5 ~a a 0 0 = U Z W a z vyi p Q pQ Z W N W O O co N M d w U) w O Q a <t V a s a m w W Z W W Z LU Z F r W J f0 Q (n U U U H W W W W W W U) a a a = z m Y Q1 o0 W W F w t F a a a o a a o U) CO II I I i-> - U) U) to ICL, a z y 2 U v M N CN N (D .O f0 L to H m ID ID f0 m O C m N N L O 0 U) N C r J N _C C fD L_ E o co 'O Y a) S] ~ 12 f~ U U _N LU C E 7 C .D Q (O O O N L _N f0 (U ,It C? C7 _N N m .D m L H y d) m m r- N m O C f0 U U _N m N J E N 7 fp C _C G> O Q C IO t0 O O ` N Y N N ra 1 n' v L v - v ` L E g ' 2: E ~ , 2: , m a~i x m Y m W c L . v . U . N O p c m m x o N f > W to 43 N f4 to O O rn a a a co co a cp a oo a m a m a ¢ ¢ rn J o J to i v J a J v J v J •t J ° J W J O J M. O LL O LL D LL O v J J LL O LL O LL O LL O LL _O LL _O LL O W O Z O °r 3: V ~ M N N N M N M N N N N r N N N N N N N LM O O a O m 0 LL Z pp Q M N N u°~ N N n M °o N g c0 °p O) o° h o° h °o °o 0 0 °o ° o° °o 0° o° °o ~ Z I O h h r- ~ 1- ~ r- h h 1- W O = ~ V H W pO W Q W U. ° U.) N rf 0 to ~ ~ 0 2 a D LL - U) lx W O d' W R' = p W J U W O d LL LL W 0: 'q to a X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X F ~ Z U N co OD O r N r 7 r co r W r O N NN N 't N w N co N O M N M M co M co M O It N Z O U 2 O ~ a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ M ::o a m U EE ~ M O ^ O r M cn ti Q1 N M N N N r- N O N M M M to M h M 0 Cl) r V' Y s. X 8 N X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 11 U W U ? w W w c N v z O g W O LL1 0 W Z Y LL co U O w O co LL ¢ m c~ LL CO O aD M ~ p O a W W LL Lu N 0 Z 0 O O cp O O tp O O Q) O 0 M O O 1n co O O ti O O O O O to O r N O O N O O O r O O O O O 01 O O co O O c0 O O O O O O ¢ J J Z Co Z d J c- 1- fl. 0 M N M M M N N Cl) M N N N N N O N a U) 0 a. U) IL N } O C) IL IL E 0 o E o w - atl ai ' 3 a ~i - ots m - m 7 .3 N N _i Z a C) Z W W f Opp c Op 9 - O U + O O O O a N M M N ? F- M N 7 7 7 Z a Q Z W ILI U 0 ` 52f N ' E V L) 0 G Q Oa wW ( E N E 0 M 0 M 0 M e 0 co C) CL N C ) E m = 0 O a M D U U U U) U v M 0 0 0 E 0 N LL N N = U W ~ Z R W z J Q a O J J J -i J J J J J J J v J v J v J J 0 J a M a U v M 0 N _ N f6 L N (p v U m a~ w W m N m J 0 m H y C C a) L C Q cc (6 W U3 O L p D N U) O L (0 a C14 CD O Y 7 N (6 Z ~ 0 2 0 r~ U C? N N m L t0 L H L am 'O U m _w N 0 N N E C N -p H y C ~ Q t O W co L O C N L ~ (n O w N T O T co M Z y 2 • Y m Y m Y m C 0. G a Y U m m o `o m m m m aNi m m m d _o o ° C~ w o' o n o m a 0 a 0 O o n 0 ~ > 0 ~ 7 o ` ❑ C O l n ❑ D ❑ . n ❑ a $ m m ° E g m m x C7 p ¢ Q ° o > O O co F- m F- m F- O O ~ O m m m m m m m o LL 0 LL F- J J D ! J J J J J J J J J J J J J ~ co J 0 a O N O W N N 1 M 1 M 1 N M M N N a t N - M N N N M N N m Q ¢ W :ji CO W a Q 0 O to 0 O CO 0 O 01 0 O 01 0 O to 0 O (O 0 O W 0 O D1 0 C. 0 O f0 o O 4'1 O O O O N N to o O 0 O o Co PO PI- C. O o O I- ¢ Z co N to co 47 M M I-- r.- m M 1- W O W D O w J LL N O a LL Q 0 W O W a O LL LL W W O IL W m x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ❑ N U w z V N 1 - ~p dp O N a co ap O N V to co a N a c0 a0 z Z = V 1 N N N N N M M M M M O N Q U 0 J a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m v ~ V M M r~ O M 1n O N M N Lo N n N O N f7 M M to M h M O M Q N N IL _O M x x x x x x x x x X X x x X x x x x x x x x in N U W E w ~ w Z U) O W Z YW LL W U = 0 x V LL O Q m Go w LL fA D O N N O N Z W W CW7 ? n p a 0 O 0 co O 0 c0 O 0 0) O 0 0) O 0 co O 0 0) O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 N O t M M h M O O O O O O O to O a (D O O O 1- J J Z m Z a J O n f, N r.. II- h O > Q ¢ .2 ¢ Z O W IL N I c'. M M Cl) M M N M M N N N N M M N N N J U) IL a 00 ❑ O d V O W W S 7 0 m 7 0 m 7 0 d 7 0 o m 7 0 m 7 0 0 o 0. m c p a m E m a m D m W z ¢ a a i W z o: d w Z aW ❑Q w Q c~ FE o 0 o E U c~ F= 0 g O' a o 0 L o m CO m CO cc 0 m N m m C14 Z- F - Z J r- J rl J r- J r- J r- J N J N J N J M U W) J U Ml J U W) J ❑ LL ❑ m LO J ❑ LL ❑ ❑ ~ J ~ z a N 0. U M N' N m L cc L y m U m w m ~ w W O N E c N 4) N C '0 C N i5 -D L ~ Q O ~p O d = N c E CA o L Y ~C14 m o j, vim, m Z ~ m ~ • L 0 0 y E Y L° 0 s JC N ~ a~ Q a m a $ m $ m m V aVo N U N U V> U N V C m C m n N a m m ai O J o U a U) J U J U J U J U J Q' J -i m ! m E ¢ it J E J c, i- m z Go = 0 F co n7 N N N N N N M N m O W O w o o a U N J in M o N o Q 0 'OV 0 N 0 N o g 0 0 p 0 M N N N C> ¢ W m Q _ %j J LU O co co Of O ~ N t a U . m W LL O W Q IL ¢ O a LL x x x x x X 4 . x x x x x x x x x x x x x o W W z V o 8 20 m cNC ~ m m ° ?I N ~ ~ co Goo I p C7 U ~ a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m < 1M U ¢ co U F- r~ sf u~ ~t n et rn et tp to Lo t0 0 co w m n h f- n W ~D co U O CL X X X X X x x X X X X X x x x x x x X X X N M X In V U W O W Z d N D m W CO W LL m ow OZ t 1: LL U m m ~ Q ` oL U O W L U i ID W N N Z W LL ( ~ N a N Ir 'a Q O n O n O n p O n O n O n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h 0 O 0 In 0 U 0 a p ° O 0 C7 E O ` < J co 'a J Z Z a G1 LO rn n 0 m 0 0 rn rn rn w C O s 0 Z V <<a F IL N N N N N N N N N d 'p Q O O O io c m w d V N W o s W m a m O ^ U) O a Q a? > E m > > > y > m > Q m S O Q z CL a Z u~i _s p W c z } O a ` , a W N v v i n m ccoo co N n N m N U to c U o L E l E L E L E L E L E L E J o w F- N Z X J 1` N 3 r = L L O LL L D L O LL L D - L O - LL - E m E y E m E m E m - E - cg n J S n J n J S n n 8 n 8 n 3 z m Y O O M¢ m o - J J J J J a U) a. Z y 2 a ~ z W Q x p o ~ a > Q fA m fn to rn J m OJ Z ~ co rn Z a W ~ D o m o m ~ v o co w 2 W O O o co O O N co c~ D w p Qo Q w O ° w " a w a a x x x x x lx o W m N w Z E" V CD OD O O O) N 01 V O tp Ol pp OO O O N O O l0 O OO O O t0 a0 - O N et N f0 N Z O 2 6 ' U ~ a Q m U M m U Q in U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U a O co N co 0 co p) M O> to 0 1, O m m 'r O m O U, O h O 01 O ~ c~ ~n O N M N h N In r ~ Y C x x X O 11 X O N U Ip E w O 2 , p L z O co a - - I V) :3 2 w w ME T 2 V O (L 2 1 Q M co LL 0 W a N 04 O N O Z W LL 04 UJ to (7 [Y Y Q -i m JO O 0 Z < K Q O UJ J IL O O V d Z Q d a ~j z W LL 2 Z W Q d W O a J } F- o Q O aa W t~ y t) CX y O CL N N t~ C~ t~ y m _ Z ~ = w ? a W N N 0) w c n co w w w J a c n a U C C'7 N N .o m L U) N m w c0 m 0 c N 2 41 0 0 N CO) m C O O Z c~ C O V m rn J' 4) to c .o c N w E O co Y IU X 12 U U d N c N U Q ip O O N N_ l0 m r~ L J l~ u m w w Y P CL a f0 10 a > ; c z ssz r ~ m CD rn U a s N o z w w ~o -a 0 C03 a s a 0 L) 0 ci 2 2_= E° € a Q o c w w J J v v a~ 'm m a'~ m m w w c m c c w O X W W W W W tl W a s J Z co 0 C> (1 M LL ui m M r r O W m W O 0 O ~ O p 3 Q Z .I o ul 0° IL 13:1 O ~ U W ~ r W M W C7 U LL Q' M O ~ O a x x a (7 a. W N 0 C) ¢ w LL w O - I -JT I O a W a ~ r p x x x x x x x x x x 1-1 x x x x x w m N ~ a Wz (~j N It CO co O jV CO O O N IAH OD O N c0 w O N Z r r r N N N M m m M M at e► O (7 U J I m u a m o <1M U¢ m -O T< m U¢ m U¢ m u E"" M to n o> M u'1 n rn M ic'~ n Q7 r M lf/ n W (.7 r r N N N N N M M M M M~ N V Q m Y IL o J U r x x X X X X x x X X X X X X X X x x x N C7 N U W N (L k- W z N N uj O LL F W W Z N O Q 7 w x x = U O 4) > J j U r m ILA 0 W ` N O O .N. W qO~ ^ N Z LL # 111 0 N OQ J m ~ O N a r V 0 N r N J g Z Z d _N J 2 0 C co W co d 0 a LL O t a U LL W W O C7 O V t o 04 Z¢ Z d ui co W m J J J N a. Q i d. C C o a o, E ~Q Z n -w' ¢ L O J U 9R w z J r m W _ ~ FE z O x~ x 0 m m m tO J a W J W10 2 W W OT w U LL a 0 as z m U U _N W J N ~ C N i c Q m O N co ,0 w ~ H y 0 a C'1 W N x p O c Q W ~ N ~ p LL w z W W W O o ~ 0 m o o a z O U N W G W 7 q ¢ 0 W (D O LU LL o a j p ~ w d ~ o W N M W W U- co LU H = p p 0 ¢ O U, N x x x x x x x x w z to W Z V Y' (o 30 GO N O f0 N co e} (O co co CO (0 O h N r-_ sf CO h OD h O co N GO tt GO Z O U ~ IL ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U F M 't 1[') eh h V O) It r V) M CA p In ^ 4n co to r co m co 1n m ti W 0 Co r h m P 0 h h h 0 f-_ r co m co N d a J c x x x Q p x N O w N E W M Ch M Z w 0 °v ° O W I O U d m A U- LL D co o W 0 • + T + r Cep 0 N ¢ 0 N U. c~i til C7 Y Q J m ~ a m } Z 0 a V W IR w W a W u 0 O C07 N a a W a Z W 0 W U a }a} F- p Q W {a~ O p m w Z W Z i Q LL LL W a a U V- M N 04 N d f9 t N U U v U m W io 'a ~j 0 3k 0 C -1 E :3 m -o m c N .0 w o c Q co is N N c E U) O ~ m N ~ r Y m d1 Z N L~] a a a L t5 a t'n > in > fn > I Vi 7 OD J of CD C o a a 2! co a O -a O n W m a D d M a a U m U n U m U V N CVO a a~i ari 'c S S S m w m m m m Q a _a m mj v w w w w w a w a ~ w I j O > J J IA Q' _J Z ii m m m LL IILIj D O' Z W O W Q Y, a J LLQI ' X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X x x ix 9 m r U W ~ O N a c0 00 O N co O N 0 co O N Z V N T.. N N N N N C7 M M Cl) d a 0 CO I N P - 1 1 M OD N M N m N P N OD N r M cM> X X X X X X X M. X X X X X X X w W W W LL w O LL ° P LL _ O J J Q N W m m m U V e t C7 U U U° WW W` D 9 0 m 0 (Q~ 1{QJ O D O W W W O _1D I C) O fe is m 0 W er C7 N a 0 w a 0 O Cif LL O X X X X X N E 11 ei U W Z K I- D •t Z O d W U) O w Z Q U O d S Q F= co) U U. U ~a N 8 Z 6i & O Ir F¢ 7 m m N N W Wd } T 11 W OO Lij LL L M X LL LL Z W m M co Z Z d p U IU_ N N CD CD a w m m Z i~ U M N _ ~i U .a i~ L h o ~ U L ~ U m N N m O J C co ` O . C N N ca co = O m C o E N CO O _ 0 Y 3 A ~ p fn Z I aj w w w w w w w w w w w a= o V) U U U U U U U U U U U O N Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q C, W U~ a. d a. d d d d d a a d D O J LL cn Cl) fA w U 0 U 0 w w w (O Q Q Q N J J to O S Co -j z a # ~ LL a 11 Z N a M x X a M C~ C4 6 W LL O p O w a 0 o °a 3 0 JO a0 w x X N X X X X X X X X X x x O e-i E 0 Z Q z O U 0 w ZO S Q F- W a J D O S a A o N N Z lit ~ Y Q J m Z Z O Q m ~ N w IL } W d LL D J w 0 O lUL Z J d' Z W a co 'a ¢ X a N d w H S Z U M 0 f N_ d a m L N LO ro 4) m lC 'O 0 O C N H N 0 O O CD a~ c N ~ C ~ O V O A O Z U _N w J E m fq C _C 0 'D ~ Q O N w -0 cli Y .0 :3 > Co y U v M L-011 t N N Rf t N ~ U U 'v CD a N W co p J N E C N 2 C N C i5 7 4) C _ O 'O C Q 0 L O O N 7 rn o z _N 7 w CU O x 2 2 E W p1 a~i E O cOq? o > 2 Lrn rn = _ m C. CL C L _j -J Lf ) O O O O y to co J Z _ U j LL W ix O 0 Co ¢ q Q Z Z Q = m O O a U y W a' W o co O w m N J LL O W W O O w rai p w LL W 0 o M O J d p O lil LL o x x x x x x x x x U O m N w Z ? m V U N + pp O N t0 r' OD ~ O N N N 7 N O N N O O M N M a ~ t0 h m M O a N sf O U a ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m v U M O n O M 1n O1 N M N to N h N W N M M M .n M I~ M Ol M a a x v d N x x x x x x x x x p W E Id w a: ui W Z O m w U O W Z LL - U O co LL Q a' to J 0 m LL m J Q a c~ w N o o Z W W IL co j ' ^ CD Q J d m o O ¢ Q < J > < W Q U W a' M C4) a W o F J a W r ti: 0 o d a a_ W UJ ( m L Z a a ¢ m w LL c W z ° ~ Y O J J a a CL a s 0 0iL . Q U U N U fn w J a. c n a d z Cl) f N r it N m n m t to m m S W m N m C J W N H C 0 C ~ i5 v Q W m O m D = N E U) C0 v CV m 0 Y y N Z ~ fA ~ C Cl) 7 M a M ~ J tp J co J tb a W a N 0 a 0 y a N 0 U `a+ c o E `m N a - COL m 0 O J 4. W = O E O E O w 0 O 0 O 0 O Q Q Q J O C 1 W o C.9 cn E CO a w E fn E 0 E co a o a U a U W m o a L O 0 W O m L L p Q Q Z 2 J = o O H a N N CD p W N O O W LU cc cli 0 m O - o M ~ o w ol JO a LL X X X X X X ~M X X X H z U W Z ~I O 10 ap O N d m O O N 10 aD O N cp m a N z N N N N N M M M M v O CD U C a x M d' x x x x x x x x x p U 0 N 0 Z Q. ~ Z W M ° :3 0 ca Z O W U W o w Z v ~i U ~ U O W C7 ~ S LL ~ m `r N U C7 LL to o N 2 ~ IL N A m d C m o o H W W N N Z LL W U' Y m d p Q i m w W Q z z ar' cJi ~~Q m O J 3 C W m _C m W 22 z IL O Cy 0 m a _ j W °o Oa o u c~ ad z-J z w o W a y w o U Q W 0 J J J J a Q ir LL N G W t t t Z 0- Y r _ w p Q pp r Q W U U U U t>~ m m Fr 2 !I a _ f J3 F- fn d a- d Z y 0 J fO`m E a W O ~ O ' ~ ' m N E C7 ~ > W Q; = U U E 8 - [0 f0 co w J O Q ° 0 ' a Q m Cn m m v~ ~ n m n m a ~ m Z co v=i {O{~ 4t N N r N d w 0 w 0 H Z m Z ~ = O O 1= a v dl W ~ ~ W D ui m Ir a_ O Q m ~ w a Q O O W _ p ¢ W LL W 0 OJ O W r wm d x x x x x x x x x x x x Q W co N w Z N d CO OD O N d m O N N N N N M M t7 CIO) M 4 O U O J a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m v ¢ co U ¢ m U ¢ m U V V m in r. . N n N N m 1 N A N M m m N m A m 0 v) IL r O X I X X X X X X x `Q N O N o ~ 9 W xN Is, IL M LL Z O Q a0 W ° M ~ U o ~ ~ U z O d m LL m -j M e M = 0 ODD W W t ° o N N ° ° O Z IW1. L Li C7 Y O Q O i Z m gZ a J 2 ¢ V W co 'L IL z a Q F J W 0 d IL ca C y W n J ¢ W m Z a W G i d N Z a W J } Q LU O x co to V) CL J co- X In (1) H O W Z 0: J w z J w a Q J lOL J O n. a co ¢ a J U St Cl) t N r N .a l0 r N w m v a) m m w w N v N m J E C O m 'a N N C C a) L C Q O co . N ~ _ N E O w m O Y m ~ V=1 Co ~ 1~ U v r> C7 N N m N t to E m m w m v m O C m 2 m L O y N m C 7 (0 U U G1 (WU T1 N J E 7 to C _C 0 Q f0 Co = O ` N ~ w w Y G1 ~ ~ H d S h m 5 W 10 m > .J > m ~ ' LLI > (J Lo O Q C 4D , Q N J N J J J m U T a) U C -E N N al U m CL U f9 rL -i UJ 1N O ❑ ❑ m Y U U O fn cn cn z W co Q m <L N N N N M N M 0 w O ❑ ❑ z Z o J u~ = m O O a N O w W o r O 93 W J O ❑ O W CL ❑ LL 1 O W W O o a v M p D W a LL w 9L 0 o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U O t0 N W ? 0 N v w co O, N v 0 w ~ O N N N N cD N aD N O M N M ~ t0 M a0 M O ~ N ~ Z U = ~ = a Q [D U Q O] U Q M. 0 Q m U Q co o l < f~ U Q CD U V M LLY A O M N O - N M N In N A N O N M M M In M h M Oi M a M a x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o W i N Q ~ a X W z Z o U) W M ° It U U w z 8 N LL 0 Q m w J LL CO) O J a w r j o O a W ~ N - N Z LL OC O Q H z O zz_ J ~ ~ 2 Q V 1% M N W CL z p a i J LJO co m c a Li W O ❑ O U a x to x to m E 8 ~ a a a c a z Q X z ° Z ui w w o: m m W o 00 o N $ m O 10 m m (D E Z L J Y M O O W U U F- U F U H d {a d O E O E O E O E M 2 O W Z o a W J J J J J J W W fn fn to cn J a cn a U Ch N m .O N r W U) m m N CD J C d m y N C m ~ o c m to N L D ~ O ems. Y N z N U _N W U C 4) Q io 0 O N C14 A m 2 U g ch 0 N r N m L <0 L fA m m w m v m O C m 2N C m L O H m c l0 U U W 'v J m ~ "O Q c O w O O ~ w Y N 0: 12 g IL co J W m $ Q c6 J w J ° a m Q p m = d n a ' w CO = J p 2 J a J o CO w w N N c p Z p m o LL ~ Lli Q O z co O O a U co w ~ w w w a d t i O m ~O w w o W Z CL 7 p Q W LL 0 a LL d x x x x x x x x x U O m N W z z I-- ~ Z ( j N -4 0 w O N 0 r' w a N N N v N m N w N a M N M t0 M ao M O N of U J a Q M U Q m U Q m U Q co U Q co U Q m l o <1 M U o ti V V M m n 0 - M Ln n O r N M N to N h N rn N M M M 10 M ~ M m M ~t x x x x x x x x x p o IN O W Z M W =3 w U) o D 2 Ix O w U o U Z O = co LL ~ U co CO D O w LL N J a M O W O N z w LL lL to ~ Y O J Q J 0 J z_z 2 m z ~ a Q V W rn a } 0 J ° ° d ii p J N LL j W -J O O O C r a u~ a an a d z W Z Q y~j J J m m v - LL n a C9 Z i a t }a J ~ W O U t U o o • p 1 n n L z = w p Y z w a ~ J J E to E co , c, c7 Q - 1 1 c I cn I to I I - - - - M j U) a U -~v M i % N r N 0 m N (Q U L° m w w f0 (V 'O ~ 4k m J E C O m ~ d ~ C7 •a L C Q N r O m N Cl) O Y 04 04 m o z ~ C J J J c o a t 1 i m E m o . W O > > l p 'O m V V m Q O tb J Q W J J L U O E O E o E n $ n a co co 1 O ,n ° > O O to CO 0) In fA In > w J Z S U m = § #F m a ~ O O W 0 0 . q Q w Z m z p = o 0 P v U) W O fY W 0 w O co W W LL O W M 0 W LL w O J a W o x x x x x x x x x U O m N W Z V O N R 0 w O N W Z = V N to 0 N N N N CO N O M N M tD M OD M O v N a O O U ~ a Q m c~ Q m <1 M U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ~ U U M M ^ O M to N CD N M N to N ~ N m N M m M to M P- m m m M a C x x X x x x x x x o a x 6 C7 W K Z Z O m Y 'O" ~j O W z a LL (7 - Z 2 LL U H O m v N LL c Q a v M c%) O 0 Q ° C', Z LL M ' p U' q = -i _Z d co Z p J 0 g 2 r2 Q V W M m Q } o ~a J a W LI: 00 o 00 d ,r, w Q ~ j W z E a Z Ii W W J J t co J t LL d M U Z a W Y } F Q Q W U U U U LLj 0 U LL n N n M a M U J d U z d U v M C9 f N it N f0 L (Il `J (D m w m J C ~ d N y C m o ~ m y t D ` co o w m Z w U a) W it E 7 'O C O .0 Q i~ 0 0 N L N LO 2 J J J CO J a W a a a a a j o> > m m v m v m v m v m v t9 ¢ ¢ W OD _ n E m O m O m 0 m 0 m O ~ J O o J J > UJ 0 CO U U W m co cn N F- m ¢ # LL w N O D W O o W ¢ Q p O H Z 00 z ~ = O O a U N W a. O W ( ~ a W N U LL O a O W W 1i W M p W Q' W W p O d w LL C w L d N x x x x x x x x x x x x cl W Z m W N (C GD ems- N N N N N M N M M M co a ''t NV U O a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ( ~ V M 1n h r' M In I~ Gl r N m N to N h N W N M M M M M ~ M 0) M a a o x x x x x x x ipu N Q W Y p W M W O ° O V w W z ~Y W U O Q j Er n m W LL N O 2 a W C N o N ° O Z LL w C7 Y 0 Q i m o a W lox A N IL W 0 P n. W W 0 0 i a c 5 z C a Z ' W W J J a W J a p _ Q W U U Z 0 S J 06 0. CL cx CL U fn fn M fn (n Cn J d (n Q. U v M N N m (6 N (0 ~ m '0 v U N .a? N w c0 N m C J m N C C N v ¢ O C N ~p m £ °O N O Z r w 0 Y cli U) Z W C U v M 0 t N_ N N L m L L m U S7 U m N w _ W N m N d ~ C N m L 'O C Q tq O O O c _ N E e- m N W ~ r O Lj, tp t4 Z ~ M ~ of J o J a = M N n W Q m CL o Q 0 0 CD V m Y V m Y 1 U' S J w Q O --1 o N IA Q 0 J J J fn !n F 2 U ~ m m 11 W o: N M O o W o O Q~Q Z co O 2 W _ O' O t= a U W c w W c W co Q ~J LL O a. co O W w LL O O S M W M 0 IL Q' U W O IL LL Q N x x x x x x x x x O LU U Z m Z F U N O O N N N o N o N M M M lO~ N07 0 04 o Z o U IL Q m U Q m v Q m v Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U U M 11'1 h 0f r M 1C1 Of N M N IA N l- N O N M M M 1C1 co t~ co W M r v d d x x x x x x X ° w z z O _ 11 W O U 0 W O Q C7 = IQL ~ m LW LL D OJ Q c7 W N o O z W U. N C7 O J -Z Q co 9 a: Q W x M l Cl) a W W W LL O IL m a U O o s { a~ W Z a W Q 0 a Z a U) w ~ r a ~ t9 Z a R' W W J Y Z W W m a a s c° Q O J J m J a fA 0 w w w n We O J O d a In d d M N r N m co H U 'C V m l!J m J C N y C C ~ i5 L Q ' C to y O m D = N E C/) N- m 0 0 ~ Y =3 Z 2 a CD w W GMO LO 0OD0 co N I,- N CV N CC) N x Q ~ Q W W W W W W W +y+ p ~ w W J 0 p C, c > H H H H H H F H a w 00 _ J h- cn -j Z fn V W m ¢ m LL ~ p p G Q Q Z co O O = O I a. oc V H W a. O w W ~ 0 LL M LL O w O W W O a N a N d N d 00 M p m W a m LL W ~ Q ww CL d x x x x x x x x x x x W m N W Z V V N p to EO O N to v O N (V N st N w N co N O M N M A M c0 M w m a a N a Z O J a ¢ m v Q m v ¢ m v Q m U ¢ m U a m U ¢ m U V V ch n rn n ~ rn N N N N 14 N n N N M M°' C7u, c7n ° M> v C y a r d x x x x x x x x x V) W p ►W- [r3 Y d a' Q N N N N N Z Z O W = 0 CL O N N N tQ 0 d W U w Z O w _ < H U a. co LL) j LL of - u) U) J Q a m > cc) a a W W N ~ o a co) c L LL liJ C~7 Y N Q Q J m OJ O > Q ¢ ¢ LU l CO Y IL w z 1.1 u: p O d w a a O Z a in v _ W W 1n co co N In W LO co cc7 M M c o ti a z < ' Y LL Q W N N M m d' 2 v 2 47 r N 2 N M N M N 2 Z ~ = Q W Z R J W Z O J W H W H W H W E W W W W F= I W W H W H W L: W F- W 1_- C7 m d w U c7 t7 N r N m m t H 0 CD m CD ca U O C m (D .r- 0 a~ N C D 0 O Z C O U m U) J m N C v c E co O C6 ~q co U U _O W E 7 C v Q io 0 0 N N_ co 2 a W W W W W W W Ur Q C) O ¢ w Q a Q n ¢ a Q s ¢ a a s J J O J Z N 00 oo i m . N m U U m _ m U. W Ul O ❑ w ❑ O 0 ~ Lij O w ¢ °0 Z .j _ 'O O a ac v N W O LU Q c W i LL m a O LL ~ O w ~ w U. W 0 O W Q a o x x x w U m N Z Z I ~ Z = m co v O N to a} 1n 0 M w LO O W N l0 t0 0 co w O r.. N t- d 1-- 'o 1.- co h p CO N co U J a a m U a m U a m U Q m U a m U a m U a m V M a ~A f~ O> 1~ LL7 rn M c0 M c0 4) t0 P w W tD r r- M h iA h h r~ W h ro M co Z V 0 CL N m W W Z f- U 0: W a. M Z O w O M D w V y U U. IX m CD LLI U) J LL ~ lq 3 Y w Q 2 a M C, a O N LL UL C Q J CO O J O Z m Z m d Q V W cn Y a W w } O _i a lL O CC g v z a -i Q W a W w p❑ w W W W W Q W Q W Q U' = d W J Z } 1- J Z Q O Q a Q a Q a a a a L L i 0 d' ^ < Ll cf), 0 -1 . U "v c+~ C7 t N r N N p IO V1 f0 V L CD ~ m - V ~ w W m C J E 7 h m a O C_ (D 'C Q C O U O m c D N E . U) O w -0 04 O p 7 Z y c. • 8 ~ o a 8 m ~u 3 a O c Q w p a ~ as LO ❑ ~ O rn a ~ ¢ E m ~ c~ o Q °o o J ¢ W g m Q m 8 m C a 0U, m m = J 'N m m m LL ❑ O 2 > ❑ > > ❑ LL W x J m Z O S LL W a' 0 co a x x x x I x 1 x N O W co ❑ ❑ O O O O N O O ° ° FQ- W Q Z co Z J ~ = 0 Fa ~ ~ v N W ~ .2 } ~7 TO ❑ W M ~ ~ ~ LL O U❑ j d ❑ _ O W N N Q d' j LL W O ICf CO O d W m a r x X x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ❑ W 1-- U 0 Z Z H (~j V N v m a0 O N cD W N N N N N M O c0 M oD M O v N v Z0 V J IL ¢ m v ¢ m v Q m v ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ti F T M c0 1~ 01 T M M h Q~ N M N 1A N ~ N N O cq M Cl) M Cl) ~ Cl) O M a CD V ~ IL d N X X X X X X X X X x X x x x x N Q W } W W Z > a w o z o ❑ U w W p V - O W z O tu X X X X- = N U LL Q m m N D LL it m L) ¢ a C+ ~ W c0 w O Q O m o 0 ¢ W N N } Z LL ° a 3 m ~ o o co o z < z < n Q W x N X s} N N 0 ZO J C CL IL ❑ O z IL ~ Z a L Q ~ a W D QQ W W L L L ~C L L ~p 3 O E 3 ~O O O~p t ar : i y o p 8 O Z F _ O a W t Y Z ~ } } h J Z O rn J a J w J a rn m J E n : n n n a O d Q J J J LL L cn fn m 0 W W J a 1 0 a. U v M f N T N 0 m L Vl m v m w m .p d O C m y N O N m C 7 m 0 Z m n d C U U_ 7 m LL v J N H _C C W (1),0 f0 -0 Y 7 T H y U U m W 9 7 C N Q t0 O O N i cv t0 2 ` 0 r r a Ur ° a m c c9 c o Q W E E E at3 O Q a m 3 6 a o a > w n ' $ N g d o d CYJ 'a = € to :a :3 00 V' 3 l C 3 r h m d O = T X J LLJ O Z ~ d co co m LL 0 0 0 11 W m 2: m W m m v x x x x x x N 0 W to LL O Lli q Q a 0 m ) N ) 0 ao Q a Z m O W 0 O d ~ v :a M O + O W p Q W to O ~ O N OU Q O a CIO" x W N u' N M O O w W O IUL W W O D a LL IL x x x x X X X X x x x x x x x x x w U Z m N Z F U u N It t0 aD O N it t0 a0 N N N N N C°7 M M M IM d U 0 a a m U a M U ¢ M U a M U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ~ r M 11'1 n to r r M r to r h 0 r r N co N to N N O N M M M 1o M h M M M a a G N x x x x x x x X X X X x x x x n' cn } W W Z W Z O N U CO) o " 0 W U U W Z O X x x 9 ~ Q co LL LC VJ (QJ J a a M to 'A 1>0 ° ¢ O N 0 N N C LL 111 C3 Y Z . o Q J Z m Z a . aD O Q J IL) W ' X N X N N R O N O IL LL a it IL c c `m w Z a a Z ~ 0 z a 3 al r- Z d w W -i Y } O LO P m J J J rn J p S m y N N N t0 F-. W Z Z LL LL U) !A f~ fn U) Q) J d fn LL U v M * r m m V N V 'O _ LU cNi f0 J E V m :1 m 'O a`1 C co CD C Q m r C L W O _ O N E U U) E CO 0 w .a N W N Y U < r- O M a O > Z g o o U `m Q m W of EE EE a a tCO ° Q O [b Q > W ° 'z ° '2 € a 7 C l C l r 8 1 J ❑ o m m m LL ❑ ❑ O w J Z C° = m U w CO to It x x X x I X I x I N D § m O u Ili 0 0 -5 O ,Q+ 0 ~ C) N C) O 0 000 Z m Z -I - " _ 0 P cvn o w W C 7 O W LL ❑ j O d O O W N N ❑ w LL W O -J a IL IL o x X K x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w U Z m N Z F- V U N CD 0D O N '-'t r CO 00 O N N N N OJ N w N a M N C) f9 O f'7 co N O It N qt Z U J a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U T' U V O n 0 ~n n rn N co N 0 N n N M N M C7 C7 LL7 m n M rn M ~V a o N X x x X X X X X X x x x x x X cn d rn LLI } w O z ° z c~ U U) m H II O 2 w O U O x x x x 2 U K m + D Q 2 a OD W IOk o N N Q o N aNi Q LL W 111 rn m Y C Z Q i co 0 O 0 00 J 0 Z < Z < a a W Ix X N x d N N C+f 0 z Y ° 1 J a o IL V d 9 crn 3 w Z d Q W a CL X z d (n w W E 'F C O h O a w D Gp Q o rn rn L L rn 4o 3 ° N 3 ° f0 01 cUO m c~a z = of w 3 y z _ m Z O w V f J J J rn J rn J J o (L o U- 0 a i !n (n fn Cn Cn 71 d (n d U M (7 N N m in m t N O v 0) w m m O ~ C a 3m c m 0 y U m c w LL U w Q O > Z J d fA C_ 'O G m t (A O N 7 y U N W csi 3 C CD Q f0 O O N t N T co 2 m ~ o a W o r ~ € ¢ 0 O J W E g E o E $ 0 o ¢ C7 a C7 me = J ¢ OJ o N ¢ > CD m to ° 0 m 0 $ x C ° m _ to ii 3 w m Z - W Z to CO v x X X x x x N O W m O LL Lij O o ~ M 0 0 co 0 N 0 0 O~0 Q u i m Z o = a v v G Z W + m c~ o O w J LL ~ 0 j d o _ LL t7 x 0 o W N 0. N Q Q' w of V- W O M O O W a X X X X x x X X X X X X x x x x X w U W Z m N Z F- U N v to M 04 m N N 04 N N N OD a M N M M CD co M (D v C%j at U 0 2 J ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U l M N t` W N N N N N N N M M M M MM M IL X X X X X X X X X X X x x x X a N Cf) } W N Q 0 Z W O Z O O U N W if U 2 2 U O 1 x i I x x x ?y = D LL Q m cr U m LL U) OJ L to cv Q o C 0 ¢ N N ¢ a W LL C, b C Z Lo 0 00 Go Q O J _Z m Z a Q W a' X N X a N N O o J a CL LL C) O z IL N d co 3 o W a C7 :j w a W w a W p rn rn rn a =rn co 3 g oo n E w a L a U w O z a w z J J J J J J J LL u. to to to Cl) to fn J a to a j M C) N r N O U La U _m d w w 'O v °c y C m (D 2 i5 Q m ' c m = W to O 'O m L O E U c m O N r LL Y ¢ O D Z `D 8 Q U' m o a a W E ° EE E Q ~ o c m > o 0 0 Q N ¢ m E `m c~ 0 ° 9 Q o O to O J Q > D ) m M Z 3. 1: J LLJ -1 C) in C%j CD ° co co LL O O L W J Z T 2 U co < LL W O O ~f x x x x x x N O W Om ~ Q O P- N 000 W m J O O O O O W W co ` co N H ~ O O X O W N N p W LL CO w E' O < O O a W LL D: a o D x D x D x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x LLI U (D m N W Z O N (D 00 O N a co O0 O N 't w 00 O Z V N a (O OD r' N N N N N m m m m M N s~ U Vr _I a a m U a m U a m U Q m U a m U a m O a m U f U V M LO rl- 0 M n r- O N M N n N h N M N M M M n M M O M t CL o X x x x x X x x x x X x x x x a (p N CO) r W 0 f Z _ O U W U O U z O I _ L X X X X = Cl) 1Q H m ] LL m JO Q 2 a n a ° Q W j O N U. N llJ C9 `.L c Z p o 00 Q J m 0 U W ' X N x y N N R in 0 z 0 a W 9 a. a O y C, ; a s i r z a W O W E L O a w J z p W L o o o o o p `1 E cq' = w J K ~ Q rn J , J , J , J , J , J O (L LL cx (n (n a. (n OL (n a- V) ~ J d d U v M 0 N r N m m r h T d 'D O CD v m 0 m c n m d ~ c m w o ~ y C7 m C (9 ~ LL U m a O C> Z J a`> c_ 0 v C m L E Co 'o co j y ca v V w E c v Q io O O N w co 2 m ~ o a ~ 3 C7 c Q a W E E E 3 0 o 0 D € m S o ¢ O QQ° ~b 0 CJ a > W $ m 8 N 8 m L € O U U ? > N W 07 x J w Lo CO = m co co LL 0 O O ti w m Z ¢ L7 D ~ m LL W ' m m a X x x x x x N O W a O O p a p g o a ° c ~a W z O O O a ;d U O o OC w co O J W U. Of C4 O O a 2 o _ LL U x O y~j N to N M O O W a LL W lz O W a O w o x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x U Z m N Z F U N V ED CC O N (O op N N N N N M M M M K a U J a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U Q m U Q m U m U Q co U ~ V ~ M M P O/ ~ M tq A O~ N M N In N P N 01 N M M M N M h M Oi M 7 IL (n } d N x x X X X x x x x x x x x X X N W Z W W 01 a U W x O U U O LL m X X x X d = j LL O Q m u ( U U. n Q Z s Cl) 6 W C N N p N m ' QC O 'W LL - m Y Or Z Q J Co 0 O0 2 Q W a' x N X g N N to O Z w a a ll p a a. a Z w a z W O W € € o U) C7 Z n W Y r O w L ED t a t a L P. L w L a O O O o m a m N n W a m a m a = U > O a J Z Q J J J J J J J I LL L N !n co U) Cn m J a to a 1.90 Ci s ch N r m d O U) H U .j L) m m w _m cli J E a`i O C Ti C C N CL N (7 C L O O o w O E U m ( O L C N r L Co H Q ~ O CC LL y L > Z C • Q C7 o m ¢ ~ W C m 0 c j € ¢ O J Q o o f $ an O a Q r L cc 3 $ = c7 a O o a > Q m O a) a) ~ 10 a7 = 0 lNO o X J w m co m L 3 0 3 LL w m Q fD f0 st X X X X X X N O w m O LL 0 Q N O (D a00 ¢ ¢ z m O z J m LA w = O O P V ~ M M w t0 o M O w O ~ U m O d d u O x O W cA N N M p Q' w LL cry O O O d W LL IL uwa o X X X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o w O m n I z z 0 N v o 0 _a N 'a O W N N N N N M M N M co v It o f a Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U 0 V M tL1 n 01 M 'n gyn.. M N N N N N M m m M M a r o x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x a N ~ ~ N , O W Z _ y ° n W Z O n U o C p V O 2 w V Z O Y _ X x x X = LL F- 3) m ] W h LL 2) 2) JO ¢ a M s Q m O N O N Q LL r t1i U' Y Z o Q J _Z m _Z a m o0 O J 2 2 ¢ W x N X et N N n O 0 a U- 0 0 a ~ w Z a -J 0 O Z V) = W ` E 3 o a O ¢ a m j J L w O N i`o w Z ~ , . t ~ J L] Q C W O '3 L 9 L '.3 L '3 L 9 t '3 L 3 O 3 O m E m so A F= _ W ~ Z_ R w z J J J J lL LL lA (A co fn (A J d f n d d v M f N r 04 N d n m t H ID ID v m lfl m O ~ C G m c O U y U m c m ~ LL U ¢ O Z J m H C co w E co o Y 10 w S ~o U U N W cNi E m .a C m Q i~ O O N Y N_ co 2 T o o ' ¢ a ( 9 , ¢ c c C%A c E 0 8 Q 0 O o a E :3 C) -J C4 in = 0 ca ~ W ❑ °R m Q CO CO m 1 L ❑ ❑ ❑ W CO < U) LU to co d x x x x x x N O W p o 0 CD C) O Z Z O J d t0 r In W = Q ~ O a v U fit ❑ W T + c0 0 O W J m O O a LL t7 x O W N N ❑ ¢ Q' W LL W o o a w a T X X X X X X X X ❑ W X X X X X X X X X V Z G1 N W Z z U N d t0 w O T N d l0 CD O N N N d N co N 00 N O O N m d m w M m m O d N d 0 T a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ co U U f7 It7 h O) C7 T to T ^ T W T N m N O N n N 0 N C7 m M w m 1` m 00) m d d d X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X N ID } w N ❑ Z co w W ° Z O d U W U 2 U O 0 x x d Co L ~ Q m m ] x x ~ LL U) U O a 2 a A C>O O N y N m ¢ p eq N > c LU LL fA Y Z Ul) Q J Z co Z N- CD Q J > 2 ¢ W X N X d N N CO c z O a a O ❑ CQJ a U s c c 3 w z d 11 W Q Q CL a Z d U) W O W o ) (7 a w J q ¢ ¢ W l ~ r- - 0 ° 0 m E `m `m• m m m ~ w z WQ o, J oo i i J a J o LL c LL n fn Cn a fn n O !n n fn J d fn d (U c+~ U N r N m a f0 t N M N V m t0 d O C d m y w 0 c m o U 7 C m LL. N ¢ O D Z m U V N W E m fA c c_ a) U ~ Q m O ~ o E N ~ o ~ N .0 7 N ~ N CO u a 0 C ?j 3 N o C j i T C € Q p O J W E g E E m E o ¢ m J O m Q > Q W m g o m mo v ~ 3 0 7 C 3: t m = = W p ~ o ° co U. 3 O 0 cL W m ¢Z r Z W t0 CD d' x x x x x x N O = w m LL 0 111 0 a M ¢ C) V m a ID Qa z z O J W = O O 0 w co O W LC O J LL 0 pU CL ~ p LL C7 x g O W F' N N M p O W 1 W O J O a Ill LL IL o x 1 x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 W U Z Co N LJ Z F- ~ Z = U N t0 00 O N V Cp Tv 00 Co N CC~~ N N CO N 00 N O M N M a M CO M CO M O a} N ~ 0 U 0 a ¢ m U a m U Q m v ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ co U a m U V M 10 h Ol M W n 01 N M N 1() N ti N O N M M M M M n co 0 M r .t CL d CIA x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x N Q CO) } w F- w Y O W z D o N = F- It D M U w 0 U z 0 x x x x = V LL Q m LL U U3 C+O 4Q O Q O ILI c ° S2 N } ¢ c uj W lil U Y z I i Q J m r O O m ap J O z M z a W x N x --t N N a' D z 0 Y J X p 0 CL Z z z u i w W € E U a -W-t F- Q W L L L L L L m O m O m N m Np m m m yp m ~ = >Q' > Z (L' J z O to O1 O Lm 07 W O O d CL C1.1 J J J J J J J L L fn to to U 0) fn 11 J a m U es v ce) C7 l r N N co t to m v N W N O m C CL d •C S (D L o CO) U CO) C m ~ LL U m Q O > Z J N y c_ .0 c ca E (n O Y ~ T to y U U W 4k E 7 C Q io Cl 0 N w N_ m 2 Q (9 o a c'S~S ID c 3 L° c CD S Q W E E E a► p c O Q r Q (D U 0o C7 p ¢ O o J > W 8 $ S € m U C9 N m m S D C-4 to Y_ co 0 a) m m i 0 O 3 : 0 L x w J Z Z ° S W ' co co v x x x x x x N O W :ij mO U_ a p O p 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 00 C> co r Q~ W Q Z p Z J S O a_ v v N W M O M O J W LL m O ~ 0 a p X 0 O W N N Q ir j LL IX W O M O a 0 w M X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X W W Z m N Z = U N CD CO O N c0 co N 1 N N N N m CD~ N M co co d O U J a ¢ m U ¢ m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U V V M O M ^ O N N N N N m m m M M a d x x x x x x x x X X X X x x x O N } w F W Z 0 ~ W C) Z D O p V) U p 2 U W 2 U O 8 ~ x x x x 3 , CO) LL Q m m C) ~ O LL J Q S a W O W N O 0 m MO Q N } Y W C4 0 Q J m OJ a°oo O Q U W X N X 7 N N ~ O z O a LL p a m U a a 0) ' 3 w Q a a Z Q 0 a ly z u; W W € co € m o H U Z a W W Y } F- p p w rn n f n 0 o a m a a a a ~ U W O Z CL J Q J Q J J J J J J LL LL 0 ID 0 0 0 0 J D_ In d v M C7 N r N a~ m t to m CD CD w ~o v m 0 m c C C (D O 0 U (D c 0 LL U m Q o D Z 1.60 m U W •D ~k J N v v) c c_ a~ (9 'p Q N O N E U) o ~ -D r >1 U, S < o a m c c C c ¢ W E E E a 0 w co o Q (b Q W O V W p 8 CD 'C g o, ~ m cr) L (n m N = Z J O -1 C O Q' ¢ m m m LL O O O LL w m Z to w W - - - X 1 X - - 1 x x N O 2 W ~ m O LL CLj 0 0 5 2 Q O O O O 0 O iA 0 p- CS (Ij COD Z m J O O M N ~ c a W + t0 o C O J W LL O N U j O ~ D d o _ LL x O W N N p w LL W F O O M O J O a W a r' D x D x D x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x w U Z m N 2 F- U N a fD aD O N (D a0 N N N N N co 0 m M m N m V 'r V U J CL ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ co U ¢ M U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U 17 V M In ^ O M LL~ P r O . N M N IA N h N O) N c'q M M O M ^ Cl) O Cl) ef C N x X X X X X X X X x x x x X x O N q W W _ •°Y- LL Z z O U IX W p u V O 2 U Z O x a C7 I X x x x m N iQ F- V m N LL 0: ~ OJ s r 2 A co O ¢ O N O N ¢ LL N_ 111 Y C Z COp 00 Q J m O J O ¢ W x N x v N N o P a J w 0 a CL J 0 w °O v a O ; a W Q a Z a p W W € 3 € 3 O h Z W Y } F q Q W t t 1 L t t r g g N m m s s a _ Z W i O J J M 3 U) co m c o cn v i a ( n a U v Cl) N r N 0 f0 L N y m 'D m m O ~ C a m 2 m ID ID L o co U d 7 C m LL U m ¢ O D Z U V w cli J E t/f C C_ N v ¢ m L 0 p N o w N 4 r 1 'Q^ 0 c V m ~ Q U c I co Q W E E E ~ o0 0 co j O O Q N Q € A ~ g U D Q O o J Q m -Z m 8 O LO o it m mm co lei m O O x W m Q ` D = W d' t0 - 1 1- x 1 x x x x x N O D w 0 ~ ~ C> ~ 40 N O COD g co Z 0 ~ 1n r S ~ a ~ U ~ r `v M W C + o O G LL ft M fn O o J IL D _ u C7 x O w N In N M 0 d' w LL W D a W CL x x x X X X X X X X X x x X X X X O w U Z to N CD LL, z _ F U N t0 OD O ~N.• O N NN N N N N C07 Vcli ) aa lh co M a p U J a a m U a m U Q m U Q m U Q m v ¢ m U ¢ m U U U r M In P O r M O h r 01 r N M N In N I.- N M N r M M M In M h M W M r V IL a' x X X X X X X X X x X x x x x O N to } W Q Z N W o U N H Z O O w , X X X X U m w z O W Cn LL X Q G1 m > IJ1 fQ U 0 m Q S t~ o ¢ O W d ~ ¢ D W U. N N IL N (7 } Y C O z O 0 Q O J Z co r s Q J 2 W X N x -It N N N z O CL a LL p o a a LL 0) 0) Z W j W a Z N W 'Q W C t a Q d w J } I.- o Q W L~ L O1 t O) :3 L a ~t L a J L rn L o O O O O M CL E m m 1- m m CX. m 8 w Z w z 0 4 J 13 J J J J lL lL (n fn 1 ,2 1 Cn Cn J d fn n. li U co N r N N a s v U) ii ~ W N ~p J E .O ~ O C _C N CL CD C7 v co C L+ N U U) m _ E N C L Y 7 0 CD ¢ O D Z C U v _N 04 N m L C13 L h Lo m m w (0 m 0 C CL m c d t j O ` to U m C f0 ~ U- L) Q O Z J a~ _c C7 C cv _L E 0.O Y ~ O h c9 U v a~ w N E c a~ v Q (O O O N Z _N f0 2 m ° U o o U m rn co , d w E E E ? as ~ U O Q r Q m m ~o (5 0 a0 0 `60 J > LU p O -0 p O -0 4) p 8 .0 W N r n O C7 C7 L to Z' o 0 = J J -J Z in C) 4) m co co LL o 0 3 o LL W m :jj CO W t0 t0 d x x x x x x N O O W V co 0 ~ g O p O p N CD LO 00 m L mO Z F a v v V W ~ ~ C7 o p~ W 0 + co 'A Q O W O r- U LL O 2 O LL V x O W N N Q w LL U ) 0 o a w W CL x x x x x x x O W ~ a x x x x x x x x X x W Z m ~ Z = U N d to co O N d tD 00 00 O N N N d N 0 N w N O M N M It Cl) t0 M aD M O d N d O U ~ a a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U ~ V V M M n Ql M LL') 1~ r O N M N In N h N 01 N M M M m M ti M O M d IL x x X X x x x x X X X X X X X N m w } w N 0 W Z r Z N W W ° U O 2 O 2 U L) z x X I x I x x a = O Q m co LL fn J a + o a W o r O N } a C Z W LL W O Y Q J m 0 °o 00 z_ z a O J O> ~ Q V 99 x N x d N N G J a a w a- a- z li V 0) c _c 3 a. Z a W L a M (J m r U f= a W J Z 0 a w m m L L rn 9 L p L rn ; o 3 g m n E d n 0. n $ n z U O a w Q J J J J J J U- LL fn to 0 0 0 0 J d cn M U m th C14 N a f0 t y Ln m 'O m (9 v m 0 C d m h m c m 0 0 N U ai C m ~ LL U o > Z c~ U A? W J E m a c a~i C Q ~ O N ~ 'o t0U04 > > N c 1~ C • ? Q o Q CD a j m c a p c m € Q C7 C) O J W E E as a > 0 O Q N Q' m 00 (7 0 Q o > o 3 3 ; z g X D w -j o LO cr m m co Li 3 D 0 0 LL w -i m Z T u W co ~o v x X x x x x N O W m O W O o Q Z O v p C) m O 0 C14 O F w co p - 'n 0 O H a a v U r Vr + M G + o M O LL O o lL ~ X 0: W = N N 6 Q w cl~ LL O M O d LLJ W Y d w ~a J y w x X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x W z m N Z = ~ U N w Go O N r (O CD O N N N t} N CO N cO N O M N M It M co M co M O d N v O (7 J V U = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q U Q m U Q m U Q m U ~ V V M if) h 0) M N r I.- CA r N M N Lf) N P N O N M Cl) M %0 M h M M M a a' N x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x N (O W O W w Z W O ° Z w 0 p U O g W U Z p w X X X x = U- Q K m m W CO -J w OJ a O N O Q W N N } G W til ~U' Y Z Q J m O J O 0 g < Q w U X N x 7 N N 0 O a O a a W Z Li W x a Z V U) Q 0) E CY) = E 3 O a Q a i J d w ` t Z ~ Y H Q L L t L L L I ; o o a a a = D > 7 E Z 0 m J oo . m J o~ J a of J r, LL Ua U) a w f17 v> U) J no a v) Q a- .=L J J U d Cl) 0 _N A d (0 L y ro N w (6 N 0 ~ C C, 2 m CD c m w O rn v m c co LL U m Q 0 D Z J N y C v c t0 Cl) o V0 co '0 Y ~ O fA U U CD N it 7 C N Q is 0 O N T w 2 m 0o U U o Q 'Q a °1 O W C > rn ` L E m 3 U = 0 O O < °o o B Q g m 0 ~ m O ~ m m LL € 25 , 0 C9 3 2 C9 3 0 2 3 01 1 o tLL rs w J w 0 ;jj = CO 0 W CO t0 e! x x x x x x N O 0 W 0 co O LL Q 0 p uj 4 O r- 0 O N O C> O co Q w m Z J ~ O F- a a a o: r c~ M O O W c O O W M 0' O N LL o j ~ o C7 x 0 w N N Q j lL ~ F=- ~ 'a M p d W W IL O w x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x W z m N Z m ~ N ~T co Cp O N d' tD r OD O N N N 'C N co N Co N a M N M a M w M CO M O a N V 0 U C7 J CL ¢ m U Q m U < l m a Q m cU a m U Q m U ¢ m U U M O O M M O N N N N N M m M LO M V_ M 0 M a U CL N W r x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x f0 0 W N Q 0 W Z co w Y ° Z O LU U to ° U O 2 U z O w Y LL O x x x x a w I of Q U W m ] LL Cn O J C7 a O O N N N O N m } Q O LL llJ X Z Q J m ~ O ~ z z a oo o < U W Q, X N X - IN - 1 1 1 1 m O O a 9 a: L7) ~a v > c° ; z a W Q m w a O p Q W aa W L L L 4 g o n o a d a n n CL L Z U a W O w Y Z a } ~ W Q rn J C7 ~J ) rn _1 i ft LL (n fn fn (n CO !n J Q. U) CL J ,go U v M N N m ~ f4 fQ ~ ~ L1J m cN ~ J ~ L m C v~ c ° c v c C7 v d 7 y ~ Q co c N r O O o E N o U m ? a) LL N N U m N Q O D Z • • a a C7 m W ' y O LL L O a J a Owl n a m o m 3 y ID 2 p ° ca E m W ° Z C , _ , ~Q cn cn cn Li p U to ~k LL W N N N N O W 0 uj ^ N O Q w Z p Z o _O F-' a U C7 Q a ED N y N Q O W LL ~ p m IL C7 x ~ ~ Q' p=- O OJ O a w w w w IL d x x x x x x x x x x x x x N W U w z co r Z F- H V N co OD O N _ r. [D 00 O N N N 'Q N (D N co N O M N m -It m co m OD m O V N Z 0 U V- J L d Q m U a m U Q m U Q m U a m U Q m U Q m U r" L M N n O M O N Cl) N N N cl M m 0 M r- M 0) M V a w w o x x x x x x x x x x x x r w m 0 N 5 W Z W O Z m N I.- U ~ w ~ U O C7 x ~ _ m LL ~ Q U m 0 W to pJ Q a co a w N ° CO r o a W In 0O U. a ? m °a ~ O z z a Q 0 uj x x x x x 1- x x z O . U ~ a s ii p o d IL a w _1 W z p W a z u U) w 5 a E a 0 Z a W w J a O L] 4 _ Q W ~ L !-3 L L 3 0 U fV U f0 U l4 = w ~ Y m J z O Q ° a ca co uni vni uni a can m m n m c CU lL ~ m a O D Z % M m cF aCL ~ G r E 0 m ~ A w r ~ o a h ° a co) a c a v ~ c o a O c a a N N cc d D O w V ID a co a aC v c a ~i a m c A a 3 CL V U m N J E N 7 v c m a ~ O O E N ~ o w co n N IL ~ W o h U O o O N J j 4 W 81 cc c d = w J ) V ~ g U m Q ik l m l V W O U W O Lli ^9 V O~ Q ¢ Z co O Q 00 = O a v 6 W CD N p Q O W Ww z Z j C-0 x ~ O = p O W LL W U W F 0 J O d LL ~Q[ O W W d X x x X x x x x x x x x X iN W Z U m N N I co Z ~ N fD CD O N- fD CO N N N N N m C O C 7 ~ . U J a 1 Q 1 co 1 v a m v a m v Q m U ¢ m v Q m v ¢ Co V V n co v~ n rn N c~ N u~ N r~ N m N fh cn f0 u~ l7 n C7 U1 M CL U) W x x x x x x x x x } W o Z N W Z W ° it Z D O g p U 2 U W O W x = CO U- Q C7 2 U W m W LL fn OJ a x a C, N O W O W a ~ to } Q o W LL lil c9 J Y Z O co n J O Q V W to N z 0 a a z ii it a W CL W c aQ Z Q CL m W (L D a 3 m = W W Y Z J W Q a O % °o v c d a n m n a U ~ O D ~ m U z ¢ d LL 0 U 0 U U - I-j co co O co v V a. M n V n IL IL N ~ n Z E N o ~y 'o U in _ 7`0 V W ,m N m n i o o J E " 4, n C 0 C N 5 m C :ti V a K n a a c a c Q c a a o w o 0 N 75 a o a a ` G L Cl) os U. L) m p m m Li i N Q a° ° Co D Z N M N 2,) lr u L IL C7 W ° C O O p O N J > W tv E 2 J W J p N 00 0. cn CO m ¢ to p p co O LL O O ~ W Z m O p C D z Z O a U to G + co O W w j O N ° J LL F- Z p 0 W O W 1 LL O OJ Q W w p a X x x x x x X X X X X X X t0 N W W Z m N Z = U N a fp CO r~ C'A t (D co N N N N N CID 0 M M M N M ~ N v a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ co U ¢ m U ¢ m v T M N 1- r N N N N N M m M M Cl) IL N W r T d x x x x x x x x x r w Z o Z N w W W ° Z ~ II D O LU p U W p W U. t7 ~ ~ = LL ~ Q U co W lml J X W N ] lL fn 0 a c%) o ¢ ° ¢ W C p } G LL lii Y o Z Q J CO 0 0 < ¢ U W co M U 2 O C5 a LL p o z a 0 s Q a W a a w a W W Z a Y p ¢ w ° m m m `mm m I l 0 W O Z at J zw ¢ O J o LL a rn a cn a (n a cn a U) J a U) a V V C7 M ~ N a m M V Yl w a o N 0 9 C `k q U 'O A Y N M O T ~L y c a a 2 'Wp Y! d W ° IL a b a ; m m y ° C CL IL N !9 J m n N N C) C '0 C V L U co O LL ¢ j, to D N U U E 7 V C N 'O Q io 0 0 N w N_ T ca 2 a m O O J N O W Z) O J N a w m z O °r = N LL V LU O W 0 m ~ QQ a m O co 2 O' z O H V 6 N D Q + N W cv 2' p m O x w ~ LL W Q W 3 LL p W 0 D a w a W a d' X X X X x X X X X X x X X p N W U 0 Z m N Z = V N 'sf (O OD O N 7 c0 CD O N N N N t0 N CO N O M N M m fD M OO M O ~f NN O C7 ~ V J a a Col o < l m U a m o a m a m U a m U a m ~ M h 01 M r h r N M N N N h N m N C7 M M to M h M Of M d m d w } W c d N x x x x x x x x x Q W Z m w o n z g ~O U 0 W IZO W = Q S w 5 a m m x Lj ~ W M ° A a - IL A ~ N p CO } y j LL N V) Q 0 ~ j ~ a n O O ~ ~ Q V W ~ Q M V Z LL O Li a d a s s 0 c ) a a Z a a Ili W a W Y WO W Z TZ W Z J W o - a a n n a a J LL U) fn V1 fn to J j off d' C. C. ~ V 'O C ~ th A V + ~ N a ~ N , m c I C C a E o E 0 E v P` i m w a w M IA O oU d c a d a a v a d ~ C C m L O W a W a 0 o m h m m m U C C c w a a m Z N W N v ~ J j i n C_ N C ~ Q C O N U CO o £ LL 6 .0 04 C 7 T N T ~ D ~ ~ L a m 0 Q O N J = O J Q; j Z ~ Q _ m Q fn m LL W it O o ¢ Z m O °0 X. O' z O a a U C5 W d' co N 'd- O G W LL co O 0 LL x L w LL O O H U) = O J a W LL O Y a a d' X X X X X X X X X X X X X O N W W c7 Z m N Z = N d tD a0 O N d tO -I Q N N N N M m M M M d a Z U J a ¢ m U a m v a m U a m U a m U a m U a m ~ ~ U ~ LO + ~ r ~ ~ ti o~ N N N N N m M Lo m I— m o, m d U m w } W o a N x x x x x x x lx lx l Z c9 L W ° W z 0 w p U V O W X d ~ ~ U m Lod LL N OJ 2 a N O N W C W ai W fli 7 ~ Z Q Q co J O Z Z n' - Q J U U W cn U z o _J a ii oo a ZWZ w ir _ U a 3 c a ZQ d W a U C, € Z x Y F- J w o o a a m a a m n o a ¢ pC Q LL v~ 0 cn cn cn a 0 a U co 0 f N_ N N m .n m L y d V f4 m 0 C m 4) m 0 0 m C 01 C 2 a? c U 7 lL a 0 0 Z J N C: C C7 f0 ~ ~ N U U m W E 3 C m v Q iD 0 0 N L N c0 2 a ~ ~ m o X _ O O J W _ C7 p o N > ¢ Wq~ a Cl) W m J Z Q O co L in W ui O O W O O Iii p S Q Q Z m a0 co = 0 Z O J CL U O w c0 O o N O W w O co 0 LL. U ~ LU W D Q W 3 LL = F- 0 O w ~ O J IL LL. W W L o x x x x x x x x x x x l -l x m° U z m N Z = N 7 f0 EO O N tC r O N N N ~t N m N co N a M N 1 M a M w M co M O N 0 C7 v U J U a a m U Q co 01 1 < m o l < m U ¢ C0 1 01 < co U ¢ m i o U M O n O M M ti N N N N N M M M m M •t U N x x x x x x x x x 4 W } W W Z O S O O N W p II U ~ 2 W ~ a O W lL X 3 = ua a C7 - U W 0 m co L LL ~ a 2 a M ' O Q°o w s a', N LL. C7 m °o ¢ O ~ z z n: Q U W d' ¢ , p Z p :i a LL O O pa z p w z a v c , a a Z Q a a W iui a W W m Z W Y Z J ¢ W o n n n n n O d W a O LL ~n v~ v~ cn cn D a vn a U v Cl) c~ t N_ N m n m L rn N m V m w co v Y O C m y .2 m 00 rn rn m c m 0 Z n c U 75 LL a D U V ll1 E D C O Q a J m w C_ 'O C cC w CO co 0 0 N O ~ N y m f0 Y T r, 1/ l1 u a OO J W L to < Q t0 _ Q w O J O O O > 2 M Q CO fn m 4 a' Q O 0 p o Q Z m O OD Goo = O Z J O F a N Q to N O co J LL O LL ~ w W = Q 3' tL O ° ° W o LL w Y a Q W X X x x x x x x x x X X x ~p N U Z CO N Z ~ U N d (O co O N d tD 00 O N N N d N to N tQ N O cn N m d m 0 m CD m O d N Z U d J = a Q m U Q m U m U Q m U Q m U Q m l o Q m U 77 U t7 0 ^ O m to r c N M N to N N rn N M r~ r7 co ti Cl) rn an d U a x x x x x x x x x Cl) } W _o N w I in O j O ~ z p U g w 0 Q C7 X laL Q m m D W -J Cl) J O Q a ~ N O w Q Q N ~ } c O W w N O Y Z U. Q J m ~ Q O Z Z a J ~ ~ Q W U z OF a Z w z a a a U W c7 c E 0 Q a W d D O W Q 3 U m U U Z H = w Y Z a' J w z Q w o to m o ro o m o m T a a_ a a EL to t t t U) -i U v M N N N m m t N m 'O m arm. f6 0 C m _2N C m 0 O U) m m C D m O Z m d c i U 7 m LL U Q 'O J N N C 0 C f0 E U 0 f0 D Y ~ N U U _O W it E 7 U C m .D a (O O O N L N_ co 2 CL ~ O O J W H U = p a0 p q E 1 J fo m ~j V 07 co Q V Ww p p G Q O ~ W Q Z m O O ao = z O F a u c~ w ❑ W G CD ~ N ' W w n O O O W ❑ W W U C O a w O w ❑ V m N x x x x x x x x X X X X X ~p N V Z ~ N ~ (D O O N t0 a0 Co N N N V N f0 N w N co M N M d' M CD M d0 M O ~ N Q ~ it U J a a m U a m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ m U a m U ¢ m U V M O M ~ O N N N N N M M m LO m r- M m M a U CL w to x x x x x x x x x } w C, r I ❑ W Z co o o N w O U O ~ 2 LLJ U z O x _ ~ 0 U W m LL1 N to -LL Q a M ~ W N O W 0 7 LL i N Y C 0 Z l l Q J m ~ 0 p Q Q J > Q V Z O a o a w Z a W w a z v > ~ a ¢ w a CL -j LU ❑ W ~ oo j H w 'S z 6 W_' p LL n <n a U) a U) f9a (f) O d U) Al< I.J U v M N _ N m m t y m U O N ID W ~p N V m E d C m O n w a ~ ~ C7 v c N ~ Q o m o U m N c = E O U- N Q m o c9 r- ~ T D Z LY_ c. N C j 0 • a Q W 0 7 ~ Q O o J C O > ~ E W J uNi d M Z m LL OD m w Q z co p = O Z O 4 a. N r W O W [ ~ Q W ~ 1- O LL O p m ~ W LL w p cn FE O 0 d w W L m CL C N x x x x X X x x X x x x X O N p W Z Z = V N to Op O N a r co OD O N N N 'cr N t0 N M N O M N m a m CO CM 00 M O 'It N Q C7 v V J a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q Col o Q m U Q m U Q m U U M 1f) P O1 V r ~ N N N N N ch M m M m v U a r x x x x x x x x x co } o W 0 (r0 N QQ W Z O a2 to w iz- ° U z O O z W 0 U O y ~ x = LL Q C7 v co Q U u of to :3 ul tJi OJ Q a o Q O w j w 04 } Q w ai Y c o Q J m O ~ p 0 J < < Q U W CC N D f U O J IL d O O 0 a z a W o a z L v c c ¢ w } ~ O p W t v 3 Z f' d! W Y Z W W Q w o L m cn m 1 m cn m cn ~ O a a 0 Q 10-1 U v co N_ N m m t v) m LO .a a) w f6 O C N2 C m 0 0 U) to a) c m 0 z d n m c U tc LL U af Q c~ U W 'O V J ~ a) -gyp C ~ a ca O ~ O N o T > ai m ~ y ~ ~ O O qq J ~ W C7 Z) O a0 o cli j E J °r M Z U w U 0 co w C) a a z m O J co w S O' Z O F a L) ch m Q w w W O LL O t7 ~ ~ W Q 0 w a U- w ~ W a O U ~ m O N X X x x X x X X x X X X X O N U W Z Z = ~ V N c0 ap O N a <D CO O N N N V N fD N a0 N O M N f'7 c J co co O N U -T V J x a ¢ m U Q m U a m U Q m U ¢ m U ¢ am U a m U U c'1 ~fI h O> O N N N N N c•I N m m M U a w o "o x x x x x x x x x Y w ip C-A W F-- E w ° z O Of ° p to W U U U z U ~ C7 x 3 ► = U- 0: a U w m m Li LL CO O Q S a ch W N w p O a } N ¢ W C O LL W U U' = Y Z ¢ J m CD O O J < < Q U W a o.~ b Z O J C U a d O O IL Z W Z U N CM a Q d m w wa } W € } Z W w Y z F,- o a ~ o 4) L) 4) L) a H U O d Q ~ a (1) a cn a U) cn a 0 a U a Ch N _ A m .n m N U U N m ,4? W ~p N m J ~ m C N :3 CL N C C D Q v O co O CJ m N 75 m C CO Z O N N m U m -0 Q D O Z + N ~ ~ C IL 0 CD 0) LU T 0 J U) cc a m a U a m a y m n. m a D O _ w (n to to VJ cn to W Q QQ W OCO > W O N 0 2 d J Z 0 2 w Op 2 wO m C) u T w m z p = O p a v m w ~ w W R Q O LL O O LL a N W ~ ~ o p 0 W a t i W C o 0 M w p W IL a x x x x x x w U Z z fn N Z F ~ U N st (O aD O N d m ao O N N N N W I N M N O M N m 7 m to m ao M O •t N V Z 0 U U a Q co U a co U a m U Q m U Q m U a m U Q m U N m F U U co iCl n m M (A n Q1 N co N N N n N N M M M M m F.- ('O c7 O 'R co } > N a x x x x x x x x x X x x w N E E N W It Lo M j w 71 F- U _ z 0 W W ~~CC v W C7 cn W U co w Q co LL U) Q 2 a cn a' W C 0 Z N W U. til Ln U' Y Q J m p p J ~ 0 > Z_ Q Z Q a 2 Q w a' CO } Q N z O a) 0 c m E J J LL Op a a V an d a LU v u ~ ~ °f z J ¢ 0: W Z a W W ~ (D Co a) U > J > J c a W Y } F- p~ Q W Z y O c Y ID CD o ) a U m CD o m M > Pl l7 (7 (7 > a - W O Z d J O cc Q (n d (n w C) n_ 0 > J > J > J J (n fn fn J (I (n d Q U M m 0 Z ~o U U N N J E us C C_ m ~ Q co O t o N CO 0 Z C6 04 E m Q C! CD m c o co F- m m m co O to °O J w Z m Q LU m to CO m U Cl) t~ J Q O o N > < w L4 L 0 1 in a a° J _°i j w a 0 m 0 LL n a z m O = O z O f- a a U U) O W to U W ~ W O U. O m j ~ to t7 m ~ w ta'' ~ ni a LL re f O o w W CL w W x x x x x x x x x U w U' Z m N Z U U (V d O O O N d to r co O N N N It N 0 N W N O c+1 N M d t0 t0 c+> O 07 O d N d O U (.D ~ N IL Q m U Q m U a m U Q m U a m U a m U Q m U m V M to t~ O r r th O O N t`9 N t0 N N O N M tD C7 to t7 M O M d co w } J d N a x x x x x x x x x E c N w w z z O m m 1.- u°~ rdi O 0 Z. W W O V O y LL (7 ~ d = ~ lQL ~ Q U m L LL ~J Q fl r (9 ~ aaDD Q K W + $ r O Z N LL Lll mU' Y Q J M 0 ~ O J 2 U W Q e~ W W z O 0. LL IL ~ a t~ y W J W O Q LL Z toil w d W m O U t3 `.9 a d Q 0. tY w Y Q u ~ ~p ° U L rn L NO J kJ I c~ y U F: T- u 3 L J Z < r a w m w w cn cn cn a m a , U ch N_ N f0 H V m 4 U m m W m J C N ~ to C C m v Q C O N N c E U) O N r t0 ~ r- m Y T Z Q ti J J d N 03 L W L C9 U O J w a1 a m p p ° C14 > W m o m a s W 0 ro a U) a (n m m m a 2 LL ww O WW O o z o O ~ ~ Q z O Z J 2 O a ~ C W 0 o W c f O O Ll m O p C7 O = 0 a °a It or: o W ~O M o a LL CL w L o x x x x x x t3 0 Co N W Z N -T co co O N fD CO O N N N C N (O N G* N O CM N M 0 M w M O le N ~ Z 0 Z V a ¢ m U Q m U ¢ M U Q m U Q m u l < m U Q m U N ~ V M n m M If) h Q) N M N . N . N O N M M M IA M I. M O M •f (n w N J a r o N o x x x x x x x x x x x x w E N 0 Z N W = Z O lil W V U O LL 2 < F 7 p j U u m m LL p y (1) J 7 a A 0 0 LLJJ n Z W W N LL Q i m l 0 ~ Q U cn m } O O O m a 0 LL U a > (D a 's 0) q t c t c c J w z W Z Q m a a Z ui a W V` w N .v a ~ O qq W m U M Y Cl) Y co N F- cc w Y z W Q O Q ro m a a 6 > > J > J > n o. co p 0 n~ Q a ~ rn ) -1 cn U) co a to U a M N r N m .o m t rn f` m V m N R J O L C N 2~_ C .2 d o L O cc U) t N C E C L (n O cli -0 m Y 7 Z U U W 9 E 7 'O G N U Q CO O O N J: N_ A co 2 CL C 5 o ° J W Q U` F v L m M Y M U M !n yy U yy (7 J a O m m > W = Y m > > > U) U n n U m CL w o z o ~ _ cn d J J J to f/1 co m a CO LL V W ~ OQ ww in O ui a a z co o r ° z 0 ~a U m w ~ m w co w w of w O w m LL I H ~ Of O w a M ¢ 3: LL LL = P 0 C) CM) O J a 0 ~ W O o x x x x x x x x x W U W z m N z x V U N ' co co O N sr 10 ~ m ON N N ~f N c0 N m N O M NM M M M m M m 7 O <Nf O U ~ a a m U a in a m U a m U a m U a m U a co U N d O) M r O N Cl) fV N P N O7 N M M M in M 1~ M M '~t W W } m J m IL a x x x x x x x x x N N W Z w m z O w o n N n ~ O U 0 W O YW = Q F W t7 n LY U m m W in LL 2L U) JO `a 2 a C.) j W v p O z W a _j CO O OJ ] a U N J W } N N YJ J lL O d J V W W O ce LL z _a m d N Co N w _j z a ¢ a d Lij W w C Co t m ' m LO CL a L m Q m L n C D J w L 8 _ Y ~ J z w CL m w .x w x w p w cl n cn O a cn a U v M t N C4 N N .a cc 12 m U m ,4? W (4 N J C N 'd y N C C ~ 2_ C ~ b ~ 'D Q O N t0 O t O a E CV E In S G : ca z Q.' y 1~ 0 LL o p C 0 O p c J w n J C ¢ (O O ¢ Q w O J O U p J p J N 2 Cn fA J O p C'j Lc) 0 > Q J J J J J W J Z D M LL p p Q Z W 0 Z O J = 0 a w ~ ~ w O w O ¢ J LL O O W p W U) x a W O W CL p w a x x x x x x x x x U Z m N Z H Z = F- V N v co co O r O O N N N N N N m m co °a a O O U U x a ¢ m U a m ¢ co a m U a m a ao U a co M to h 0 co n rn N Cn N Ln N ti N (D N f'7 co M ~n C, n M rn m co } > V m J a N x x x x x x p W W Z O d co LL o W _ U 0 U O C7 co LL D~ Q U 0.' m m W fl LL D OJ Q 2 d M J C) a 0 a O WG Z W N ~ Y U. W ( ~ Q J in p ¢ ~ Z_ Z a Q 0 2 U W m W O ¢ a z O LL d a p 0 °p r= J w O W a LL Z v U) D p L ~ J z ¢ Q a W a w W a a J Y V n - J c~ a a U a t~ a c~ n = W Z LLJ O w- O U) O O U m W n W 0 0 J d m a J ¢ J U v Cl) d O Z J Q1 y C c co ~ o U Y 7 ~ N (0 U U m W N E C 'D Q 0 0 N N_ (D 2 CL E o W ul T ~a S J a CL J y U y U J D O ' O (n U co LL U W O ~ 0 ~ ~ a O a Z = O ~ z 0 a oc U W a W O W LL 0 W d S ~ w M (7 O d' a W 3 l~l p W ~O 0 d LL W x x x x x x x x x W z m N Z = ~ 0 U N ,Q CO CO O N CO oD r. O N N fV ~f N f0 N 00 N O M N Cl) R co t0 Cl) 00 Cl) O '~f N a 0 U ~ X L a m U a m U a m U a m U a m a m a co U U M ~A n 0 M 11') h ~ O7 N M N O N t` N O> N M M M 1n M A M 01 M - st CO } > ~ O N X x X X X X Q W W- t~- j J C) U' W CL M 00 z 0 LL nt O r°~ U W O W W cn LL Q 0 U U in i two ~ u co O Q a Q. o co a < O O lu ^ o Z W N W 0 Y U. Q J m z z a O J N 0 > a TL a a U tu ' J U) W d } W z CL ll F n o W J J W W O LL Z d' a U rn W z z a a N W a W L) o C O o Y a n' W J Y N J r,: O Oi O .2 I U) L W Z W z QQ 0 W fD J Lo l z x W I I I A m Q. C/3 Co 2 N 1°a - J o a Co O. J J J J N N N a r H ~ a U y d "s V S) ID W W (V ~N J E C a) N m C N _ C Q o co 0 v1 C O CD E N c D w -0 C14 a) O Y N T to z 2 C ~ J a c~ m v, O o J Q i 0 O c m m m ; O 04 LL - z Q J J fn CO (n M < # m LL ~ p p O0 Q W 0 O J = Cs Z O F a U U W a. a W Q ¢ w m to O LL O S a J LL ~ W p w LL U) ~ O c < O w w IL w w a x x x x x x U U z m N Z V U N fC co C 'a f0 CR N N N N N M m N M N a Q U Q ~ a ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U U ~ m r N N N N N ch N M m m at } > J o x x x x x x x x x w N Q W Z C7 :D LL 4' ~ V w O O U W U = LL D Q U W m M W LL D U Q S a K v ° o W o z Q N LL Q J co O Q ¢ ¢ U w at m m -0 } Z 0 d 0) a00 of J J CC z d J x r Z Q w IL w w c W ° o `J° ¢ a d m Y } J C ¢ L6 L `t cmi cmi w Z LLI 0 W a> o U n fn a n cn (D a vai a UL J J J U `v th N N (D N r N H m m w ca w; J °c `N m co N C N w p O co m ~ m Y 7 Z y (0 U U _a) uI ~c G D v C m U (O 0 0 N N_ m 2 0 a co co x ect m cy W h oo J > O O o J > 4 W N 4 $ O w o m m m C9 ~ J w ~ o N m a _ Qq J J J 0 U 06 M N CL U) -J Z U) Z F W m Z) O o m W o co W !a Q o V) OJ W O W W w m LL O W w W W W O a W LL w p W IL x x x x x x x x x o w U m r z Z z z f' N ~ cO co O N tD W O N N N N t0 N 00 N O M N M a M fD M OO M O s} N O O U U ~ a Q m U Q m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U ¢ m U Q m U V M 1n n O r M r 1n r h O N M N N N n N Of N M M M N M 1.- M O M -~r } M a O x x x x x x _ 0 J M N W in i a W a M °w z z o c~ 0 ° w y 0 c ~ Q O Z g 2 ~ U O C7 U U W m m > co L- N O W w LL N CI Z 0 Q J m > J Q V h W m W } W CL -J ti: 0 O L) LL 5 V J J z < W Q CL a W Z }a w w O !F a J~ or m ° m W Y Z ~ w O w O J J J - O J m w w w> IN m to cc En m to O J a ~ 2 U C7 N N N f9 t N d m w W m 0 c d y .Z 0 O N m c K V U W csi J N :3 w c c_ m 'tl Q CIO O N U) or v~ Y > c • a 00 _J a W o C%j a) 4) m n J Z co = Q ~ O O O Q F- Z co p O = 2 O ~ a c~ + p Y W O W # {WL `t O m CO ~ O W C7 O W LL ~ O Ix O a LL W W CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x O w x x x x x x x m o N U Z H N a tO a0 O N a G O O N N N st N co N co N O M N cn 't m fD m c0 m O N -It Z O = O U I U ~ a a m U a m U a m U a m U a CD U a m U a m U V ch in n 0) cn cn rn N r~ N In N t, N O N fh M M LO f7 I.- c7 Cr) Cl) U CL .4 x I . x x x x x x Q Y x V to o N ° W E W CL O ch n o ch ° U Z U o N W U) O O w Z U O W m m a A LL U) U ~ ~ N > a ce W } ° O C'A O v Z C LL Q i CO Q Z Z O J > a m N O O } LI: D 0 a w J w 0 Z z Z a a w a w a N W m Z X J O W m a ~ m I m a o a ca n N , o U ~t c7 0 N r N O m L O m m w co m J O C m O U) y C 0 m ~ o O c o ~ y w c _ E U) O Y m Z 7 N U U W N E 7 .O C O Q c0 Co 0 N L N_ c0 2 IL 5 ` ° CD O J_ w O a0 ~b a > U- m cl r _j = J O 00 Q Q a U 2 m Q It U L O Q LL Lij a = Y 04 a Z C13 Q J M = 0 O a a M U I Q N n C # M M h N a O J uw LL O H Q 0 LL V w Ln W O w LL U) D M ( n M O d O LL w o W IL LLI U Z CO cc N w Z I.- 0 N d (D 00 O N d (D CO O N N N d N tD N a0 N O M N M d M w M a0 M O d N d Z 0 U ~ a a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U a m U ~ U r M V) 1- O r M li') n O N M N N r N O N M M M Ln M h M 0 M r d p IL x O E N W Z t LLJ M [n M z 0 N O H r p Z O W U Y Q LL U = CO ~ U W m m ] M ~ LL 0 W a M M M CL O' N O N > p W M M M d N Z W jj N Y w LL L CL 2 = d N Q J J Z m Z L O J O N O a W a ~ $ 2 O O N (L J w Z a } li O w z 0 o J a O IL o z a z m a i i cc a m S a 0 m w i LL } p W M r c g rn Z p m Y z J w a d 1 8 c 2 O H d O J a LL w U a 0 cut) in o m a a U M 1 r N N L f0 N U m 'd V _d u? w !D N m J G 01 'O N to C C N N L Q C O f6 c f o N o w r C r C>" YQ > + m z M 1~ 0 a w U O a C) C) J v O C4 > w U U W p p Q = m ul O ~ m o tL O O in a a = x m 3 Y z m Z O M ~ N = (D W o a 0: M U) M C7 c+ C9 _ p N s{ O U') ( Q 93 w M C) M ' V O LL O m j a O co (0 O w W to M EL ° < w 0 LL ~ r/) K Q o N M v 0 J a w U- 0 0. w d w z m N ~ V N ~ tp O O N a t0 O O fV N N a N to N 00 N 0 M N M t0 M W M O E N a Z O V U ~ a Q m U Q m U Q m U a m U a m v Q m U Q m U ~ V M O ~ 01 r r M to ~ ~ N M N to N N O N M M M t17 M h M O M V x ~ a o W E 0, o L w to ca to z p to i=- cn LO O UJ Z w O U O LL O ~ H m M LL Cn OJ LLl M M c a M 0.' w O N o Q v Z W C', M W W fA Y LL Q J m °a = = a a Z Z a O J 'n U? M Oj < < Q m U m C ui CL a' O m J w I: Lu w a 0 Z a d U N 7 o W d } w W v Z m of J Y z 1- W tn Of 4 ° a a a L ° to a U 'v C7 f N r N m tD U V m V CD w U w W l0 N~k m E C N 7 U N C G) a) ~ U Q o m o y N z ~N~ a_ W (7 0 Q N j w N W O 0 O 00 2 W W co z Q 7: CO 7 2 m u u w O Eii ~ 0 0 ~ Q = a ¢ m O0 ° N O z O a ~ a p W N cn = v W Q O O LL o w _ CL ° LL U' ~ fV w O LL W to w ~ 'a O a w O J w D CL w LU Ix d' L) w z m N = Z V V N V tb aD 'a t0 aD N N N N N M M m m °f7° ~ cli ~i 0 U 0 = a Q m U Q m U Q m U <1 M o l < ED U Q m l o Q m U U M r r k2 1 N N N N N M f7 LO f'7 r- M C) f7 'Q x IL r p 6 E E C3 N Q W Z u W Q Q M z 0 W N IT-. O Z W U O Y a LL C7 = U) Q ~ F- U m LL , J O LLJ a C? a c+> Q = 0. t~ Q 0: W N N CD ° 0 z W M M co N W 111 Y LL m a a Q J J ° z z a 0 o > a m D W p CD } w LL W W Q O - CL D- z a z 0 a m a W (=y L j If I } ~ w a L~ Z m Y Z J W Q W N N a s Q w w _ ° cn a U M C7 N r N m fU N U N V U m w (4 N G; J E C 4) d 'D A t2 C N N Q o O co O N d C D co w w r m N d Y p Z j+ U) t0 R y I1 ~ u CL a $ CY W m Q Q 0 O J > y C7 O o 04 Q W C J J O LL CL w O V) m Q ~k LL O a CI 0 CL < Q Z m = O 1 m CC14 w = O -5 0 P: a ~ to O c~ N a ~ W _ Q W to of O w O m a p W 2 r a or a r W LL U) 0 a w O W A IL F- a m N N W Z Z = ~ N d (D OD O N d (D OD O N N N d N (D N m N O e') N co co M ao m O IT N d O C7 V U J IL a Col o < l m U Q co U a m o l < m U a m U Q m U V N O n 0 N ^ 0 N N N N N M M L M C0) d V m X CL N 0 ZZ N E W rai cni z O W o o w 0 c o r ) 0 z W k ~ LL ~Q O ~ U M co to O ui th t~ a th Q a N N O O W _ _ ik N OD - Z W W M d 6i of Y 1 L W C7 _ _ Q J J Z m Z d o O J < Q m p a d W J O a J z a a O J - g aa Z O a a a N . 0 15 J } C W Z Y Z J W i W T I I c 1? N K Z a n n`L . F3 a) a d C Ch C7 N N m f0 L y M ` a ) V m f6 m J C N N C_ C m r ~ O (n N L c E U) O a N Y 3 Z 0 (0 U V m W i E 3 U C Q tD 0 0 N L N N 2 a C~7 ° 4 Q w j 0 N Q W N w J O a -j D Z LL m Lij CL Q z co z o ~n = 0 a ~ U) 6 (L 0 Q w a N ~ U, O C) Q O w O LL M a m ~ a w co w ~CL, Q w U- O) O o N O o d w LL w w w CL U z m d CD cm w z = U N It co co O N •R t0 00 O N N N sr N (O N 00 N O M N M c~ f0 M 00 M O V N a Q U (7 J = a Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U U M N ~ O M in P O N M N to N h N O N M M M M M h M QI co U a . f o p x o w E rn of C 4 a W ca r i Z O LU W z W O O U O LL :CEO Q p > U m m ~ M U- Lo J O W - R V M Q M M Q N N D OO O W w m M 1J 2 Y LL ( ~ J m d = LL J Z Z LL o J M O Q co O U LU uJ IL W v1 O) z W LL w a w z a O x J = U Z O S a W CL W p W o I Z Y z ~ J w q Q W w m M Q OJ < 1u. ; I W I o cn a K U 'v co i t N N a N y U CD B U V m L1J N N Q; J E °c 7 N ~ y 41 C _ m 0 Q O V) N CD O m N U O N r cv ~ 0 Z y lr ,I u I1 J a O (b J_ ¢ W O M J OJ iN ' q LL W m rdi w -j Z Z = m U w p 0 0 ~ a N w z 0° Z J = . - - 9 IL a IL 11 Q 0 * cn co Of C V Q O W O LL M j = w LL to O ~ 0 W M ¢ LL 2 ~ O O w W o o (L LL CL w at o ~ w z m N Z = ~ U N a O O O N d' CO O O N N N V N tD N 0p N O M N M M f0 M M M O N a O U C7 J a ¢ m U ¢ M. U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ m U ¢ co U ~ U T M to 1~ O M 1A ti CA N M N N ti N 0) N m M M M r` M O) M '~t a x p w E 0~ N w ? d u M z 0 g = N W O U O C7 j U W m LL !A OJ s W Cn ~ a K W N C, O ° O Z W M W fn ~ LL ~ Q J m d p Q O J O Z Z p_ O O aai p U W ~ a p y W } J O w LL 0 W CL W a U CL Z 9 0. } LU W a W Z 0 co W y ~ p Q W CD Z J W ¢ O Q W o CL 0 a U v M 0 N N m f0 t H m m w M 'O O C m N m w O N ) C D m 0 z J N C t E ~ o O _e j N N N U U d W E C O U Q CO O O N L _N co 2 a C! ~ x D 0 C Q Q N N N M a O. J JO 0 > ~W Cl) c) Z cq Z . " O W m til O LU O o d ~ o i O N Q Q Z m Q (Yl J p W p ~ C7 c+) C7 cn C7 i 0O LL N N O V O r Q ~ ~ p O m t9 O ca rai ca rni w LL W = O Q O W O O a LL W CL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x o W m r w z M~ V N t0 m O N tT I !g a0 O N N N a N c0 N co N O m N M cD M a0 M O ~ N ~ Z O 0 U U = Q m U Q M I U I Q I co U Q m U Q m U I < I M U Q m U IL V m to n 0) r- r cq cn r n rn N m N 0 N n N O N r c'O c7 M In M n rn lh 7 V a o x x x x x x x x x N w f' cuaj cnj c+aj co cn O M m O W a> ~ ~ 0 O U 2 w p W U M N LL Q o Q L of co U O J = C7 M M (7 C? C7 a r n . C7 Q p d a F.. j r O W N M N M N M N M N N Y m LL Q j co 0 Q m c7 c~1 J O Z Z n. ) Q J O } Z O J a W O LL a W CC Z _ z z a 0 U d ~ m a W d W W 5 w O ^ O C. 0 0 0 cn E c H N Z a W a o w m m m m a~ i - m O o cn 21 U M U+' N N N m N U CD V m y' N m W 4; J C N y C CD N Q " a O N m O N i a U O w r C N 04 V -6 x n T T y f0 U) Z y u J CL > d N 'C 'C CJ W O N v t1 ~ 0 O t0 _J Q N N N N ~ N m (A N co IO co D J 0 J N O y m m o U) > M m 2 ; - c F- Q It !n 2 W w . O O Q 0 Q N Lc) w Z O Z O H Q' U A U) O w i~ S~ + tt+pp # N p M M ~ to O W O Q J U. F- D L: 3: O Z t0. M M M p < Of w LO W to Cl) CL w 0 m d N w z F d co N I L 1 1 o a co a~ it too 0 ~ i n - o o o Z O = U` 41 J Q m U Q co u Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U Q m U V M a to a 1.- v 0 v u) co to to to t• M 0 U) M w to co fl- to m m m ti U) P, n ti to n r w M 0 IL 'c o N p W o w f- Z W to t0 cn M > t~ D W U U m O U m to LL O m ] M W co o " v v a r v M = r i C C+ N d I (p + w w O CO 0 f W co `r N 2 w W Y U. Q J m Q Iq LO M cq if) M ao 10 M 00 LO Cl) J O Z Z d J < Q W N J C? ~ r Z O (L tL O d J W X Z = Z d Z a a w Lli Y U) w (J w O to tp m z J W p w a ~i ~i o E 2 1 aEi m a a O :5 N a U) a Q J y - . - - - - c~ M C) U M t N r N CD .O m t to U m p ~ w CNI -6 *t N J E m m ~ co c C d y C N 700 Q O 65 m t O m O L O N m C (n 0 w p C6 C*j N C j. =td Co 0 N Z a d [O 0 O J W ¢O N > Q C. a N J J {Lj c n M J Z O N M M LL D 2 m o V UJ O CL ¢ z m vvi _ w ° x w ° w ii i & w O H C7LL O d' ~ W lCi w a o ~ x O O a w LL w o LLJ a r .f w t3 w m r w Z z F- H U N "t O O O N of r tD r co O N N N N f0 N tp N O M N M ee~~ f7 O M O M O a N Z O Ur V U a ¢ m <1 M U ¢ m U ¢ M U ¢ M l a m tU ¢ m U V M to h 01 M r to n M N M N M N I— N O N r M CO M to M n M O M s} V CL x C ro o N 00 Z KCL 0 LL) Z 0 o = a o w z " 2 U O w LL O W U w Q W. CO 2 d J LL ~ N 0 J M `v M C7 j v o m a W ° + N r N 0 N } L w xt IL C7 Y ¢ CD LL M Q J W N M Q 2 C) J ° Z Z d a o J O > 2 J O W a Z V o LL O a x -j z -ij w o ~ Z z _ a M a a w a H W y U Z m J Y J ° Q U M w co v, = Z a w ¢ w v W 0- a. C7 J O cn d ¢ M cn U v M N N m L m co m U O m U w W m J C N 7 'D m m y C C d 2_ C _nn rr V ~ m w -p Q C O d (O ( L N m C4 70 C4 m Y 0 ~ 3 > PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16401 VAIL, COLORADO GROUNDING iIiw LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.04 SUBMITTALS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND RODS 2.02 GROUND CONDUCTORS 2.03 GROUND CONNECTIONS 2.04 GROUND CONDUCTOR FOR GROUNDING GRID AND ASSOCIATED CONNECTIONS 2.05 GROUND BRAID 2.06 GROUND PIT 2.07 GRAVEUSTONES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 3.02 INSTALLATION 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • 04/07/06 GROUNDING Progress CD Set LOC 16401-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16401 VAIL, COLORADO GROUNDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Power grounding. B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. C. Isolated equipment grounding. D. High-performance grounding system for computers and sensitive equipment. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. This Section shall be used in conjunction with the following other specifications and related Contract Documents to establish the total requirements for grounding: 1. Section 16050; 2. Section 16400; 3. Section 16402. B. In the event of conflict regarding grounding requirements between this Section and any other Section, the provisions of this Section shall govern, however, the local governing codes and practices of the governing authorities shall be the ultimate final governing requirements. In no way shall the requirements of the issued specifications be lowered by the local governing codes and practices. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Where high voltage systems are applicable to project requirements, ground system for the high voltage system shall be provided to the requirements of NEC and IEEE Std. 80-2000 and revised to suit the local requirements of the electrical power supply authority. Confirm exact requirements with local electrical utility. B. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding electrodes (do not use piping), except in conflict with the local electrical code. C. Ground each separately derived system neutral to specific purpose grounding grid plate at the nearest grounding grid pigtail. D. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, mechanical equipments, HVAC equipments, lightning arrestors systems, metak plumbing systems, etc, towards one grounding grid. E. Provide separate isolated, insulated equipment grounding conductor bonded to grounding counterpoise system only at service or separately derived source where required for reduction of electrical noise. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the standard requirements, indicate layout of ground ring, location of system grounding electrode connections, and routing of grounding electrode conductor. LJ 04/07/06 GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16401-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16401 VAIL, COLORADO GROUNDING PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND RODS A. Copper-dad steel, (19 mm) diameter, 10' (3 m) long, driven full length into the earth. 2.02 GROUND CONDUCTORS A. Provide grounding conductors of the size shown on drawings and the type specified within the Sections. 2.03 GROUND CONNECTIONS A. Below Grade: Exothermic-welded type connectors by Erico Cadweld or ThermOweld. B. Above Grade or in Manholes: Compression type connectors by T&B, Bumdy, or Anderson. Exothermic connections should be allowed above grade if specified on drawings. C. When making bolted connection to aluminum or galvanized structures, apply a corrosion4nhibitor such as Penetrox A to all contact surfaces between cable, connector, and surface of structure. 2.04 GROUND CONDUCTOR FOR GROUNDING GRID AND ASSOCIATED CONNECTIONS A. Number 310 AWG bare, 7-strand medium hard-drawn copper unless indicated otherwise. 2.05 GROUND BRAID A. Acce 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ptable Manufacturers: Alphas Wire Corporation. Belden. Manhattan Electrical Cable Corporation. Rome. General Cable B. Grounding Braid: constructed from flat 98-percent conductivity tinned copper grounding braid. 2.06 GROUND PIT A. Where required, flush in grade grounding pits shall be as per detail on drawing or obtained from Consultant, with following features: 1, removable cast concrete cover with recessed lifting handle; 2. cast iron or precast concrete pit; 3. ground rod, ground damps and grounding conductors as required; 4, day sewer file as required. 2.07 GRAVEUSTONES A. Provide gravel and crushed stones as required by local governing authorities to suit the application. B. Layers shall be of thickness to be not less than required by governing authorities. 04107106 GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16401-2 RS&G Fie No. 18052V5-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16401 VAIL, COLORADO GROUNDING PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide ground system as shown on drawings and as required by local codes and local electrical utility. B. Where grounding conductors are shown, bond the wires to metallic enclosures at each end and to all metallic enclosures use bond bushing if available. Connect grounding conductors to all grounding bushings on raceways or bond to J-box or pull-box. Where any equipment contains a ground bus, extend and connect grounding conductors to that bus. Connect the enclosure of the equipment containing the ground bus to that bus. Run grounding conductors inside conduits enclosing the power conductors. Ground bushings shall be required on all conduit runs 1 114 inches and larger, if cabinets, boxes, etc., are not painted. Otherwise, insulated bond bushings shall be used on all conducts/raceways. C. Any conduit system serving system voltages over 300 volts shall have bond bushings 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Review ground resistivity test report and ground potential rise study and provide additional grounding requirements as necessary to meet any recommendations in the reports. B. Grounding conductors shall not be spliced except in junction or outlet boxes. C. Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in all circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing and to all intermediate metallic enclosures. D. Provide at least one separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in all conduits. Provide one grounding conductor for each A-B-C sequence. Examples: A set of A-B-C Requires one ground A-B-C-A Requires two grounds A-B-C-A-B Requires two grounds A-B-B-B Requires three grounds E. Connect grounding conductors to motors 10 hp and above or circuits 20A or above by a solderless terminal and a 5116" (8mm) minimum bolt tapped to motor frame or equipment housing. Connect to smaller motors or equipment by fastening the terminal to a connection box. Connect junction boxes to the equipment grounding system with grounding clips mounted directly on the box or with 3/8" (9.5 mm) machine screws. Completely remove all paint, dirt, or other surface coverings at grounding conductor connection points so good metal-to-metal contact is made. F. Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use minimum 10' (3m) long driven ground rod on exterior of buflcrmg. Install ground rod in suitable recessed well; fill with gravel after connection is made with a register with removable cover. 04107/06 GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16401-3 RS&G File No.18052DB-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS ven rnr noenn SECTION 16401 GROUNDING G. Separately Derived Source: 1. Transformers, UPS systems, power conditioners, inverters or other power supplies are separately derived sources. 2. Standby or emergency ac generators are separately derived sources if the neutral is bonded to the generator frame and If there is no direct connection of the generator neutral conductor to the service neutral conductor. 3. Ground separately derived sources to the service ground and to closest additional electrode as described in this Section. H. Provide one No. 6 AWG bare copper conductor from Hotel grounding grid to each communication/data backboard. Bare Grounding Conductors Below Grade: 1. Minimum 30" (76 cm) below the soil or as shown on Drawings. 2. Not in contact with gravel fill or concrete unless making transition from connections above the slab to conductors below grade. 3. Neatly trained around foundations and footings. 4. Ground Resistance: Maximum 2 Ohm at 60 Hz as measured by Three-point Fall-of-Potential test 5. Ground shields of any shielded power cable at each termination as recommended by the manufacturer. Ground shields of any control cables in accordance with the details shown. 6. Ground metal sheathing and any exposed metal vertical structural elements of buildings. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment. Bond'any metal equipment platforms which support electrical equipment to the equipment ground. 7. Provide good electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting push-button stations, receptacles, instrument cabinets, etc., and raceways carrying circuits to these devices. Grounding Connections: 1. Connect grounding conductors to ground rods at the upper end of the rod with the end of the rod and the connection point below finished grade. 2. Connect sections of outdoor ground mats (counterpoise) for substations or other equipment below grade. Connect other grounding conductors generally in an accessible manner. 3. In manholes, install ground rods with ends 4"-6" (100 to 150 mm) above the floor with connections of grounding conductors fully visible and accessible. 4. Do not use thermite welds in manholes. 5. In medium-voltage manholes, apply compression connectors using hydraulic-type tool similar to Bumdy Model Y-35. Keamey-type screw connections shall not be used. 6. When making thermite welds, wire brush or file the point of contact to a bare metal surface. Use thermite welding cartridges and molds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled, brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint For compression connectors, use homogeneous copper, anticorrosion, surface treatment compound at connectors in accordance with connector manufacturers recommendations. Use connectors of proper size for conductors and ground rods specified. Use connector manufacturer's compression tool. Notify the Contractor prior to backfilling any ground connections. K Where applicable, bond raised floor stringer system to building grounding system as required and to NEC requirements. Length-to-width ratio of installed ground braid shall not exceed 5:1. 04/07/06 GROUNDING 16401 Progress CD Set -4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 J J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16401 VAIL, COLORADO GROUNDING 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Test all ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles, arc fault circuit interrupter (AFCI) receptacles, alarm systems, and circuit breakers for proper connection and operation with methods and instruments prescribed by the manufacturer. C. Test grounding system in accordance with the requirements of local governing authorities and Codes. END OF SECTION 16401 • 04/07106 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 GROUNDING 16401-5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16402 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND WIRE 2.02 GROUND BUSBAR 2.03 GROUND CONNECTIONS 2.04 CORROSION INHIBITORS 2.05 EQUIPMENT RACK AND CABINET GROUND BARS 2.06 GROUND TERMINAL BLOCKS 2.07 SPLICE CASE GROUND ACCESSORIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL GROUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION 3.02 COMMUNICATION ROOM GROUNDING 3.03 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE GROUNDING 3.04 HOTEL AND MEP ROOMS AREA GROUNDING 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206.00 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING LOC 16402 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16402 VAIL, COLORADO COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section supplements Sections 16400 and 16401 to specify the requirements necessary to furnish and install: 1. Communications ground conductors. 2. Equipment, raceway, cable tray, and cable ground connections. 3. Ground busbar hardware. 4. Equipment rack and cabinet grounding. 5. Splice case grounding. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. This Section shall be used in conjunction with the following other specifications and related Contract Documents to establish the total requirements for communications grounding: 1. Section 16050; 2. Section 16400; 3. Section 16401; 4. Section 16700 5. Section 16710; 6. Section 16750. B. In the event of conflict regarding grounding requirements between this Section and any other Section, the provisions of this Section shall govern, however, the local governing codes and practices of the governing authorities shall be the ultimate final governing requirements. In no way shall the requirements of the issued specifications be lowered by the local governing codes and practices. C. Reference standards shall include but not be limited to ANSI/TWEIA-607 Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Communications system grounding and bonding extending beyond the grounding electrode system and building ground ring provided for in Sections 16400 and 16401. B. Ground and bond metallic communications conduit, wireway, and cable tray systems. C. Provide building and telecommunications ground busbar hardware at communications roams and connect to pigtail extensions of the building grounding ring. D. Bond ground bars on equipment cabinets and racks. E. Bond together exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of communications equipment, metal raceway, and cable tray systems. F. Ground and/or bond exposed metallic shields in multipair communications cables. • 04/07M COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16402-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16402 VAIL, COLORADO COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit CCR, BCR, and SCR telecommunications ground busbar, SCC ground bar, and IDF CAN ground terminal block schedule listing test results which verify ground connection loss to the building main ground busbar is 1 ohm or less. B. Submit test results for 5 percent of bonding connections installed in hotel areas which verify ground connection loss across bonding jumpers or bonding connections is 10 milliohms or less. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND WIRE A. Ground Wire: grounding conductors of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or use a minimum of 6-AWG insulated copper wire. Comply with NEC requirements. 2.02 GROUND BUSBAR A. Provide solid copper busbar, predrilled for two-hole lug connections, with a minimum thickness of 114 inch, for wall and backboard mounting using standoff insulators, and sized as indicated on the Drawings. For example: 1. Chatsworth 10- by 44nch busbar 10622-010. 2. Chatsworth 20- by 44nch busbar 10622-020. 2.03 GROUND CONNECTIONS A. Below Grade: exothermio•welded type connectors by Erico Cadweld or ThermOweld. B. Above Grade: 1. Bonding Jumpers: compression type connectors by T&B, Bumdy, or Anderson, using zinc-plated fasteners and external tooth lockwashers. 2. Ground Busbars: two-hole compression type lugs using tin-plated copper or copper alloy bolts and nuts. 3. Rack and Cabinet Ground Bars: one-hole compression-type lugs using zinc-plated or copper alloy fasteners. C. Cable Shields: Make ground connections to multipair communications cables with metallic shields using shield bonding connectors with screw stud connection by AT&T or 3M. 2.04 CORROSION INHIBITORS A. When making ground and ground bonding connections, except in cleanroom areas, apply a corrosion inhibitor to all contact surfaces. Use corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection between the metals used; e.g., Ideal NOALOX antioxidant 30-030 for zinc or aluminum-to-aluminum connections, KOPAR-Shield, etc. Do not use corrosion inhibitor in cleanroom areas rated Gass 100 or better. 1J 04107106 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16402 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16402 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 2.05 EQUIPMENT RACK AND CABINET GROUND BARS A. Provide solid copper ground bars designed for mounting on the framework of open or cabinet-endosed equipment racks with minimum dimensions of 114 inch thick by 314 inch wide; e.g., Chatsworth ground bar 10610-019. 2.06 GROUND TERMINAL BLOCKS A. At any equipment mounting location (e.g., backboards and hinged cover enclosures) where rack-type ground bars cannot be mounted, provide screw lug-type terminal blocks. 2.07 SPLICE CASE GROUND ACCESSORIES A. Splice case grounding and bonding accessories shall be supplied by the splice case manufacturer when available. Otherwise, use 6 AWG insulated ground wire with shield bonding connectors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL GROUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Approved building ground sources are specified by Sections 16400 and 16401. B. Furnish and install all wire and hardware required to properly ground, bond, and connect communications raceway, cable tray, metallic cable shields, and equipment to a ground source. C. Ground bonding jumpers shall be continuous with no splices. Use the shortest length of bonding jumper possible. D. Provide ground paths which are permanent and continuous with a resistance of 1 ohm or less from raceway, cable tray, and equipment connections to the building grounding electrode. The resistance across individual bonding connections shall be 10 milliohms or less. E. Below-Grade Grounding Connections: When making thermite welds, wire brush or file the point of contact to a bare metal surface. Use thermite welding cartridges and molds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled, brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint and area. Notify Consultant prior to backfilting any ground connections. F. Above-Grade Grounding Connections: When making bolted or screwed connections to attach bonding jumpers, remove paint to expose the entire contact surface by grinding where necessary; thoroughly dean all connector, plate, and other contact surfaces; and apply an appropriate corrosion inhibitor to all surfaces before joining. G. Bonding Jumpers: 1. Use insulated ground wire of the size and type shown on the Drawings or use a minimum of 6-AWG insulated copper wire. 2. Assemble bonding jumpers using insulated ground wire terminated with compression connectors. 3. Use compression connectors of proper size for conductors specified. Use connector manufacturer's compression tool. 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 16402 - 3 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16402 VAIL, COLORADO COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING H. Bonding Jumper Fasteners: 1. Conduit: Fasten bonding jumpers using screw lugs on grounding bushings or conduit strut damps, or the damp pads on push-type conduit fasteners. When screw lug connection to a conduit strut damp is not possible, fasten the plain end of a bonding jumper wire by slipping this plain end under the conduit strut damp pad; tighten the clamp screw firmly. Where appropriate, use zinc-plated external tooth lockwashers. 2. Wireway and Cable Tray: Fasten bonding jumpers using zinc-plated bolts, external tooth lockwashers, and nuts. Install protective cover, e.g., zinc-plated acorn nuts, on any bolts extending into wireway or cable tray to prevent cable damage. 3. Ground Plates and Busbars: Fasten bonding jumpers using two-hole compression lugs. Use tin- plated copper or copper alloy bolts, external tooth lockwashers, and nuts. 4. Unistrut and Raised Floor Stringers: Fasten bonding jumpers using zinc-plated, self-drill screws and external tooth lockwashers. 3.02 COMMUNICATION ROOM GROUNDING A. Building Ground Busbars: Provide ground busbar hardware at each communications room and connect to pigtail extensions of the building grounding ring. Verify that the ground ring pigtail is the same type and size conductor used for the main building grounding ring (usually 410). B. Telecommunications Ground Busbars: Provide communications room telecommunications ground busbar hardware at cable tray height as required. Connect the telecommunications ground busbar to the building ground busbar located in the same room using two-hole compression lugs and a grounding jumper of the same size as the pigtail extension of the main building grounding ring (usually 3/0). C. Telephone-Type Cable Tray Systems: aluminum pan installed on telephone-type cable tray serves as the primary ground conductor within the communications room. Make ground connections by installing the following bonding jumpers: 1. Install a 6-AWG bonding jumper between the telecommunications ground busbar and the nearest access to the aluminum pan installed on the cable tray. 2. Use 6-AWG bonding jumpers across aluminum pan junctions. D. Cable Tray Systems: Provide 6-AWG bonding jumpers between cable tray section ends located within communications rooms and the telephone-type cable tray pan or the telecommunications ground busbar, whichever is closest. E. Self-Supporting and Cabinet-Mounted Equipment Rack Ground Bars: 1. When ground bars are provided at the rear of lineup of bolted together equipment racks, bond the copper ground bars together using solid copper splice plates supplied by the ground bar manufacturer. 2. Bond together nonadjacent ground bars on equipment racks and cabinets with 6-AWG insulated copper wire bonding jumpers attached at each end with compression-type connectors and mounting bolts. 3. Provide a 6-AWG bonding jumper between the rack and/or cabinet ground busbar and the aluminum pan of an overhead cable tray or the raised floor stringer as appropriate. 4. Ground all cable shields and equipment chassis located on an equipment rack or cabinet to the rack or cabinet ground bar using 6-AWG bonding jumpers. F. Backboards: Provide a screw lug-type terminal block or drilled and tapped copper strip near the top of backboards used for communications cross-connect systems. Connect backboard ground terminals to the aluminum pan in the telephone-type cable tray using an insulated 6-AWG bonding jumper. 04107/06 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING Progress CD Set 16402 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16402 VAIL, COLORADO COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING G. Other Communication Room Ground Systems: Ground all metallic conduit, wireways, and other metallic equipment located away from equipment racks or cabinets to the cable tray pan or the telecommunications ground busbar, whichever is closer, using insulated 6-AWG ground wire bonding jumpers. 3.03 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE GROUNDING A. Bond all metallic cable sheaths in multipair communications cables together at each splicing and/or terminating location to provide 100% metallic sheath continuity throughout the communications distribution system. 1. At termination points, install a cable shield bonding connector to provide a screw stud connection for ground wire. Use a bonding jumper to connect the cable shield connector to an appropriate ground source like the rack or cabinet ground bar. 2. Bond all metallic cable shields together within splice closures using cable shield bonding connectors or the splice case grounding and bonding accessories provided by the splice case manufacturer. When an external ground connection is provided as part of splice closure, connect to an approved ground source and all other metallic components and equipment at that location. 3.04 HOTEL AND MEP ROOMS AREA GROUNDING A. Conduit: ground and bond metallic conduit systems as follows: 1. Ground metallic conduit at each end using 6-AWG bonding jumpers. 2. Bond at all intermediate metallic enclosures and across all joints using 6-AWG bonding jumpers. 3. Bond every subfab level metallic conduit penetrating the fab floor slab at the top Unistrut rack support as follows: Unpainted Unistrut: When conduit/strut clamps are used, no additional bonding is required. Painted Unistrut: Use 6-AWG bonding jumpers between Unistrut structure and conduit Connect to conduit by slipping plain end of bonding jumper under B-Line Series 81500 conduitistrut damp pad. 4. Bond every metallic conduit which penetrates the plan of the fab level raised floor to the raised floor stringer system as follows: a. Unpainted Unistrut Attached to Raised Floor System: When conduit/strut damps are used to attach conduit to Unistrut, no additional bonding is required. b. Unpainted Unistrut which is not Attached to Raised Floor System: When conduit/strut damps are used to attach conduit to Unistrut, use 6-AWG bonding jumpers to connect Unistrut to the raised floor system. C. Painted Unistrut: Use 6-AWG bonding jumpers to connect conduit to the stringer system. Mount a B-Line push-type conduit fastener onto every metallic conduit Place fasteners no higher or lower than 3 " (75 mm) from the raised floor stringer. Wireway: ground and bond metallic wireway systems as follows: 1. Bond the metallic structures of wireway to provide 100 % electrical continuity throughout the wireway system by connecting a 6-AWG bonding jumper at all intermediate metallic enclosures and across all section junctions. 2. Install insulated 6-AWG bonding jumpers between the wireway system bonded as required in paragraph 1 above, and the closest building ground at each end and approArnately every 48 feet 3. Bond every subfab level metallic wireway penetrating the floor slab at the top Unistrut rack support using 6-AWG bonding jumpers. 4. Bond every metallic wireway which penetrates the plane of the floor level raised floor to the raised floor system using 6-AWG bonding jumpers. Locate wireway connection no higher or lower than 3 inches from the raised floor stringer. C C. Cable Tray Systems: ground and bond cable tray systems as follows: 04107/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 16402 - 5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16402 VAIL, COLORADO COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING i. Bond the metallic structures of one cable tray in each single or multiple tray run following the same path to provide 100 % electrical continuity throughout this cable tray system as follows: a. Splice plates provided by the cable tray manufacturer can be used for providing a ground bonding connection between cable tray sections when the resistance across a bolted connection is 10 milliohms or less. The Contractor shall verify this loss by testing across one slice plate connection in the presence of the Consultant b. Install a 6-AWG bonding jumper across each cable tray splice or junction where spfrce plates cannot be used. 2. Install insulated 20AWG bonding jumpers between the cable tray bonded as required in paragraph 1 above, and column-mounted building ground plates (pads) approximately every 48 feet. 3. Bond the metallic structures of the cable tray bonded in paragraph 1 above to the following systems on the subfab level: a. Provide 6-AWG bonding jumpers between the bonded cable tray and the main Unistrut support structure approximately every 48 feet b. Provide 6-AWG bonding jumpers between the bonded cable tray and any vertically adjacent cable tray systems used for telecommunications, facility management, and/or life safety approximately every 12 feet. 4. Comply with cable tray manufacturer's grounding and bonding recommendations. D. IDF CAN Hinged Cover Enclosures: Provide screw lug-type terminal block inside hinged cover enclosures used for communications cross-connect systems. Connect IDF CAN ground terminal block to the cable tray system or a column-mounted building ground plate (pad), whichever is nearest, using an insulated 6-AWG ground bonding jumper. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Test resistance between ground connections using a micro-ohm meter. 1. Test all provided CCR, BCR, and SCR telecommunications ground busbars, SCC ground bars, and IDF ground terminal strips to the grounding electrode connection at the building main ground busbar. Verify loss is 1 ohm or less. 2. Test 5 %t of provided raceway and cable tray bonding connections located in all areas. Verify loss across bonding jumpers or bonding connections is 10 milliohms or less. 3. Submit final field test documentation in list form, including Inspector signature. END OF SECTION 16402 J COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 04107106. Progress CD Set 16402-6 RS&G File No. 180520M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE LIST OF CONTENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.05 WARRANTY 1.06 SPARE PARTS 1.07 LUMINAIRES SUPPLIED BY OTHER DIVISIONS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES 2.02 FLUORESCENT LAMPS 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) LAMPS 2.04 INCANDESCENT LAMPS 2.05 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE BALLASTS 2.06 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS 2.07 PHOTO CELLS 2.08 TIME SWITCHES 2.09 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 2.10 WALL BOX DIMMERS 2.11 EXIT LIGHTS 2.12 CONTROLS AND DIMMING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES 3.02 SPECIAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING 3.04 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF WALL BOX DIMMERS 3.06 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1~ 04107/06 UGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set LOC 16500 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. Luminaire schedule found on drawings. C. The Interior Lighting Designer Lighting Control/Dimming System and dimmer schedules issued in Section 16510. D. Labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the Lighting Work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Architectural Specifications. B. Section 16010. C. Section 16050. D. Section 16510. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in this Section, appendices and on Schedule of Luminaires. Include photometric data for all luminaires. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Unless otherwise noted, warrant fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lamps and associated standard ballasts for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of acceptance of the Work. Warrant incandescent lamps for the period of their rated life from the date of acceptance of the Work. Include personnel, equipment and labour for replacing lamps and ballasts that become defective within the Warranty Period. 1.06 SPARE PARTS A. Provide 2% spare lamps of each type. 0 04/07/06 LIC4MNG - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500-1 RS&G Fite No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE 1.07 LUMINAIRES SUPPLIED BY OTHER DIVISIONS A. Generally, the responsibility for selecting, specifying and purchasing of the luminaires are as follows: 1. Decorative luminaries such as chandeliers and wall sconces selected and specified by the Interior Designer with costs for supply such luminaires to be included in FF&E. Installation are assembly by electrical with chandelier support brackets by general trades; 2. Architectural grade luminaires in interior front of house spaces, selected and specified by the Interior Designer or Lighting Designer, with costs for supply and installation of such luminaires to be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor, 3. Luminaires in interior back of house spaces, selected and specified by the Electrical Consultant, with costs for supply and installation to be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. B. Refer to drawing schedules and details for luminaires to be supplied by other Divisions of the Work, the Owner, etc., and turned over to Electrical Division Contractor for assembly, installation, testing and cleaning. Include costs for receiving, storing, assembling, installing, connecting, lamping and testing as required. Co- ordinate any special structural support requirements. C. Refer to Section 16510. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. Luminaires shall be in accordance with the luminaire reference schedule sheets found on the drawings. Luminaires shall be manufactured to applicable NEC, NEMA and ANSI Standards. B. Provide thickness of metal as indicated in luminaire schedules and details, or as required so that luminaires are rigid, stable and resists deflection, twisting, warping or bending under normal installation procedures, relamping etc., or no less than requirements specified herein the specifications. C. Unless otherwise noted, fluorescent luminaire bodies shall be constructed from minimum 20 gauge cold rolled prime steel and of rigid construction to permit any suspension method without sag. Unless otherwise noted, provide body finishes of corrosion resistant, chemically treated and electrostatically spray painted baked white enamel. Reflecting surfaces to be white with an average reflectance of not less than 85%. D. Provide neoprene or silicone gasketting, barriers and stops where required to prevent light leaks or waterlwater vapour penetration. E. Fabricate housings to allow for easy accessibility and replacement of parts. F. Fabricate fixtures with a minimum number of joints. Make unexposed joints by acceptable method such as welding, brazing, screwing or bolting. Soldered joints are unacceptable. Do not use blind metal tapping methods or rivets for fastening parts which must be removed during service, or for fastening electrical components and supports. All cast parts, including die-cast members, shall be of uniform quality, dose grained, rigid, true to pattern, free from blow holes, pores, discoloration, hard spots, shrinkage defects, cracks or other imperfections that affect strength and appearance or are indicative of inferior metals or alloys. G. Unless otherwise noted, acrylic lens on fluorescent troffers shag be constructed from 100% virgin acrylic and not less than 0.125" (4.7 mm) thick. Glass lenses shall be minimum 3/8(9 mm) thick. J 04107/06 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 2 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING- BACK OF HOUSE H. Reflectors and reflecting cones or baffles shall be free of any tooling marks, spinning lines or marks by other assembly techniques. For fluorescent sources, iridescence shall be low. Finishes to be equal to first quality polished, baffled and anodized "Alzak". 1. All lamp sockets shall be suitable for the indicated lamps and shall be set so that lamps are positioned in optically correct relation to all luminaire components. All adjustable sockets shall be preset at the factory for lamp specified. J. When requested, submit luminaire samples. K. Dimensions for coves, valances and strips as shown on the drawings are for bidding purposes only. Job measure for exact dimensions of louvres, lenses and strips. L. Confirm exact colors and finishes of luminaires with the Consultant after award of contract but prior to ordering. Obtain information in time to meet installation schedule. M. Unless otherwise noted, luminaires requiring ballasts shall be provided with its own ballast and ballasts shall not be shared. 2.02 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Philips Lighting "ALTO-TI-80" Series, energy saving, high efficiency, low lead, low mercury, rapid start, 4' 7-8 lamps with color temperature of 3500K, color rendering index (CRI) of at least 80, rated average life of a minimum 20,000 hours and initial lumens of at least 2950. Confirm color temperature with Consultant prior to ordering. B. Compact fluorescent lamps shall have a rated average life of a minimum 10,000 hours, color temperature 3000 K, minimum color rendering index of 80 and complete with electronic saving ballasts. C. D Fluorescent lamps shall generally be as follows: Lamp Design Bulb Shape Wattage Base Initial Lumens 48" T8-32 md.bi 2,950 36" T8-25 md.bi 2,150 24" T8-17 md.bi 1,400 PL T4-26 Gx2 -3 1,800 PL T4-32 Gx24 -3 2,400 PL T4-42 Gz24 -4 3,200 Acceptable manufacturers are Philips, GE and Osram Sylvania. 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) LAMPS A. HID lamps shall be of wattage rating indicated on luminaire schedule B. Metal halide lamps shall be coated type with apparent color. temperature of 3000K, and color rendering index of at least 65. All metal halide lamps shall be of same manufacturer and of same production batch. 04/07M LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 3 RS&G File No. 11105206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO C. Metal halide lamps shall generally be as follows: SECTION 16500 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Bulb Shape Wattage Base Initial Lumens Life h ED-17-70 Med 5,500 12,000 ED-17-100 Med 8,500 12,000 ED-17-150 Med 9,000 12,000 ED-28-175 M 16,000 15 000 ED-28-250 M 23,500 15,000 ED-28-320 M 30,000 20,000 ED-37-400 M 41,600 20,000 D. Metal halide lamps shall be pulse start types complete with compatible ballasts. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Philips, GE and Osram Sylvania. 2.04 INCANDESCENT LAMPS A. All lamps rated for use on 125 volt (nominal) supply. Lamps suitable for burning in any position. B. Reflector lamps to have minimum life of 2,000 burning hours lamps life. C. Unless noted otherwise conventional filament incandescent lamps to have minimum life of 1,000 burning hours at rated voltage. D. Tungsten halogen lamps to have minimum life of 2,000 burning hours at rated voltage. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Philips, GE and Osram Sylvania. 2.05 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE BALLASTS A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Advance Transformer Co. (Philips) programmed instant start electronic energy saving ballasts as follows: 1. NEC approved and UL fisted and labeled. 2. Comply with FCC Rules and Regulations, and ANSI Spec C62.41-19801C62.45-1987. 3. In accordance with ANSI Spec C82.11. 4. Class A sound rating. 5. Capable of starting lamps down to 00C. 6. Total harmonic distortion not greater than 10%. 7. Minimum power factor of 0.97 and ballast factor of at least 0.85. 8. Lamp current crest factor not greater than 1.7. 9. Frequency of operation between 20 kHz minimum to 60 kHz maximum, but not between 30 kHz to 42 kHz; ballasts shall operate lamps without visible flicker. 10. RFIIEMI filtering. 11. Nameplate identifying electrical data and standards. 12. Standard five (5) year full replacement parts and labour included warranty. B. Ballasts for compact fluorescent lamps shall be dedicated to size of lamps and designed tO operate the lamps with which they are used. Unless otherwise noted, ballasts shall be electronic rapid start and high power factor. Ballasts shall be complete with end of lamp life circuitry. General specification requirements are similar to above. 04107106 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 4 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 0 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE C. Use of instant start type ballasts shall be acceptable subject to approval of Consultant. D. Fluorescent dimming ballasts shall be compatible to the dimming controller and lamps being dimmed. Confirm compatibility with respective project manufacturers. Dimming ballasts shall generally include requirements as specified above and shall dim lighting levels from 100% down to 10%. Acceptable dimming ballast manufacturers are Lutron and Advance. E. Ballasts for fluorescent luminaries in non-climate controlled areas shall be equal to Advance 'Centium' series, programmed start electronic types suitable for starting in temperatures down to -29oC. Ballasts shall have total harmonic distortion not greater than 20%. F. Acceptable manufacturers of ballasts are Advance Transformer Co. (Phillips), Universal/Magnetek Inc., and Osram Sylvania. 2.06 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS A. Advance, high power factor (951/6 or better), constant wattage design, NEC/ANSI approved high intensity discharge ballasts capable of delivering rated lamp performance with an input voltage fluctuation of ±10%, and reliable lamp starting in ambient temperatures as low as -20oF. (-30PC). Each ballast shall be complete with a core of laminated grain-oriented silicon steel, Class 180 insulation, and color coded and insulated copper conductor leads. Ballasts shall be auto regulated and multi-voltage units. B. Metal halide ballasts shall be pulse start types partnered with compatible metal halide lamps. C. Ballasts integral with luminaires shall be core and coil type and shall be encapsulated utilizing Class H polyester compound. D. Remote mounting ballasts shall be encased type with a steel barrier in the enclosure to shield the capacitor from heat generated in the core and coil, spacers and fill to permit mounting in any desired position, and suitable mounting hardware. E. Remote ballasts located outdoors shall be weather-proof with a weather-tight steel case and cover, and integrally moulded neoprene insulated leads with a water-proof plug at the casing entrance. F. Acceptable manufacturers are Advance Transformer Co., Universal/Magnetek Inc. and Osram Sylvania. 2.07 PHOTO CELL A. Paragon Electric, CW201 Series, NECIANSI approved, 120 volt, weather-proof photo-control with a hermetically sealed cadmium sulphide photo cell, color coded leads, and threaded pipe nipple. The unit shall be designed such that the load remains on if the cell fails, and shall be complete with thermal inertia minimum fifteen (15) second time delay to prevent switching by artificial light. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Paragon Electric, Tork Ltd. and Intermatic Inc. 2.08 TIME SWITCH A. Intermatic Inc., V4547 Series, UL approved, adjustable, surface wall mounted, mechanical time switch with astro dial, skipper, carryover, 40 ampere rated switch contacts, and minimum NEMA 3R raintight enclosure with lockable hinged door. B. The time switch shall adjust for seasonal changes automatically. Skippers shall omit selected dates from program. The carryover shall provide minimum 16 hours of preset schedule during power outages. 04/07/06 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE C. The exact model must suit the intended application. D. Acceptable manufacturers are Intermatic Inc., Tork and Paragon Electric. 2.09 EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. Thomas & Betts - Emergi-lite "ESL' Series, UL approved, 277 VAC/24 VDC emergency lighting battery units. The units shall be complete with batteries, charger, dual lampheads per unit (where shown), cabinet and 4' (1.2 m) AC cord and plug set. Units shall also be complete with automatic testing and self-diagnostic circuitry. The system shall be designed to provide emergency lighting levels in accordance with the NBC requirements and local authority having jurisdiction. Units serving genset room shall include transient voltage sure suppression device on line side of power supply. B. The chargers shall be fully automatic, solid-state type that automatically and instantaneously energizes lamp load upon failure of AC supply. Battery protection circuit automatically shuts down lamp load when battery reaches full discharge. Chargers shall fully recharge battery in twelve (12) to twenty-four (24) hours and shall be current limited and short circuit prof. C. The batteries shall be long life sealed lead, maintenance free and shall have a capacity to supply sufficient output power to the lamp loads and where applicable, to exit sign emergency loads for a period of time in accordance with the latest requirements of the local applicable building code. Batteries shall be designed for and guaranteed for at least ten (10) years of life expectancy. D. The cabinets shall be constructed of No. 18 gauge steel, finished in white enamel. Front cover shall be hinged to provide easy and full access to battery and charger connections. Knockouts shall be provided on top for the lampheads. E. Units shall include "PUSH-TO-TEST switch, AC and high charge pilot lights and AC cordset. F. Integral lampheads (where shown) shall be 24 volts, 20 watts, quartz halogen, decorative design, high impact plastic, adjustable, dual heads. G. Remote surface mounted heads shall be type EF18Q/18DQ, single and double adjustable head complete with 24V-20W quartz halogen lamps. Use of MR-16 type lamps shalt be acceptable subject to approval of Consultant H. Acceptable manufacturers are Thomas & Betts - Emergi-lite, Lithonia, Beghelli and Dual41te. 2.10 WALL BOX DIMMERS A. Lutron Electonics, 'NOVA -T or DIVA" Series, UL fisted and labelled, wall box dimmers to requirements of applicable local codes and as follows: 1. Of type and size to suit intended lamp loads. 2. Air gap accessible without removing faceplate, to meet UL20 and UL1472 short circuit test requirement for snap switches. 3. Withstand voltage surges up to 600V and current surges up to 200A as per ANSVIEEE C62.41. 4. Voltage regulated. 5. Power failure memory. 6. LC filtering to minimize RFI. 7. Linear slide with smooth and continuous square law dimming curve operation. 8. Snap on faceplate (seamless multigang at locations with multiple devices). 9. Finish to Consultant's direction. B. Acceptable manufacturer includes Lutron. J 04/07/06 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 165 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING -BACK OF HOUSE E 211 EXIT LIGHTS A. Eat lights in finished public areas shall be indirect LED edge lit decorative types consisting of clear acrylic faceplates with silk screened lettering and chevrons, and complete with die-cast or extruded aluminum canopy mount B. Exit lights in back of house areas shall be surface mount indirect LED type of extruded aluminum construction. C. Exact finishes must be coordinated and approved by Consultant and Interior Designer. 2.12 CONTROLS AND DIMMING A. Provide lighting control and dimming control as specified in the separately issued Interior Lighting Designer documents. B. Provide all required interconnection to fire alarm system and emergency power system to comply with the following life safety requirements: 1. Upon loss of utility power the dimmers shall automatically feed the emergency lighting (approximately 25% of load). 2. Upon second stage fire alarm (evacuation signal) the dimmers shall go to 100% brightness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES A. Provide luminaires as scheduled in the issued documents, complete with lamps as scheduled and as specified herein this Section and the Interior Lighting Designer documents. B. Thoroughly review ceiling types, finishes and construction details before placing luminaire orders, and ensure that required mounting assemblies, frames, rings and similar features are included. Confirm colors and finishes with Interior Lighting Designer and Consultant prior to ordering. C. Include for assembly and mounting of luminaires and lamps, complete with wiring, connections, fittings, hangers, aligners, box covers and accessories required for a complete, safe and fully operational assembly. D. All fixtures must be independently supported from the ceiling grid. E. Do not tighten wing nuts, bolts, or screws that allow fixture adjustment for recessed adjustable fixtures. F. Install spread lenses only where called out on the Luminaire Schedules and Specifications. G. Use cloth gloves when handling reflector cones, louvres, halogen lamps, glass, sconces and all exposed surfaces of fixtures. H. Install fixtures in lay in ceiling in centre of file unless dimensioned otherwise on Reflected Ceiling Plans. 1. Provide spacers for fixtures mounted on low density ceifing material. J. Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtures in plaster or gypboard ceilings. K. Install fixtures in and on acoustical file ceilings in alignment with tie joints. 04107106 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE L. Prepare fixtures, trim and poles and standards required to be painted. M. Outlet boxes locations on drawings are diagrammatic only. Position outlet boxes to coincide with suspension hangers and knockouts. N. Wiring between fluorescent lamp holders and associated operating and starting equipment shall be of similar or heavier gauge than the leads furnished with the approved types of ballasts with equal or better insulating and heat-resistant characteristics. 0. Wiring shall be protected with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion may occur. Wiring shall be concealed within the fixture construction except where design or mounting dictates otherwise. P. Minimize splices. Make splices with approved mechanical insulated steel spring type connectors, suitable for temperature and voltage conditions to which splices are to be subjected. Q. Carefully co-ordinate the luminaire installation with the work of other trades to ensure that the necessary recessing depths and mounting spaces are provided. R. Install luminaires in accordance with applicable architectural drawing reflected ceiling plans and/or wall elevations and/or field instructions issued by Consultant and Lighting Designer. Confirm luminaire locations. prior to roughing-in. In equipment rooms, shafts and similar secondary areas, install luminaires after the mechanical and other major work is roughed in and adjust luminaire locations as required. S. If requested, demonstrate the operation of special applications of luminaires such as building floodlights and other decorative luminaires, and adjust their locations within a reasonable distance to obtain the effects desired. T. Align and position all adjustable luminaires, and ensure that luminaires with adjustable lamp holders are properly positioned to correspond to the lamps specified. U. Comply with the requirements of local authorities regarding support of luminaires in suspended ceilings. V. All lamps shall be new and intact when the project is complete and ready for acceptance. W. Include a full lamp listing in the Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals. X Secure grade mounted building floodlighting luminaires to concrete pads set flush with finished grade level. Y. Provide remote ballasts for luminaires as scheduled. Secure in place where shown, and connect complete. Z Provide safety cables for HID fixtures with integral ballasts. Attach cables to fixture and building stricture. Safety cables to be designed and secured so as to withstand the sudden weight of the fixture. AA. Contractor to notify immediately if fixture placement is in conflict with a structural beam, mechanical duct, plumbing pipe, a space above ceiling is not sufficient, or any other reason that a fixture can not be located where it is dimensioned or shown on the construction documents. Contractor is to move fixture, if necessary, where Consultant or Lighting Designer decides. BB. Refer to issued Exterior Lighting Designer documents for exterior lighting requirements. Exterior type luminaires to be secured to concrete bases as detailed. Co-ordinate all required excavation, concrete, formwork, backfilling, anchor bolt templates and any necessary installation/mounting hardware. Refer to Architectural Specifications for respective work requirements. Co-ordinate work to ensure proper positioning of anchor bolts in concrete. Provide for anchor bolt covers. 04/07/06 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500 - 8 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE CC. Refer to issued Interior Lighting Designer documents for dimming system requirements and provide dimming controls for lighting as specified and shown. 3.02 SPECIAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Special luminaires including chandeliers, custom manufactured luminaires, post top luminaires, etc, require special detailed assembly of many components and custom structural supports. Include for full assembly of all lumimaire components as co-ordinated with luminaire manufacturers/suppliers and as detailed in project design documents. Structural supports for chandeliers and post bases shall be provided by General Contractor. Co-ordinate exact requirements with General Contractor, luminaire manufacturer/supplier and the Consultant. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Provide 40% overage quantity of each lamp type to the Consultant and Lighting Designer for final adjustments (aiming) to all adjustable light fixtures. Provide six (6) electricians to work with the Consultant and Lighting Designer for a period of five (5) days. Most of this work will occur after sundown. Supply ladders and manlifts to reach the fixtures. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS A. Provide a photocell and time switches as required to control designated lighting. B. Flush mount the photocell to control exterior luminaires, in the north exterior wall of the building at a height to permit cleaning. Confirm exact location prior to roughing-in. C. Connect the lighting circuits to photocell, time switch and to the relay/contactor which will be located adjacent the panel board. D. Provide interface, wiring in conduit, connections, etc., as required to monitor the photocell control of lighting through the building automation system (BAS) of Mechanical Division. E. When lighting control work is complete, test operation of the control system and adjust as required. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF WALL BOX DIMMERS A. Provide flush wall box dimmers where shown and connect to control lighting as indicated. Confirm exact locations prior to roughing4n. Equip each dimmer with a faceplate. Confirm faceplate color prior to ordering. B. When installation is complete, check and test operation of each dimmer and adjust as required. C. Ensure that each dimmer is properly sized to suit the connected bad. D. Note that additional dimming system requirements are specified in Section 16510 and appendices. • 04107106 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set IM-9 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16500 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE 3.06 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. Provide emergency lighting battery units in genset room and electrical room as required and wall mount each on a shelf where shown or directed by Consultant. Plug each unit into an adjacent receptacle. Confirm exact mounting heights and locations prior to roughing4n receptacles. Extend wiring in conduit and connections to remote lampheads back to central battery unit serving area and connect complete. B. Provide remote mounting lampheads as specified. Install lampheads in locations as shown or as directed by Consultant Connect complete to battery units. Generally, wiring voltage drop requirements shall be in accordance with manufacturer's and NEC requirements. C. Provide wiring in conduit and install devices in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. Wiring shall be minimum No. 10 AWG unless otherwise required by code. D. When installation of emergency lighting battery units is complete, include for and arrange for manufacture's authorized technician to test each unit, adjust as required, and certify in writing to the Consultant that the units are complete, have been tested, adjusted, and are in proper operating condition. E. Extend circuits in conduit to required BAS panel and leave minimum 10' (3m) of slack conductor for termination by BAS contractor. Coordinate work. END OF SECTION 16500 1i 04/07106 LIGHTING - BACK OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16500-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16510 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.05 WARRANTY 1.06 SPARE PARTS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES & CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES • 04107/06 LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE Progress CD Set LOC 16510 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16510 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. Schedules and specifications found at end of this Section. C. Labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the Lighting Work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Architectural Specifications. B. Section 16010. C. Section 16050. D. Section 16500. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in this Section and appendices. Include photometric data for all luminaires. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Unless otherwise noted, warrant fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lamps and associated standard ballasts for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of acceptance of the Work. Warrant incandescent lamps for the period of their -rated life from the date of acceptance of the Work. Include personnel, equipment and labour for replacing lamps and ballasts that become defective within the Warranty Period. 1.06 SPARE PARTS A. Provide 2% spare lamps of each type. 04/07/06 LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE Progress CD Set 16510-1 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16510 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES & CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Refer to the following separately issued documents from Interior Lighting Designer. 1. Lighting Equipment Schedule; 2. Lighting Equipment Cuts. B. For reference the dimming system load schedules are issued at end of this Section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES A. Provide luminaires as scheduled in the issued documents, complete with lamps as scheduled and as specified. B. Refer to installation requirements of Interior Lighting Designer documents and to requirements in Part 3 of Section 16500. END OF SECTION 16510 U 04/07106 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 LIGHTING - FRONT OF HOUSE 16510 - 2 11 u • m 1 a a m o a m o a m U a m o a m c ~ a m o a m o Q c o o a y (n J2• Y n. Qr a r 0 a r 0 a r 0 aa rQy r 0 a r 0 n. r 0 a r A a O a r O C a ra S an r O .a r - . dr d a r O a r¢ d a r O a_ g d a r O a r O a r O a r O a r O O m Cj N r N N III 0 VVV N N C N N N N N N r r N N N N r r N N N o Q r r r r r r r O O r O r O O O r O r O O W J m Q ? 9 'd' O ti r O O O O O 4 n 0 ~ t y o N r 8 % N n N t 0 r N r O) r r r G C ~ C C C C C C C G C C C v o v v v c v n v a v p {G~ J cC6 O C ~cp O Cc c ~Cp U c {Cp C7 c NC C~ c L C ~Cp U CC ~cp U L c t~ C C C mC l] c ~Cp c) c C N O L ~ f.) Cp L cp V c c c cp O c ~p U c ~p f.7 c Cy Cl c R " p O g O O t tttggq ~ m c U o r U 0 r U 0 r U 0 r c 5 0 r Z N C O N m O' ` 0 c 3 . 3 i o 8 m L 3 L L w m s3 U ecf L H to ~ 0 eqy~ N V N 4 U Q U _ U m co U- `l co 0 m° i G U U. G N 2! l o Ile t G y a . m Q i; Q Q W O c 7r g . c~ -i p UQ Q Y l~J CJJ~ C' l~ L O L N 9 M WW 1 4 °►'.g ~ n a3 83 ~ ~ o S O 40 I- J V r N M d O m r r r r W N N N ~p 0 014 LO W h r C 4 1M d O m ~ a0 W ~ N M d N ih d tD oD C7 lh lO `o w 7 vci U U U a' f- l'' d ' r- m K O ' f- N 3 N 3 3 J 0 J 0 0 J v N ch d Y J g N O C ~g U C C E 8 Of $ 0: E 8 w E 8 n E 8 W E 8 m E 8 ~ E 8 Of E 8 ~ $ ~ > E y N ; N m ul m c O m c 7 m c O m c O m c O UQ mC a mj x 69 ~ 0 m ~ ~ -a m 'a m I m FF L m m m m { Fq m _ L m ~ m ~ m J ~ ~ J 1 J J 'l GO J Nf I J N V ~ m 10 a m C C O • E C 0 U to v s m 0 .Ei to N V a; 0 CL w x • c 0 V m c C O V N ti t O L 7 V L V • 0 i • • W a ¢ m U ¢ m a a m a a t U o a m U ¢ l o 10 < t o o ¢ m U ay (n ~ a alto d r ¢ o N an r a 0 N . r a N N a r a 0 a r a 0 r a Y a 0 a Y N a T N a r N a r a 0 N aa_ N a r a p fV a a 0 r a T a 0 N a a 0 N a T 0 N C a a pp H a r ~ o N a_n 0 N .o Y N . a 0 N a r s 0 N a 0 N q m C a W O O NE r W r r r p O r G7 r O~i r N Qf r a C r > Co ONE ON! r Y 0 C N W r > r r c r V 9 r N r t OM 11 N r V :1 W r ~ ~ T y O! r ~ r O ONi J a a ~ ~Z ~ S 0 C> C) p a pp O O N O m U a a J M f G 1 O+f ~ p OI p M r N N O/ h r p r V C'1 N t p c c c v c v c c v c c c v e v c c 7 c a v M v v v ti v v v v 8 I 0 0 0 O O o ~ a o k r a o a o LL C7 a 0 m o N o N 7 a „ to w w w to i d 42 a 40 a 2 3 3 W > c cc s 7 Rp C~ p Q cf 8 O c o o o U = L° U m cc U c O -y~ o w w m CL li u=. C n U Co ` n li `m n li c3 a 1 N d ~ d C9 U V tl) m F- !!l3 3 ~ F 3 a m w m m w u. c 3 C IR, cy Z7 O N L O V ~C) <O ~~qp TV j,~ iV ~Aq N ~O'J N J_~ t7i g N C 3 ` J r N M a In tp N OD O O r I v M a r - r 0 r ~ r M r O T O N r NN n Y N ~ d c N r M .d t0 tD 140 P 140 Of 10 N r r m r N G0 1- a0 W r N `o O; vv N J 3 !3 3 :S 3 5 3 r J 3 N J 3 J 3 J 3 p~ _I 3 O J 3 N J 3 M J 3 J 3 Cl J 3 W J 3 J 3 3 N J - OL . w 0 o 8 8 c m : m a 8 m 8 a re : p 8 lz 8 w N m N N O E a O J a O J oc O J J J J M J lD J i ~~~Cyj J O/ J p N I J M Z5 p J M J 0 CD _ J W = J dl r C m U c w C m U C m U C 8 A I 0: ro M m o W m o fb C 0 C WW 6g1 Ul m m V/ mF _ C ~ mE m m ~ m o O o m o o m a~ m m C a n a ~ ?y a a 3 d S lL 5 LL b LL A m b 9: a U fA A a #e m C C O .q m c c 0 v v s m O r N O v m m a r x m c 0 a m 3 C .w+ C O V N ti t m 3 O L w 3 V V • • • m d a m o a m o et m U a m U a c o 0 a m U a c o U a m c > a N ~ VJ ~ ~ a a a T a a T a a ~ a a a T < a r a a T < a T a a T a a T a a T ~ a r a a r a a r ao a r a a T ~ a T ~ a ~ a app a a T r p~ a T ~ a r a O m N N N N N Q N N N N N N N r N N N N N N N ~ CNI T ~ yy W r yy 00 °Nl r m r r N QI r ONi r O y to r r p °Ni N bl 3 p O 5 N Of N W py ~ W r r N Of c r pN m W ONo r N O1 r 3 V O ~ a ~ ~ v N r al R 5 CD Q v v v v v ~ v v v v v v a v v a J ~p2~p C C~p 5Z ~UCp mC C l c 8 =p C c ~p C mCm C C = p C l7 C C C = C b Y U Y ~ 0 U m ~ Qd T o ^ o w 0 co OD o I N m m `m m z3 3 ~ 3 r7 m 8 s3 ~ s3 ~3 s3 3 3 ~ ~ No U. LL LL U. U. U. rn 3 U. ~n LL m U. v, L m L vai L cn . v~ L u° . c 0 _ ~ O ~O OD r c6 r a6 T 03 r OD r C~ O~ p cV O N O CV N N N N N N ^ N C4 N ~ N N N N N N C O 7 I L I I I - I s g s ~ s r.- S S s 0 C QD Co r. I, d C 6 p p U N h m CD N M V f M r N M -W b m r N M V r N M W d ML~ 7 W W W ~y W W w Mw r w dw N awwl yy~~~ Q ~y Q F Q U ~y U U u~ U r N M O V V U U U U U C7 U CJ } } } . } Y Y Y Y Y U. LL LL LL LL 0 a C9 N c, C4 E 0 1 8 O. 'C S G L L '~3j O. L ~a5 G t „ _ 3 7 J . +O-. c~ U U CO) U m C CS m C y~ om!' oC~ V .a U C! tS m U a~ o 0 c o o " v v v v S S S 5 5 t) ~ U C3 } } } } } Y 3 Y LL LL LL LL LL j r~ A d ¢ m U ¢ co U ¢ m U ¢ lc o L < m U ¢ lc o U¢ c o U ¢ m U M m H oD ce mn.I r r a a O O L r a O a r a O aC r < O L r a O a. a p a T a O aI r L r a O a. T a 4 l m r ' a r a m r a. r a O m r < a r a p mm T T a a O m r a O m r a O a r a p n. r a O a r a Q m r N N r r N N N - N N N N N N N N N N N N • O 9 w J a O - r ° $ r o r ° a r W r $ o r pp O T 0 ~ y Ol T C> &I r C2 N Of P r 9 r C, 1 r 0 N Of r a W r O1 r Co :0 ~ y N O/ r r C, I 0 r C) 0 r C) 1 W r 0 C W T 2 1 m r 1 U q~a ~ J ~ It ~ r 0) r Cl) ° t c c c c c c c e c c c$ c$ m c v c v c v c a v r~ v G v G C v G v C v G a C v C v G v C G C v C C C C G C G G G C G Y U Y Y Y Y R 0 r T r C%j M G A i C am L I 8 CL J N O m ~ C r 7S G ~ L G ~ ~p a' m p ~ l ~ GO s m W M i V a `o d Z5 ~ co co m w _ $ 1 > m > m > d m > 3 d > C m > L -m > m >mm m > d > wo Qo U m 't1 '0 b ~ r- C 7 C 9 ¢ ¢ J Q M J E M J E M J E M J Q M J E t7 J E M J P~ J E M J E M J E M J ° `CS E co ~ y m H Z O ~q7 = 10 r M r ND r A N r a i yp r r l r r N My N r r p ~ r 0 N r hj N r - D N 1 1 C) N M It b CD h CD W P4 N 1123 11 IR N im N 12 1;; "Co in it ~ M I-,,- In 1!4 v v is 1;; 11 `m M N 1.1 w N w h tlD ` N O N N im ~A w r to w h w O w o w h w A w O r w v v u~ ury uOJ w w w w w w w n a a t9 0 N O J g O G s 0 a 9 ~6 0 a CO 0 z ~0 0 - N 0 N 0 ~ 0 R CC 0 a fO CC 0 a CO CC 0 a N 0 N o ~ 0 a A 0 0 ~ 0 m N ,Q 10 O N ~ A o a f0 i W Q N CL _ 5 i w ` C I Z m ca a V w w W w w w w w w w w w w W w u ► u i m 0 v i 0 C) to Q. m C C O 79 7 c C O U 4 t W 7 .L: N 0 d Q Q r N c7 < m Eo r N p ' 1 V ~ r .L la V) r n va r . - - - r co N c r N e? ~ r it r CL IL l] mo 7 o> a t~j rd ~ g~ s ~ o v o v S 3 S $ N C C C ; C C C a a a a a r g E p r r d r D r r r r N N N N N N N E E E E E E E S 8888 R' oC a d' d' D: a K D.' d' a a r o a a E D: 0: CO M E a E 8 O a a E 8 s E E r C o m o m m a ° m® ao o m ao r a m m g r ro a m i ~ a s E W E r- S S S 13 a► CD as a x ar c C O O V N t O) 7 L w 0) 0 • a m a L e c o Ue mc ) Qc o U In c oU Q m Ua m Ua m U T 0: 4 m _ O 0 ~ w m a r < O N a r < pp N a ~ « 0 N a - 0 N a r < 0 N a < N N a r < 0 N a r < 0 N a « 0 N a a T < N 0 N N a r « 0 N a 0 r 0 T . a a- r r < < 0 0 T T a « 0 T a T 0 T a r a r < O N d T N a < O r a r < O r a r < O r a r < O T C, S S m a a rn r r rn r m r r Nrn W rn rn o $ 81 m O T r r o 0. ~ ~z ~ ~ p u 'O a I N C 5_ 0 . M l ti lpf pp ^ M r 1 r o ~ 1 OD ~ m W o N m co m S C $ co C $ m C C G ~ C y~y O C ~ C ~0p C C C ~ C C C y8y O M C C G 8 m C C C 8Oy O C G s ~ C a C G a ~ G C s m C 0O C O a G a G a C a C C a C a C a C C a C $ C l~ C a C C a C a C C a G a C a C a c a G a C a t a C C m 0 r 0 r 0 ~ 0 v 0 v O i O ~ O L O 3 ~ C c 3 0 r i C 0 i 0 0 T 0 r O i O r c i ~ c 4 d O a o w M V m m °D `3 9 yQ c'S a a qc~ c'i aRR c a gcp cS a ~C ti a s ao c ~ 8 92 2S Q m m m m g t c o 25 a m ~ ~ a ~d t~ a v~i dr e°~ c~ cg cg a v~i dr e`~ c`~ c o c 1 I N c3 NN NNE N IN ~1 e•7 ~i ) M -MM M M `r TM k m M C 7 J V IS 1- 1 13 1M IS h a im S LID m tD -w t0 m m 2 J ti n < M w I l l I I 1 1 1 C d cQ V N M - N M ,r in to in M r N co a m . t0 M r N w) , Yf w m m m m m m m m m m QQ mO ito oo m m co m m m m m m m a Y N CC O O 0 O G O G CC O G 3 t0 1 t 1 a Q Q a Q a In m m In m m m a 0 E. O E 8 v m a m ~p C a m Q c a c a 0 v c ` a a c ` m m c A m m v 11 a m v c m m v c m v w N ~ m v C~ m 0 m a m co GO v m v m O v g ` m c c m m v 0 0 m C OQ f0 m m Q 0 m m m m ~ m m m oS 2 m c m m co In r m m m m m a a x m c c 0 V m 0 c c 0 v L m 7 O L ~cf N to 7 V L U C I , • • a a a m U a m U Q m U a m V Q m V a m t ~ a c o V a m V m p , m a 0 a o a N . n N . N am T r < o N N m r m T m r r m Y a_ $ r mn r a v r . r a o r m r a 0 T a a 0 T m r a 0 T m p N ma r p N . r 0 o a N , r a 0 N r a 0 N r N r a r a 0 N • a ~ ~iS O T Y - Y pN Y - T - 8 O T p o T T O r 1 r S O O O NO Y r r W T T ~ N - 2 s C, V (y~ yy V ~ T ~ Y T r a o c i ' o od G C C C C C C C C r C C J ~ e ~ c ~.5 a C. l4 II. c ~ c S c B- c 8 c f3 c _ c 5 c rz c c e _ C c V a 0 c a 0 6 a 0 6 a U a 0 U a 0 a 0 U a 0 V a 0 a 0 I J J ~ W W E t~ a a a rn. c~ cg W cg O i 9 ui c~ a epp ~p N N cO N N u R N v~ ch A ~7 N I v M y to t~ vt9 y~ N 1 k I~ m t~7 I i- N M i C 1-3 V N N N i N N N /T9 M 1+0 N N M co M of v d 1 1:: 14 14 4 'f d V N N1 m m N N Of f b h h b Uf h h Uf f tD Ir ~ ~ r ~ • VV pp r ~ ~ N m m r m m~ m oo m r in m N us m M in m f to m h ui m tD w m N m CO m W W Lf W m a a 0 j Q m m m m m m m m o m O O m M M m M m M M m J M m J M J ~y N O Q Q _~pp t~pp m 1 j 1! N ~ I ~yp?~~ ~ 18 m 19 • i V a O) m co m m m m m m m m m m m m tq W W • CL m C C O 'O m 7 C G O v N ti CD O t a U J C' r~ i r~ U ~.Mo • ( c o U Q I m U c m N o r. a r a r a. r CL r IL CL r CL r m 0 N 0 r 0 r 0 N 0 N Co N o N 0 N 9 A r SS O r p S r W r NN W r NN OS r W r r m m J Q ~ Z 0 _ 0 o ~ co Pv v c c c c c c c c 13 a ~ CD U U J m C 9 r m ~NN m C O n 0 0 o ~ ~ ►g yjgQ ~ w y u`i c o ~ -s Cc* t 3 J V r N M V IWO n I I L C s d u r r N C4 M co 0 E.. 0 ~ do w J !j M 7~~ W 7Q~ W a d N 0 J ~ A ce v 2 Lu U W ~ J W W N CA i r~ • 0 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16511 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING SELECTIONS SECTION 16511- LIGHTING SELECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes the lighting fixtures as selected by the Lighting Designer. In cases of conflict, the selections and designations listed in the adjoining schedule and cutsheets supersede those listed in other individual specification sections. END OF SECTION • • 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set LIGHTING SELECTIONS 16511-1 BOUYEA & ASSOCIATES, INC. May 12, 2006 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer No. Lamp Voltage A Recessed Low Voltage PAR 36 Kurt Versen GE 50PAR36NNSP 120/12 Adjustable Fixture K7411-BG Champagne Cone 4 1/8" Aperture A.1 Recessed Low Voltage Adjustable Kurt Versen Osram Sylvania 120/12 Fixture K7411-BG 75AR111 /80 AR111 Version Champagne Cone 4 1/8 " Aperture A.2 Recessed Low Voltage Adjustable Kurt Versen Osram Sylvania 120/12 Fixture K7411-BG 50AR111 /40 AR111 Version Champagne Cone 4 1 /8 " Aperture A.3 Recessed Low Voltage Adjustable Kurt Versen Osram Sylvania 120/12 Fixture K7411-BG 75AR111 /250 AR111 Version Champagne Cone 4 1/8 " Aperture A.4 Recessed Low Voltage PAR 36 Kurt Versen GE 50PAR36/NSP 120/12 Adjustable Fixture K7411-BG Champagne Cone 4 1/8" Aperture A.5 Deleted B Recessed Par 30 Downlight Kurt Versen GE 75PAR30/H/FL25° 120 Champagne Cone C7327-BG 5" Aperture 5 Green Hill Road PO Box 40 Washington Depot, CT 06794 Telephone: 860.868.4500 Fax: 860.868.4501 A R C H I T E C T U R A L L I G H T I N G D E S I G N May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado Page 2 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage C Recessed Lensed Wallwasher Kurt Versen GE 120 Champagne Cone E7528-BG 100PAR38/HIR/FL40 5 7/8" Aperture D Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Kurt Versen GE 100/90W 120 Downlight C7319-BG Champagne Cone 4 1/8" Aperture E Low Voltage Recessed Downlight Kurt Versen GE 120/12 Champagne Cone K7301-BG Q50MR16/C/NSP150 4 118" Aperture F Low Voltage Recessed Kurt Versen GE 120/12 Adjustable Downlight K7430-BG Q50MR16/C/NSP150 Champagne Cone 4 1/8" Aperture G Recessed Lensed Wallwasher Kurt Versen GE 120 4 1/8" Aperture E7526-BG-MOD 50PAR20/H/NFL25° Champagne Trim Modified for 6" Depth Damp Location Modified for 6" Depth G.1 Recessed Lensed Wallwasher Kurt Versen GE 120 Champagne Cone E7526-BG 50PAR20/H/NFL25° 4 1/8" Aperture H Recessed Small Aperture Par 20 Kurt Versen GE 120 Downlight (Front of House) C7300-BG-MOD 50PAR20/H/NFL25° 4" Aperture Modified for 6" Depth Modified for 6" Depth H.1 Recessed Small Aperture Par 20 Kurt Versen GE 120 Downlight C7300-BG 50PAR20/H/NFL25° Champagne Cone 4 1/8" Aperture I Not Used J Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Kurt Versen GE 100/90W 120 Downlight C7322-BG 5" Aperture Gold Trim 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer J.1 Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Kurt Versen Double-Wallwasher E7522-BG-D (Front of House) Double Wallwasher 5" Aperture Gold Trim J.2 Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Kurt Versen Downlight-Wallwasher E7522-BG-Wallwasher 5" Aperture Gold Trim K.1 Linear Incandescent Strip Alexandra & Co. With Festoon Sockets @ IllumiLite 2 1/4" O.C. Series 78 Remote magnetic transformers 78-XX-AF-B-U-T2-G required. Refer to manufacturer's chart for recommended wire size. Lengths to be field verified. Contractor is responsible for ordering the necessary T2 terminals on the second end of the strip. Strips must be ordered from the factory with terminal connectors on both ends of the light strip to make tandem connecting possible. Contractor to provide 10% overage of spare lamps. K.2 Linear Incandescent Strip Alexandra & Co. With Festoon Sockets @ IllumiLite 2 1/4" O.C. Series 78 Remote magnetic transformers 78-XX-AG-B-U-T2-G required. Refer to manufacturer's chart for recommended wire size. Lengths to be field verified. Contractor is responsible for ordering the necessary T2 terminals on the second end of the strip. Strips must be ordered from the factory with terminal connectors on both ends of the light strip to make tandem connecting possible. Contractor to provide 10% overage of spare lamps. Page 3 Lamp Voltage GE 100/90W 120 GE 100/90W 120 3 Watt Incandescent 120/24 Frosted 5 Watt Incandescent 120/24 Frosted 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Page 4 Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage K.3 Deleted L PAR 20 Cove Medium Base Belfer Lighting GE 120 Incandescent Strip 2502-6-S-F-XX 50PAR20/H/NFL25° Satin Aluminum Finish Sockets at 6" O.C. L.1 PAR 20 Cove Medium Base Belfer Lighting GE 120 Incandescent Strip 2502-6-S-F-WL 50PAR20/H/NFL25° Wet Location Rated Satin Aluminum Finish Sockets at 6° O.C. M Incandescent Column Mounted Elliptipar GE Q150T3/CL 120 Ceiling Uplight T403-0150-W-00-A-000 Finish: White Cut-Off Visor not Specified N Picture Light Specialty Lighting Lamp Included 120/1') 201-5T3-4-XX-XX-B Length and Projection to be " Determined after Art is Selected O Not Used P Recessed A-Lamp Downlight Kurt Versen GE 150AM 120 Champagne Cone C7321-BG Soft White 5 7/8" Aperture Q Low Voltage Recessed Amerlux GE 120/12 Wallwasher BB-WW-6-XX Q50MR16C/NSP15° Contractor responsible to field Length to be determined (EXT) verify all custom length R Recessed Low Voltage Small Sylvan Alesco GE 25R14SC/SP 120/12 Aperture Downlight A8600TB-ALR1425 Included Remote Transformer Required Contractor to provide shop drawings showing transformer layout and sizes S Low Voltage Linear Lighting for Roberts Step-Lite Lamps included 120112 Banquets and for Mirrors at Spa RA-12 Series Remote transformer required RA-12-EB-CL-XX Lengths to be Field Verified 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado Page 5 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage T Recessed T-4 Downlight in Kurt Versen GE 250T-4/Frosted 120 Ballroom C7394-BG Champagne Trim 7 Aperture U.1 Surface Mounted 2 ft. Alkco Supplied with fixture 120/12 Incandescent Strip Fixture HG23/10/SGD V Recessed Floor Column Uplights BK Lighting GE Constant Color 120/12 @ Living Room MR16 Recessed Fixture Q50MR16/C/NSP15° 4-5/8" Diameter CUS-1403-22 (EXT) Finish to match floor W Linear LED Strip @ Wine Bottles TBD W1 Linear LED in Handrail Alexandra Co. Lamps included 120/12 24L-XX-C-6-12- W2-1 /2-P2-D-1 X Cold Cathode Neotek, Inc. 120ma 120 (High Power Factor) 817.640.4300 Incandescent White 2400K, 25mm (6 Watts per Linear ft.) Y.3 Surface Mounted 3 ft. Fluorescent Columbia GE 120 Strip Fixture CN-3-1-39-EB5-120 F39W/T5/830/HO Y.4 Surface Mounted 4 ft. Fluorescent Columbia GE 120 Strip Fixture CN-4-1-54-EB5-120 F54W/T5/830/HO Z Porcelain Socket Keyless Leviton GE 150A/VV 120 AA MR16 Exterior Monopoint Wall B-K Lighting GE 120/12 Mounted Grazier Night Star II Q50MR16/C/NFL25° NSII-7-BZP-13 BB Exterior Step Light B-K Lighting GE 120/12 Must be mounted a minimum of Step Star Q50MR16/C/NSP150 12" above tred. SS-6-BZP-A Remote transformer required. CC Exterior Recessed Ground Uplight B-K Lighting GE 120/12 Remote transformer required B-HP2-MR-RS-6-BZP-CPC Q50MR1 6/C/NSP1 50 (no honeycomb baffle) 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description DD EE FF GG HH l l JJ KK LL MM Surface Horizontal-mounted Closet Light Recessed Spa Corridor Foot Lights Recessed Wet Location Spa Shower Lights Low Voltage Recessed Wall Grazer Contractor responsible to verify all custom length. Manufacturer Lightolier Opalux 6348 10 Lighting 10-01-43-100-5-120 BEGA 1121 Amerlux B B-W G-6-XX Length to be determined Page 6 Lamp Voltage (2) GE 60A19M 120 LED 120 20WG4 120/12 Included GE Q35MR16C/HSP15 120/12 Exterior Fountain Light Hydrel 100Q LAMP Contractor to determine conduit 4413-1000-120-FLC-NM- INCLUDED entries and cord length. XX-XX-LPI Not Used Entry Pole Ned Pole Lamp to be horizontal mounted 8016.00 Ned Lantern ARCO LA500 Exterior Surface Mounted BK Lighting Up/Down Light El Dorado Up/Down ED-3-BLP-9-C Wall Mounted Path Light Bega Black Finish 2294-P-MOD- Modified to accept a 20watt Incandescent DCB halogen lamp. 11"x4"x33/8" Tree Mounted Downlight BK Lighting Delta Star DS-8-BZP-9-A with Tree Strap TS-MB-Z-BZP-XX 100MH GE Q35MR16/C/CG12 (FRB) 20 Watt T6 Halogen Lamp Included GE Q50MR16C/40 (EXN) 120 120 120/12 120 120/12 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set Page 7 May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage NN Tree Mounted Uplight BK Lighting GEQ50MR16/250 120/12 with Adjustable Power Pipe up Delta Star (EXZ) to 36" DS-7-BZP-9-A with adjustable power pipe PP-A-CUS36-B-BZP 00 Not Used PP Emergency Path Light FX Luminaire 20 Watt 120/12 Demilite DL-20 Xenon QQ Color-changing for Spa Corridor Color Kinetics LED 120 iColor Cove MX Powercore Included 123-000004-00 Data Enabler Ethernet 106-000003-05 Light System Manager 103-000015-00 4W Ethernet Controller Keypad 103-000017-00 PS-60109-000001-00 RR Recessed Hydrel GE Constant Color 120/12 Wet Location 4800-SQ-B-M75-12-FL- Q50MR16/C/NSP15° Whirlpool Fixture CLC-NM-3445B-RG-???- (EXT) LP SS Surface Mounted BK 50MR16 120/12 Monopoint Fixture DS-7-BZP-9-B (EXZ) 25° with BC4-BZP TT Recessed Hydrel GE Q100T-4/Mini- 120/ Wet Location 4800-RD-SS-100Q-120- Can 12 Pool Fixture FL-CLS-NM-3445B- CSL100-SWM-LP UU Bollard Poulsen BYS-100W/HPS/ED17- Medium/120/COR-TEN VV Well Mounted Uplights for Flag Hydrel 70 Watt Metal Halide 120 4 Poles 9100/B/70M120/SP/34 Lamp Included 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set Page 8 May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage WW Exterior Signage Fixture Elliptipar Included 1204 For mounting to a wet location T-152.0350-V- outlet box. 06.120-TL-0 with Versen Cutoff AV-C-06 XX Vail US Long Life HP5100E17 120 Citypole TOVSS9644PH City to Select YY Retail Recessed Belfer Virtual Axis GEQ50Ml2l6/CG15 120/12 Multi-Point Fixture 10' 16/1-XX-BP-HP-1-1DT- (EXT) WH YY.1 Retail Recessed Belfer Virtual Axis GEQ50Ml2l6/CG15 120/12 Multi-Point Fixture 5' 16/1-XX-BP-HP-1-1DT- (EXT) WH YY.2 Retail Recessed Belfer Virtual Axis GEQ50Ml2l6/CG15 120/12 Multi-Point Fixture 4' 16/1-XX-BP-HP-1-DT- (EXT) WH ZZ Wallmount Door Exit Light B-K Lighting GE35 120 El Capitain EC-5-BXP-9-B AAA Recessed Low Voltage PAR 36 Edison Price GE 50PAR36/VNSP 120/12 Adjustable Fixture Epic 36/5AA-30-GOL Champagne Trim 5" Aperture AAAA Recessed Low Voltage PAR 36 Edison Price GE 50PAR36/NSP 120/12 Adjustable Fixture Epic 36/5AA-30-GOL Champagne Trim 5" Aperture BBB Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Edison Price GE 100/90W 120 Downlight Epic A19/4-GOL Champagne Trim 4" Aperture QP 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado Page 9 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Voltage CCC Low Voltage Recessed Downlight Edison Price GE 120/12 Champagne Trim Epic MR/4-GOL Q50MR16/C/NSP15° 4" Aperture DDD Low Voltage Recessed Edison Price GE 120/12 Adjustable Downlight Epic Anglux MR/4-30-GOL Q50MR16/C/NSP150 Champagne Trim 4" Aperture EEE Recessed Lensed Wallwasher Edison Price GE 120 Champagne Cone Epic WL30/5-GOL 50PAR20/H/NFL25° 5" Aperture FFF Recessed Small Aperture Par 20 Edison Price GE 120 Downlight Epic 20/4-GOL 50PAR20/H/NFL25° Champagne Trim 4" Aperture GGG Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Edison Price GE 100/90W 120 Double-Wallwasher Epic A19/5-DWW-GOL 5° Aperture Gold Trim Double Wallwasher GGGA Recessed Small Aperture A-Lamp Edison Price GE 100/90W 120 Downlight-Wallwasher Epic A19/5-WW-GOL 5" Aperture Gold Trim Wallwasher HHH Recessed Step Light Belfer Lighting 3.75 Watt 120/ Must be mounted a minimum of 3310FP-XX-464 Lamp Included 24 12° above tread. LFR Dimmable Duplex Floor Lutron (Receptacle) Receptacle and Plug NTR-15-DFDU-GR- Contractor to hold plugs and CPWO441 install on all lamps during Lutron (Receptacle) installation NTR-20-DFDU-GR- CPW 0442 Lutron (Plug) RP-FDU-10-COLOR CARLON FLOORBOX P/N E976RFB CARLON ACTIVATION KIT P/N E97AK2 CARLON FLOORBOX E976RFB 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 Four Seasons Vail - Colorado LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Type Description Manufacturer Lamp Page 10 Voltage LWR Dimmable Duplex Wall Receptacle and Plug Contractor to hold plugs and install on all lamps during installation Lutron (Receptacle) NTR-15-DFDU-GR- CPW 0441 Lutron (Receptacle) NTR-20-DFDU-GR- CPW0442 Lutron (Plug) RP-FDU-10-COLOR Note #1: Lighting consultant, Bouyea & Associates, will travel to the jobsite and supervise final adjustments (aiming) to all adjustable light fixtures. The electrical subcontractor shall provide six (6) electricians to work with the lighting consultant for a period of four (4) days. Most of this work will occur after sundown (plan: 7pm-3am). The contractor should also be prepared to supply ladders and manlifts to reach the recessed fixtures. Note #2: Electrical subcontractor to hold an allowance of $2,000.00 US dollars to supply additional lamps for fixtures to be used in the focusing of lighting phase of the project. The lighting consultant, Bouyea & Associates, will supply a list of lamps to be purchased within 4-6 weeks of their trip to the jobsite to focus the lighting. Contractor to receive these lamps and store them at the jobsite. The unused portion of lamps is then to be turned over to the hotel as attic stock. (PLEASE NOTE BOLDED ITEMS ARE REVISIONS MADE SINCE LAST ISSUANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT) E 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16512 VAIL, COLORADO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM (DIMMING SYSTEM) SECTION 16512 - LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM (DIMMING SYSTEM) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes the lighting control system as selected by the Lighting Designer. In cases of conflict, the selections and designations listed in the adjoining schedule and cutsheets supersede those listed in other individual specification sections. END OF SECTION • is 05-12-06 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM (DIMMING SYSTEM) Summary Permit Set 16512-1 BOUYEA & ASSOCIATES, INC May 12, 2006 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Entry/Circulation Description E1 1 300 INC/LV Downlights E2.1 2 1050 INC/LV Entry Corridor Uplights E2.2 2 1050 INC/LV Entry Corridor Uplights E3 3 1200 INC/LV Pendants E4 4 150 INC/LV Corridor Downlights E5 5 750 INC/LV Corridor Entry Accent E6 6 400 INC/LV Sitting Niche Sconces E7 7 900 INC/LV Receptacles E8.1 8 625 INC/LV Art Accent E8.2 8 600 INC/LV Art Accent E9 9 200 INC/LV Sconces Auxiliary Equipment (c) (c) (a) (a) (c) (a) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface G RX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast 06,01 EIg®en Hill ILIR~'lt Emitting IOD PO Box 40 Washington Depot, CT 06794 Telephone: 860.868.4 500 Fax: 860.868.4501 A R C H I T E C T U R A L L I G H T I N G D E S I G N Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment E10 10 400 INC/LV Reception General (c) (a) Downlights E11 11 375 INC/LV Centerpiece Accent E12 12 300 INC/LV Reception Chandelier E13 13 200 INC/LV Reception Sconces E14 14 550 INC/LV Reception & Concierge Desk E15 15 700 INC/LV Reception Wallwash E16 16 200 INC/LV Concierge Art (a) E17 17 720 INC/LV Receptacles E18 18 300 INC/LV Elevator Downlights (c) E19 19 400 INC/LV Elevator Pendants E20 20 400 INC/LV Downlights (a) E21.1 21 400 INC/LV Corridor Pendants (c) E21.2 21 400 INC/LV Corridor Pendants E22 22 600 INC/LV Corridor Downlights E23.1 23 690 INC/LV Corridor Art (a) E23.2 23 625 INCILV Corridor Art (a) E24 24 720 INC/LV Receptacles E25 25 375 INC/LV Grand Stair Downlights (c) E26 26 500 INC/LV Grand Stair Art (a) E27 27 200 INC/LV Grand Stair Sconces E28 28 300 INC/LV Grand Stair Pendant E29 29 325 INC/LV Art Accent (a) E30.1 30 450 INC/LV 3rd Level DownLights (c) (a) E30.2 30 450 INC/LV 3`d Level DownLights (a) E30.3 30 200 INC/LV 3rd Level DownLights (c) (a) E31.1 31 300 INC/LV 3rd Level Elevator (c) DownLights Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 2 niz-4,2_nn Curs~rv»r~i Dnrmit Cn4 3 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Description E31.2 31 150 INC/LV E32 32 180 INC/LV E33 33 300 INC/LV E34 34 200 INC/LV E35 35 1620 INC/LV E36.1 36 700 INC/LV E36.2 36 400 INC/LV E37 37 1200 INC/LV E38 38 800 INC/LV E39.1 39 700 INC/LV E39.2 39 300 INC/LV E40 40 565 INC/LV E41 41 540 INC/LV E42 42 1225 INC/LV E43 43 400 INC/LV E44.1 44 0 INC/LV E44.2 44 0 INC/LV E45 45 200 INC/LV E46 46 200 INC/LV E47 47 400 INC/LV E48 48 360 INC/LV E49 49 1920 LED E50 50 300 INC/LV E51 51 100 INC/LV May 12, 2006 3`d Level DownLights 3`d Level Hostess Lamp 3`d Level Sconces 3`d Level Art Accent 3`d Level Receptacles 3rd Level Wallwash 3`d Level Wallwash 3`d Level Art Accent 3`d Level Pendants 2nd Level Pendants 2nd Level Pendants 2"d Level Art Accent Receptacles Wall Grazer Sconces Spare Spare 3`d Level Telephone Room 3`d Level Vestibule Pendant 3`d Level Vestibule Wallwasher 3`d Receptacles 3`d Level Handrail Sconces Telephone Booth Auxiliary Equipment (a) (c) (c) (a) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Lobby Lounge, Level 5 Description LL1 1 400 INC/LV Downlights LL2 2 400 INC/LV Table Accents LL3 3 375 INC/LV Wall Grazer LL4 4 900 INC/LV Pendants LL5 5 400 INC/LV Sconces LL6 6 1080 INC/LV Receptacles LL7 7 250 INC/LV Art Accent LL8 8 750 INC/LV Table Accent Library, Level 5 May 12, 2006 L1 1 300 INC/LV Downlights L2 2 325 INC/LV Small Table Accents L3 3 1750 INC/LV Wall Grazer L4 4 200 INC/LV Sconces L5 5 360 INC/LV Receptacles L6 6 450 INC/LV Table Accent L7 7 250 INC/LV Art Accent L8 8 300 INC/LV Picture Light L9.1 9 600 INC/LV Book Shelves L9.2 9 600 INC/LV Book Shelves Lobby Bar, Level 5 Auxiliary Equipment (c) (a) (c) (a) (a) (a) (c) (a) (c) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) LB1 1 500 INC/LV Downlights (c) (a) 1_132 2 65 INC/LV Piano Accent (a) 1_133 3 200 INC/LV Art Accent (a) LB4 4 200 INC/LV Sconces Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 4 1j nr%_47_nst Ceew+m.nr%i Dnrmif Cnf 5 C Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment LB5 5 500 INC/LV Pendants LB6 6 960 INC/LV Under Cabinet (a) LB7 7 540 INC/LV Under Cabinet (a) LB8 8 450 INC/LV Back Bar Accent LB9 9 500 LED Back Bar LB10 10 625 INC/LV Bar Tables (a) LB11 11 300 INC/LV Picture Light Residential Club Lobby, Level 5 RL1 1 300 INC/LV Downlights (c) (a) RL2 2 300 INC/LV Pendant (c) RL3 3 720 INC/LV Receptacles RL4 4 825 INC/LV Art Accent (a) RL5 5 125 INC/LV Table Accent (a) RL6 6 150 INC/LV Desk RL7 7 200 INC/LV Desk Artwork (a) RL8 8 200 INC/LV Pendant Elevator Lobby RL9 9 100 INC/LV Wallwash Treatment Corridor, Level 2 TC1 1 50 LED Floor Accents (c) TC2 2 750 INC/LV Pendants (c) TC3 3 680 INC/LV Pendants, Downlight (c) (a) TC4 4 150 INC/LV Wallwash (c) TC5 5 360 INC/LV Receptacles TC6 6 750 INC/LV Art Accent (a) TC7 7 1920 LED Hall Color Kinetics Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set 6 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Women's Slumber, Level 2 - West Description WS1 1 180 INC/LV Downlights WS2 2 75 INC/LV Accent WS3 3 125 INC/LV Art Accent WS4 4 1100 INC/LV Drapery Accent Co-ed Lounge, Level 2 - West May 12, 2006 CL1 1 700 INC/LV Accent Lights CL2 2 200 INC/LV Wallwash CL3 3 0 INC/LV Spare CL4 4 1620 INC/LV Receptacles CL5 5 200 INC/LV Fireplace Accent CL6 6 125 INC/LV Art Accent Men's Locker Room, Level 2 - West ML1 1 1000 INC/LV Pendants ML2 2 480 INC/LV Wallwash ML3.1 3 525 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML3.2 3 1920 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML3.3 3 1920 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML3.4 3 1920 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML3.5 3 1920 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML4 4 1920 INC/LV Shower Wall Grazer ML5 5 800 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML6 6 125 INC/LV Table Accent Auxiliary Equipment (c) (a) (a) (a) (c) (a) (a) (a) (c) (c) (a) (c) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD n5-17-nR Siommnrv Parmif qat 7 CJ U Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Number Channel Load Load Type Description May 12, 2006 Auxiliary Equipment ML7 7 200 INC/LV Floor Uplights (c) ML8 8 50 INC/LV Rain Shower ML9 9 360 INC/LV Receptacles ML10 10 100 INC/LV Wallwasher ML11.1 11 1050 INC/LV Men's Steam Room ML11.2 11 1050 INC/LV Men's Steam Room ML11.3 11 875 INC/LV Men's Steam Room (c) ML12 12 160 INC/LV Under Cabinet (a) ML13 13 300 NCC Sauna (c) ML14 14 500 NCC Locker ML15 15 500 INC/LV Towel Drop ML16 16 400 INC/LV Sconces ML17 17 225 INC/LV Art Accent ML18 18 100 INC/LV Wallwasher ML19 19 600 INC/LV Sconces ML20 20 325 INC/LV Downlight ML21 21 500 INC/LV Wall Grazer ML22 22 300 INC/LV Picture Light Men's Slumber Room, Level 2 - West MS1 1 90 INC/LV Downlight (c) (a) MS2 2 125 INC/LV Art Accent (a) MS3 3 850 INC/LV Drapery Accent Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summarv Permit Set 8 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment Women's Locker Room, Level 2 - East WL1.1 1 600 INC/LV Pendants (c) WL1.2 1 360 INC/LV Pendants WL2 2 600 INC/LV Wallwash (c) WL3 3 550 NCC Lights top of Lockers WL4 4 600 INC/LV Picture Lights WL5 5 300 INC/LV Grooming Pendants (a) WL6.1 6 725 INC/LV Cove (a) WL6.2 6 725 INC/LV Cove (a) WL7 7 600 INC/LV Sconces WL8 8 250 INC/LV Sink Downlights WL9 9 180 INC/LV Downlights (a) WL10 10 250 INC/LV Toilet Wallwash WL11 11 150 INC/LV Pendant (c) WL12 12 1920 INC/LV Shower WL13 13 700 INC/LV Wall Grazer WL14 14 150 INC/LV Wall Grazer WL15 15 160 INC/LV Undercabinet (a) WL16 16 300 INC/LV Towel Drop Women's Lounge WWL1 1 200 INC/LV Wallwashers WWL2 2 360 INC/LV Receptacles WWL3 3 100 INC/LV Downlights (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05.12-nR Riimmarv Pormif Cof 9 C, Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Description Whirlpool, Level 2 - East May 12, 2006 WWI 1 325 INC/LV Art Accent WW2 2 360 INC/LV Receptacles WW3.1 3 1920 INC/LV Stone Wall Accent WW3.2 3 1920 INC/LV Stone Wall Accent WW3.3 3 1920 INC/LV Stone Wall Accent WW4.1 4 960 INC/LV Cove WW4.2 4 960 INC/LV Cove WW4.3 4 960 INC/LV Cove WW4.4 4 960 INC/LV Cove WW5.1 5 1225 INC/LV Wall Grazer WW5.2 5 1225 INC/LV Wall Grazer WW6 6 200 NCC Sauna WW7 7 200 NCC Wall Grazer Salon S1 1 625 INC/LV Hair Stations S2 2 600 INC/LV Sconces S3 3 250 INC/LV Pedicure S4 4 720 INC/LV Receptacles S5 5 600 INC/LV Sconces S6 6 700 INC/LV Wallwashers S7 7 250 INC/LV Manicure S8 8 Spare Auxiliary Equipment (c) (a) (c) (a) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage L NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim ~r FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set 10 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Description Spa Admin SA1.1 1 400 INC/LV Wallwashers SA1.2 1 600 INC/LV Wallwashers SA2 2 250 INC/LV Niche Spa Reception SR1 1 700 INC/LV Accent SR2 2 825 INC/LV Table Accent SR3 3 600 INC/LV Sconces SR4 4 500 INC/LV Niche SR5 5 540 INC/LV Receptacles SR6 6 200 INC/LV Pendants SR7.1 7 1375 INC/LV Display SR7.2 7 1200 INC/LV Display SR7.3 7 950 INC/LV Display SR8 8 200 INC/LV Art Accent Young Adult Y1 1 360 INC/LV Downlights Y2 2 400 INC/LV Pendants Y3 3 408 NCC Neon Cove Y4 4 300 NCC Pendants May 12, 2006 Auxiliary Equipment (c) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05.12.OR Summarv Permit Rat Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment Kid's Center KC1 1 366 NCC Wallwashers (c) (a) KC2 2 200 INC/LV Table Accent KC3 3 180 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) KC4 4 100 INC/LV Downlights KC5 5 150 INC/LV Under Cabinet Fitness Center FC1 1 930 NCC Neon Cove FC2-FC5 Spare Private Dining, Level 3 PD1 1 600 INC/LV Chandelier (c) PD2 2 360 INC/LV Receptacles PD3 3 300 INC/LV Sconces PD4 4 1200 INC/LV Picture Lights PD5.1 5 960 INC/LV Wine Display (a) PD5.2 5 960 INC/LV Wine Display (a) Restaurant, Level 3 R1 1 720 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) R2.1 2 900 INC/LV Sconces (c) R2.2 2 600 INC/LV Sconces R3 3 1200 INC/LV Uplights Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set 12 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Graft 7000 Zone Dimming VA Number Channel Load Load Type Description May 12, 2006 Auxiliary Equipment R4 4 1200 INC/LV Pendants R5 5 360 INC/LV Receptacles R6 6 250 INC/LV Art Accent (a) R7.1 7 250 INC/LV Table Accents (a) R7.2 7 750 INC/LV Table Accents (a) R8 8 750 INC/LV Table Accents (a) R9 9 250 INC/LV Art Accents (a) R10 10 500 INC/LV Exhibition Kitchen R11 11 720 INC/LV Booth Cove R12 12 250 INC/LV Booth Accent (a) Meeting Room 1. (Not Partitioned M1-1.1 1 600 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) M1-1.2 1 600 INC/LV Downlights (a) M1-2 2 750 INC/LV Pendant M1-3 3 400 INC/LV Sconces M1-4 4 200 INC/LV Art Accents (a) M1-5.1 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) M1-5.2 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) M1-5.3 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) Meeting Room 2 MR2-1.1 1 600 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) MR2-1.2 1 600 INC/LV Downlights (a) MR2-2 2 750 INC/LV Pendant MR2-3 3 400 INC/LV Sconces MR2-4 4 200 INC/LV Art Accents (a) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD nr%_i?_na Cirmmnni onrmit co• 13 C Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment MR2-5.1 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) MR2-5.2 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) MR2-5.3 5 960 INC/LV Cove (a) Meeting Room Prefunction, Level 3 MP1 1 890 INC/LV Pendants, Downlights (c) MP2 2 360 INC/LV Downlights (a) MP3 3 600 INC/LV Wall Sconces MP4 4 325 INC/LV Art Accents MP5 5 360 INC/LV Receptacles MP6 6 300 INC/LV Picture Light MP7.1 7 1750 INC/LV Door Accent MP7.2 7 1750 INC/LV Door Accent L Boardroom. Level 3 BD1 1 600 INC/LV Chandelier (c) BD2 2 200 INC/LV Wallwash BD3 3 200 INC/LV Art Accents (a) BD4 4 950 INC/LV Table Accent BD5 5 525 INC/LV Niches Banquet Prefunction, Level 3 BQP1.1 1 360 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) BQP1.2 1 270 INC/LV Downlights (a) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set 14 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment BQP2 2 540 INC/LV Pendants BQP3 3 250 INC/LV Art Accents BQP4 4 360 INC/LV Receptacles BQP5.1 5 1750 INC/LV Door Accent BQP5.2 5 1750 INC/LV Door Accent BQP5.3 5 1750 INC/LV Door Accent BQP5.4 5 1750 INC/LV Door Accent Banquet Room A, Level 3 (Partitioned) BQA1.1 1 500 INC/LV Downlights (c) BQA1.2 1 500 INC/LV Downlights BQA2 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants BQA3 3 600 INC/LV Sconces BQA4 4 Spare BQA5.1 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) BQA5.2 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) BQA5.3 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) BQA5.4 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) Banquet Room B. Level 3 (Partitioned) BQ131.1 1 500 INC/LV Downlights (c) BQ61.2 1 500 INC/LV Downlights BQB2 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants BQ63 3 600 INC/LV Sconces BQB4 4 Spare BQ135.1 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) BQ135.2 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD ns.12.OR Rijmmarv Parmit Roo 15 IL Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Auxiliary Number Channel Load Type Description Equipment BQB5.3 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) BQB5.4 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) Ballroom Prefunction, Level 3 BP1 1 600 INC/LV Downlights (a), (c) BP2 2 900 INC/LV Pendants BP3.1 3 1225 INC/LV Wall Grazer BP3.2 3 1225 INC/LV Wall Grazer BP4 4 600 INC/LV Sconces BP5 5 500 INC/LV Art Accents (a) BP6 6 500 INC/LV Registration Tables (a) BP7 7 375 INC/LV Center Accent BP8 8 1575 INC/LV Drapery Pockets BP9 9 180 INC/LV Pendant (c) BP10 10 200 INC/LV Telephone Room BP11 11 150 INC/LV Water Fountain BP12 12 675 INC/LV ArtAccent (a) Ballroom A. Level 3 (Partitioned BA1.1 1 1000 INC/LV Downlights (c) BA1.2 1 1000 INC/LV Downlights BA2.1 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants BA2.2 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants BA3 3 600 INC/LV Sconces BA4 4 250 INC/LV Artwork (a) BA5.1 5 850 INC/LV Cove (a) Auxilia ry Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load T ype Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summarv Permit Set Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Number Channel Load Load Type Description BA5.2 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.3 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.4 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.5 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.6 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.7 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA5.8 5 850 INC/LV Cove BA6.1 6 1625 INC/LV Door Accent BA6.2 6 1625 INC/LV Door Accent Ballroom B. Level 3 (Partitioned BB1.1 1 1000 INC/LV Downlights 13131.2 1 1000 INC/LV Downlights BB2.1 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants B62.2 2 1000 INC/LV Pendants 663 3 600 INC/LV Sconces 1364 4 500 INC/LV Artwork BB5.1 5 850 INC/LV Cove 865.2 5 850 INC/LV Cove BB5.3 5 850 INC/LV Cove 1365.4 5 850 INC/LV Cove BB5.5 5 850 INC/LV Cove BB5.6 5 850 INC/LV Cove 1365.7 5 850 INC/LV Cove 1365.8 5 850 INC/LV Cove 16 May 12, 2006 Auxiliary Equipment (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (c) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD nr%_19_nsz C#omm~r%# Dnrmi* Cn• 17 L] Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Terrace, Level 5 Description T1.1 1 200 INC/LV Sconces T1.2 1 400 INC/LV Sconces T2 2 400 INC/LV Sconces Spa Terrace ST1 1 200 INC/LV Fireplace Sconces ST2 2 525 INC/LV Trellis ST3 3 125 INC/LV Spa Pool ST4 4 125 INC/LV Tree Mounted Downlight Exterior, Level 3 EX1 1 375 INC/LV Downlights EX2 2 200 INC/LV Sconces EX3 3 800 INC/LV Wallwasher EX4 4 TBD LED Handrail EX5.1 5 TBD INC/LV Sconces EX5.2 5 TBD INC/LV Sconces EX5.3 5 TBD INC/LV Sconces EX6 6 TBD INC/LV Lantern EX7 7 400 INC/LV Entry Sconces EX8 8 400 INC/LV Entry Side Sconces EX9 9 950 INC/LV Column Uplights EX10 10 500 INC/LV Porte Cochere Pendant Auxiliary Equipment (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) NormW/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD May 12, 2006 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set 18 Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado May 12, 2006 DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type EX11 11 200 INC/LV EX12 12 1400 INC/LV EX13 13 400 INC/LV EX14 14 200 INC/LV EX15 15 1000 INC/LV EX16 16 250 INC/LV EX17 17 75 INC/LV EX18 18 375 INC/LV EX19 19 500 INC/LV EX20 20 625 INC/LV EX21 21 1000 LED EX22.1 22 2000 LED EX22.2 22 2000 LED EX23 23 175 INC/LV EX24 24 575 INC/LV EX25 25 125 INC/LV EX26 26 300 INC/LV EX27 27 200 INC/LV Description Meeting Room Terrace Wall Lights Ballroom Terrace Wall Lights Cabana Sconces Cabana Monopoint Cabana Cove Tree Mounted Uplight Whirlpool Pool Tree Mounted Downlight Tree Mounted Downlight Handrail Handrail Handrail Wall Uplight Tree Mounted Uplight Pool Elevator Lobby Pool Bar Counter Auxiliary Equipment Cardio C1 1 360 INC/LV Downlights (a) (c) C2 2 504 NCC Neon Cove C3 3 Spare C4 4 Spare C5 5 Spare Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-16A-120 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summarv Pprmit Spt 19 1~ • Four Seasons Vail - Vail, Colorado DIMMING SPECIFICATION: Lutron Grafik 7000 Zone Dimming VA Load Number Channel Load Type Presidential Suite Description May 12, 2006 Auxiliary Equipment P1 1 300 INC/LV Entry Pendant P2 2 375 INC/LV Art Accent (a) P3 3 300 INC/LV Pendants P4 4 720 INC/LV Receptacles P5 5 600 INC/LV Picture Lights P6 6 1575 INC/LV Dining Room Cove (a) P7 7 360 INC/LV Receptacles P8 8 1290 INC/LV Cove (a) P8.2 8 1290 INC/LV Cove (a) P9 9 300 INC/LV Dining Area Pendants P10 10 100 INC/LV Recessed Downlights (PLEASE NOTE BOLDED ITEMS ARE REVISIONS MADE SINCE LAST ISSUANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT) Auxiliary Equipment (a) Provide Lutron Toroidal Choke sized as close to the load as possible or next higher size-load not to exceed 960 watts (b) Zone requires Lutron Power Booster, NGRX-PB-WH (c) Normal/Emergency Circuit (d) Zone requires Lutron Fluorescent Interface GRX-FDBI-1 6A-1 20 (e) Zone requires GFCI Breaker Load Type Abbreviations INC/LV = Incandescent: Magnetic Low Voltage ELV = Electronic Low Voltage NCC = Neon/Cold Cathode ND = Non-Dim FDB = Fluorescent Dimming Ballast LED = Light Emitting IOD 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16513 VAIL, COLORADO REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE SECTION 16513 - REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes the remote control station schedule as selected by the Lighting Designer. In cases of conflict, the selections and designations listed in the adjoining schedule and cutsheets supersede those listed in other individual specification sections. END OF SECTION • • 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE 16513-1 BOUYEA & ASSOCIATES, INC. May 12, 2006 05-12-06 SUMMARY PERMIT SET FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD r1 Electrical Room G-502 (By Residence Club Lobby) r2 Stair`U' S-519 (By Lobby Bar) r3 Concierge Vestibule R-3 r4 SKI/Golf Bag Storage Room 513 5 Green Hill Road PO Box 40 Washington Depot, CT 06794 Telephone: 860.868.4500 Fax: 860.868.4501 Zones Controlled G7-AR-W000-0-120 Grafik 7000 Central Processor PJ62-ADPT-1 Jack Adaptor NTOMX-62J-WH OMX-RS232 Touch Screen Interface (3) OMX-AV LV Contact Closure Interface GR6HHP Hand Held Programmer NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish All NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish All All All A R C H I T E C T U R A L L I G H T I N G D E S I G N May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r5 Maid's Room NTOMX-HHPJ-WH G-519 Hand Held Program Jack (By Exterior) White Finish r6 Valet Room NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 534 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r7 Service Station NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 352 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r8 Door Check NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 355A Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r9 Coat Check NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 372 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r10 Wall Niche NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Meeting Room 1 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r11 Wall Niche NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Meeting Room 2 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r12 Vestibule NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 373 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r13 Vestibule NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 375 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish Zones Controlled All All All All All All All All All "Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399 Q1 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r14 Hallway NTOMX-HHPJ-WH r15 r16 r17 305 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish Hallway NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 305 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish Janitor's Closet 389 NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish Boardroom 378 (To be mounted In base cabinet) NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish Zones Controlled All All All All r18 Electrician's Room NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All 218 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r19 Office NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All 234 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r20 Storage NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All 233 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r21 Spa Administration NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All 242 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r22 Mechanical Room NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All 265 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish "Keyed scene select allows for clean- up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r23 Janitor's Closet NTOMX-HHPJ-WH 253 Hand Held Program Jack White Finish r24 Vestibule 275A r25 Prep Room 285 r26 Janitor's Closet 269 r27** Vestibule 538 r28** r29** Stair 'U' S-519 Electrical Closet G-502 NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish NTOMX-HHPJ-WH Hand Held Program Jack White Finish NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21T13-FB-XX-E NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21 T13-FB-XX-E NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21T13-FB-XX-E Zones Controlled All All All All E1-E49 LL1-LL8 LB1-LB11 L1-L9 E1-E49 LL1-LL8 LB1-LB11 L1-L9 RL1-RL9 **Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-SC-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set • c. May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r30** Service Station NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 352 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21 T13-FB-XX-E r31** Janitor's Closet NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 363 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21T13-FB-XX-E r32** Hallway NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 C-305 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21T13-FB-XX-E r33** Janitor's Closet NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 253 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21Ti3-FB-XX-E r34** Vestibule NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 275A NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21 T13-FB-XX-E Zones Controlled R1-R12 PD1-PD5 E1-E49 MP1-MP7 BQP1-BQP5 BP1-BP12 BQP1-BQP5 BP1-BP12 E1-E49 MP1-MP7 ML1-ML22 WL1-WL16 TC 1-TC7 TR1-TR 12 **Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r35** Electrical Room NTOMX-KS-CF-XX-CPN3254 218 NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX Key Control Station with 4 Scenes, Off Two-gang Faceplate: NT-T21T13-FB-XX-E r36 Hallway OMX-RACP-1A-XX-E C-305 Area Partition Control Engraved Requires Lutron Backbox r37 Spare r38 Vestibule r39 Meeting Room 1 r40 r41 r42 Meeting Room 1 Meeting Room 2 Meeting Room 2 OMX-RACP-1 A-XX-E Area Partition Control Engraved Requires Lutron Backbox OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved Zones Controlled E1-E49 SRI-SR8 Y1-Y3 KC1 - KC5 C1-C5 Partition Control BA1-BA6 6131-1365 Partition Control BQA1-BQA5 BQB1-BQB5 M1-1 M1-5 M1-1 M1-5 M2-1 M2-5 M2-1 M2-5 **Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399. E 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r43 Banquet Room A OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r44 Banquet Room A OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r45 Banquet Room B OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r46 Banquet Room B OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r47 Ball Room A OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r48 Ball Room A OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r49 Ball Room B OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r50 Ball Room B OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r51 Private Dining OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved Zones Controlled BQA1-BQA5 BQA1-BQA5 BQB1-BQB5 BQB1-BQB5 BA1-BA6 BA1-BA6 BB1-BB5 BB1-BB5 PD1-PD5 "Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Station Location Description r52 Spa Reception OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved Zones Controlled SR1-SR8 r53 Salon OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 S1-S8 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r54 Storage 233 OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 FC1-FC5 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Engraved r55 Fire Command OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 EX1-EX25 4 Scene, Off Preset Station ST1-ST4 Engraved T1-T2 r56 Wall Niche OMXSL-5-4SNRL-SQ- M1-1 Meeting Room 1 4G-XX-CPN3319 M1-5 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-027 r57 Wall Niche OMXSL-5-4SNRL-SQ- M2-1 Meeting Room21 4G-XX-CPN3319 M2-5 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-027 r58 Banquet Room A OMXSL-5-4SNRL-SQ- BQA1-BQA5 4G-XX-CPN3319 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-027 r59 Banquet Room B OMXSL-5-4SNRL-SQ- BQB1-BQB5 4G-XX-CPN3319 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-027 "Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399 3 QP 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set May 12, 2006 FOUR SEASONS VAIL - Vail, Colorado REMOTE CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE Control Zones Station Location Description Controlled r60 Ball Room A OMXSL-6-4SNRL-SQ- BA1-BA6 5G-XX-CPN3319 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-114 r61 Ball Room B OMXSL-6-4SNRL-SQ- BB1-BB6 5G-XX-CPN3319 Requires Lutron Backbox 241-114 r62 Presidential Suite OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 P1-1310 4 Scene, Off Preset Station r63 Presidential Suite OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 P1-P10 4 Scene, Off Preset Station r64, r65 Presidential Suite (2) OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 P1-P10 4 Scene, Off Preset Station Two-gang Faceplate: AR-M2M2-DW2-XX-E r66 Presidential Suite OMX-5C-DW-XX-CPN2174 P1-P10 4 Scene, Off Preset Station r67 Presidential Suite NTOMX-HHPJ-WH All Hand held Program Jack White Finish (PLEASE NOTE BOLDED ITEMS ARE REVISIONS MADE SINCE LAST ISSUANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT) "Keyed scene select allows for clean-up scene selection when key is inserted and turned right. When key is returned to center position and removed, system returns to prior state, time clock is reactivated. 06 ***OMS-5C-DW-XX-CPN 2174 stations require Lutron provided backbox, part number 241-399. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set • • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO LIST OF CONTENTS SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.04 SYSTEMS START-UP TESTING, INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING 1.05 SUBMITTALS 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.07 SPARE PARTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 05-12.06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 FIRE ALARM LOC 16700 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specification, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B.: The related section article contained herein is included for reference only. All items contained therein are an assessment of the work, which should not be presumed to be complete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Architectural Specification. B. Section 16010. C. Section 16050. D. Section 16200. E. Section 16710. C F. Section 16750. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. The following work which is related to the communications work is specified in other Divisions of the Specification: 1. Supply and mounting of door holder-closer hardware. 2. Supply and installation of guestroom electronic door locking system. 3. Supply and mounting of fire alarm system supervised valve contacts, alarm valve contacts and piping pressure switches. 4. Provision of voice/data network equipment and system wiring. 1.04 SYSTEMS START-UP TESTING, INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING A. When each system installation is complete and ready for acceptance, arrange for the system manufacturer or manufacturer's authorized representative to visit the site to: 1. check all component connections and overall installation; 2. coordinate programming of systems, as applicable; 3. adjust sound systems for high quality, distortion free performance, free from noise, cross-talk, hum or other interference; 4. provide start-up procedures for systems; 5. test and adjust the system and ascertain that the components are as specified; 6. commission system and ensure that devices operate as specified and as designed; commissioning work herein this section, refers to manufacturer's general start-up requirements; 7. verify system component operations; 8. prepare, document and evaluate test results; 9. authenticate test results with signature of authorized testing EngineerlTechnician; 10. check and verify nameplates; 11. provide maintenance and operating instructions to Owner's personnel. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RSBG File No. 1805206-00 FIRE ALARM 16700 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM B. When the system startup, testing, adjusting and commissioning specified above is complete, obtain from the supplier/manufacturer (or where specified, independent inspection company) a test report with test sheets, and covering verification letter signed by authorized testing technician, stating that the system has been inspected and tested, performs as specified and is ready for acceptance. Bind documents under cover and submit minimum four (4) copies to Consultant. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specification. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in Part 2 of this Section. C. Shop drawings for each system shall include detailed design drawings of the system equipment layout, performance, dimensions, sequence of operations and include wiring diagrams and riser drawings. D. Submit proposed fire alarm zone nomenclature and sample of fire alarm graphic display. 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specification. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.07 SPARE PARTS A. Fire alarm pull stations glass break rod - quantity of 20. B. Fire alarm pull stations - quantity of four (4). C. Fire alarm smoke detectors - quantity of four (4) of each type. D. Fire alarm heat detectors - quantity of four (4) of each type. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Multiplexed, two-stage, addressable, zoned, non-coded, indicating, fully integrated and field programmable fire alarm system complete with emergency voice communications. The entire system shall be designed as a centralized data communication and processing system, consisting but not limited to the following major components: 1. Distributed network system components central processing units (CPU); 2. EVC, paging system components; 3. Central Alarm and Control Facility (CACF); 4. Transponders and remote notification appliance circuit (NAC) units; 5. Network display units (NDU); 6. Zone address modules (ZAMS); 7. Remote annunciators and printer, 8. Addressable and standard initiating devices (pull stations, heat detectors, products of combustion detectors, beam detectors); 9. Alarm indicating devices (speakers, horns, strobes); 10. Illuminated warning signs; 11. Remote manual and automatic control of elevators; 05-12.06 FIRE ALARM Summary Pemi t Set 16700 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 12. Monitoring of sprinkler and emergency power systems; 13. Smoke control and smoke exhaust systems; 14. Connections to building systems; 15. Wiring in conduit. B. All system components shall be listed as the products of a single manufacturer. All system components and work in conjunction with the system installation must be in accordance with the latest applicable local code requirements and NFPA 70, 71 and 72 requirements, applicable municipal requirements for building permit approval and local governing fire authorities. System shall include for all requirements of the American Disability Act. The system shall also be compatible with and be integrated to the security system to be provided for the building. C. Transponders as defined in this Specification shall be intelligent, microprocessor based control panels that connect to and handle network communications in a peer-to-peer manner. Decisions pertinent to the network shall be distributed among the transponders such that there is no need for a central Fire Alarm control panel. D. If a group of transponders become isolated from the rest of the network ring, that group shall form a sub-network with all common interaction of monitoring and control remaining intact. The network shall be notified with the exact details of the lost communications. E. In the event that a single transponder becomes unable to handle the network token, the network interface card shall continue communications to the rest of the network. The off-line transponder is reported as such to the network and is periodically interrogated to determine if it is ready to be brought back on-line with the rest of the network. All points monitored and controlled by each individual transponder shall be capable of being made available to the network. Such points shall include: initiating circuit devices such as addressable analog sensors/detectors, including sensor type and sensor values; conventional addressable or zone connected smoke and heat detectors; addressable pull stations; sprinkler devices; and control circuits such as speaker/strobe circuits, fan/elevator/smoke exhaust controls or other similar operations. G. Network operations shall be via communication links that connect all network transponders and include data transfer, an audio signalling bus serving all remote amplifiers, and a two-way phone communications bus serving all individually controlled fire phone circuits. All communications trunk wiring shall be electrically supervised. H. Audio Risers between network transponders shall be a single twisted shielded cable for each riser, wired in a Class A (Style 6) identifiable loops. All transponder controls shall be housed in NEMA 2 "sprinkler-proof", wall mounted, enamel finished, steel cabinets. J. All Cabinets are to be properly grounded with ground conductors to building ground. Conduit ground will not be acceptable. K. Network Display Unit (NDU): 1. The NDU shall be mounted in common control panel with EVC/paging controls and fan/damper controls. 2. The NDU, shall come complete with a an operator's interface panel containing the following: a. 80 character alphanumeric back-lit LCD display. b. Common alarm LED and push-button acknowledge switch. C. Common supervisory LED and push-button acknowledge switch. d. Common trouble LED and push-button acknowledge switch. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM e. Signal silence switch. f. System reset switch. g. Power on indicator. h. Multiple level five (5) password protected programmable function keys/LEDs. 3. The NDU shall also contain the following features: a. LCD display of all zones plus a spare 20% for future zones. b. Capacity to annunciate 2500 network points and/or point lists on the LCD Display. C. Separate Alarm and Trouble Historical Event logs shall maintain 600 events each. d. Programming and interface flexibility shall be similar to the individual Network transponders. 4. The NDU shall interface system terminal and printers to access network information and perform control as programmed at the NDU. L. Central Alarm and Control Facility (CALF): 1. A central alarm and control facility (CACF) room shall be provided to house the main control panel with annunciator, LCD terminal with computer graphic display of zones, printer, EVAC controls with paging, smoke control switches and other controls as required. 2. The EVAC Central Controls shall integrate LCD control terminal, display of zones, all control switches, LED status indications, annunciation and communication facilities for the relocation of building occupants during an emergency condition and general paging components. All controls and indicators for the integrated system shall be provided in a wall mounted panel. Controls and LED indicators for the following systems shall be provided: a. NDU Operator's annunciator panel/LCD display as previously described. b. Emergency voice communication. C. Damper monitor/control. d. Bypass switches. e. Fan control. 3. The following Control Switches and LEDs shall be included on the main EVAC panel for the following functions: a. One (1) switch for speaker circuits in one fire zone to allow emergency voice communication selection. b. One (1) green LED for each speaker circuit zone to indicate voice communication ready-to-talk. C. One (1) amber LED for each speaker zone to indicate a trouble condition on either of the speaker circuits on that zone. d. One (1) switch to allow for manual total evacuation and LED. e. One (1) switch to allow for all talk and LED. f. System master handset microphone. g. Where applicable, one 3-position maintained switch for each fan and damper requiring manual hand-off-auto" control complete with one (1) red and one (1) green status LED for switch. h. System reset switch. i. Signal silence switch. j. Smoke control and smoke venting switches. k. Fan bypass switches and LED's. 1. Elevators bypass switch and LED. m. City bypass switches. n. Door holder bypass switches. o. Digitized voice message switches. P. Signal status LED's, one for EVAC and one for ALERT. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Special smoke control and smoke venting control system requirements are detailed on drawings. Provide required components, devices and sequence of operations generally noted on drawings. These are general requirements, and outline exact system requirements shall be designed for and which additional components shall be provided as required. Include in shop drawings for detailed design drawings, proposed sequence of operation approved by local fire authodfies and proposed equipment for system. M. Graphic Command Center: 1. A graphic command centre (GCC) shall provide annunciation, status display and control for network functions using Windows based graphical interface with built-in high resolution, color touch screen display. The GCC screen provides text based instructions and prompts for operator assistance. The GCC must be a standalone network mode communicating via an integral network communications card, over the fire alarm network. Features shall include the following: a. UL listed for fire alarms; b. network annunciation and controls for up to 50,000 network points; C. high resolution color touch screen; d. custom action messages and screen selection switches to assist operator response; e. analog sensors on network; f. set host function access remote mode data including information on all individual analog devices; g. multiple operator levels with password control; h. graphical diagnostic tools identify exact status of network mode topology and wiring scheme; i. historical logging up to 500,000 events; j. UPS back-up; k. rack mount kit; 1. RS232 ports for connection to printer; M. graphics screens to provide facility reference information; n. 80 column, thermal head type printer with continuous paper feed provisions. 2. Submit as part of shop drawing submission, sample of screen displays. N. Transponders (Data Gathering Panels) 1. Transponders shall be configured as microprocessor based 2-stage, zoned, non-coded, indicating, addressable standalone fire alarm and voice communication systems, complete with the following: a. 80 character alphanumeric back-lit LCD display complete with the ability to annunciate 1000 networked points. b. Common alarm led and push-button acknowledge switch. C. Common security led and push-button acknowledge switch. d. Common trouble led and push-button acknowledge switch. e. Signal silence switch. f. System reset switch. g. Power on indicator. h. Communications interface into the network. I. Multiple level password protected programmable function keys/LEDs. j. Local alert and EVAC tone oscillators and amplifiers. Tones shall be temporal pattern and audible/visual signals shall be synchronized. k. EVAC microphone and controls. 2. The transponders shall allow for loading or editing of special instructions and operating sequences as required. All software operations shall be stored in a non-volatile programmable memory within each transponder. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory. All on-site programming changes shall be password protected. cr 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 FIRE ALARM 16700 - 5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3. Signal/Speaker circuits shall be independently supervised and fused such that a fault on one (1) circuit shall not affect the operation of any of the other circuits. All signal circuits shall be configured as follows: a. Analogue addressable loop wiring for alarm initiating devices; b. Alternate circuit wiring for EVC speakers; C. Redundant backbone wiring equivalent to North American Standard NFPA, Style 7; d. Capable of powering all audible signalling appliances; e. Amplifiers shall supply required signals for the voice paging, alert, and evacuation tones to the speaker circuits. All amplifiers shall be sized to accommodate the speaker load (assume 1 watt tapping for determination of quantity of amplifiers) plus an additional 20 percent spare capacity per speaker zone to accommodate future additions. The amplifiers shall be continuously supervised for proper operation; f. All system controls shall be housed in a surface wall mounted steel cabinets. Finish shall be according to the manufacturer's standards; g. All modules shall be secured behind hinged locked door. The hinged locked doors shall give access to all the operating controls but shall not expose live connections. 0. Addressable Device Network 1. The system must provide communication with addressable initiating devices. All of these devices will be annunciated on the control panels main LCD display. Annunciation shall include the following conditions for each point: a. 40 character zone/device location. b. Type of device. C. Detector status (normal/alarm/trouble). d. Device missing/failed. 2. A minimum of 100 addressable devices may be multi-dropped from a single pair of wires. Systems that require factory reprogramming to add or delete devices are unacceptable. 3. Each addressable device must be uniquely identified by an address code entered on each device at time of installation. The use of jumpers to set address will not be acceptable due to the potential of vibration and poor contact. Voice Communication System 1. The voice communication system shall be an integrated modified triple channel system with the capability of transmitting three (3) audio signals simultaneously to different areas of the building. The system shall include custom pre-programmed digitized voice messages, words, and alarm tones that can be transmitted to all or specific areas of the building. The exact sequence of operations must be confirmed with the Consultant. The voice communication system shall provide prioritized paging announcements to all zones and selected zones of the building. 2. One (1) channel may be used for general paging from the main system microphone or from optional future remote microphone. During a fire alarm condition, general paging shall be automatically overridden by emergency alarm tones and emergency paging from the EVAC centre. General paging shall include ability to page specific zones only and 'all call". Confirm zone arrangement, with Consultant prior to programming. 3. The voice messages shall include an ALERT message, EVAC Message, Drill Message and an All Clear Message. The text of all the messages will be custom made to the approval of the Owner and the Local Fire Department and must form part of the fire safety plan for the building. The EVAC message will be configured such that the floor of alarm can be incorporated into the message. Voice splicing will allow the EVAC voice message to indicate what floor or area is actually in alarm in a high rise building. All messages will be professionally recorded in a sound studio before being digitized. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (IIIiw 4. The approved digitized EVAC message may be automatically broadcast after thirty (30) seconds to all zones in the evacuation alarm mode. The message may only be manually activated, at the central alarm and control facility after thirty (30) seconds to all zones in the alert mode, if supervisory staff is present and have acknowledged the alarm. This is to prevent the building occupants receiving a false sense of security that someone has responded to the fire alarm condition. 5. All messages may be repeated three (3) times before being terminated. Once the message has been completed the speakers will automatically resume sounding the same alarm tone they were sounding prior to the announcement. 6. All messages, words, and alarm tones will be digitized and stored on a plugable integrated circuit chip located on the audio controller board. All equipment must be approved for use with the specific voice communication system by the voice communication system manufacturer. 7. 1-way voice communication shall provide intelligible low level reproduce tones and/or voice instructions to all areas of the building. The system shall have the ability to automatically or manually sound the second stage "evacuation" tone (150 pulses per minute in a 3-3-3 pattern) in the zone and/or on the floor of alarm, while at the same time being able to sound the first stage "alert" (20 pulses per minute tone or "voice instructions" to other areas of the building. Each stage audible signal shall be synchronized. Note: The exact sound and pattern of sound of the devices for each stage must be confirmed and approved by local fire authority. Obtain all approvals. 8. The system shall be capable of selecting the proper tones and phrases based upon specific conditions and location, sort and transmit the audible information and repeat the transmission as many times as required. (Phrases, words, and] Alarm tones shall be stored on non- volatile solid state integrated circuits and shall be completely field programmable on the site. 9. The Handset Microphones shall be a dynamic noise cancelling type with a frequency response from 100 to 10,000 Hz. Any automatic alarm which may be sounding may be overridden by the use of the microphone. When the manual voice announcements are completed the system shall revert back to the previous alarm unless reset or restored to normal b authorities in char e Each y g . transponder shall have a Master microphone to control the speaker circuits in its own area. Provide remote handset microphone and paging control unit in main EVAC panel and in Telephone Operator's Room or location as designated. 10. Manual control of the building speaker circuits shall be accomplished via dedicated speaker circuit toggle switches. These switches give the operator the ability to select the areas of the building to be activated during an alarm condition. Q. Power Requirements 1. All control panels, transponders and annunciators shall receive power via a dedicated fused disconnect circuit. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audibly and visually indicated at the transponder and the remote annunciator. A green 'Power WILED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present 2. Power supplies shall have the following operating characteristics: a. Rated for five (5) amps continuous duty. b. 24 VDC filtered and regulated. C. Power limited with a range of 20.4 VDC to 32 VDC. d. Automatic "Brownout" transfer to standby batteries when supply voltage falls below set level. 3. The system shall be provided with sufficient standby capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of twenty-four (24) hours with local code required time, but minimum of fifteen (15) consecutive minutes of alarm device operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 4. Standby power for the system shall be produced by maintenance free, sealed, lead acid, nickel cadmium or gelled cell batteries. The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition or disconnection of the batteries shall be audibly and visually annunciated at the control panel. Battery chargers shall have the following operating characteristics: a. Ability to charge 33 AH batteries to 70% of their capacity within twelve (12) hours. b. Compatible with either lead acid or nicad batteries. C. All circuits requiring system operating power shall be individually fused at the control panel. 5. System shall be provided with transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) device to protect system electronics from surges and spikes on the power lines. The TVSS units shall be as recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer. 6. System shall be provided with 120/24V transformers as required to power anciliary devices and hardware. R. Annunciators and Printers 1. Provide and install a printer and LCD where directed by Consultant. Printer shall receive English language text from the fire alarm control panel in an industry standard ASCII format via. 2. All printed information shall include time and date. 3. A desk top 80 column printer shall provide a hardcopy record of system events. Printer shall support the following features: a. Local electrical input power. b. 180 characters per second. C. 3 kilobytes buffer capacity. d. Thermal head type. e. Cartridge type ribbon. f. Friction feed for cut forms. g. Tractor feed for continuous 240 mm wide pin-to-pin fanfold paper. 4. A desk top UL listed LCD display and terminal with detachable keyboard shall provide an English language display with time and date of system events. LCD screen shall be a tilt/swivel, 19" color flat panel monitor. Information on the screen shall not scroll off until an acknowledge key is pressed. 5. LCD terminal with keyboards shall provide the following functionality: a. Acknowledgment of alarms and troubles conditions. b. Alarm silence. C. System reset. d. Time and date. 6. Multi colored passive graphic display shall be provided as follows: a. electronically stored floor and zone outline, printed on dimensionally stabilized clear film with 1/8" (3 mm) thick clear acrylic shield with UV protection. Refer to floor plans for details; b. building outline and zone area designation depicted by a black border with each zone area represented by a separate color, egress corridors illustrated with black dotted design with zone color shown behind the pattern; colors must be confirmed with and approved by the Owner; C. all exit doors, fire hose cabinets, Siamese connections, elevators, smoke control fans, fire pump, sprinkler pump, generator, gas shut-off valves, etc., shall be indicated; d. "YOU ARE HERE" notation shall be in red; e. a minimum of six (6) colors shall be utilized in display; f. anodized aluminum frame to match remote annunciator with tamper resistant mounting hardware; g. drawing shall be of same size as per project issued drawings; h. approved by local fire authority. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 8 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM S. Addressable Devices 1. Zone Addressable Modules (ZAM) a. ZAM's shall be used for the monitoring of waterflow, valve tamper, non-addressable detectors, and for control of fans or dampers that require shutdown or manual control in an alarm condition. b. Monitor ZAM's shall monitor any N/0 contact device and be capable of powering 2-wire smoke detectors. The ZAM will communicate the zone's status (normal, alarm, trouble) to the transponder. The ZAM's zone address shall be set at the time of installation via a dip switch package. C. Control ZAM's shall be able to provide supervised or non-supervised control of any control function. The ZAM will communicate the zone's status (normal, trouble) to the transponder. Each control ZAM shall provide a double pole double throw relay for switching loads. Each common leg of the relay shall be equipped with a replaceable 2 AMP fuse. The ZAM's zone address shall be set at the time of installation via a dip switch package. 2. Addressable Pull Stations a. Pull stations shall be addressable, single action, non-coded, 2-stage, semi-flush mounted type in finished areas. In unfinished areas where conduit is surface mounted, provide system manufacturer's surface box (red with no knockouts). Pull stations shall be break-glass, key locked and have 2-sets of sealed N/0 contacts. One (1) contact is to activate when the handle is pulled down, activating a first stage alarm. The second contact is operated by means of a key switch, which activates the second stage alarm. Stations adjacent electromagnetically locked doors shall be complete with auxiliary contacts to release doors upon 2nd stage alarm activation. Exact sequence of operation must be confirmed with local fire authorities and Consultant prior to programming. b. Addressable pull station electronics shall be mounted to the back plate of the station. The station's address will be set at the time of installation via a dip switch package. Only one (1) set of electronics for the first stage alarm will be required per station. C. Pullstations designated "WP" shall be complete with weatherproof box. 3. Addressable Sensor Bases a. All addressable analogue smoke and heat sensor heads as specified below will twist lock onto their bases. The electronics that communicate the sensors status (analogue value) to the transponder shall be contained in the base. The same base will be compatible for both smoke and thermal sensors. Upon removal of the head, a trouble signal will be transmitted to the transponder. The detector's address will be set at the time of installation via a dip switch package. b. Where required provide an additional alarm relay (Form C, SPDT), normally open contact, for auxiliary functions. Detector bases for smoke detectors in elevator machine rooms and for heat detectors in elevator hoistways shall be complete with auxiliary contacts for remote connection to elevator controllers. Refer to requirements of Elevator Division. C. Each sensor base shall contain a LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the transponder (once every four (4) seconds). When the transponder determines that a sensor is in alarm or a trouble condition, the transponder shall command the LED on that sensor's base to turn on steady indicating the abnormal condition. d. Each sensor shall be scanned by the transponder for its type identification to prevent inadvertent substitution of another sensor type. The transponder shall operate with the installed device but shall initiate a 'Wrong Device' trouble condition until the proper type is installed or the programmed sensor type is changed. rw 05-12-06 Suffmry Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206.00 FIRE ALARM 16700 - 9 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 4. Photoelectric Smoke Sensor a. The addressable smoke sensor shall be of the photo-electric type and shall communicate the digital equivalent of the actual analogue smoke chamber values to the system transponder once every four (4) seconds. b. The sensitivity range of each photoelectric sensor set in the transponder shall be from 0.5% to 3.7% smoke obscuration. Each sensor shall have 7 different programmable sensitivity levels within this range 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 and 3.7%. C. The sensors shall be of a low profile design for both ceiling and wall mount applications. d. Sensor shall be equipped with a fine 30 mesh insect screen. e. The sensors electronics shall be immune from false alarms caused by EMI and RFI. All sensor heads shall be designed with voltage and RF transient suppression techniques, smoke signal verification circuits and an insect screen. f. Automatic smoke sensors shall be equipped with a dust-bag, which shall be removed at the time of verification to prevent dust and dirt entering the smoke chamber during construction. 5. Ionization Smoke Sensor a. The addressable smoke sensor shall be of the ionization type and shall communicate the digital equivalent of the actual analogue smoke chamber values to the system transponder once every four (4) seconds. b. The sensitivity range of each ionization sensor set in the transponder shall be from 0.5% to 1.7% smoke obscuration. Each sensor shall have 4 different programmable sensitivity levels within this range 0.5, 0.9, 1.3 and 1.7%. C. The sensors shall incorporate a single radioactive source with an outer sampling chamber and an inner reference ionization chamber to provide stable operation under fluctuations in environmental conditions such as temperature and humidity. d. The sensors shall be of a low profile design for both ceiling and wall mount applications. e. The sensors electronics shall be immune from false alarms caused by EMI and RFI. All sensor heads shall be designed with voltage and RF transient suppression techniques, smoke signal verification circuits and an insect screen. f. Automatic smoke sensors shall be equipped with a dust-bag, which shall be removed at the time of verification to prevent dust and dirt entering the smoke chamber during construction. 6. Duct Type Smoke Sensors a. Duct type smoke detector sensor assemblies shall come complete with duct housing , addressable photoelectric smoke sensor head and sampling tubes as required. The duct housing base shall come complete with an auxiliary set of form C dry contacts and terminals for a remote lamp unit. b. The electronics that communicate the detector status (analogue value) to the transponder shall be contained in the duct housing base. Upon removal of the sensor head, a trouble signal will be transmitted to the transponder. The sensor's address will be set at the time of installation via a dip switch package. C. The duct housing assembly shall consist of an air tight housing mounted on the side of the duct This housing shall contain the sensor base into which the photoelectric sensor head is inserted. d. The system shall automatically indicate when an individual duct sensor needs cleaning. e. It shall be possible to obtain a list of all duct smoke detectors that will require cleaning in the near future or before they initiate a 'Dirty Sensor trouble condition. f. Where assembly is mounted within ductwork, provide weatherproof housing. 7. Thermal Sensor a. The addressable thermal sensor shall be programmable for any one (1) of the following functions: i. Fixed Temperature Detector Type. ii. Rate of Rise Detector Type. Rate Compensated Fixed Temperature Type. 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 FIRE ALARM 16700 -10 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 4bw VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM b. The sensor's small thermal mass shall allow for an accurate up-to-date temperature reading of each sensor to be logged at the transponder. It shall be possible for the heat sensor to monitor and report temperatures of 32OF to 1550F (0 to 68 OC.) without causing a fire alarm condition. C. The rate-of-rise operation shall be selectable for either a 15OF (8.3 OC). per minute or a 20OF (11.1 OC). per minute rate of temperature rise. d. The fixed temperature setting is selectable for 1350F ((570) or 1550F (680C). and is entirely independent of the rate-of-rise operation. e. Both the rate-of-rise and fixed temperature operations shall be self restoring. 8. Suite Sensors a. The addressable smoke sensor in guestroom suites shall be of the photo-electric type and shall be complete with integral local alarm sounder bases and be powered by fire alarm system. b. The sensors shall be of a low profile design for both ceiling and wall mount applications. C. Sensor shall be equipped with a fine 30 mesh insect screen. d. The sensors electronics shall be immune from false alarms caused by EMI and RFI. All sensor heads shall be designed with voltage and RF transient suppression techniques, smoke signal verification circuits and an insect screen. e. Automatic smoke sensors shall be equipped with a dust-bag, which shall be removed at the time of verification to prevent dust and dirt entering the smoke chamber during construction. f. Detectors shall include auxiliary contacts as required for interconnections to related systems. g. Where permitted by local authority having jurisdiction, the audible alarm of the suite sensors shall include for silencing switches to temporary silence audible alarm. 9. Carbon Monoxide (Co) Detectors: a. Co addressable detectors shall be UL listed and be connected to monitor Co levels in areas as required; units shall be similar in appearance to other detectors and shall connect as separate trouble/alarm signals, via alrm interface modules located in sounder base. 10. Addressable Flame Detectors: a. Provide UL listed addressable flame detector in diesel genset room and other locations as required. Flame detector shall be suitable for intended application of the area of coverage. 11. Standalone Detectors: a. Standalone smoke detectors shall be UL listed devices locally powered 115 VAC devices with integral horn and battery back-up and shall not be connected to fire alarm system; include recessed mounting backbox. b. Standalone CO detectors shall be UL listed devices locally powered 115 VAC devices with integral hom and battery back-up and shall not be connected to fire alarm system; include recessed mounting backbox 12. Non-climate Control Provisions: a. Devices in non-climate controlled areas shall be UL listed for operation in such conditions. Devices shall be harsh environment type suitable for operation in below freezing temperatures. b. Devices in parking areas shall be suitable for "dusty environment and shall also be vandal resistant and vermin resistant. ew 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-11 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1J T. Combination Strobe/EVC Speakers 1. In all finished public areas provide a 4" (100 mm) speaker with integral strobe and a round or square decorative grille cover suitable for wall mount applications. Typically, speaker installation shall be flush mounting. Speaker assembly shall consist of the following: a. Fire retardant and moisture proof construction. b. 70125 Volt Matching Transformer complete with 114, 112,1 and 2 watt tapps. C. 220 gram magnet. d. 80 HZ to 13,000 HZ frequency response, e. 94 db at 4' (1.2 m), with a 1 watt input. f. Moisture repellent treated steel acoustical backbox suitable for flush or surface mounting as required. g. Pretap speakers at 112 watt tap. h. Decorative grille cover finished in color to match adjacent surfaces, to approval of Consultant. 2. The Strobe unit shall be provided to local code requirements, NFPA and ADA requirements and shall have adjustable candela intensities from 15 CD to 110 CD. U. EVC Hom Speakers/Strobes 1. In all exterior areas, unfinished areas or mechanical rooms provide 4" (100 mm) red, horn speakers. Speaker assembly shall consist of the following: a. Rugged die-cast metal housing. b. Vandal resistant grille. Q High efficiency driver. d. 70 Volt matching transformer with .25,.5, 1 and 2 taps. e. 400 HZ to 4,000 HZ frequency range. f. 90 db at 10' (3 m), with a 2 watt input. g. Pretap horn speakers at 1 watts. h. Weather-proof boxes for homs designated "WP". 2. The Strobe unit shall be provided to local code requirements, NFPA and ADA requirements and shall have adjustable Candela intensities from 15 CD to 110 CD. V. Strobes 1. Provide 24 VDC strobes with adjustable candela power from 15 CD to 110 CD and initially set at 110 CD. Provide strobes in mechanical rooms, diesel generator room, public washrooms and hotel rooms designated for ADA requirements. 2. Strobes shall be complete with required auxiliary contacts to interconnect with smoke detectors or audible devices such that specific designated strobes or actuated by other devices as required by local fire authority. W. Fire Signs: 1. "FIRE DO NOT ENTER" custom nomenclature, illuminated, flashing, 24 volt D.C., ULC listed and labeled waming sign with slim line satin aluminum housing and with black face and red letters. Fixtures shall be equipped with long life LED illuminators rated for at least 100,000 hour life, flasher and Lexan guard. Minimum letter size shall be "FIRE" - 2" high, "DO NOT ENTER" - 1 high. Lettering shall not be visible until sign is energized. X End-Of-Line Resistors 1. End-of line resistors for standard alarm and signalling circuits shall be sized to ensure the correct supervisory current flows in each circuit 2. End-of-line resistors shall be mounted on a stainless steel plate for mounting on a standard single gang box. 3. A line isolation (fault) monitor shall be provided to monitor circuits. 05-12.06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-12 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Y. Isolators 1. Isolators shall be provided for separation of zones and circuits and suites as per local code requirements and as per recommendations of system manufacturer. Coordinate exact requirements with manufacturer and install as per manufacturer's instructions. Identify each isolator and locate on "as-builts". Z. Security System Interface 1. Provide requirements to interface fire alarm system to security system for the following (as applicable): a. Automatic unlocking of fail-safe security electric locking mechanism upon a fire alarm condition; provide NC auxiliary dry contacts as per security system manufacturer's requirements; refer to security system issued documents for required mechanisms to be unlocked. b. Manual unlocking of fail-safe security electric locking mechanism from the CACF Room; provide NC auxiliary dry contacts and toggle switch in CACF Room as per security system documents; refer to security system documents for mechanisms to be released. C. Automatic bypass of card reader control of elevators upon a fire alarm condition (where applicable); provide NC dry contact as per security system documents. d. Auxiliary monitoring of a fire alarm condition and a system trouble condition by the security system; provide NC auxiliary dry contacts as per security system documents. e. Interface terminal cabinet: lockable, continuous hinge cover, NEMA 2 type enclosure, complete with dual screw barrier type terminal strips and English lamacoid identification nameplates on cover (labels on terminals). f. Manual unlock switch: maintained DPDT contact toggle switch mounted on single gang plate with guard and complete with identification nameplate. 2. Install interface terminal cabinet and switch in Security Room. Provide wiring in conduit from contacts and switch to cabinet terminals. Provide required power wiring. 3. Refer to security system documents for exact requirements. 4. Interconnections to dimming system and sound systems shall also be provided such that upon activation of fire alarm system, dimming systems come to full light levels and sound systems can be overridden with emergency paging. AA. Wiring 1. Wire and cable shall be listed for fire alarm circuits, color coded insulation, solid copper conductors, as per NEC and NFPA requirements. All wiring and cable shall be sized and installed in accordance with the system manufacturer's instructions and code requirements. Refer to Section 16050 for additional requirements. BB. Include costs for manufacturer's authorized representative to provide on site training to Owner's designated personnel on system testing, operation, trouble shooting and maintenance. CC. Acceptable manufacturers include Siemens-Cerberus, Simplex Grinnell, Notifier and GE-Edwards. • 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-13 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Provide a complete, integrated, 2-stage, zoned, non-coded, multiplex fire alarm system and multiplex voice communication system to serve the entire Complex which shall include but not be limited to provision of the following: 1. An EVAC command centre with voice communication, local transponder and LCD terminal located in Fire Command Centre as required and confirmed with Consultant. 2. A remote annunciator at Telephone Operator's Room and other areas as shown and as required and confirmed with Consultant. 3. Smoke control and smoke venting switches and status annunciator at the Fire Command Centre as required and confirmed with Consultant. 4. Transponder units located throughout the Complex as required and confirmed with Consultant. 5. Alarm initiating devices consisting of pull stations, thermal detectors, and products of combustion detectors. 6. Alarm initiating wiring connections to sprinkler system alarm valves. 7. Audible devices and visual signs located throughout the Complex as indicated for audible alarm, visual alarm, emergency voice communication and general paging. 8. Trouble alarm wiring connections to fire protection system shut-off valve supervisory switches, piping pressure switches, and equipment as scheduled. 9. Fire alarm system wiring connections to the elevator control and status panel, sequence as scheduled and noted on drawings. 10. Pressurization fans to start as scheduled and applicable smoke control dampers to close. 11. Fire alarm control wiring connections to doors with electric door locks as shown. 12. Fire alarm signal wiring connections with required relays to release door holder/closer hardware integral with designated doors and roll down fire curtains or fire doors as required. 13. Manual controls for building ventilation (as applicable). 14. All other connection work, as shown and/or specified on the drawings. B. Include costs for and arrange for the system manufacturer's authorized representative to perform all work within central control equipment and transponders, final equipment connections, and all system programming. Include for two future software changes by the manufacturer's authorized representative, to system after turn over. C. System Operation 1. The system shall be flexible to easily program any sequence of operation. In the Fire Command Centre, the system shall be able to be programmed to initiate a series of pre-defined control actions. Confirm exact sequence of operation with the Consultant and local Fire Authority prior to programming. Generally, the sequence of operation will be as specified in the paragraphs which follow and on the drawings. Note: Exact duration of time for alarm and alert signalling shall be as per local Fire Authority requirements. Activation of alarm initiating device including sprinkler system alarm valves, in the Complex shall cause sequence of operation as noted and scheduled on the drawings. As scheduled and/or as required, the following will occur: a. In Hotel, a "general evacuation' alarm of type confirmed with local authority having jurisdiction, for five (5) minutes shall sound on all signals on the floor where the alarm originated, also the floor above and the floor below and, if alarm condition occurs on ground floor level, then all basement levels shall go into alarm condition, also an "alert" alarm of type confirmed with local authority having jurisdiction, in other areas as scheduled and not in evacuation mode. b. In other areas of the Complex, first stage "alert" and second stage "evacuation alarm" signals will sound in designated zones, as required. C. The address and zone of fire alarm initiation to register on the transponders, NDU's and annunciators. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 -14 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM d. The Municipal Fire Department to be automatically notified. e. The smoke and fire doors as scheduled, in the Complex which are normally held open by electric door holders to be released and closed, the scheduled locked doors controlled by electric door locks and/or magnetic door locks to be opened and remain opened until fire alarm system is reset; release/closing of fire doors as required. f. Designated fan systems as scheduled to shut-down. g. The alarm condition to be displayed on the alphanumeric display on the main terminal CPU and on remote annunciators, h. Activation of all assigned control points through control-by-event i. The assigned message and activated control-by-event functions, with time and date, for the monitored point in the alarm to be printed on the CPU printer. j. Pressurization fans as scheduled to automatically start. k. Activate automatic elevator recall sequencing system. 1. Initiate emergency procedures on dimming systems. M. Bridging relays to override sound systems and background music systems. n. Send signals to security system and building management system. 2. A trouble initiated by the actuation of a sprinkler system supervisory trouble switch or any monitor or control point trouble, shall cause the following to occur. a. An audible and visual trouble signal shall sound at the control panel until acknowledged by an operator. b. Annunciate the supervisory trouble alarm at the control panel. C. Print the time, date, and the trouble zone on the printer. d. Log the supervisory trouble alarm in the trouble log file. 3. This alarm condition shall be cleared and the system reset only after the activated alarm initiating device or devices on both stages of alarm have been restored to normal and the building control panel is reset. 4. The fire alarm system must remain in first stage alert for a period of at least five (5) minutes after which if the alarm condition has not been acknowledged then the second stage alarm condition will be initiated. This procedure is subject to approval of Consultant Manually silencing of first stage alert shall be possible after three (3) minutes. 5. Upon activation of the fire alarm system, a signal shall be sent to the elevator controllers to implement the emergency sequencing of the cars. Generally, elevators shall "home" to the ground floor, unless the alarm zone is on the ground floor, in which case, the elevators shall stop at the floor above. The exact emergency sequencing requirements shall be as directed by the Consultant. 6. The voice communication system shall include provision for silencing the alert signal and the alarm signal when voice messages are being transmitted, but only after the alert signal has sounded for at least one (1) minute. 7. Unauthorized closure of a fire protedion system piping supervised valve shall cause the location of the dosed valve to be indicated at all annunciators, trouble signals (audible and visual) to sound and illuminate and a trouble signal to be transmitted (via a future connection) to the Fire Department or to an outside protective agency. 8. Low pressure in the fire protection piping mains (wet dry), fire protection system pump (fire pumps - standpipe system excess pressure pump - sprinkler pump and sprinkler system excess pressure pump) loss of power, sprinkler air compressor loss of power, generator fail to start, generator starting batteries low voltage also activate audible and visual trouble alarm as specified above for supervised valves. 9. Additional sequences of operation requirements shall be as noted on drawings. 10. System manufacturer shall be responsible for reviewing conditions of installation of devices and shall ensure that each device is UL listed suitable for operation under such applications and conditions. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-15 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM D. Installation Of Control PaneUTransponders (DPG's)/EVAC Controls 1. Provide required control panel and transponders and secure each enclosure to the wall where required and/or shown and connect with fire rated "MI" type power and fire alarm system wiring. 2. Provide EVAC central control and monitoring equipment in CACF Room as shown on the drawings. Wall mount panels and connect complete, including power wiring. E. Installation Of Remote Annunciators 1. Provide a remote LCD terminal annunciator with keyboard, printer and tone alert in location as required and/or directed by Consultant. For pricing, review drawings and include where shown. Exact locations may be revised at time of installation. Confirm with Consultant prior to roughing-in. 2. Desk mount and connect to the central control equipment. 3. Final nomenclature of printouts shall be to the Consultants approval. Installation Of Alarm Initiation Devices 1. Provide all required manual pull stations, thermal detectors and products of combustion detectors. 2. Install manual pull stations in boxes as required, recessed outlet boxes with plaster rings, except in unfinished areas where the pull stations must be surface mounted, in which case, install the stations in surface mounted boxes. Ensure that exterior pull stations are gasketted and water resistant. Interconnect pull stations adjacent electromagnetically locked doors to release locks upon activation of pull stations. 3. Install the mounting plate of thermal detectors to ceiling mounted boxes as required. Secure the detectors to the plates. Refer to the floor plans and drawing symbol list to determine the rating of detectors in any given area. 4. Secure the base of each ceiling mounted products of combustion detectors to boxes as required, either flush or surface mounted as required. Secure detector heads to the bases. Provide wiring in conduit from elevator machine room detector auxiliary relay contacts to the elevator controllers. 5. Provide suite sensors for suites and residential condo units as shown and as required. Interconnect to silencing switches as required. 6. Mount each duct mounted products-of-combustion detector on the duct in question and connect with smoke sampling tubes which extend into the duct stream. Install a remote alarm lamp assembly for each duct mounted detector. Wall mount each lamp assembly on boxes as required, as close as possible or practicable to the detector. Do not locate duct detectors within 1 m of duct size increaser or decreaser fittings or any duct elbow. Refer to drawing schedule for duct type products of combustion detectors for air handling system. Where detectors are installed within the ductwork, provide weatherproof enclosure. 7. Typically, detectors in stairways shall be mounted on ceiling of the landings. 8. Provide UL listed flame detector in genset room. 9. Provide standalone detectors as specified in the private residential units as noted. Exact locations shall be confirmed with Consultant prior to roughing-in. G. Installation of Audible/Visual Device 1. Provide all required speakers. Speakers shall be flush and surface wall mounted cone type and surface mounted horn type as indicated, each complete with a proper backbox. Ensure that exterior speakers are weatherproof and mounted with a weather sealed gland nut connection at the proper dispersion angle. 2. Speakers shall be wired in Class B, 2-wire circuit configuration, terminating in end-of-line devices. Alternate speakers shall be wired in same circuits with a minimum of two (2) circuits per floor. 3. Generally, speaker locations are indicated on drawings, however, exact speaker quantities and locations shall be in accordance with results of speaker coverage site tests. Revise locations or taps or provide additional speakers as required using test results as a guideline to ensure compliance with code and local governing fire authorities requirements. 4. Note: Speakers shall be connected to the specified taps and ensure that the sound levels are in accordance with the local authority and sound level requirements. Adjust as required and certify that levels are in compliance with the Code level requirements. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-16 RSBG File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 5. Provide amplifiers sized as required to power all speakers as specified and provide the additional spare power capacity as specified. 6. Provide visual notification appliances (strobe lights) in locations as shown and as required, on recessed wall boxes. Mount two devices on a common plate to provide separate indications of alarm (1St stage) and evacuation (2nd stage alarm). Appliances shall be dearly identified by either a bold type Red-White-Red mechanically secured identification nameplate or permanent stencilling on appliance illuminated housing. Appliances shall be arranged to activate on either first or second stage alarm within the complex and supplement the audible alarm device which may be toned down in specific areas as advised by Owner. 7. Provide fire signs in locations shown on the drawings and as required. Fire signs shall be arranged to be illuminated and flashed on an alarm at the entry point to a fire alarm zone in an alarm mode. 8. Provide additional EVC speakers in bedrooms as required to comply with ADA and local authority having jurisdiction requirements. H. Wiring Connections to Mechanical, Elevator, Etc., Equipment 1. Do all required fire alarm system wiring connections to fan equipment starters for pressurization and/or smoke venting, motorized dampers for smoke control and/or smoke venting, supervised valve contacts, alarm valve contracts, piping pressure switches, pumps, elevator controllers, door contacts, the telephone system, and the security system, etc., to perform all functions specified herein and shown and/or specified on the drawings. Provide all required fire alarm system wiring between the fire alarm system and the various equipment to achieve the automatic or manual control of these units to perform all functions required. 2. Provide voltage sensing relays in all the phases, line side, of the fire protection system pump and air compressor starters to sense loss of line voltage. The relays shall be energized from breakers and shall be complete with "C" contacts, 1-phase, which, if any 1-phase voltage drops below 90% of nominal, a trouble alarm signal in the fire alarm system indicating "Sprinkler Pump Loss of Voltage", "Sprinkler Excess Pressure Pump Loss of Voltage", etc., (as applicable), at all annunciators and to activate remote trouble panel. 3. Provide manual control station consisting of switches and shutdown contacts to manually override building air handling system smoke exhausting. 4. Provide fire fighter's elevator key switch control in location as directed and interconnect with elevator controller. Exact requirements shall be confirmed with Consultant and elevator trades. 5. Provision of fire alarm supervisory wiring connections with required contacts and relays shall include but not be limited to the following (where applicable): a. Door holders. b. Electric door lock releases and magnetic door lock releases. C. Sprinkler flow valves. d. Fire protection system piping supervised shut-off valves and pressure sensors. e. Sprinkler alarm check valves. f. Sprinkler dry pipe valves. g. Dry pipe air compressor loss of voltage. h. Excess pressure pump loss of voltage. I. Sprinkler pump loss of voltage. j. Sprinkler pump running alarm. k. Elevator homing. 1. Elevator cab EVC paging connection. M. Pressurization fan. n. Smoke dampers. o. Ventilating fans. P. To emergency generator control panel for annunciation of "Genset Running", " Failure% "Genset Battery Low Voltage" and "Genset Low Fuel" q. Security system. r. Dimming system. S. All background music systems and sound systems. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-17 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM t. Building management system. 6. Interconnect fire alarm system to security system to provide a common "Alarm" signal to security system controls to release all locked doors (designated by Owner) throughout the building on any alarm condition. Interconnections between local fire alarm manual pull stations and local security system components shall be provided in this manner. Provide manual control switches for release and reset. Comply with NFPA and local governing authorities regarding these requirements. 7. Elevator requirements shall be coordinated and confirmed with Division 14 - Elevator trades. Where EVC speakers or detectors are required, supply and tum over to elevator trades for installation. Provide system wiring in conduit to elevator controllers and provisions to allow for final connection to devices by elevator trade. Coordinate work, test and verify. General Requirements 1. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise noted. Refer to Section 16050 conductor requirements. All wiring connections associated with the fire alarm system shall be performed on terminal strips in junction boxes. When pulling wires into conduit, use lubricant and ensure that wires are kept straight and are not twisted or abraded. Neatly secure exposed wires in apparatus enclosures with approved supports or ties. All wires must be clearly identified at all termination points. In addition they shall be numbered with Brady Ltd. or Electrovert Ltd. Z-type markers. Color conductors for each part of the system in accordance with the system equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 2. All wiring shall be installed in accordance to the latest requirements of NFPA 70, 71 and 72, IEC and IEE Regulations and to the requirements of local fire authority having jurisdiction. 3. Alarm signalling circuits (homs and speakers) and alarm initiating circuits (pullstations, detectors) and control circuits must be run in separate conduits from each other. All wiring connections shall be performed on terminal strips in junction boxes. Conduit couplings and boxes for fire alarm system wiring shall be painted red. 4. Provide engraved Lamacoid identification nameplates for each equipment or wiring housing and secure to the front of the housing. Exact wording designations and sizes to be reviewed and confirmed with the Consultant prior to manufacture. 5. Verify nomenclature of the annunciator identification with the Consultant and obtain necessary approvals prior to ordering. 6. All work in conjunction with this installation shall meet the requirements of the previously listed codes and any applicable local. If any requirements of these specifications are different, omitted or contrary to code requirements, then the most stringent requirement governs and overrides these specifications, but in no instance will the standards established by the drawings and specifications be reduced by any of the Codes referred to previously. 7. Sprinkler system alarm valve alarm zones shall be separate from manual station, thermal detector and products-of-combustion detector devices which may be connected together into zones. 8. Provide end-of-line resistors to electrically supervise all wiring. Locate end-of-line resistors at ceiling lines above a pull station location. 9. Provide any required double voltage relays for fire alarm wiring work. 10. Refer to the drawing riser diagram and connection schedules. Quantities of components shall be as per the floor plans and not the riser diagram. 11. Confirm the exact location of all components prior to roughing-in. J. System Testing, Verification & Certification 1. Both the system manufacturer and the independent third party testing company shall provide testing and verification of the installed system with the independent testing company taking the lead role in ensuring full responsibility for final testing and verification of the system. 2. Submit to Consultant for approval, the proposed schedule for testing and verification of the system. Obtain such approvals prior to start of testing. The Consultant and/or other Owner's representatives shall have option to witness all or part of the testing and verification work. Notify Consultant and Owner minimum seven (7) working days in advance of testing. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700-18 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16700 VAIL, COLORADO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ~hv 1~ 1 3. When all fire alarm system and emergency voice communication system work is complete and ready for acceptance, arrange for the fire alarm manufacturer to provide complete system testing and verification which shall include but not be limited to the following: a. complete testing and verification of fire alarm system and EVC system work to extent as per requirements described for the independent testing company later in this Section; b. to coordinate with Division 16, independent testing company and local fire authority to provide all requirements needed to obtain certificates of approvals from the local fire authority; C. verify the fire alarm system on a zone by zone basis, and also verify the entire system in whole, at the completion of installation; d. to provide full detailed test sheets of all tested components and provide certification that system has been fully tested, that all devices have passed the testing and that the system is in proper work order in compliance to code requirements and the project documents; e. to submit copies of the test report to Consultant and the independent third party testing company; f. if any deficiencies or failed devices are discovered by the Consultant, independent testing company, Commissioning Agent or local fire authority inspector, the system manufacturer shall be responsible for repairing/replacing the fault, re-testing and re- verifying until successful testing to local fire authority inspector's satisfaction; all additional costs bome by the Consultant, Commissioning Agent and Fire Inspector shall be the responsibility of the system manufacturer; 4. Include costs for and arrange for a pre-qualified approved third party fire alarm testing and inspection company independent of the fire alarm manufacturer and installer to inspect and test the system components and wiring individually and as a complete system, in accordance with the requirements of local fire authority, NFPA and UL for the following: a. to ensure that the type of equipment installed is that designated by the Contract Documents; b. to ensure that the wiring connections to all equipment components show that the installer observed code requirements; C. to ensure that the equipment was installed in accordance the manufacturer's recommendations, and that all signalling devices of whatever manufacture were operated or tested to verify their operation; d. to ensure that the supervisory wiring of those items of equipment connected to a supervised circuit is operating and that the governmental regulations, if any, concerning such supervisory wiring, have been met to the satisfaction of inspecting officials; e. to ensure that the sequence of operation is in accordance with the specified building sequence of operation and any modifications identified on documents and are approved by local fire authority; f. to ensure that all devices are commissioned and operable. 5. The independent testing company shall also be responsible for but not be limited to the following: a. coordinate with local fire authority inspector and Division 16, the required testing and verification work in order to obtain certification and meet local fire code and local fire authority requirements; b. coordinate testing and verification work with system manufacturers testing and verification work; to review manufacturers testing and verification of the system; C. include full review, testing, and verification of operation of the building ventilation and smoke exhaust system and its integrated operation with fire alarm system and various pieces of air handling equipment; to obtain required permits and approvals of the smoke control system; d. the system battery power supplies shall be tested and demonstrated to comply with NBC, NEC, NFPA and local fire authority requirements requesting that the battery supplies are capable of providing the required hours of power. The exact method of testing, shall be approved by the local fire authority, the Consultant and the Owner; 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 FIRE ALARM 16700-19 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM e. the audibility level of each audible alarm device shall be tested and measured to ensure proper audibility levels to code and local fire authority requirements; f. include for full review, testing and verification of the operation of integrated systems such as the elevators and their emergency sequence of operation, supervisory annunciation of sprinkler/standpipe monitor switches, pressure switches and flow switches, diesel genset alarms, security alarms, BMS alarms, release of door holders and electromagnetic locks, and any other integrated components. Coordinate requirements with the trades responsible for the integrated components and systems who will be present at time of the testing and verification work; g. provide full detailed test sheets of all tested components and provide certification that system has been fully tested and is in proper work order in compliance to code requirements and the project documents; h. be fully responsible for the testing and verification of the entire fire alarm system. 6. In coordination with the testing company, contact local fire authority inspector and coordinate and arrange for the Fire Inspector to perform all required inspections. Integrate the local fire authority inspection requirements with the testing and verification work of the system manufacturer and third party testing company to extent as per Fire Inspector's directions. Include for all requirements to obtain full approval and certification by the local fire authority. 7. Arrange for the manufacturer to supply reasonable amounts of technical assistance with respect to any changes to sub-paragraphs above. During the period of inspection and verification, make electricians available to the manufacturer to do any required correction work and to assist during inspections by both the Consultant and local fire inspector. 8. On completion of the verification, inspection and testing of the system, obtain from the testing agency and forward to the Consultant, a Verification Certificate together with detailed inspection reports listing each and every system component, its location in the building and its acceptability. The Verification Certificate and inspection reports shall be prepared and signed by the testing agency, confirming that the system is installed in accordance with requirements specified above. 9. Obtain from the system manufacturer and testing agency and forward to the Consultant, a Certificate of Liability Insurance, of at least the amount equivalent to two million dollars USD ($2,000,000.00) each, that shall be registered for this project and shall be supplied to show satisfactory proof of the manufacturer's and testing company's coverage for both its product and personnel. 10. Obtain all approvals of local fire authority and submit to Consultant the approval certificates. 11. Ensure that all costs for the above testing, verification and certification are included in the Bid Price. Include costs for re-verification of any failed device repaired or replaced. 12. Note: Open flame and/or smoke are not to be used for testing. K. Warranty 1. Warranty to include the following: a. A one (1) year repair or replacement warranty on all components. b. Warranty to begin upon system acceptance. C. The support of an operational remote maintenance capability. d. Repair response times for problems defined as routine to be addressed and corrected within twenty-four (24) hours, excepting statutory holidays and weekends. e. Repair response times for problems defined as major to be addressed and corrected within four (4) hours, excepting statutory holidays and weekends. f. Requirement to have at least one (1) full system of each model provided available in the installation area for immediate installation, in case of an entire system failure or catastrophe; such undertaking to be set out in an acceptable plan. 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 20 RS&G File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16700 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM g. Manufacturers of the major components to provide written confirmation of full warranty, extended warranty and service back-up in case of the failure to perform or insolvency of the successful supplier. h. Maintain maintenance records for each system supplied, and must submit a monthly report containing a time and date record of all reported or detected problems, detail of corrective action taken and the cause of the problem. END OF SECTION 16700 • rW 05-12-06 FIRE ALARM Summary Permit Set 16700 - 21 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 L_J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LIST OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS 1.04 SYSTEMS START-UP TESTING, INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING 1.05 SUBMITTALS 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.07 SYSTEM INTEGRATION PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOUND SYSTEMS 2.02 IN-HOUSE BROADCASTNIDEO SYSTEM FOR FUNCTION ROOMS 2.03 ENTERTAINMENT TELEVISION SYSTEM 2.04 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV)/SECURITY SYSTEM 2.05 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - HOTEL 2.06 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - CONDOMINIUM 2.07 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 2.08 INTERCOM SYSTEMS 2.09 EXERCISE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 2.10 DOOR CHIME SYSTEM 2.11 RESIDENTIAL UNIT NETWORK CENTRES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CCTV SECURITY SYSTEMS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF TELEVISION SYSTEM 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM 3.05 PROVISIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS 04107/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 16710-1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with Architectural Specification, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. Provide labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the Communications Work. C. The related section article contained herein, is included for reference only. All items contained therein are an assessment of the work, which should not be presumed to be complete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Issued Architectural Specification. Other Division 16 Sections. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS The following work which is related to the communications work is specified in other Divisions of the Specification: 1. Supply and mounting of door holder-closer hardware. 2. Supply and installation of guestroom electronic door locking system (Architectural Hardware). 3. Provision of voice/data network equipment and system wiring (Section 16750). 4. Provision of conduit and outlet boxes (by Division 16 Electrical Contractor). 1.04 SYSTEMS START-UP TESTING, INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING A. When each system installation is complete and ready for acceptance, arrange for the system manufacturer or manufacturer's authorized representative to visit the site to: 1. check all component connections and overall installation; 2. coordinate programming of systems, as applicable; 3. adjust sound systems for high quality, distortion free performance, free from noise, cross-talk, hum or other interference; 4. provide start-up procedures for systems; 5. test and adjust the system and ascertain that the components are as specified; 6. commission system and ensure that devices operate as specified and as designed; commissioning work herein this section, refers to manufacturer's general start-up requirements; 7. verify system component operations; 8. prepare, document and evaluate test results; 9. authenticate test results with signature of authorized testing Engineer/Technician; 10. check and verify nameplates; 11. provide maintenance and operating instructions to Owner's personnel. B. When the system startup, testing, adjusting and commissioning specified above is complete, obtain from the supptierlmanufacturer (or where specified, independent inspection company) a test report with test sheets, and covering verification letter signed by authorized testing technician, stating that the system has been inspected and tested, performs as specified and is ready for acceptance. Bind documents under cover and submit minimum four (4) copies to Consultant. C. The Consultant and Owner shall witness testing, commissioning and demonstration of each system. Advise Consultant and Owner a minimum two (2) weeks notice of such testing and commissioning. Consultant and Owner shall have ultimate approval of schedule for this work. 04107108 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specification. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in Part 2 of this Section. Provide connection wiring schematic drawings for each system. C. Shop drawings for each sound system and for the integrated television system shall include detailed design drawings of the system equipment layout, performance, dimensions and include wiring diagrams and riser drawings. Where applicable, performance shall include expected signal strength and/or signal losses. 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specification. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.07 SYSTEM INTEGRATION A. The Division 16 Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and integration of the special communication systems and with the respective specialty subcontractors of each system and also with the lighting/dimming controls system and subcontractor. Integration shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. righting/dimming control system (fine alarm system overrides, emergency power provisions, etc.); 2. volume/source selection and control of audio/video systems; 3. room division/combining and set-up controls; 4. future LCD projector controls; 5. projector screen control; 6. future LCD/plasma panel controls. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SOUND SYSTEMS A. General: 1. The general system design and performance requirements are shown on drawings and specified herein and shall be used for pricing. The documents are not intended to be for construction or for full system wiring purposes. The documents do not identify all necessary installation or integration devices. 2. The successful audiovisual (AV) specialist contractor shall be responsible for final construction design and full wiring and integration drawings that identify al necessary components to provide the intent of these documents for a full and proper functioning sound and in-house broadcast/video systems that satisfies the requirements of the Owner. 3. The AV specialist contractor shall also be responsible for the supply and installation of complete system products, system programming, testing and commissioning. Testing and commissioning shall be performed under direction of Consultant In addition, the AV specialist contractor shall be responsible for supervision of wiring and conduit installations by the Elecbical Contractor. 4. The AV specialist contractor shah be trained and certified by the AV control unit manufacturer in programming of the system. User interface shall consist of backlit, electro luminescent touch sensitive panels. Programming of system shah include programming touch screens and designing screen pages for users friendly operation of the system. For pricing, assume a number of fifty (50) screen pages shall be required to be programmed. The AV specialist contractor shall meet with Owner's representative prior to start of work and obtain Owner's desired "paging" sequence as well as corporate logo to be used, required pushbutton appearance and graphic user interface (GUI), for touch panel programming. Operator buttons 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 2 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS shall be dearly displayed and functional. All system programming shall be performed prior to delivery to site. Control system software source code shall be transmitted to and become the property of the Owner at the time of project delivery. An uncompiled source code of the system software shall be provided to Owner upon completion of work and acceptance by Consultant. 5. The AV specialist contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all components of the systems are completely compatible for interconnection as an integrated system. 6. The AV specialist contractors shall include: a. CEAVCO, Arvada CO - 303-539-3400; b. Ford AV, Denver CO - 720-374-2345; C. Medialogix Inc., Littleton CO - Steve Harter, 303-703-3999; d. ProSound Inc., Las Vegas NV - Lary Spurgeon, 702-889-8100; e. SPL Integrated Solutions, Las Vegas NV - Peter Aaronson, 702-450.7751. 7. Supply shop drawings and product brochures to Consultant within three months from award of contract. Expect several iterations of the shop drawing review process before final configurations and presets are agreed to. 8. Supply certain product samples to the Consultant as requested within two weeks from request. 9. In addition to the Part 1 requirements for shop drawings, include the following: a. Functional diagrams, detailing the Video/audio/control signal distribution; b. Wire diagrams detailing the type, quantity and labelling of all low level cabling, c. Systems functionality and complement descriptions; d. Equipment rack layouts; e. Product cut sheets and custom drawings as required by the project team for coordination; f. DSP programming; g. Touch panel screen layouts and functionality notes; h. Button array panel arrangements, engraving and button color layouts; I. System wall and floor box panel layouts and labelling; j. Provide drawings of all plates, complete with finish and labelling details; k. Lectern and other millwork arrangements and cut-outs; 1. Speaker transformer tapping; M. Shop drawings for the projection system clearly showing the location of all projection equipment and its geometry with respect to the room or location where said equipment is to be installed. 10. The general overall architecture of the system shall consist of the following: a. central background music, control system unit and remote digital signal processors (DSP) to integrate and control the various audio/visual signals of complete system; this provides centralized source selection and digital signal processing routed through to localized systems; the control system communicates with other remote equipment to provide user friendly control environment; b. centralized music sources including compact disc players, satellite signal sources Internet connections and music servers; cv local touch screen interface panels interconnected back to control system to allow for user's local system controls; d. local rack mounted equipment with as applicable satellite signal sources, DSPs, amplifiers, mixers and CD players; e. digital pushbutton type, volume and source selection stations located in each zone; f. microphone outlets, line level receptacles, speaker jacks, speakers, equipment racks, etc.; g. of modular design to accommodate future expansion; h. components that shall comply with applicable code requirements. 11. The sound system requirements for the complex shall consist of integrated systems to serve the hotel complex, including but not limited to the following: a. main centralized background music system (BGM) with central controls; b. function rooms sound systems integrated to pre-function rooms sound systems; C. meeting rooms sound systems; d. Spa sound systems; 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS e. restaurant sound system; f. local sound systems for pool areas, cardio/fitness area and restaurant/lounge areas; these systems shalt be integrated with the main system; g. interfacing to fire alarm system, security system, computer network system and lighting controlidimming systems; 12. The integration of the various sound systems shall be achieved by a central control system and remote digital signal processors (DSP). Each local sound system shall have its own DSP. 13. The sound system shah have automatic gain control circuitry to keep output level constant and remote ambient noise sensors to automatically adjust sound levels. The system shall have continuous playback feature. 14. The audiovisual control system shall integrate the background music control system (DSP) with the dimming, projection screens, provisions for projectors, LCD/plasma panels and other AV controls to provide an integrated control system from all available sources. 15. The main equipment racks of each system shall include proper ventilated front and side panels and include ventilation fans. The equipment racks shall be enclosed enclosures with locking front and rear hinged doors. The specified spare rack space shall be used for ventilation and/or future equipment as required. 16. Microphone cabling, speaker cabling, control circuit cabling, communication cabling and power cabling shall be run in separate conduits from each other. All wiring shall be properly identified in junction boxes and at terminal blocks and where accessible. 17. All operating controls, jacks, plugs, switches, etc., shall be permanently identified in a logical manner approved by Consultant, via screened letters. Provide lamacoid nameplates at racks. Verity nomenclature with Consultant. 18. Sound system performance levels utilizing performance criteria of Owner's Standards as guidelines, shall be determined by system installer specialists to best meet each room/area application, as approved by Consultant. Include for demonstration and tests to be witnessed by Consultant and provide necessary revisions to suit Owner's requirements. 19. Distribute loudspeaker level signals via 70 volt lines utilizing transformers with no more than 1.5dB insertion loss throughout the required band width for all distributed type systems. 20. Utilize voice-coil distribution for all stage oriented systems or high-power systems which exceed the power limit for available transformers. 21. De-rate all amplifiers serving 70 volt lines such that no more than 75% of the available wattage is required to drive the connected load. De-rate all amplifiers for voice-coil driven systems such that 50% of the wattage available will drive the loudspeakers to the maximum required output. 22. Interconnect loudspeakers circuits utilizing jacketed, unshielded cable, within conduit with conductors sized for maximum 10% power loss based on the connected bad. 23. Each system shall have priority fire alarm system EVC paging override of the music sources in event of emergency announcements. 24. Provide samples of recessed background music speaker grille cover to Architect and Consultant for review and approval. Grill cover to be factory painted with color to match adjacent finish. 25. The speaker runs shall be zoned and homerun to head end equipment allowing for head end control as follows: a. Ballroom/function room - multiple speaker homeruns to allow for selective shutotflmuting of speakers near lecture or microphones; b. each lobby, foyer or elevator lobby within circulation zone to allow for volume adjustment control; C. each restaurant and bar to allow for volume adjustment control; B. Components: 1. Control: The audiovisual control system shall utilize AV control units having Ethernet network technology for data transmission of control signals. System shall consist of a modular card frame type system with microprocessor programmable master controller, with relay control decoders, wired and infrared serial control decoders, RS-232 serial control interfaces, and other interface device cards as required. J 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CO Set 16710 - 4 RM File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS b. System shall be programmable by connection of a PC-based computer located in the main AV rack and connected to the system master card RS-232 programming port. Provide system with all necessary programming software. The programmable controller shall be capable of up to 250,000 separate functions consisting of a master controller card with multiple buffered buss outputs. Programming shall be accomplished by using compatible programming software supplied by the manufacturer. System memory shall be protected from loss due to power outages by means of a battery backed ram or EEPROM memory devices. Unit shall have multiple Serial ports-IR, IR Serial, and 1-way RS-232, multiple Data ports-all 2-way EIA RS-232,422, and -485,1/0 channels - closure input and output, rink to IR ports for sensed automatic power control and Relays. Provide with all applicable software and rack mount facilities. Acceptable AV control unit manufacturers are Crestron and AMX C. The control unit shall provide zone wiring connections and system component interfacing and shall mount in a rack mount enclosure. An enamel painted steel rack mounted enclosure shall be provided at the central location sized to accommodate control unit, mixer, music source units and power supply and other AV equipment d. Volume Control and Local/Remote Selector Panel: 12 preset button keypad, of customized integrated assembly mounted on single gang wallplate and consisting of following features: i. wall mounted keypad finished to Consultant's approval; ii. separate selector pushbuttons for volume attenuation control levels, on/off and mute; iii. local/remote selector switches, to allow user's to make music source selection from the local sound system components or from central BGM system; iv. customized engraving to Consultant's approval. e. The control units shall include required sound processors to control sound levels and interface with remote controls to provide required user interface. Touch Panels: a. 2-way, wireless 10" (250mm) diagonal flat screen graphic control panel with a transparent touch sensitive overlay and 800 x 600 pixels resolution shall be for main system programming. Programming of 'pages' and 'pushbuttons' shall be accomplished without the use of any external device. Panel shall have an RS-232 port for downloading of touch screen configurations to an external computer/disk drive and various other connectors to suit specific application requirements. All program instructions and screen configurations shall be stored on board in a battery backed RAM with a ten-year minimum life. Program access shall be restricted by means of a password protection scheme. Screen shall provide status feedback by reversal of the image in any button area address. The modular design shall include expansion cards to suit specific application requirements. b. The wireless touch panels shall include connectors to suit specific application, 4MB flash memory, rechargeable NiMh battery pack, backbox (docking station) with power pack to provide operating power, recharging and hardware communications and 2-way RF Gateway/Transcerver, as required. C. The remote touch panels shall be wall mounted in locations as required to suit architectural details. The main touch panel in the AV room shall be minimum 15' (375mm) diagonal touch panel with minimum resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels and shall include rack mounting hardware for mounting into the AV designated racks. d. Acceptable manufacturers of touch panels are Creston and AMX. Digital Signal Processors: a. Digital Signal Processors (DSP) shall control the routing, distribution, level control equalization signal delay and mixing of the various sound sources; b. The DSP shall include the following features: i. audio in/out matrix; ii. mic or fine level open architecture; iii, functions shall include mixers, routers, delays, limiters, compressors, ambient level sensors, automixers, crossovers, gates, expanders and duckers configurable in any combination and order, 04107/06 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 5 RS&G Fde No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS iv. the DSP unit shall be networkable and controllable via RS-232 by the audiovisual control system and external relay/ contact closures; V. the DSP units shall communicate via Cobranets. C. Provide ambient noise sensors to systems in areas of high ambient noise such as the circulation areas of main lobby. d. The DSP shall include priority fire alarm system EVC paging override of the music sources in event of emergency announcements and general paging announcements. The system shall have suitable input connection to centralized background music system. e. User friendly programmed preset touch controls and DSP shall provide controls to segregate and combine the system to serve the sectionalized rooms into the following configurations: L Separate systems, one (1) for each area of each room; ii. Combining of any two (2) areas to provide a larger combined room system; iii. Combining entire area into one (1) system. f. Room combining control shall be programmable audio matrix with room combining presets and features. The room combining shall be controlled via the touchscreen panel located in each of the areas. Combining systems utilizing relays and diode circuits (analogue technology) shall not be acceptable. Computer software shall be provided as required to configure, program and operate combining system. g. Acceptable DSP manufacturers are: L BSS (Soundweb); ii. Peavy (Media Matrix); iii. Biamp (Audis); iv. Symetdx (Symnet); V. Rane (RPM). 4. Power Amplifiers a. Amplifiers as follows: i. Toroidal output transformers. ii. Auto 2-speed fan. iii. Solid state symmetry design. iv. Load protected against subsonic signals, start-up/shutdown transients and do faults. V. Sensing circuit to provide against over-temperature, shorted output terminals, and RF interference. vi. Clip and protect indicators. vo. Balanced inputs. viii. Continuous rated output power of sufficient output power capacity at 70 volts to feed speaker loads connected plus 251/6 spare. ix. Output distortion at rated output 0.1%. X. Maximum input level: +20 dBu. A. Input impedance (balanced): 20K ohms. xrl. Damping factor. 200. A. Norse: 90 dB below. b. Note that the quantity of amplifiers shall be provided to accommodate the speaker loads and zones as identified on drawings and as required, with additional spare capacity of 25% for future needs, and for quantity calculations, assume that speakers shall be tapped at 1 watt. Speakers shah be tapped to comply with system performance levels specified elsewhere in this article. Use this performance level plus specified spare capacity to determine amplifier quantities and capacities. C. Acceptable manufacturers are: I. Crown; fi. QSC; iii. Crest; IV. Peavy; V. EVI. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 6 RS&G Re No. 1806206-00 • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Music Servers: a. AMX "MAX-IMS", or equivalent Crestron, integrated music server to digitally store, access and display the digital content of minimum 500 compact discs (CDs); the selected unit must be compatible for full integration to the system controller and be complete with minimum four (4) independent audio outputs; b. Standard features include the following: I. loss less compression to allow playback at full CD quality; ii. progressive text search locates disc instantly; iii. includes windows software for PC control; iv. CD title recognition; V. Includes CD-RW drive. C. Programming of music server shall be such that two (2) audio outputs are reserved for users at all touch panel locations to browse music library by genres, artist and album and select music. The remaining two (2) audio outputs shall be available to all areas of hotel. 6. CD Players: a. Multiple compact disc players, commercial grade, rack mounted with the following features: I. ±10 pitch control; ii. Fader start trigger input; iii. All metal 2 RU housing; iv. Five disc player unit capable of changing 4 discs when one is playing; V. 30 disc CD changer with three independent CD drives with individual outputs. Ability to control via RS 232; b. Standard single drive CD player unit with wireless remote control. C. Acceptable manufacturers are: I. Denon; ii. Sony; iii. Tasram. 7. Equipment Cabinet Rack a. Standard 19' metal equipment cabinet complete with rear and front locking doors. The equipment rack shag be sized to accommodate all equipment with minimum of 25% spare space for future. b. Provide AC Power conditioner and TVSS for each equipment rack. This unit will provide power to all equipment in cabinet c. Secure the cables into the racks according to the approved equipment layouts for the racks. AC Power lines shall be harnessed on opposite side of microphone, line level and speaker level wiring. 8. Loudspeakers a. Interior loudspeakers for the various areas shag generally be as follows: I. for general finished ceiling areas which includes the corridors, hotel lobby, restaurant, elevator lobby, spa, treatment rooms, fitness area, eta - 4' (100 mm) woofer and % (19 mm) tweeter, power capacity of 80W continuous program; u. for general finished areas which includes ballrooms, banquet rooms, meeting rooms, prefunction areas, eta - 6.5' (165 mm) woofer and Y4 (19mm) tweeter, power capacity of 80W continuous program; iii. speakers shall be complete with multi-tap control transformer to suit the 70V distribution system; iv. 90 to 20 kHz frequency response; V. 130 degree dispersion; vi. a minimum 86 dB IM/1m sensitivity; vii. the transformer shall be low insertion loss (<1 dB) and with 1, 2, 3 and 8 watt taps and frequency range from 100-15 kHz ±1 db; viii. with acoustically lines backbox which is matched to the speaker and decorative screen type grille factory painted to match adjacent finish; ix. recessed ceiling mounted; 04/07/06 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 7 RS&G Fie No. 1M206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS X. acceptable manufacturers and speakers are: .r (1) JBL model 24 C/CT series and 26 C/CT series; (2) Bose model 32 series; (3) Aflas sound strategy series; (4) EVI EVID series); (5) AMK SA 800 series; (6) Soundtube CM series; (7) Tannoy CMS501CT series. For outdoor applications provide JBL Control 25T series, compact indoor/outdoor, surface mounted cube type speaker as follows: i. 5'/4" polypropylene coated woofer and Y4" titanium coated hom tweeter, ii. power capacity 15OW continuous program; I, I. isolation transformer suitable for 70V distribution system; iv. corrosion proof, weatherproof construction; V. frequency response 80 Hz to 15 kHz; vi. mounting hardware; vii. finished to Architect's direction; vin. acceptable manufacturers and speakers are: (1) JBL model 25CT series; (2) Bose model 325E series; (3) Atlas Sound; (4) AMK LW77 series; (8) Soundtube SMI series; (5) Tannoy i5AW series. Speakers in Massage Rooms, Wet Treatment Rooms, Change Rooms and other areas of high humidity and moisture shall be similar to the JBL control series previously specified, but shall be specifically intended for use in moist and humid locations and shall be factory treated to protect entire speaker material and assembly from moisture and humidity. Hardware shall be corrosion resistant. Grilles shall be factory painted to match adjacent finish. Where speakers are typically types for installation in planters located outdoors (patio, pool deck), they shall generally be as follows: i. Soundtube XT Broad beam 2 way outdoor speaker series with 5.25" (131.25 mm) with 1" (25 mm) coated fiber woofer and 1' silkdome tweeter, ii. Speakers shall be complete with multi-tap control transformer to suit the 70V distribution system; iii. 100 to 20 kHz frequency response; iv. 360° broad beam distribution; V. a minimum 84 dB 1/W/1m sensitivity; vi, the transformer shah be low insertion loss (<ldB) and with 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 watt taps; vu. with speaker enclosure to be factory painted to match adjacent foliage (green) or other neutral color, viii. in ground mounted; ix. acceptable manufacturers: 1. Soundtube XT series 2. Bogen. Specialty landscape speakers designed to blend into outdoor scenery shag be Bogen 'NAW rock landscape loudspeakers, series RG/R8 with features as follows: i. 2 way, 70V or 8 ohm speaker system using minimum 6" metal alloy speakers and 1-1/8' titanium tweeters; ii. completely weatherproof; ii, I. ultra low distortion with wide elevated sound dispension; iv. sandstone or granite natural cabinet colours with final selection to be approved by Consultant; V. realistic rugged heavy rock look; vi. frequency response minimum 75 Hz to 20 KHz; vi. 88 dB SPL sensitivity; 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 8 RS&G File No. 1605206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS viii. power handling minimum 100 watts. f. Exterior speakers located in landscaping and other special outdoor applications shah be located as coordinated with landscape contractor. Patch Bays and Monitor Panel a. At main rack, provide patch bay to introduce test signals and auxiliary sources throughout the sound systems. b. At main rack provide monitor panel with source selector, vu meter/LED indicators, etc., as required for testing and monitoring of any audio source prior to being c. Monitor panel shall have zones matching speaker schedule/zoning. d. Acceptable manufacturers are: I. ADC; ii. Neutrik. 10. Microphone Outlets a. XLR - Female type on single gang stainless steel wall plate or in recessed floor boxes as shown. 11. Audio Panels a. Flush wall mounting stainless steel panels with four (4) microphone outlets, a line input receptacle and a record output jack. 12. Cable & Wire a. Supply all audio wire and cable to complete systems connections. Wiring shall be as per system manufacturer's instruction, and installed in conduit and as follows: i. Audio (A): Belden 9451, 22/2 twisted, shielded jacketed cabling; ii. VGA video (VGA): Extron 22-124-02, VGA video cable, bundled 6 - coax; iii. RGB video (RGB): Belden 1694A, 3 x RG-6N cabling; iv. Composite video (CV): Beldon 1694A, RG-6/U cabling; V. RS232 (RS): Belden 1420A, 24/3 pair, twisted pairs, shielded, jacketed cabling; vi. Infrared (IR): Belden 9501, 24/2, twisted, shielded, jacketed cabling; vii. Cresnet (CN): Crestron Crestnet - NP, 22/2 + 18/2 twisted, shielded, jacketed cabling; viii. Cobranet (CO): Belden 1872A, Cat 6 UTP (4 twisted pair) cabling. b. Cable and wire acceptable manufacturers shall be as listed above or be approved by Consultant. 13. Microphones And Accessories Packages a. Hand held, cardioid (unidirectional) dynamic type microphone with switch and a frequency response from 50 to 15,000 Hz b. Microphone stand with grip action clutch, chrome tubing and ebony base. C. 6 m of microphone cabling with required connectors. d. Provide a quantity of twelve (12) complete packages; e. Acceptable manufacturers are Shure Bros., Sennheiser, AKG and Audio Technica. System Testing and Commissioning: 1. The AV specialist contractor shah provide on site administration and performance of all required acceptance and commissioning of systems, including testing, adjustments and fine- tuning required to optimise overall system performance and functionality. Include also for provision of required test equipment (spectrum and analysers, meters, etc.) and personnel on site for all periods of testing and verification work. 2. Distribute to the Consultant a full system commissioning report confirming the systems have been tested and optimised in all configurations. The reports shall include infield testing of the harmonic distribution and coverage of all areas complete with supporting test results. 3. Distribute to the Consultant, a project deficiency list prior to scheduling final commissioning and acceptance. 4. AN commissioning and deficiency reports shah be signed off by the AV Specialist Contractor's Project Manager, prior to issuance to the Consultant. 04107/06 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 9 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 5. After the Consultant has received and reviewed the reports on all system testing, commissioning and deficiencies, a final commissioning and acceptance session will be conducted by the Consultant and/or the Owner. 6. During the final commissioning and acceptance session, the AV Specialist Contractor may also be required to repeat any portion or portions of the testing. 7. Acceptance by the Consultant in writing shall denote substantial performance, unless otherwise defined in Division 1. 8. Should the work not be substantially complete at the time of the first inspection, be responsible for any consulting and transportation costs incurred during subsequence inspection or inspections. 9. If the system does not fulfil all aspects of this Document, make any adjustments, or any other changes required, bringing the installation into conformance with the Bid Documents. 10. Prior to final acceptance, after notifying the Consultant, the Owner may require use of the system for testing or other purposes. The Consultant shall not waive any responsibility because of this temporary use of the system and it shall not be construed as evidence of acceptance. 2.02 IN-HOUSE BROADCAST/VIDEO SYSTEM FOR FUNCTION ROOMS The AV specialist contractor that is also responsible for providing the sound system, shall provide a complete cabling and distribution system of various AV co-axial cables and outlet panels to allow the distribution of in house video sources (TV signals, DVD players, etc.) via the audio-visual systems in the Ballroom and meeting room areas. Coordinate the insertion point of the interconnection with television headend equipment with the television system subcontractor. The scope of AV contract is to include all cabling rough-in and faceplates, with active equipment purchased by others at a later date. The scope of work shall include but not be limited to provision of following: 1. RGB cabling and faceplates; 2. component video cabling and faceplates; 3. co-axial cabling and faceplates; 4. patch panels for each cable system to allow for future integration to audio and video switches; 5. distribution amplifiers, line taps, splitters, etc. for 750 MHz cable television distribution; 6. P3 and RG-11 type riser cabling and RG-6U coaxial cabling; 7. all ancillary devices. The following equipment is excluded from the contract but shall be provided in the future and be integrated: VGA / audio matrix switches; HDTV / component video matrix switches; drop down and fixed mounted LCD projectors. 2.03 ENTERTAINMENT TELEVISION SYSTEM The Electrical Contractor and specialist infrastructure Subcontractor shall be responsible for the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a complete infrastructure for entertainment TV (HDTV) system throughout the development The requirements herein shall be revised to suit local requirements of the available systems. The system must accommodate and support different sources: The components shall comply with applicable local code, and include but not be limited to following: 1. Pay TV; 2. Free-to-view cable television (HDTV); 3. Satellite system programming; 4. Head end equipment as required; 5. Distribution amplifiers, cabling, splitters, etc. for 1000 MHz cable television distribution; 6. Alt ancillary devices. J 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS B. The system shall be designed and installed by a specialist Subcontractor that is an authorized representative of the system manufacturer. The issued documents include a system riser diagram of a system providing a 1 GHz. infrastructure. Use information of the documents to provide a full detailed design and installation drawings for system proposed that complies with these general design requirements, per local governing Code requirements and in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Shop drawings shall also include dB levels at amplifiers and at each outlet, and confirmed with system testing and verification reports. C. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for provision of the passive components (taps, wall outlets, cabling, conduit, etc.). The specialist sub-contractor shall be responsible for the active head end components, amplifiers, etc. The Pay TV service provider and satellite TV service provider (f applicable) shall be responsible for providing their required respective equipment that will supply required signal and service. The specialist infrastructure Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing power cabling, amplifiers, splitters, etc., as required for full integration onto the TV system. D. The work shall include a shop drawing submission and riser diagram layout submission by the specialist subcontractor that is an authorized representative of the system manufacturer. Install system as per these general design requirements, per local governing code requirements and in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. E. Generally, minimum 50 "free to guest" channels shall be made available to guests, consisting of local channels, CNN channel, movie channel, national channels, intemational channels, sports, movies, etc. Sufficient modulators shall be provided to allow for full channel spectrum to be shifted to lower 50 channels on the television. The system shall also be interfaced to the Interactive Television System provided by others. F. All the signals will be processed by front end processor and will be transmitted to end user's TV1FM sockets through a system of distributors, splitters and cable. G. The system shall include but not be limited to: 1. CATV receivers and signal modulators. 2. Signal mixers. 3. Broadband amplifiers. 4. Signal ampler and distribution amplifiers. Blonder Tongue Bida 1000 MHZ bandwidth amplifiers with passive returns. 5. Taps. 6. Signal combiners - Blonder Tongue OC series passive types; 7. Tee units. 8. Flush mounted wall plates of finish confirmed with Consultant, complete with required CAN socket outlet connectors. 9. CMP plenum rated RG-6U quad shielded co-axial cable for outlet drops. 10. Weatherproof PVC insulated co-axial cable suitable for underground and exterior installations. 11. Riser cabling shall be low loss type, P3 and RG-11(evenly loaded number of rooms). 12. Power supplies and ancillary devices. 13. System licensing fees, installation training and testing. 14. The entire system shall comply with the performance specification with a signal level of +10 dB at 1000 mHZ at each TV location. Taps are to be used to feed each guestroom from the horizontal main supply. Splitters are not to be used. H. The head end equipment needed to receive, amplify and process the various program signals shall be housed in racks. Head and equipment shall be solid state electronics and be double shielded and in conformance with local standards. The equipment shall have integral power supplies. 04/07106 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 16710-11 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Provide on site testing of equipment in presence of Consultant Provide required test equipment and document test results into a report The following tests shall be carried out using a pattern generator with facilities for all aspects of video and audio performance including: 1. Color performance. 2. Ghosting. 3. Resolution. 4. Synchronization performance and any other measurements that the Engineer may wish to perform. 5. System performance. 6. System recording. 7. signal levels at all outlets. Owner will select the successful Pay TV equipment supplier outside of the electrical contract There are two options, NXTV using the category 5e cabling infrastructure and the On Command system using coaxial cabling infrastructure. The Pay TV supplier will provide and install Pay TV headend racks and commission his equipment The exact system to be implemented shall be as later directed by Owner. The requirements for the category 5e network cabling infrastructure shah be as per system requirements specified in Section 16750. The coaxial cabling infrastructure must meet_the following performance requirements, but are not limited to the following: 1. System is designed to operate on a standard CAN network with a frequency range of 5 to 1000 MHz 2. Transmission frequencies of data communications between the headend and the television receivers via the network is 7 MHz and 20 MHz, both frequencies in both directions. 3. Antenna network items including cable, taps, splitters and room outlet plates must have a passive through path, in both directions, at data frequencies, 7 MHz and 20 MHZ, equal or less than the loss at 1000 MHz Total signal loss, at 7 MHz and 20 MHz, of the antenna network should be less than 60 dB between the systems rack and the room outlet plate. 4. Antenna network design criteria should be for a signal strength, at the guest room outlet plate, of +10dBmV 48Mhz to 1000Mhz+1-2dB. 5. Distribution amplifiers rust have a nominal loss, passive bi-directional filer capable of passing 7 MHz and 20 MHz Amplifiers should not be line powered. 6. The network shourld be constructed using fully screened components with "F" type oannectors. AN "F" connector plugs should be of a single piece design. 7. The standard operating frequencies of the pay movies are between 280 and 460 MHz, 20 channels in total. 8. For planning purposes the network headend should, wherever possible, be collocated with the system rack. 9. The system requires all signals for the headend to be passed throughout he video rack,l8dB loss. 10. The system will require either 2 or 4 or more (subject to survey or design) signal output trunks to be cable from the rack location to the distribution amplifiers. 11. The network should be subdivided into equal outlet points, to be fed by signals from the rack via distribution amplifiers. Utilize tap offs for feeds to each guest room. Refer to system riser diagram. 12. The system rack(s) requires locating in an air-conditioned space. Ambient operating temperature 20°C (68°F). A combination CAN / Computer outlet wall plate shah be provided for residential units as specified in Section 16750. M. Acceptable manufacturers of hardware equipment include Grundig, Danlab Electronics, FCE and Phillips. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-12 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-OD PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 204 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV)/SECURITY SYSTEM A. A qualified security integrator specialist company shall provide required work and components needed for the provision of closed circuit television (CCTV) monitoring system to serve the Complex. Work shall performed by the security contractor and shall include but not be limited to providing the following work: 1. provision of CCTV head end equipment, control and distribution devices, microprocessor matrix switch, distribution amplifiers, encoders/decoders, digital video recording system, cameras, monitors, cabling in conduit and ancillary devices as required; 2. the system shall be a hybrid system where both analogue signals via coaxial cabling and digital signals via UTP conductors are used from the cameras; the digital signals shall be interconnected to the centralized DVRstservers via IP connection of a dedicated network; analogue signals from the cameras shall link to local controls and monitoring equipment 3. to provide system performance of minimum 260 lines of horizontal resolution at playback off the digital video recorders; the system timing pulse shall be synchronized through all components of the system; 4. to provide system that is electro-magnetically compatible with all other systems; 5. required system programming to accommodate system components and sequence of i 6. ons; operat interconnections to auxiliary building systems; 7. testing, adjusting and verification of work; 8. the system shall be of open protocol architecture such that future component additions to system shall be possible using various manufacturers' equipment. The Owner shall not be locked into using the equipment of a single manufacturer; 9. adjust camera locations, lens type and aiming direction as directed by Consultant on site; Contractor to confirm angle of coverage of each camera prior to completion of work. B. PTZ Cameras for exterior and interior Non-climate Controlled Areas: Pek:o - Spectra III SE series integrated dome camera system as follows: 1. % inch CCD colour camera; 2. 22X optical zoom with an additional 12X digital zoom, 4mm to 88mm, F1.6; 3. the pan and tilt drive unit shall be capable of 360D continuous pan rotation with auto flip 1800 i 4. rotat on. Creep speed of 0.1o per second, 360D per second pan preset speed, 200. per second lift preset speed; 5. 80 preset positions with 20 character label; 6. integral menu system for on screen setup and programming; 7. continuous duty motors operating from 18 to 30VAC, 24 VAC nominal; 8. 2:1 interlace, with AC line lock that is phase adjustable by remote control; 9. an effective pixel array of 768 (H) x 494 M; 10. automatic iris control with manual and programmable override; 11. automatic gain control with programmable override; 12. colour image with a sensitivity of 0.02 lux at F1.6 at Yrsecond shutter speed, signal level of 35 IRE, gam high; 13. si nal-to-noise ration of >48 dB; 14. tampeolmpact resistant smoke acrylic dome; 15, tamper proof screwsAocks; 16. weatherproof, vandal proof, corrosion resistant enclosures with fadblowedheater and sun shield; 17. transient voltage surge suppression device' 18. audio option with integral micrphone/speaker. C. Camera Units - General Use: PeleD ICS/100/150 Series, dome system with following features: 1. high resolution, color CCD camera with verifocal (3 - 6mm) lens to suit application; 2. fixed mounting; 3. integrated motion detector with software; 4. 24 VAC operation, complete with required transformer, 5. 3.75' diameter smoked acrylic dome; 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 -13 RS&G File No. 1805206-M PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 6. impact resistant housing, tamper proof screw/locks and mounting brackets suitable for wall, pole, comer, ceiling or roof mounting as per applications and locations as shown; 7. Cameras in non-climate controlled areas shall be with weatherproof, gasketted, aluminum NEMA 4 rated housing, UV resistant finish, sun shield, heater, fan and corrosion resistant brackets; suitable power supply shall be provided to suit application and site installation requirements; 8. Cameras in finished areas shall be serrikecessed mounted in ceiling, unless otherwise noted. 9. Exterior cameras shall be complete with integral transient voltage surge suppression (fVSS) device Camera Units - Discrete Use: GE Interlogic - Kalatel GBC series 2501275, or approved equal, high resolution (380 TV lutes color), low light (0.2 kix at F1 A), 113 DSP, CCD type color board camera with pinhole lens and electronic iris; camera board with lens shall mount into recessed single wall box of size to accommodate unit, and shag be complete with suitable UL listed power supply and required mounting hardware; pinhole lens shall mount to front cover of box and cover shall be provided with suitable pinhole opening; cover shall be finished to match adjoining architectural finishes to provide a discrete installation. E. Control System and Equipment 1. Microprocessor-matrix switching and control system for both manual and automatic switching, complete with variable dwell time, instant homing, alarm call-up, programmable switching and sequencing, and power failure protection. The system shall include keyboard controls of camera pan. The unit shall have capacity for camera inputs and monitor outputs as shown on drawings and an additional future 20% (approximate) capacity. 2- Cross point matrix switcher with modular component design and DOS based Pentium microprocessor controller allows expandable configuration to support all camera inputs, door contact inputs, duress alarm inputs, intercom inputs, card access system inputs and monitor outputs. The unit shall provide graphical user software screens, alarm interfaces and data base logging of system operations and events. Keyboards shall be provided with complete control of system functions as required to provide the sequence of operation as noted on drawings. Integration shall be provided by use of network CPU, with custom networking software to suit the design parameters of this project. Provide all system software on CD and include operating manuals and license fees. The unit shall include required switching bay, CPU, connection modules/cards and power supply. 3. fully integrated system to provide control of all functions at security system (i.e. access, PTZ, DVR review, etc.) from each control station. 4. Various multiplexers as required for displaying up to 16 channels on one monitor. 5. Sequential switchers as required for automatic displaying of selected programmed cameras. 6. Where PTZ cameras are required, provide PTZ controller in each monitoringkontrolling location; 7. Printer to provide system status reports. Digital Video Management System: digital video recorder (DVR) and surveillance capture and reporting system with following features: 1. digital multichannel DVR multiplexer and video transmission server, 2. multiple units can be linked in a network to accommodate additional camera capacity and storage capacity; 3. individual camera inputs for up to 16 cameras; 4. instantaneous playback of recorded images; 5. simultaneous recording of each camera; 6. built-in digital motion detection; 7. easy playback and forward/reverse search; 8. hard drive capacity for recording all cameras 24 hours per day 7 days per week for 30 days total at 1 frame per second; 9. playback resolution shag be at least 260 lines horizontal resolution to monitors; 10. DVRS shall have capability of alarmli ncident recording to be conducted at 1 frame per second and programmable up to give' video equivalency rate of 30 frames per second; general recording to be conducted at non alam>rncdent times at rate programmable from 1 to 30 frames per second; final programming requirements shall be confirmed at time of installation, with Consultant to suit Owner's appl"ications". 11. non-proprietary compression; 12. audio expansion card for audio recording functions; 04/07/06 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 -14 RSBG File No.1805206-00 PROJECT 002028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 13. MS windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional based system; 14. fully addressable by LANANAN/dial-up and TCPAP; 15. rack mount enclosure; 16. DVD/CD-RW unit; 17. password protected login and trail auditing; 18. definable operator authority levels; 19. time and date embossing; 20. software to software communication; 21. bandwidth limiter, 22, video processing speed distribution from idle to active cameras; 23. time base connection; 24. portioning feature of hard drive to aflow for password protected access only. G. Monitors: 1. Pelco, 300 series model PMCL319,19' flat panel, thin film transfer, LCD monitors with 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution, maximum brightness of 380 cd/m2; maximum response time of 12 MS, VGA input, looping BNC composite inputs, S-video inputs, speakers, front panel controls and indicators, power supplies and rack mount kit for units mounted in rack and stand for table top units. Monitors shall be UL listed. Monitor shall operate on 120 V AC, 60 Hz. 2. Provide one monitor in each of the Receiving Office, Telephone Operators' Room (Core) and General Manager's Office. Other monitors shall be provided in rooms as shown. H. Pushbuttons, Visual And Audible Devices: 1. Flush wall mounting, single gang, alarm pushbuttons mounted on stainless steel faceplates and with tamperproof provisions. 2. Under deskloounter surface mounted pushbutton box with recessed button. 3. Flush wall mounting, visual alarm strobe lights. 4. Flush wall mounting chimes and buzzers. 5. Alarm control unit with interface for interconnection of the alarm system devices to the CCTV system. Miscellaneous: 1. Power supplies, RG59U and RG6U co-axial cable, category 5e UTP conductors, power conductors, amplifiers, connectors, mounting brackets, mounting hardware, etc., as required to provide a fully secured and properly functioning system. 2. Division 16 Contractor shall also provide system of conduits and boxes for the work including roughing in for work as shown on drawings; 3. System manufacturer's programming, inspection, testing and verification. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Cameras and control equipment: Pek:o, Panasonic, Philips, Vicon and Sony, 2. Camera Lenses: Panasonic, Phillips, Pentax, Sony, Vicon; 3. Digital video recording system: Pelco, Vicar, Panasonic, Senso matic, and Intellex. 2.05 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - HOTEL The Owner's Standard for access control system into guestrooms is a standard battery operated system such as the Timelox system. The system is provided as part of the Architectural Door Hardware Specification, however, the electrical Contractor is responsible for provision of a system of conduits and power supply for the system and the provision system components at staff entry. Provide a suitable to Timelox type lord reader, encoder, electric strikes and Cat 5e UTP cabling, as required to fully wire and interconnect staff entry components to main system. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-15 RS&G Fle No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL. COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 2.06 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - CONDOMINIUM A. The access control system (ACS) shall be based on commercially available non-proprietary industry standard hardware and client server architecture. The system to have true open architecture design. No customized or proprietary PC or card creation software or hardware to be required to operate the system. The ACS card shall have the ability to integrate with the Owner's selected guest room access control system (Time lox or Ving Card or other guestroom entry system). The system shall also provide controlled access to parking garage, condominium elevators, and condominium lobbies. Note that door entry provisions into residences shalt be via hardware provided in the architectural specifications. System shall include but not be limited to provision of following: 1. computer hardware, software, license fees/agreements; 2. card readers and cards; 3. controllers; 4. head end control unit; 5. mounting hardware and alarm contacts; 6. intercom; 7. computer terminal with card encoding hardware and software; 8. power supplies including UPS, as required; 9. interconnections and interfaces with other systems; 10. wiring in conduit. C. The system software shall be a Microsoft Windows 32 bit multi-user application supporting servericlient functionality. The software shall include database management, manual and timed control functionality, alarm and transaction monitoring, selective transaction and alarm reporting for single and multiple sites and card/badge creation. D. Controllers are remote self-contained units to provide all real time access control and intrusion functionality. The sequence of operation of the door functionality shall be custom programmed to meet the requirements of the Owner. Each controller shall incorporate two RS485 communication busses. Modes of operations shall include but not be limited to following: 1. anti-passback mode; 2. dual custody mode; 3. escorted dual custody mode; 4. doors unlock, pending first valid card mode; 5. card or PIN mode; 6. card plus PIN mode; 7. high value assets/wander patient/baby abduction tracking; 8. intrusion alarm system functionality; 9. guard tour; 10, elevator control The system shall include but not be limited to the following functions: 1, access control; 2. alarm monitoring; 3. card holder management; 4. system administration; 5. reporting functions; 6. integrated operations with other security and intercom systems where required; 7. card/badge creation. 04107A6 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-16 RSBG Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS G. Access Control Reader. The card reader to be a HID "ProxPW proximity card reader, to read the encoded data from the access card and transmit the data back to the panel, giving an audible and visual indication of a properly read card. The card reader to have a typical read range of 10 - 14 cm, when used with an industry standard proximity card. The card reader to be a single piece unit, narrow enough to be mounted onto a 4.45 cm metal door frame or mullion. The card reader to have a built-in anti- passback delay of one second. The card reader to be fully weatherised, and have an operating temperature of -30 to 65 degrees Celsius, and an operating humidity of 5-95% noncondensing. The card reader to have a lifetime warranty. The card reader to communicate in a Wiegand protocol interface, and be compatible with all industry standard access control systems. H. The system to utilize card products designed specifically for security applications. Proximity cards to be industry standard HID 26 bit Wiegand technology. Proximity shall be an access controllldentification technology that utilizes radio frequency (RF) circuits in microchip form. The microchips are encoded and transmit the encoded information when activated. The proximity card to be a PVC dual technology card that employs both proximity and magnetic stripe technology and complies with ISO standards for thickness (30 mil). Quantity of cards/badges to be supplied shall be as directed by Consultant. The system, card readers and cards shall be of type to allow for future integration of Users colour pictures on the cards. Computer terminal shall be minimum specifications as recommended by system manufacturer and as follows: 1. Pentium IV -1.7 GHz; 2. 512 MB RAM; 3. 80 GB hard drive, CD Rom drive, floppy drive; 4. modem; 5. audio/video cards as required; 6. keyboard and mouse; 7. ports as required; 8. software, loaded as required. 9. cabling as required. Wiring and ancillary devices shall be as required and as recommended by system manufacturer. Acceptable security integration companies include ADT Security, SimplexGrinnell, GE Security and Siemens. 2.07 TELEPHONE SYSTEM The telephone switch, handsets and associated software are to be purchased, installed and commissioned by the general contractor under a separate package not included in the electrical contract The electrical contractor shall provide condult, cabling, power supplies and grounding to support the telephone system. The sped" network cabling contractor as part of the electrical contract shall provide the struclured cabling system for voice requirements. Refer to Section 16750. 2.08 INTERCOM SYSTEMS A General: 1. Include costs for and engage Aiphone Corporation approved vendor to supply, install, test, commission and certify complete two way intercom systems as shown on drawings, spedW herein and as required. Only the authorized Aiphone vendors shag provide the system products and work 2. The herein fist of products bms a basis of the system requirements and may not be complete. It shall be the responsibF4 of vendor to design and provide a complete system to meet the Owners standards and requirements. • 04/07MB Progress CD Set RSBG File No. 1805206.00 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 16710-17 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS B. Aiphone LEF series, open voice intercom system including provision of but not limited to following: 1. no. LEF multiple call, deskhvall mounting master stations with speaker/microphone, push to talk button, volume control and selective door release pushbutton for access substations at secured doors; exact model to suit applications as shown and as required; 2. no. LE-DA, weatherproof, flush wall mounting door substation with handsfree communications, call button and speaker/microphone; 3. no. EL-9S electric door release, normally open contacts; 4. no. RY-PA relay adapters; 5. no. PS-12C power supplies, wiring in conduit and mounting hardware, as required; 6. backboxes for wall mounted stations. C. Provide separate systems for each application as shown and as required. Ensure that stations meet the requirements of each application as recommended by the manufacturer. Confirm with Consultant whether master stations are desk mounting or wall mounting, and include required accessories to suit. Install devices on locations as confirmed with Consultant and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide weatherproof devices for devices located in non-climate controlled areas. D. Provide wiring in conduit from wall station up wall stubbing into ceiling space. Wiring shah run in conduit then in accessible ceiling space properly supported on J hooks or in cable tray, or completely run in conduit if shown on drawings. Cable runs shall be run parallel and perpendicular to building lines. E. Where required, interconnect station control wiring to door control operators such as electric strikes, electromagnetic locks, etc. Coordinate work with trades supplying doors and door hardware. F. After installation, test, adjust and verify operation. Adjust as required. G. Acceptable manufacturers are Aiphone, TOA, Rauland and Ring Master. 2.09 EXERCISE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM The exercise entertainment system equipment shall be selected and purchased by others under separate contrail The Division 16 Electrical Contractor shah include for rough-in system of conduits and boxes, provision of co-axial cabling, provision of category 6 network cabling and provisions of required power feeders, all to accommodate future equipment 2.10 DOOR CHIME SYSTEM Nutone Electric, series LB-14WH, UL Listed, door signal system as follows: 1. flush wag mounting white louvered panel; 2. tone/chime device that provides different sound for two doors, if required; 3. transformer as required; 4. flush wall mounting back box, 5. minimum V (25mm) dia. white gkmlinated pushbutton mounted on faceplate finished in color b Consultant's direction; 6. Wring as per manufacturer's instructions; 7. ancillary devioes as required to complete system installation. B. Provide system components and instal in aocordance with manufacturer's Instructions, to provide door signal system at doors as required. Instal chines in flush mounting boxes and pushbuttons in flush mounting locations confirmed with Consultant prior to mughhg4n. Coordinate installation of pushbutons with trade responsible for surfaces in which pushbuttons are being installed. Provide suitable power feed to transformers and connect complete. Mount trar downers in locations as confirmed with Consultant C. Confirm finishes with Consultant prior to ordering. D. Test and adjust as required. E. Acceptable manufacturers are Nutone, General Signal and Aiphone. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-18 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 2.11 RESIDENTIAL UNIT NETWORK CENTRES A. The residential units of the complex shall be provided with network centres that allow for a centraOzed distribution of various telecommunications, video, cable television, data and multimedia signals. The system shag provide an "easy" patching of systems to various locations within each residential unit Each system shag consist of modules for easy of installation and expansion. B. The single enclosure shag consist of a UL fisted cold rolled steel constructed assembly suitable for surface or recessed wag mounted and include sufficient knock-outs for conduitlconductor entries, grounding temtirrals and front hinged locking cover. C. The configuration of the boxes shag be as typically detailed on drawings and as required to accommodate the final services selected as continued with Consultant The modules may include but not be limited to following: 1. telephone module: for basic telephone, facsimile and modem service and accommodates up to 4 voice Ones and supports up to 16 phone locations; category rated; includes security connection for automatic seizure of One 1 for emergencies can be expanded with additional modules; 2. telephone and video combination module: integrated basic telephone, facsimile, modem and cable TV service distribution; 3. computer data nodule: integration b LAN and supports up to 12 cat 5e UTP cables which can be expanded with addtional modules; 4. video splitter modules: distributes various video services to multiple TV locations (up to 12); 5. audio distribution module: distribution of audio and supports up to 6 pairs of speakers; 6. CAN video amplifier amplifiers CATV or other video signal prior to splitting and distribution; 7. network switcheshouters: as required; 8. adequate space for future data network active equipment D. Instal devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The various system components shall be installed in compliance with standards of the systems specified herein the specifications. E Test and certify each system to standards specified within the documents and as part of respective systems. F. Clearly identify each system component to standards as directed by Consultant G. Acceptable manufacturers of network centres are Hellemtann Tyton - Home Network Sciences, Tyco, Leviton and/or the manufacturers of the network cabling system of Section 16750. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS A. The AV Specialist Contractor shall prepare detailed design/installation drawings and submit to Consultant for review prior to start of work. The submission shall include all documentation as required to identify full system design intent, its operation, included system components, and installation requirements and requirements as specified for sound systems and video systems. B. The Electrical Contractor shall include with the provision of the system components, the provision of required conduits, boxes, etc., to provide a full operational system to Owner's Standards and to specified requirements. C. Include for wiring in conduit runs (minimum'/" (20 mm) diameter unless otherwise noted) to associated interconnections to the Security System and Fire Alarm System. Allow sufficient slack cabling at end termination box for system connections to respective systems. Unless otherwise noted, camera conduit runs shall be "home runs'. D. Provide central background music system components as specified and in locations as shown. Instal devices in accordance with system supplier's requirements. Provide and arrange for system supplier to perform final equipment connections, testing and adjustments. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-19 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS E. Provide specified various AV system components to serve the various areas. Program and install systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and previous requirements specified in Part 2. F. Rough-in locations of component (i.e. speakers) and obtain Consultants approval of locations before final installations. Install devices in accordance with system supplier's instructions. G. General Audio System Performance Criteria 1. Loudness - Through the general listening area the BGM audio systems should produce an undistorted sound level of no less than 90 dB when reproducing typical program material. This specification shall be verified after the system has been equalized to meet frequency response specifications. An approved sound level meter, set to 'C" weighting and "SLOW" meter response shaft be used to make this measurement The audio system should be able to provide 10 dB of headroom or the ability to produce program peaks of 100 dB. Program peaks should not produce any type of audible distortion. 2. Coverage Uniformity - Using broad-band pink noise as a program source, media and/or PA audio response through the general listening area should not vary more than t3dB, as measured with an approved sound level meter set for "A' weighted response. 3. Hum and Noise - With system gain set for 90 dB peak levels from any normal program source, electrical noise should not exceed 0.2 volts RMS at power amplifier output terminals. Operation of various system controls such as program source, gain control, lighting controls, etc. should not introduce objectionable noise into the system. 4. Frequency Response - Using accepted and approved 1/3 octave analysis procedures the response of each audio channel will be equalized to provide a "flat" frequency response curve over the frequency spectrum of the specified equipment. It is important that loudspeaker crossover settings and equalization be trimmed to result in the closest possible match between each speaker channel, as measured at a favourable centralized listening position. 5. Signal to Noise Ratio - (Inclusive of crosstalk and hum). Signal to noise ratios should be measured using an approved sound level meter, set to 'linear' weighting and "SLOW" meter response. Unless restricted by the undistorted output level of the system, the overall system SIN ratio should be greater than 70 dB. 6. Total Harmonic Distortion - With the exception of microphones and speakers, the published THD for any piece of audio equipment in the system should not exceed 0.1% over a 20 Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth. H. Include costs for and arrange for system manufacturer's authorized representative (AV specialist contractor) to perform final equipment connections, system programming, testing and adjustments. 1. Locate central equipment of the separate areas sound systems in locations as shown and/or directed by Consultant. J. Locate central equipment of the respective roan systems in locations as shown or directed by Consultant Locate remote outlets and panels where shown. All remote panels, outlets, etc. must be properly identified with engraved lanacoid identification nameplates. Confine nomenclature with Consultant prior to ordering. Co-ordinate installation of fkwr boxes with installation of under floor dud system, where applicable. K Provide main terminal cabinets wan mounted in each centralized location as shown. Mount specified sound equipment in rack and conned components with required cabling. Speaker cable tenninations shall be punched down onto labelled connection blocks in terminal cabinet and neatly tie wrapped, secured and identified. The racks shag be wired to dedicated AC circuits. Co-ordinate AC power cable and wiring installation with trade responsible for respective work. AC power distribution within rack shall be accomplished by means of Wiremokf or approved equal plug strip. The AC circuits distribution shall be exclusively switched and protected by the panelboard breakers serving rack. Ground equipment racks in accordance with system manufacturers' authorized supplier/installer instructions, and provide minimum # 6 AWG insulated ground wiring to each main equipment rack of background music system, the multipurpose rooms sound systems and the meeting rooms sound systems. The racks of the separate sound systems for other areas (Fitness Centres, Restaurants and Bars) shall be grounded with 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 20 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 O PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL. COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS minimum # 6 AWG insulated ground wire. The ground conductors shall extend to isolated ground bus bar in A/V room serving respective system equipment. The equipment racks shall be isolated from the floor by rubber isolators and isolated from all connecting conduits. L. Provide ceiling mounting speaker assemblies complete with backboxes and grilles in locations as shown and/or directed by Consultant Comply with specified wiring in conduit installation requirements. M. Provide amplifiers, music source units and control unit in rack mount enclosures in central equipment room. Connect complete to speaker circuits and control circuits. N. Provide microphone packages as specified and turn over to Consultant 0. Co-ordinate and perform required connections and wiring of override emergency paging of the sound systems. P. Install horn speakers where shown and as required and/or directed by Consultant. Confirm exact mounting heights and locations with Consultant prior to roughing-in. Q. Install work and equipment in accordance with manufaclurees instructions and integrate to sound system AV controller. R. Provide matrix swltchkxs and projectors and integrate with various AV systems as per drawing details. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide required power supplies, mounting hardware, cabling, patch cables, etc. S. Instruct Owner's representative on operating and maintenance. T. Provide a system of audio and video tie lines from the main background music rack and video switcher to each of the following areas: 1. One (1) audio, one (1) video to each meeting rooms 2. Two (2) audio and two (2) video to each ballroom. 3. Four (4) audio and five (5) video to uplink location for satellite truck adjacent loading dock. U. Install all system wiring in conduit in accordance with certified "REVIEWED" wiring schematic shop drawings. Ensure that all wiring is in accordance with the system supplier's recommendations and is color coded and properly identified at terminals. Communication wiring shall be copper conductors, PVC insulated with overall PVC jacket and minimum 16 AWG. Power and communication wiring shall be run in separate conduits from each other. Run shielded cables continuously without splices. All shielded signal cables shall have shields isolated from both the conduit system and any other shielded cables. Speaker and DC control circuits are to be spliced only in accessible junction boxes. Exact wiring types must be confirmed with the system manufacturers and approved by the Consultant Low level AV signal wiring shall maintain a minimum 3' (1m) separation from power conductors. High level AV signals shall maintain a minimum 1.5'(0.5m) separation from power conductors. V. Do not splice wiring in conduit runs. Where required, make splices in proper junction boxes utilizing terminal strips. W. AU audio circuits shall be balanced to ground. X. AU conduits containing AV system wiring shall be permanently bonded to a dedicated building ground. All electronic equipment shall exclusively receive its technical ground via the isolated equipment ground conductor run to AC outlets. Comply with manufacturer's grounding instructions. Y. AN work shall be performed in accordance to the manufacturer's instructions and requirements. • 04107/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 16710-21 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS The integrated systems shall be tested during the installation process so that any problems can be detected and corrected as they occur. Evaluate the following: 1. Safe rigging practices including safety cables. 2. Safe grounding practices - each component is earth grounded through its AC cord, rack rails or both, and not produce audible hum. 3. Hums resulting from ground currents. 4. Proper system polarity. 5. Susceptibility to radio frequency interference. 6. Susceptibility to electromagnetic interference. 7. Proper system gam structure. 8. Consistency and accuracy of coverage. 9. Adequate acoustic gain. AA. Confirm the exact requirements and locations of the equipment with the Consultant and the system installers prior to roughing-in. BB. Refer to the system riser diagram on the drawings. CC. Quantities for devices shall be as per the floor plan drawing and not the riser diagram. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CCTV SECURITY SYSTEMS General Cabling Requirements: 1. Install the cabling system in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications ensuring that the proper installation techniques are observed and that the maximum cable length, maximum cable pull force and minimum bend radius specifications are adhered to. Cabling shall be installed in cable trays, conduits and conduit down drops. Where short lengths cannot be installed in any of the raceways, provide proper cable techniques to suspend and support the cabling system, with cable ties used to prevent side to side movement of the table. Under no conditions shag cabling be exposed, except approved in writing by the Consultant; 2. Install and terminate cabling in locations as shown. All cables are to be pulled in a continuous run. No cable splices are permitted. Sufficient cable (approximately IV (3 m)) shag be left at each termination point to allow for future re-orientation of cameras at each location. 3. Under no circumstances shall cables be run loose or be fastened to suspended ceding support systems. 4. All cabling shag be permanently tagged at both ends with identification properly noted and cross referenced on the "As Builr drawings. 5. All cable installation shall be performed in a neat and professional manner in accordance with applicable building and electrical codes. Variances must be approved by the Consultant prior to 6. Where cameras are shown, provide home runs of cable in conduit back to central control equipment location. 7. Conductors turning from exterior into building shag be connected th TVSS device suitable for application. The CCTV and security specialist contractor shag prepare detailed installation drawings and submit to Consultant for review prior to start of work. The submission shall include all documentation as required to identify fug system design intent, its operation, included system components, and installation requirements. The specialist contractor shag ensure that the overall system is properly sync rontmd with respect to timing pidse& C. The Electrical Contractor shag inclode with the provision of the system components, the provision of required conduits, boxes, jacks, wiring, etc., to provide a fug operational system to Owner's Standards and to specified requirements. D. Include for wiring in conduit nuns (minimum Y," (20 mm)) diameter unless otherwise noted) to associated interconnections to the fire alarm system, BMS system and to elevator machine room, as applicable. Allow sufficient slack cabling at end of terminations box for system connections to respective systems. 04/07106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 22 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 J PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16710 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Provide CCTV monitors, digital video recorders, control system and keyboards at security room. Coordinate monitor installation requirements with Owner's Project Manager. Include for rack mounting, table top mounting and wall mounting accessories to suit exact requirements of installation locations. Mount monitors in custom millwork where required. Coordinate installation with Architect and trade responsible for providing millwork. Provide UPS units to serve central control equipment Refer to Section 16400 for additional UPS requests. Program system sequence of operation as confirmed with and approved by Consultant F. Cameras provided in interior finished areas shall be provided with tamper-proof housings. Discrete cameras shall be installed in flush wall mounted boxes coordinated with Architect Cameras provided exterior shall be provided in tamperproof, weatherproof housing. Cameras shall be provided with varifocal type lenses adjusted to suit and to fully cover intended areas as per design requirements. G. Installation Of Cameras: 1. Final locations of all cameras shall be determined by the installer to provide optimum video surveillance at all points and overall system performance. 2. Instal all cameras in accordance with the manufacturers specifications ensuring that proper installation techniques are observed. All cameras shall be properly adjusted within the housing to provide maximum video surveillance within each given location. 3. Install all camera lenses in accordance with the manufacturers specifications ensuring that proper installation techniques are observed. All camera lenses shall be property adjusted and field tested within the housing to provide maximum video surveillance within each given location. 4. All camera lenses and settings shall be properly identified, and recorded and cross referenced on the 'As Built' drawings. 5. Install all camera enclosures in accordance with the manufacturers specifications ensuring that proper installation techniques are observed. AN adjustable brackets, pedestals and fixed in place housings shall be mechanically fastened to the building structure independent of other support systems. Under no circumstances shall camera enclosures be fastened to suspended ceding support systems. The exact enclosure type must suit the installation k)cation, and such location must be confirmed with the Consultant prior to roughing-in. All enclosures shall be permanently tagged with identificatior properly noted and cross referenced on the "As Builr drawings. 6. All power supplies shall be installed in a neat and professional manner in accordance wkh applicable building and electrical codes. AB power supplies and transformers shag be permanently tagged with identification properly noted and cross referenced on the 'As-Built' drawings. 7. All inputs and outputs shag be properly identified, recorded and cross referenced on the "As-Budr drawings. 8. Ground system to code and manufacturers requirements. H. Provide emergency pushbuttons, alarms and flashing lights for Hotel front desk/cashiers, concierge desk, bellmens'stand, spa desk and assistance system provisions as per design requirements. Locate where shown and as coordinated with Architect. 1. Confirm the exact requirements and locations of the equipment with the Consultant and the system installers prior t0 rotiolr -km. Confirm finishes of system components with Consultant prior to ordering. J. Refer to the system riser diagram on the drawings. K Quantities for devices shag be as per the floor plan drawing and not the riser diagram. L Include for mormufacturWs authorized installer/supplier to perform the following services: 1. final connections from the devices to the control unit; 2. system programming, testing and commissioning; 3. verify the sequence of operation and provide written confirmation that the system is functioning property, 4. provide schedule of connected devices and zones; 5. instructions to Owners authorized representatives consisting of at least two, sic hour sessions, initially upon completion of work followed by another session thirty (30) days later, exact dates to be Wri mned with Owner, certified recommissioning of entire system one (1) year after completion of the Work 04/07106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710-23 RSBG File No. 1805206.00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS M. After completion of installation work, make arrangement with Consultant and manufacturer of equipment t0 have a final functional acceptance test, giving ample notice to all parties coricemed to be present N. Tests shall include the following: 1. use of spectrum analyser to input test signal into CCTV camera system in order to view signal at monitors; 2. check of devices to ensure proper connections and supervision; 3. operation of an initiating device on each circuit to verify required operation of alarm devices, annunciator and other installations; 4. testing of all signal devices for correct operation and function; 5. submission of detailed test report of system perfonnarrce, signed by authorized testing technician; 6. provide a familiarization and instruction period as required, to familiarize user and Owners maintenance staff with working and function of system and equipment and to instruct maintenance personnel about proper maintenance; 7. witnessed by Consultant and Owner. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TELEVISION SYSTEM A. The television specialist sub-corrfrador shall prepare detailed installation drawings and submit to Consultant for review prior to start of work. The submission shall include all documentation as required tD identify full system design intent, its operation, included system components, and installation requirements. B. The Electrical Contractor shall include with the provision of the system components, the provision of required conduits, boxes, jacks, wiring, eta, to provide a full operational system to Owners Standards and to specified requirements. C. Include for wiring in conduit runs (minimum Y4"(20 mm)) diameter unless otherwise noted) to associated interconnections to the BMS system. Allow sufficient slack cabling at end of terminations box for system connections to respective systems. D. Confirm the exact requirements and locations of the equipment with the Consultant and the system installers prior to roughing4n. E. Refer to the system riser diagram on the drawings. F. Quantities for devices shag be as per the floor plan drawing and not the riser diagram. G. Install system components in accordance with applicable governing Codes, manufacturer's instructions and Owner's design standards. Antennae and dishes shall be securely mounted to roof structure. Co- ordinate exact requirements with respective trades. H. Obtain required permits and licences. 1. Run cabling in conduit. Ground system components as per manufacturer's requirements. J. Provide recessed single gang wall outlets in locations as shown. Identify each cabling run and outlet Special audloAdsual details are shown on drawings. K. The following system performance specifications are guidelines and shall be met unless otherwise required due to local service requirements: 1. Internal systems shall achieve a carrier to noise ratio better that 59dB and a composite triple beat of -57dB based on 60 channels. 2. Overall system performance shall achieve a carrier to noise ratio better than 45dB and composite triple beat -54dB based on 60 channels. 3. Signal level at the wag plate should be between 5 and 10dB over the specified bandwidth. Adjacent channels should be within 1dB of each other. Comply with requirements of local governing authorities to ensure that applicable system requirements are met. 04107106 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 24 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS M. Include for specialist contractor to perform the following services: 1. final connections from the devices to the control unit; system programming testing and commissioning; verify the sequence of operation and provide written confirmation that the system is functioning KOPWI instructions to Owners authorized representatives consisting of at least two, six hour sessions, initially upon completion of work followed by another session thirty (30) days later, exact dates to be confirmed with Owner, certified recommissioning of entire system one (1) year after completion of the Work After completion of installation work, make arrangement with Consultant and specialist contractor to have a final acceptance test, giving minimum two (2) weeks notice to all parties concerned to be present. 0. After the entire system has been installed, verify the system performance. In addition to testing the system performance outlined above-, the following tests shall be performed: 1. Signal level. 2. Carrier to noise - one channel in each band. 3. Carrier to hum - one channel in each band. 4. Cross modulation in each band. 5. Carrier to beat ratio measurement in each band. 6. Carrier to composite and Mple beat measurement in each band. 7. Frequency response of the broadband system (including plot). 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM A. The General Contactor is responsible for the installation of the telephone switch and handsets as part of a separate package outside of the Division 16 electrical contract. B. The Electrical Contractor shag include the provision of required conduits, boxes, jacks, Wiring, grounding etc., to provide infrastructure for a full operational system to Owners Standards and to specified requirements. Refer to Section 16750 for voice cabling requirements. C. Include for wiring in conduit runs (minimum'/." (20 mm) diameter unless otherwise noted) to associated interconnections to the security system, fire alarm system, BMS system and to elevator machine room. Allow sufficient slack cabling at end of terminations box for system connections to respective systems. D. Confirm the exact requirements and locations of the equipment with the Consultant and the system installers prior to roughing-in. E. Refer to the system riser diagram on the drawings. F. Quantities for outlets shag be as per the floor plan drawing and not the riser diagram. 3.5 PROVISIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS A. Provide the following components to accommodate the future installation of the various miscellaneous systems which are noted on drawings to be empty conduit provisions: 1. conduit - diameters as sized on the drawings with non-metallic fish wires or pug cords and suitable bushings for conduit terminations, and as specified in Section 16050; 2. outlet boxes - standard galvanized steel, each complete with a blank type faceplate; 3. pug boxes, junction boxes and sleeves - as specified in Section 16050; 4. backboxes - recessed mounting backboxes to suit respective equipment components. B. The miscellaneous systems shall be as shown on drawings. The supply and installation of system components shall be by respective system suppliers. 04107105 SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 25 RS&G File No. 1806206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16710 VAIL, COLORADO SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS C. Provide pull boxes in conduit runs longer than 100' (30 m) or having more than two (2) 90 degree bends. Pull box sizes shall not be less than eight (8) times the entering conduit in length. For network cabling systems, provide boxes and conduits suitable to comply with system standard installation requirements for cabling. D. Leave conduits free and dear of all obstructions and terminate as shown. Equip terminations with bushing, and dearly identify each run. Provide fish wires in all empty conduit E. Confirm the exact requirements and locations of the equipment with the Consultant and the respective system installers prior to roughing-in. Generally, conduit runs are home run back to central equipment headend location, unless otherwise shown or otherwise noted. Where multiple cable runs are installed in conduit confirm maximum fill ratios with respective system manufacturers and the Consultant. Do not exceed maximum conduit 11 requirements. F. Refer to the system riser diagram on the drawings. G. Quantities for devices shall be as per the floor plan drawing and not the riser diagram. END OF SECTION 16710 J 04107M SPECIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16710 - 26 RS&G Fie No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM kiibw LIST OF CONTENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.06 WARRANTY 1.07 SCOPE OF WORK 1.08 SPARE PARTS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE AND TERMINATION EQUIPMENT 2.02 HORIZONTAL CABLING 2.03 COPPER CABLE TERMINATIONS 2.04 OUTLETS 2.05 PATCH PANELS AND TERMINATION BLOCKS 2.06 PATCH CORDS & CABLES 2.07 CATEGORY 3 VOICE TERMINATIONS 2.08 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES 2.09 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 2.10 WIRELESS LAN INFRASTRUCTURE 2.11 RF SIGNAL BOOSTING SYSTEM 2.12 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2.13 ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTORS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF NETWORK CABLING -GENERAL 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBRE OPTIC CABLE 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PATCHPANELS AND ACCESSORIES 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TERMINATION HARDWARE 3.05 COPPER CABLE INSTALLATION 3.06 PENETRATION THROUGH FIREWALLS 3.07 INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS 3.08 SEPARATION OF DATA COMMUNICATION CABLES FROM SOURCES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE 3.09 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES 3.10 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION 3.11 CO-ORDINATION WITH NETWORK INTEGRATOR 3.12 CABLE TESTING AND SYSTEM CERTIFICATION 313 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND CLOSETS GUIDELINES 04107106 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set LOC 16750 -1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 4liw VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply With Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. The related sections article contained herein, is included for reference only. All items contained therein are an assessment of the work, which should not be presumed to be complete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Issued Architectural Specifications. B. Other sections of the electrical specifications 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Work shall comply with the latest editions of the following: 1. EIAITIA 568-8 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards. 2. ANSVNECA/BICSI 568-2001 Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling. 3. ANSI/EIA/TIA 606 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings. 4. ANSVTWEIA-607 Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings. 5. ANSVEWTIA-569 Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathway and Spaces. 6. EIAITIA TSB-36 - Technical Systems Bulletin - Additional Cable Specifications for Unshielded Twisted Pair Cables. 7. EIAITIA TSB-67 - UTP End-to-end System Performance Testing. 8. EIAITIA-570B - Residential Cabling Standard; 9. Latest BICSI standards (BICSI TDM Manual); 10. Applicable local Building Codes. B. All work must be installed by system manufacturer's certified system installers/vendors I business partners who are certified and experienced in implementing the selected data cabling system and to perform related testing programs. C. The Contractor's final installation drawings must be reviewed by a Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in this Section. Include cabling, faceplate terminal cabinets, etc., and cabling testing sheets. Cabling shop drawings and data sheets must be reviewed and approved by the Consultant prior to ordering. C. Submit the following: 1. proof that final installation drawings have been reviewed by a RCDD; 2. sample of each type of dataNoice jack complete with faceplate. 3. sample of patchcord. 4. sample of labelling and proposed nomenclature; 5. sample of test sheet; 04107/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750-1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 6. written confirmation that vendor is manufacturer's valid certified system vendor for at least duration of contract work and is in good standing at time of Bid submission; 7. copy of system manufacturer's warranty. 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. 1.06 WARRANTY A. The system manufacturers shall provide a minimum twenty (20) year full parts and labour warranty and system performance warranty, on all passive components including the structural cabling system. These warranties shall be provided in written certificate form. B. The system manufacturers shall provide in writing to the Owner that in event of the demise or failure of the installing certified system installertvendor, the manufacturer shall be responsible for providing another certified system installertvendor to fulfil the remainder of the warranty conditions. C. The Contractor shall provide a guaranteed forty-eight (48) hours response time to any warranty claims. D. Contractors must ensure that the selected network cabling component manufacturer and the wiring manufacturer must have contractual relationships to ensure that the system warranty is a true "end-to-end" structured cabling system warranty. 1.07 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section shall provide minimum Standards for the provision of a structural cabling system to network the computer systems for the Complex. The requirements for the network electronics shall be the responsibility of the Owner's Network Integrator. The work of the network cabling specialist shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Provision of cabling system for a complete networking within each location, which can support the use of network switches with network management capabilities. 2. Organized wiring in a structured cabling system using point to point distribution system incorporating modular terminations. 3. Provision of fibre optic cabling system, Category 6 voice/data cabling, dataivoice communications outlets, patch panels and associated equipment. 4. System testing and verification. B. The local area network system must be "protocol neutral' and provide users access into a variety of resources from any location within the Complex. An Ethernet backbone shall be utilized for the system with network switches coordinating and managing data flow. The wiring configuration is based on a "physical star" topology in which cabling runs emanate in a radial pattem from the main data communications room in which the network switches are located. C. Technical features of the structural cabling plan include: 1. Use of Category 5e cabling to each datalvoice outlet. 2. Use of modular Category 5e plugs and jacks at both ends of datatvoice cabling run. 3. Use of Category 5e patch panels and patch cords. 4. Use of fibre optic cabling to function rooms and areas as detailed on drawings. 5. Use of fibre optic backbone cabling to augment system if more than one (1) network switch is used and the distance between switches exceeds 295' (90m) and for applications as shown and as required by BICSI standards. 04/07)06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 6. Use of single mode and multi-mode fibre optic patch cables. D. The residential units shall include provisions to requirements of EIAITIA 570 B. 1.08 SPARE PARTS A. Provide 1 % spare outlet jacks and faceplates of each type. B. Provide 5% spare patch cords. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE AND TERMINATION EQUIPMENT A. Intrabuilding (within buildings) Commscope Systimax 'Lazr Speed' fibre optic cabling with the following specifications: 1. UL listed, CSA approval, CMP FT-6 plenum rated, tight buffered; 2. multi strand multimode laser optimised fibre optic cabling; (refer to drawings for number of strands); 3. multi-mode fibre to be 50/125 pm; 4. terminated with type SC connectors but which must be confirmed with Owner and Consultant prior to start of work. B. Provide flexible PVC inner duct for installation in conduit, suitable for fibre optic cabling installations. Refer to details on drawings. C. Provide Commscope Systimax 'Lazy Speed - 600BLS" combination shelf series, rack mount fibre optic termination patch panel in each telecommunications room/closet Provide universal connector panel and double density type panels loaded with SC type adapter strips to suit rack space, quantity of fibre strands being terminated and allowing for a quantity of 30% additional spare adapters. Include for required accessories, such as cable entry brackets, offset bracket kits, front cover and standard supplied accessories. Provide panel and accessories in black colour finish. Mount in racks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.02 HORIZONTAL CABLING A. The horizontal cabling to voice/data outlets shall be Commscope Systimax "PowerSUM 2061 B', CMP rated (i.e. suitable for use in plenum environments), UTP cable and shall comply with EIAITIA TSB-36 requirements for category 5e transmission. The cable specification shall be: 1. Conductors: 4 pair, 24 awg. solid copper conductor, unshielded twisted pair. 2. Cable grade: Category 5e. 3. Overall sheath: CMP rated; white coloured outer sheath. 4. Jacket colour. different colours to differentiate each system; exact colours to be confirmed with Consultant. B. Manufacturers must submit with shop drawings, ETL test reports to verify full channel performance of the cable. C. For copper, category 5e backbone and riser multi-pair cabling, provide -Commonscope Systimax "Plenum 2061" series, twisted pairs cabling consisting of 24 awg copper conductors and plenum rated jacketing. 04/07/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 3 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM D. For copper, category 3 backbone and riser multi-pair cabling, provide Commscope Systimax "ARMM" fire retardant, low flame, high performance twisted pair distribution cables consisting of 24 awg. balanced precision engineered copper conductors in multi-pair configuration bundled to provide quantities as shown on drawing riser and as required. Cabling is insulated with poly-ethylene with overall PVC cover and is weatherprooftwatertight to suit the specific application. E. Incoming copper cabling shall be provided with suitable lightning protection devices. Refer to additional requirements later in this Section. 2.03 COPPER CABLE TERMINATIONS A. The "Structured Cabling Plan" is an end-to-end solution, which includes the data communications outlet and patch cord at the workstation and the patch panel and patch cords at the LAN room. 2.04 OUTLETS A. Datalvoice outlets shall be Commscope Systimax "PowerSUM MPS100E"" series and meet the following specifications: 1. Flush wall mounting: faceplate to fit on single gang recessed outlet box, complete with device bracket. 2. Configuration: Category 5e, eight position, universal type, RJ-45 modular jacks, ISDN (T568A) pinned. 3. Faceplates: front accessible flexible, modular, decorative, moulded PVC, mounted to outlet box and bracket with matching screws. 4. Outlet boxes to be standard 1104 box (approximately 2" x 4"). B. Fibre optic cabling outlets shall be modular SC type adapters with angled port faceplates suitable for , mounting as per detail. Include for required accessories for termination and identification. Confirm exact connector type with Owner prior to ordering. C. Confirm exact type of voiceldata and facsimile outlet requirements with Consultant prior to ordering. D. Quantity of jacks and configuration of faceplates shall be as detailed on drawings. E. Colour finishes of jacks and faceplates shall generally be as per drawing detail, but which must be finalized and confirmed in writing with Consultant via shop drawing submission. Various colours shall be provided to differentiate systems. 2.05 PATCH PANELS AND TERMINATION BLOCKS A. DataWice patch panels located in the main telecom rooms (MDF) and intermediate telecom rooms (IDF) shall be Commscope Systimax "PowerSUM 1100", high density 48 port modular, rack mounting type suitable for an Category 5e system. Each connector module shag have a T568A (ISDN) eight pin RJ-45 jack on the front 110 connectors on back. The panels shall mount onto standard EIA 19 inch equipment racks and shall have the capability to be stacked in larger systems. Horizontal data and voice cabling for various IDF shag terminate onto patch panels provided into floor standing equipment enclosures, as detailed and as required. B. Incoming telephone service cabling shall typically be terminated on 110 mounts and connectors. For other incoming telecommunication services, provide terminations to suit as confirmed with service provider. Capacity of connectors shag be to suit number of conductors. Exact type of termination means shall be confirmed and coordinated with the local carrier/provider. Mounts shall be suitable for wall mounting. For distribution through building, provide suitable termination devices for the backbone telephone cabling and fibre optic cabling, as required. Provide suitable lightning protection devices for incoming copper conductors. ) J 04107106 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM C. The patch panel and termination block system shall include ail required accessories such as bezels, harnesses, pigtails, connectors, jumpers, and retaining rings, interlay racking panels, horizontal wire managers etc., to provide for patch cord management. D. Fibre optic type patch panels shall be as previously specified. 2.06 PATCH CORDS & CABLES A. Copper datalvoice patch cords shall be Commscope Systimax 'PowerSUM D8PS', modular, 24 awg. stranded copper, Category 5e, CMR listed, ISDN wired with a length from 3' to 7' (0.6 to 2.1 m) at the patch panel end and 7' (2.1 m) at the workstation. Provide patch cords in quantities to suit the number of active workstations and ports as directed by the Consultant B. Fibre optic patch cords shall be Commscope Systimax 'LazrSpeed' series, multimode and singlemode as required, with required terminations and shall be provided to suit the end to end structured cabling system and to accommodate the network electronics as directed by the Consultant. C. Connector terminations shall be SC type, but shall be confirmed with Consultant prior to ordering. D. Copper conductor modular pigtail assemblies, when; required shall be Category 6 certified and with 8 pin modular plug. E. Patch cords shall be factory terminated and tested. 2.07 CATEGORY 3 VOICE TERMINATIONS A. 110 series, 100 pair and 300 pair wiring blocks consisting of horizontal index strips with insulation displacement connectors for termination of 4 pair cables; rack mounting brackets with cable supports. B. Category 3 cross connect jumper wire. C. Connecting tool, designation strips, labels and wiring distribution rings. 2.08 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed type, equipment racks shall be heavy duty type, standard EIA 19' free standing and wall mounting enclosed relay racks complete with vertical cable management raceway and lockable doors. B. The racks shall include the following requirements: 1. Steel construction with ventilation fans and louvers as required 2. Minimum 70' (1800 mm) in height 3. Polyurethane finish or enamel painted finish. 4. Double sided 12124 tapped holes. 5. Heavy duty base with provision for bolting to floor on floor standing units. 6. Hinged swing gate for wall mounting rack enclosures. 7. High capacity cable organizer channel with snap on cover. 8. Full height front hinged lockable doors with handle operators with locks and keys. 9. Full height vertical cable channels 6' x 6' (150 mm x 150 mm) on both sides of rack. 10. Front and rear cable management provisions (typically only the last 6' (150 mm) of cabling to connector shall be loose and not in channel). 11. Rack mounted 6 outlet power strip with surge protection integral breaker and power cord. 12. All required mounting hardware, label kits, velcro style fasteners and ancillary devices. 007106 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 5 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM C. Each rack shall include grounding provisions to meet previously listed standards, which include but are not limited to following provisions: 1. copper ground strip mounted on side rail extending full height of rack; 2. equipment jumper kits, to bond network equipment to rack ground strip; 3. common bonding network to rack jumper kit, to bond rack to the room common bonding network; 4. hardware including, copper compression HTAPS, paint piercing washer kits, bonding screws and electrostatic discharge port kits. D. The racks shall be of size and quantity to accommodate the respective number of patch panel ports to suit the number of required drops, the quantity of network electronic components as directed by Consultant, the uninterruptible power supply unit and an additional 20% spare capacity for future expansion. E. Acceptable manufacturers include Samina, Hoffman, Panduit and Canon. 2.09 LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. Provide protection of the communication lines, as recommended by referenced codes and standards including UL-497. Products shall be equivalent to Porta Systems Corp series 505E 'Protector Pack" blocks. The exact type of product shall be confirmed with product manufacturer to accommodate the number of incoming pairs and type of conductors. Generally, base design requirements on following: 1. for voice/data communications: Category 5e rated protector blocks with protection modules of ultra low capacitance solid state technology to protect frequencies up to 100 MHz; blocks shall include required solid state modules to suit conductor pair counts, mounting bracket and cover; 2. protection requirements at service entrance shall also be confirmed with service provider; 3. protection blocks shall be provided with mounting provisions to suit design application, i.e. wall mounting at conductor building entrance or rack mounting. B. Contact manufacturer and review system requirements to determine exact product requirements for lightning protection. Ensure that main incoming lines and both ends of lines running between buildings are provided with adequate lightning protection to recommendations of system manufacturer. C. Install all devices in accordance with device manufacturer's instructions. 2.10 WIRELESS LAN INFRASTRUCTURE A. Provisions for a wireless LAN infrastructure shall be provided with 100% coverage of entire complex, utilizing the Category 6 network cabling system as a rough4n for future wireless access points (WAP) located in ceiling spaces. Generally, quantity of outlets shall be identified on drawings, but Division 16 contractor shall perform a site signal survey/audit of the coverage areas and confirm if additional rough4n jacks are required. Audit must be prepared immediately after structure of concrete and metal studs are in place. Submit copy of audit to Consultant to review. B. Locations are generally shown on drawings, however, the following criteria shall be followed: 1. Bads-of-house above accessible ceiling file or high up in open ceiling areas as confirmed with Consultant; Public spaces priority: a. in service areas adjacent public areas (e.g. in service corridor of ballroom); b. in light cove if WAP is hidden; C. With access panel (location identified). J 04/07/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 6 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 4IIiW VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 2.11 RF SIGNAL BOOSTING SYSTEM A. The specialist contractor shall provide a RF signal boosting system for seamless cellular phone coverage in indoor environment throughout the building. A distributed antenna system shall be provided that utilizes remote access units (RAUs) located throughout, antenna link to and from nearby cellular base stations, rack mounted chassis and converted cellular signal on a fibre path in the vertical risers and ceiling plenums. The system shall include a public override feature in event of emergency. B. Equipment includes but are not limited to following: 1. Dekolink Wireless Ltd., dual band, bi-directional amplifier (CBDA), model No. MW-CBDA-SMR- 800-900-1W65; the unit shall provide exceptional repeater/booster performances to extend the coverage area of radio communications; 2. LGC Wireless Inc., Inter Reach Unison model No. UNS4DEN-1, remote access unit, model No. UNS-I-MH-1, main HUB and No. UNS-I-EH-1, expansion HUB; the wireless networking system components delivers high composite power and RF performance, are compatible with all major access protocols, requires no electrical power at the remote antennas and features software - selectable hub frequency, system gain and antenna output power, intelligent software controlled operations, alarming, administration and maintenance capabilities support both onsite and remote configuration and monitoring; 3. Cellular Specialities Inc. "Yagi" antenna, No. CSI-AY/806-960111, of rugged lightweight design, stainless steel hardware, frequency range 806-960 MHz, 11 dBigain, 8 element and hermetically sealed driven element; 4. Cabling: fibre optic cabling, Cat 5e UTP and copper ground conductors as required. C. A qualified specialist contractor shall review system requirements to determine exact equipment requirements to serve the site and install equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturer's recommendations. The main antenna shall be rooftop mounted, minimum 4' (1.2m) above any obstructions including lightning protection, and such location shall be coordinated and approved by Architect. D. Provide required interconnection cabling to suit each application and connected system component E. Locate RAUs is positions to provide best coverage of all areas. Adjust to suit testing results. F. Upon completion of installation work, test and adjust system as required and document results. 2.12 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable network cabling system and component manufacturers shall include the following companies: 1. Commscope Systimax; 2. Panduit; 3. AMP; 4. BELDEN/CDT; 5. Siemon. B. Acceptable wiring manufacturers are Commscope Systimax, AMP, Panduit, Seimon and BELDEN/CDT,. 04/07/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 7 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 2.13 ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTORS A. The Contractor selected for installation of the structured cabling system shall provide confirmation of the following: 1. Detailed knowledge and experience in fibre optic and Category 5e UTP wiring installations. 2. Detailed knowledge and experience in the installation of intelligent network switch equipment. 3. Experience in troubleshooting and problem solving in data communication networks. 4. Ability to provide the warranties as supplied by the system manufacturers. 5. BICSI certified. 6. Of being system manufacturer's valid certified system vendor / business partner. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF NETWORK CABLING - GENERAL A. All cables must be properly handled and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Undue pulling tension, abrasion or rough handling must be avoided to ensure that the cables will permit transmission up to the Category 5e design speed. All cables must be installed without splices or cuts to ensure the elimination of reflections, discontinuities, impedance mismatches, etc. The maximum horizontal length from the workstation to the network switch shall not exceed 295'(90 m). B. Wiring shall be mechanically protected by runs in cable tray or in conduit. Conduit bends must comply with EIA/TIA bending radii restrictions. C. Provide primary and secondary protection of the network from lightning surges or utility power disturbances as required. D. Provide UPS unit for each telecom closet or room as noted. Refer to drawing detail and to Section 16400 for UPS requirements. E. No pull elbows are permitted. Only sweep or 90o elbows shall be utilized and no more than two (2) 90 changes in direction are permitted between pull boxes. The minimum radius of curvature shall be 10 times the conduit internal diameter. Maximum distance of conduit between two pull boxes shall be 100' (30m). Horizontal conduits not to exceed 25% fill ratio. F. Dress all cables in a neat and orderly fashion from the entrance of the communications closet to the relay racks using vertical and horizontal cable management trays and paths. G. Exposed conduits and junction boxes shall be primed and finish painted in colour approved by Owner. H. Care shall be taken to ensure that during the installation, nicks, abrasions, burning and scuffing of cable is prevented. Cables found to be damaged will be replaced at the Contractor's expense regardless of whether the cable passes Cat 5e or We performance testing standards. 1. All bundled cables transitioning between floors (via cable tray, if shown) should be correctly secured to vertical cable tray sections by Velcro straps. Waterfall (rounded transition) fittings shall be used for cable changing from a horizontal path to a vertical one. This maintains the minimum bend radius for CAT 5e cabling system. Also cables going through risers between floors must be property supported for their weight, especially in situations with high pair count cables and large bundles. 04107106 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750 - 6 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16750 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBRE OPTIC CABLE A. Provide fibre optic cable and inner duct for running in inner duct and conduit, as shown, specified and/or as required. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Fibre optic cable must be run in conduit or raceways. Refer to riser drawing for run requirements. B. Comply with manufacturer's minimum installation bend radius and minimum installed bend radius. Allow slack at sharp turns in cable run and immobilize cable at point of bend. The tension on the cable must be monitored during installation when pulling winches are used and shall not exceed tensile rating of cable. After installation, the only allowable tensile force on the cable should be that of its own weight Terminate onto equipment terminations in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. C. No more than two (2) 90 degree changes in direction are recommended for a single cable installed in conduit without pullboxes and not more than 50% fill ratio. D. The attachments and grips for cable and installation temperature requirements shall be provided as specified by the manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PATCH PANELS AND ACCESSORIES A. Review MDF/IDF details and provide components as required. Provide patch panels onto racks in LAN Rooms as required. Provide terminating hardware and connectors to suit incoming and outgoing cabling. Clearly identify each port. Provide patch cords as required. Install all devices in accordance with system manufacturer's requirements. C B. Bundle cabling in neat configuration and secure to patch panels and rack assemblies. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TERMINATION HARDWARE A. Provide 110 connectors and mounts for main incoming telephone service, on hardwood backboards as shown. Design system layout to best suit incoming and outgoing cables. Property punch down cabling with manufacturer's required tool and label each connector as required. B. Run interconnect cables neatly secured and bundled across connectors and between banks of mounts. Use D-rings to their full advantage. Neatly bundle pigtails and secure to 110 connectors. Provide suitable wiring from incoming telephone termination field to horizontal outlet runs voice patch panels. C. Align mounts in straight formations to provide a neat installation and to minimize interconnect wiring lengths. D. Provide additional 110 blocks and mounts in telecom room as shown, suitable for termination of the multi pair cabling. Provide patch panel and install in racks as shown. Make all terminations. 3.05 COPPER CABLE INSTALLATION A. All horizontal, UTP cables shall be continuous from end to end with no splices. Horizontal cables shall be installed in Star topology, emanating from the rack mounted patch panel(s) and terminating on voice/data outlet faceplates in rooms or other workstation locations. The maximum length for horizontal cables shall not exceed 295' (90 m). The maximum length for patch cords at workstations shah not exceed 23' (7 m). The maximum length for patch cords at the patch panel shall not exceed 10'(3 m). 04107/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CO Set 16750 - 9 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM B. Unless otherwise noted, all horizontal cabling shall be installed in conduit, surface raceways or run in cable tray. The drawing fill chart and following criteria must be met for conduit installation: 1. For straight runs up to 50' (15 m), the cables may occupy up to 40% of the conduit area. 2. For conduit runs between 50' and 100' (15 m and 30 m) the cables may occupy up to 33% of the conduit area. 3. For runs over 100' (30 m), the cables shall not exceed 25% of the conduit area. 4. Each 90 degree conduit bend shall be considered as the equivalent to 9 m of conduit length. 5. A pull box must be installed when more than the equivalent of two (2) 90 degree bends exist in the conduit run or if the run exceeds 125' (38 m); conduit runs shall not have more than 270 degree bends in path. C. Conduits shall be installed following building lines. Under no circumstances shall conduits be fastened to suspended ceiling support systems. Conduits shall be supported to building structure independent of other support systems. D. All conduit systems shall be left with a nylon fish string to allow for future additional cables. E. Terminations shall involve as little outer jacket removal as possible and cable pairs "untwisting' shall not exceed V (13mm). F. Slack cable must be provided to allow for minor workstation relocations. A coil of slack cable of an approximate 6'(2 m) length shall be provided for each workstation outlet run. G. Provide conduit runs as required from various telecommunication equipment to integrate the systems. 3.06 PENETRATION THROUGH FIREWALLS A. A conduit sleeve shall be provided where horizontal cables penetrate firewalls. The conduit sleeve shall be sized at 40% fill ratio with a plastic bushing at both ends. B. After the conduit sleeve is installed, the opening around the conduit shall be filled with firestop and smoke seal materials. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS A. Each data/voice outlet shall receive 4-pair, Category 6, rated cables. Each cable shall be tested and identified with the faceplate also identified. All outlets shall be mounted at heights noted on drawings or confirmed With Consultant prior to start of work. All jacks shall be wired and connected back to respective patch panels in closets. B. Provide outlet jack/faceplate configuration as detafled on drawings. 3.08 SEPARATION OF DATA COMMUNICATION CABLES FROM SOURCES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE A. All data communication cables shall be separated from sources of electromagnetic radiation in accordance with TIA Standard Proposal SP-2072 and the following: 1. If both data and small power cables (2 KVA power circuits) are installed in grounded, ferrous metal conduit throughout their run, then no separation is required (le.: EMT conduit). 2. CMP plenum rated data cabling with no metallic raceway and power conductors (2 KVA power circuits) in a grounded raceway requires 5" (125 mm) clearance. 3. For fluorescent luminaires, the required clearance is 12" (300 mm). ~J 04/07/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750-10 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 4. Clearance increases up to 24' (600 mm) for power circuits over 5 KVA. 5. For large motor, transformers, power panels, etc., the required clearance is 3' (1 m). 6. Cables must be routed to avoid direct contact with steam piping, hot water piping or other heat sources to avoid thermal degradation. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Provide equipment enclosures where shown on drawings and secure to wall/floor/ceiling as required. B. In locations where more than one enclosure is required, butt multiple enclosure together. Provide wiring channel interconnection such that wiring from enclosure to another is not exposed. C. Provide metal raceway chimney channel for all conductors extending down from ceiling, such that wiring is not exposed. Secure channel to enclosure and ceiling. D. All wiring shall be run neatly bundled with wiring management channels. Do not over tighten Velcro be straps such that they deform cable jacket. Velcro straps shall easily slide along length of cable. The straps used in plenum spaces shall be plenum rated. E. Properly ground enclosure and equipment to room ground bus. • 3.10 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Confirm exact identification standards with Consultant and Owner prior to start of Work. The requirements herein are general and exact requirements must be confirmed and approved with Consultant. B. A complete identification system shall be provided that clearly designates the following: 1. The horizontal cable. 2. The workstation (or faceplate). 3. The horizontal/passive patch panel port. 4. The network switch/active patch panel port 5. The patch cords. C. Cable Identification 1. Horizontal UTP cables shall be permanently identified at both ends in the following manner. "FLOOR/ROOM #1/PATCHPANEL #/PORT EXAMPLE: A cable on floor 2, room 201, patch panel #1, port #12 shall be designated as 21201/1/12. D. Faceplate 1. Workstation faceplates shall be designated in an identical duplicate manner as cables. Faceplates shall be labelled with component manufacturer's labels. Confirm nomenclature with Consultant E. Patch Panel And Patch Cord Identification 1. Patch panel ports shall be identified in simple numeric form. 2. Patch cords shall be identified at both ends in simple numeric form, not necessarily corresponding to port numbers. F. Identification Log 1. All cable and workstation identification shall be recorded in a hard copy 'CABLE IDENTIFICATION LOG' which is to be handed over to the Owner after cable testing and certification is complete. A duplicate copy is to be forwarded to the Consultant. 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1605206-00 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 16750-11 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM G. Utilize Brother P-Touch or equivalent labeller. Data patch cables shall be labelled using Brady DAT-35-922 or equivalent self laminating labels. Label identification information shall be confirmed With Consultant and Owner's representative prior to start of work. IDC blocks shall be clearly labelled in ink in manner approved by Owner. Circuit numbers shall be dearly identified permanently on outside of conduit at both ends. 3.11 CO-ORDINATION WITH NETWORK INTEGRATOR A. Co-ordinate work with the work of the Owner's Network Integrator. B. The Network Integrator must be present on site to witness and co-ordinate the required system testing. The cabling Contractor and the Network Integrator must together perform a job walk through upon completion of testing, together sign the cabling test reports to verify that network cabling is properly installed and performs to acceptable Standards. 3.12 CABLE TESTING AND SYSTEM CERTIFICATION A. The structured data cabling system certification shall include 100% cable testing and verification for an EIAITIA Category 5e solution. B. The verification of each cable shall be performed by the certified system vendor and shall be documented on a cable testing sheet which shall form part of the hard copy documentation supplied at the end of the installation. The testing sheets shall list the detailed performance test measurements as requested and as required to prove compliance with the referenced standards. Submit sample of test sheet with shop drawings. C. Comply with manufacturer's testing and certification procedures. D. Testing Procedures: 1. Testing shall be performed using a Scope Communications Agilent Viire Scope 350', or Fluke DSP 4000 series, Microtest Omni-Scanner 2 cable tester. The model of the cable tester shall be the most up to date at time of testing. Testing shall include, but not be limited to the following: a. wire map b. cable length; C. attenuation; d. near end crosstalk (next); e. power sum near end crosstalk (PSNEXT); f. equal level far end crosstalk (ELFEXT); g. power sum equal level far end crosstalk (PSELFEXT); h. return loss; I. ACR; j. power sum ACR; k. end to end continuity; 1. opens or shorts; M. pair polarity. All fibre testing shall be performed on all fibres in the completed end-to-end system. There shall be no splices unless dearly defined in an RFP. Testing shall consist of an end-to-end power meter test performed per TIAIEIA-455-53A. The system loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and/or 1300 nanometers for multi-mode fibers and 1310 and/or 1550 nanometers for single mode fibers. These tests also include continuity checking of each fiber. For horizontal cabling system using multi-mode optical fibre, attenuation shall be measured in one direction at either 850 nanometer (nm) or 1300 nm. 04107/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750-12 RS&G Fie No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16750 VAIL, COLORADO NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM 4. Backbone multi-mode fibre cabling shall be tested at both 850 nm and 1300 nm (or 1310 and 1550 nm for single mode) in at least one direction. 5. Test set-up and performance shall be conducted in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7 and/or ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-14 Standards, and to the manufacturer's application guides. 6. Attenuation testing shall be performed with a stable launch condition using two-meter jumpers to attach the test equipment to the cable plant. The light source shall be left in place after calibration and the power meter moved to the far end to take measurements. 7. Acceptable loss measurements for 50 micron lazer optimized solution at 850 nm wavelength shall not exceed 2.5 db. 8. Since optical signal attenuation at one wavelength is independent of the attenuation at a second wavelength, the attenuation of the channel shall be measured at both standard wavelengths (850mm and 1300mm) for backbone finks. 9. Submit detailed indexed test report in a 3- ring binder with covering letter from the company responsible for the installation and testing of the system stating the accuracy of the report. The letter shall be signed by the tester and company's authorized representative. Submit copy of systems manufacturer's certification of installed system. 10. Any cable not passing the testing procedure shall be replaced expeditiously and in its entirety. No splicing is permitted in the repair of any defective cable. 3.13 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND CLOSETS GUIDELINES A. Fire retardant plywood shall be securely mounted on one wall in each telecommunications room or closet. B. Ensure that all cable trays are grounded to the building electrical ground provided in each telecommunications room or closet. Note that the telecommunications ground is not to be used for this purpose. C. Grounding shall be performed using a #6 AWG copper conductor attached to the equipment rack and to the grounding bus-bar using compression style lugs and suitable connectors which are designed to not induce electro-chemical potentials. D. All equipment racks are to be firmly anchored to the floor. Racks bolted to the floor and racks bolted to the walls shall be properly grounded using minimum #6 AWG copper wire in conjunction with appropriate connectors and non-corroding accessories. Detailed shop drawings for suggested method shall be provided to the Consultant for approval before construction. E. Provide for all necessary drilling and anchoring components to be installed before any horizontal cable is installed. All horizontal cable routing into the equipment racks must be neatly bundled using Velcro cable ties. The maximum number of cables per bundle will be 25. G. The cable shall be protected from any obstructions using appropriate grommeting in the roof of the rack. END OF SECTION 16750 04/07/06 NETWORK CABLING SYSTEM Progress CD Set 16750-13 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16850 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC HEATING LIST OF CONTENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE TRACING 2.02 FLOOR WARMING 2.03 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 2.04 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE TRACING 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR WARMING 3.03 INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 3.04 PROVISIONS FOR ROOF SNOW MELTING 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS • 05.12.06 ELECTRIC HEATING Summary Permit Set LOC 16850 -1 RS&G File No. 18052D6-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16850 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC HEATING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Comply with Architectural Specifications, General Requirements and documents referred to therein. B. Labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the Electric Heating Work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Architectural Specifications. B. Section 16010. C. Section 16050. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit shop drawings for equipment and accessories specified in this Section. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and protect materials in accordance with requirements of Architectural Specifications. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness and intrusion of foreign matter. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE TRACING A. Tyco - Raychem, "XL-Trace", UL listed and labelled, self regulating electric heat tracing cable consisting of two (2) No. 16 AWG tinned copper bus wires embedded in parallel in a self-regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature all along its length. Insulation covering shall be a radiation cross-linked modified polyolefin dielectric jacket. The cable shall have an outer braid of tinned copper and an outer jacket of modified polyolefin. The cable shall have a self-regulating factor of at least ninety percent (90°A). The heating cable shall operate at voltages shown, without use of transformers. B. The wattage rating (5 or 8 watts) of the selected heating cable shall generally be as noted on the drawings based on manufacturer's recommendations for the application and the requirement of a minimum ambient temperature to be -200F. C. Thermostat shall be Series AMC-F5 ambient sensing type with set point at 40°F and complete with 3' nickel-copper capillary and bulb and a sensitivity range from -350F to 140F. D. Accessories shall also include as required, the following: 1. power connection and end seal kits; 2. splice, end seal and tee kits; 3. "Electric Traced" pipe labels; 4. aluminum tape for plastic pipe; 5. glass cloth adhesive tape for metal pipe; 6. contactors and relays as required. 05-12-06 ELECTRIC HEATING Summary Permit Set 16850.1 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16850 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC HEATING E. Include costs for manufacturer's authorized representative to inspect system installation, test system and verify system. Manufacturer's authorized technician shall prepare and sign verification report letter that states system has passed all manufacturer's testing and performs to manufacturers requirements for the application. Acceptable manufacturers are Tyco - Raychem, Tyco - Pyrotenax and Thermon. 2.02 FLOOR WARMING A. Tyco - Raychem, "QuickNet', UL listed and labeled, floor warming system consisting of a blue heating cable woven into an adhesive-backed red fiberglass mesh, pre-terminated with a 10' (3m) cold lead. The system shall be suitable for installation directly under ceramic tiles. B. Thermostat shall be Series "QuickStat", decorative style, ambient sensing type with integral ground fault circuit interrupter and complete with 10' (3m) floor sensor and a sensitivity range from 321F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C). C. Include all required mounting, connection and installation accessories as recommended by system manufacturer. D. All heat tracing cables shall be ambient controlled by thermostats. E. Include costs for manufacturer's authorized representative to inspect system installation, test system and verify system. Manufacturer's authorized technician shall prepare and sign verification report letter that states system has passed all manufacturer's testing and performs to manufacturer's requirements for the application. F. Acceptable manufacturers are Tyco - Raychem, Byline and Nuheat Industries. 2.03 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS A. Environmental Technology Inc., UL listed, automatic controls for heat tracing cable consisting of the following: 1. Model APS-313 microprocessor based snow switch controller unit operating at line voltage as noted, complete with adjustable heater hold-on timer, heater cycle push button, output relay switches, contactors, ON/OFF switch and NEMA 3R non-metallic weatherproof housing; 2. Model CIT-1 snow/precipitation sensor; 3. Model AMC-F5 ambient sensing thermostat. 4. Model "QuickStat" ambient sensing thermostat. B. Acceptable manufacturers shall be as recommended by the heating cable manufacturers. C. Controls shall be suitable for operation at respective system voltages to suit application. The quantity of sensors and thermostats for each length of tracing cable shall be confirmed with system manufacturer and shall comply with their recommendations unless otherwise shown. J 05-12-06 ELECTRIC HEATING Summary Permit Set 16850 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16850 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC HEATING 2.04 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A. World Dryer Corporation, "No Touch" UL listed and labelled, electric hand dryers, surface mounted, amperage and voltage ratings to suit application and available voltages, each equipped with heavy duty overheat protected electric ball bearing motor, internally protected electric heating element, a 1-piece die cast zinc housing finished in porcelain enamel, to Consultant's approval, recessed mounting backbox and nozzle to direct the air flow. The drying cycle shall be initiated automatically by an electronic sensor for `no- touch" operation and shall automatically stop when hands or head are moved away. Unit shall include tamperproof provisions and corrosion resistant internal parts. Unit shall deliver 5300 LFM average air velocity. B. Acceptable manufacturers are World Dryer Corporation, American Dryer, Nova International and Bobrick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE TRACING A. Prior to submission of Bid, engage system manufacturer to review documents to ensure that all requirements are included for proper operation and functionality of system for the specific application. Provide the following components suitable for operation at the voltages as shown on the drawings or as required: .1 5XL and 8XL self-regulating heat tracing cable in lengths equal to the pipe lengths plus 10%; .2 power connection kits, end seals, tee kits and splice kits; .3 ambient sensing thermostat; .4 contactor to energize heating cable circuits upon activation of thermostat. B. The heating cable shall be applied linearly (without spiralling) on the pipe after the pipe has been successfully pressure tested. Secure the heating cable to the pipe. After installation, test the cable with a 2500 VDC megger. Minimum insulation resistance would be 1000 megohms regardless of length. C. Coordinate installation of insulation installation with Division 15 trade responsible for provision of required insulation. D. Connect pipe tracing power feeders to ground fault type breakers with 30mA trip as per NEC requirements. E. Install cable in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with manufacturer's installation chart. F. Provide identification labels at start and end of each run, every 15', at all bends, branches, risers both sides of wall and floor penetrations and at access doors. G. When installation is complete, check and test operation of each length of heating cable in presence of manufacturer's representative. Make necessary modifications and corrections. H. Submit minimum four (4) copies of test reports signed by manufacturer's representative, to Consultant for review. • 05-12-06 Summary Permit Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC HEATING 16850 - 3 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16850 VAIL, COLORADO ELECTRIC HEATING 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR WARMING A. Prior to submission of Bid, engage system manufacturer to review documents to ensure that all requirements are included for proper operation and functionality of system for the specific application. Provide electric heating cables for floor heating as shown on the drawings and as required. Installation requirements shall be provided to suit floor surfaces to be heater. The requirement for running conductors in conduit shall be to system manufacturer's recommendations to suit application and shall be also coordinated with Consultant. Provide contactors as required for the connected load. Verify drawing dimensions of areas to be heated, prior to ordering cables. Heating cables must be connected to ground fault protection type circuit breakers with 30 mA trip as per NEC requirements. B. Install electric heating cables in strict accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and instructions. Perform manufacturer's recommended cable testing, including field testing of insulation and continuity of cables. C. Co-ordinate the cable installation with the type of floor surfaces and with the trades installing the same. Supervise the installation floor surfaces to ensure against cable damage. Replace all damaged cables. Conduct recommended tests under the supervision of a manufacturer's representative. Do not permit cables to be covered until tests are complete and accepted by the Consultant. Engage manufacturer's technician to verify test and document results in test report to be submitted to Consultant. D. Install thermostats in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation recommendations. Ensure that each thermostat is clearly identified. E. Control heating as hereinafter specified. F. Provide identification labels at start and end of each run and as recommended by cable manufacturer. G. Provide copies of test report, signed by testing technician, to Consultant for review. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROLS A. Prior to submission of Bid, engage system manufacturer to review system controls to ensure that all requirements are included for the proper operation of the complete system and cables for each specific application. Provide the specified control panel and snowfice sensors in locations as shown on drawings and as required. Mount devices where shown and connect complete to control heating cables. B. Install devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and requirements. C. Where ambient sensors are not included with control panel, provide high limit thermostats with the capillary end bulbs inserted into a metal conduit under the surface being heated, to prevent operation of the system in warm weather or over-heating of panels. D. Provide for the system manufacturer to program controller and to test and verify that the automatic control system, in conjunction with the snow melting cable is functioning in proper operation. 3.04 PROVISIONS FOR ROOF SNOW MELTING A. Roof snow melting system and roof drain and gutter tracing system (Bylin Engineered Systems) for terraces shall be specified under the work of another Division. Division 16 shall provide required system of conduits, boxes and power feeders to accommodate system installation. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and instructions in the specifications of the Division responsible for specifying the system. Obtain certified shop drawings of each system to ensure that proper electrical requirements are provided on site for systems. Coordinate exact requirements with respective trades supplying system. Ij 05-12-06 ELECTRIC HEATING Summary Permit Set 16850 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 • PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS SECTION 16850 ELECTRIC HEATING A. Provide surface wall mounted electric hand dryers in staff back-of-house washrooms. Mount onto recessed backboxes. B. Confirm exact mounting heights and locations with the Consultant prior to roughing-in. Confirm exact colour finishes with Consultant prior to ordering. C. When the installation is complete, check and test the operation of each dryer and adjust as required. END OF SECTION 16850 C C 05-12-06 Summary Pemet Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 ELECTRIC HEATING 16850 - 5 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16995 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS LIST OF CONTENTS 1~ PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS 1.02 REFERENCE 1.03 COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITIES 1.04 COMMISSIONING OBJECTIVES 1.05 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR 3.02 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS 04/07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS LOC 16995 -1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS C VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Certify: 1. For tests and demonstrations: Witness all and certify successful performance demonstration or record deficiencies and certify after correction and re-demonstration. 2. For documents including as-built drawings: Review for accuracy and completeness or record deficiencies. B. Witness: The Commissioning Agent or Owner's Representative will observe the test or demonstration conducted by the Contractor. C. Commissioning Agent: 1. Owner's representative to oversee commissioning. 1.02 REFERENCE A Division 16 of the Specification applies to and is part of this Section of the Specification. 1.03 COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITIES A. Electrical Contractor. 1. Prepares and submits a commissioning plan to the Consultant that is integrated into the overall project schedule. 2. Performs and documents all preliminary tests. 3. Performs component start-up and testing with Manufacturers. 4. Manages installation of the systems. 5. Performs system start-up and testing. 6. Responsible for producing and filling out the commissioning data sheets. 7. Provides training and instruction and conveys Operating and Maintenance Manual to the operating and maintenance personnel. 8. Present for operation of system through seasonal test with Consultant and Owner. 9. Obtains all code-required inspections and certifications. 10. Prepares as-built drawings. 11. Obtains and submits all warranties to Owner. 12. Organizes and submits Operating and Maintenance Manual. SECTION 16995 Security Sub-Contractor, and Sound System Sub-Contractor & Television System Sub-Contractor: 1. Provide a detailed consolidated installation and wiring diagram showing the interface of the card access system, CCTV system, duress alarm system and intercom system (Security Sub-Contractor). 2. Provide a detailed consolidated installation and wiring diagram showing the wiring and operation of the sound system. (Sound system contractor) add TV system (TV Contractor). 3. Component testing. 4. CCTV camera aiming adjustment. 5. Device audibility sound level measurement 6. Operate systems during testing. 7. Provide training and instruction. f. ~ 04/07!06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 COMMISSIONING/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16995-1 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSIONING/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Network Cabling Sub-Contractor. 1. Provide a detailed installation and wiring of the entire networked cabling structure. 2. Provide mock-up of LAN Room rack layout and wiring methods. 3. Testing and verification. 1.04 COMMISSIONING OBJECTIVES A. The objectives of the commissioning process are to: 1. support quality management through verification of building components' and systems' performance; 2. move the completed facility from the "static completion" state to the optimal "dynamic" operating state; 3. demonstrate the system thoroughly; 4. transfer the facility from the implementor to Owner, and then to the Operator, 5. optimize operating and maintenance through delivery of comprehensive quality training and instruction and documentation of system performance; 6. complete the commissioning phase before the warranty period expires; 7. provide quality assurance; Owner is assured that a quality facility has been provided; 8. provide system documentation; provision of accurate and useful historical records is assured. Such records provide important data for operating and maintenance efforts as well as for future system testing, maintenance or renovation; 9. system performance verification; commissioning extends into operational phase in order to verify performance levels under a range of operating conditions. This process will help to avoid unforseen or hidden operating and maintenance expenses that may develop later on. 1.05 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. Commissioning of the following systems shall be including, but not limited to: 1. emergency power genset and control system; 2. switchgear, unit substations, switchboards and power transformers; 3. motor control centres, motor starters and variable speed drives (whether or not supplied by Division 16); 4. UPS units; 5. transfer switches; 6. lighting control systems; 7. fire alarm system; 8. security system; 9. telecommunication systems; 10. television systems, 11. audio visual systems; 12. pipe tracingisnow melfinglfloor warming. B. The Contractor shall assemble documentation, perform tests and shall incorporate documentation resulting from this process into the Operating and Maintenance Manual. The Commissioning Agent shall witness and certify tests. C. The involvement of the Commissioning Agent shall not void any guarantees or warranties. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 The Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide all instrumentation and equipment necessary to conduct the tests specified during commissioning process and Commissioning Agent Testing procedures. The Contractor shall advise the Consultants of instrumentation to be used and the dates the instruments were calibrated. 04/07106 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16995 - 2 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS vAIL, COLORADO SECTION 16995 COMMISSIONING/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR A. Commissioning functions of the Contractor shall include the following: 1. the Contractor is responsible for the scheduling, coordinating, performing and documenting the commissioning process detailed herein and in the Specification Division 16; 2. conform to the commissioning requirements detailed herein and in the Specification; 3. co-ordinate and co-operate with the Mechanical Contractor as detailed in the Specification Division 15 and 16; 4. the Contractor shall conduct tests and equipment and system start-up as detailed herein and in the Specification; 5. the Contractor shall retain the Manufacturers' Technicians to test equipment and system as detailed in the Specifications Division 16; 6. the Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Consultant and Commissioning Agent who shall witness the tests; 7. the Contractor shall prepare the Operating and Maintenance Manual; 8. the Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide training and instruction; 9. the Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Sub-Contractors while they are conducting their tests of equipment and systems; 10. the Contractor shall conduct the final hand-over and acceptance procedures. 3.02 COMMISSIONING FUNCTIONS A Commissioning Meetings And Reporting: 1. The Contractor shall include the commissioning plan and schedule for all tests and equipment start-up tests in the construction schedule. 2. Commissioning meetings shall take place at strategic intervals, as required, during construction and shall follow the regular progress meetings at which time test results shall be reviewed. 3. All testing forms and reports associated with the systems shall be directed to the Consultant with copies to the Commissioning Agent and Owner. 4. The forms and reports to be issued shall include: a. shop drawings schedule, issued and accepted; b. equipment verification and start-up forms; C. testing forms; d. reports resulting from tests; e. testing, start-up and demonstration schedule; f. training and instruction schedule; g. minutes of commissioning meetings. B. Testing Forms: 1. The contractor shall produce all test forms and start-up check sheets. 2. The contractor shall contact the manufacturer to supply start-up and test sheets for each piece of equipment to be commissioned. The contractor shall submit the test sheets for review by the Consultant and Owner prior to the start of commissioning. 3. The contractor is responsible for performing all commissioning in accordance with the manufacturer's test sheets. 4. A mandatory requirement of the commissioning process is that the contractor and manufacturer fill in the test sheet and submit the hand written copy (legible but not typed) into the commissioning documentation for review by the Consultant and Owner. 5. The final, approved commissioning test sheets shall be placed in separate binder which shall then be included with the operating and maintenance manuals. 6. Examples of some testing and start-up forms are attached herewith. 04107/06 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16995 - 3 RSBG File No. *1805206-00 PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS SECTION 16995 VAIL, COLORADO COMMISSION INUELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Testing Of Equipment And Systems: 1. Startup and test procedures must be consistent with the Manufacturers recommendations contained in the Operating and Maintenance Manual and as documented on the test forms. 2. The start-up report shall record all observations made during the start-up procedures including problems and their resolutions. 3. The Contractor shag hire the services of the Manufacturers' Technicians to test the equipment and associated systems. The Technician shag record the results of the tests on the testing forms. The tests shag be witnessed by the Consultant When the tests have been completed satisfactorily the Technician and witnessing authority shall sign the forms. A copy of the forms shag be (awarded to the Consultant The original shag be inserted into the Operating and Maintenance Manual. 4. Should equipment or systems fail a test, the test shag be repeated after repairs or adjustments have been made. The additional tests shall be witnessed by the Consultant and the Commissioning Agent 5. Tests not witnessed shall not be accepted and shag be repeated. D. Operating And Maintenance Manual: 1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the Operating and Maintenance Manual as detailed in the Specification to the Consultant six (6) weeks prior to the beginning of training. 2. The Contractor shall re-submit the manual should the Consultant find deficiencies. Training shall not begin until the manual has been accepted by the Consultant 3. Copies of the manual shall be forwarded to Commissioning Agent in good quality, vinyl covered binders. 4. Each manual shall be organized into the following: a. A - Project Directory; b. B - Emergency Power Genset Set; C, C - Electrical Distribution Equipment and Controls; d. D - Lighting Control; e. E - Fire Alarm; f. F - Security; g. G - Network Cabling; h. H - Communications (Sound and Television); i. I - Electric Heating; j. J - Miscellaneous. 5. The project directory shall contain the names, addresses, fax numbers and telephone numbers of Contractors, Sub-Contractors, Manufacturers and Manufacturers' representatives. 6. Sections B to I shall be divided into the following subsections: a. shop drawings (reduced to 8 W x 11"; b. as-built drawings (reduced to 8'/4 x 11% a as-built riser diagrams (reduced to 8 W x 111% d. operating procedures; e. maintenance procedures; f. spare parts list; g. trouble shooting guide; h. equipment lists; i. testing and verification forms; j. certification forms. k. The operating procedures shall be the recommended Manufacturers' operating procedures for the equipment 7. The maintenance procedures shall include Scope of Work, frequency of activity, parts required and necessary documentation. 8. The spare parts list shag be the Manufacturers' recommended list for maintenance purposes. 9. The trouble shooting guide shag be the Manufacturers! recommendation for the equipment 10. The equipment list shag include make, model, serial number and electrical characteristics. 11. The Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted to the Consultant and forwarded to Owner as directed in Division 1. 04107/06 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Progress CD Set 16995 - 4 RS&G File No. 1805206-00 Operator Training And Instruction: 1. The Contractor and equipment Manufacturers shall provide operator training for each system and equipment. 2. The training and instruction shall be provided by qualified Technicians and shall be conducted in a classroom setting at the equipment or system. 3. Training and instruction will begin when the Operating and Maintenance Manual has been approved and delivered to the Owner. 4. Each session shag be structured to cover and or provide: a. the Operating and Maintenance Manual; b. operating procedures; C. maintenance procedures; d. trouble-shooting procedures; e. the Manufacturer's or Service representative's name, address and phone number. 5. The Contractor shag prepare a detailed training and instruction plan. This plan shall include the outline of all sessions and identification of the training presenters. 6. Submit the plan including a copy of training manual for Commissioning Agent's review and approval. 7. Provide course documentation for up to six (6) people. 8. The training and instruction requirement for each system shag include a walk-through of the building by the Contractor. During the walk-through the Contractor shall: a the installation is complete; b. the acceptance test conducted by the Consultant has been successfully completed; C. training and instruction has been completed; d. operating and Maintenance Manual have been accepted; e. the System Operating Manuals have been accepted: i. shop-drawings have been updated; ii. as-built drawings have been completed. The systems demonstrations shall be conducted by the Contractors and Manufacturers. The demonstration shall cover all operational and maintenance requirements and a physical demonstration of equipment installation and operation. PROJECT #02028 FOUR SEASONS HOTELS & RESORTS VAIL, COLORADO a identify equipment; b. identify devices associated with equipment; C. identify respective sources of power, as applicable; d. identify access doors; e. review general maintenance of equipment; f. identify maintenance items. 9. When each session has been completed, the Commissioning Agent shall sign to certify completion. F. System Demonstration And Turnover: 1. The system demonstration and turnover to Owner shag occur when: SECTION 16995 COMMISSIONING/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS END OF SECTION 16995 0 04!07/06 Progress CD Set RS&G File No. 1805206-00 COMMISSIONINGIELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16995 - 5